Skip to main content

Full text of "A handbook of the Swahili language, as spoken at Zanzibar. Edited for the Universities' mission to Central Africa"

See other formats 


:C\J 


=o 

u 

c 

5= 
>^= 

CESS 

00101 

> — 

3= 

1 

=co 

HAND     0 


SWAHILI    LA 


-   i 


,111X11  .     t: 


S-P-6-K 


A  HANDBOOK 


OF  THE 


SWAHILI     LANGUAGE, 


AS   SPOKEN   AT 


ZANZIBAR. 


EDITED  FOR   THE  UNIVERSITIES'  MISSION  TO 
CENTRAL  AFRICA 

BY 

The  late  EDWARD  STEERE,  LED., 

MISSIONARY   BISHOP   FOR   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 


.     FOURTH  EDITION,   REVISED  AND  ENLARGED  BY 

A.    C.    MADAN,    M.A., 

SENIOR   STUDENT    AND    FORMERLY    TUTOR   OF   OH.    CH.    OXFORD. 


LONDON : 

SOCIETY  FOR  PROMOTING  CHRISTIAN  KNOWLEDGE. 
NORTHUMBERLAND  AVENUE,   W.Q  ; 


43,  U.UEEM   VICTORIA    ST^BI^J^M.BrMMWWMKW^,^yCT„lwJ^i^ 

l894|    MICROPORE        BY 
PRESERVATION 

Lav*   AUG  "9  1989 


x> 


oi  \$70 


XV 


ADVEKTISEMENT  TO  SECOND  EDITION. 


The  First  Edition  having  been  at  the  last  sold  out 
with  unexpected  rapidity,  I  have  not  been  able  to  add 
so  much  as  I  should  have  wished  to  this.  The  chief 
novelty  is  the  omission  of  what  I  called  the  second 
class  of  Substantives,  which  proved  to  be  only  the  most 
common  instance  of  the  general  rule,  that  Substantives 
of  any  and  every  form  denoting  animate  beings  are 
constructed  with  Adjectives  and  Pronouns  in  the  forms 
proper  to  the  first  class.  Some  words  have  been  added 
to  the  Vocabularies  and  a  few  mistakes  corrected. 

During  the  last  four  years  the  work  of  translation 
and  collection  has  been  going  steadily  forward,  Swahili 
preaching  has  been  going  on,  and  some  Elementary 
School-books  printed  in  Zanzibar  for  our  vernacular 
schools.  The  great  work  of  evangelizing  Africa  seems 
to  grow  in  magnitude  the  more  one  understands  what 
is  required  for  it ;  but  our  hopes  still  grow  with  the 
growth  of  our  knowledge. 

Edwabd  Steers 

London,  January  1875. 


( 


XVU 


ADVEETISEMENT  TO  THIED  EDITION. 


This  Edition  may  be  taken  to  represent  substantially 
the  final  form  which  the  Handbook  assumed  in  the 
hands  of  its  compiler,  the  late  Bishop  Steere.  No 
estimate  can  be  attempted  here  of  his  services  to 
philology  in  general,  and  the  student  of  African 
languages  in  particular,  still  less  of  their  bearing  on 
the  spread  of  Christianity  in  Central  Africa.  What- 
ever the  relative  purity  of  the  dialects  of  Mombasa  and 
Zanzibar,  and  however  great  the  debt  Bishop  Steere 
undoubtedly  owed  to  his  distinguished  predecessor  in 
their  study,  Dr.  Krapf,  the  broad  fact  remains  that 
Bishop  Steere  took  the  language  as  he  found  it  spoken 
in  the  capital  city  of  the  East  Coast,  reduced  its  rules 
to  so  lucid  and  popular  a  form  as  not  only  to  make  it 
accessible,  but  easy  to  all  students,  and  finally  made  a 
great  advance  towards  stereotyping  its  forms  and  ex- 
tending its  use  by  embodying  it  in  copious  writings 
and  translations. 

Some  of  the  last  hours  of  his  life  were  apparently 
spent  in  preparing  this  Handbook  for  a  new  edition. 
Those  who  were  familiar  with  the  many  cares  and 
anxieties  then  pressing  on  him,  will  not  be  surprised 
that  there  were   signs  of  haste  a,nd  pressure   in  his 

b 


xviii  V  Hi:  FACE. 

revision.     With    Part  1.  v.r,  he  seems   to  have 

ii  satisfied.  Tho  cornet  inns  of  the  texl  were  few 
and  unimportant,  and  thongh  the  Lists  of  Words  might 
ha\  largely  added  t«>.  he  seems  to  have  preferred 

leaving  them  as  they  were,  in  view  of  tlio  strictly 
tical  purpose  of  tho  whole  book. 
With  Part  II.  (the  Swahili-English  Vocabulary, &c.) 
the  case  is  rather  different.  AVith  the  aid  of  various 
members  of  the  Mission,  the  Bishop  had  made  some- 
what large  collections  in  order  to  expand  and  complete 
it.  Probably  from  the  pressure  of  work  hefore  alluded 
to,  he  had  only  prepared  a  selection  of  them  for  this 
Edition.  It  has  been  thought  better,  however,  to  in- 
corporate all  the  words  found  in  his  notes  and  added 
with  his  approval.  But  it  must  be  remembered  that 
tin.-  Bishop  never  regarded  Tart  II.  as  ranking  as  a 
Dictionary,  even  in  embryo,  but  rather  as  a  tolerably 
full  list  of  words  to  serve  as  a  useful  companion  to 
Part  I.  Even  with  this  reservation,  there  remain 
many  traces  of  imperfection  in  arrangement,  spelling, 
and  inter] >n-tation  of  words,  which  would  doubtless 
have  been  removed  if  he  had  been  allowed  time  to  pass 
the  whole  list  under  revision  finally. 

This  final  revision  no  one  is  in  a  position  adequately 

to  supply.     Minor  corrections  and  additions  have  been 

cautiously  and  sparingly  made.    One  Appendix  (No.V.), 

likely  to  subserve  the  practical  aim  of  the  whole,  has 

n  added,  with  the  Ven.  Archdeacon  Hodgson's  ap- 

provaL     There  still  remain  among  the  Bishop's  notes 

us  specimens  of  Swahili  verses,  pro- 

.,  which   might  have  formed  another. 


PREFACE.  xix 

It  is  thought  best,  however,  to  reserve  them,  and  leave 
the  whole  book,  as  far  as  possible,  as  the  Bishop  left  it. 
Subsequent  editors  may  find  something  to  add.  They 
probably  will  not  find  much  to  alter. 

A.  C.  M. 

P.S. — Dr.  Krapf's  great  Dictionary  of  the  Swahili 
Language,  in  its  printed  form,  was  in  the  Bishop's 
hands  too  short  a  time  to  allow  of  his  making  any  use 
of  it  for  this  Edition  of  the  Handbook. 

Zanzibar,  Christmas,  1882. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


PART  I. 


•  »  •  ••« 


Introduction  ... 

The  Alphabet 

Substantives : — 

Grammatical  rules 
List  of  Substantives 

Adjectives: — 

Grammatical  rules 
Irregular  Adjectives 
Comparison  of  Adjectives 
Numerals     ... 
List  of  Adjectives  ... 

Pronouns : — 

Personal  Pronouns 
Possessive  Pronouns 
Reflective  Pronouns 
Demonstrative  Pronouns  . 
Relative  Pronouns 
Interrogatives,  &c 

Verbs : — 

Conjugation 
Irregular  Verbs 
Auxiliary  Verbs 
Derivative  Verbs 
Lii '^  of  Verbs 


...        ... 


FAGT 

1 

8 


16 
24 

S3 
86 
87 
89 
94 

102 
109 
112 
113 
117 
122 

125 
149 
155 
157 
165 


7'.  1 1!  l.  !■:   0  F  ( '0  .V  TEN  TS. 

PAOB 

Adverbs,  Prepositions,  and  Conjunctions          209 

I  -  i  - 1  oi  Adv<  rbs,  &c          212 

221 

Formation  of  Words         226 

le  of  Noun  Prefixes  in  nine  languaj           234 

leof  the  Preposition -o  in  four  languages            235 


PART    II. 

Preliminary  01,?prv;i lions           ,.,  23!) 

Swahili-English  Vocabulary        245 

Appendices: — 

1.  Specimens  of  Kuyume        425 

II    Specimens  of  Swahili  Correspond  n<v       jjy 

III.  Part  of  a  Swahili  Tale,  with  the  Prefixes  marked 

and  explained         i::i 

IV.  rjgp.ful  and  Idiomatic  Phra             u:; 

V.  Uu  Money,  Weights  and  measures  in  Zanzibar  ...  455 


PREFACE  TO  THE  FIRST  EDITION. 


There  is  probably  no  African  language  so  widely  known 
as  the  Swahili.  It  is  understood  along  the  coasts  of 
Madagascar  and  Arabia,  it  is  spoken  by  the  Seedees  in 
India,  and  is  the  trade  language  of  a  very  large  part  of 
Central  or  Intertropical  Africa.  Zanzibar  traders  pene^- 
trate  sometimes  even  to  the  western  side  of  the  conti- 
nent, and  they  are  in  the  constant  habit  of  traversing 
mor^  than  half  of  it  with  their  supplies  of  Indian  and 
'  ^ropean  goods.  Throughout  this  immense  district 
any  one  really  familiar  with  the  Swahili  language  will 
generally  be  able  to  find  some  one  who  can  understand 
him,  and  serve  as  an  interpreter. 

This  consideration  makes  it  a  point  of  the  greatest 
importance  to  our  Central  African  Mission  that  Swahili 
should  be  thoroughly  examined  and  well  learnt.  For 
if  the  members  of  the  Mission  can  go  forth  from  Zan- 
zibar, or,  still  better,  can  leave  England  already  well 
acquainted  with  this  language,  and  provided  wilh 
books  and  translations  adapted  to  their  wants,  they 
will  carry  with  them  a  key  that  can  unlock  the  secrets 
of  an  immense  variety  of  strange  dialects,  whose  very 
names  are  as  yet  unknown  to  us.     For  they  will  not 


a  2 


iv  Fill:  FACE. 

only  lio  nl >lo  at  once  to  communicate  with  new  tribes, 
but  in  mastering  this  really  simple  and  far  from 
difficult  language  they  will  have  learnt  how  to  set 
rning  ami  writing  all  others  of  the  same  class, 
since  they  agree  with  Swahili  in  all  the  chief  respects 
in  which  it  differs  from  our  European  tongues. 

The  work,  then,  which  is  here  "begun  is  not  to  he 
arded  as  though  its  utility  were  confined  to  the 
islands  and  the  narrow  strip  of  coast  of  which  this 
language  is  the  vernacular,  but  much  rather  as  the 
broad  foundation  on  which  our  labours  in  the  far  inte- 
i  ior  must  for  many  years  be  built  up.  As  there  is  no 
way  by  which  those  inner  lands  are  so  ordinarily  or  can 
be  so  easily  reached  as  from  Zanzibar  and  the  coast 
dependent  on  it,  so  neither  is  there  any  way  by  which 
we  can  make  ourselves  so  readily  intelligible,  or  by 
which  the  Gospel  can  be  preached  so  soon  or  so  well  as 
by  means  of  the  language  of  Zanzibar  and  its  dependen- 
B,  to  which  this  work  is  intended  as  an  introduction 
a  language  whir) i,  through  its  Arabic  relations,  has 
a  hold  on  revealed  religion,  and  even  on  European 
thought,  while,  through  its  negro  structure,  it  is 
•  xactly  fitted  to  serve  as  an  interpreter  of  that  re- 
ligion and  those  thoughts  to  men  who  have  not  yet 
even  heard  of  their  existence. 

When  r.i-diop  Tozer  arrived  in  Zanzibar  at  the  end  of 
August  18G4,  the  only  guides  we  had  to  the  language 
re  the  grammar  and  vocabulary  of  Dr.  Krapf,  and  his 
translation  of  part  of  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer. 
1  hiring  Bishop  Tozer's  visit  to  Mombas  in  November, 
he   made  a  copy  of  a  revised  vocabulary  belonging  to 


PREFACE.  v 

the  Eev.  J.  Eebmann.  However,  although  one  cannot 
estimate  too  highly  the  diligence  and  linguistic  ability 
displayed  by  Dr.  Krapf  and  the  patient  sagacity  of  Mr. 
Eebmann,  we  soon  found  that,  owing  partly  to  the  fact 
of  their  collections  having  been  made  in  the  dialect  of 
Monibas,  and  still  more  to  the  confused  and  inexact 
style  of  spelling  adopted  unfortunately  by  both,  their 
works  were  of  scarcely  any  use  to  a  mere  beginner. 

I  soon  after  procured  copies  of  the  manuscript  voca- 
bularies collected  by  Mr.  Witt  and  Mr.  Schultz,  then 
representing  the  firm  of  O'Swald  and  Co.  in  Zanzibar, 
and  with  such  help  as  I  could  procure  from  any  quarter, 
I  began  in  July  1865  to  print  the  first  pages  of  my  col- 
lections for  a  "  Handbook  of  Swahili  as  Spoken  in 
Zanzibar."  When  I  had  proceeded  as  far  as  page  33,  I 
made  the  acquaintance  of  Hamis  wa  Tani  and.  of  his 
son  Mohammed,  both  of  them  well  acquainted  with 
English  and  French,  and  of  pure  Swahili  extraction. 
To  the  disinterested  kindness  of  Mohammed,  who, 
while  confined  to  his  house  by  sickness,  allowed  me  to 
spend  every  Saturday  morning  in  questioning  him 
about  his  language,  I  owe  all  that  is  best  in  my  know- 
ledge of  African  tongues.  With  his  help  and  revision  I 
completed  the  list  of  substantives,  and  found  my  way 
through  the  intricacies  of  the  adjectives  and  pronouns. 
Of  how  much  importance  an  accurate  guide  in  these 
matters  would  be  may  be  seen  from  the  "  Table  of 
Concords,"  first  printed  in  Zanzibar,  in  a  form  sug- 
gested by  Bishop  Tozer,  and  now  reprinted  as  part 
of  this  volume. 

Mohammed's  sickness  increasing  about  the  time  that 


vi  PREFACE. 

I  had  begun  to  print  the  conjugation  of  the  verb,  I  Was 
unable  to  continue  my  visits,  and  oompli  ted  the  "Col- 
Lections"  from  Dr.  Krapf,  with  the  help  of  the  voca- 
bulary collected  by  the  late  Baron  von  der  Dccken 
and  Dr.  Kersten,  and  of  that  collected  by  the  Kev. 
Thomas  Wakefield  of  the  United  Methodist  Free 
n\  lies'  -Mission,  both  of  which  I  was  kindly  allowed 
to  copy. 

Alter  Mohammed's  partial  recovery  I  continued  my 
visits  to  him,  and  went  through  the  verbs,  making  first 
a  list  of  useful  English  verbs  from  a  dictionary,  and 
•  lite-ring  all  the  words  contained  in  the  collections  of 
which  I  had  copies.  I  thus  checked  and  supplemented 
what  others  had  already  done,  and  obtained  a  tolerably 
mplete  insight  into  that  branch  of  the  vocabulary. 
Before  I  could  get  much  beyond  this,  Mohammed  was 
far  recovered  as  to  be  able  to  sail  for  Bombay.  I 
have  always  much  pleasure  in  acknowledging  how 
much  I  owe  to  him. 

M  an  while  I  had  begun  my  collection  of  short  tales 

in  Swahili,  the  first  of  which  were  print*  d  in  Zanzibar 

with  an  interlinear  version,  under  the  title  of  "  Speci- 

us   of   Swahili,"  in  March  1866,  and  reprinted  in 

early  number  of  "Mission  Life."     I  also  began  to 

use  my  Swahili  to  a  practical  purpose  by  making  the 

collections  for  a  handbook  of  the  Shambala  languaj 

first  draft  of  which  was  completed   in  May  1866. 

Be  collections  were  made  with  a  view  to  the  mission 

•e  commenced  in  that  country  by  the  Eev.  C.  A. 

Alington;  they  were  revised  by  the  help  of  another 

ber,  and  printed  in  Zanzibar  in  the  year  1867. 


PREFACE.  r& 

Finding  the  Swahili  tales  most  valuable  as  well  to 
myself  as  to  those  who  were  studying  with  me,  I  pro- 
ceeded to  print  a  further  collection,  with  the  title 
"  Hadithi  za  Kiunguja,"  in  Swahili  only.  For  the  tales 
then  printed  I  was  mainly  indebted  to  Hamis  wa  Kayi, 
a  very  intelligent  young  Swahili,  who  always  compre- 
hended better  what  a  foreigner  wanted  to  know,  and 
explained  more  clearly  what  was  difficult,  than  any  one 
else  I  met  with  while  in  Zanzibar. 

At  the  same  period  I  had  begun  and  carried  on  from 
time  to  time  the  investigation  of  the  Yao  or  Achowa 
language,  one  peculiarly  interesting  to  us,  as  that  of 
nearly  all  the  released  slaves  under  Bishop  Mackenzie's 
charge,  and  as  having  now  supplanted  the  Mang'anja 
in  the  country  where  our  Mission  was  originally  settled. 
From  this  study  I  first  gained  a  definite  notion  of  the 
wonderful  effect  the  letter  n  has  in  African  languages, 
and  so  came  to  understand  the  origin  of  several  appa- 
rent irregularities  in  Swahili. 

I  had  begun  even  before  Mohammed  bin  Khamis  left 
Zanzibar  to  make  some  essays  in  translation,  the  best  of 
which  are  embodied  in  a  pamphlet  printed  in  Zanzibar, 
with  the  title  "  Translations  in  Swahili  :  "  it  was  com- 
pleted in  January  1867. 

I  was  then  getting  help  from  many  quarters,  and  on 
explaining  to  some  of  our  native  friends  our  wish  to 
make  a  complete  translation  of  the  Bible  into  their 
language,  one  of  them,  Sheikh  'Abd  al  'Aziz,  kindly 
volunteered  to  translate  for  me  the  Arabic  Psalter  into 
the  best  and  purest  Swahili.  I  found,  before  long,  that 
not  only  did  his  numerous  avocations  prevent  any  rapid 


via  PREFACE. 

progress,  but  that  bis  language  was  too  learned  to  suit 
•  sactly  our  purpose  in  making  the  version;  it  did  not 
therefore  proceed  further  than  the  Sixteenth  Psalm.  1 
printed  these  as  at  once  a  memorial  of  his  kindness 
and  a  specimen  of  what  one  of  the  most  Learned  men 
in  Zanzibar  considers  the  most  classical  form  of  his 
Language. 

I  cannot  but  mention  at  the  same  time  the  name  of 
Sheikh  .Mohammed  bin  Ali,  a  man  of  the  greatest 
research,  to  whose  kindness  I  was  indebted  for  a  copy, 
made  by  his  own  hand,  of  some  very  famous  Swahili 
poetry,  with  an  interlinear  Arabio  version;  he  also 
revised  for  me  a  paraphrase  of  it  in  modern  languag 
for  which  I  was  chiefly  indebted  (as  for  much  other 
help)  to  Hassan  bin  Vusuf,  whose  interest  in  our  doc- 
trines and  teachings  has  always  been  most  marked. 
The  verses  and  translation  are  both  printed  in  the 
ahili  Tales." 
At  the  end  of  1867  I  printed  a  translation  of  Bishop 
Forbes'  little  primary  catechism,  chosen  as  being  the 

shortest   and   clearest   I    could   find    to    begin    upon. 

Though   very  imperfect,  I   am  glad  to  think  that   it 

Las  1"  en  found  of  use. 

When  I  had  completed  the  Yao  collections,  I  went  on 

to  the  Nyamwezi  language,  as  being  that  of  the  largi 

and  mast  central  tribe  with  which  there  is  constant  and 

tolerably  safe  communication. 

In  November  1867  I  lost,  by  the  sadly  sudden  deaths 

of  the    Rev.  <•■    E.   Drayton   and  his  wife,  most  useful 

helpers,  who  were  beginning  to  be  able  t<  L;ive  mesul>- 
ntiul   assistance.     Their  places  were,  however,  well 


PREFACE.  ix 

supplied  by  the  Kev.  W.  and  Mrs.  Lea,  who  arrived 
opportunely  just  before  the  time  of  our  bereavement. 
I  was  then  engaged  in  preparing  the  translations  of 
St.  Matthew's  Gospel  and  of  the  Psalms,  as  well  as  in 
beginning  to  put  in  order  the  materials  for  the  present 
work.  To  Mr.  Lea  I  was  indebted,  amongst  other 
things,  for  the  first  version  of  the  119th  Psalm,  and  to 
Mrs.  Lea  for  the  arrangement  of  the  Swahili-English 
Vocabulary.  The  last  thing  I  printed  in  Zanzibar  was 
a  translation  of  the  Easter  and  Advent  Hymns,  and  of 
Adeste  Fideles,  which  I  had  the  pleasure  of  hearing 
the  girls  of  the  Mission  Orphanage  sing  most  sweetly 
to  the  old  tunes  just  before  I  left. 

I  ought  also  to  mention  that,  having  been  often  under 
great  obligations  to  the  French  Eomanist  Mission,  I 
had  the  pleasure  of  printing  for  them  a  Catechism  in 
French  and  Swahili,  which  was  indirectly  valuable  to 
me  as  showing  how  the  great  truths  we  have  in 
common  were  rendered  by  a  perfectly  independent 
student  of  the  language.  I  know  not  how  sufficiently 
to  regret  that  the  excellent  compiler,  Pere  Etienne 
Baur,  should  have  been  content  to  use  the  jargon  (for 
it  is  nothing  better)  commonly  employed  by  Indians 
and  Europeans,  and  should  have  adopted  an  ortho- 
graphy adapted  only  to  a  French  pronunciation. 

Only  three  weeks  before  leaving  I  had  the  advan- 
tage of  consulting  two  large  manuscript  dictionaries 
compiled  by  Dr.  Krapf,  and  brought  to  Zanzibar  by 
the  Eev.  E.  L.  Pennell.  I  was  able  to  examine  about 
half  the  Swahili-English  volume,  with  the  assistance 
of  Hamis  wa  Kayi,  enough  to  enrich  materially  my 


i  PREFACE. 

previous  collections,  and  to  show  how  far  oven  now 
1  fall  phort  of  in v  first  predecessor  in  the  work  of 
examining  and  elucidating  the  languages  of  Eastern 
Africa.  There  remains  for  some  future  time  or  other 
band  the  examination  of  the  rest  of  Dr.  Krapf's 
dictionary,  as  well  as  the  collation  of  what  will  no 
doubt  deserve  to  be  the  standard  Swahili  lexicon,  on 
which  the  Rev.  John  Kebrnann  has  been  for  nearly  a 
quarter  of  a  century  labouring  unweariedly.  Even 
then  there  will  remain  many  dialectic  variations,  ami 
many  old  and  poetical  words  and  inflections,  so  that 
for  many  years  one  who  loves  such  studies  might  find 
employment  in  this  one  language. 

Since  my  arrival  in  England,  at  the  end  of  November 
1868,  I  have  been  able  to  superintend  tho  printing  of 
the  Gospel  of  St.  Matthew  in  Swahili,  liberally  under- 
taken by  the  Bible  Society,  of  translations  of  the 
n lurch  Catechism  and  of  their  Scriptural  Beading 
I.i'ssons  out  of  the  Old  Testament,  kindly  undertaken 
by   the  Society  for  Promoting  Christian   Knowledge. 

r  the  Central  African  Mission  I  have  carried  through 
the  press  this  work  and  the  collection  of  Swahili 
Stories  with  an  English  version,  published  by  Messrs. 
Bell  and  Sons,  of  which  those  previously  printed  at 
Zanzibar  form  a  small  part,  and  besides  these  a  number 
of  small  pamphlets,  including  translations  of  the  Books 
of  Kuth  and  Jonah,  and  some  slight  specimens  of  the 
Gindo,  Zaramo,  and  Ngazidja  languages.  There  remain 
the  Psalms,  which  the  Bible  Society  has  promised  to 
print  for  us,  and  the  collections  in  the  Yao  and  Nyam- 
wezi  languages,  all  which  I  should  like  to  get  through 


PREFACE.  xi 

the  press  in  the  course  of  this  year.  I  wish  there  were 
a  chance  of  the  Eev.  John  Rebmann's  Swahili  version 
of  St.  Luke's  Gospel,  of  which  I  have  seen  a  large  part, 
being  printed  at  the  same  time. 

This  handbook  is  arranged  on  the  principle  of  sup- 
plying with  each  portion  of  it  such  rules  as  are  re- 
quired for  the  practical  use  of  that  portion.  In  the 
first  part,  after  some  introductory  observations,  Sub- 
stantives, Adjectives,  Pronouns,  and  Verbs  have  each 
a  separate  section,  containing  first  the  rules  which 
govern  their  inflection  and  employment,  and  then  an 
alphabetical  list  of  the  Swahili  equivalents  of  our 
English  words  belonging  to  each  part  of  speech.  For 
the  mere  finding  of  words  one  general  alphabet  would 
perhaps  have  been  more  convenient ;  but  as  the  object 
of  this  work  is  not  merely  to  tell  what  the  Swahili 
words  are,  but  also  how  to  employ  them  correctly,  it 
seems  better  so  to  group  them  as  to  bring  the  rules  of 
grammar  and  the  words  which  they  control  into  as 
close  a  connection  with  one  another  as  possible.  The 
Editor  has  done  what  most  readers  would  have  had  to 
do — sort  out  first  the  word  and  then  the  grammatical 
rules  which  must  be  observed  in  using  it.  The  minor 
parts  of  speech  are  indexed  together  to  avoid  a  multi- 
plicity of  alphabets,  except  the  Interjections,  which 
cannot  be  said  to  have  exact  equivalents  in  any  other 
language.  The  part  ends  with  a  section  on  the  forma- 
tion of  words,  which  may  be  of  use  where  the  other 
alphabets  fail  to  give  a  satisfactory  rendering,  and 
may  also  be  useful  as  a  guide  in  turning  Swahili  into 
English,  in  the  case  of  the  many  words  which  igno- 


xii  PREFACE. 

ranee  or  some  oversight  in  preparing  the  second  part 
may  have  caused  to  be  omitted.  The  roles  and  hints 
prefixed  to  the  second  part  arc  intended  to  enable  any- 
one who  sees  or  hears  a  Swahili  word  to  ascertain  the 
material  part  of  it,  so  as  to  be  able  to  use  the  dictionary 
which  follows.  It  is  evident  that  there  must  be  great 
difficulties  at  first  in  either  using  or  arranging  an 
alphabetical  list  of  words  which  may  begin  with,  in 
some  cases,  nine  or  ten  different  letters,  according  to 
the  grammatical  position  they  hold  in  eaoh  case. 
Bowever,  the  difficulty  is  greater  in  appearance  than 
in  practice. 

The  Appendices  contain  some  curious  or  useful 
matter  which  could  not  well  find  a  place  in  the  body 
of  the  work.  The  first  contains  a  specimen  of  a  curious 
kind  of  enigmatical  way  of  writing  and  speaking  called 
Kinyume.  The  second  gives  a  specimen  of  the  forms 
used  in  letter- writing,  both  in  prose  and  verse.  The 
third  is  part  of  a  Swahili  tale,  with  all  the  prefixes 
separated  and  the  grammatical  forms  explained,  in- 
tended as  a  guide  and  introduction  to  the  art  of 
reading,  and  through  that  of  writing  the  languag'. 
The  fourth  Appendix  consists  of  a  small  collection  of 
phrases,  some  of  them  such  as  are  wanted  in  ordinary 
conversation,  some  of  them  useful  in  illustrating  the 
idiom  or  peculiar  constructions  used  by  natives.  This 
collection  might  have  been  very  much  increased  had 
it  not  been  carefully  confined  to  phra  tually  met 

with   in   conversation  with  persons  reputed  to  speak 
correctly. 


PREFACE.  xiii 

The  name  of  the  language — Swahili — is  "beyond  all 
doubt  a  modified  form  of  the  Arabic  Saicahil,  the  plural 
of  Sahil,  a  coast.  The  natives  themselves  jestingly 
derive  it  from  Sawa  hila,  which  a  Zanzibar  interpreter 
would  explain  as  "  All  same  cheat." 

Little  Steeping,  May  1870. 


SWAHILI   HANDBOOK. 


PART    I. 

The  Swahili  language  is  spoken  by  the  mixed  race 
of  Arabs  and  Negroes  who  inhabit  the  Eastern  Coast 
of  Africa,  especially  in  that  part  which  lies  between 
Lamoo  and  the  neighbouring  towns  on  the  north,  and 
Cape  Delgado  on  the  south. 

It  is  classified  by  Dr.  Bleek  as  one  of  the  Zangian 
genus  of  the  middle  branch  of  the  Bantu  languages. 
That  is  to  say,  it  belongs  to  one  of  JJie  subdivisions  of 
that  great  family  of  Negro  languages,  which  carries  on 
the  work  of  grammatical  inflexion  by  means  of  changes 
at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  similar  to  that  whereby 
in  Kafir,  umuntu,  a  man,  becomes  in  the  plural  abantu, 
people.  All  these  languages  divide  their  nouns  into  a 
number  of  classes,  which  are  distinguished  by  theii 
first  syllable,  and  bring  their  adjectives,  pronouns,  and 
verbs  into  relation  with  substantives  by  the  use  oi 
corresponding  changes  in  their  first  syllables.  None 
of  these  classes  denote  sex  in  any  way.  Dr.  Bleek,  in 
his  comparative  grammar  of  South  African  languages, 
enumerates  eighteen  prefixes  which  are  found  in  one 
or  other  of  the  languages  of  this  family ;  but  it  must 

y  b 


2  8WAEHI  HANDBOOK. 

be  remembered  thai  he  reckons  by  the  form  of  the 
prefix  only,  so  thai  the  singular  and  plural  forms  of 
mosl  words  count  as  two,  while  the  same  form  will 
Bometimes  answer  to  two  or  more  forms  in  the  other 
number.  Dr.  Bleek's  arrangement  is  the  most  con \ 
nient  for  his  purpose,  which  is  the  comparison  of  the 
formatives  used  in  different  languages;  but  I  have  not 
followed  it  in  this  work, because  I  think  that  for  practical 
purposes  such  a  classification  should  be  used  as  will 
enable  the  learner  who  sees  or  hears  the  noun  in  the 
singular  at  once  to  put  it  into  the  plural.  Pr 
may  be  counted  up  separately  ;  but  in  practice  we  have 
to  do  with  nouns,  not  with  prefixes,  and  a  noun  cannot 
be  put  into  a  di  fie  rent  class  when  it  becomes  plural 
or  singular  without  great  risk  of  confusion.  Thus  in 
Fredoux1  Sechuana  grammar,  4  and  6  are  the  plurals 
of  3,  10  and  6  are  the  plurals  of  11,  and  6  alone  is  the 
plural  of  5  and  14.  Can  this  be  a  dear  arrangement? 
I  have  very  little  doubt  that  Dr.  Bleek  is  right  in 
.tiding  these  classes  as  substantially  the  e  ith 

the  genders  in  most  of  the  European  languages,  which 
are  even  now  only  sex-denoting  to  a  veiy  limit'  d 
extent.  There  is  a  distinction  in  Swahili  as  to  words 
which  denote  living  beings,  called  by  Dr.  Krapf,  not 
very  happily,  a  masculine  gender,  though  it  has  no 
relation  to  sex,  but  to  life  only. 

It  is  very   puzzling  to   a  beginner,  accustomed    to 
languages  which   change  at  the  end,  to  find  the  be- 
arings of  words  so  very  uncertain.     Thus  he  ho; 
thai  a  means  good;  but  when  he  begins  to  apply 


INTRODUCTION.  3 

Lis  knowledge  he  finds  that  natives  use  for  the  English 
word  good,  not  only  ngema,  but  mwema,  weraa,  mema. 
njema,  jema,  pema,  chema,  vyema,  and  Tcwema.  Again, 
yangu  means  my,  but  he  will  hear  also,  wangu,  zangu, 
ch-angu,  vyangu,  langu,  pangu,  kicangu,  and  micangu.  It  is 
necessary  therefore  to  get  at  the  very  first  a  firm  hold 
of  the  fact  that  in  Swahili  it  is  the  end,.and  not  the  1 1- 
ginning  of  a  word,  which  is  its  substantial  and  unchang- 
ing part.  The  beginning  of  the  word  when  taken  to 
pieces  denotes  its  number,  time,  and  agreements. 

The  "  Table  of  Concords"  prefixed  to  the  section  on 
Adjectives,  shows  at  one  view  the  variables  of  the 
language ;  and  when  that  has  been  mastered,  the  diffi- 
culties for  an  English  student  will  be  over.  The 
various  forms  will  be  explained,  and  the  nicer  distinc- 
tions mentioned  in  the  grammatical  parts  of  the  book. 
In  the  preliminary  observations  prefixed  to  the  second 
part  will  be  found  an  account  of  all  the  changes  which 
may  occur  at  the  end  of  a  word,  changes  which  in 
practice  are  very  soon  mastered,  relating  as  they  chiefly 
do  to  a  few  points  in  the  conjugation  of  the  verb. 

There  is  a  broken  kind  of  Swahili  in  use  among 
foreigners,  Indian  as  well  as  European,  which  serves 
for  very  many  purposes,  though  it  is  of  course  utterly 
useless  when  one  has  to  speak  with  exactness,  or  on 
Bubjects  not  immediately  connected  with  the  ordinary 
affairs  of  life  and  commerce.  Its  rules  may  be  briefly 
laid  down  as  follows  : — If  you  are  in  doubt  about  how 
to  make  a  plural,  prefix  ma,  or  use  nyiagi,  i.e.  many. 
In    conjugating    the   verb,   always    put    the    subject 

B  2 


I  8WAEIL1  1IAXDB00E. 

I I  fore  and  the  object  after  it,  for  the  present  tense 
prefix  no-,  fox  the  pasl  ma-,  for  the  future  ta-.  For  no 
or  //"/,  use  haliuna.  It  is  wonderful  how  intelligible 
yen  can  make  yourself  by  these  few  rules;  but  it  is 
just  as  wonderful  what  absurd  broken  stuff  can  be 
made  to  do  duty  for  English. 

Let  any  one,  however,  who  really  wishes  to  speak 
the  language  set  the  Table  of  Concords  well  into  his 
head,  by  any  means  bo  finds  best  for  the  purpose,  and 
he  will  have  no  need  to  resort  to  broken  and  incorrect 
ways  of  talking. 

[Swahili,  like  all  languages  of  the  samo  family,  is 
very  rich  in  Verbs,  and  poor  in  Adjectives  and  Prepo- 
sitions.   There  is  nothing  corresponding  to  the  English 
.Article,  the  word  when  standing  alone  implying  the 
indefinite  article,  while  the  definite  article  can  in  many 
cases  be  expressed  by  the  use  and  arrangement  of  the 
Pronouns,  but   still  must  often  be   left  unexpressed. 
Though  the  Verb  is  etymologically  the  most  important 
part  of  speech,  it  is  the  Substantive  which  determines 
the  form  of  all  the  variable  syllables.     The  Substan- 
tive will  therefore  be  first  considered,  and  next  the 
A'V<  ctive,  which  very  closely  resembles  it.     The  Pro- 
line will  come  next,  as  it  is  by  their  help  that  the 
Verb  is  conjugated,  then  the  Verb  itself,  and  after  that 
tin   minor  parts  of  speech,  Adverbs,  Prepositions,  Con- 
junctions, and,  last  of  all.  the  [nterjections.     A  sketch 
of  the  grammar  of  each  part  of  speech,  which  aims  at 
being  sufficient  for  ordinary  and  practical  purposes,  is 
M  si    -iven,  and  after  that  a  list  of  words  belonging  to 


INTRODUCTION.  5 

that  part  of  speech,  thus  forming  a  combined  grammar 
and  English- Swahili  dictionary.  The  second  part  con- 
sists of  a  Swahili-English  vocabulary,  and  so  completes 
the  work. 

The  Swahili  language  has  been  hitherto  but  lit  do 
written  by  those  who  speak  it,  and  they  know  and  use 
only  the  purely  Arabic  alphabet.  There  are  copies  of 
religious  and  secular  verses,  and  possibly  other  works, 
composed  in  the  old  or  poetical  dialect,  which  is  not 
now,  and  I  believe  never  was,  thoroughly  understood 
by  the  mass  of  the  people.  The  modern  dialect  is  used 
in  letters ;  but  they  have  always  a  string  of  Arabic 
compliments  at  the  beginning,  and  Arabic  words  and 
phrases  freely  interspersed  throughout. 

Any  one  who  tries  to  read  a  letter  or  a  poem  written 
in  Arabic  characters,  will  at  once  see  why  it  is  impos- 
sible to  adopt  them  as  the  standard  Swahili  alphabet. 
It  is  absolutely  necessary  to  have  a  good  idea  of  what 
you  are  to  read  before  you  can  read  at  all.  The  reason 
is  that  Swahili  has  five  vowels,  Arabic  only  three,  and 
of  Swahili  consonants  the  Arabic  supplies  no  means  of 
writing  ch,  g,  p,  or  v,  nor  can  consecutive  consonants  be 
written  without  shocking  Arabic  notions  of  propriety. 
Thus  the  Swahili  are  driven  to  write  the  ba  for  p  and 
for  mb  as  well  as  for  b  ;  the  ghain  for  g,  ng,  and  ng\  as 
well  as  for  gh ;  the  fa  for  v  and  mv,  as  well  as  for  /  ; 
the  ya  for  ny  as  well  as  for  y  ;  the  shin  for  ch  as  well  as 
for  sh ;  and  to  omit  altogether  the  n  before  d,  j,  y,  and  z. 
Initial  vowels  and  consecutive  vowels  are  only  to  be 
expressed  by  hemzas  or  'ains.      In.  the  first  piece  of 


6  SWAHILI  HANDBOOK. 

written  Swahili  I  ever  possessed  (the  Story  of  the  Ox 
and  the  Ass  the  words  ng'ombe  and  punda  were  written 
ghube  and  />/'</<».  It  will  T»o  easily  seen  how  imperfect 
and  ambiguous  a  means  of  writing  Swahili  the  Arabic 
character  must  be.  An  instance  occurred  while  I  was 
in  Zanzibar  of  a  letter  written  from  Kilwa  with  the 
account  of  a  fight,  in  which  it  was  said  that  one  of 
^Aj^\  tin  principal  men,  amehufa,  had  died,  or  amevulca,  had 
'  got  away,    and   which  it   was  no  one  could  certainly 

tell;  the  last  two  consonants  were  fa  and  qaf,  with 
three  dots  over  them.  If  two  of  the  dots  belonged 
to  the  first  letter,  the  man  was  dead ;  if  two  belonged 
to  the  next  letter,  he  was  alive  :  but  the  dots  were 
-  equally  placed  that  no  one  could  tell  how  to  divide 
them.  If  the  Arabic  had  possessed  a  v,  there  could 
have  been  no  mistake.  It  would  no  doubt  be  possible 
to  express  Swahili  sounds  by  using  letters  with  addi- 
tional dots  and  affixing  arbitrary  sounds  to  the  letters 
of  prolongation,  as  is  done  in  Persian  and  Hindi,  but 
the  result  would  puzzle  a  genuine  Swahili  and  could 
never  be  quite  satisfactory  in  any  respect. 

There  seems  to  be  no  difficulty  in  writing  Swahili 
in  Human  characters,  there  being  no  sound  which  does 
not  so  nearly  occur  in  some  European  language  that 
the  proper  way  of  writing  it  can  readily  bo  fixed  upon, 
ami  illustrated  by  an  example.  When  this  is  the  (■■■■ 
there  is  no  need  to  look  for  anything  further.  I  think 
those  who  try  to  settle  the  alphabets  of  new  languages 
are  too  apt  to  forget  how  essential  simplicity  is  to  a 
really  good  alphabet.     If  the  Eoman  alphabet  can  be 


INTRODUCTION.  7 

made  to  distinguish  all  the  sounds  used  in  that  lan- 
guage, it  does  all  for  it  that  it  does  for  any.  To  at- 
tempt to  distinguish  the  sounds  used  in  that  language, 
from  the  sounds  used  in  another,  or  to  mark  all  the 
varieties  of  tone  which  occur  in  speaking,  is  always 
useless  and  embarrassing,  and  not  one  man  in  a  thou- 
sand has  sufficient  accuracy  of  ear  to  do  it  properly. 
It  is  practically  easier  to  learn  to  attach  a  new  J 
sound  to  a  known  letter,  than  to  learn  a  new  sound 
and  a  new  letter  too,  especially  when  the  new  letter 
has  to  be  printed  and  written,  and  the  learner  is  en- 
tangled in  a  maze  of  italics  and  letters  with  a  point 
below  and  a  point  above,  or  a  line  through  them,  or 
some  Greek  letter  which  has  not  the  sound  one  gives  it 
in  Greek,  or  some  new  invention  which  will  fit  well 
neither  into  printing  nor  writing,  and  looks  at  its  ease 
neither  as  a  capital  nor  a  small  letter.  It  generally 
happens  that  the  sounds  of  a  language,  though  not 
identical  with  those  of  another,  correspond  with  them 
sufficiently  to  make  the  corresponding  letters  appro- 
priate symbols.  Thus  an  English  and  a  French  t  are 
not  identical ;  but  which  nation  would  or  ought  to 
submit  always  to  put  a  dot  somewhere  about  its  t  to 
show  that  it  is  not  the  t  which  it  never  will  want  to 
use,  and  never  did,  and  could  not  pronounce,  if  it  met 
with  it  ?  Or,  to  take  a  stronger  instance,  ought  Ger- 
mans, Englishmen,  and  Spaniards  always  to  cross  the 
tails  of  their  fs,  or  print  them  in  italics,  or  deform  their 
books  with  new  symbols,  merely  because  they  do  not 
pronounce  their  fs  as  Frenchmen  do  theirs  ? 


8  SWAUILI  HANDBOOK. 


TTTE  ALPHABET. 

The  Towels  are  to  be  pronounced  as  in  Italian,  the 
Consonants  as  in  English. 

A   =  a  in  father. 

B  =  o  in  hare. 

<  !h  =  ch  in  cherry.    Italian  <*  before  i  or  e. 

D  =  d  in  do.    D  occurs  very  frequently  in  the  Mombas  dialect 

where  j  is  used  in  thai  of  Zanzibar. 
E   =  ai  in  chair. 
F  =  /  in  fine.     German  v. 
d  —  ij  Ld  gate,  never  soft  as  in  genius. 
H  =  h  in  /ki/. 
I    =  ee  in  /ee£. 
J    =  j'  in  Joy.     Sometimes  more  like  cty  or  di  in  cordial.    French 

di,  German  dj,  Italian  gi. 
K  =  7;  in  Calendar. 

L  =  ?in  /ong.     Zr  and  r  are  generally  treated  as  the  same  1 
31  =  971  in  man. 
N   =  n  in  no. 

0    =  o  in  &oy,  more  like  au  than  the  common  English  o. 
P   =  y>  in  paint. 
R   =  r  in  raise.    An  English,  not  a  Scotch,  Irish,  Germau,  or 

French  r.     See  L. 
B   =  v  in    .;„.     German  ss.     It  is  never  pronounced  like  a  z  or 

the  English  s  in  arise.    <S'  and  sh  are  commonly  used  for 

one  another  indiscriminately. 
T  =  fin  itn.     T  frequently  occurs  in  the  dialect  of  Mombas 

where  ch  is  used  in  that  of  Zanzibar. 


TEE  ALPEABET.  9 

U  =  oo  in  tool. 

V  =  v  in  very.    German  w. 

W  =  w>  in  ttra.     French  ou.    It  is  merely  a  u  pronounced  as  a 
consonant. 

Y  =  y  in  yonder.    Germany.    It  is  merely  an  i  pronounced  as  a 

consonant.     Y  is  frequently  used  in  the  Lamoo  dialect 
where  j  occurs  in  that  of  Zanzibar. 
Z   =  z  in  zany.     German  s.   Z  frequently  occurs  in  the  dialect  of 
Lamoo  where  v  is  used  in  that  of  Zanzibar. 

There  are  several  sounds  introduced  from  the  Arabic 
which  do  not  occur  in  purely  African  words. 

Gh  =  the  Arabic  gliain ;  it  is  a  guttural  g,  resembling 
the  Dutch  g.  It  may  be  obtained  by  pro- 
nouncing a  g  (as  nearly  as  it  can  be  done) 
with  the  mouth  wide  open.  Most  Europeans 
imagine,  the  first  time  they  hear  it,  that 
there  is  an  r  sound  after  the  g,  but  this  is  a 
mistake. 

Eh  =  the  Arabic  Jcha  ;  it  is  a  very  rough  form  of  the 
German  ch,  the  Spanish  j,  or  the  Scotch  ch  in 
loch.  It  resembles  the  sound  made  in  trying 
to  raise  something  in  the  throat.  It  may 
always  be  replaced  in  Swahili  by  a  simple  h, 
but  never  by  a  k. 

Th  =  the  four  Arabic  letters  ilia,  thai,  thod,  and  thah. 
The  first  of  these  is  the  English  th  in  think, 
the  second  that  in  they.  The  third  and  fourth 
are  thicker  varieties  of  the  second  sound.  In 
Swahili  they  may  all  be  replaced  by  a  z.  No 
attempt  is  ever  made  to  distinguish  the  last 
three  letters;    but  as  the  first  is  generally 


10  SWAI7ILI  HANDBOOK. 

marked  in  pronunciation,  it  is  in  the  first 
part  of  this  handbook  marked  by  printing 
tho  th  in  italics  wherever  it  is  to  be  pro- 
nounced as  in  the  English  word  think.  The 
sound  of  the  English  th  in  that  occurs  in 
some  Swahili  as  a  dialectic  variation  for  z. 
In  vulgar  Swahili  z  is  not  merely  put  for 
the  Arabic  th,  but  th  is  also  put  for  the 
Arabic  z,  as  wathiri  for  icaziri,  a  vizir. 

There    are    several   compound    consonantal    sounds 
which  require  notice. 

Ch,  a  very  common  sound,  representing  what  is 
sometimes  a  t  and  sometimes  hi — in  other 
dialects.  C  is  not  required  for  any  other 
sound,  as  it  can  be  always  represented  by  h 
when  hard,  and  by  s  when  soft.  It  would 
probably  be  an  improvement  always  to  write 
the  ch  sound  by  a  simple  c. 

» rn,  see  ng'. 

Kw  represents  the  sound  of  qu  in  queer. 

31  frequently  stands  for  mu,  in  which  cases  it  is  pro- 
nounced with  a  half-suppressed  u  sound 
before  it,  and  is  even  capable  of  bearing  the 
accent  of  the  word,  as  in  mtu,  a  person,  wh 
the  stress  of  voice  is  on  the  m,  which  has  a 
dull  nasal  semivowel  sound,  not  quite  um. 
Where  m  occurs  before  any  consonant  except 
b  or  to,  it  must  have  this  semivowel  sound. 


THE  ALPHABET.  11 

SI,  standing  for  mu,  has  generally  its  semi- 
vowel sound  before  u.  Before  a  or  e  it 
becomes  mw,  and  before  o  it  frequently  loses 
the  u  altogether,  and  is  pronounced  as  a 
simple  m. 

N  has  frequently  a  nasal  semivowel  sound,  a  half- 
suppressed  i  being  suggested  by  it.  N  has 
always  this  semivowel  sound  where  it  is 
immediately  followed  by  ch,  f,  h,  m,  n,  or  s. 

Ny  has  the  sound  of  the  Spanish  n,  the  French  and 
Italian  gn,  the  Portuguese  nh,  and  the  English 
ni  in  companion,  only  a  little  thicker  and 
more  nasal. 

Ng'  is  a  peculiar  African  sound,  much  resembling 
the  -ng  which  occurs  at  the  end  of  many 
English  words.  If  we  could  divide  longing 
thus,  lo-nging,  without  at  all  altering  the 
pronunciation,  it  would  come  very  near 
the  African  sound,  which  is  never  a  final, 
because  all  Swahili  syllables  must  end  in  a 
vowel.  Some  prefer  to  write  this  sound  gn-, 
as  it  resembles  the  sound  given  by  Germans 
and  others  to  those  letters  when  they  occur 
as  initial  letters  in  Greek.  This  sound  must 
be  distinguished  from  the  common  sound  of 
ng-,  in  which  the  g  distinctly  passes  on  to 
the  following  vowel,  as  in  the  English  word 
engage;  in  ng'-  both  sounds  are  heard,  but 
neither  passes  on  to  the  vowel. 

Sh  is  the  Arabic  shin,  the  English  sh,  the  French  ch, 


12  SWAEIL1  HANDBOOK 

the  German  xrh.  Sh  and  8  arc  commonly 
treated  as  identical. 

P,  T,  K.  and  possibly  some  other  letters,  have  occa- 
sionally an  explosive  or  aspirated  sound, 
such  as  an  Irishman  will  often  give  them. 
This  explosive  sound  makes  no  chango  in 
the  letter,  but  is  an  addition  to  it,  probably 
always  marking  a  suppressed  n.  Thus  npcpo 
is  a  wind,  with  both  p's  smooth  as  in  English ; 
but  the  plural,  which  should  regularly  be 
npepo,  is  p'epo,  with  a  strong  explosive  sound 
attached  to  the  first  letter.  This  explosive 
sound  may  be  marked  by  an  apostrophe ;  it 
is,  however,  very  seldom  necessary  to  tin- 
sense  of  a  word,  and  is  noticeably  smoothed 
down  or  omitted  by  the  more  refined  and 
Arabizcd  Swahili. 

There  are  other  niceties  of  pronunciation  which  a 
fine  ear  may  distinguish;  but  as  they  are 
by  no  means  essential,  and  are  seldom  noticed 
by  the  natives  themselves,  it  is  not  worth 
while  here  to  examine  them  particularly. 

As  a  rule,  the  vowels  are  all  pronounced  distinctly, 
and  do  not  form  diphthongs.  When,  however,  a  for- 
mative particle  ending  in  -a  is  placed  before  a  wnr<l 
beginning  with  e-  or  i-,  the  two  letters  coalesce  into  a 
long  e  sound.  It  is  not,  however,  even  in  such  a  case 
as  this,  always  incorrect  to  pronounce  the  two  vowels 
distinctly,  though  it  is  not  usually  done.    The  instances 


THE  ALPHABET.  IS 

of  and  rules  for  this  union  of  sound  will  be  found 
where  the  several  prefixes  which  give  occasion  to  it 
are  dealt  with. 

When  two  vowels  come  together  at  the  end  of  a 
word,  they  are  often  to  the  ear  one  syllable,  and  have 
the  sound  of  a  diphthong ;  they  are  really,  however, 
two  syllables  of  which  the  former  bears  the  accent. 
This  is  at  once  apparent  in  the  Merima  dialect,  in 
which  an  I  is  put  between  the  vowels.  Thus  Jcafaa,  to 
be  of  use,  which  sounds  as  if  written  kufa,  is  in  the 
Merima  dialect  Imfala.  The  shifting  of  the  accent 
sometimes  shows  that  the  vowels  are  really  separate. 
Thus  a  common  fruit  tree  is  called  mzambarau,  in  which 
word  the  last  two  vowels  apparently  unite  into  a 
sound  like  that  in  the  English  word  how  ;  but  when  -ni 
is  added,  making  Mzambarauni,  at  the  zambardu  tree — 
the  name  of  one  of  the  quarters  of  Zanzibar — the  u  is 
quite  separated  from  the  a,  and  the  last  two  syllables 
are  pronounced  like  the  English  ~oony. 

It  may  be  assumed  in  all  cases  in  which  two  vowels 
come  together  that  an  I  has  been  omitted  between 
them,  and  will  appear  in  some  modification  of  the  word 
or  in  its  derivatives. 

The  shifting  of  the  accent  above  referred  to  takes 
place  in  obedience  to  the  universal  rule  in  Swahili, 
that  the  main  accent  of  the  word  is  always  put  upon 
the  last  syllable  but  one,  a  rule  which  often  changes 
the  sound  of  a  word  so  materially  as  to  baffle  a  beginner 
in  his  endeavour  to  seize  and  retain  it.  The  syllable 
-ni  is  the  chief  disturber  of  accents ;  and  words  which 


/ 


14  SWAEILI  HANDBOOK. 

end  in  it  may  be  always  suspected  of  being  plural 
imperatives  if  they  are  verbs,  or  of  being  in  what  is 
known  as  the  locative  case  if  they  are  nouns.  There 
only  a  very  few  words  which  end  in  -ni  in  their 
simple  forms. 

The  formation  or  division  of  syllables  is  so  closely 
connected  with  the  powers  of  the  letters,  that  this  will 
be  a  proper  place  to  mention  it.  The  rulo  is  that  all 
Swahili  syllables  end  in  a  vowel,  and  that  the  vowel 
must  be  preceded  only  by  a  single  consonant,  or  by 
one  preceded  by  n  or  m,  or  followed  by  w  or  y. 

There  are  a  few  half-assimilated  Arabic  words  in 
which  double  consonants  occur ;  but  there  is  a  strong 
tendency  in  all  such  cases  to  drop  one  of  the  consonants 
and  attach  the  other  to  the  vowel  which  follows  them. 

W  can  be  placed  after  all  the  other  consonants, 
simple  and  compound,  except  perhaps  F 
and  V. 

Y  can  follow  F,  N,  and  V. 

These  two  letters  are  used  in  the  formation  of  Verbs, 
-w-  being  the  sign  of  the  passive,  and  -y-  being  used  to 

e  a  transitive  meaning.  In  several  cases  -fy-  stands 
for  -py-;  -py-  occurs  in  one  word  only,  ' '  mpya,  new. 

N  can  be  placed  before  D,  G,  J,  Y,  and  Z. 

M  can  be  placed  before  B,  and  perhaps  Ch  and  V. 

M  in  these  instances  represents  an  n-  used  as  a  suh- 

•itival  and  adjectival  prefix.  Used  in  this  way,  n 
before  b  becomes  m;  before  I  or  r  it  changes  the  I  or  r 
into  d,  making  nd-   instead  of  nl-  or  nr-;  before  to  it 

nges   into  m,   and   the  w  i      b,    making   ml- 


THE  ALPHABET.  15 

instead  of  nw-.  It  is  curious  that  w  can  be  made  to 
follow  n  without  any  change,  but  that  n  cannot  be  put 
before  w.  Before  k,  p,  and  t,  the  n  is  dropped,  and 
they  become  h\  p\  and  f ;  before  the  other  letters  eh, 
f,  h,  m,  n,  and  8,  it  is  merely  dropped. 

The  resulting  syllables  are  not  always  easy  of  pro- 
nunciation to  a  European,  as,  for  instance,  nywa  in  hu- 
nywa,  to  drink,  nor  is  it  very  easy  to  pronounce  ngu  01 
nda ;  but  to  a  native  such  sounds  present  no  difficulty, 
whilst  he  can  scarcely  pronounce  such  a  word  as  black. 

Instances  of  the  division  of  syllables  will  be  found 
in  the  specimen  of  Kinyume,  which  forms  Appendix  I. 
Kinyume  is  made  by  taking  the  last  syllable  from  the 
end  of  a  word  and  putting  it  at  the  beginning,  so  that 
each  instance  is  a  specimen  of  the  native  idea  as  to 
what  letters  belong  to  the  final  syllable.  Some  Swahili 
are  very  ready  at  understanding  and  speaking  this 
enigmatical  dialect. 

At  the  head  of  each  letter  in  the  second  part  will 
be  found  some  observations  on  its  use  and  pronun- 
ciation. 


1G  SWAHIL1  HANDBOOK. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 

Swahili  nouns  have  two  numbers,  singular  and  plural, 
(vhich  are  distinguished  by  their  initial  letters.  Upon 
the  forms  of  the  Substantives  depend  the  forms  of  all 
Adjectives,  Pronouns,  and  Verbs  governing  or  governed 
by  them.  It  is,  therefore,  necessary  to  divide  them 
into  so  many  classes  as  there  are  different  forms  either 
of  Substantives  or  of  dependent  words,  in  order  to  be 
able  to  lay  down  rules  for  the  correct  formation  of 
sentences.  For  this  purpose  Swahili  Substantives  may 
be  conveniently  divided  into  eight  classes. 

I.  Those  beginning  with  M-,  'M-,  Mu-,  or  Mw-,  in 
the  singular,  and  which  denote  living  beings.  They 
make  their  plural  by  changing  M-  &c.  into  Wa-. 

Mtu,  a  man  ;  watu,  people. 

The  singular  prefix  represents  in  all  its  forms  the 
syllable  Mu-,  which  is  itself  very  rarely  heard.  Before 
a  consonant  it  is  almost  always  pronounced  as  a  semi- 
v.  iwel  m,  with  the  u  sound  before  rather  than  after  it. 
Before  a  and  e  the  u  becomes  a  aant,  and  the 

prefix  appears  as  //"*•-.     Before  o  and  u  the  u  is  very 


SUBSTANTIVES.  17 

frequently  dropped,  and  the  m  alone  is  heard.     The 

prefix  is  treated  as  a  distinct  syllable  when  followed 

by  a  consonant,  but  very  rarely  so  when  followed  by 

a  vowel. 

Mchawi,  a  wizard ;  wachawi,  wizards. 

Mjusi,  a  lizard ;  wajusi,  lizards. 

Mwana,  a  son ;  v-aana,  sons. 

Miooga,  or  moga,  a  coward  ;  waoga,  cowards. 

Muumishi,  or  mumishi,  a  cupper ;  waumishi,  cuppers. 

When  the  plural  prefix  wa-  is  placed  before  a  word 
beginning  with  a-,  the  two  a's  run  together,  and  are 
seldom  distinguishable  by  the  ear  alone.  When  wa-  is 
placed  before  a  word  beginning  with  e-  or  »-,  the  -a 
flows  into  the  other  vowel  and  produces  a  long  e  sound. 

Mwenzi,  a  companion  ;  loenzi,  companions. 
Mwivi,  a  thief;  wevi,  thieves. 

f 

II.  Substantives  beginning  with  M-,  'M-,  Mu-,  or 
Mw-,  which  do  not  denote  living  or  animate  beings. 
They  make  their  plural  by  changing  M-  &c.  into  Mi-. 

Mti,  a  tree ;  mitt,  trees. 

The  same  observations  apply  to  the  singular  prefix 

in  this  class  as  in  Class  I. 

Mfupa,  a  bone ;  mifupa,  bones. 
Mwanzo,  a  beginning;  rnianzo,  beginnings. 
Mwembe,  a  mango  tree ;  miembe,  mango  trees. 
Mwiba,  a  thorn ;  miiba,  or  miba,  thorns. 
Moto,  a  fire  ;  mioto,  fires. 

The  names  of  trees  belong  to  this  class. 

III.  Those  which  do  not  change  to  form  the  plural. 

Nyumba,  a  house  ;  nyumba,  houses. 


18  SW All 111    HANDBOOK. 

The  simple  description  of  nouns  of  this  class  is  that 
they  begin  with  n,  followed  by  some  other  consonant, 
li  is  probable  that  Ni-  is  the  ground  form  of  the  prefix 
of  this  class,  since  it  always  appears  as  ny-  before  a 
vowel.     The   singular  powers  and  antipathies  of  the 
Letter  n-  very  much  affect  the  distinctness  of  this  class 
of  nouns.     As  n  must  be  dropped  before  ch,  f,  h,  h,  p,  s, 
or  /,  nouns  beginning  with  those  letters  may  belong  to 
this  class;*  and  as  n  becomes  to  before  b,  v,  and  w, 
nouns  beginning  with  mb  or  mv  may  belong  to  it.  There 
is  a  further  complication  in  Swahili,  arising  from  the 
fact  that  foreign  words,  except  only  foreign  names  of 
persons   and   offices,  whatever  their  first  letters,  are 
correctly  placed  in  this  class.     The  popular  instinct, 
however,  refuses  this  rule,  and  in  the  vulgar  dialect 
classes  foreign  words  according  to  their  initial  letters, 
regarding  the  first  syllable  as  a  mere  prefix,  and  treat- 
ing it  accordingly  (see  also  p.  20).  In  some  cases  words 
are  handled  in  this  way  even  in  polite  Swahili ;  thus  the 
Arabic  Kitabu,  a  book,   is  very  often  made  plural  by 
treating  the  lei-  as  a  prefix,  and  saying  Vilabu,  for  books. 

Kamba,  a  rope ;  kamba,  ropes. 
Mbegu,  a  seed;  nJjegu,  seeds. 
Nyumba,  a  house;  nyumba,  houses. 
Meza,  a  table  ;  meza,  tables. 
Bundulci,  a  gun ;  bunduki,  guns. 
Ndizi,  :t  banana;  ndizi,  bananas. 
Njia,  a  road  ;  njia,  roads. 

»  There  is  nothing  to  show  whether  nouns  beginning  with  these, 
Utters  belong  to  this  class  or  to  the  fifth  ;  but  it  is  always  safest  in 
cases  of  doubt  to  treat  them  as  belonging  to  this  class,  unless  some 
special  largeness  is  intended  to  be  intimated  concerning  them. 


SUBSTANTIVES.  19 

IY.  Those  which  begin  with  Ki-  before  a  consonant 
or  C%-  before  a  vowel.  They  form  their  plural  by 
changing  Ki-  into  Vi-  and  Ch-  into  Vy-. 

Kitu,  a  thing ;  vitu,  things. 
Chombo,  a  vessel ;  vymribo,  vessels. 

Substantives  are  made  diminutives  by  being  brought 
into  this  class. 

Mlima,  a  mountain ;  Kilima,  a  hill. 
Bweta,  a  box ;  kibweta,  a  little  box. 

If  the  word  stripped  of  all  prefixes  is  a  monosyllable, 
ji-  must  first  be  prefixed. 

Mti,  a  tree  ;  kijiti,  a  shrub. 

Mwiko,  a  spoon ;  kijiko,  a  little  spoon. 

Words  beginning  with  Ki-  may  be  turned  into 
diminutives  by  inserting  -ji-  after  the  prefix. 

Kitwa,  a  head ;  kijitwa,  a  little  head. 

Kiboko,  a  hippopotamus ;  kijiboko,  a  little  hippopotamus. 

In  regard  to  animals,  the  use  of  the  diminutive  has 
a  depreciating  effect. 

Mbuzi,  a  goat ;  kibuzi,  a  poor  little  goat. 

V.  Those  which  make  their  plural  by  prefixing  ma-. 
Kasha,  a  chest ;  makasha,  chests. 

Nouns  are  generally  brought  into  this  class  by  re- 
jecting all  prefix  in  the  singular.  If,  however,  the 
word  itself  begins  with  a  vowel,  /-  is  prefixed ;  if  it  be 
a  monosyllable,  ji-  is  prefixed.     The/-  ovji-  is  regularly 

C  2 


20  SWA  11  III   II A  XD BO  OK. 

omitted  in  the  plural,  but  may  be  retained  to  avoid 
ambiguity,  where  the  regular  word  would  have  re- 
Bembled  one  formed  from  another  root. 

Jambo,  an  affair;  mambo,  affairs. 
Jicho,  an  eye ;  macho,  ryes. 

ho,  a  large  vessel ;  majombo,  large  vessels. 

If  the  word  begin  with  i-  or  e-,  the  -a  of  the  plural 
prefix  coalesces  with  it  and  forms  a  long  -e-;  this 
distinguishes  dissyllables  with  j-  prefixed  from  mono- 
syllables  with/*-  prefixed. 

Jino,  a  tooth  ;  meno  (not  mano),  teeth. 

Foreign  names  of  persons  and  offices  belong  to  this 

class. 

Waziri,  a  vizir ;  mawaziri,  vizirs. 

In  the  vulgar  dialect  of  Zanzibar  all  foreign  words 
which  have  a  first  syllable  that  cannot  be  treated  as  a 
j  >re fix,  are  made  to  belong  to  this  class,  and  ma-  is 
prefixed  to  form  the  plural  (see  p.  18). 

Anything  which  is  to  be  marked  as  peculiarly  large 
or  important  is  so  described  by  bringing  the  word  into 
this  class. 

Mjuho,  a  bag  ;  fuho,  a  very  large  bag. 
Mtu,  a  man ;  jitu,  a  very  large  man. 
Kyuruba,  a  house  ;  jumba,  a  large  house. 

If  a  word  is  already  in  this  class,  it  may  be  described 
as  larger  by  prefixing  ji-. 

Matanga,  sails  ;  majitanga,  great  sails. 


SUBSTANTIVES.  21 

Maji,  water,  Mafuta,  oil,  and  other  nouns  in  that 
form  are  treated  as  plurals  of  this  class. 

VI.  Those  which  begin  with  TJ-  in  the  singular. 
They  make  their  plural  by  changing  TJ-  into  Ny-  before 
a  vowel,  or  N-  before  a  consonant. 

Uimbo,  a  song ;  nyimbo,  songs. 

Udevu,  a  hair  of  the  beard ;  ndevu,  hairs  of  the  beard. 

This  class  is  not  a  large  one ;  but  the  formation  of 
its  plural  is  full  of  apparent  irregularities  produced  by 
the  letter  n. 

1.  All  nouns  of  this  class,  which  are  in  the  singular 
dissyllables  only,  retain  the  u-  in  the  plural,  and  are 
treated  as  beginning  with  a  vowel. 

Ufa,  a  crack ;  nyu/a,  cracks. 
Uso,  a  face ;  nyuso,  faces. 

2.  Words  in  which  the  TJ-  is  followed  by  d,  g,  j,  or  z, 
take  N-  in  place  of  TJ-. 

3.  Words  in  which  the  TJ-  is  followed  by  I  or  r,  take 
N-,  but  change  the  I  or  r  into  d. 

Ulimi,  a  tongue ;  ndlmi,  tongues. 

4.  Words  in  which  the   TJ-  is  followed  by  b,  v,  or  w, 

take  n-,  but  change  it  into  m-,  and  their  first  letter  is 

always  b. 

Ubau,  a  plank ;  mhau,  planks. 

Uwingu,  a  heaven  ;  mbiitgu,  the  heavens. 

5.  Words  in  which  the  TJ-  is  followed  by  k,  p  or  t, 


22  BWAHIL1  TIANDBOOK. 

drop  the  U-,  and  give  an  explosive  sound  to  the  first 
letter. 

Upepo,  a  wind ;  p'epo,  winds. 

6.  Words  in  which  the  U-  is  followed  by  ch,  f,  h,  n, 
or  8,  merely  drop  the  JJ-. 

Ufunguo,  a  key  ;  funguo,  keys. 

Nouns  of  this  class  are  so  few  in  Swahili  that  it  is 
scarcely  worth  while  to  notice  these  distinctions ;  they 
are,  however,  important  as  explaining  what  would 
otherwise  seem  anomalies,  and  represent  influences 
which  have  a  much  larger  field  in  other  African 
languages. 

Abstract  nouns  generally  belong  to  this  class. 

V I I.  The  one  word  Mahali,  place  or  places,  which 
requires  special  forms  in  all  adjectives  and  pronouns. 

VIII.  The  Infinitives  of  Verbs  used  as  Substantives. 
All  Infinitives  may  be  so  used,  and  answer  to  the 
English  Verbal  Substantives  in  -iwj. 

Kufa,  to  die  =  dying. 
Kwiba,  to  steal  =  stealing. 

All  Substantives  of  both  numbers  maybe  put  into 
what  may  be  called  the  locative  case  by  adding  ni. 
This  case  has  three  great  varieties  of  meaning,  which 
are  marked  by  differences  in  all  dependent  pronouns. 

1.  In,  within,  to  or  from  within. 

2.  At,  by,  near. 

3.  To,  from,  at  vof  places  far  off). 


SUBSTANTIVES.  23 

Nyumbani  mwangu,  in  my  house. 
Nyumbani  pangu,  near  my  house. 
Nyumbani  kwangu,  to  my  house. 

Htoni,  by  the  river. 

Njiani,  on  the  road. 

Vyomboni,  in  the  vessels. 

Kitwani,  on  the  head. 

Mbinguni,  in  heaven.   . 

Kuanguhani,  in  falling. 

The  possessive  case  is  expressed  by  the  use  of  the 
Preposition  -a,  which  see.  The  objective  or  accusative 
is  the  same  as  the  subjective  or  nominative. 

In  the  following  list  of  Substantives  the  plural  form 
is  o-iven  in  all  caseo  in  which,  if  commonly  used,  it  is 
not  the  same  as  the  singular. 


24 


SWAUILI  HANDBOOK. 


LIST  OF  SUBSTANTIVES 

The  letters  in  parentheses  denote  the  several  dialects:  (A.)  Kiamu.  that  of 
Lamoo;(M.)  Kim  vita,  that  of  Mombas;  (Mer.)Kimerima,  that  of  the  main- 
land opposite  Zanzibar;  (N.)  Kingozi,  the  poetical  dialect;  (Ar.)  Arabic. 


.t  vhat-is-it,  a  thing  the  name  of 
which  you  do  not  know  or  can- 
not recall,  duile,  pi.  madude. 

Such-a-one,  a  person  whose  name  is 
not  known  or  is  immaterial, 
fullaui. 


Al>n.*/>mpnt,  nnenyekeo. 
Abhorrence,  machukio. 
Ability,  uwezo. 
Abridgment,  muhtasari. 
Abscess,  tumbasi,  nasur. 

ndance,  wingi,  ungi  (M.),  mari- 

thawa. 

an,    Habeshia,   pi.    Maba- 

beslii:i. 
Acceptance,  ukubali. 
Accident,  tukio,  pi.  matukio. 

Accounts,  In -s;ibu. 

"ni  booh,  daftari. 
Accusation,  matuvumu. 

tation  (before  a  judge),  m.-hta- 
ka.  pi.  mi>htaka. 
Ache,  iiiawuiivu,  uchungu. 
Action,  kitendo,  pZ.  vitendo,  amali. 
Addition    in  arithmetic),  jumla. 


Address  (of  a  letter),  amvani. 
Adornment,  kipambo,  jil.  vipambo, 

pambo,  pi.  mapambo. 
Adultery,  zani,  uziui,  uziuzi. 
Advantage  (profit),  fayida. 
Aih-i  rsiti/,  mateso,  skidda. 
Advice,  sbauri,  pi.  masbiuri. 
Adze,  sboka  la  bapa,  sezo. 
Affair,  jambo. 

Affairs,   mambo,    shughuli,    uli- 
mweugu. 
Affection,  ni^penzi,  mapendo. 

Mutual  affection,  mapendana 
Affliction,  teso,  p>l.  mateso. 
Age,  umri. 

Old  age,  uzee. 

Extreme  old  age,  uknngwe. 

Equal  in  age,  birimu  moja. 

Former  ages,  zamani  za  kale. 
Agent,  wakili,  pi.  mawakili. 
Agreement,     maagano,     makatibu, 

mwafaka,  mapatano,  sharti. 
Aim,  sbabaha. 
Air,  hawa,  bewa,  upepo. 

For  change  cf  air,  kubadili  hawa. 
Almond,  lozi,  pi.  maluzi. 
Alms,  sadaka. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


25 


Aloes,  subiri,  shibiri. 

Aloes  wood,  uudi. 

Altar,  mathbah,  mathabahu. 

Alum,  shabbu. 

Ambergris,  ambari. 

Amulet,  talasimu,  pi.  matalasimu. 

Amusement,     mazumgumzo,     mao- 

ngezi. 
Ancestors,  babu,  wazee. 
Anchor,  nanga,  baura. 
Ancle    {see    Anklets),    kiwiko    cha 

mgnu,  ito  la  guu  (A.). 
Angel,  malaika. 
Anger,  hasira,  gbathabu. 
Angle,  pembe. 
Angoxa,  Ngoje. 
Animal,  nyania. 

The  young  of  a  domestic  animal, 
ndama. 

A  young  she-animal  that  has  not 
yet  borne,  mtarnba,  pi.  mitamba. 

Native  animals.     See  under  their 
several  names : — 

Buku,  a  very  large  hind  of  rat. 

Toi,  a  hind  of  wild  goat. 

Buga  (?). 

Ndezi  (?). 

Xjiri  (?). 
Anklets  (see  Ancle),  mtali.  pi.  mitali, 

furaugu.  pi.  mafurungu. 
Answer,  majibu,  jawabu. 
Antelopes.     See  Gazelle. 

Bora,  Heleobagus  arundinaceus. 

Dondoro,  Dyher's  antelope. 

Koru,  icater  buch. 

Kuguni,  haartebeest. 

Mpofu,  pi.  Wapofu,  eland. 

Nyumbo,  wildebeest. 

Parabara. 

Kulungu. 
Antimony,  wanja  Tva  manga. 
4nfs,chuiigu,tungu(Mv,sisiujizi(?). 


Siafu,  a  large  Trown  hind. 

Maji  a  nioto,  a  yellow  hind  which 
lives  in  trees. 

White  ants,  mchwa. 

Ants  in  their  flying  stage,  kutubi- 
kumbi. 

Anthill,  kisugalu,  pi.  visugulu. 
Anus,  nikunda,  fupa. 
Anvil,  fuawe. 
Ape,  nyani. 

Apostle,  nitump,  pi.  mitume. 
Appearance,  umbo,  pi.  niaumbo. 
Arab,  Mwarabu.  pi.  Waarabu. 
Arab   from    Sheher,    Msbibiri,   pi. 

TVasbihiri. 
Arab  from  the  Persian  Gulf,  Msbe- 
mali,    pi.    Washemali,    Tende 
balua. 
Arabia,  Arabuni,  Manga. 
Arabic,  Kiarabu. 
Arbitrator,  mpatanishi. 
Arch,  tao,  pi.  matao. 
Areca  nut,  popoo.     See  Betel. 
Arithmetic,  hesabu. 

Addition,  jumla. 

Subtraction,  baki. 

Mult ipl ica  t ion ,  tbaruba. 

Division,  mkasama. 

Proportion,  or  division  of  profits, 
Arm,  mkono,  pi.  nrikono.        [uirari. 

Under  the  arm,  kwapani 
Armpit,  kwapa,  pi.  makwapa. 

Perspiration     of     the      armpit, 
kikwapa. 
Arrangements,  madaraka. 
Arrival,  kifiko,  kikomo. 
Arrogance,  gbururi. 
Arrow,  msbale,  pi.  misbale,  chenile, 

pi.  vyembe  (X.)- 
Arrowroot,  uwanga,  kanji. 
Artery,  vein  or  nerve,  uishipa,  pi. 
mishipa. 


26 


SWAI1ILI  BAND  BOOK. 


Artifice,  kitimbi.  pL  vitimbi. 
Ascriptions  of  praise,  tasbiih. 

I,    jifu.    ;>/.    majit'u,   ivu,     pL 

mnivu  (M.). 

panda. 
Assafa  tida,  mvuje. 
Assi  mbly,  jamaa,  jumaa,  makutano, 

makusanyiko. 
Place  of  «.»>•<  mhly,  makusanyiko. 
Asthma,  pumu. 

Astonishm< ut,  mataajabu,  msangao. 
A  ttrologer,  mnajiimi.  pi.  wanajimu. 
Astronomy,  falaki,  f&lak. 
.1  ■fitment,  wambiso. 
Auction,  ninada,  pi.  minada. 
Auctioneer,  dalali. 
Aunt,  sbangazi,  pi.  masbangazi 
Authority,    nguvu,    mauilaka,    bu- 

kumu. 
Avarice,  choyo,  bakbili,  tamaa. 
Awl,  uuia,  pi.  nyuuia. 
Awning,  cbandalua. 
Axe,  slioka,  pi.  mashoka. 

B. 
Baby,     mtoto      mcbanga,      kitoto 

kicbanga,  malaika. 
Bad;  niaungo,  mgongo. 

Back  of  the  head  and  neck,  ki- 

sbogo. 
Backbone,  uti  wa  maungo. 
Badness,  ubaya,  uovu. 
Bag,  mfuko,  pi.  mifuko,  fuko,  pi. 
mafuko,  kifuko,  pi.  vii'uko. 
Mkoba,  pi.  mikoba,  a  scrip. 
Kibogoebi,  pi.  vibogosbi,  a  small 
bug  made  of  skin. 
Matting  bags. 
Kikapu  or  Cliikapu,  pi.  vikapu. 
Ivipu,  pi.  makapu,  very  large. 
Kanda,  pi.  makanda,  long   and 
narrow,  broadest  at  the  bottom. 


Junia,  used  for  rice,  Ax.,  gunia. 
Kigunui,  used  for  dates,  sugar, 

&c. 
Kif umbo,  pi.  vifumbo,  very  large 
used  for  cloves. 
Baggage,  vyombo. 
Bad,  lazima. 

Bait,  cbambo,  pi.  vyambo. 
Baking  place  for  pottery,  &c,  joko. 
Balances,  mizani. 
1  i<i Illness,  upaa. 
A  shaved  place  on  the  head,  kipaa, 
pi.  vipaa. 
Ball,  tufe. 

India-rubber     ball,     mpira,     pi. 

mipira. 
Any  small  round  thing,  donge,  pi. 
madonge. 
Ballast,  farumi. 
Bamboo,  'mwanzi,  pi.  miwanzi. 
Bananas,  ndizi. 
Banana    tree,  mgomba,  pi.   mi- 

gomba. 
Bunchlets    of    fruit,     tana,    pi. 

mataiia. 
The  fruit  stalk,  mkungu,  pi.  mi- 
kungu. 
Band  (stripe),  utepe,  pi.  tepe. 
Band  (of  soldiers,  &c.),  kikosi,  pL 

vikosi. 
Baiulage,  utambaa,  pi.  tambaa. 
Bangles.     See  Anklets. 
Bank  (of  earth,  sand,  (fee),  fungu, 
pi.  mafungu. 
Bank  of  a  river,  kando. 
The  opposite  bank,  ng'ambo. 
Baobab.     See  Calabash. 
Barber,  kinyozi,  pi.  vinyozi. 
Bargain,  mwaf'aka,  maaukano. 
Bargaining,  ubazazi. 
Bark  of  a  tree,  gome  (hard),  ganda 
(soft). 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


27 


Barley,  shairi  (Ar.). 

Barque  {a  ship),  merikebu  ya  mili- 

ngote  miwili  na  nuss. 
Barrel,  pipa,  pi.  mapipa. 
Basin,  bakuli,  pi.  mabakulL 
A  small  basin,  kibaba. 
A  brass  basin,  tasa,  pi.  matasa. 
See  Bowl. 
Basket.     See  Bag. 
Cbikapu,  pi.  vikapu. 
Pakacba,  pi.  mapakacha,    made 
of  cocoa-nut  leaves  plaited  to- 
gether. 
Dohani,  a  very  tall  narrow  basket 
made  of  slips  of  wood  supple- 
mented by  cocoa-nut  leaves. 
Tunga,  a  round  open  basket. 
Ungo,  pi.  maungo,    or  uteo,  pi. 
teo  (M.),  a  round  flat  basket 
used  for  sifting. 
Kiteo,  pi.  viteo,  a  very  small  one. 
Kunguto,     pi.     makunguto,     a 

basket  used  as  a  colander. 
Jamanda,pZ.  majamanda,  a  round 
basket  of  thick  work,  with  a 
raised  lid. 
Bat,  popo. 

Batcheior,  msijana  (?). 
Bath,  birika,  chakogea. 
Bath  room,  cboo,  pi.  vyoo.    See 

Privy. 
Public  baths,  hamami. 
Battle,  mapigano. 
Battlements,  menomeno. 
Bay,  ghubba. 
Beach,  pwani,  mpwa  (M.)- 
Beads,  ushanga,  pi.  shanga. 
Kondavi,  pi.  makondavi,  a  large 

kind  worn  by  women, 
(rosary),  tasbiih. 
Beak,  mdomo  wa  ndege. 
A  parrot's  beak,  mbango. 


Beam,  mti,  pi.  niiti,  boriti,  mkimili, 

pi.  mihimili. 
Beans,  kuuiide. 

Cliooko,  a  very  small  green  kind. 
Fiwe,  grow  on  a  climbing  plant 

with  a  white  flower. 
Baazi,  grow  on  a  bush  something 
like  a  laburnum. 
Beard,  ndevu,  maderu. 

One  hair  of  the  beard,  udevu. 
The  imperial,  the  tuft  of  hair  on 
the   lower   lip,   kinwa  mchuzi, 
kionda  mtuzi  (M.). 
Beast,  nyama. 
Beauty,  uzuri. 

A  beauty,  kizuri,  pi.  vizuri,  baiba. 
Bed  (for  planting  sweet  potatoes), 

tuta,  pi.  matuta. 
Bedding,  matandiko. 
Bedstead,  kitanda,  pi.  vitanda. 
The  legs,  tendegu,  pi.  matendegu. 
The    side   pieces,    mfumbati,  pi. 

mifumbati. 
The  end  pieces,  kitakizo,  pi.  vita- 

kizo. 
The  head,  nichago. 
The   space   underneath,  mvungu 
kitanda. 
Bee,  nyuki. 
Beehive  (a  hollow  piece   of  wood), 

mzinga,  pi.  ruizinga. 
Beggar,  mwornbaji,  pi.  waombaji. 
Begging,  maomvi. 
Beginning,  mwanzo,  pi.  mianzo. 
Start  in  speaking  or  doing,  feli, 
pi.  mafeli. 
Behaviour,  mwenendo. 

Good  behaviour,  kutenda  vema. 
Ill  behaviour,  kutenda  vibaya. 
Bell,  kengele. 

Njuga,  a  small  bell  worn  as  an 
ornament,  a  dog  beU. 


28 


SWAHIL1  n A  XT)  BOOR. 


I'.  Uowing,  kivnini.  vuini. 
Bellows,  mifuo,  mivukuto. 
/?•  lhj,  inatuinbo. 
I,  pindo. 
The  arm  stiffened  in  a  bent  form, 
kigosho  cha  mkono. 
atooka  bay,  Mjanga. 
Betel  biif,  tambuu.     It  is  c7<<tr.  ,1 
until  areca  nut,  lime,  and   to- 
bacco folded  up  in  it,  and  gin-* 
its  name  t<>  fin    irhub-. 
Beverage,  kinywaji,  pi.  vinywaji. 
Bhang,  bangi. 

Biceps  muscle,  tafu  ya  mkono. 
Bin  r,  jeneza,  jenaiza. 
Bifurcation,  panda. 
BiL .  nyongo. 
Biliousness,  safura  (Ar.\  marungu 

(M.  . 
Bill.     See  Beak 
(account),  hesabu,  barua. 
Bill  of  fab  ,  ankra. 
rl,.,j,j„  ,),    niumlu,  pi.   miutidu  ; 
npamba, )./.  pamba. 
Bird,  ndege,  nyuni  (M.). 

Young   of  birth,   kiuda,  pi.  ma- 

kinda. 
Bird*  if  tltr  air,  ndege  za  anga. 
Bird  if  ill  omen,  korofi,  mkorofi. 
Nativt  bird*. 
Pugi,  a  very  snudl  kind  of  dove. 
Koron^o,  crane. 
Mbango,   a   bird  with  a  hooked 

I  "fi  I;. 
Ninga,  a  green  dove. 
'/.  waridi,  <<  ./nm  sparrow. 
Mb  lyuwayu,  a  swoIa 
Bundi,  an  owl. 

Luanga — pungn — tendawala  '?). 
Birth,  uzazi, uvyasd,  kizazi,  kivyazi. 
lit,  biakwiti 
.1  very  thin  kind,  kaki. 


Bishop,  aakafa  (Ar.). 

A  cli,  y.<  bieltop,  kh.iini. 
/;  /  (./  horn '.-•  .  lijamu. 
Bitterness,  ucbungu,  ukali. 
Blabbi  r  of  seen  ts,  payo,  pi.  mapnvo. 
Blacksmith,  mfufl  ohuma,  ///.  wafua 

cbuma,    mhunzi    (Mer.),    pi. 

wabunzi. 
Blackwood,  sesemi. 
Bladdi  r.  kibofu,  ]>l.  vibofu. 
Blade,  ken 
Blade  of  grass,  uchipuka,  pi.  cbi- 

puka. 
Blame,  matuvunra. 

Blank*  I,  bll-buti. 

Blemish,  ila,  kiptmguo. 

Blessing,  baraka,  mbaraka,  pi.  mi- 
ll iraka. 

Blindness,  upnfu  (loss  of  sight), 
chongo  (loss  of  one  ey>). 

Blinders  (used  for  camels  umen 
grinding  in  mills),  jamanda  (of 
hud.-'  I  work),  kidoto  (of  cloth  > 

Blister,    lengelenge,  pi.    nialen:.r>'- 
1<  nge. 
A  vesicular  eruption  of  the  skin. 

Block.     See  Pulley.  [uwati. 

A  block  to  dry  skull  caps   upon, 
lamina. 

Blood,  ilamu. 

Blood-vessel,  msbipa,  pi.  misbipn. 

Blotch,  waa,  pi.  mawaa. 

Blowing  and  bellowing  noise  (often 

Hindi;  ivith  a  drum),  VUOlL 

Blue  vitriol,  mrututu. 
Jio'irif,  ubau,  pi.  mbaa. 

Piece  of  board,  kibau,  pi.  vibau. 
Boat,  masbua. 
Body,  mwili,  pi.  miili. 

Tin  human  trunk,  kiwiliwili. 

A  dead  body,  mayiti. 

The  body  of  soldiers,  &c,  jamiL 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


29 


Boil,  jipu,  pi.  majipu. 

Bomb,  kombora. 

Bombay,  Mombee. 

Bone,  mfupa,  pi.  mifupa,  fapa,  pi. 

mafupa  (vtry  large). 
Booh,  chuo,  pi.  vyuo,  kitabu,  pi. 
vitabu. 
A  sacred  book,  msabafu,  pi.  misa- 

hafu. 
An  account  booh,  daftari. 
Booty,  mateka,  nyara. 
Border  (boundary),  mpaka,  pi.  mi- 
paka. 
An  edging  woven  on  to  a  piece  of 
cloth,  taraza. 
Bother,  utbia,  buja. 
Bottle,  cbupa,  pi.   macbupa,   tupa 
(M.),  pi.  matupa. 
A  long-necked  bottle  for  sprinkling 

scents,  mrasbi,  pi.  mirashi. 
A  little  bottle,  a  phial,  kitupa,  pi. 
vitupa. 
Bottom,  cbini. 
Bough,  kitawi,  pi.  vitawi. 
Boundary,  mpaka,  pi.  mipaka. 
Bow,    upindi,  pi.   pindi,    uta,   pi. 

mata,  or  nyuta. 
Bowl  {wooden),  fua.     See  Basin. 
Bowsprit,  mlingote  wa  maji. 
Box,  bweta,  pi.    mabweta,    ndusi, 
kisanduku,  pi.  visanduku. 
Small,  kibweta,  pi.  vibweta. 
Large,  kasha,  pi.  makasba,  san- 

duku. 
Small    metal    box,    kijaluba,  pi. 

vijaluba. 
Small,  long-shaped  metal  box,  often 
used  to  keep  betel  in,  kijamanda, 
pi.  vijamanda. 
Small  paper   box,   kibumba,  pi. 
vibumba. 
Boy,  kijana,  pi.  vijana. 


Bracelet,  kekee  (fiat). 

Kikuku,  pi.  vikuku  (round). 

Kingaja,  pi.  vingaja  (of  beads). 

Banagiri(orarimeM<ed  with  points). 

Timbi. 
Braid,  kigwe,  pi.  vigwe. 
Brains,  bongo,  mabongo. 
Bran,  cbacbu,  makapi. 

Husks  of  rice,  kunivi. 
Branch,  tawi,  pi.  matawi,  utanzu, 

pi.  tanzu. 
Brand  (apiece  of  wood  partly  burnt), 

kinga,  pi.  vinga. 
Brass,  sbaba,  nubas  (Ar.). 
Brass  wire,  mazoka  (?). 
Bravery,  ushujaa,  u(fcabiti. 
Brawler,  mgomvi,  pi.  wagomvi. 
Bread  (loaf  or  cake),  mkate. 
Breadth,  upana. 
Break.     See  Orach,  Notch. 
Breakfast,     cbakula     cha     subui, 
kifungua      kanwa,     cha  msha 
kanwa. 
Breaking  wind  (upward),  kiungulia, 
pi.  viungulia. 

(downward),  jamba,  pi.  majamba, 
mashuzi. 
Breast,  kifua,  kidari,  mtima. 

Breasts,  maziwa,  sing.  ziwa. 
Breath,  pumzi,  nafusi,  roho. 
Bribe,  rusbwa. 
Bride,  bibi  harusi. 
Bridegroom,  bwana  harusi. 
Bridle,  hatamu  (halter,  reins,  &c), 

lijamu  (bit). 
Brink,  ukingo,  mzingo. 
Brook,  kijito,  pi.  vijito. 
Broom,  ul'agio,  pi.  fagio. 
Brother,     ndugu,     ndugu     mume, 
kaka  (Kibadimu). 

Foster  brother,  ndugu  kunyonya. 

Brother-in-law,  shemegi. 


30 


SWAHIL1  HANDBOOK. 


Husband's  brother,  mwamua. 
Wifi '«  hrothi  r,  will. 
Brow,  kikomo  cha  nso,  kipaji. 
Bruise,   vilio  la   damn,  alama  ya 

pigo. 
Brush  (see  Broom),  buniahi. 
Brushwood,  koko,  makoko. 
Bubble,  povu,  ^J.  niapovu. 
Bucket,  inloo. 
Buckler,  ngao. 
Buffalo,  mati. 
1?h:/.  kunguni. 
Building,  jengo,  ^?.  majengo. 
Building  materials,  majengo. 
jP/rm  and  good  building,  mtomo. 
Bull,  fahali,  pi.  mafahali,  ng'ombe 

mume  or  ndunie. 
Bullet,  poopoo,  risasi  ya  bunduki. 
1  hillock,  maksai. 

Bunch,  tawi,  pi.  matawi,  kitawi,  pi. 
vitawi,     kichala,   pi.    vichala. 
The  bunch  is  said  to  be  of  the 
tree  and  not  of  the  fruit. 
Tawi  la  mtende,  a  bunch  of  dates. 
Kichala  cha  mzabibu,  a  bunch  of 
grapes.     See  Bananas. 
Bundle,  peto,  pi.  niapeto,  mzigo,  pi. 
mizigo. 
In    a   cloth,  bimdo,   furushi,   ki- 

furushi. 
Of  straw,  mwenge,  pi.  inienge. 
Of  sticks,  titi,  pi.  matiti. 
Buoy,  chilezo,  pi.  vilezo,  mlezo,  pi. 

milezo. 
Burden,  mzigo,  pi.  mizigo. 
Burial-place,  mazishi,  maziko. 
Burier  (i.e.  a  special  friend),  mzishi, 

pi.  wazislii. 
Bush,  kijiti,  pi.  vijiti. 

Bushes,  koko,  pi.  makoko. 
7.     iness,  shughuli,  kazi. 
Urgent  business,  ainara. 


A      complicated     business,     visa 

vingi. 
His  business,  amri  yake. 
I  have  no  business,  &c.,  sina  amri, 
&c. 
Butter,  siagi. 

Clarified  butter  (ghee),  samli. 
Buttermilk,  mtindi. 
Butterfly,  kipepeo,  pi.  vipepeo. 
Buttocks,  tako,  pi.  matako. 
Button,  kifungo,  pi.  vifungo. 
Button  loop,  kitanzi,  }>1.  vitanzi. 
Button  by  which  the  wooden  clogs 
are  held  on,  msuruake,  pi.  mi- 
suruake. 
Buyer,  mnunuzi,  pi.  wanunuzi. 


Cabin  (side),  kipenu. 

Cable,  amara. 

Caffre  corn,  mtama. 

Cage,  kizimbi,  pi.  vizimbi,  tundu, 

pi.  matundu. 
Cake,  mkate,  pi.  mikate. 
Cake  of  mtama  meal,  mkate  wa 

mofu. 
Cake  of  tobacco,  mkate  wa  tu- 

mbako. 
Bumunda,  pi.  mabumunda,  a  sort 

of  dumpling  or  soft  cake. 
Kitumbua,  pi.  vitumbua,  a  cake 

made  like  a  fritter. 
Ladu,    a    round    ball    made    of 

semsem  seed,  spice,  and  sugar. 
Kinyunya,  pi.  vinyunya,  a  little 
cake  made  to  try  the  quality  of 
the  flour. 
Calabash,  buyu,  pi.  mabuyu. 
Inner  part  of  the  calabash  fruit, 

ubuyu. 
Calabash    used    to    draw    wat>r, 
kibuyu,  vibuyu. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


31 


Calabash  tree  or  baobab,  mbuyu, 

pi.  mibuyn. 
A  pumpkin    shell    used   to  hold 
liquids,  dundu,  pi.  madundu. 
Cola  in%,masaibu,  msiba,p£.  misiba. 
Calico.    See  Cloth. 

Fine,  bafta. 
Calf,  ndama,  ndama  wa  ng'ombe. 
Call  (calling),  mwito,  pi.  niiito. 
(a  cry),  ukelele,  ukemi. 
Kikorombwe,  a  signal  cry. 
Calm,  shwali. 
Calumba  root,  kaomwa. 
Camel,  ngamia. 
Camelopard,  twiga. 
Camphor,  karafumayiti,  kafuri. 
Candle,  tawafa,  meshinaa. 
Candlestick,  kinara,  pi.  vinara. 
Cannabis  Indica,  bangi. 
Cannon,  mzinga,  pi.  lmziuga. 
Canoe,    galawa    (icith    outriggers  , 
mtumbwi,  pi.  mitumbwi  (with- 
out outriggers),  bori,  pi.  mahori 
(with  raised  head  and  stern). 
Canter,  mghad  (of  a  horse). 

Thelth  (of  an  ass). 
Cap,  kofia. 
A  cup  block,  faroma. 
A  gun-cap,  fataki. 
Capacity,  kadri. 
Cape  (headland),  rasi. 
Captain,  nakhotha,  naoza,  kapitani. 
Caravan,  msafara,  pi.  misafara. 
Caravan  porter,  mpagazi,  pi.  wa- 
pagazi. 
Carcase,  mzoga,  pi.  mizoga. 
Cards  (playing),  karata. 
Cardamoms,  iliki. 
Care,  tunza,  pi.  matunza. 

(cautiony,  bathari. 
Cargo,  sbebena. 
Carpenter,  seruiala,  pi.  masermala. 


Carpet,  zulia. 
Carriage,  gari,  pi.  magari. 
A   gun    carriage,    gurudumo    la 
mzinga. 
Cartridge,  kiass  cba  bundnki. 
Carving,  naksb,  nakisbi. 
Case   or  paper  box,    kibumba,  pi. 

vibumba. 
Cashew  nut,  korosbo,  pi.  makorosho 
Immature  nut,  dunge. 
Cashew  apple,  bibo,  pi.  mabibo, 

kanju  (M.),  pi.  makanju. 
Cashew  nut  tree,  mbibo,  pi.  mibibo, 
mkanju  (M.),  pi-  mikanju. 
Cask,  pi  pa,  pi.  mapipa. 
Casket,  kijamanda,  pi.  vijamanda. 
Cassava,  mubogo. 
A  piece  of  the  dried  root,  kopa,  pi. 
makopa. 
Castle,  geieza,  ngome. 

A  chess  castle,  fil  (Ar.  elephant  . 
Castor    oil,    mafuta    ya    mbaribt, 
mafuta  ya  nyonyo  (?),  mat'ut;t 
ya  mbono  (?). 
Castor  oil  plant,  mbarika,  pi.  mi- 
barika,  mbono  (?),  pi.  niibono. 
Cat,  paka. 
Catamite,    haniti,    hawa,    hawara, 

sboga  (A.). 
Cattle,  ng'ombe,  nyama. 

Cattle  fold,  zizi,  pi.  mazizi. 
Caudle  made  on  the  occasion  of  a 
birth,  of  rice,  sugar,  and  spice, 
and  given  to  visitors,  fuka. 
Caulking,  khalfati. 
Cause,  sababu,  kisa,  asili,  maana. 
Cautery  and  the  marks  of  it,  pisho, 
Caution,  batbari.         [pi.  mapisbo. 
Cave,  paango,  pi.  mapaango. 
Censer,  a  small  vessel  to  burn  incense 
in,  chetezo.  pi.  vyetezo.  mkebe, 
pi.  mikebe. 


32 


SWAIIILI  HANDBOOK. 


Centijn  '/■ .  taandn. 
d  rtainty,  yakini,  kite. 
'      iff,  kapi,  /7.  makapi. 

(of  ria ).  kumvi. 

(l>ra  it  and  crush*  d  grains),  wishwa. 
Chain,   mkufu,  i>l.   mikufu,  mnyo- 
roro,  pi.  minyororo,  silesile, 

I '  ■/•  chain,  riza. 
Chair,  ki:i.  pi.  \iti. 
Chalk,  chaki. 

I        leleon,  kinyonga,  jjZ.  vinyotiga, 
Chance,  nasibu.  [lunibwi  (?). 

Chandelier,  thurea. 
Change    or    changing,    geuzi,    j>Z. 

magenzi. 
ChapU  r,  Bora,  bah. 
Character,  sifa. 
( 'haracters,  hcrufu. 
Oiarcoal,  makaa  ya  ndti. 
Charm  (talisman),  talasimu,  pJ.  ma- 
talaeimu. 

Chatter,  upuzi. 
< 'batterer,  lujiuzi,  pi.  wapuzL 
Cheat,  ayari,  mjanja,  pi.  wajanja. 
A  great  chmt.  patiala. 

h  (the  part  over  the  cheek-bone), 

kitefute,  pi.  vitefute. 
(Tlie  part  over  the  teeth),  chafu, 

pi.    machafu,    tavu     (A.),   pi- 
Cheese,  jibiui.  [matavu. 

Che$8t  Bataranji. 
Chest  'of  men),  kifua,  pi.  vifua. 
(of  animals  or  men  .,  kidari. 
(a  large  box),  kusba,  pi.  raakasha, 

sanduku. 
Chicken,    faranga,    pi.    mafaranga, 

kifarauga,  pi.  vifarauga. 
Chief,  mfalme,  pi.  wafalme,  jumbc, 

pi.  majuinbe,  muuyi. 
Chieftainship,  ujumbe. 
Child,  intoto,  pi.  watoto,  kitoto,  /</. 

yitoto,  mwana,  pi.  waana 


A  child  which  cuts  its  upper  teeth 

jir*t,  mt'l  is  therefore  considered 

unlucky,  kigego,  pi.  vigego. 
Childhood,  utoto. 
'  himnt  y,  dohaan. 
Chin,    kidevu,   pi.    videvu,    kievu 

(A.),  pi.  vievu. 
Ornanu  nt  hanging  from   the   Vt  il 

below   the  chin,  jebu,  pi.   nia- 

jcbu. 
Chisel,  patasi,  chembeu. 
Juba,  a  mortirt  chisel. 
Uina,  a  small  chisel. 
Choice,  lnari,  hiyari,   ikhtiari,   na- 

tliari. 
Your  choice,  upendavyo  (as  you 

like). 
Cholera,    tauni,    wabba,     kipindu- 

pindu. 
Church,  kanisa,  pi.  inakauisa. 
Cinders,  makaa. 
Cinnabar,  zangefuri. 
Cinnamon,  mdalasini. 
Cipher   (figure   of  nought),   sifuru, 

zifuri. 
Circle  of  a  man's  affairs,  &c,  uli- 

mwengu  wake. 
Circumcision,        tohara,        kumbi 

(Mer.)  (?). 
Circumference,  kivimba,  lnzingo. 
Circumstances,  mambo. 

A  circumstance,  jambo. 
Cistern,  birika. 

Citron,  balungi,  pi.  mabalungi. 
Civet,  zabadi. 
Civet  cat,  f'ungo,  ngawa  (a  large* 

animal  than  the  fungo). 
Civilization,  ungwana. 
Civilized  people,  wangwana. 
Clamp  for  burning  lime,  tanun. 
Clap  of  tli under,  radi. 
i,  divai. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


33 


Class  for  study,  darasa. 
Claw,  ukucha,  pi.  kucha. 

(of  a  crab),  gando,  pi.  rnagando. 
Clay  (?),  udongo. 
Clearness,  weupe. 
Clerk,  karani. 
Clergyman,  padre  or  padiri,  pi.  ma- 

padiri,  khatibu. 
Cleverness,  kekinia. 
Climate,  tabia. 
Clock,  sua. 

What  o'clock  is  it  ?    Saa  ngapi  ? 
According  to  the  native  reckon- 
ing, noon  and  midnight  are  at 
the  sixth  hour,  saa  a  sita;  six 
o'clock  is  saa  a  Menaskara. 
Clod,  pumba,  pi.  mapumba. 
Cloth  {woollen),  joko. 
{Cotton),  nguo. 

(American  sheeting),  amerikano. 
(Blue  calico),  kauiki. 
Cloth  of  gold,  zari. 
A  loin  cloth  of  about  two  yards, 

sbuka,  doti. 
A  loin  cloth  with  a  coloured  border, 

kikoi,  pi.  vikoi. 
A   turban  clotli,  kitambi,  pi.   vi- 

lambi. 
A  woman's  cloth,  kisuto,  pi.  vi- 

suto. 
A  cloth  tivisted  into  a  kind  of  rope 
used  as  a  girdle,  and  to  make 
the  turbans  worn  by  the  Hindis, 
ukumbuu,  pi.  kumbuu. 
Clothes,  nguo,  miguo,  mavazi  mavao. 
Cloud,  wiugu,  pi.  mawingu. 
Bain  cloud,  gkubari,  pi.  niagbu- 

bari. 
Broken  scattered    clouds,   mavu- 
ndevunde. 
Cloves,  garofuu,  karofuu. 
Fruit-stalks,  kikonjc,  pi.  vikonyo. 


Club,  rungu. 

Coals,  makaa. 

Coast,  pwani. 

Coat,    joho    (a    long   open  coat  of 

broadcloth  worn  by  the  Aral**). 
Cob  of  Indian  corn,  gunzi,  pi.  ma- 

gunzi. 
Cock,  ]ogoo,pl.  majogoo,  jogoi.  jirubi. 
A   young  cockerel,  not  yet  able  to 

crow,  pora. 
A  cock's  comb,  upanga. 
A  cock's  wattles,  ndefu. 
Cockles,  kombe  za  pwani  (?). 
Cockroach,  ruende,  makalalao  (Ma- 

lagazy). 
Cocoa-nut,  nazi. 

Cocoa-nut  tree,  mnazi,  pi.  miuazi. 
Heart  of  the  growing  shoot,  used  as 

salad,  &c,  kicbikma,  sbaha. 
Cloth-like  envelope  of  young  leaves, 

kilifu. 
Leaf,  kuti,  pi.  makuti. 
Midrib    of    leaf,    uchukuti,    pi. 

cbukuti. 
Leaflets,  ukuti,  pi.  kuti. 
Leaf  plaited  for  making  fences, 

makuti  ya  kumba. 
Half  leaf  plaited  together,  makuti 

ya  pande. 
Leaflets  made  up  for  thatching, 

makuti  ya  viungo. 
Part  of   a   leaf   plaited  into   a 
basket,  pakacba,  pi.  ruapakacka. 
Woody  flower  sheath,  kaiara. 
Bunch  of  nuts,  tawi  la  mnazi. 
Flower  and  first  forming  of  nuts, 

upunga,  pi.  punga. 

Small  nuts,  kidaka,  pi.  vidaka. 

Half-grown  nut,  kitale,  pi.  vitale. 

Full-grown  nut  before   the   nutty 

part     is     formed,     dafu,     pi. 

madafu.     In  this  stage  the  shell 


SWA  TUT, T  HA  XPBOOK. 


'/;/  full  of  (he  milk  or 

juice  (maji),  and  die  nuts  ore 

oft*  »  ipilhi  ii  d  for  drinking. 
Haif-ripi  nut,  wfo  n  the  nutty  part 

is  formed  and  the  mUk  begins  to 

wabble  in  the  shell,  koroma,  pi. 

makoroma. 
Rtpi  hut,  nazL 

.1  /.at  which  //<(<  grown  full  of  a 
substana  without 

any  hollow  or  mUk,  joya,  pi. 

maji 
.)  nut  which  lias  dried  in  the  shell 

so  as  to   ratth    in    it  without 
•  "tilt,  mbata. 
The  fibrous  case  of  the  nut,  cocoa- 

fibri .  mikumbi. 
Cocoa-nut  fibre  thoroughly  cleaned, 

usumba. 
A  stick  stuck  iti  the  grovn-l  to  rip 

off  the  fibre,  kifuo,  pi.  vifuo. 
The  shell,   kifuu,   pi.   vifuu,   ki- 

fufu  (M.). 
Instrument  for  scraping  the  fr<  sh 

mit  for  cooking,  mbuzi  ya  ku- 

knnia  nazi. 
Oily   juice   squeezed   out  of    the 

"■raped  cocoa-nut,  tui. 
A  small  bag  to  squeeze  out  the  tui 

in.  hafombu,  pi.  vituinbu. 
Ih'  scraped  nut  after  the  tui  has 

been  pressed  out,  chicba. 
( 'opra,th<  nut  dru  dand  ready  lobe 

pressed  in  the  oil  WW,  nazi  kavu. 
Cocoa-nut  oil,  mafuta  ya  nazi. 
1       e,  kabawa,  (plant)  mbuni. 
Cqffi  ■  In  tries,  buni. 
r"ffeepot,  mdila,  pi.  midila. 
Coin  a  coin),  Barafu.    See  Dollar, 

Hupi  i .  &c. 
Colander  (in  basket  nark),  kunguto, 

£il.  makunguto. 


<  'old,  baridi. 

Baridi  and  upepo  are  often  used 
In  mean  wind  or  cold  indiffer- 
ently. 
Cold  in  tin  head,  mafua. 

I  have  a  cold  in  the  head,  siwi  zi 
kamasL 
Collar-bone,  mtulinga,pl.mituli 
Colour.  rangL 

Colours  are  generally  described  by 
reference  to   some   kno\ 
stance  :  raugi  ya  kahawa, 
colour,  brown  :  rangi  ya  majani, 
leaf   colour,   green ;    rangi    ya 
niakuti,  colour  of  the  dry  cocoa- 
nut  leaves,  grey. 
Comb,  kitaua,  pi.    vitann,    sbanuu, 
pi.   masbanuu  (a  large  woodt  n 
comb). 
A  cock's  comb,  upanga. 
Comfort,  faraja. 
Comforter,  nil'ariji,  pi.  wafaiiji. 
Coming  (arrival),  kitiko,  pi.  vifiku. 
(Mode  of  coming),  uiajilio. 
Coming  down  or  out  from,  msbuko, 
pi.  rnishuko. 
Command,  amri. 

Commander,  y-m<uhm,  pi.  majema- 
dari,  mkuu  wa  asikari. 
Second  in  command,  akida. 
Commission,  agizo,  pi.  maagizo. 
Comoro  Islands,  Masiwa. 
Great  Comoro,  Ngazidja. 
Comoro  men,  Wa  ngazidja. 
Johanna,  Anzwani. 
Mayotte,  Maotwe. 
Moh  ill n,  Moalli. 
Companion,  inwenzi,  pi.  wenzi. 
Company,  jamaa. 
Compass  (mariner's),  dira. 
Completeness,     uzima,     ukainilifu, 
utimilifu. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


35 


Compliments,  salaamu. 
Composition  (of  a  word),  rakibyueo. 
Composition  for  a  murder,   money 

paid  to  save  one's  life,  dia. 
Concealment,  maficbo. 
Conclusion,  mwisbo,  hatima. 
Concubine,  suria,  pi.  masuria. 

Born  of  a  concubine,  suriyama. 
Condition  (state),  hali,  jawabu. 
(A    thing    necessarily    implied)^ 

kanuni, 
Confidence,  matumainL 
Confidential  servant,  msiri,  pZ.wasiri. 
Conscience,  thaimri,  moyo. 
Conspiracy,  mapatano,  mwafaka. 
Constipation,  kufunga  choo. 
Constitution,  tabia. 
Contentment,  uratbi. 
Continent,  raerinia. 
Continuance,  maisha. 
Contract,  maagano,  sbarti. 
Conversation,    mazumgurazo,    mao- 

ngezi,  usemi. 
Convert,  mwongofu,  pi.  waongofu. 
Cook,  mpishi,  pi.  wapisbi. 
Cooked  grain,  especially  rice,  wali. 
Cooking    pot   (metal),    sufuria,  pi. 

masufuria,  kisufuria,  pi.  visu- 

furia. 
(earthen),   nyungu,    cbungu,    pi. 

vyungu.  mkungu,  pi.  mikungu. 
(o  pot  to  cook  meat  in  with  fat,  to 

braze  meat  in),  kaango,  pi.  ma- 

kaango,  ukaango,  kikaango,  pi. 

vikaango. 
A  pot  lid,  mkungu  wa  kufunikia. 
Tliree  stones  to  set  a  pot  on  over 

the  fire,    manga,     sing,     figa, 

mafya,  sing,  jifya. 
Cross  pieces  put  in  to   keep  the 

meat  from  touching  the  bottom  of 

the  pot  and  burning,  nyalio. 


Coolie,  hamali.  pi.  mahamali 
Copal,  sandarusi. 
Copper,  sbaba,  sufuria. 
Coral  (red),  marijani  ya  fetbaluka 
(marijani  alone  does  not  always 
mean  the  true  red  coral). 
Fresh  coral  for  building,  cut  from 
below  high'Water  mark,  matu 
mbawi. 
Cord,    ugwe,    ukambaa    (M.),    pi. 

kambaa,  kigwe,  pi.  vigwe. 
Cork,  kizibo,  pi.  vizibo. 
Com,    nafaka    (formerly    used    as 
money). 
Mubindi,  Indian  corn. 
Mtama,  millet  (the  most  common 

grain). 
Mwere,  very  small  grains  growing 
in  an   upright  head  something 
like  the  flower  of  the  bulrush. 
Wimbi. 
Kimanga. 
Corner,  pembe. 

Comer  of  a  cloth,  tamvua,  uta- 
mvua. 
Corpse,  mzoga,  pi.  mizoga,  mayiti. 
Corpulence,  unene. 
Corruption,  uovu,  kioza. 
Cosmetics. 
Dalia,  a  yellow  composition. 
Yasi,  a  yellow  powder  from  India, 
Liwa,    a    fragrant    wood    front 

Madagascar. 
Kipaji. 
Cotton,  pamba. 
Couch,  kitanda,  pi.  vitanda. 
Cough,  kikobozi. 
Council,  baraza,  diwani. 
Councillor,  diwani,  pi.  madiwani. 
Counsel,  sbauri. 
Countenance,  uso,  pi.  nyuso. 
Country,  inchi,  nti  (,M.).    The  names 

D   2 


36 


nVATIU.l  HAXDnnoK. 


are  made  from  the 
name  of  the  people  by  no  mix  of 
//.•  I"-. 

Uuyika,  the  country  of  the  Wa- 

nyika. 
I  gala,  the  country  of  tin  Wagala. 
1   zuDgU,  the  country  of  the   \Ya- 

zuugu,  Europe. 
In  the  country,  masbnmba. 
A  country  dialect,  lugba   ya   ki- 
mashamba. 

rage,  ushujaa,  urnabit,  moyo. 
h  (of  a  ship),  majira. 
rtesy,  jamala,  adabu. 
tyard  (<  ncloeun  ),  ua,  pi.  nyua, 
uanda  or  uanja. 
Court  within  a  house.  behewa,kati. 
Cousin,  mjukuu,  pi.  wajukuu. 
Covenant,  maagano,  sliarti. 
r  (a  lid  ,  kifuniko. 
A   dish  cover  made  of  straw  and 
ofU  n     profusely     ornamented} 
kawa. 
A  booh  cover,  jalada. 
townees,  tamaa,  bakbili. 
Cow,   ng'ouibe    mke,   pi.   ng'ombe 
wake. 

-  id.  mwoga,  pi.  waoga. 
Cowardice,  uoga, 
ory,  kauri,  kete. 
ib.  k:ia. 
Crack,  ufa,  pi.  nyufa. 
Cramp,  kiliarusi. 
A  crump.  •.'■■■■ngo.pl.  magango. 
iba. 
■in,  siagi. 
Creed,  imani. 

'■.  horL 
Crest,  Bhnngi  (used  aho  for  a  way 
of  dressing  (he  hair  in  two  large 
■es). 
Crew,  baharia. 


( 'rime,  taksiri. 

Crocodile,  mamba,  mbulu  (?). 

V.  k<>t:i. 
Crookedness,  knmbo. 

A  crooked  thing,  kikombo. 
Cross,  msalaba,  pi.  raisalaba. 
Cross  roads,  njia  panda. 
( Wossing  place,  kivuko,  pi.  vivuko. 
( Wow,  kunguru. 

Crowbar,  mtaimbo,  pi.  mitaimbo. 
Crowd,  kundi,   pi.   makundi,   ma- 

kutano,  matangamano,  umaati, 
Crown,  taji. 

Crown  of  the  head,  upaa,  utosi. 
Crumbs,  vidogo,  sina.  kidogo. 
Crutch  for  oars,  kilete,  pi.  vilete. 
Cry,   kilio,    pi.   vilio,   ukoluiu,  pi. 

kelele,  ukemi. 
(for  help),  yowe. 
(  of  joy),  hoihoi,  kigelegele. 
Cucumber,  tango,  pi.  ruatango. 
Cubit  (from  the  tip  of  the  middle 

finger  to  the  point  of  the  elbow), 

thiraa,  mkono,  pi.  rnikono. 
(from  the  point  of  the  elbow  to  tlce 

knuckles  when  the  fist  is  closed), 

tbiraa  konde. 
Cultivation,  kilimo. 
Cultivator,  mkulirna,  pi.  wakulima. 
Cunning,  cherevu,  werevu. 
Cup,  kikombe,  pi.  vikombe. 
Cupboard,  eanduku. 
Cupper,  mumishi,  pi.  wauniishi. 
Cupping  horn,  chuku. 
Curiosity  (rarity  ,  kioja,  pi.  vioja, 

hedaya,  tunu. 
Curlew,  sululu,  kipila. 
Current,  mkondo  wa  maji. 
Curry,  mcbuzi,  mtuzi  (M.). 
A  small  seed  used  in  malcing  it, 

bizari. 
An  acid  thing  put  into  it,  kiungo. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


37 


Curse,  laana,  pi.  malaana. 
Curtain,  pazia,  pi.  rnapazia. 
Curve,  kizingo. 
Cushion,  mto,  pi.  mito. 
A   large   cushion,   takia,  pi.  ma- 

takia. 
Cuatard  apple,  topetope,  mstofole, 

konokono,  matoiaoko. 
Custom,  desturi,  matbekebu,  ada. 
Custom-house,  fortba. 
Customs'  duties,  asbur. 
Cut,  a  short  cut,  njia  ya  kukata. 
Cutting    (breaking    off),    kato,   pi. 

makato. 
Cuttle-fish,  pweza. 
Arms  of  the  cuttle-fish,  rnnyiiiii, 

pi.  minyiriri. 
Cutwater  of  a  dhow,  banamu. 
Cypher.     Sen  Cipher. 
Cymbals,  matoazi,  sing.  toazL 

D. 

Dagger,  jambia  (the  curved  dagger 
generally  worn). 

Damascus,  Sham. 

Dance,  nicbezo,  pi.  micbezo. 
Names  of  dances,  guugn,  msapata, 
bauzua,     kitanga    cba     pepo, 
soma. 

Dandy,  malidadi. 

Mtongozi,  pi.  watongozi,  a  man 
who  dresses  himself  up  to  attract 
women. 

Danger,  batari,  khofu,  kicbo. 

Darkness,  kiza,  giza  (these  are  only 
two  ways  of  pronouncing  the 
same  word,  but  the  first  is  some- 
times treated  as  though  the  ki- 
were  a  prefix  and  it  belonged  to 
the  fourth  class,  while  the  second 
is  taken  as  belonging  to  the  fifth  : 
it    is   probably,  however,  most 


correct  to  refer  them  both  to  the 

fourth). 
Dark  saying,  fumbo,  pi.  mafumbo, 

maneno  ya  fumba. 
Darling,  kipendi,  pi.  vipendi. 
Dates,  tende. 

Bute-tree,  mtende,  pi.  mitende. 
Daughter,  binti,  mtoto  mke,  mwaua, 

kijana. 
Daughter-in-law,  mkwe,  pi.    we- 

kwe. 
Dawn,  alfajiri,  kucba. 
Day  (of  twenty-four  hours,  reckoned 

from  sunset  to  sunset),  siku. 
(time  of  daylight),  mcbana,  mtana 

(M.). 
All  day,  mcbana  kutwa. 
Day  labourer,  kibarua,  pi.  vibarua 

(so  called  from  the  ticket  given 

to  workpeople,  which  they  give 

up  again  when  paid). 
Daylight,  mcbana,  mtaua  (M.). 
Dazzle,  kiwi. 
Deal  (wood),  sunobari. 
Death,  kufa    (dying),  mauti,   ufu, 

mafu. 
Debt,  deni. 
Deceit,  bila,  madanganya,  udanga- 

nifu,  badaa,  uwougo. 
Deck,  sitaba,  dari. 
Deep  water,  kilindi,  pi.  vilindi. 

Great  depths,  lindo,  pi.  malindo. 
Defect,  upungufu,  ila,  kombo,  ki- 

punguo,  pi.  vipunguo. 
Deficiency,  kipunguo,  upungufu. 
Defilement,  ujusi. 
Deliverance,  wokovu. 
Demand    in    marriage,    poso,    pi. 

maposo. 
Dependant,  mfuasi,  pi.  wafuasi. 
Depth,  kwenda,  cbini,  uketo. 
Derision,  mzaba,  tbibaka. 


swahili  HAxnnooK. 


m,  kusudi,  /</.  makusudi,  oia. 
ut.  mshuko,  pi.  mishuko. 
'.   wangwa,  jangwa,   ph  ma- 
jangwa. 

►,  ukiwa. 
ttclton,  kuharibika,  kupotea. 
ucfa'tn  /(,>■>'.  uharibivu,  upotevu. 
/'<  tachrm  nt  (of  soldiers,  etc.).  kikosi, 
}>\.  vikosi. 
.  Iiila,  shauri.  pi.  mashauri. 
l>  vil,  shetani,  )<1.  mashetani. 
mtaowa,  pi.  wataowa. 
/<  ".  umande. 

■    (native  craft),  cbombo,  pi. 

vyombo;  when  very  large,  jombo, 

/</.  majombo. 

Kinds  of  dhows  : — 

Dau,  jil.   madau,  a    small   open 

iharp  at  //"  tU  rn,with  a  square 

matting  sail.      They  belong   t<>   tl" 

■  il    inhabitants    of    Zanzibar, 

.///</  are  chiefly  <  mployed  in  bringing 

:  tn  tin  town. 

Mtepe,   pi.    mitepe,  a  large  open 

'  sharp  ut  the  sU  rn.  with  a  large 

■■     matting   sail;   the  prow  is 

,.  !'!■  to  resemble  a  camel's  head,  and 

,.   ornamented    "'Hit   painting  and 

I  it tli'    dreamers.      Th'e   planks  are 

together.     There   is  always  a 

pennon  at  the  masthead.  These 

'-  belong  chiefly  to  Lamoo,  and 

•  -in  a  try  near  it. 

Betela,  the  common  dhow  of  Zan- 
■  :   it  has  a  square  stem,  u-ith  a 
■  ;i  and  a  head  much  like  those 
of  Europi  "a  bouts. 

15  Igala,  pi.  mabagala,  large  dhows 

with  very  high  square  sterns  and  tall 

.   and   bun   projecting  prows. 

Indian  dhows  ore  mostly  of  this 

they  have  very  often  u 


id   mast    rising  from  the  poop 
(mlingote  wa  kalmi). 

Gkangi,  they  resemble  the  Bi- 
galaa  except  in  not  being  so  high  in 
tin  i>oop  or  so  lomj  in  the  prow. 

Batili,  a  low  vessel  with  a  long 
projecting  prow,  a  sharp  stem,  and 
high  rudder-head.  They  have  often 
a  flying  poop  and  a  second  mast 
Tiny  belong  to  the  piratical  Arabs 
from  the  Persian  Gulf. 

lied,  ni,  a  dhow  with  a  sharp  stern 
and  high  rudder-head,  and  a  per- 
//<  mlicuJar  cutwater ;  there  is  ofU  u  a 
piece  of  board  attached  to  it,  malting 
a  kind  of  head ;  when  this  is  absent 
the  vessel  is  an  Awesia.  Bedem 
may  easily  be  distinguished  among 
other  dhows  by  their  masts  being 
upright  ;  in  all  other  dhoios  the  musts 
i neline  forward.  Tiny  belong  to  the 
coast  of  Arabia,  especially  that  on  the 
Indian  Ocean. 

Dhow  sail,  duumi. 

Prow,  gubeti. 

Poop,  sbetri. 

Quarter  galleries,  makanadili. 

Joists  of  deck,  darumeti. 

Chunam  for  bottom,  deheni. 

Place  for  stoiving  things  likely  to 
be  soon  wanted,  iV.uli. 
Dialect,  maneno,  luglia. 

Dialects  and  languages  are  usually 
expressed  by  prefixing  ki-  to  the 
name  of  the  place  or  people. 

Kiunguja  (for  Maneno  ya  Kiu- 
nguja),  the  dialect  of  Zanzibar 
(Unguja). 

Kiinvita,  the  dialect  of  Mombas 
(Mvita). 

Kianiu,  the  dialect  of  Lamoo 
(Amu). 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


39 


Kigunya,  the  dialect  of  Siwi,  &c. 
Kiarabu,  Arabic. 
Kigala,  the  Galla  language. 
Kimasbamba,  a  country  dialect. 
Kishenzi,  the  talk  of  some  uncivil- 
ized nation. 
Kiungwana,  a  civilized  language. 
Kizungu,  the  languages  spoken  by 
Europeans. 
Diamond,  almasi. 
Diarrhcea,  tumbo  la  kuenenda. 
Diet,  maakuli. 
Difference,  tofauti,  sivimoja. 
Difficulty,  sbidda,  ugumu,  mashaka. 
Dinner    (mid-day),    cbakula     cba 

nichana. 
Direction   (bidding),  fundisbo,    pi. 
mafundisbo,  agizo,  pi.  maagizo. 
Dirt,  f  aka. 

Disease,  maratbi,  tnveli,  ugonjwa. 
Disfigurement,  lemaa. 
Disgrace,  aibu,  ari,  fetbeba. 
-Disgust,  macbukio. 
Dish,  sabani.  kombe,  pi.  makombe, 
mkungu    wa     kulia,     buugu, 
kitunga,  pi.  vitunga  (the  first 
is  the  usual  icord  for  European 
dishes). 
An  earthen  dish  to  bake  cakes  on, 
waya. 
Disorder     (confusion),    fujo.       See 

Disease. 
Display,  wonyesbo. 
Disjiosal,  amri. 

To  put  at  his  disposal,  kumwamria. 
Dispute,  masbiudano,  tofauti. 
Disquiet,  fatbaa. 
Dissipation,     asberati,     wasberati, 

usberati. 
Distortion  (by  disease),  lemaa. 
Distress,  sbidda,  tbulli,  utbia,  msiba, 
mashaka. 


District  of  a  toicn,  mta,  pi.  mita. 
For  the  districts  of  Zanzibar  see 
Part  II.,  p.  330. 
Disturbance  (riot),  fitina. 

(trouble),  kero. 
Ditch,  bandaki,  shimo,  pi.  mashimo. 
Divine  service,  ibada  ya  Muumru. 
Division  (arithmetical),  mkasama. 
Divorce,  talaka. 
Dock  for  ships,  gudi. 
Doctrine,  elimu,  ihn,  matbhab. 
Document,  khati. 
Dog,  mbwa. 

Very  large,  jibwa,  pi.  majibwa. 
Bize,  a  icild  hunting  dog. 
Mbwa  wa  koko,  the  houseless  dogs 
outside  Zanzibar. 
Doll,  mtoto  wa  bandia. 
Dollar,  reale,  rea. 

Spanish  Pillar  dollar,   reale   ya 

mizinga. 
Black  dollars,  reale  ya  Sham. 
American  20-dollar  piece,  reale  ya 

tbababu. 
French  silver  5-franc  piece,  reale 

ya  kifransa. 
For  the  parts  of  a  dollar  see  in  the 
section     on    Adjectives     under 
Numerals — fractions,  p.  93. 
Dome,  zege. 

Dominion,  mamlaka,  bukumu. 
Donkey,  punda. 

Donkey  from  the  mainland,  kio- 
ngwe,  pi.  vioiigwe. 
Door,  mlango,  pi.  milango  (vulgarly, 
mwango,  pi.  miango). 
Leaf  of  door,  ubau,  pi.  mbau. 
Centre  piece,  infaa. 
Door-keeper,  mgoja  mlango. 
Door  chain,  riza. 

Door  frame,  top  and  bottom  pieces, 
kizingiti,  pi.  vizingid. 


I 


>WA!fILI   HANDBOOK. 


-   '      '■     .  mwii  ■  i,  miimo. 
i  hit'  r  beading,  upapi. 
Dotage,  mapiswa, 

baka,  ta 
bM,  waswas. 
/   ■  • .  lni:i.     S      Pigeon  if-  Birds. 
■i/,  paid  by  tin-  husband  to  (he 
wife's  fru  mis.  mahari. 
Dragon-fly,  kering'ende. 
Dragon' 8  blood,  maziwa  (or  macho), 
ya  watu  wawili. 
n,  ndoto. 
Dregs,  chembe. 

Di    -.  uguo,  mavazi,  mavao,  uvao. 
Slav*  <  and  very  poor   m<  n    wear 
'ally  mi    nguo   only,   that  is,  a 
loin  cloth   of  white  or  blue  calico. 
a  wear  «  kisuto,  or  long  cloth 
of  blue,  or  printed,  or  coloured  c 
wrapped    tightly    round    the    body 
immediately  under  the  arms,  anil  mi 
tin-  head  an  ukaya,  a  piea   of  bhu 
calico  vith  two  long  ends;  it  has  a 
string  passing  undt  rthe  chin,to  which 
n  eilvi  r  ornaim  ut,  jebn,  is  attached. 
Well-dressed  men  mar  a  loincloth 
vith  ii  coloured  borcU  r,  kikni,  a  long 
shirt-like  garment  in    white  calico, 
kanzu,    a    shawl,    aniazu.    twisted 
■!!■■  waist,  a  waistcoat,  kisibao, 
-i/i./  a  long  loose  runt.  joho.    On  tin  ir 

h'  ml  t  ii  /■■    I  :>r  wltiti-  skull- 

■:  i    ind  it  a 
aba.      77/-//-  feet   are 
slippt  dint  i .-,  viatu. 

II  ili,  a 

h  I    ZU    Of  '■  It  •"■  d    licit'  rials    ii  ml   ii 

kofia  (cap)  adormd  with  gold  and 

.  or   more  commonly  a 
handkerchief,  dusamali,  folded  "ml 
tied  on  the  head  so  as  to  hidt  tin 
hair.     I'l"  j  also  wear  torn*  h 


kisibao  (/  mbroidt  red  waistcoat"),  awl 
nearly    always    «    mask,    barakoa 

117////  tin  y  go  nut  tin  ij  throw  over  all 

a  large  square  of  black  sill;,  lebwani. 

On  their  /ut  they  rani/  wooden  eloijs 

In  hi  by  a  button  (msuruake)  graspt  <l 

l,i  tin,  n  tin  toes. 

Dressing  of  calico,  dondo. 

Drill,    keke.     The   iron   is  called 

kekee;  the  wood  ii  is  fixed  in. 

msukano;  tin  handle  in  which  it 

turns,  jivu ;  and  the  how,  uta. 
Driiih,  kinwa(or  kinywa),  pi.  vinwa, 

kinwaji,  jil.  vinwaji. 
Drinker,  mnywa,  ;>/.  wanywa 
DiijijiiiKj  (fat  rooked  out  of  meat), 

uto  wa  nyama. 
Drop,  tone,  pi.  niatone,  kitone,  pi. 

vitone. 
Droppings  (dung),  mavi. 
Dropsy,  istiska. 

Drowsiness,  leppe,  leppe  za  uzingizi. 
Drum,  ngoma. 

Chapuo,  a  small  drum. 
Kuinbwaya,  a  drum  upon  feet. 
Msondo,  a  very  tall  drum,  beaten 

on  special  occasions. 
Tin'  shin  of  a  drum,  or  anything 

sir,  tched  Wee  it  very  tightly,  ki- 

wambo,  pi.  viwambo. 
Drunkard,  mlevi,  pi.  walevi. 
Duck,  bata,  pi.  mabata. 
Duryan,  fines  i  la  kizungu. 
Dust,   vi i ii i !>i,   i >l.  (much  dust)  ma- 

VUIlllii. 

Dust  and  sand  on  a  road,  tifutifu. 
Duties.     See  Customs. 

Duties  of  one's  position,  kiwango, 
pi.  viwango. 

Dwarf,  kibeti,  pi.  vibeti 
Dwelling,  tnakao,  makazi,  makani, 
Dye,  rangi.  [masikaui. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


41 


Mkasiri,  a  tree  whose  bark  is  used 
to  dye  fishing-nets  and  lines 
black. 

Ungamo,  a  yellow  dye  used  to  dye 
matting. 
Dysentery,  tuinbo  la  kuhara  daniu. 

E. 

Eagerness  (excessive  haste),  pupa. 
Eagle  (?)  koho,  firkomba,  tai,   pu- 
ngu,   kipanga    (all    these    words 
seem  to  denote  some  large  bird  of 
prey). 
Ear,  sikio,  pi.  masikio. 
Hole  pierced  in  the  lower  lobe  of 

the  ear,  ndewe. 
Ear    ornaments,    a    large   round 
ornament    in    the    lower    lobe, 
jassi,  pi.  majassi. 
Ornaments  in   the  upper  part  of 
the  ear,  if  dangling,  kipuli,  pi. 
vipuli ;   if  shaped  like  a  stud, 
kipini,  pi.  vipini. 
Ear-ring,  pete  ya  masikio. 
Ear  of  corn,  suke,  pi.  masuke. 
See  Buiwli,  Cob. 
Earnest  money,  arabuni,  stakabathi. 
Earth,  inclii,  udongo. 

The     earth,     inclii,    uliniwengu, 
Ease,  raha.  [dunia. 

After  pain,  faraja. 
East  wind,  matlaa. 
Eaves,  rachilizi,  pi.  michilizi. 
Eavesdropper,  dukizi  (or  duzi),  pi. 

madukizi. 
Eliony,  mpingo. 
Echo,  mwangwi. 
Edge  (of  a  precipice),  ukingo. 
(Of  a  piece  of  cloth),  pindo,  pi. 
mapindo. 
Edging  woven  into  a  piece  of  cloth, 
taraza. 


Effort,  jubudi,  bklii. 

Effusion  {of  blood),  vilio  (la  damu), 

pi.  mavilio. 
Bgg,  yayi,  pi.  mayayi. 

White  of  egg,  ute  wa  yayi. 
Yolk  of  an  egg,  kiini  cba  yayi. 
Eggshell,  ganda  la  yayi. 
Empty  eggshell,  kaka. 
Egypt,  Misri,  Masri,  Massara. 
Elbow,  kisigino,  pi.  visigino,  kivi, 

pi.  vivi. 
Elder,  mzee,  pi.  wazee,  sbeki,  pi. 

masbeki. 
Elegance,  jamala. 
Elephant,  tembo,  ndoru. 
Elephantiasis  (leprosy),  jethamu. 

{Barbadoes  leg),  teende. 
Embarrassment,  matata,  uthia,  ma- 

sbaka. 
Embroidery,  almaria. 
(stitching),  darizi. 
(piping),  kigwe,  pi.  vigwe. 
Embroilment,  matata. 
Emetic,  tapisho.^Z.  matapisho,  dawa 

la  kutapika. 
Employment,  kazi,  utumwa. 
Emulation,  bidii. 
Encampment  (of  a  caravan),  kituo, 

pi.  vituo. 
Enclosure,  uanja,  ua,  pi.  nyua. 
Enclosure    made   by   a   fence   of 
cocoa-nut    leaves,  ua  wa    nia- 
kuti. 
Enclosure    made    by  a  fence  of 

mtama  stalks,  ua  wa  mabua. 
Enclosure    with    a    stone    fence, 
kitalu,  pi.  vitalu. 
End,  mwisbo,  pi.  miisbo  (finishing), 
batima,    kikomo,    pi.    vikoino 
Qeaving  off), 
of  a  journey,  kifiko,  pi.  vifiko. 
of  a  piece  of  cloth,  mialamu. 


42 


ZWAUTLT   TTAXni'.nnK. 


rnersofa  turban  cloth,  <fcc, 

tamvua,  kishungi,  j'l.  vishungi. 

my,  adui, />/.  adai  or  maadui. 
n,  nl,  sbngbuli,  utumwa. 
kitendawili,  pi.  vitonda- 

wili. 
Enmity,  wadui,  adawa,  kbusuma. 
Entrails,  matumbo. 
Entrance,      kuingia,      pakuingiba, 

inlaugo. 
E   vy,  hasidi.  kijicbo,  kijito  (NL). 
Epilepsy,  kifafa. 
Equal  {in  age),  bin'mu,  marika, 
Equivalent,  badala. 
Error,  kosa,  makosa. 
Eructation,  kiunguba.pZ.  viungulia. 

pe,  wokovu,  kuokoka. 
{'■titer  course),  buddi. 
/      •  m,  niapendo,  mauiikano. 
1      ,nate,  maafikano. 

itty,  milele. 
Eunuch,  tawasbi,  maksai. 
Euphorbia,  mtupa,  pi.  mitupa. 
Europe,  Ulaya,  Wilaya,  Uzungu. 
European   (or  any  one    wearing  a 

European  dress),  Mzungu,  pi. 

Wazungn. 
E>-e.  Hawa. 
/."<■<  ning,  jioni. 
/  startling),  shani. 

Evil,  uovu. 

itukufu,  atbama. 

nple,  mfaiio,  pi.  mifano. 

■  ment,  mavi. 
.  gbarama. 
Extinguisher,  mzima  (a  person),  pi. 

wazima,  kizima  (a  thing),  pi. 

vizima. 
Eye.  jiclio,  pi.  macho,  jito  (M.),  pi. 

mato. 
Loss  of  an  eye,  chongo. 
Eyebrow,  nyushi,  nshi  (A.). 


lash  nr  /•'./•  lid,  kope. 
A  stye  in  the  eye,  cliochea. 


Fable,  ngano. 
Face,  uso,  pi.  nyuso. 
Fxces,  mavi 
Faggot,  tita,,  pi.  matita. 
Faith,  imani. 
Fall,  taaangnko. 
Falsehood,  uwongo. 
Familiarity,  mazoezo. 
Family,  janiaa.  ndugu. 
Famine,  njaa,  ndaa  (M.). 
Fan,  upepeo  pi.  pepeo,  pepeo.   pi. 
mapepeo,  kipopeo,  pi.  vipepeo. 
Fare,  nauli. 
Fast,  funga. 

Fasting  month,  Ramathani. 
Fat.  shaliamu,  mafuta. 

A  piece  of  fat,  kipande  kili^ho- 
nona. 

Fat  cooked  out  of  meat,  uto  wa 
nyama. 
FaU .  ajali. 
Fath  r,  baba. 

In  speaking  of  one's  own  father  it 
is  'polite  to  call  him  bwana. 

Stepfather,  baba  wa  karabo. 

Fatln  r-in-lnu;  inkwe.  pi.  wakwe. 
Fathom,  pima,  pi.  mapima. 
Fatigue,  utufu,  ulegevu. 
Fatting,  kinono,  pi.  vinono. 
Fault,  hatiya,  kosa,  pi.  makosa. 
Favour,  upendeleo. 

A  favour,  fatbili. 
Favourite,     kipendi,    pi.    vipendi, 

mpenzi,  pi.  wapenzi. 
Fear,     khofu,    uoga,    kitisho,    pi. 

vitislio,  kicbo,  pi.  vicho. 
Feast,  k;iramu. 

Feast  day,  siku  kuu. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


43 


Feather,  unyoa,  pi.  nyoa,  nyoa  (or 
nyoya),  pi.  mauyoya. 
A  icing  feather,  ubawa, pi.  mbawa. 
Feeder,  mlishi,  pi.  walisbi. 
Ftllow-servant,  mjoli,  pi.  wajoli. 
Fence,  ua,  pi.  nyua. 

Stone  fence,  kitalu,  pi.  vitalu. 
Ftnugreek,  watu. 
Ferry,  kivuko,  pi.  vivuko. 
Fetters,  pingu. 
Fever,  homa. 

Swelling  of  the  glands  of  the  groin 

followed  by  fever,  mtoki. 
Dengue  fever,  kidinga  popo. 
Field,  koonde,  pi.  tnakoonde,  mgu- 

nda  (Yao). 
Field  labourer,  mkulima,  pi.  waku- 

lima. 
Fierceness,  ukali. 
Fig,  tini. 

Fig-tree,  mtini,  pi.  mitini. 
Fight,  rnapigauo. 

Figure  of  speech,  mfano  wa  maneno. 
Filagree  work,  temsi. 
File,  tupa. 

Filh.  t,  utepe,  pi.  tepe. 
Filth,  ucliavu,  janaba. 
Fin,  pezi,  pi.  mapezi. 
Fine  for  a  murder,  dia. 
Fineness,  uzuri. 

Finger,  kidole,  pi.  vidole,  kidole  cha 
mkono,  cbanda  (M.),£»Z.  vyanda. 
Fire,  mo  to,  pi.  mioto. 
Pieces  of  wood  to  get  fire  by  twist- 
ing, upekecbo. 
Fireicood,  kuni,  one  piece,  ukuni. 
A   half-burnt   piece  of  firewood, 

kinga,  pi.  vinga. 

Tlie  act  of  pushing  the  wood  further 

into  the  fire,  or  an  instrument  for 

doing  so,kichocheo,kitoteo  (M.). 

Fireplace,   jiko,    pi.   meko,   iueko, 


pi.  mieko,  hence  "kitchen,  jikoni, 
niekoni. 
Tliree  stones  to  set  a  pot  over  the 
fire  upon,  jifya,  pi-  mafya,  figa, 
pi.  maflga.  Jifya  is  the  word 
most  used  in  the  town,  figa  that 
used  in  the  country. 
Firefly,  kiraurimuri,  pi.  vimurimuri, 

kimetimeti,  pi.  vimetiraeti. 
Firmament,  anga  (?). 
Firmness,   usimume,    uf/iabiti,    (in 

building)  intomo. 
Fish,  samaki. 

Dagaa,  very  small,  small  fry. 
Njombo,  barred  with  black  and 

yellow. 
Taa,  a  very  large  flat  fish. 
Pono,  a   fish    said  to  be  nearly 

always  asleep. 
Other     kinds,     Cbafi,     Changa, 
Cbewa,  Kungu,  Mcbumbuluru. 
IMkizo,  Mwewe,  Mzia,  Ngunx, 
Nguva,    Panzi,    Pungu.      Tlie 
varieties  of  fish  are  exceedingly 
numerous. 
Ckinusi,  a    kind   of  fish  or  evil 
spirit  never  seen,  but  which  is 
supposed  to  seize  men  and  hold 
them  under  water  until  they  are 
drowned. 
Fish-trap,  dema,  lema,  ema. 
Fish  poison  from  a  species    of 
Euphorbia,  utupa. 
Fisherman,  mvuvi,  pi.  wavuvi. 
Fist,  konde,  pi.  makonde. 
Fits,  kifufa. 
Flag,  bandera. 
Flat  (of  a  sword,  &c),  bapa. 
Flatterer,  msifu,  pi.  wasifu,  msifu- 
mno. 
Self-flatterer,  rawajisifuni. 
Flattery,  kusifu. 


44 


SWAIIILI   HANDBOOK. 


Flavour,  luththn,  t  .mu. 

,  katani,  kitanl 
Flea,  kiroboto,  pi.  viroboto. 
Flesh,  nyama. 
Fleshiness,  lanofu. 
Flint  gun,  bunduki  ya  gumegnme. 
;i  irika. 
•.  chini. 
( 'hut  I  ft    r,  j  ikafu. 

Upper  floor  or  roof,  dim. 
Flower,  ua,  pi.  uiaua. 
Flue,  vumbi,  pi.  (much)  mavumbi. 

A  flue ,  dohaan. 
Flute,  liliinlii,  pi.  mafilimbi 
Fly,  inzi,  pi.  mainzi. 
,    vu. 
,  amande,  knngn,  shemali. 
Fold   <*f  cloth),  upindo. 
Cattle-fold,  zizi,  pL  mazizi. 
.  majani. 
Folloirrr,  mfuasi,  pi.  wafoasi,  cbo- 
kora,  pi.  macliokora  (a  hangi  r- 
on). 
V<>lhj,  upumbafu. 
Fondness,  mahaba. 

I,  nluikula,  makuli  (Ax.),  kande 
(Met.). 
Food  saved  from  an  evening  meal 
to  be  eaten  in  the  morning,  wali 
wa  mwikuu,  bariyo  (A.). 
Bokoboko,  a  dish  made  of  wheat 

and  meat. 
Bumbwi,  rice  flour  pounded  up 

villi  cocoa-nut. 
Pilao,  mi  Indian  pillaw. 
T'.irinzi. 
Fool,  mpumbafu,  pi.  wapumbafa. 
Foot,  niguu,   pi.   miguu,  guu,   pi. 
magna,    mjigau,   pi.    mijigan 
kijiguu,   pi.    vijiguxi 
(small). 
Footprint,  uayo,  pi.  'iyayo. 


Footing — to  mah  him  pay  hi*  foot' 

ing,  kumsbika  lmkuli. 
Forbidden  thing,  haramu,  marufuku. 

.  nguvu. 

Ford,  kiruko,  pi.  vivuko. 

Foreh  ml.  paji  la  uso. 
/.'/(///•,  kikomo  cba  uso. 

Foreigner,  mgeni,  ;//.  wageni,  mja 
na  maji,  pi.  waja  na  maji  (from 
over  Beat). 

For'  loch,  pan  ja. 

Foreskin,  govi  mbo. 
I,  niwitu,  msitu. 

Fork,  kiuui; .,  pi.  viuma. 

Forking  of  a  road,  tree,  &c,  panda. 

Form  (outward  shape),  umbo,  pi. 
maumbo. 

Fort,  gereza,  ngome,  lmsuni. 

Fortune,  bahati,  naaibu. 

Fortune-teller (by  means  of diagrams'), 
mpiga  ramli,  pi.  waptga  ramli. 

Foster  brother  or  sister,  ndugu 
knnyonya. 

Foundation,  rasingi  or  msinji,  pi. 
misingi. 

Fowls,  k'uku. 

Fox,  mbweha. 

Fraud,  hadaa,  niadanganya. 

Freedom  {from,shu>  ry)  hum,  (per- 
mission) ruksa,  ruliusa. 

Freight,  nauli. 

Friday,  Jumaa. 

Frit  n'l,  taBMfpl.  rafiki  or  marafiki, 
Bahibu,  pi.  a^'iiabu,  ehoga 
(amongst  women,  and  in  Zanzi- 
bar  only.    See  Catamite). 

Friijlit,  khot'u,  woga. 
<a  start),  kituko. 

Fringe,  matamvaa. 

Frog,  chula,  pi.  vyula. 

Fruit,  tunda,  pi,  matunda,  zao,  pi. 
uiazao. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


45 


Bungu,  pi.  mabungu,  about  the 
size  of  a  medlar,  with   a  thick 
russet  skin. 
Mazu,  a  kind  of  banana. 
Zainbarau,  like  a  large  damson. 
Cbokochoko,  a  red  prickly  skin, 
a  large  kernel,  and  white  pulp. 
Kunazi,  something  like  a  sloe. 
Kitoria,   pi.    vitoria. — Koma,  pi. 
niakonia.  —  Fuu,    pi.    mafuu. 
— Mtofaa. 
Fruit   which   drops  prematurely, 

pooza,  pi.  mapooza. 
Fruit-stalk,   (of  cloves)  kikonyo, 
pi.  vikonyo,  (of  bananas)  mku- 
ngu,  pi.  mikungu. 
Frying-pan,      (metal)      tawa,     pi. 
matawa,  (earthen)  kaango,  pi. 
niakaango. 
Fugitive,  mkimbizi,  pi.  wakimbizi. 
Fume,  azma,  fukizo. 
Fun.  mchezo,  mzalia. 
Funeral,  kuzikani. 
Furnace  (for  melting  metal),  kalibu. 
Furniture,     pambo      la      nyumba, 
vyombo. 

G. 
Gain,  fayida. 
Gait,  mwendo. 
Galago,  koinba. 
Galbanum,  ubani. 
Gall,  safura. 

Galla,  Mgala,  pi.  Wagala. 
Game,  (produce  of  hunting)  mawi- 
iido,  (amusement)  mchezo,  ma- 
cs hezo. 
Bao, played  on  a  board  with  thirty- 
two  holes  in  it. 
Muliyandimu,  a  game   in   which 
one  holds  down  his  head,  some 
other  knocks  it,  and  he  guesses 
who  struck  him. 


Tiahu,    played    by   throwing   up 
sticks,  &c,  and  watching  their 
fall. 
Dama,  played  on  a  board    like 

chess. 
Tasa,  a  game  of  touch. 
Tiuge,«  game  consisting  in  follow- 
ing the  movements  of  a  leader. 
Garden,  bustani,  shamba. 
Gate,  mlango,  pi.  milango. 

Gate  of  Paradise,   kilango   cba 
jaha. 
Gazelle,  paa. 

General,  jemadari,  pi.  majemadari. 
Generation,  kizazi,  pi.  vizazi. 
Generosity,  ukarimu. 
Genius,  Jini,  pi.  Majini. 
Gentleman,mug  wana,  pi.  wang  wana. 
Gentleness,  upole. 
Georgian  woman,  Jorjiya. 
Gettings,  pato,  pi.  mapato. 
Ghee,  samli. 

Ghost,  kivuli,  pi.  vivuli. 
Ghoid,  zimwi,  pi.  mazimwi. 
Giddiness,    masua,    mbasua,  kizu- 

nguzungu. 
Gift,  zawadi  (a  keepsake),  tunu  (a 
choice  thing),  bashishi  (largess), 
ada  (customary  gift),  kilemba 
(gift  on  the  completion  of  a  icurk 
or  to  the  bride's  father),  wapo. 
Ginger,  tangawizi. 
Giraffe,  twiga. 

Girder,  mhimili,  pi.  mihimili. 
Girdle,  mshipi,  pi.  mishipi,  masombo 
(of  cloth),  maaznmu  (a  shawl), 
kibobwe,  pi.  vibobwe  (a  piece 
of  cloth  tied  round  the  body 
during  hard  work). 
Girl,  kijana,  pi.  vijana. 

Slave  girl,  kijukazi,  pi.  vijakazl 
Girth,  kivimba. 


46 


SWA  II 11. 1   HANDBOOK. 


ltd,  flriirisi. 
GladtH  M,  furaha. 

Ola  iri. 

(,hir< .  an 
6lo88,  kioo. 
Loohing-glas8,  kioo,  pi.  vioo. 
Drinhing-glass,  bilauri. 
Glut,  r.  kimeta. 

;.  .-ii'a.  fakhari,  utukufu. 
I,  embwe. 
Glutton,  tnlafi,  jpL  walafi. 
Goa<,  nibuzi. 

.4.  strong  he-goat,  bebcra  (Ar.). 
< ', < -hi'tween,  kijumbe,  pi.  vijumbe. 
GOD,  MUUNGU,  pi.  miungu. 
i -"it re,  tezi. 
GoM,  tliahabu. 
Goldsmith,  mfua  tliahabu,  pZ.  wafua 

thahabu. 
Goorf  luck,  ghanima,  jaba. 

hiess,  wema. 
Goods,   mali   (possessions),  vyombo 
(utensils),  bithaa  (merchandise). 
Goose,  bata  la  Bukiui,  pi.  niabata 

ya  Bukini. 
Gonorrhaza,  kisunono. 
Gourd.     See  Pumpkin. 
Gout,  jongo. 

Governor,  wali,  liwali,  pi.  maliwali. 
Government,  serkali,  daulati. 
An  official,  mtu  wa  serkali. 
Grain.     See  Corn. 

Cleaned  grain,  mchele. 
Cooked  grain,  wali. 
Grains  of  corn,  punje,  chombe. 
Grandchild,  mjukuu,  pi.  wajukuu. 
Grent-grnii'lrhil'l,     kijukuu,     ///. 
vijukuu,  kitukuu,  pi.  vitukuu, 
kilembwe,  pi.  vilembwe. 
Great-great-ijrti  ndch  ihl,  kin  iugina, 
pi.  finingina. 
Grandfather,  babu. 


GrandmoGu  r,  bibi. 

Qreat-grandmoiher,  mzaa  bibL 
Grammar,  ssiruf. 
Grapes,  zabibu. 
Gratitude,  Bhukrani. 
Grass,  nyasi,  majani,  nyika. 

grass  cut  for  fodder,  ukoka. 
Grasshopper,  panzi,  /</.  mapanzi. 
Grave,  kaburi,  pi.  makaburi. 

In  the  grave,  ajter  death,  ahera, 
kuzimu. 
Greatness,  ukubwa,  ukuu,  utukufu. 
Greediness,  choyo,  rubo,  tamaa. 
Grey  hairs,  mvi. 
Gridiron,  uma  wa  kuokea  nyama, 

pi.  nyuma  za  kuokea  nyama. 
Grief,    sikitiko,    kasarani,    msiba, 
buzuni,  baiiiu,  simauzi. 

(for  a  loss),  majonzi. 
Grime  (on  a  pot),  masizi. 
Grit  (small  stones),  changarawi. 
Groom,    mcbunga,   pi.    wachunga, 

mtunga  (M.),  pi.  watunga. 
Ground,  chini,  inchi. 
Ground  nuts,  mjugu  nyasa,  (a  hard 

round  kind)  mjugu  raawe. 
Grudging  person,  Liana. 
Gruel,  uji. 

Guard,  mlinzi,  pi.  walinzi. 
Guava,  nipera,  pi.  mapera. 

Guava-tree,  mpera,  pi.  mipera. 
Guest,  mgeni,  pi.  wageni. 
Guide,  rubani,  kiongozi,p£.  vioncjozi, 

inkuu  genzi. 
Guitar,  kinanda,  pi.  vinanda 
Guinea  fowl,  kanga. 

(a  crested  kind),  kororo. 
Gum  (birdlime,  &c),  ulimbo. 

Gum  (of  the  teeth),  ufizi,  pi.  tizi. 

Gum  Arabic,  haba,  sumugb. 

Gum  Amini  or  Copal,  sandarusi. 
Gun,  bunduki. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


47 


Flint  ijmn.bunduki  ya  gumegume. 

Gun-barrel,  kasiba. 

Nipple,  kifa,  pi.  vifa. 

Gun-cap,  fataki. 

Gun-lock,  mtambo,  pi.  mitambo. 

{cannon),  mzinga,  pi.  niiziuga. 

Gun-carriage,       gurudumo        la 
mzinga. 
Gunpowder,  baruti. 
Gut,  tpmbo,  pi.  ruatunibo. 


H.  The  guttural  Arabic  h,  ha  ngoe. 
The  softer  Arabic  h,  be  mdawari. 
Hab<ts,  mazoezo,  ruatbebebu. 
Hemorrhoids,  bawasir. 
Haft,  mpini,  pi.  niipini,  kipini,  pi. 

vipini. 
Hair,  nyele  (or  nwele),  sing,  unyele. 
(of  the  beard),  ndevu,  sing,  udevu. 
(0/    the   body,   especially    of   the 

pubes),  mavuzi,  sing.  vuzi. 
(of    the    eyebrow),   nyusbi,  sing- 
any  ushi. 
(of  the  eyelash),  kope,  sing,  uknpe. 
(of  the  hand  and  arm),  malaika, 

sing,  laika. 
(of  an  animal),  siriga. 
Straight  hair,  nyele  za  singa. 
Woolly  hair,  nyele  za  kipilipili. 
Half,  nusu. 

A  half  orange,  cocoa-nut,  <£c.,kizio, 
pi.  vizio. 
Halyards,  benza. 

Ropes  passing  through  the  pulley 
of  the  halyards,  jarari. 
Hammer,  nyundo. 

Hand  (or  arm  and  hand),  mkono, 
pi.  mikono. 
Palm   of  the  hand,  kitanga  cha 
mkono,  pi.  vitangavya  mikono. 
Front  of  the  hand,  kofi,  pi.  niakoli. 


Inside  of  the  fingers,  kikofi,  pi. 
vikofi. 
Handful  (that  will  lie  on  the  hand), 
ukufi,  pi.  kufi. 
(that  which   will  lie  on  the  two 

hands),  chopa,  pi.  maehopa. 
(that  can  be  grasped  in  the  hand), 
konzi,  pi.  makonzi. 
Handkerchief,  leso. 
Pocket  handkerchief,  leso  ya  ku- 
futia  kamasi. 
Handle  (like  a  knife-handle),  mpini, 
pi.  mipini,  kipini,  pi.  vipini. 
(projecting  like  that  of  a   sauce- 
pan), kono,  mkono,  pi.  mikono. 
(bowed    like    that  of   a   bucket), 
utambo,  pi.  tambo. 
Handwriting,  kbati,  mwandiko. 
Hanger-on,  ckokora,  pi.  machokora. 
Happiness,  furaha,  furahani,  raba. 
Harbour,  bandari,  buudari. 
Hardness,  uguniu. 
Hare.     See  Rabbit. 
Harm,  matbara. 
Harness,  matandiko. 
Harp,  kinubi,  pi.  vinubi. 
Harpoon,  cbusa,  pi.  vyusa. 
Harvest,  mavuno. 
Haste,  baraka,  bima. 
Hat,  chapeo. 

Hatchet,  kishoka,  pi.  visboka,  kitoka 
(M.),  pi.   vitoka,  upamba,  pi. 
pamba. 
Hatred,  machnkio,  buotbu. 
Hawk,  mwewe. 
Hawker,  dalali. 

Head,     kitwa     (or     kicbwa),     pi. 
vitwa. 
A  little  head,  kijitwa,  pi.  vijitwa. 
Head  of  a  ship,  omo. 
Head  winds,  pepo  za  omo. 
Head  cloth  worn  by  women,  ukaya 


4S 


8WAEIL2   ll.WDBOOK. 


(of  blue  calico),  dusamali  (of 

silk). 
]!■  ndship,  ujumb 
Sealing  things,  mapoza. 

Jf-  n!th,  uzima,  alia,  li  di  [state"). 
Heap,       fungu,      2'1-       wafungu, 
changu. 
of  et     -.  boma,  pi.  maboma. 
of    /run, I    and    sticks,    l>i\vi.    pi, 

mabiwi,  kichaka,  pi.  vicbaka. 
of  earth,  kisugulu,  pi.  visugnlu. 
(a  raised  bed),  tula,  pi.  matuta. 
Heart,  moyo,  pi.  mioyo,  or  nyoyo, 

Ultima,  pi.  mitiiua. 
Heat,    moto,   bari    (sweat),    harara 

(prickly  heat). 
Heaven,     mbingu,     sing,    uwingu, 

samawati  (Ar.). 
Heaviness  (weight),  uzito. 

(sorrow),  hanm. 
Hedge,  ua,  pi.  nyua. 

II  ilijr  made  in  the  sea  for  taking 
fish,  uzio,  pi.  nyuzio. 
//.-/,    kifundo    (or    kisigino)    cha 

mguu. 
Heifer,  mtamba,  pi.  mitamba. 
//.  ir,  mi'ithi,  pi.  wuvithi. 
Ih  ip,  msaada. 
//>  m,  upindo. 

Hemp.     See  Cannabis  Indica. 
Il<  mpen  rope,  kamba  ulayit  i. 
//-  a.  k'uku. 
Laying  hen,  koo,  pi.  makoo. 
Ih  n,  full  grown,  hut  that  has  not 
in  i<l,  t'embe. 
II  nna,  bina. 

Ih  rd,  kundi,  pi.  makundi 
Hi  rdsman,  mchunga,  pi.  wachunga, 

mtnuga   M.  ,  pi.  watun 
Hero,  shujaa,  pi.  mashujaa,  fahali, 

pi.  mataliali. 
m  shujaa. 


Il<  sitation,  mBangao. 
(in  spi  aking),  kubabaika, 

Hickup,  kwikwe. 

Hi  In',  n  thing,  fumbo,  pi.  mafumbo. 

Hide,  ngozi. 

Hill,  kilima,  pi.  vilima. 
A   rocky  hill,  jabali,   pi.    maja- 
balL 

Hill,  kipini,  jil.  vipini. 

Hindrance,  kizuizo,  kizuio,  kiauizi. 
It  is  said  thai  I'r.  Krapf,  I"  ing 
on  one  occasion  delayed  from 
day  to  day,  in  obedit  net  to 
superior  orders,  said  to  those 
who  delayed  him:— Kesho  aa 
kesho  ni  madanganya,  ao  oi 
makatazanya.  "  To-morrow 
and  to-morrow  is  deceiving  or 
forbidding;"  to  which  they  re- 
plied:— Si  madanganya  wala 
si  makatazanya,  ni  mazuiza- 
nya.  "  It  is  not  direiving,  awl 
it  is  not  forbidding,  it  is  <b  lay- 
ing." 

Hinge,  patta,  bawaba. 

Hip,  oyonga  (?),  tokono  (A.). 

ilijijiopotamus,  kiboko,  pi.  viboko, 
tomondo. 

Hire,  taja,  ijara,  ujira. 

History,  hadithi. 

Hoarseness,  kupwewa  na  6auii. 

Hoe,  jembe   {or    gem  be),   pi.    ma- 
jembe. 

Hot  ing-up  time,  mapalilo. 

Hulil  (of  a  ship),  ngama. 

Hole,  tundu,  pi.  matundu. 

(through    anything),  kipi  nyo,  pi. 

vipenyo. 
(dibbled  for  seeds  or  plants),  ko- 

rongo,  pi.  makorongo. 
Hob-  to  give  light  and  air,  mwa- 
ngaza,  pi.  miangaza. 


SUBSTANTIVES 


49 


Hole  in  the  lower  lobe  of  the  ear, 
ndewe. 
Holiness,  utakatifu,  matakatifu. 
Hollow  (of  a  tree),  nivungu. 
Hollowness,  uvurungu. 
Home,    kwangu,    kwako,    kvvake, 
kwetu,  kwenu,  kwao,  according 
to  the  person  whose  home  it  is. 
1  have  some  at  home,  iko  kwangu. 
Honey,  asali  ya  nyuki. 
Honour,   besbima,    ukarimu,    utu- 

kufu. 
Hoof,  ukwato,  pi.  kwato,  kwata. 
Hook  (fish-hook),  doana. 

(used     to     steady     work     with), 
kulabu. 
Hope,  matumaini. 
Hordeolum,  chokea. 
Horn,  peinbe,  pi.  pembe    or  ma- 
perabe. 
An    antelope's   horn    used    as  a 
trumpet,       baiagumu.  See 

Musical  Instruments. 
Horse,  farasi,  fras. 
Host  (army  or  multitude),  jesbi,  pi. 
majesbi. 
Host  (entertainer),  rnweuyeji,  pi. 
wenyeji. 
Hostility,  wadui,  adawa. 
Hour,  saa. 
House,  nyuraba. 

(large),  jumba,  pi.  majumba. 
(small),  kijuruba,  pi.  vijuiuba. 
Household  of  slaves,  kijoli. 
Hum,  mavunii. 
Humility,  unenyekeo. 
Hump  (of  an  ox),  nundu. 

(of  a  humpback),  kigongo. 
Hunger,  njaa,  ndaa  (M.). 
Hundred,  mi  a. 

Two  hundred,  miteen. 
Hunter,  inwinda,  pi.  wawinda. 


Hurry,  haraka. 

Husband,  mume,  pi.  wanme. 

Husk,  ganda,  pi.  maganda. 

Husk  and  bran  of  rice,  kuravi. 

Husk  of  the  cocoa-nut,  makumbi. 
Hut,  kibanda,  pi.  vibanda. 
Hysena,  fisi,  pisi. 

Spotted  hysena,  kingubwa. 
Hydrocele,    mahipa,    putabo,   kito- 

nga  (?) 
Hypocrite,  mnafiki,  pi.  wanafiki. 

I. 

Ibo,  Wibo. 

Idiot,  bayawani. 

Idleness,  uvivu. 

Idolater,  kafiri.  pi.  makafiri. 

Ignorance,  ujiuga. 

Image,  sanamu. 

Imperial.     See  Beard. 

Imprecation,  apizo,  pi.  rnaapizo. 

Imprisonment,  kifungo. 

Incense,    bubmi,    ubani,    uvuiiil):!, 

uudi.     ^ee  Censer. 
Income,  pato. 
Independence,  upweke. 
Indian  (heathen),  Banyani,  pi.  Ma- 

banyani. 
Indian  (Mahommedan),  Mubindi, 

pi.  Wahindi. 
Indian  rubber,  mpira. 
Indian  corn,  muhindi.     See  Maize. 
Infection,  kuambulviza. 
Infidel,  kafiri,  pi.  makafiri. 
Infirmity,  utbaifu. 
Information,  babari. 
Ingenuity,  uyuzi,  umabeli. 
Inheritance,  \\r\tM. 
Inheritor,  mxilhi,  pi.  vt&x'xthl. 
Ink,  wino. 

Inkstand,  kidau  cba  wino. 
Inlaid  work,  njumu. 


50 


S TFJ niLI  II. I XDBOOK. 


Innovation,  mzuzi,  pi.  niiziizi. 

■  itnr.  mzushi,  pi.  wazushi. 
Inst  ct,  mduda,  rL  wadudu. 

i ' '  '.'';/• 

yi'ga,  hot 
Dudu  vulr,  a  boring  hornet. 
Bunzi,  pi.   ruabunzi,   a  stinging 

fill- 
Vunja  jungo,  a  mantis. 
Boroalioa,    a    long-shaped    black 
in-  I  in  dust-ht  a  | 

(« if-sufficu  net/),  kiuava. 
uction,  mafandiaho. 
Jn.-tiuni'  ut.<  (nautical),  vipande  vya 

kapimia. 
Instill,  tukatio,  pZ.  matukano. 
Intellect,  akili    generally  treated  at 

a  /Jural  noun  of  Class  III.'). 
Int'  ntion,  nia,  kasidi. 
JnA  /_/(/••  tation,  tafsiri. 
Jnfc  rpri  /<  r,  mkalimani,  pi.  wakali- 

mani,  posoro. 
Intestines,  matumbo. 

Small  intestines,  c-hango. 
Inti  rruption,  kizuizo,  pi.  vizuizo. 
Intoxicating  thing,  kilo,  pi.  vileo. 
Intoxication,  kileo,  kulewa. 
Intruder,  kizu-hi,  77/.  vizusld,  ti-adi 
(one  teno  enters  a  house  without 
lawful  purpose). 
Imalid,  mgonjwa,pZ.  wagonjwa. 
//'//i.ehuma. 

J  piece  0/  iron,  chuma,  pi.  vyuma. 
Iron  liar,  mtairnbo.  pi.  mitaimbo. 

I.  ki-i-.va,  pi.  visiwa. 
Itch,  uj*le,  pele. 
Itching,  mnyeo. 
,.  p  rnbe. 
a  large  tuah,  buri. 


,1 


Jacl.a',  mbwa  wa  u  ,,  .lu. 


fruit,  Urn  >i,  pi.  mnfinesi. 
Jackfruit   tret,   uiiiuesi,  pi.  mi- 
finesi. 
Jar  {for  carrying  water),  lntungi, 
pi.  mitongi. 
Jar  {large,  ksisiki. 
ine,  jasmiui. 

JaW,  t;iV:.. 

,/.  alousy,  uwivu. 

J(  'ilous  anger,  ghoiri. 

To  weep  for  jealousy,  kulia  ngoa. 
Jewel,  johari. 
Jin,  jini,  pi.  raajini. 
Johanna,  Anzwani. 
Joint,  kiungo,  ]il.  viungo. 

{in  a  cane),  l'undo,  pi.  mafundo. 

{piece   between   two  joints   in   a 
cane),  pingili. 
Joist,  boriti. 
Johe,  ubiski. 
Journey,  safari,  mwendo. 

Two  days'  journey,  mwendo  wa 
siku  nibilL 
Joy,  furaba. 

Judge,  kathi,   pi.  makathi,   mwa- 
inuzi,  pi.  waamuzi,  mwomua, 
pi.  waamua. 
Judgment,  hukumn,  raaamuzi. 
Jug,  kopo,  pi.  makopo. 
Juice,  lnuji. 
Justice,  bakL 


Kiel,  mkiiku,  utako  fMer.). 
Kt  mel,  kisa,  pi.  visa. 
K>  tile,  kanderinya. 
Ki  y,  ufunguo,  pi.  funguo. 
Kick,  teke,  pi.  mat< 
Kidney,  nso,  figo  (M.). 
Kind,  namna,  gin.-i,  aina. 

Kiml,  sort  or  ttyli  is  expressed  by 
ki.  prefixed  to  the  place,  thing, 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


51 


or  people.    Kihindi,  the  Indian 
sort.    Kizungu,  the   European 
sort. 
Viatu    vya    Kihindi,  shoes    like 

those  worn  by  the  Indians. 
Viazi  vya  Kizungu,  sweet  potatoes 
of  the  European  sort,i.e.  potatoes. 
Mavazi  ya  kifaume,  robes  cf  the 
kingly  sort,  royal  robes. 
Kindness,  wema. 
Every  kindness,  killa  jambo  la 

wema. 
A  kindness,  fathili. 
Kindred,  ndugu,  jamaa. 

Utani,  the  belonging  to  a  kindred 

race. 
Mtani,  pi.  watani,  a  person  of  a 
kindred  race. 
King,  mfalme,  pi.  wafalme,  malki, 
maliki. 
Chess  king,  sbah. 
Kingdom,  ufalme,  ufalume,  ufaume, 

milki,  mulki. 
Kinsman,     ndugu,     jamaa.        See 

Kindred. 
Kiss,  busu. 

Kitchen,  jikoni,  mekoni. 
Kite  (bird),  mwewe. 

{toy),  tiara. 
Knee,  gote,  pi.  magote,  ondo,  pi. 

maondo  (A.). 
Knife,  kisu,  pi.  visu. 
(large),  jisu,  pi.  majisu. 
Kotama,  a  curved  knife  used  in 

getting  palm  wine. 
Shembea,  a  kind  of  curved  knife. 
Knight  (chess),  frasi. 
Knot,  fundo,  pi.  mafundo. 
Knowingness,  ujuvi,  ujuzi,  werevu. 
Knowledge,  maarifa,  elimu,  bekima. 
Koran,  korani,  furakanu,  msahafu. 
It  is  divided  into  thirty  juzuu, 


which  together  make  a  kbitima 
nziiua. 


Labour,  kazi. 

Labour  pains,  utungtu 

Lac  (100,000),  lakki. 

Ladder,  ngazi. 

Ladle  made  out  of  a  cocoa-nut,  kata, 
pi.  makata  (deep,  used  to  dip 
up  water  with) ;  upawa,  pi. 
pawa  (shallow,  used  for  gravy, 
curry,  &c). 

Lady,  bibi,  mwana  mke  wa  kiu- 
ngwana. 
Lady  of  the  house,  mwana. 
Ladylove,  mchumba. 

Lake,  ziwa  la  maji,  pi.  maziwa. 

Lamoo,  Amu. 

Lamp,  taa. 

Lampstand,  a  piece  of  wood  ivith 

tivo  flat   pieces  projecting   at 

right  angles  on  which  the  lamp 

is  placed,  mwango,  pi.  miango. 

Lampwick,  utambi,  pi.  tambi. 

Land,  incbi,  nti  (M.). 

Landing-place,  diko,  pi.  madiko, 
liko,  pi.  maliko. 

Language,  lugba,  maneno.  77*e 
language  of  a  place  or  nation 
is  expressed  by  the  use  of  the 
prefix  ki-.  Maneno  ya  Kiu- 
nguja  or  Kiunguja,i7ie  languagi 
of  Zanzibar.  Kinyamwezi,  the 
language  of  the  Nyamwezi 
tribe.  See  Dialect. 
Filthy  and  insulting  language, 
matukano. 

Languor,  utepetevu. 

Lantern,  fanusi,  kandili,  pi.  ma- 
kandili. 

Lappet,  kishimgi,  pi.  visbungi. 

E   2 


52 


SWATIILI  HANDBOOK. 


Largess,  takarima,  bashishi. 

Lath c.  keezo. 

Laugh, chi  k<>.  pL  macheko, kicheko, 

pL  vicli<  k' >. 
Liar,  Bheria,  huknmu. 
7-:  if.7,  risasi,  rusasL 

(for  sounding),  bildL 
/         r,  !   ongozi,  pi.  viongozi. 
Leaf  [of  a  tret ),  jani,  pi.  majani. 
(q/  a  cocoa-nut   tree  ,   kuti,    t>7. 

makuti. 
Leaf  (of  a  book),  ukurasa,  pi. 
km  tsa. 
/,'  an-to,  kipenu,  pi.  vipenu. 
/.■  arning,  i  lirau. 
.4  man  of  learning,  niwana   wa 
chuoni. 
Leather,  ngozi,  ngovi. 
Leave,  ruksa,  ruhusa. 

To  take  leave,  k»i 
Li     "  '.  cliachu,  hamira. 
Lee  side,  upande  wa  chini. 
Leech,  mraba,  pi.  miruba,  mdudu 

afyonzaye  damu. 
Lefihandt  dness,  shoto. 
Leg  (or  fool ),  mguu,  pi.  miguu. 
(of  a  native  bedstead),  tendegu, 

pi.  matendegu. 
Loss  of  the  use  of  the  legs,  kitewe, 
kiwete. 
Leg  ring.     See  Anklet. 
I.    ;■ ."/,  hadithi. 
Leisure    (private    time),    fera 

makini. 
Lemon,  limao,  pi.  malimao. 
/.■  ngth,  urefu. 
Leopard,  chui,  tui  (M.). 
Leprosy,  ukorxia,  balanga,  jethamu, 

matana. 
Letter,  waxaka,  pi.  nyaraka,  lama, 
ati. 
/.'  tU  i-  (of  the  alj  habet),  hern: 


Lever,  mvukutn,  pi.  mivuknto. 

Liar,  mwongo,  pi.  wawongo. 

Libt  rality,  ukarimu. 

Lict  ntiousness,  washerati. 

Licorice,  sus. 

Lid,  kifuniko,pZ.  vifuniko,  kihia,  pt. 

vibia,  mkungu  wa  kul'unikia. 
Lie,  wongo,  u  wongo. 
Life,  uzima  (health),  maidha  (con~ 

tinuance),  rolio  (soul). 
Light,  nuru,   weupe,  niwanga,  pi. 
mianga,     anga,     pi.     maanga 
(glare). 
Lighthole,     mwangaza,     pi.     rma- 

ngaza. 
Lights  (of  an  animal),  yavuyavu. 
Lightning,  umeme. 
Like    (similar    thing),    kifani,   pL 

vifani. 
Likeness,  mfano,  pi.  rnifano,  kifano 

pi.  vifano,  sananiu,  sura. 
Lime,  chokaa. 

Lime  (fruit),  dimu. 
Sweet  lime,  dimu  t;imu. 
Limit,  mpaka,  pi.  mipaka  (boun- 
dary),     kinga     (block),     upoo 
(what  cannot  be  surpassed). 
Line,  mstari,  pi.  mistari  (drawn), 
Bafu  (row),  ugwe  (cord),  sbairi 
line  of  verse). 
Lint  n.  kitani. 
Lining  of  a  kanzu  round  the  throat, 

kaba. 
Lion,  simba. 
Lip,  mdomo,  rnlomo,  or  mwomo,  pi. 

midomo,  milomo,  or  ruiomo. 
Lip-ring,  ndonya. 

id,  maji,  kiowevu. 
l.i  p,  kitembe. 
Litter     (carried     by    four     men), 

macbera. 
Little  pieces,  vidogo,  sing,  kidogo. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


53 


Liver,  ini,  pi.  maini. 
Lizard,  mjusi,  pi.  wajusi. 
Large  water  lizard,  kenge. 
Kinds  of  lizards,  raguruguru,  pi. 

waguruguru —  gorong'ondwa — 

kiuma  mbuzi— mjumbakaka — 

mjisikafiri. 
Load,  mzigo,  pi.  mizigo. 
Loaf,  nikate,  pi.  mikate. 
Loan,  maazinio,  karatha. 
Lock,  kitasa,  pi.  vitasa  (box  lock), 

komeo    or    goineo    (a    native 

wooden  lock),  kut'uli, pi.  maku- 

fuli  (padlock). 
Locust,  mzige,  pi.  wazige,  nzige. 
Log,  gogo,  pi.  magogo. 

(nautical),  batli. 
Loin   cloth,  nguo,   doti,   kikoi,  pi. 

vikoi  (with  a  striped  border). 
Loins,  kiuno,  pi.  viuno. 
Longing,  uchu,  taniaa,  hawa. 
Look,  natkari. 

Looking-glass,  kioo,  pi.  vioo. 
Loop,  kitanzi,  pi.  vitanzi. 

Loops    to    haul    up   a  boat    by, 

kiskwara. 
Loss,  kasara. 
Lots,  kura. 
Louse,  chawa,  tawa. 
Love,     sbauko,     mapenzi,     habba, 

makabu,  pendo,  mapendo. 
Luck,  bakati,  nasibu. 

Messenger  of  ill  luck,  korofi. 
Lukewarmness,  uvuguvugu. 
Lumbrici,  ckango. 
Lump,  fungo,  pi.  mafungo,  fumba, 

pi.  mafuinba. 
Lump  (as  in  flour),  kidonge,  pi. 

vidonge,  vunibu,  pi.  mavunibu. 
Lump  (of  meat),  ckinyango. 
Lunacy,  kickaa,  soda. 
Lunatic,  mwenyi  kichaa. 


Lungs,  pafu,  pumu,  yavuyavu  (of 

an  animal). 
Lust,  kawa. 

M. 

Mace  (spice),  basbasi. 

Machine,  samani,  mtambo,  pi.  mi- 

tambo. 
Madagascar,  JBuki,  Bukini. 
Madness,  wazimo,  makoka  (country 

dialect). 
Magadoxa,  Mkuchyo. 
Magic,     uckawi     (black      magic), 

uganga  (white  magic). 
Maggot  (funza). 
Magnesia  (sulphate  of),  cbunivi  ya 

kaluli. 
Maiden,  mwana  mwali. 
Maize  (plant),  mubiudi. 
half-grown,  matindi. 
(corn),  mabindi. 
(corn  cob),  gunzi,  pi.  magunzi. 
(young  cob),  ngara. 
(parched  corn),  mbisi. 
Majesty,  enzi,  ezi. 
Malice,  uovu. 
Man  (person),  ratu,  pi.  watu. 

(male),    ruwanamume,    pi.    waa- 

naume. 
(human  being),  mwana  Adamu, 

bin  Adamu   (Ar.). 
A  very  large  man,  jitu,  pi.  majitu. 
A   young   man    tvhose    beard    is 
beginning  to  appear,  mvulana, 
pi.  wavulana. 
Man  of  the  world,  mtu  mwerevu. 
Mango,  embe,  embe  (M.),  pi.  ma- 
embe.     Embe  za  dodo,  large 
mangoes. 
Mango-tree,  mwembe,pZ.  micmbe. 
Mangouste,  mcbiro,  pi.  wackiro. 
Mangrove,  mkoko,  pi.  mikoko. 


SWATTILI  HANDBOOK. 


r.  pinsi. 
An  i  legant  manru  r.  madaha. 
Mann*  r«,  d(  sturi,  mathehebu. 

I  nautili  re,  adabu,  tu*liJa.' 
Mantis,  vunja  jungo. 
Manure,  samadl 
Manuscript,    mwandiko,    pi.    mia- 

odiko. 
Mark,  alama. 

Marks  made  by  dragging  anything 

along,  mkokoto,  pi.  mikokoto. 
Tribal  mark,  neuiba.    See  Sjtot, 
Blotch. 
Market,  soko,  pi.  masoko. 
Marriage,  ndoa,  mikaba. 
(the  ceremony),  harusi. 
I  inti  rmarriage),  kuoana. 
Mn row,  bongo. 

Martyr,  sbaliidi,  pi.  mashabidi 
Mask,  barakoa. 
Mason,  mwashi,  pi.  waashi. 

Masons  trowel,  mwiko,  pi.  miiko. 
M  188,  the  mass  of,  jamii  ya. 
Mast,     mlingote,     pi.     milingote, 
mgotc,  pi.  migote. 
Small  mizen-mast,   mlingote   wa 
kalmi  or  galmi. 
Master    of  a  house,  or  of  slaves), 
I'V,  una. 
MaeU  r  of  a  school),  mwalimu,  pi. 

waalimu. 
MasU  r'x  son,  bwana  mdogo. 

Masti  r  wm  I.  man,  fundi. 
One's  own  master,  mweza  mwe- 
nyewe. 
Mat   (coarse    matting),  jamvi,   pi. 
majamvi. 
Slet  /ling  mat,  mkeka,  pi.  mikeka. 
ping  mat  modi  UJu  a  bag  with 
til';  open,  fumba. 
Oral  prayer  mat,  mu^ala,  pi.  mi- 
eala. 


Round  mat  on  which  food  it  laid 
out,  kitanga,  pL  vitauga. 

Strips  of  palm  leaf  for  plaiting 

fine  mats,  myaa,  pi.  iniyaa. 
Strips  of  palm  l<af  for  plaiting 

coarse  mats,  mwaa,  pi.  miwaa. 
Narroio  strips  ready  to  be  sewn 
together  to  make  coarse  mats, 
sbupatu,  pi.  masbupatu. 
Strips    for    making    fine    mats, 

ukiri,  pi.  kiri. 
The    thick    edge    of   strips    of 

matting,  ng'ong'o. 
Busati,  a  sort  of  matting  brought 
from  Muscat. 
Matchmaker,  kijumbe,  pi.  vijumbe. 
Matches,  viberitL 
Matter  (pus),  usaba. 

A  matter,  jambo,  jawabu. 
Wliat  is  the  matter  ?   Kuna  nini  ? 
What  is   the   matter  with   yout 
Una  nini. 
Mattress,  godoro,  pi.  magodoro. 
Mayotte,  JMantwe. 
Meal  (food),  chakula. 

First  meal  after  a  fast,  futarL 
Meal  (flour),  unga. 
Meaning,  maana. 
Meanness,  unyonge. 
Means,  njia. 
Measles,  churuwa. 

Measure,  kadri,  kiasi,  cbco,  kipimo. 
A  measure,  kipimo,  pi.  vipimo. 
Measuring  rod,  line,  dec,  chenezo, 

pi.  vyenezo. 

See  Cubit,  Fathom,  Span,  Weight. 

The  weights  are  usedas  measures 

for  such  a  capacity  as  would 

contain   that  weight  of  millet 

Meat,  nyama.  [  (mtama). 

Small  pieces  cooked  on  a  skewer, 

m»liakiki,  pi.  misliakiki. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


55 


Pieces    cooked    on    two   parallel 

sticks,  subana. 
Meatiness,  mnofu. 
3L 'Idler,  pingamizi. 
Mediator  {peace-maker),msel(>hisha., 

pi.    waselehisha,    rnsuluhislia, 

pi.    wasuluhisha,    mpatanishi, 

pi.  wapataniski. 
Medicine,  dawa,  pi.  dawa  or  mada  wa. 
(medical     knowledge),     utabibu, 

uganga. 
Medicine    man,    mganga,   pi.    wa- 

ganga. 
Meekness,  upole. 
Melancholy,  huzuni,  hamu. 
Memorandum  (written),  khati. 
Memorial,      kumbukumbu,      uku- 

mbusko. 
Memory,  ukumbuka,  ufahamu. 
Menstruation,  heth. 
Mention,  kunibukunibti, 
Merchandise,  bithaa. 
Merchant,  mfanyi  biashara,  pi.  wa- 

fanyi  biashara,  tajiri,  pi.  ma- 

tajiri  {a  rich    man),  taiAbiri, 

bazazi  (huckster). 
Mercury,  zebakh. 
Mercy,  rekema,  huruma. 
Merit,  ajara. 
Merka,  Marika. 
Message,  maneno,  habari. 
Messenger,  mjumbe,   pi.  wajumbe, 

mtume,  pi.  watuine,  tunie. 
Metal,  madini. 
Middle,  kati. 

Middle  of  a  piece  of  cloth,  mji. 
Midge,  usubi. 
Midnight,  usiku  saa  a  sita,  kati  ya 

usiku,  usiku  wa  rnanane. 
Midwife,  mzalisha,  pi.  wazaliska. 
Mildew,  kawa. 
Milk,  niaziwa. 


Curdled  milk,  rnaziwa  mabivu. 
Buttermilk,  nitindi. 
Mill,  diuu,  pi.  vinu. 

Steam  mill,  kiuu  cha  moshi. 
Oil  mill,  kinu  cha  kushindikia. 
Hand    mill,   mawe    ya    kusagia 
{this  last  only  is  used  for  grind- 
ing corn.     Kinu  is  properly  a 
wooden  mortar,  and  the  common 
oil  mills  consist  of  a  lever  turned 
in  a  mortar  by  camels). 
Millipede,  jongoo. 
Millet,  mtama. 
fully  formed  but  unripe,  mtarua 

tete. 
Millet  stalks,  mabua,  sing.  bua. 
kinds  of  millet,  kibakuli,  kipaje. 
Mind,   moyo   (heart),   akili    (wits), 
Mine,  niadini.  [ilia  (intention). 

3Iint  (herb),  nana,  fidina  (?/. 
Minute,  dakika. 

Miracle,  mwujiza,j>£.  miujiza,  ajabu. 
Miscarriage,  kubaribu  niiniba. 
Mischief,  mathara,  uharabu. 
Miser,  bakbili,  cboyo. 
Misery,  shidda,  thidli. 
Misfortune,  msiba,  pi.  misiba,  taabu. 
Missile,  kimwondo,  pi.  zimwondo 
{used  to  mean  shooting  stars, 
because  said  to  be  cast  at  the 
Jins  by  the  angels). 
Missionary,     mpeekwa,     pi.     wa- 

peekwa. 
Mist,  kungu,  umande,  sbemali 
Mistake,  kosa,  makosa. 
Mistress  (of  slaves),  bibi. 

{of   the   house),  mwana.      It    is 

reckoned     good    manners     in 

Zanzibar  to  speak  of  one's  own 

mother  as  mwana. 

Mistress  (kept  woman),  kinyumba. 

Mistress  {sweetheart),  ruchuinba. 


56 


S  WA  T7ILI  HA  NDB  0  OK. 


\-mast,  mlingote  wa  kalmi  or 
galmi. 

V'  ry,  asiman 
Mb  U  ration,  kadri,  kiosL 

■'•si i/,  hays* 
MohiUa,  Moalli. 
Mole,  fuko  (?). 
Mombas,  M\  ita. 
Monday,  Juma  a  tatu. 

Monfia,  Mafya. 

Mod;,  //.  kirna. 

Tumbili,  a  smrt/l  light-coloured 
moid:,  ij. 

Ngedere,  a  small  Hack  monkey. 

Mbega,  pi.  wabega,  a  black 
monkey  with  long  white  hair  on 
tl„  shouldt  /■-. 

toon    northi  rly  winds),  musinii. 
th,  inw.  zi.  ],!.  miezi. 

J  he  months  of  the  Arab  year  are 
(htirniined  by  the  sight  of  the 
moon,  or  by  the  lapse  of  thirty 
full  dayt  months  practi- 

cally begin  from  the  end  of  the 
fasting  month,  and  are  cull<<l 
Mfunguo  wa  mosi, — wa  pili, — 
wa  tatu, — wa'nne, — wa  tano, — 
wa  tdtri, — wa  saba, — wa  nane, 
— wa  kenda,  Rajabu,  Sbaabani, 
Ramatbani.     See  Time. 

A  month  of  lest  than  thirty  days, 
mwf-zi  mpungufu. 

A  month  of  thirty  full  days,  mwc- 
7\  mwangamu. 

Mi  -  ira. 

Moon,  in" 

»,  kiwi. 

Moonlight,  bala  mwezi. 
Morning,  subui,  aesubui,  ussubui. 

Mor  in']  nir,  umande. 
.V  .  i  ceo,  Ma§  baribi 


Morsel,  kidogo,  pi.  vidogo. 
Mortar  fo  ling  and  chiming 

grain,  <Stc,  l.iim.  pi.  vinu. 
Mortar  for   throning    shells,    ko- 

mbora. 
/•'    />/.  r's  mortar,  chokaa. 
Platters  used  as  mortar  boards, 
chano.  pi.  vyano. 
Mosque,  meskiti,  moakiti,  mesjid. 
Mosquito,  imbu. 
Moth,  nonndo. 

Mnthi  r,  mama.     It  is  polite  in  Zan- 
zibar  to    speak    of  one's    own 
motlicr  as  niwana. 
Step-mother,  mama  wa  kambo. 
Mother-in-law,  mkwe,  pi.  wakwe. 
Mould,  kalibu. 

(mouldiness),  ukungu,  kawa. 
Mound  {of  earth),  kisugulu,  pi.  vi- 

8Ugulu. 

Mound  (of  stones),  boma,  pi.  ma- 
boma. 
Mountain,  mlima,  pi.  milima. 
timing  (grief),  msiba. 
To    make  ,a    formal    mourning, 

kukaa  matanga. 
To    finish    a   formal    mourning, 

knondoa  matanga. 
To    live    very   privately    during 
mourning  for  a   husband,  ku- 
kalia  eda. 
The  feast  with  which  a  mourning 
cm, '-hides,  hitimu. 
Moustache,  muomo,  pi.  miomo. 
Mouth,  kinwa,  pi.  vinwa,  kanwa,  pi. 

tnakanwa. 
Mucus  'from  the  nose),  kamasi. 

(from  the  vagina),  utoko. 
Mint,  tope;  much  mud,  matope. 

Muddini  ss  in  water,  vumbi. 
Mule,  nyumbu.  baghala.         [ruba. 
Multiplication    (arithmetical),    tliii- 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


57 


Multitude,    makutauo,    kuncli,    pi. 
makundi,   jeshi,   pi.    majeshi, 
umaati. 
Mummy,  mumyani. 
Mungoose,  nichiro,  pi.  wachiro. 
Murderer,  muuwaji,  pi.  wauwaji. 
Muscle,  tafu. 

Mushroom,  kioga,  pi.  vioga. 
Music,  ngonia. 

Musical  Instruments.     See  Brum. 
Baragumu,    a    spiral    antelope's 

horn  used  as  a  trumpet. 
Kayamba,  a  sort  of  rattle. 
Kinanda,  pi.  vinauda,  a  stringed 
instrument,  used   of  European 
instruments  generally. 
Kinubi,  a  harp. 
Matoazi,  sing,  toazi,  cymbals. 
Mbui,  a  buffalo's  horn  played  by 

beating. 
Paanda,  a  trumpet. 
Upato,  a  plate  of  copper  sounded 

by  beating. 
Vugo,  a   large  horn  sounded   by 

beating. 
Zeze,  a  three-strinaed  lute. 
Zomari,  a  sort  of  clarionet. 
Musk,  niesiki,  meski. 
Mussel  (shellfish),  kijogoo,  pi.  vijo- 

goo,  kome,  pi.  makome. 
Mustard,  kharadali. 
Myriad,  kikwi,  pi.  vikwi  or  zikwi. 
Myrrh,  uianeniane. 

N. 
Nail  (finger),  ukucha,  pi.  kucha. 
(iron),  msomari,  pi.  misoniari. 
Name,  jina,  pi.  majina. 

What  is  your  name  ?    Jina  lako 
nani  ? 
Namesake,  somo,  pi,  masomo. 
Nape  of  the  neck,  ukosi,  kikosi. 


Napkin,  kitambaa,  pi.  vitambaa. 
Table     napkin,     kitambaa     cba 
meza. 
Narcotic,  kileo,  pi.  vileo. 
Nation,  taifa,  pi.  mataifa. 
Native,  mzalia,  pi.  wazalia,  kizao, 

pi.  vizao,  kivyao,  pi.  vivyao. 
Nature,  asili,  tabia. 
Nautical  instruments,  vipande  vya 

kupimia. 
Navel,  kitovu,  pi.  vitovu. 
Necessaries   (especially  as   supplied 
by    God's    providence),    riziki, 
ziriki  (M.). 
(usefid  things),  vifaa. 
Necessity,  farathi,  lazima,  ukwasef'u. 
Neck,  skin  go,  pi.  mashingo.     See 

Back,  Nape. 
Need,  uhtaji,  kutaka,  matakwa. 
Needle,  sindano. 
Neighbour,  jirani. 
Neighbourhood,     upande     wa,     ki- 

yambo  (?). 
Nest,  tundu,  pi.  matundu. 

(a  laying  place),  kiota,  pi,  viota. 
Net,  rashipi,  pi.  misldpi. 

used  to  take  gazelles,  &c,  wavu, 

pi.  nyavu,  cliavu,  pi,  vyavu. 
Stake  net,  hedge  made  in  the  sea, 

uzio,  pi.  nyuzio. 
Round    casting    net,    kimia,    pi. 

vimia. 
Seine  made  of  European  cordage, 

jarifa  (or  jarife),  pi.  majarifa. 
Seine    made    of  cocoa-nut  fibre, 

juya,  pi.  majuya. 
Fish  trap  made  of  basket  work, 
dema. 
Nettle,  kiwavi,  pi.  viwavi  (used  also 
News,  habari.  [of  sea-nettles). 

Night,  usiku. 

All  night,  usiku  kucha. 


.9  WA  TITL I  HA  NDB  0  OK 


Four  whole  nights,  edku  nne  usiku 

kuoha. 
Four  dayt  and  nights,  biku  nne 
mchftiia  na  usiku. 
.x.    ihtman .  jinamisL 

'■,     chuchu    ya     ziwa,     titi, 
bubu  (A.). 
of  a  gun,  kifa,  pi.  vifa. 
A        '   .  si  nitu. 

There    is    nobody,    bapana    (or 
hakuna)  nitu. 
Noise,  bauti. 
of  voices,    kelele,  pi.    makelele, 

utliia. 
See  Bellow,  Roar,  Hum,  Cry. 
Nonsense,  upuzi,  puo. 
Noon,  atbuuri,  jua  kitwani. 

e,  tanzi,  pi.  matanzi. 
North,  kibula,  kaskazinL 

Northerly  winds,  kaskazi 
A     ■ ,  pua,  pi.  pua  or  mapua. 
Nose  ornament  shaped  like  a  stud, 

kipini,  pi.  vipinL 
Nose  ring,  azama. 
Nostril,  tundu  ya  pua,  'mwanzi  wa 

pua(?> 
Notch,  a  place  where  a  triangular 

piece  is  broken  out,  peugo. 
Not* .  barua,  khatL 
Number,  besabu,  kiwango. 
Nurse,  yaya  (dry  imrse),  'mlezi,  pi. 
walezi  (of  a  child),  muguzi,  pi. 
wauguzi  (of  a  sick  person). 
Nut,    kokwa,   pL    makokwa.     See 

heir,  &c. 
Nutmeg,  kungunianga. 

O. 

Oar,  kasia,  pi.  mnkasia. 

Oath,   aapo,  pi.   nyapo,  kiapo,  pi. 

viapo,  yamini 
Obedience,  inutia. 


ol'jirtions,  makindano,  inakalnzo. 
Occupation,  Bhughnli. 
(Esophagus,  undo. 
Offering,    sadaka    (gift),    thabihu 

(sacrifice),  kafara  (a  sacrifici  to 

avert  calamity ;  it  is  buried  or 

thrown  away). 
Officer,  akida,  mkuu  wa  asikari. 
Oiiiriousness,      f'utliuli,       ufutbuli, 
Offspring,  mzao,  pi.  wazao.     [ujuvi. 
Oil,  mafuta. 
Castor-oil,  mafuta  ya  mbarika. 
Semsem-oil,  mafuta  ya  uta. 
Ointment,  marhamu. 
Old  age,  uzeo,  ukongwe  (extreme). 
Old  person,  mzee,  pi.  wazee,   ki- 

kongwe,     pi.     vikongwe     (ex- 
tremely old). 
Omelette,  kiwanda,  kimanda. 
Omen,  fuli. 
Omnipresence,  eneo  la  Muungu  (the 

spread  of  God). 
Onion,  kitunguu,  pi.  vitunguu. 
Open  place,  kiwanja,  pi.  viwanja, 

wangwa,  wanda. 
piece  of  waste  ground  in  a  town, 

uga. 
Opinion,  wasia. 
Opium,  afyuni. 
Opportunity,  nafasi. 
Ophthalmia,  weli  wa  macho. 
Orange,  ehungwa,  pi.  machungwa, 

chungwa  la  kizungu,  danzi  la 

kizungu. 
Bitter  or  wild  oranges,  danzi,  pi. 

madanzi. 
Mandarin  oranges,  kangaja. 
(a  larger  sort),  ckunza,  chenza  za 

kiajjemi. 
Order.     See  Command. 

(regularity,  or  a   regular  order), 

taratibu. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


59 


Ordeal,  kiapo,  pi.  viapo. 
Origin,  asili,  chimbuko,  nrwanzo. 
Ornament,    pambo,   pi.    mapambo, 
kipambo,  pi.  vipambo. 
Dalia,  a  yellow  cosmetic. 
Ndonya,    lip-ring    worn    by    the 

Nyassa  women. 
Sarafu,  a  small  gold  plate  worn 

on  the  forehead. 
Shangwi,     an     ornament     worn 

between  the  shoulders. 
Urembo,  black  lines  painted  upon 

the  face. 
Uzuri,  cosmetic  applications. 
Vidani,  collars  of  gold  or  silver. 
See  Anklets,  Bracelets,  Ear,  Nose. 
Orphan,  yatima. 
Os  coccygis,  kifundugu. 
Ostrich,  buni. 
Otto  of  roses,  bal  waradi. 
Outlet,  pakutokea. 
Outrigger  (of  canoes),  matengo. 
Outskirts  of  a  town,  kiunga. 
Oven,  tanuu,  tanuru. 
Over-looker,    msimamizi,   pi.    wasi- 
mamizi,  mwangalizi,  pi.  waa- 
ngalizL 
Owl,  bundu 
Owner,  mwenyewe. 
Ox,  ng'ombe  or  gnombe,  maksai. 
Oyster,  cheza,    kome  (?),  pi.  ma- 
kome,  kombe  za  pwanL 

P. 

Pace,  mwendo. 

Package,  packet,  or  parcel,  robota, 

gora  (of  cloth),  peto,  pi.  nia- 

peto. 
Small  packet,  kipeto,  pi.  vipeto. 
Pad  of  grass,  &c,  used  to  carry  a 

load  on  the  head  upon,  generally 

twisted  into  a  ring,  kata. 


Pad  used  as  a  saddle  for  donkeys, 
khorj. 
Paddle,  kafi,  pi.  makafi. 
Padlock,  kufuli. 
Pail,  ndoo. 

Pain,  maumivu,  uchungu,  kunma. 
Paint,  rangi. 

Pair,  jozi,  jura,  jeuzi,  jauzL 
Palace,  jumba. 
Palanquin,  machera. 
Palate,  kaaka,  kaa  la  kinwa. 
Palisading,  zizi,  kizizi. 
Palm    of   the    hand,  kitanga    cha 
mkono,^Z.  vitanga  vya  mikono. 
A   sail-maker's   palm,   dofra,  pi. 
madofra. 
Palm-tree.    See  Cocoa-nut,  Date. 
Leaf-stem  of  a  palm-tree,  upongoe, 

pi.  pongoe. 
Mkoche,  has  an  edible  fruit. 
Mlala,  hyphasne,  branching  palm. 
Mvuma,  borassus  palm. 
Palm-oil  tree,  mchikicki,  pi.  micbi- 
kicbi. 
its  fruit,  cbikichi,  pi.  machikicbi. 
the  small  nuts  contained   in  the 
fruit,  kicbikicbi,  pi.  vicbikichi. 
Palm-wine,  tembo. 
Spirit    made    from    palm-wine, 

zarambo. 
Palm-wine  syrup,  asali  ya  tembo. 
Palmar  abscess,  kaka. 
Palpitation  of  the  heart,  kiberebere 

cba  moyo. 
Panniers,  sboi,  shogL 
Pap,  ubabwa. 
Papaw,  papayi,  pi.  roapapayi. 

Papaw-tree,   mpapayi,  pi.  mipa- 
Paper,  karatasi.  [pavi. 

Parable,  metbili,   methali,   mtano, 

pi.  rnifano. 
Paradise,  peponi. 


CO 


.9  TV  A  TTTLI   n.  I XD  B 0 OK. 


QaU  of  paradise,    kilango    cba 
jaha. 
Paralysis,  kipooza,  tiwo  (?). 
Paralytic,  mwenyi  kupooza. 
Pared  .  mbisi. 

Pardon,  aratbi,  musama,  masameho, 

Parent,  mzaa,  pi.  wazaa,  mzazi,  pi. 

wazazi,  mzee,  pi.  wazee. 
Part,  fungu,  pi.  mafungu,  schemu, 

upande, ;»/.  pande,  kisma. 
Partner,  msharika,  pi.  washarika. 
Partnership,  usharika. 
Partridgt .  kwale  (?). 

Kering'ende,  the  red-legged  par- 

tridge. 
Party  (faction),  aria. 
Pass,  or  passport,  cheti,  pi.  vyeti. 
Passage  (by).  pito,pl.  kipito. 
(through),  kipenyo,  pi.  vipenyo. 
A    very   narrow  passage,   kicho- 

choro,  pi.  vicliochoro. 
Patch  (in  cloth),  kiraka,  pi.  viraka 

(in plan!;/ Ha),  hasho. 
Path,  njia,  pito,  pi.  mapito. 
Patience,  6aburi,  subiri,  uvumilivu, 

utulivu. 
Pattern,  namna. 

(to  work  from)  kielezo,  pi.  vielezo. 
Van  per,  kibapara,  pi.  vibapara  (an 

insulting  epithet  |. 
I'aira  (chess),  kitunda,  pi.  vitmida. 
1'aij,  ijara,  njia,  faritha,  msbahara 

(monthly). 
Pea,  deniru    they  are  not  grown  in 

Zanzibar,  but  are  brought  dry 

from  ]  ml  in). 
A   small  pea-like   bean,   cbooko, 

chiroko. 
Peace,  amani,  salamu. 
Peace-maker,     mpatanishi,    mscle- 

Lioha,  nisuluhiaha. 


Peacock,  (ansi. 

Peak,  kilele,  pi.  vilclo. 

Pearl,  lulu. 

Pebble  (very  small),  mbwo. 

(or  small  pit  a  of  stone),  kokoto, 
pi.  makokoto. 
Peel,  ganda,  pi.  maganda. 
Peg,  chango,  pi.  vyaugo. 
Pelvis,  tokoni. 
Pen,  kalamu. 

Reed  pen,  kalamu  ya  'mwanzi. 
I 'i  ,iis,  mbo. 
People,  watu. 

People  of  this  world,  walimwengU. 

Other  people's,  -a  watu. 

People  like  us,  kina  si.^i. 

Alidallah's  people,  kina  Abdallali. 
Pepper,  piKpili  manga, 

Red  pepper,  pilipili  boho. 
Percussion  cap,  fataki. 
Perfection,  ukamilifu,  utimilivu. 
Perfumes,  mauukato. 
Period  (or  point  of  time),  kipindi, 

pi.  vipindi. 
Periury,  aziir,  znli. 
Permission,  ruksa,  ruhusa. 
Persia,  Ajjemi. 

Persian  Gulf,  Bahari  il  'ali. 
Person,  mtu. 

A  grown  person,  mtu  mzima.    See 
Old,  &c. 
Perspiration,  bari,  jasbo. 
Pestilence,  tauni,  wabba. 
Pestle,    mchi    (or   mti),  pi.   michi, 

mtwango,  pi.  mitwango. 
Phantom,  kivuli,  pi.  vivuli. 
Phlegm,  belghamu. 
Phthisis,  ukobozi. 
Physic,  dawa,  pi.  dawa  or  madawa. 
Physician,    tabibu,    mtabibu,    pi. 
wat.aliibu,     niyanga.    pi.     wa- 
ganga. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


61 


Pice,  pesa,  pi.  pesa  or  nmpesa. 

Pirfde,  achari. 

Picture,  taswira,  sura,  sanatau. 

Piece,  kipaude,  pi.  vipande. 

Piece  of  Madagascar  grass  cloth, 

ramba,  pi.  maramba. 
Piece  let  in  by  way  of  patch  (in 
planking),  basho.  See  Firewood. 

Pig,  nguruwe,  nguuwe. 
Jivi,  a  wild  hog. 

Pigeon,  njiwa,  ndiwa  (M.). 
Tame  pigeon,  njiwa  manga. 
Wild  pigeon,  njiwa  wa  mwitu. 

Pile  of  sticks,  &c,  for  burning,  biwi, 
pi.  mabiwi. 

Piles  (haemorrhoids'),  bawasir. 

Pilgrimage,  baj. 

Pill,  kidonge,  pi.  vidonge. 

Pillar,  nguzo. 

Pillow,  mto,  pi.  mito. 

Wooden  head  rest,  msamilo,  pi. 
misamilo. 

Pilot,  rubani. 

Pimple,  kipele,  pi.  vipele,  upele,  pi. 
pele  (large),  kiwe,  pi.  viwe  ia 
small  kind). 

Pincers,  koleo. 

Pine-apple,  nanasi,  pi.  mananasi. 

Pinna  (shell-jish),  kaya,  pi.  inakaya, 
panga,  pi.  mapanga. 

Pipe  (water),  nelli. 
(clarionet),  zomari. 
(tobacco),  kiko,  pi.  viko.  The 
native  pipe  consists  of  a  bowl 
(bora),  a  stem  (digali)  hading 
from  the  boid  into  a  small  vessel 
of  water,  which  last  is  properly 
the  kiko;  the  stem  from  the  kiko 
to  the  mouth  is  the  sbilamu. 
The  bubbling  of  the  water  when 
it  is  being  smoked  is  the  malio 
ya  kiko. 


Piping,  kigwe,  pi.  vigwe. 

Pirate,  baramia. 

Pistol,  bastola. 

Pit,  shkoo,  pi.  masbimo. 

Pitch  or  Tar,  lami. 

Pity,  bmuina. 

Place,  mabali,  pabali. 

Place  may  often  be  expressed  by 

the  prefix  pa-. 
Panyamavu,  a  quiet  place. 
Pakutokea,  a  place  to  go  out  at. 
Panginepo,  elsewhere, 
or  by  the  use  of  penyi. 
Penyi  mti,  the  place  where   the 

tree  is,  or  teas. 
An    open    place,     kiwanja,    pi. 

viwanja. 
A  clear  space  in  a  town,  uga. 
A  place  where  offerings  are  made 
to  propitiate  spirits  supposed  to 
haunt  it,  mzimu,  pi.  miziniu. 
Plague,  tauni. 
Plain,  uwauda. 
Plan,  sbauri,  pi.  mashauri. 
Plane,  randa. 
Plank,  ubau,  pi.  nibau. 
Planking,  rubau. 

A  plank  laid  over  the  body  before 

the  earth  is  filled  in,  kiuuza,^. 

Plant,  inbegu,  nibeyu.  [viunza, 

A  young  plant,  niche,  pi.  miche, 

cbipukizi,  pi.  vipukizi. 
Upupu,  cowitch. 
Mbaruti,  a  thistle-like  plant  with 

a  yellow  flower. 
Nyinyoro,  a  bulbous  plant  throw- 
ing up  a  head  of  red  flowers. 
Yungiyungi,  the  blue  water-lily. 
Afu,  the  ivild  jasmine. 
Kirukia,  a  parasite  on  fruit  trees. 
Mpungati,  a  kind  of  cactus. 
Plantains,  ndizi. 


62 


SWAJIILI  ITANDBOOK. 


Plantation,  ehamba,  pi.  maahamba. 
l'lati ,  kisabani,  pi.  visabani. 

A  plate  of  natal,  bamba,  pi.  ma- 
baiuba. 
Plath  r  of  wood,  ohano,  pi.  vyano. 
Pleasure,  anasa,  furaha. 

Pleasing  (kings,  mapendezi. 
Pledge,  rahani,  amani,  kabatbi. 
]'l:  iades,  kilimia. 
Plenty,    wingi,    ungi    (M.),    uiari- 

thawa. 
Plumb-line  (a  stone  hung  by  a  strip 

of  banana  leaf),  tiina/.i. 
Plug,  ngurnzi,  zibo, pi.  ruazibo. 
Plummet,  chubwi. 
Pocket,  tafuko,  pi.  mifuko. 

Pocket-handkerchief,  ieso. 
Poem,  nmsbairi,  utenzi  {religious). 
Poet,  mtunga  masliairi,  pi.  watunga 

masliairi. 
Poetry ,  masliairi. 

One  line  of  poetry,  shairL 
Point,  iicha. 
Poison,  sumu,  uchnngu. 

Fish  poison,  utupa. 
Pole,  mti,  pi.  miti. 
for  carrying    burdens  on,  mpiko, 

pi.  mipiko. 
for  propdling  a  canoe,  upondo,  pi. 
pondo. 
Politeness,  adabu. 
Pomegranate,  kamamanga. 
Vomeloe,  furungu,  pi.  mafurungu. 
Pond,  ziwa,  pi.  maziwa. 
Pool,  ziwa,  jil.  maziwa. 
Pool    left    by    the   retiring    tide, 
kidimbwi,  pi.  vidimbwi 
Poop,  shetri. 
Poor  free   man,   maskini  ya  Muu- 

oga. 
Porcupine,  nungu. 
Pores,  '   ■■•  leo,  matokeo  ya  hari. 


Porpoise,  pomboo. 

Porridge,  ugali,  uji,  fuka,  hasida. 

Portt  r.    Set  Doorkeeper. 

{carrier),  bamali,  pi.  mahamali. 
{in  a  caravan),  mpagazi,  pi.  wa- 
pagazi. 
Port  Durnford,  Burikao. 
Position  in  the  world,  cheo,  kiwa 

ngo. 
Possessions,  mali,  milki. 
Possessor,  mweiivi  \v<-. 
Possessor  oj,  &c,  mwcnyi,  &c,  pi. 
wenyi,  &c. 
Post,  mti,  pi.  miti. 

Bearing  post,  mkimili,  pi.  mihi- 
mili. 
Posterity,  wazao. 
Pot.    See  Cooking-pot,  Censer. 

A  lobster-pot,  dema. 
Potash  {nitrate  of),  shura. 
Potatoes,  viazi  vya  kizuugu. 

Sweet  potatoes,  viazi,  sing,  kiazi. 
Raised  beds  for  planting  viazi, 
tula,  pi.  matuta. 
Potsherd  {broken  piece  of  pottery  or 
glass),  kigai,  pi.  vigai,  gai,  pi. 
magai    (a    large  piece),  kige- 
renyenza,  pi.  vigerenyenza  (a 
very  small  piece,  a  splinter). 
Potter,  mfinangi,  pi.  waflnangi,  mfi- 
nyanzi,  wafinyarjzi. 
A  place  to  bake  potter's  work,  joko. 
Poultry,  k'uku. 
Poverty,  uatasikini. 
Powder,  unga. 

Gunpowder,  baruti. 
Power,  uwozo,  nguvu,  mamlaka,  enzi. 
Practice,  mtaala,  mazoezo. 
Praise,  sifa,  hamdi. 
Prattle,  vijineno. 
I'ruyi  r  (worship)),  ibada. 
<-  ntreaty),  kuomba. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


63 


(the  prescribed  forms),  sala.  The 
regular  Mohammedan  times  of 
prayer  are,  Magaribi,  directly 
after  sunset ;  Esha,  an  hour  cr 
two  later;  Alfajiri,  before  sun- 
rise ;  Athuuri,  at  noon ;  Alasiri, 
about  half-way  between  noon 
and  sunset. 

Preacher,   mwenyi   kukbutubu,   or 
kuayithi. 

Precept,  mafundisho. 

Pregnancy,  mimba. 

Present  (see  Gift),  zawadi. 

Customary  present,  ada,  kilemba. 
Customary  presents  at  a  wedding ; 
to  the  bride's  father,  mahari, 
kilemba ;  to  the  bride's  mother, 
nikaja,  ubeleko ;  to  the  bride's 
kungu,  kiosha  miguu,  kifunua 
mlango;  to  the  bride  herself, 
kipa  mkono. 

Press  or  Pressure,  sbinikizo. 

Prey,  mawindo. 

Price,  kima,  tham&ni. 

Prickly  heat,  vipele  vya  babara. 
A  medicament  for  it,  liwa. 

Pride,  kiburi. 

Priest,  kahini,  pi.  makabini  (used 
in  the  sense  of  soothsayer). 
(Cliristian),  kasisi,  padre  or  pa- 
diri,  pi.  mapadiri. 

Prison,  kifungo,  gereza. 

Privacy,  faragba. 

Privy,  cboo. 

Proceeds,  pato,  pi.  mapato. 

Produce  (fruit,  seed,  &c),  zao,  pi. 
mazao. 

Profit,  fayida,  ghanima. 

Progeny,  mzao,  pi.  wazao. 

Progress,  kiendeleo. 

Prohibition,  makatazo. 

Promise,  abadi,  wabadi. 


Promissory  note,  awala. 
Pronunciation,  niata'ruko. 
Prop,  nibiniili,  pi.  miliiruili,  niate- 
getueo. 
A  prop  to  keep  a  vessel  upright 
when  left  by  the  tide,  gadi. 
Property,  mali,  milki. 
Prophet,  nabii,  mtume,  pi.  mitume. 
Prosecution,  mstaki,  pi.  mistaki. 
Proselyte,  mwongofu,  pi.  waongofu. 
Prostitute,  kababa,  pi.  makababa. 
Protection,  bami,  bamaya. 

Under  British  protection,  fi  ha- 
mayat  al  Ingrez  (Ar.). 
Proverb,  infauo  wa  maueuo. 
Provision,  madaraka. 
Provisions,  vyakula. 
Provocation,  ekerabi. 
Prow,  gubeti. 
of   a    small  vessel,    kikono,    pi 

vikono. 
(head),  orno. 
Prudence,  busara,  fikira. 
Pulley,  kapi,  pi.  makapi,  gofia. 
Pulpit,  mirubara. 
Pump,  bomba. 
Pumpkin,  boga,  pi.  maboga. 
plant,  mboga,  pi.  miboga. 
shell    used    to   carry   liquids    in 

dundu,  pi.  madundu. 
Mumunye,   pi.    mamumuiiye, 

sort  of  vegetable  marrow. 
Tango,  pi.  matango,   eaten   raw 

like  cucumber. 
Kitoma,    pi.    vitoma,    a    sma 

round  sort. 
Tikiti,  pi.  raatikiti,  a  round  k  nd 
of  water-melon. 
Punch,  keke. 

Purchaser,  mnunuzi,  pi.  wanunuzi. 
Purgative,  dawa  la  kuhara. 
Purity,  masafi,  utakatifu 


K4 


S  TT  A  Till  I   TTJXDBO  OK. 


Purpose,    kosndi,    pZ.     makusudi, 

kasidi,  nia. 
Fur**,  kifuko  cha  kiitilia  fetba. 
Pusn  in  0  .  ludukuo. 

Putrvlity,  ki 
JV/  . 
Python,  chatu. 

Q. 
Quail,  tombo,  tomboroko. 

ty,  tabia,  ginsi,  jisi,  aina. 
Quantity,       kiasi,       kadiri,       chco 

(nw  asuri  m  ut). 
Quarrel,    mateto,    tofauti,     nazar, 

mvi. 
Quamhomeness,  ugomvL 
■■  r.  rubo. 
Thru-quarters  of  a  dollar,  kassa 

robo. 
Quarter  of  a  town,  rata,  pZ.  mita. 
Queen,  mallda. 
(c7c  .-•.-),  ki.-iii. 
Qui  ttion,  maulizo,  swali. 
Quieting  thing,  kiluli/.o.  y>7.  vitulizo. 

Iness,  utulivu,  makiiii,  kiinya. 
Quiver,  podo. 

R. 
BaXbit,     sungura,    kisungura,    pi. 
visangura,  kitungule,  pi.  viiu- 
nguli-.  kitili. 
/:  ice,  ina^bindauo. 

,-.    boriti   (for  a   stone   roof), 
kombamoyo,     pi.     raak 
moyo    {for  a   thatched   roof), 
pao,  pi.  mapao  (very  thin  . 
Rag,     kitambaa,     pi     vitainbaa, 
utai  tambaa. 

.  mvua. 
Bain  cloud,  gbubari,  pi  maghu- 
Rainy  season,  masika.  [baii. 

L    ier  rain.,,  mvua  ya  m-n 


bow,  upindi  \va   mvua,  kisiki 
i  m\  ua  (M.  . 
Ramnu  r  for  b<  ating  roofs,  kipande, 

j'l.  vipaade. 
"Rampart,  boma,  bi  ra. 
Rank,  daraja,  obeo. 
Ransom,  kombozi,  pi  makombozi, 

ukomboo,      ukombozi,      tidia, 

ufidiwa,  ukombolewa. 
Rarity,  t'unu,  heda 
Rash  {small  pimples),  vipele. 
Rat,  panya. 

a  very  large  hind,  buku. 
Rations,  posho. 
Ravmess  {of  meat,  &c.),  ubicbi. 

I  dulness),  ujinga. 
Razor,  m  i 

Reason,  maaua,  sababu,  buja,  akili 
U>  asoning,  lmja. 
Ri  hellion,  maasi. 
Recess,  kidaka,  pi.  vidaka,  kishu- 

baka,  pi.  visbubaka  (a  pigeon- 

hoh  ). 
Wall  at  the  bach  of  a  recess,  rati'. 

rmu  i,, hit  ion,  maagizo. 
/.'■  ctitude,  adili. 

Red  coral,  marijani  ya  fetbaluka. 
Red  Si  a,  Babari  ya  Sham. 
Redeemer,     mkotabozi,    pi.    wako- 

mbozi. 
Reed,  unyasi,  pi.  uyasi,  mwanzi,  pi. 

miwanzi. 
Refi  r,  nee,  maregeo. 
Lmbilio. 
/,'<  gri  l.  majutio. 
/,'.  gularity,  kaida. 

m,  ezi,  enzi. 
kigwe,  pi.  vigwe. 
toraha,  ehangwi. 
/,'.  Uttions  (/■•  lativi  i),  akral  a,  ndugix, 

jamaa. 
A  near  n  lativt .  karibu. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


65 


Relaxation  (loosening),  ulegevu. 

Religion,  dini,  dua. 

Relish  (something  to  he  eaten  icitlt 

rice  or  porridge),  kitovreo. 
Remainder,  rnsazo,  masazo,  mabakia, 
Remedy,  dawa,  niapoza.  [baki. 

Reminder,  ukumbusko. 
Remission  (of  sins),  niagkofira,  nia- 

ondoleo. 
Remnant,  mabakia. 
Rent,  ijara. 

Repentance,  toba,  majuto. 
Representative,  wakili. 
Reproaches,  matayo. 
Reprobate,  baa,  pi.  mabaa. 
Reptile  (?). 

Kenge,  a  monitor  (?),  a  very  large 

slender  lizard. 
P'ili,  a  large  snake. 
Cliatu,  a  python. 
See  Snake,  Crocodile,  &c. 
Request,  haja,  niatakwa. 
Residue.     See  Remainder. 
A  little  left  in  ajar,  &c,  kishinda. 

pi.  viskinda. 
Resin,  ulimbo. 

Respiration,   kutanafusi,    kushusba 
Rest,  raha,  pumziko.  [pitmzi. 

Resting-place,  pumzikio,   kituo,  pi. 

zituo  or  vituo. 
Restlessness,  fathaa. 
Resurrection,  ufufuo,   ufufulio,  ki- 

yama  (the  general  resurrection). 
Resuscitation,     (actively)    kufufua, 

kuhuisha,    (neuter)    kufufuka, 

kuhuika. 
Retainer,  mfuasi,  pi.  wafuasi. 
Retaliation  kasasi,  kisasi. 
Return,     maregeo,    marejeo     kuja 

zao,  &c. 
Revenge  inajilipa. 
Reverence,  unenyckeo. 


Reviling,  mashutumu,  masbutumio, 
ruatayo. 
Revival.    See  Resuscitation. 
Reward,   ijara,  ujira,   majazo.   tlm- 
uabu  (especially  from  God). 
Reward  for  finding  a  lost  thing, 
kiokosi,  pi.  viokosi. 
Rheumatism,  baridiyabis,  uweli  wa 

viungo. 
Rh  inoceros,  kifaru,  pi.  vifara,  pea. 
Rib,    ubanu,   pi.    mbavu,    kiwavu 

chana  (A.). 
Rice,   growing,  or  yet  in  the  husk, 
mpunga. 
cleaned  from  the  husk,  mcbele. 
cooked,  wali. 
watery,   and    imperfectly   cooked 

raashendea. 
cooked    so    that    the    grains    are 
dry   and  separate,   pukute   ya 
ivali. 
scorched    in   the  cooking     ukoko, 

utandu  (A.). 
left  from  overnight  to  be  eaten   in 

the  morning,  wall  wa  mwikuu. 
Kinds    of   rice,    sena,    buugala, 
shindano,  garofuu,  kapsvai,  ki- 
fungo,  madevu,  mwanga,  sifara, 
uckukwi. 
Riches,  mali,  utajiri,  ukwasi, 
Rich  man,  tajiri,  pi.  matajiri,  mwe- 
nyi  mali,  mkwasi,  pi.  wakwusi. 
Ridicule,  mzaba,  tkiliaka. 
Right,  kaki,  wajib,  adili. 
Iliijhteousness,  haki. 
Rind,  ganda,  pi.  maganda. 
Rind  of  a  lemon,  &c,  after  the 
inside    has    been    squeezed    or 
extracted,  kaka. 
Ring,  pete,  pi.  pete  or  mapete. 
Rings  on  the  scabbard  of  a  sword, 
tic.   ukoa,  pi.  koa. 


SWJTITT.T  ruxpnooK. 


Ring  where  the  blacL    entert 
-.  aoleo,  pi.  manoleo. 

iMr-rini,  pete  ya  Uiu.>iliio. 
■worm,  o 
Hippie,  viwimbi. 

\g,  juka. 
Rt»<  r,  mto,  pZ.  inito. 
Road,  njia. 

.  Dgarnmo,  vtuni. 
Robbi  r,   mnyang'anyi,    pi.    wanya- 
ng'anyi,  havamia. 
People  icho  wander  about  at  night, 
robbing  and  committing  violence, 
mrungura,  mpakacha. 
Rod;,  mwamba, ;)/.  miamba. 
.4   email  rock,  kijamba,   pi.  vi- 

jamba. 
in  the  sra,  kipwa,  pi.  vipwa. 
Rolling  of  u  ship,  mramnia. 
Roof,  (hi:  i,  sakafu  (stone  roof  or 
floor),  paa,  pi.  mapaa  (thatched 
roof).     The  thatched  roofs  con- 
'</  of  a   front  and 
back  elope,  Mpaa  cha  mheleand 
kipaa  cha  nyuma,  and  hips  for 
the  ends,  which  ore,  carried  »/> 
under    and    within    thi    main 
slopes;   these    hips   are    called 
visusi,  sing,  ki.^usi. 
A  lean-to,  kipenu,  pi.  vipenu. 
The  roof  over  a  watching-place  in 
the  ju  Us,  dungu,  pi.  ruadunyu. 
Jlodk  (chese),  fil. 

n  (space),  nafasi. 
(.  partmenf),  chumba,  pi.  vyumba. 
Ukumbi,  ho  II  or  porch  ;  it  is  will,  in. 
a  stone   house,  but   ovhide  an 
initio  a  one. 
-    .ul'-  or  sebula,  parlour,  r 

Hon  room. 
■     "1,  'irofa,  or  ghoi 
room. 


Ghala,  a  dork  mom  on  the  ground- 
floor,  o  etore-room. 
Root,  sbina,  ]>l.  mashina. 
Rootlets,  mizizi,  ini/.i  ( M.). 
kamha,  ngole  (Mer.). 

imba,  ulayiti. 
Rosary  (Mohammedan  beads),  las- 

biili. 
/,'     .  waradi,  waridi. 
Otto  of  roses,  hal  waradi 
Rose-water,  marashi  mawaridi. 
Rose  apple,  darabi,  pi.  ruadaiabi. 
Roundness,  lnvhingo. 
Row  (line),  safu. 
Roto  (noise),  uthia,  kcro. 
Royaltij,  kifaume,  ufanrae. 
Rubbish  (from  old  buildings),  fusi. 
kifusi. 
(small  articles),  takataka. 

ler,  skikio,  sakani,  msukatii,  pi. 
misukani,  usukani,pZ.  suka 
Ruddle,  used  by  carpenters  to  mark 

out  tlieir  work,  ngeu. 
Rudeness,  saflhi. 
Ruin  or  Ruins,  maanguko. 
Runaway  (from  a  master,  home,  &c), 
mtoro,  pi.  watoro. 
(from  a  fight,  &c.),  inkimbizi,  pi. 
wakimbizL 
Rupee,  rupia. 
Rupia  or  any  similar  skin  disease, 

buba. 
Rust,  kutu. 
Rustling,  mtakaso. 

S. 
Sabre,  kitara,  pi.  vitara. 
Sacrifice,  sadaka  (an  offering),  fi<lia 
1  oiling   up),  tliabihu  {sacrific- 
mathabuha  {the  victim), 
a    (an    animal    or    thing 
d  but  nut  eat 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


67 


Saddle,  kiti  cha  frasi,  matandiko, 
seruji  (an  Arab  saddle),  khoij 
(the  pad  used  for  a  donkey). 
Sadness  (see  Grief),  rauunu. 
Safety,  salamu,  salama. 
Saffron,  zafarani. 
Sail,  tanga,  pi.  matanga. 
Dhow-sail,  duumi. 
Sail-cloth,  kitali. 
Sailor,  babaria. 
Saint,  walli. 
Sake,  ajili,  buja,  maana. 

For  my  sake,  unipendavyo  (as  you 
love  me). 
Sale  (auction),  mnada. 
Salesman,  dalali. 
Saliva,  mate. 

Salt,  chumvi,  munyo  (A.). 
Saltpetre,  sbura. 
Salute  (fired),  mizinga  ya  salamu. 

(salutation),  salamu. 
Salvation,  wokovu,  suudi,  njema. 
Salver,  sinia,  pi.  masinia. 
Sanction,  itbini. 
Sand,  mcbanga,  mtanga  (M.). 
Sandals,   viatu,   sing,   kiatu,  viatu 
vya  ngozi. 
strap  of  a  sandal,  gidarn. 
Sandalwood,  liwa  (?). 
Sandfly,  usubi. 
Sap,  maji. 

Saturday,  Juma  a  mosi. 
Saucepan,  sufuria. 
Saviour,  mwokozi,  pi.  waokozi. 
Savour,  lutbtha,  tamu. 
Scab,  kigaga,  pi.  vigaga. 
Scabbard,  ala,  pi.  nyala. 

The  metal  rings  on  a  scabbard, 
ukoa,  pi.  koa. 
Scaffold  (for  building),  jukwari. 
Scales  (of  a  fish),  magamba,  mamba 
(M.). 


Scales  (balances),  mizani. 

Scale  pans,  vitanga  vya  mizani. 
Scar,  kovu,  pi.  makovu. 
Scarf  (often  worn  round  the  waist), 

deub. 
Scent,  barufu,  manuka,  nukato,  pi. 
manukato,   meski,  marashi   (a 
scent  for  sprinkling). 
Tibu,  a  kind  of  scent. 
See  Rose,  Ambergris,  Aloes  wood. 
School,  cbuoni. 
Scissors,  makasi. 
Scoop.     See  Ladle. 
Score  (20),  korja. 
Scorn,  tharau,  tbihaka. 
Scorpion,  nge. 
Scraps  left  after  eating,  makombo, 

sing,  kombo. 
Scrape  (slide),  para. 
Scratch,  mtai,  pi.  mifai. 
Scream,   kiowe,  pi.  viowe  (cry  for 
help),  kigelegele,  pi.  vigelegrle 
(a  trilling  scream  raised  as  a 
cry  of  joy). 
Screw,  parafujo. 
Scrip,  mkoba,  pi.  mikoba. 
Scrofulous    and    gangrenous    sores, 

mti. 
Scrotum,  pumbo,  mapumbu. 
Scull,    kitwa,   pi.    vitwa,   fuvu   or 

bupuru  la  kitwa. 
Scum,  povu,  mapovu. 
Sea,  baliari. 
A  sea,  mawimbi,  wimbi. 
A  seaman,  mwana  maji. 
One  from  beyond  seas,  mja    na 

maji. 
Seaweed,  mwani. 
Seal,  muhuri. 
Seam,  msbono,  pi.  mishono,  band 

(tacked),  upindo  (a  hem). 
Season,  wakati. 


F  '1 


SWA  HILT    Tl  AND  BOOK. 


Tl<r  principal  seasons  in  Zanzibar 
are: — Musimi,  the  timt   of  tlie 
northerly  winds  (kazkazi),  that 
is,     December,     January,     and 
.nary.       For  March,  April, 
ami    May,    the    rainy     season, 
masika ;    after    that,   the    cold 
time,  kipupwe ;  then,  about  (he 
end    of    August,    dernani,    or 
niwaka.     The  southerly   winds 
(kusi)  begin  to  drop  in  October, 
and   in   the   intervals   between 
them  and  the  northerly  winds 
come  the  times  of  easterly  and 
westerly  winds, malelezi  or  tanga 
,     mbili. 
>■  atoning.    See  Relish. 
Si  at,  kikao,  makazi. 

The  stone  or  earth   seat  near  a 
door,  baraza,  kibavaza. 
■  nj,  siri,  faragba. 
Secrets,  mambo  ya  «iri. 
Secretary,  mwandisbi,^.  waandi-bi. 
khatibu,  karani. 
Secretary    of   State,    waziri,    pi. 
mawaziri. 
>•  et,  rnatbhab,  matbebebu. 
Sediment,  masbapo. 
Seed,  mbegu,  mbeyu. 
Seedling,  mcbe,  pi.  niicbe. 
Self,  moyo,  nafsi,  nafusL 
fif<  I /'-content,  kinaya. 
Semen,  sliahawa,  mannL 
Semsem,  ufuta. 

Semsem  oil,  mafuta  ya  uta. 
What  is  left  after  the  oil  has  been 
pressed  out,  sbudu. 
Senna,  sanamaki. 
Sense,  akdi. 

inel,  mugoja,  pi.  wangoja. 
mtmnuhi,  pi.  wattm 
mluuiwa,  vl.  walumwa,  i:oker. 


One  who   serves  at   table,  rawa- 

ndikaji,  pi.  waandikaji. 

In  a  sihamba  there  are  generally 

three   chief  servants.      1.  Msi- 

mamizi,  generally  a  free  man. 

2.  Nokoa,   the  chief  slave.     3. 

Kadainu,  th<   second,  head,  slave,. 

S(  rriee,  utumwa.  budunni,  bidinia. 

Setting-out,  things  set  out  or  the  place 

for  them,  maaudiko. 
Shaddock,  furungu,  pi.  mafuriuigu. 
Simile,  uvuli,   vuli,   mvuli,    mvili, 

kivuli,  kitua. 
Shadow,  kivuli,  pi.  vivuli. 
Shame  (disgrace),  aibu. 
(modesty),  baya. 
(a  thing  causing  confusion),  ari, 

fetbeba,  hezaya. 
having    no    shame,    rajanja,    pi. 
wajanja. 
Shape,  kiasi,  kalibu,namna. 
Share,  fungu,  pi.  mafungu,  eeniebu, 

k  is  ma. 
Sharing,  usbaiika. 
Shark,  papa. 
Sharpness,  ukali. 
Shaving  (of  wood),  usafi. 
Sliaiol,  sbali. 

worn  round  the  waist,  roabn/amu. 
Sheaf,  or  bundle  of  cut  rice,  niganda, 

pi.  miganda. 
Slieath,  uo,  pi.  mauo,  ala,  pi.  nyala. 
Sheave  (of  a  pulley),  rorla,  koradaiii. 
Sited,  banda,  pi.  mabanda,  kibauda, 

pi.  vilianda. 
Sheep,  kondoo. 
Sheet,  ebuka. 

of  a  sail,  demani. 
of  a  book,  gombo,  pi.  macrnmbo. 
of  paper,  ukurasa,  pi.  kurasa. 
Shelf,  kiljau,  pi.  vibau. 
in  a  recess,  rufuf. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


69 


Suso,  pi.  masuso,  a  kind  of  hang- 
ing shelf. 
Shell  (sea  shells),shel\e,  pi.  mashelle. 
(husk),  ganda,  pi.  maganda. 
(empty  shell),  fuvu,  pi.  mafuvu, 
bupuru,  pi.  inabupuru,  kaka. 
Shepherd,  rulisbi,  pi.  walishi,  ujcku- 

nga,  pi.  wacbunga. 
Slierd.    See  Potsherd. 
Shield,  ngao. 

Shin,  inuundi  wa  guu  (A.). 
Ship,  merikebu,  mavikabu,  jahasi. 
Man-of-war,  rnanowari,  merikebu 

ya  mizinga. 
Merchant  ship,  merikequ  ya  taja, 
Steam  ship,  merikebu  ya  dubaan> 

merikebu  ya  mosbi. 
Ship  belonging  to  the  government, 

merikebu  ya  strkali. 
Full-rigged    ship,    merikebu    ya 

milingote  mitatu. 
Barque,  merikebu  ya  miliugote 

inrwili  ria  nuss. 
Native  craft,  chombo,  pi.  vyombo. 
Shirt,  kanzu. 
Shivering,    kitapo,    kutetema,    ku- 

tetemeka. 
Shoal  (bank),  fungu,  pi.  mafungu. 
Shock,  shindo. 

Shoe,   kiatu   cba   kizungu  or    cba 

kihiudi,  pi.  viatu  vya  kizuugu. 

Slioemaker,   msboni  viatu,  pi.  wa- 

sboni  viatu. 
Shoot,     cbipukizi,     ucbipuka,    pi. 
ehipuka. 
A  pointed  shoot  like  that  contain- 
ing a  spike  of  flower,  kilele,  pi. 
vilele. 
Sttop,  duka,  pi.  maduka. 

Shops  vrith  warerooms,  bokhari. 
Shot  (small),  marisaa. 
Shot-belt,  beti. 


Shoulder,  bega,  pi.  mabega,  fuzi,  pU 
mafuzi  (A.). 
Shoulder-blade,  kombe  la  mkono. 
Shout,  ukelele,  pi.  kelele,  kelele,  pi 

makelele. 
Shower,  manyunyo. 
Showing,  wonyesbo. 
Shrewdness,  werevu. 
Shroud,  saanda. 
Shrub,  kijiti,  pi.  vijiti. 
See  Thorn. 

Mwaugo,  pi.  miwaugo  (?). 
Sick  person,  mgoajwa,  pi.  magonjwa, 

mweli,  pi.  waweli. 
Sickness,  ugonjwa,  uweli,  marathi. 
Side,  upande,  pi.  pande. 

Side  of  the  body,  mbavu,  mata- 

mbavu. 
The  other  side  of  a  river,   &c, 
ng"ambo. 
Siege,  mazingiwa. 
Sieve,  kiyamba. 
Siftings    of   rice    after    pounding, 

wisbwa. 
Sighing,  kuugua. 
Sign,  dalili. 
Signal,  ishara. 

Ukouyezo,   pi.   konyezo,  a    sign 

made  by  raising  the  eyebrows. 
Kikorombwe,  a  kind  of  signal  cry. 
Silence,  nyamavu,  kimya 
Silk,  bariri. 
Silliness,  mapiswa,  puo. 

Silly  talk,  upuzi. 
Silver,  t'etba. 
Silversmith,  mfua  fetba,  pi.  wafua 

fetha. 
Simpleton,  mjinga,  pi.  wajioga. 
Sin,    tbambi,    pi.    thambi   or  ma- 

thambi,  makosa,  taksiri. 
Singleness,  upweke. 
Sip,  i'uuda  (?). 


" 


mui. i  u.wnnooK. 


i 

■  i.  ombu,  pi.  maumbu,  ndugu, 

ndugu  mke. 
As  a  tern)  of  endearrm  nt.  dada. 
.F<  r,  ndugu  kunyonya. 

S  •/-  r-in-hur.  Bhemegi. 
Situ  r,  mkaa, pi.  wakaa. 
Sit/inn.  kikao,  ]>l.  vikao,  kitako,  pi. 
vitako. 

.  ukuu,  ukubwa,  kiasi,  kadiri, 
clieo. 

•  ton,  nizoga  (?) 

'ful   workman,  mstadi,  pi.  wa- 
Btadl 

U  d  or  master-workman,  fundi. 
I,  DgOZL 

v     .  uwingu. 

3    ickness,  ulegcvu. 

der,  masiugizio,  fitina  (soicing 

of  discord). 

jhtt  r-house,  matindo. 
6      ',  mtuinwa,  ]>!■  watumwa,  mu- 

hadimu,pZ.  waliadiinu,  mtwana, 

pi.  Vffl\  .',  aim. 

A  si-"-,  boy,  kitwana,  pi.  vitwana. 
A  slave  girl,  kijakazi, ;//.  vijakazi. 
A  slave  woman,  mjakazi,  pi.  wa- 

jakazi. 
A  concubine  slave,  suria,  pi.  ma- 

suria. 
A    slave    born   in    the    house  or 

country,  mzalia,  pi.  wazalia. 
A  runaway  slave,  mtoro,  pi.  wa- 

toro. 
A  fellow  slave,  mjoli,  pi.  wajolL 
A  household  of  slaves,  kijoli,  pi. 

vijoli. 
Pi  a   <>f  IiiikI  allotted  to  a  slave 

for    his  own   use,   koondi ,   pi. 

makoonde. 
:  ■    ry,  utumwa. 


Sleeping  plaoi ,  malalo. 
Things  to  sleep  upon,  malazi. 
Sleeve,  rnkono,  pi.  mikono. 
Sling,  kombeo,  pi.  makonibeo. 
SUp  of  a  tree,  &c,  mcbe,  pi.  miolio. 
A  slip  which  has  put  forth  leaves, 

mche  uliocbanua. 
One  which  has  made  a  new  shoot, 

mche  uliockipuka. 
Xli/iperiness,  utelezi. 
Sloth,  uvivu. 
Slovenliness,  fujofujo. 
^,n, illness,  udogo. 
Small-pox,  ndui. 
Smell,  harufu,  manuka,  azma. 
Smith  (worker  in  metal),  mfua,  pi. 

wafua.     See  Blacksmith,  &c. 
Smoke,  moshi,  pi.  mioshi. 
Snail,  koa,  pi.  niakoa,  konokono. 
Snake,    nyoka,    joka,   pi.    majoka 

(large). 
Chatu,  python. 
P'ili,  cobra  (?). 
Snare,  sliabuka. 
Sneezing,  chafya. 
Snoring,  kukoroma. 
Snuff,    tumbako    ya    kunuka,    or 

kunusa. 
Snuff-box,  tabakelo. 
Soap,  eabuni. 
Soda,  magadi. 
Solder,  lihamu. 
Soldier,  atdkari. 

Sole  (of  the  foot),  uayo,  pi.  nyao. 
Solitude,  upekee,  ukiwa. 
Somauli  Coast,  Banada. 
Somebody,  mtu. 

Some  one  else's,  -a  mwenyewe. 
Child  of  somebody,  i.e.,  of  respect- 
able parents,  mtoto  wa   watu, 

mwana  wa  watu. 
Somersaidt,  kitwangomba. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


71 


Son,    mwana,    pi.    waana,    kijana, 
mtoto  niuine. 
Wadi    Mohammed,  Mohammed's 

son. 
Bin  Abdallak   (Ar.),  Abdullah's 

son. 
Hamisi  wa  Tani,  Hamisi  the  son 

of  Tani  (Othman). 
Son-in-law,  mkwe,  pi.  wakwe. 
Song,  uimbo,  pi.  nyimbo. 
Soot,  kaa  rnoshi,  makaa  ya  moshi. 
Soothing  thing,  kitulizo,  pi.  vitulizo. 
Soothsayer,  kahini,  pi.  makahini. 
Sore,  donda,  pi.  madonda,  kidonda, 
pi.  vidonda,  jeraha. 
Sores  in  the  leg,  nyungunyungu, 
mti. 
Sorrow,  kasarani,  huzuni,  sikitiko, 
matukio. 
Sorrow  for  a  loss,  majonzi. 
Sorrow  for  something  done,  ma- 

jutio. 
Excessive  sorrow,  jitimai. 
Sort  (kind),  ginai,  nartma,  aina. 
The  sort  is    often    expressed  by 
the  prefix  ki-.     Kizungu,  the 
European    sort,    kifaume,    the 
kingly  sort. 
Soul,  roho. 
Sound,  sauti. 
Soundness,  uzima. 
Source,  asili,  chimbuko. 
South,  kusini,  suheli. 
Southerly  icind,  kusi. 
Sovereign,    mwenyi     ezi,     mwenyi 
inchi,  mwenyi  mji. 
(coin),  robo  Ingrezi. 
Sovereignty,  ezi,  enzi. 
Space,  nafasi. 
(of  time),  muda. 
(open  space),  tiwanda,  uga. 
Spade,  jembe  la  kizungu. 


Span,  futuri,  sMbiri,  sliibri. 

Spangles,  puluki. 

Spark,  chechi,  pi.  macbechi. 

Sparkle,  kimeta. 

Speaker,  mneni,  pi.  waneni,  msemi, 
pi.  wasemi,  msemaji,  pi.  wa- 
semaji. 

Speaking,  kusema,  kunema. 

A  dark  obscure  way  of  speahiwj, 

kilinge  cba  maneno. 
An  enigmatical  way  of  speaking, 
in  which  the  last  syllable  is 
taken  from  the  end,  and  made 
to  begin  the  icorrf,  kinyumc, 
kinyuma.     (See  Appendix  I.) 

Spear,  fumo,  pi.  mafmno  (flat- 
bladed)  mkuke,  pi.  mikuke, 
(three-edged)  sagai,^.  masagai. 

Spectacles,  miwani. 

Speech  (speaking),  kunena. 
(oration),  mataguso,  milumbe. 

Spider,  buibui. 

Spinal  column,  uti  wa  maungo. 

Spirits,  mvinyo. 
Evil  spirit,  pepo. 
Kinds  of  spirits,  jhri,  pi.  majini, 
milboi,    mahoka,    dungumaro, 
kitamiri,  kizuu,  kizuka,  koikoi, 
mwana  maua,  &c. 

Spit,  uma,  pi.  nyuma. 

Spittle,  mate. 

Spoil,  mateka. 

Spleen,  wengo. 

Splint,  gango,  pi.  magango,  banzi, 
pi.  mabanzi. 

Splinter    (of    wood),    kibanzi,    pi. 
vibanzi. 
(of  glass  or  eartlienioare),  kige- 
renyenza,  pi.  vigerenyenza. 

Spoon,  mwiko,  pi.  miiko,  kijiko,  pi. 
vijiko  (a  tea-spoon),  mkamslie, 
pi.  mikamsbe  (a  wooden  spoon). 


72 


SWAHIL1   EANBBO\ 


.  mohi  eo.  mzaba. 
.  wna,  /•/.  mawaa,  kipaku,  /)/. 
\  ipaku. 

'     (  from    a     >'">/),    kopo    la 
nyumba,  marizabu. 
Sprain,  kuteuka. 
Spread,  eneo. 

Spreading  a  meal,  maandiko. 
Sprit  g,  mtambo,  pi.  mitambo. 

oat<  r,  chemcbem,  jicho  la  maji. 
Sprihkli .  manyunyo. 
Sprinkler  (for  scents),  mrasbi,  jl. 
miiasbi 

of  a  cock,  kipi,  kipia,  pi.  vipia. 
Spy,     mpelelezi,     pi.    wapelelezi, 
mtumbuizi  (A.). 
■  n  .  mrabba. 
Squint,  makengeza. 
Stable,  banda  la  frasi,  faja  la  frasi. 
Staff,  gongo,  pi.  magongo,  uikougo- 

jo,  pi.  mikongojo. 
Stagnation,  vilio,  pi.  mavilio. 
stain,  wan,  pi.  mawaa. 
Stain,  daraja,  ngazi. 
Up-stairs,  juu,  darioL 
Downstairs,  <liini. 
Stalks,  of  mtama,  bua,  pi.  mabua. 
of  a  kind  of  millet  chewed  like 

sugar-cane,  kota,  pi.  makota. 
of  cloves,  &c,  kikonyo,  pi.  vikonyo. 
Stall    keeper,    moburuzi,    pi.    wa- 

cburuzi 
s>,i,, mi'  ring,  kigngumizi. 
Stamp,  muhuri,  chapa. 
Staple,  pete,  pi.  mapete,  tumbuu. 
Star,  iiyota. 

Falling  stars,  nyota  zikishuka. 
Shooting    stars,    kimwondo,    pi. 
vimwctado. 
Starch,  kanji,  dondo. 
Start    fright),  kituko. 

beginning),  feli,  pi.  mafeli. 


Startling    thing,    mzungu,  pi.  mi- 
zungu. 
A  thing  to  fright  n  people,  kinya- 
gO,  pi.  vinyago. 
State,  hali. 
Statue,  sanamu. 
Stealing,  kwiba. 
Steam,  mvuke. 

A  steamshipi  merikebu  ya  moshi. 
Stt  i  /,  feleji,  pua. 
Steelyard,  mizani. 
Steersman,  msbiki  shikio. 
Stem  of  a  tree,  shina,  pi.  masbina. 

of  mtama,  bua,  pi  mabua. 
Step  (stepping),  hatua. 

{of  stone,  &c),  daraja. 
Step-father,  baba  wa  kambo. 

Step-mother,  mama  wa  kambo. 
Steicard,  msimamizi,p2.wasimamizi. 
Stick,  fimbo,  ufito,  pi.  fito  (thin), 
bakora  (a  walking-stick  with  a 
handle  bent  at  right  angles). 
A   short  heavy  stick,  kibarangO, 
pi.  vibaraugo,  mpweke,  pi.  mi- 
pweke. 
A    staff,    gongo,    pi.     magongo, 
mkongojo,  pi   mikongojo  (an 
old  man's  staff). 
Stillness,  kimya. 

Stirrup,  kikuku  oba  kupandia  frasi. 
Stocks  (for  the  feet),  mkatale. 
Stomach,  tumbo. 
Pit  of  the  stomach,  chembe  cha 
moyo  (A.). 
Stone,  jiwe,  pi.  mawe  or  majiwe. 
A  stone  house,  nyumba  ya  mawe. 
Small  stones   or  pieces  of  stone, 

kokoto,  pi.  makokoto. 
Very  small  stones,  not  larger  than 

an  egg,  mbwe. 
Very  small  grit,  changarawi. 
Fresh  coral,  matumbawi. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


73 


Precious    stones,    kito,    pi.    vito, 
johari. 

Stones  of  fruit,  kokwa,  pi.  ma- 
kokwa. 
Stooping,  kiinamizi. 
Stop  (end),  kikomo,  kinga. 

(stopping),  kizuizo,  kizuizi,  kizuio. 
Stoppage  in  the  nose  or  wind-pipe, 
mafua. 

(stagnation),  vilio,  pi.  mavilio. 
Stopper,  zibo,  pi.  niazibo,  kizibo,  pi. 

vizibo. 
Store  (put  by),  akiba. 

Store-room,  ghala. 
Storm,  tbaruba,  tufanu. 
Story,  hadithi,  habari.     See  Tale. 
Stoutness,  unene. 
Strainer,  kunguto,  pi.  makunguto 

(of  basket-work). 
Straits  (distress),  sbidda. 

(narrow  seas),  kilango  cba  babari. 
Strands  of  a  cord,  meno,  ncba. 
Stranger,  mgeni,  pi.  wageni. 
Strap,  ukanda. 
Stratagem,  bila. 
Stream,   mto,  pi.   mito,   kijito,   pi. 

vijito. 
Strength,  nguvu. 
String,  ugwe,  uzi,  katani. 

String  of  beads,  kigwe,  pi.  vigwe. 
String-course,  usbi. 
Strip.     See  Mat. 
Stripe  (line),  uzi,  pi.  nyuzi,  mfuo, 

pi.  mifuo,  utepe,  pi.  tepe. 
Study,  mtaala. 
Stumble,  kwao,  pi.  makwao. 
Stumbling-block,  kwao,  pi.  makwao. 
Stump,  shiiia,  pi.  mashina. 
Stupor,  kurukwa  na  akili. 
Stye  in  the  eye,  cbokea. 
Style   (of  writing),  dibaji,  a  good 
style. 


Subject,  rayia. 

Substance,  asili. 

Subtlety,  busara,  werevu. 

Subtraction  (arithmetical),  baki. 

Suburbs,  kiunga. 

Sugar,  sukari. 

Sugar-cane,  mua,  pi.  miwa. 

Suit  of  clothes,  kisua. 

Sulphate  of  copper,  mrututu. 
of  magnesia,  chumvi  ya  haluli. 

Sulphur,  kiberiti. 

Sidtanship,  usultani. 

Sum,  jumla. 

Summary,  mubtasari. 

Summit,  kilele,  pi.  vilele  (used  of 
any  sharp-pointed  top  or  peak, 
of  the  centre  shoot  of  a  cocoa- 
nut  tree  as  well  as  of  the  peak 
of  a  mountain). 

Sun,  jua,  pi.  majua. 

TJte  coming  out  of  the  sun  after 
rain,  kianga. 

Sunday,  Juiua  a  pilL 

Sundries,  takataka. 

Sunset,  magharibi,  mangaribi. 

Supercargo,  karani. 

Superciliousness,  kitougotongo. 

Superintendent,  mwaugalizi,  pi.  \ra- 
angalizi,  msimaiQizi,  pi.  wa=i- 
inaniizi. 

Supper,  cbakula  cha  jioni. 

Suppuration,  kutunga. 

Surety,  mthamini,  thamin,  thamana, 
lazima. 

Surf,  mawimbi. 

Swallow  (bird),  barawai,  mbili- 
wili  (?),  mbayuwayu  (A.). 

Sweat,  bari,  jasbo,  vukuto. 

Sweetheart,  mcbumba. 

Siveet  lime,  dimu  tamu. 

Sweetness,  tamu. 

Sweet  potatoes,  viazi,  sing,  kiazi. 


71 


SWAI1ILI  HANDBOOK 


-    Indler,  thulium. 
•     i    :;.  ]m  ml'  a. 

Swine,  ngurawe,  nguuwe. 
to,  pi.  fito. 
l.  apanga,  pL  panga. 
curved  sword,  kitara,  pZ.  vitava. 
straight  two-edged  sword  without 

any  guard,  upauga  wa  feleji. 
with   a  small  cross  hilt,  apanga 
wa  imani. 
Syphilis,    sekeneko,    kijaraha    elm 
mboni,    to.^o   (a   riruh  nt   hind 
posed  to  be  the  result  of  a 
charm). 
>.  Sham. 
p,  a.sxli. 

T. 
Tii1  ile,  meza. 
Table-cloth,  nguo  ya  meza. 
Table  -  napkin,     kitambaa      cha 
meza. 
Tack  of  a  sail,  goshi. 
Tacking  (sewing),  bandi. 
Tail,  Hilda,  pi.  mikia. 

'or,  mshoni,  pi.  waahoni. 
Taking  away,  maoudoleo. 
Tale,  hadithi,  kisa,  ngano. 
Tale-hearer,  mzuzi. 
Talipes,  kupinda  na  mguu. 
Talk,  usi  mi, 

Silly  talk,  upuzi. 
Talker,  msemaji,  pi.  wasemaji. 
Tamarind,  ukwaju. 

Tamarind  tree,  mkwaju,  pi.  mi- 
matata.  [kwaju. 

T'lj,,  bilula. 

.  utepe,  pZ.  tepe. 
Tar,  land, 
Tartar  on  the  teeth,  \ikojra. 

.  tumu,  tamu,  luththa,  nyonda, 
inaondi,  maonji. 


Taster,  mwonja,  pi.  waonja,  m  wo- 
ods (M.),  pi-  waonda,  kionja, 
pi.  viouja,  kionda  (M.),  pi. 
vionda. 

Tea,  cliayi,  cha. 

Teacher,  mwalimn,  pi.  waalimu, 
ndcufunzi,  pi.  wakufunzi. 

Teaching,  mat  undisko,  elimu. 

Teak,  msaji. 

Teapot,  buli,  pi.  mabuli. 

Tear,  cbozi,  pi.  machozi,  tozi  (M.), 
pi.  matozi. 

Teazing,  thihaka. 

Tediousness,  ucliovu. 

Telescope,  durabini. 

Temper,  tabia. 

Temperance,  tawassuf,  kadiri. 

Temple,  hekalu  (a  great  thing,  the 
temple  at  Jerusalem),  baniya 
(a  building,  the  tempJle  at 
Mecca). 

Temptation,  majaribu,  nyonda. 

Ten,  kumi,  pi.  makumi. 

a  decade,  mwongo,  pi.  miongo. 

Tent,  khema,  hema. 

Tt  nicies,  mapumbu,  tamboa. 

'/'•  timony,  ushahidi. 

Tim  riks,  slmkuru,  ushukura,  salamu, 
ansanta,  marahaba. 

Thatch,  makuti  (of  cocoa-nut  lean  i ). 
Thin  sticks  used  to  tie  the  makuti 

to,  upau,  pi.  pau 
See  Cocoa-nut. 

Theft,  uizi. 

Thicket,  kichaka,  pZ.  vicbaka,  koko, 
pi.  makoko. 

Tli  ickness,  unene. 

Thief,  mwivi,  pi.  wevi,  nrwibaji,  pi. 
webaji. 

Thieving,  kwiba,  uizi,  wibaji. 

Thigh,  upaja,  pi.  paja,  paja,  pi.  ma- 
paja. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


75 


Tliimble,  subana. 
Sailmaker's  palm,  dofra,  pi.  ma- 
dofra. 
Thing,  kitu,  pi.  vitu  (a  thing  of  the 
senses),  neno,    jambo,    mainbo 
{things  of  the  intellect). 
I  have  done  nothing,  sikufanya 

neno. 
I  see  nothing,  sioai  kitu. 
A  hind  thing,  jambo  la  wema. 
Strange  things,  mainbo  mageni. 
Third  (a  third  part),  theluth. 
Thirst,  Mn. 

Thorn,  inwiba,  pi.  miiba  or  miba. 
Mckongoma,  pi.  michongoma,  a 

thorny  shrub  used  for  hedges. 
Mkwamba,    pi.     mikwamba,     a 
thorny  shrub. 
Thought,  wazo,  pi.  mawazo,  fikara, 

tliamiri,  nia. 
Thousand,  elt'u,  pi.  elfu  or  alafu. 
a  thousand  or  myriad,  kikwi,  pi. 

zikwi  or  vikwi. 
a  hundred  thousand,  lakki. 
Thread,  uzi,  pi.  nyuzi,  katani. 
Threat,  wogofya,  tisho. 
Throat,  koo,  pi.  makoo. 
Thumb,  kidole  cha  gumba. 
Thunder,     radi     (near),     ngururuo 

(distant). 
Thursday,  Alhamisi. 
Ticket,  kibarua,  pi.  vibarua. 
Tickling  or  tingling,  mnyeo,  kinye- 

nyefu. 
Ticks,  papasi  (in  houses),  kupe  (on 

cattle). 
Tide,  maji  kujaa  na  kupwa. 
Spring  tides,  bamvua. 
Neap  tides,  maji  mafu. 
Tiller,  kana,  gana. 

Tiller  ropes,  mijiari,  sing,  mjiari. 
Timber,  miti,  mibau. 


Time,  wakati,  wakti,  majira. 
(sufficient),  naf'asi. 
(hour),  saa. 
(leisure),  faragha. 
(first,  &c),  mara. 
(fixed  term),  mobulla. 
Times  (age),  zamaui. 
Space  of  time,  mnda. 
Period  of  time,  kipindi. 
A  short  time,  kitambo. 
Times,  in  multiplication,  fl. 
iSi'a;    times    eight,    sita  fi   the- 
manya. 

Divisions  of  Time. 

There  are  two  years  in  use  in 
Zanzibar;  that  which  is  most  com- 
monly heard  of  is  the  Arab  year  of 
twelve  lunar  months.  It  cannot  be 
more  than  about  355  days  long,  and 
has  therefore  no  correspondence  to 
the  seasons.  The  months  are  de- 
termined by  the  sight  of  the  new 
moon,  or  by  the  expiration  of  thirty 
days  since  the  beginning  of  the 
previous  month.  It  happens  some- 
times that  some  of  the  coast  towns 
will  begin  their  months  a  day  before 
or  after  what  was  taken  as  its  first 
day  in  Zanzibar.  A  gun  is  usually 
fired  from  one  of  the  ships  when 
the  month  begins.  Practically  the 
Ramathan  is  treated  as  the  first 
month,  and  the  rest  are  reckoned 
from  it ;  the  word  by  which  they 
are  denoted  seems  to  mean  not 
fasting,  as  though  the  Ramathan 
being  the  month  of  fasting,  the  rest 
were  the  first,  second,  third,  &c, 
of  not  fasting,  until  the  months  of 
Rajab  and  Shaaban,  which  have 
both  a  special  religious  character 


76 


s\VA  11  HI   HANDBOOK. 


The  following  are  the  names  of  the 
Aral'  months,  with  their  Bwahili 
equivalents: 


Arab. 

M.'harram. 

Safr. 

I'.il  la  al  amtal. 

Rabia  al  akhr. 

Jemad  al  aowal. 

Jemad  al  akhr. 

Rajab. 

Sliaaban. 

Raniathan. 

Shaowal. 

Th'il  ka'ada. 

Th'il  hajjah. 


SwAniu. 

Mftingno  a  'nne. 
no  a  tano. 
Mfunguo  a  Bita. 
Mfunguo  a  saba. 
Mfunguo  a  Dane. 
Mfunguo  a  kenda. 
Bajaba. 
Shaabani. 
1  :  liani, 

Mfunguo  a  mosi. 
Mfunguo  a  pili. 
Mfunguo  a  tatu. 


The  two  great  Mohammedan 
ta  are  held  on  the  first  of 
Shaoiral,  when  every  one  giv<  s  pre- 
sents, and  on  the  tenth  of  Th'il 
hajjah.  when  every  one  is  supposed 
to  slaughter  some  animal  and  feast 
the  poor. 

The  other  year  in  use  among  the 
Swahili  is  the  Nautical  and  Agri- 
cultural year ;  it  is  roughly  a 
year,    having    3G5    days.      It    is 
i  >ned  to  begin  from  the  Siku  a 
■!:a  (answering  to  the  Persian 
Nairuz),  which  now  occurs  towards 
the  end  of  August.    The  last  day 
of  the  old  year  is  called  Kig 
and    the     days    are    reckoned    by 
ides,  called  miongo,  sing,  mico- 
iii]o.     Thus — Mwongo  tea  mia  con- 
of  the  days  between  90  and 
100.  Mwongo  wan  ks  which 

de  it  is.     The  Siku  a  mwaka  is 
kept  as  a  great   day,  and  formerly 
a  numb  r  of  8]  ■  cial  observances 
connected  with  it.     in  the  night  or 


early  in  the  morning  every  one  used 
to  bathe  in  the  sea;  the  womi  n  are 
particularly  careful  to  do  so.  Tie  y 
afterwards  fill  a  large  pot  with 
grain  and  pulse,  and  cook  them. 
About  neon  they  serve  out  to  all 
friends  who  come;  all  the  fires  are 
extinguished  with  water  and  lighted 
again  by  rubbing  wood.  Formi  rly 
no  inquiry  was  made  as  to  any  one 
killed  or  hurt  on  this  day,  and  it  is 
still  the  custom  to  go  armed  and 
to  be  on  the  guard  against  private 
enemies.  It  used  to  be  a  favourite 
amusement  to  throw  any  Indians 
that  could  be  caught  into  the  sea, 
and  otherwise  ill-use  them,  until 
the  British  Government  interfered 
for  their  protection.  The  year  is 
called  alter  the  day  of  the  week  on 
which  it  began;  thus,  in  1805  it 
began  on  Thursday  and  was 
Mwaka  Alhami&i ;  in  18GG  on 
Friday,  and  was  Mwaka  Juma,  and 
so  on. 

The  seasons  will  be  found  briefly 
mentioned  under  that  word. 

The  week  has  been  reconstructed 
on  the  Arab  week,  retaining  only 
the  Arab  names  of  two  days,  Alha- 
misi  and  Juma  (Thursday  and 
Friday),  which  answer  1o  our  Satur- 
day and  Sunday  for  Mohammedan 
religious  purposes,  and  are  the  days 
which  slaves  in  the  country  aro 
generally  allowed  for  their  own 
recreation  or  profit.  Juma  is  so 
named  from  the  assembly  held  on 
that  day  for  public  worship;  the 
A  rah  names  of  the  rest  are  merely 
those  used  by  English  Quakers, 
first,  second,  third,  &c. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


77 


Ekglish. 

Arabic. 

Swahili. 

Sunday. 

Al  dhad. 

Juma  a  pili. 

Monday. 

Ath  ifteneen. 

Juma  a  tatu. 

Tuesday. 

At/i  theluth. 

Juma  a  'nne. 

Wednesday. 

Ar  robua'. 

Juma  a  tano. 

Thursday. 

Al  kkamis. 

Alhamisi. 

Friday. 

Juma'. 

Juma. 

Saturday. 

As  sabt. 

Juma  a  mosl 

The  day  begins  at  sunset ;  to-night 
therefore  in  the  mouth  of  a  Swahili 
means  what  an  Englishman  would 
call  last  night.  As  the  days  are  of 
a  very  nearly  uniform  length  there 
is  little  practical  incorrectness  in 
taking  sunset  as  six  o'clock  in  the 
evening  and  reckoning  the  night 
first  and  then  the  day  from  it,  hour 
by  hour.  Thus,  seven,  eight,  and 
nine  are  the  first,  second,  and  third 
of  the  night  (saa  a  kwanza,  a  pili, 
a  tatu  ya  usiku).  Midnight  is  the 
6ixth  hour,  saa  a  sita.  Five  in  the 
morning  is  the  eleventh  hour  of  the 
night,  saa  a  edhashara.  Nine 
o'clock  in  the  morning  is  the  third 
hour  of  the  day,  saa  a  tatu.  Twelve 
at  noon  is  the  sixth  hour,  saa  a  sita, 
and  four  and  five  the  tenth  and 
eleventh  hours,  saa  a  kumi,  saa  a 
edhashara.  Sunset  is  determined 
by  observation,  and  a  gun  is  fired, 
and  tha  Sultan's  flag  hauled  down 
to  mark  it.  During  the  Bamathan  a 
gun  is  fired  at  half-past  two  in  the 
morning  to  warn  every  one  of  the 
approach  of  morning,  that  they  may 
get  their  cooking  and  eating  over 
oefore  dawn.  This  gun-fire  is  called 
daakuu. 

There  is  another  way  of  marking 
the  time  by  reference  chiefly  to  the 
hours  of  prayer  (see  Prayer);  the 
following  are  the  chief  points 


Magaribi,  sunset. 

Mshuko  wa  magaribi  (coming  out 

from    sunset    prayers),    about 

half-past  six. 
Esha  or  Isha,  from  half-past  six 

to  eight. 
Mshuko  wa  esha,  about  half-an- 

hour  later. 
Nuss  ya  usiku,  midnight. 
Karibu  na  alfajiri,  between  three 

and  four  in  the  morning. 
Alfajiri  mkuu.  rising  of  the  morn- 
ing star,  about  four. 
Alfajiri  mdogo,  dawn. 
Assubui,  the  morning,  i.e.,  after 

sunrise. 
Mchana,  the  day  from  asoiibui  to 

jioni. 
Mafungulia  ng'ombe  (letting  out 

of  cattle),  about  8  a.m. 
Mafungulia  ng'ombe   malum,  is 

earlier,     mafungulia     ng'ombe 

madogo,    is    later    than    eight 

o'clock. 
Jua  kitwani,  noon. 
Athuuri   or   Azuuri,    noon,    and 

thence  till  three  o'clock. 
Awali  athuuri,  between  twelve  and 

one. 
Alasiri,  about  half-past  three,  or 

from  three  to  five. 
Alasiri  kasiri,  about  five,  or  ihtnce 

to  half -past. 
Jioni,  evening,  from  about  five  01 

half-past  till  sunset. 


Tin,  bati. 

Tiv  ncha,  nta  (M.). 
Tithes,  zaka. 
Tobacco,  tumbako 
To-day,  leo. 


7^ 


SWA  HILT   IFAXDTiOOR. 


ki  lole,  pZ.  vidole,  kidole  cha 
niguu. 
/    '■  n,  dalili,  buruhaui 

nb,  kaburi,  pi.  niakaburi. 
To-morrow,  kesho. 
the  day  after,  keaho  kutwa 
?/<-■  </-i_v  ".'V'  r  that,  mtondo. 
afhr  that,  mtondo  goo. 
gs,  koleo,  ;>f.  makoleo. 
Tongue,  ulimi,  pL  ndiml 
A  piece  of  cloth,  &c,  to  lie  under 
an  opening,  lisani. 
Tool,  samani. 

Carpenter' 8  tool  for  marking  lines, 
mahatL 
Tooth,  jino,  pi.  meno. 
cuspids,  chonge. 
Dirt  on  the  teeth,  ukoga. 
He  has   lost  a  front   tooth,   ana 

pengo. 
Tooth  stick  or  brush,  msuaki,  pi. 
misuaki. 
Top,  juu. 

{the  toy),  pia. 
Torpor,  utepi  tufu. 
Tortoise,  kobe. 
Total,  jumla. 

Tou/C?,  kitambaa  cbakufutia  uso,  &c. 
Tower,  mnara,  pi.  minara. 
Town,  mji,  pi.  mijL 
Trace,  dalili. 
Track,  nyayo. 
Trade,  biasbara. 
'/'   -ler,  mfanyi  biasbara, 

'for,  kbaini. 
Trap,  mtego,  pi.  mitego. 
(with  a  spring),  ratambo,  pi.  rai- 
tambo. 
Travt  VU  r,  msafiri,  pi.  wasafirL 
/    vy,  sinia,  pL  masinia 
le,  asali  ya  maa. 
•it/t,  bazina,  kanzi,  kbazana. 


Treatnu  nt,  mwamale. 
Tn  i .  iiit I ,  ]i!.  miii. 

Mkadi,  Pondanua. 

Mtomondo,  BamngtoAift 

M  umdoo,Calo})]njUuiu  inophyllum. 
Tn  nch,  handaM. 

Tnii'li  for  Itnilng  in  foundations, 
msinji.  msingL 
Trial,  majaribu. 
Tribi .  kabila,  taifa,  pi.  mataifa 
(taifa  is  larger  than  kabila). 
Of  what  tribe  are  yowl    Mtu  gani 
wee? 
Trick,  bila,  eherevu,  madatiganya. 
Trot,  nmskindo  (of  a  horsi),  matiti 

(of  an  ass). 
Trouble,  taabu,  utbia. 
Trousers,  soruali. 

Trowel  (mason's),  mwiko,  pi.  miiko. 
Trumpet,  paanda. 

Trunk,  sbina,  pL  masbina,  jiti,  pU 
niajiti. 
(cut  down),  gogo,pl.  maem^ro. 
(the  human  trunk),  kiwiliwilL 
Truth,  kweli. 

A  truth  teller,  msemi  kwulL 
Trying,  maonji,  majaribu. 
l-ipa,  pi.  mapipa. 
day,  .luma  a  nne. 
Turban,  kilemba,  pi.  vilcmba. 

A  turban  cloth,  utambi,  pi.  tainl.i. 
ends  of  turban  cloth,  utamvua.  /-/. 
taravua,  kishungi. 
Turkey,  bata  la  mzinga,  pi.  inalala 

ya  mzinga. 
Turmeric,  manjauo. 
Turn,  zamu,  pi.  mazamu. 

By  turns,  kwa  zamu. 
Turner,  mkereza,  pi.  wakereza. 
Turnery,  zikerezwazo. 
Turtle,  kasa. 
Hawkshead    turtle,    from    which 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


79 


tortoise ■shell   is   obtained,   ug'a- 

mba,  gnauiba. 
Turtle  clove,  hua. 
Twin,  pacha. 
Twist,  pindi,  pi.  mapindi. 
Type  {for  printing,,  chapa,  pi.  ma- 

chapa. 

U. 

Udder,  kiwele. 
llcers,  donda  ndugu. 
Umbrella,  mwavuli,  pi.  miavuli. 
Native    umbrella,  dapo,  pi.  ma- 

dapo. 
Uncleanness,  janaba,  uchavu. 
Uncle,  mjomba,  pi.  wajoinba,  baba 

nidogo  (mother's  brother),  amu 

{father's  brother). 
Undergrowth,  magugu. 
Understanding,  akili  (pi). 
Underwood,  makoko. 
Unity,  umoja. 
Universe,  uliniwengu. 
Uproar,  fujo,kelele,  makelele,  uthia, 

kero. 
Urine,  mkojo. 
Use,  kutumia,  kufaa. 

(habit),  mazoezo. 
Useful  things,  vifaa. 
Usurer,  mlariba,  pi.  walariba. 
Usury,  iriba. 
Utensils,  vyoinbo. 
I'terus,  rnji. 
Uvula,  kimio. 

V. 

Vagabond,  bana  kwao  (homeless). 

Vagina,  kuma. 

Valley,  boonde,  pi,  boonde  or  ma- 

boonde. 
Value,  kima,  tfiamani.  kadiri,  kiasi, 

upataji,  uthani. 


What  is  it  worth  ?    Cbapataje  ? 
Vapour,  mvuke,  fukizo. 

Vapour  bath,  mvuke. 
Vault,  or  vaulted  place,  kuba,  kubba. 
Vegetables,  mboga. 

Dcdoki,   pi.    madodoki,    a    long 
many-angled  seed  pod. 

Fijili    or    figili,    a    large    white 
radish. 

Jinibi,  pi.  majimbi,  a  root   very 
much  like  a  hyacinth  root. 
Vegetable    marrow,    muinunye,    pi. 

maniumunye. 
Veil,  utaji,  shela. 
Vengeance,  kasasi. 
Verses,  masbairi. 

Utenzi,  religious  verses. 

Utumbuizo,  verses  sung  at  a  dance. 
Vesicular     eruption    on     tlie    skin, 

uwati. 
Vial,  kitupa,  pi.  vitupa. 
Vice,  uovu,  ulisadi,  ufioki. 

(the    tool),  jiliwa,   pi.  majiliwa, 
iriwa. 
Vicegerent,    kaimu,   pi.    makaimu, 

nayibu,  kalife. 
Victim,  niathabuha. 
Victuals,  vyakula. 
Vigil,  kesha,  j)l.  ruakesha. 
Village,  mji,  pi.  miji,  kijiji,  pi.  vijiji. 
Vine,  mzabibu,  pi.  mizabibu. 
Vinegar,  siki. 
Violence,  jeuli,  nguvu. 

Kwa  nguvu,  by  violence. 

Ana  jeuri,  he  attacks  people  wan- 
tonly. 
Virgin,  bikiri,  kizinda. 
Viscera,  matumbo. 
Vizir,  waziri,  pi.  mawaziri. 
Vizirship,  uwaziri. 
Voice,  sauti. 
Vow,  natbiri,  naziri. 


SWA  II  HI   HANDBOOK. 


Voyagi .  safari. 
Vulture,  tai. 


W. 


Wages,  njira. 
monthly,  mshahara. 

,-.- .  halasa. 
Wailing,  maombolezo. 

tcoat,  kisibau,  ^>/.  visibau. 
sh  i  m  ■!,  cba  mkono. 

m  /<  s«,  kisicho  mkono  or  cba 
vikapa. 
Walk,  mwendo. 
A  walk,  mat<  mbezi. 
t-i  go  for  a  walk,  kwenda  teml 
Wall,  ukuta,  pi.  kuta,  kikuta,  pi. 
vikuta,  kitalu,  pi.  vitalu  {of  an 
enclosure),    kiyainbaza      (mud 
and  stud). 
Wall-plate,  mbati,  inwamba,  pi.  mi- 

amba. 
Walnut,  jfzi. 
Wandering    about,  mzunguko,   pi. 

mizunguko. 
Want,  ulitaji,  upungufu,  kipunguo. 

(poverty),  sbid'la,  tunasikini. 
War,  vita,  kondo  (Mer.). 
Wurcroom,  gbala. 
Warehouse    and    shop,    bokhari, 
bohari. 
Warmth  moto,  ubarara. 

Iiukewarmness,  uvuguvugu. 
Wart,  chunjua. 
WaAi<  rman,  dobi. 
Waste,  upotern,  ubaribivu. 
Waster,     mpotevu,    pi.    wapofo  vn. 

mubaribivu,  pi.  wabaribivu. 
Watch,  ?aa. 

;//;.  krsba,  pi.  makcslia. 
(time  or  plac>-  of  watching),  ki- 

ugojo.  pi.  vingi 
(watching-place),  lindo. 


Water,  maji. 
Fresh   water,  maji  matamu,  maji 

y:i   pi 

Wat'  r-closet,  ohon,  cliiro. 

Water  cooler  {earthen  hottl), 
guduwia,  gudulia,  kuzi  (a 
larger  hind  uritli  handles  and 

Water  jar,  mtungi,  pi.  mitun'.'i 
Water      melon,     battikh.      See 

Pumpkin. 
Water  shin,  kiriba. 
Wave,  winibi,  pi.  mawimbL 
Way,  njia. 

the  shqrtest  tray,  njia  ya  kukata. 
Weakness,  uthait'u. 
Wealth,  m&\\  mengi,  utajiri,  nkwaei. 
II  ■  upon,  selaha,  inata  (iveapons,  i.e., 

bows  and  arrows). 
Weather,  wakati. 

Weather    side,    upande    gosbini, 
upande  wa  juu. 
Weaver,  rnfurua,  pi.  wafuma. 
Wedding,  harusi. 
Wi  ^ne,  kabari. 
II''  dnesday,  Juma  a  tano. 
Weeds,  magugu. 
Kinds  of  weeds,  kitawi,  n.dago, 
gugu  mwitu,  mbaruti. 
Week,  jumaa. 

II'  ight  (see  Measure),  utbani. 
JIoiv  much  does  it  weigh  %  Ya 

kassi  gam  utbani  wake? 
Natu i.  Weights: 
Wakia,   the   weight  of   a    silver 

dollar,  about  one  ounce. 
Battel,  sixteen  wakia,   about  one 

pound. 
Kibaba,  pi.  vibaba,  one  ratti  I  and 

a  half. 
Mani,     wo     rattel     and      three- 
quarters. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 


81 


Pishi,  four  vibaba,  or  six  rattel. 
Frasila,  thirty- five  rattel,  or  twelve 

mani. 
Farra  ya  mti,  seventy-two  rattel, 

or  twelve  pishi. 
Well,  kisima,  pi.  visima. 
Weeping,  kilio. 
West,  maghribi. 

West  wind,  umande. 
Wet,  rataba,  maji. 
Whale,  nyarugumi,  ngumi. 
Wheat,  ngano. 
Wheel,     guruduniu,    pi.     maguru- 

dumu. 
Wheeled  carriage,  gari,  pi.  ma- 

gari. 
Wlietstone,  kinoo,  pi.  vinoo. 
Whip,  mjeledi,  pi.  mijeledi. 
A  plaited  thong  carried  by  over- 
lookers and  schoolmasters,  ka- 

mbaa,  kikoto  (M.). 
Whirlwind,  kisusuli,  pepo  za  cha- 

mcbela. 
Wliistling,  msonyo,  miunsi. 
Wliite  ants,  mchwa. 
White  of  egg,  ute  wa  yayi. 
Whiteness,  weupe. 
Whitening,  chaki. 
Whitlow,  mdudu. 
Wick     of     a     lamp,    utambi,    pi. 

tambi.  : 
of  a  candle,  kope,  pi.  makope. 
Widow,  nrjani,  mjaani,  mke  aliofl- 

wa  na  mumewe. 
Width,  upana. 
Wife,  mke,  pi.  wake,  mtumke,  pi. 

watuwake,  mwauamke,  pi.  wa- 

anaake. 
Wilderness,  bara,  nyika,  unyika. 
Wild  people,  waskenzi. 
Wild    animals,   nyama  za  mwitu, 

nyama  mbwayi,  uyarua  wakali. 


Will  {mind),  moyo,  nia,  kusudi. 

{testament),  wasio. 
Wind,  upepo,  much  wind,  pepo. 
See  Cold,  Whirlwind,  Storm,  East 

West. 
Northerly  Winds,  which  blow  from 

December  to  March,  kaskazi. 
Southerly  winds,  which  blow  from 

April  to  November,  kusi. 
Head  winds,  pepo  za  omo  {also 

stem  winds). 
Wind  on  the  beam,  matanga  kati. 
Winding,  kizingo,  pi.  vizingo. 

of  a  stream,  maghuba. 
Windlass,  duara.  [dirisha. 

Window,  dirisba,  pi.  dirisha  or  ma- 
Wine,  mvinyo  {strong  wine),  divai 
Wing,  bawa,  pi.  mabawa.    [{claret). 
A  icing  feather,  ubawa,  pi.  mbawa. 
Wink,  kupepesa. 
Wire,  masango,  uzi  wa  madini. 
Wire-drawer's  plate,  cbamburo. 
Wisdom,  bekima,  busara,  akili. 
Wit,  ujuvi  (?). 

Witch,  mcbawi,  pi.  wachawi. 
Witchcraft,  uohawi. 

One  who  uses  witchcraft  against 
another,  wanga. 
Witness,  sbahidi,  pi.  masliabidi. 

{testimony),  usbahidi. 
Wits,  akili. 

Wizard,  mcbawi,  pi.  wachawi. 
Woe,  msiba.     See  Grief. 
Woman,  mwanamke,  pi.  waanaake 
or  waauawake. 
A  young  woman,  kijana, pi.  vijana 
A  young  woman  ivho  has  not 
left  her  father's  lions 
breasts   are  not    y 
mwauamwali. 
A  slave  woman,  m 
See  Person,  Old,  £ 


82 


SWAIIILI   HANDBOOK. 


Womb,  tumbo,  matumbo,  mji. 
li  otidi  r,  ajabu. 

Wbndi  rs,  mataajabu. 
H '<«></,  mti.     See  Fin  wood,  Timber. 

A  wood,  insitu  wa  miti. 

.1  piea  of  wood,  kijiti,  pi.  vijiti. 

Kinds  of  wood. 

Finessi,  £Ae  icood  of  (he  jack-fruit 

tree;  it  has  a  yellow  colour. 
Mche,  a  reddish  wood  much  usi  d 

in  Zanzibar. 
Mkumavi,  a  red  icood. 
Msaji,  teak. 
Mtobwe,  the  wood  of  irhirh  the 

best,  bakora  are  made. 
Sesemi,  Indian  black  wood. 
Simbati,  a  kind  of  wood  brought 

from  near  Cape  Delgmlc 
Sunobari,  deal. 
Wooden  clogs,  viatu  vya  mti. 
The  button  which  is  graspi  d  by 
the   toes,  msuruaki,  pi.   misu- 
ruaki. 
Woollen  cloth,  joho  (broadcloth). 
Tliick  woollen  fabrics,  blanketing, 
bushuti. 
Word,  neno,  pi.  maneno. 
find  words,  matukano. 
Work,  kazi. 

Workman,  mtenda  kazi. 
(skilled),  fundi. 

(skilful,  a  good  hand),  mstadi,  pi. 
v.  astadi. 
Workshop,   kiwanda,    pi.   viwanda, 
kiwaiija,  pi.  viwanja. 
lorld,  ulimwengu,  dunia. 
''eop1"  of  this  world,  walimwengn. 
tfairs,  malimwengu. 
agonango,        cliango, 

See  Value. 

luii'lu,  ph  madonda. 


kionda.  pi.  vionda,  kidonda,  pi. 

vidonda. 
Wrath,  ghathabu. 
Wriggle,  pindi,  pi.  mapindi. 
Wrist,  kiwiko  cha  mkono.  kilimbili. 
Writer,  mwandishi,    pi.  waattdishi, 

akatabao,  pi.  wakatabao  (writi  r 

of  a  letter). 
Writings,  maandiko,  iuaandishi. 
Writing-desk,  dawat.i. 
Wrong,  thulumu,  sivyo. 

Y. 

Yam,  kiazi  kikuu,  pi.  viazi  vikuu. 

A  kind  of  yam   like  a  hyacinth 
root,  jimbi,  pi.  majimbi. 
Yard  (of  a  ship),  foramali. 

(an  enclosure),  uanda,  uanja,  ua, 
Yawn,  nriayo.  [pi.  nyua. 

)'.  nr  (see  Time),  mwaka,  pi.  miaka. 

Lust  year,  mwaka  jana. 

Tlie  year  before  last,  mwaka  jiuu 
Yesterday,  jana. 

The  day  before  yesterday,  juzi. 
Yolk  of  an  egg,  kiini  cha  yayi. 
Young  of  birds,  kinda,  pi.  makinda. 

See  Chicken,  &c. 
Youth,  ujana,  udogo. 

A  youth,  kijana,  pi.  vijaua. 

Z. 
Zanzibar,  Unguja. 

The  language  or  dialect  of  Zanzi- 
bar. Kiunguja.  In  Zanzibar. 
Kiswabili  is  understood  to  ntu  an 
chiefly  the  language  used  on  the 
coast  north  of  Mombas. 
The  original  inhabitants  of  Zanzi- 
bar, Muhadimu, pi.  Wahadimu. 
Tfieir  sultan  is  the  Munyi 
Zeal  (effort),  juhudi.  [mkuu. 

(jealousy),  uwivu. 
Zei,ra,  punda  milia. 


C     S3     ) 


ADJECTIVES  AND  NUMERALS. 


Adjectives. 

Adjectives    always     follow   the   Substantives   they 

agree  with. 

Mtu  mivema,  a  good  man. 

Regular  Swahili  Adjectives  are  made  to  agree  with 
the  Substantives  they  qualify  by  prefixing  to  them  the 
initial  syllables  proper  to  the  class  of  their  Substan- 
tives, in  the  singular  or  plural,  as  the  case  may  be. 
The  minor  rules  laid  down  in  regard  to  the  prefixes  of 
Substantives  are  applicable  to  Adjectives  and  their 
prefixes.  The  following  instances  will  illustrate  the 
ary  application  of  these  rules : 

Class  I.  M-tu  'm-baya,  a  bad  man. 

Wa-tu  wa-baya,  bad  men. 
M-tu  mw-eupe,  a  white  man. 
Wa-tu  w-eupe,  white  men. 

Substantives  of  whatever  class  denoting  living  beings 

may  have  their  Adjectives  in  the  forms  proper  to  the 

first  class. 

Mbuzi  m-kubwa,  a  large  goat. 

Mbuzi  tca-kubwa,  large  goats 
Mbuzi  mio-ekundu,  a  red  goat. 
Mbuzi  w-ekundu,  red  goats. 

G    2 


84  SWAHILI  HANDBOOK. 

Waziri  mtoi  ma,  a  good  vizir. 

Mawaziri  wema,  good  vizira. 
Kijiimi  mirciiiii.  a  good  youth. 

\ijana  wema,  good  youths. 

Class  II.  if-W  m-:nri,  a  fine  tree. 

l//-//  iin'-:uri,  fine  trees. 
M-/t  mir-ema,  a  good  tree. 

jlfi-ri  mi-ema,  or  m-ema,  good  trees. 

Class  III.  Ny-umba  n-zuri,  a  fine  house. 

Ny-wmba  n-zuri,  fine  houses. 
Ny-umba  ny-eupe,  a  white  house. 
Ny-umba  ny-eupe,  white  houses. 

Class  IV.  Ki-tu  ki-refu,  a  long  thing. 

F4-ta  vi-refu,  long  things. 
2JLi-/i<  ch-epesi,  a  light  tiling. 
Fi'-iu  vy-epesi,  light  things. 

Class  V.  Kasha  zito,  a  heavy  chc  st. 

Ma -kasha  ma-zito,  heavy  chests. 
Kasha  j-ekundu,  a  red  chest. 

Ma-kasha  m-ekundu,  red  chests. 

Class  VI.   U-imho  m-zuri,  a  beautiful  song. 

Ny-imbo  n-zuri,  beautiful  songs. 
U-bau  m-refu,  a  long  plank. 
M-bau  n-defu,  long  planks. 

Ol  \ss  VII.  Maluili  pa-pana,  a  broad  place,  or  broad  places. 
Mahali  p-eusi,  a  black  place,  or  black  places. 

Class  VIII.  Ku-fa  ku-zuri,  a  fine  death. 

Ku-fa  kw-ema,  a  good  death. 

It  will  be  seen  at  once  from  the  above  examples  how 
to  make  the  Adjective  agree  with  its  Substantive  in 
ordinary  cases.  The  following  rules  must  be  remem- 
bered in  order  to  avoid  mistakes  : — 

1.  Adjectives  beginning  with  a  vowel  require  pre- 
fixes which  end  in  a  consonant,  wherever  possible,  as 
in  the  above  instances,  mweujpe,  mwekundu,  mweina, 
<  hepesi,  Jcwema. 


ADJECTIVES  AND   NUMERALS. 


85 


2.  Adjectives  beginning  with  a  vowel  must  have  j- 
prefixed  when  they  are  made  to  agree  with  nouns  like 
kasha,  as  in  the  instance  given  above  of  kasha  jekundu, 
a  red  chest.  Monosyllabic  adjectives  prefix  ji,  as  in 
kasha  jipya,  a  new  chest. 

3.  Prefixes  ending  in  -a,  when  they  are  put  before 
adjectives  beginning  with  e-,  merge  the  a  into  the 
first  letter  of  the  adjective,  as  in  the  instances,  weupe, 
wekundu,  mekundu,  peusi.  This  suppression  of  the  a  is 
more  noticeable  in  Adjectives  than  in  Substantives, 
and  occurs  even  in  the  few  Adjectives  which  begin 
with  -o- ;  -a  before  i-  coalesces  with  it  and  forms  e. 


Weusi  =  wa-eusi. 
Pema  =  pa-ema. 
Wengi  =  wa-ingi. 


Meupe  =  ma-eupe. 
Mororo  =  ma-ororo. 


4.  Adjec+"  :  >eginning  with  a  consonant  are  subject 
to  the  same  rules  when  n  is  to  be  prefixed  as  Substan- 
tives of  the  third  class  and  plurals  of  the  sixth.  The 
rules  are  given  at  length  under  Class  VI.  of  Substan- 
tives. The  following  instances  will  show  their  appli- 
cation to  Adjectives : 


n  prefixed. 


Nyumba     (     ndogo,  Jittle 
Mbau         |     ngeni,  strange 
Nyimbo      \     nzuri,  fine  ) 

ndefu,  long — r  becomes  d. 

mbovu,  rotten — n  becomes  m. 

mbili,  two — nw  becomes  mb. 

hubwa,  great 

nene,  thick 

pana,  broad 

tamu,  sweet 

chache,  few 

fupi,  short 


n  suppressed. 


SWA II] LI  HANDBOOK. 

Besides  the  many  apparent  irregularities  in  these 
v  formations,  there  are  two  or  three  really  irregular 
t  nns.  These  are  ngema  or  njetna  (not  nyema),  good, 
ami  'mpya  (not  pya),  new. 

Adjectives  beginning  with  a  vowel  are,  like  the  cor- 
responding Substantives,  regularly  formed  by  prefixing 
ny-,  as  in  the  instance  given,  nyeupe,  from  -eupe,  white. 

Instances  are  given  in  the  list  of  Adjectives  where 
there  is  likely  to  be  any  practical  difficulty  in  knowing 
what  form  to  use. 

-Ote,  all,  and  -enyi,  or  -inyi,  having  or  with,  are  not 
treated  as  Adjectives,  but  as  Pronouns.  Instances 
illustrating  their  changes  will  be  found  under  each. 
<  >n  the  other  hand  -n/japi,  how  many?  is  treated  as  an 
Adjective. 

Irregular  Adjectives. 

Although  Swahili  is  rich  in  Adjectives  when  com- 
pared with  other  African  languages  of  the  same  family, 
it  is  very  poor  in  comparison  with  English.  The  place 
of  the  English  Adjective  is  supplied — 

1.  By  Arabic  words  which  are  used  as  Adjectives 
but  do  not  vary. 

Rahisi,  cheap.  Laini,  smooth. 

2.  By  a  verb  expressing  generally  in  the  present 
imperfect  to  become,  and  in  the  present  perfect  to  be, 
possessed  of  the  quality  denoted. 

Fimbo  imenyoka,  the  stick  is  straight. 

Fimho  ilhjonyoha,  a  straight  stick. 
Fimbo  imepotoka,  the  stick  is  crooked. 

Fimho  iliyopotolca,  a  crooked  stick. 
Mtungi  umejaa,  the  jar  is  full. 

Mtuntji  uliojaa.  a  full  jar. 


ADJECTIVES  AND   NUMERALS.  87 

3.  By  a  Substantive  connected  with  the  thing  quali- 
fied by  the  particle  -a,  of. 

Mtu  wa  choyo,  a  greedy  person. 

Mtu  wa  akili,  a  man  of  understanding,  a  wise  man. 

If  it  is  wished  to  predicate  the  quality  of  any  person 
or  thing,  the  verb  hiwa  na,  to  have,  must  be  used. 

Ana  choyo,  he  is  greedy. 
Kina  taka,  it  is  dirty. 

4.  By  the  use  of  the  word  -enyi  or  -inyi,  which  may 
be  translated  by  having  or  with. 

Mtu  mwenyi  afia,  a  healthy  person. 
Kitu  chenyi  mviringo,  a  round  thing. 
Kamba  zenyi  nguvu,  strong  ropes. 
Embe  yenyi  maji,  a  juicy  mango. 

When  -enyi  is  followed  by  a  Verb  in  the  Infinitive, 
it  answers  to  our  participle  in  -ing. 

Mwenyi  kupenda,  loving. 

5.  By  the   use   of  Adjectival    Substantives   which 
change  only  to  form  the  plural. 

Kipofu,  blind,  or  a  blind  persoD,  pi.  Vipofu,  blind,  or  blind  people. 

Where  in  English  a  special  stress  is  laid  upon  the 
Adjective,  in  Swahili  the  relative  is  inserted. 

Jiwe  kubwa,  a  large  stone. 

Jiwe  lililo  kubwa,  a  large  stone,  literally,  a  stone  that  is  large. 
Mtu  wa  haki,  a  just  man. 

Mtu  aliye  wa  haki,  a,  just  man. 

The  Comparison  op  Adjectives. 

There   are   not,  properly  speaking,  any  degrees  of 
comparison  in  Swahili.. 


88  SWAEILI  HANDBOOK. 

The  Comparative  degree  as  it  exists  in  English  is 
represented  in  several  ways. 

1.  By  the  use  of  kuliko,  where  there  is,  the  idea  heing 
that  when  the  two  things  are  brought  together  one  of 
them  is  marked  by  the  possession  of  the  quality  men- 
tioned, whence  it  follows  that  it  must  possess  it  in  a 
mure  eminent  degree  than  the  other. 

Saa  hii  njema  kuliko  He,  this  watch  is  good  (or  the  best)  where 

that  is,  i.e.,  this  watch  is  better  than  that. 
Tama  kuliko  asali,  sweeter  than  honey. 

2.  By  the  use  of  zayidi  ya,  more  than,  or  of  punde,  a 
little  more. 

Unguja  inji  mkubwa zayidi  ya  Mvita,  Zanzibar  is  a  large  town 
more  than  Mombas,  i.e.,  Zanzibar  is  a  larger  town  than 
Mombas. 

Eitu  kirefu  punde,  something  a  little  longer. 

3.  By  the  use  of  leupita,  to  pass  or  surpass. 

Salimu  ampita  Abdallah,  Salim  is  better  than  Abclallah. 
Ndiyo  tamu  yapita  asali,  it  is  sweet,  it  passes  honey,  i.e.,  it  is 
sweeter  than  honey. 

4.  Comparison  of  one  time  with  another  may  be  ex- 
pressed by  the  use  of  the  Verbs  kuzidi,  to  increase, 
Lujmngua,  to  diminish. 

Mti  umezidi  leuzaa,  the  tree  has  borne  more  fruit  than  it  did 
previously. 

The  Superlative  may  be  denoted  by  the  use  of  the 
Adjective  in  its  simple  form,  in  an  absolute  sense. 

Mananasi  mema  ya  toapi  !     Where  are  the  best  pines? 

Ndiyo  mema,  these  are  the  best. 

Ni  yupi  alio  mwema  !    Who  is  the  best  of  them  ? 

"When    this    form   is  used  of  two  only,  it   is  more 


ADJECTIVES  AND   NUMERALS. 


89 


correctly  Englished  by  the  Comparative  than  by  the 
Superlative.  So  conversely  where  the  Comparative 
forms  are  so  used  as  to  apply  to  many  or  all,  they 
must  be  translated  by  Superlatives. 

Saa  Mi  njema  huliho  zote,  this  watch  is  the  best  of  all. 

All  awapita  ivote,  Ali  surpasses  them  all,  or,  is  the  best  of  all. 


Numerals. 

There  are  two  sets  of  numerals  in  use  in  Zanzibar ; 
one  is  properly  Swahili,  the  other  Arabic,  but  in  a 
Swahiliized  form. 

The  numbers  from  one  to  ten  are  as  follows : 


English. 

Swahili. 

Arabic. 

One 

Mosi 

Wahid 

Two 

Pili 

Theneen 

Three 

Tatu 

Thelatha 

Four 

'Nne 

'Aroba 

Five 

Tano 

Mamsi 

Six 

Sita 

Sita 

Seven 

Saba 

Saba 

Eight 

Nane 

Themam/a 

Nine 

Ken  da 

Tissa  or  Tissia 

Ten 

Kumi 

'Ashara 

It  will  be  seen  that  for  six  and  seven  there  are  only 
the  Arabic  names.  The  other  Arabic  numbers  under 
ten  are  not  very  commonly  used,  but  for  numbers  above 
ten  the  Arabic  are  more  used  than  the  purer  Swahili. 


English. 

Swahili. 

Arabic. 

Eleven 

Kumi  na  moja 

Ed  ashara 

Twelve 

Kumi  na  mbili 

Thenashara 

Thirteen 

Kumi  na  tatu 

Thelathatashara 

Fourteen 

Kumi  na  'nne 

Arobatashara 

Fifteen 

Kumi  na  tano 

Hamstashara 

Sixteen 

Kumi  na  sita 

Sitashara 

Seventeen 

Kumi  na  saba 

Sabatashara 

vo 


SWA  J!  1  I.J  HANDBOOK. 


I'll. 

Swahili. 

Arabic. 

Eigl  ;■ 

Kami  na  nan<> 

In  manyataehara 

Nin<  1 

Kumi  »a  kenda 

atadltara 

Twenty 

Mahumi  mawUi 

Asharini  or  Ishrin 

Thirty 

Makumi  matatu. 

Thelathini 

1'   r  v 

Makumi  marine 

Ardbaini 

Fifty 

Makumi  matano 

Hamsini 

Sixty 

Muhunii  tita 

Settini 

•ity 

Makumi  saha 

Sabicini 

Eighty 

M  \kumi  manane 

Themanini 

Ninety 

Makumi  kenda 

Tissaini 

The  intermediate  numbers  are  expressed  in  the  pure 
Swahili  by  adding  na  moja,  na  mbili,  &c.  Thus  forty- 
one  is  makumi  marine  na  mnja ;  forty-fi.ee  is  makumi  marine 
na  tano,  and  so  on.  In  the  Arabic,  the  smaller  number 
precedes  the  larger.  Ticenty-one  is  icdhid  u  ishrin,  forty- 
five  is  khiimsi  u  arohain.  The  mode  of  counting  most 
usual  in  Zanzibar  is  to  employ  the  Arabic  names  for 
the  larger  numbers,  but  to  follow  the  Swahili  order, 
thus — 


Twenty-one 
Twenty-two 

Twenty-three 
Twenty-four 
Twenty-five 
Twenty-six 
Twenty  -seven 
Twenty-eight 
Twenty-nine 
Thirty-one 
<tc.     &c. 


Axharini  na  moja 
Asharini  na  mhili 
Asharini  na  talu 
Asharini  na  'nne 
Asharini  na  tano 
A-lmrini  na  sita 
Asharini  na  saba 
Asharini  na  iiane 
Asharini  na  kenda 
Thelathini  na  moja 
&c.        &c. 


There  is  no  negro  word  in  use  for  a  hundred  ;  the 
Arabic  mia  is  universally  employed,  and  for  several 
hundreds  the  numeral  follows  it,  as  mia  tafu,  three 
hundred.  If  the  Arabic  numerals  are  used  they  pre- 
cede the  word  mia,  thdatha  mia  =  three  hundred.     The 


ADJECTIVES  AND  NUMERALS.  91 

Arabic  dual  miteen  is  very  commonly  used  to  express 
two  hundred. 

There  is  a  Swahili  word  for  a  thousand,  IciJcwi,  hut  it 
is  very  rarely  used  except  in  poetry.  The  common 
word  is  the  Arabic  elfu.  This  is  used  in  the  same  way 
as  mia ;  thus,  elfu  tatu  is  three  thousand,  elfu  iano,  five 
thousand,  &c.  The  Arabic  dual  elfeen,  two  thousand, 
is  more  common  than  elfu  mbili.  If  the  Arabic  nu- 
merals are  employed  the  small  number  comes  first,  the 
plural  form  aldf  is  employed,  and  the  final  of  the  small 
number  is  heard,  thus  iheldthat  aldf  is  three  thousand, 
khdmset  aldf,  five  thousand,  and  so  on. 

Lakki  is  used  for  ten  thousand,  and  the  word  milyon 
is  known,  but  is  rarely  employed,  and  perhaps  never 
with  exactitude. 

Fungate  occurs  for  seven,  as  denoting  the  days  spent  by 
the  bridegroom  in  his  bride's  company  after  marriage. 

Mwongo,  plur.  miongo,  occurs  for  a  ten  or  a  decade,  in 
reckoning  the  nautical  year. 

Both  these  words  occur  in  cognate  African  languages 
as  cardinal  numbers. 

When  used  in  enumerating  actual  things,  and  not 
in  mere  arithmetical  computation,  six  of  the  Swahili 
numbers  are  treated  as  regular  Adjectives,  the  other 
four  remaining  unchanged.  The  following  table  will 
show  the  forms  proper  to  each  class  of  Substantives. 


Mttj 

Mti 

Nytjsiba 

KlTD 

1.  mmoja 

mmoja 

moja 

kimoja 

Watu 

Mm 

Ntumba 

VlTU 

2.  wawili 

miwili 

mbili 

viwili 

3.  walatu 

mitatu 

tatu 

vitatu 

92 


SWA  II I  LI   HANDBOOK. 


Watt 


Mm 


Ntcmba 


Vittt 


4.  wanne 

niii  mo 

'nne 

vinne 

5.  watano 

niitano 

tano 

vitano 

sita 

sita 

sita 

7.  saba 

saba 

saba 

saba 

S.  wanane 

miiiane 

nane 

vinane 

'.'.  kenda 

kenda 

kenda 

kenda 

10   kumi 

kumi 

kumi 

kumi 

Kamia 

I'lMBO 

M  A1IALI 

Kcfa 

1.  moja 

mmoja 

pamoja 

kumoja 

Makasha 

Xyimbo 

Mahali 

KrFA 

2.  rnawili 

mbili 

pawili 

kuwili 

3.  niatatu 

tatu 

patatrj 

kutatu 

4.  manne 

'nne 

panne 

kunne 

5.  rnatano 

tano 

patano 

kutano 

6.  sita 

sita 

sita 

sita 

7.  saba 

saba 

saba 

saba 

8.  manane 

nane 

panane 

kunane 

9.  kenda 

kenda 

kenda 

kenda 

10.  kumi 

kumi 

kumi 

kumi 

The  number  always  follows  the  Substantive. 
One  man,  mtu  mmoja. 

If  an  adjective  is  employed,  the  numeral  follows  the 
adjective,  thus  exactly  reversing  the  English  order. 
Two  good  men,  watu  wema  wawili. 

The  Ordinal  numbers  are  expressed  by  the  use  of  the 
variable  particle  -a.     (See  Prepositions.) 

The  third  man,  mtu  wa  tatu. 
The  fourth  house,  nyumba  ya  'nne. 
The  fifth  chair,  kiti  cha  tano. 


The  Ordinal  numbers  are  : 

First,  -a  most,  or  more  com- 
monly -a  kwanza. 
Second,  -a  pili. 


Third,  ~a  tatu. 

Fourth.  -(  ',,ne. 
Fifth,  -a  taruj. 


ADJECTIVES  AND   NUMERALS.  93 

Sixth,  -a  sita.  Tenth,  -a  humi. 
Seventh,  -a  saba.  &c.         &c. 

Eighth,  -a  nane.  Last,  -a  mivisho. 
Ninth,  -a  kenda. 

Once,  twice,  &c,  are  denoted  by  the  use  of  marra,  or 

mara,  a  time. 

Once,  mara,  moja. 

The  first  time,  mara  ya  kwanza. 
Twice,  mara  mbili. 

The  second  time,  mara  ya  pili. 
How  many  times  ?     Mara  ngapi  f 

Often,  mara  nyingi. 

Fractions  may  be  expressed  by  the  use  offungu,  a 

part,  as 

Fungu  la  thelathini,  a  thirtieth. 

The  only  fractions  in  common  use  are  the  parts  of  a 

dollar,  which   are  thus  expressed  in   forms  borrowed 

from  the  Arabic : 

One-sixteenth — Nuss  ya  themuni. 

One-eighth — Themuni,  or  Themni,  or  Ze,mni. 

Three-sixteenths — Themuni  na  nuss  ya  themuni. 

One-fifth — Zerenge. 

One-quarter — Bobo. 

Five-sixteenths — Bobo  na  nuss  ya  themuni. 

Three-eighths — Bobo  na  themuni. 

Seven-sixteenths — Bobo  na  themuni  na  nuss  ya  themuni. 

O  ne-h  alf — Nuss. 

Nine-sixteenths — Nuss  na  nuss  ya  themuni. 

Five-eighths — Nuss  na  themuni. 

Eleven-sixteenths — Nuss  na  themuni  na  nuss  ya  themuni. 

Three-quarters — Kassa  robo  [i.e.,  a  dollar  less  by  a  quarter}. 

Thirteen-sixteentlis— - Kassa  robo  na  nuss  ya  themuni. 

Seven-eighths— Kassa  themuni. 

Fifteen-sixteenths—  Kassa  nuss  ya  themuni. 

Numbers  treated  as  Substantives  make  their  plurals 
by  prefixing  ma- : 

Makumi  mawili,  two  tens,  i.e.,  twenty. 
Mamoja  pia,  all  ones,  i.e.,  all  the  same. 


94 


S  TTJ  III  LI  IL1  \DJJ  O  OK. 


LIST  OF  ADJECTIVES. 


Those  words  to  which  no  hyphen  is  prefixed  do  nottake  any  variable  syllable. 


A  quality  for  which  one  cannot  find 
a  word,  a  sort  of  a,  -in 
lika. 

Kitn    kinyang&lika    gani?      What 

sort  of  a  kind  of  thing  is  thisi 


Ahle,  having  ability  for,  or  power 
over,  mweza. 

Abortive  (fruit,  Ac),  -pooza. 

Active,  -tendaji. 

Adjacent. 

Mpaka  mmoja,  having  a  common 

boundary. 
Kutangamana,  to  adjoin. 

Alike,  sawasawa,  -moja. 

A  live,  hayi. 

All,  -ote,  or  -ot'e,  varying  as  a  pos- 
sessive pronoun  and  not  as  an 
adjective. 
Class      i.  wofe. 

„        n.  sing,  mote,  pi.  yote. 


»» 

in. 

»» 

yote,    „ 

zote. 

)) 

IV. 

)> 

chote,  „ 

vyote. 

n 

V. 

n 

lote,     „ 

yote. 

r> 

VI. 

n 

wote,    „ 

zote. 

n 

vn. 

>! 

pote. 

» 

vm. 

»» 

kwote. 

-ote  has  special  forms  after   the 
particles  of  time  and  place. 
po  pote,  whensoever- 
ko  kote,  whithersoever. 
mo  mote,  whereinsoever. 
Also   after   the   first  and   second 
persons  plural. 
si  si  sote,  we  all. 
ninyi  nyote,  you  all. 
Sote  has  the  meaning  of  together. 

tu  sote,  we  are  together. 
Wote  has  the  meaning  of  both. 
sisi  wote,  both  of  us. 

2.  Pia,   the    whole,   all  of   it   or 
them. 

3.  Jamii. 

Jamii  wa  asikari,  all  the  soldiers. 
Almighty,  mweza  vyote. 
Alternate,  moja  bado  wa  moja. 
Ancient,    -a    kale,    -a    zamani,    -a 

kwanza. 
Angular. 

Kuwa  na  pembepembe,  to  ha  re 

corners. 
Antique,  -a  kikale,  of  the  old  style. 
Artful,  -a  vitimbi. 
Awake,  macho. 
lie  is  awake,  yu  macho. 


LIST   OF  ADJECTIVES. 


05 


B. 

Bad,  -baya,   making    mbaya   with 
nouns  like  nyumba  or  nyimbo. 
-ovu   or    -bovu,    making   inbovu 
with    nouns    like    nyumba    or 
nyimbo.     -ovu  expresses  rather 
corruptness  than  mere  badness. 
Utterly  bad,  baa,  pi.  mabaa. 
Good  for  very  little,  thaifu. 
Bare,  -tupu,  making  tupu  with  nouns 
like  nyumba  or  nyimbo. 
Bareheaded,  kitwa  kiwazi. 
Barren,  of  land,  kame. 
of  animals,  tasa. 
of  persons,  si  mzazi. 
Beautiful,  -zuri. 
Bent,  of  persons,  kibiongo,  pi.  vibi- 

ongo. 
Best,  bora  (pre-eminent). 
Bitter,     -chungu    ( -tungu     (M.)), 
making    ucbungu  with   nouns 
like  nyumba,  nyimbo,  or  kasha. 
Dawa  uchungu,  bitter  medicine. 
Tunda  uchungu,  bitter  fruit. 
Black,  -eusi.   Sometimes  forms  occur 
as  if  from  -usi,  such  as  wausi 
for  weusi,  mausi  for  meusi,  and 
viusi  for  vyeusi  or  veusi.     It 
makes  nyeusi   with   nouns  like 
nyumba  or  nyimbo,  and  jeusi 
with  nouns  like  kasha. 
Blind,  kipofu,  pi.  vipofu. 
Blue,  samawi  (sky  colour). 

Maji  a  bahari  (sea-water  colour). 
Blunt,  -vivu  (see  Idle). 

Kisu  hakipati,  the  knife  is  blunt. 
Bold,  -jasiri,  shujaa,  pi.  mashujaa. 
Breeding  (of  animals),  koo. 

Koo  la  mbuzi,  a  breeding  goat. 
Broad,  -pana,    making  pana   with 
nouns  like  nyumba  or  nyimbo. 


Careless,  -zembe. 
Castrated,  maksai. 
Certain,  yakini. 

A  certain  man,  mtu  mifloja. 
Cheap,  rakhisi,  rahisi. 
Checkered,  marakaraka. 
Chief,  bora,  -ktiu.    See  Cheat. 
Choice,  -teule,  aali. 
A    choice    thing,    hedaya,    tunu, 
hikaya. 
Civilized,   -ngwana,  -a   kiungwana 

(of  the  civilized  sort). 
Clear,  safi,  fasihi,  -eupe  (see  White). 
Clear,     kweu,     mbayani,    thahiri 
(manifest),    -wazi   (see    Open). 
-eupe  (see  White). 
Clever,  hodari,  mahiri,  -a  akili. 
Clumsy,  -zito  (see  Heavy). 
Coloured,  -enyi  rangi. 

Of  one  uniform  colour,  -takatifu. 

Comic,  -chekeshaji,  -testeshi. 

Common,   vivi  hivi,  zizi   hizi,  &c, 

yee  kwa  yee,  &c.  (see  Pronouns), 

A  common  thing,  jazi. 

Complete,  kamili,  -kamilifu,  -tinii- 

livu. 
Confident,  -tumaini. 
Confidential,  -siri. 
Consecrated,  wakf. 
Cool,  wovisi. 
Correct,  sahihi,  fasihi. 
Countrified,  -a  kimasliamba. 
Covetous,  bakhili,  -enyi  choyo,  -enyi 

tamaa. 
Crafty,  -a  hila,  -erevu. 
Crazy,  mafuu. 
Credible,  mutaabir,  -tabari. 
Crooked,  kombokombo,  mshithari. 
Cross,  -kali  (see  Fierce). 

Cross  roads,  njia  panda. 
Cunning,  -orevu,  -a  hila. 


BWAEIL1   TIAXDBOOK. 


D. 
Damp,  kimajL 
Daring,  -josiri. 
Dark,  -a  giza  (0/  dar/fness),  -euai 

(see  Black). 
Dead,  -fa. 

e  whose  mother  is  dead,  Mtu 

aliofiwa  na  mamaye. 
D  1/',  kiziwi,  p?.  viziwi. 
D^r,  ghali. 
/'      aged,  marel  1  emu. 

rmed,  kilema,  pi.  vllema. 
/'  etructive,  -barabu,  -haribivu. 
7'.  oout,  -taowa. 
Different,  -ingine  (see  Other),  mba- 

limbali,  ilitikifu. 
Difficult,   -gumu   (see   Hard),  -zito 

(see  ][•  arii). 
hhjlgured  by  disease,  -enyi  1< 
Disobedient,  aasi. 
Distinct,  nibalimbali. 
Double,  maradufu. 
Dressed-up,  -patnbi. 
Drunken,  -levi. 
7>ry,  -kavu,  making  kavu  ?n77i  nouns 

like  nyumba  or  nyimbo. 
yabis. 
Dufl,  -vivu.     See  Idle, 
Dumb,  bubu,  j/Z.  inabubu. 

E. 

Easy,  -epesi.    See  Light. 
Eldi  r  or  Eldest,  -kubwa.  See  Great. 
I .   quent,  -semaji,  -srmi. 
Empty,  -tupu.     See  Bare. 
Equal,  sawa,  sawasawa, 
Eh  mal,  -a  milele. 
European,  Ulayiti,  -a  Kizungu. 
Even  (level),  sawasawa. 
(not  odd),  kamili. 
7.   killa   or  kulla.     It  always 
precedes  its  substantive. 


Killa  mtu,  every  man. 

Killa  niendapo,  whenever  I  go, 
or,  <  V(  nj  time  I  go. 
Evi  h  at,  thahiri,  -wazi.    See  Open. 
Extravagant,  mubatliarifu. 

F. 

Fat,  -nono. 
Faithful,  amini. 
F(  1  ble,  tbaifu. 
/  (  mah  .  -ke. 

On  the  female  side,  kukeni. 
Few,  haba,  -chache,  making  chache 

with    nouns    like    nyumba    or 

nyimbo. 
Fierce,  -kali,  making  kali  with  nouns 

like  nyumba  or  nyimbo. 
Filthy,  -chavu. 
Final,  tama. 
Fine,  -zuri. 
Firm,  imara  (of  things),  thabit  (if 

persons). 
Fixed  (certain),  maalum. 
Flat,  sawasawa,  panapana. 
Foolish,  -purnbat'u. 
Foreign,  -geni. 
Forgetful,  -sabau. 
Forgiving,  -samebe. 
Former,  -a  kwanza. 
Fortunate,    beri,    -enyi    bahali,    -a 

heri. 
Free,  bum,  -ngwana. 
I'n  li.  -bicbi.     See  Raw. 
Fresh  water,  maji  matamu,  maji  a 

pepo. 
Full,  kujaa,  to  become  full. 
FuU  to  the  brink,  fara,  farafara. 
Full  of  words,  mwingi  wa   ma- 

neno. 
Full  grown,  -pevu. 
Future,  mkabiL 


LIST  OF  ADJECTIVES. 


97 


G. 

Generous,  karimu,  -paji. 

Gentle,  -anana. 

Glorious,  -tukufu,  -enyi  fakhari. 

Gluttonous,  -lafi. 

Good,  -ema,  malting  njema  or  ngema 
with  nouns  like  nyiiruba  or  ny- 
inibo,  and  j ema  with  nouns  like 
kasha. 
The  idea  of  goodness  may  he  ex- 
pressed by  the  suffix  -to. 
Manuka,  smells. 

Manukato,  good  smells. 
Kuweka,  to  put. 

Kuwekato,  to  put  properly. 

Greedy,  -enyi    roho,  -enyi  taniaa, 
-enyi  choyo. 

Great,  bora,  -kuu  and  -kubwa  or 
-kuba,  making  kuu  and  kubwa 
tcith  nouns  like  nyumba  or 
nyimbo.  Kuu  is  used  preferably 
of  moral  or  figurative  greatness. 
Kubwa,  of  physical  size. 
Great,  when  applied  to  anything 
not  material,  is  usually  rendered 
by  -ingi. 

Green,  chanikiwiti,  rangi  ya  majani. 
Fresh,  or  unripe),   -bichi.     See 
Raw. 

H. 

Handsome,  -zuri. 

Handy,  -a  mkono. 

A  handbook,  chuo  cha  mkono. 

Happy,  -a  beri,  furahani. 

Hard,  -gumu. 

Having,  tcith,  being  tcith,  or  who  or 
which  has  or  have,  -enyi  or 
-inyi.  It  varies  like  a  possessive 
pronoun,  as  in  the  following 
examples : — 
Class  I.  Mtu  mwenyi  (or  mwi- 
nyi)  mali,  a  rich  man. 


Watu  wenyi  mali,  rich  people. 
Class  II.  Mti  mwenyi  (or  mwi- 
nyi)  kuzaa,  a  tree  in  bearing. 

Miti  yeuyi  (or  yinyi)  kuzaa, 
trees  in  bearing. 

III.  Nyumba   yenyi  (or   yinyi) 
dirisha,  a  house  with  windows. 

Nyumba  zenyi  (or  zi.iyi) 
dirisha,  houses  with  windows. 

IV.  Kikapu   chenyi   (or  kinyi) 
nguvu,  a  strong  basket. 

Yikapu  vinyi  nguvu,  strong 
baskets. 

V.  Neno  lenyi  kweli,  a  true  word. 

Mabakuli  yenyi  mayayi, 
basins  with  eggs  in  them. 

VI.  Upiudi    wenyi    nguvu,    ti 
strong  bow. 

Pindi  zenyi  nguvu,  strong 
botes. 

VII.  Mahali  penyi  mtende,  the 
place  where  the  date-tree  stands 

Healthy  (of  persons'),  -enyi  ana,-zima 

(of  places,  &c),  -a  afia. 
Hea  ry,  -zito. 
High,  -refu.     See   Long,     -kubwa 

See  Great. 
Hollow,  -a  uvurungu,  -wazi.      See 
Open. 
A    hollow    stone,   jiwe    la    uvu- 
rungu. 
It  sounds  hollow,  panalia  wazi. 
The   hollow  or  open  space  in  or 
uiuh:r  anything,  mvungu. 
Holy,  -takatilu. 
Hot,  -a  nioto. 

I  am  hot,  nina  bari. 
Hot-tempered,  baiarii. 
Human,  -a  mwana  Adamu,  -a  bina- 

damu,  -a  mtu. 
Humble,  -nenyekevu. 
Humpbacked,  -enyi  kigongo. 


98 


SWA11ILI  HANDBOOK. 


Idle,  -vivu. 

Ignorant  (like  a  simpleton),  -jinga. 

ltl-miu  ned,  -korofi. 

Ill-tempt  r,  d,  -kali.    See  Fierce. 

Tmmatun .  -chauga. 

Infirm,  tbaifu. 

nious,  -juzi. 
Inquisitive,  -pekuzi,  -jasusi,  -pele- 

1<  zi. 

i  lificant  (mea}>),  -nyonge. 
(unimportant),  khafifu. 
Insipid,  -dul'u. 

J. 

./■  alms,  -vivu. 

Juicy,  -enyi  maji. 

Just,  sawa,  -a  lniki,  -cnyi  hakL 

K. 
Kind,  -ema.    See  Good. 
(doing  kindnesses),  -fathili. 

Knowing,  -erevu,  -juzi. 

L. 

Languid,  -tepetevu,  -ehovu. 

/. 'inj' .  ,-kubwa  or  -kuba.   See  Great. 

I wt  U-grown),  -kuza. 
Lawful,  balali. 

Lawful  to  you,  balili  yako. 
Laying  (of  birds),  koo,  jil.  makoo. 

Koo  la  k'uku  a  laying  hen. 
Lazy.     Sec  Idle. 
/.>. ,  -a  danialini,  -a  cliini. 
Left  (hand,  &c),  -a  kushoto,  -a  kuke. 
/.■  vel,  -awa,  Bawasawa. 
Liberal,  karimu,  -pajL 
'.('/hi  (not  dark),  -eupe.    See  White. 

(not  /«  a  >•</), -epesi,  making  ny< 
with    nouns    like    nyumba    or 
Ti y  i mbo,  and  jepesi  with  nouns 

■     1  :l-lia. 

(unimportant),  khafifu. 


Lined  (of  clothes),  bitana. 

Little,  -dogo,  katiti  (A.),    -chache 

Little  water,  maji  machacbe. 
(Maji  and  otic  r  similar  noitnx 
being  tteated  as  plurals,  and 
therefore  requiting  few  and  not 
small  as  tht  ir  adjective.) 
Kidogo,  pi.  vidogo,  is  used  as  a 
substantive  for  a  little  or  a  little 
piece  of  anything. 

I. /ring,  hayi,  -zima. 

Long,    -rcl'u,    making    ndefu    with 
nouns  lilce  nyuniba  or  nyiuibo. 

Long-suffering,  -vumilim 

Lukewarm,  -enyi  uvuguvugu. 

M. 
Mad,  -enyi  wazimu,  -enyi  mahoka 

(Country  dialect). 
Male,  -ume,  making  mume  or  ndnme 
(as  from  -lume)  with  nouns  of 
the  second  class. 
On  the  male  side,  kuumeni. 
Manifest,   thabiri,  waziwazi,   mba- 

yani,  -wazi.     See  Open. 
Manly,  -ume.     See  Male. 
Bebera  (a  strong  he-goat). 
Fabali  (a  hull). 
Many,  -ingi  or  -ngi,  making  nyingi 
with    nouns    like    nyuniba    or 
nyimbo,  and  jiugi  with  nouns 
like  kasha. 
Katbiiwukatha. 
Maternal  (on  the  mother's  side),  -a 
kukeni. 
(motherly),  -a  mama. 
Mean,  -nyonge. 
Merry,  -chek<   haji. 
Middling,  kadiri. 
Mischit  runs,  -harabu,  -tunda. 
Moderate,  ka.liiL 


LIST  OF  ADJECTIVES. 


99 


Much,  -ingi  (see  Many),  tele. 
Murderous,  kiuwaji,  nduli. 

N. 

Naked,  -tupu,  uchi.    See  Bare. 

iS  a  rrow,  -embamba,  making  nyemba- 
mba  with  nouns  like  nyumba  or 
nyinibo,  and  jernbamba  with 
nouns  like  kasha. 

Necessary  (unavoidable),  laziin,  fa- 
rathi. 
(indispensable),  kanuni. 

New,  -pya,  making  'mpya  with  nouns 
like  nyumba  or  nyimbo,  jipya 
with  nouns  like  kasha,  and 
plpya  with  nouns  of  place. 

Noble,  bora,  -kuu.     See  Great. 

Notable,  mashuhur,  mashur. 

Nice,  -ema  (see  Good),  -tamu.  See 
Sweet. 

Nipping(pressing  closely  and  tightly), 
-kazo. 

O. 

Obedient,  tayi,  -tiL 

Obligatory,  farathi. 

Obstinate,  -kaidi,  -shindani,  -shi- 
pavti. 

Odd  (not  even),  witiru. 

Officious,  -futhuli,  -juvi. 

Old    (of   things),   -kukuu,  making 
kukuu  with  nouns  like  nyumba 
or    nyimbo.      Kukuu    implies 
being  worn  out.      Where  mere 
antiquity  is  to  be  expressed  see 
Ancient, 
(of  persons),  -zee. 
Extremely  old,  -kongwe. 
How    old    is    he?     Umri  wake 
apataje  ? 

One-eyed,  -enyi  chongo. 


Only,  -a  pekee,  peke  yake,  &c. 

Open,  -wazi. 

Other,  -ingine  or  -ngine. 

Class  I.     Mgine  or  mwingiue. 
wangine. 

II.  Mwingine  or  mgine. 
miDgine. 

III.  Nyingine  (sing,  and  pi     \ 

IV.  Kingine  or  chingine. 
vingine. 

V.  Jingine. 
mangine  or  mengine. 

VI.  Mwingine  or  mgine. 
nyingine. 

VII.  Pangine  or  pingine. 
(The)  other,  -a  pili. 
Other  people's,  -a  watu. 
Another  person's,  -a  mwenyewe. 
(not   the  same)   is    expressed   •  y 

adding  the  relative  particle  (see 
p.  117). 
panginepo,  elsewhere,  other  places. 


Paternal  (on  the  father's  side),  -a 
kuumeni. 

(fatherly),  -a  baba. 
Patient,  -stahimili,  -vumilivu. 
Perfect,  kamili,  -kamilifu,  -timilifu. 
Perverse,  -potoe,  -tundu. 
Plain  (evident),  thahiri,  -wazi. 
Pleasant,  -tamu  (see  Sweet),  -a  ku- 

pendeza. 
Plenty,  tele. 
Polite,  -a  adabu. 
Poor,  masikini,  fukaia,  fakiri. 

wretchedly  poor,  thalili. 

utterly  destitute,  hohe  hahe. 
Printed,  -a  chapa. 
Profane,  -najisi. 
Pure,  safi,  fasihi,  -takatifu. 


J  00 


SWAUILI  HANDBOOK. 


Q. 
m  borne,  -goravi. 
Quirk,  -peei. 

',     -tulivu    («<*7f)>    -nyamavu 

R. 
Rare,  nadira,  -a  tunu. 
Bow,   -bichi,   making  mbichi  with 

nouns  like  nyumba  or  nyimbo. 

Bichi  is  used  for  raw,  unripe, 

underdone,  fresh,  or  any  state 

which  will  or  might  change  by 

keeping  or  cooking. 

•  xperienced),  -jinga.  This  word 

is  specially   applied    to  newly 

arrived  slaves. 
Heady,  tayari. 

(quick),  -pesi,  ruabiri. 
};.  bellious,  aasi. 
/.'<  d,  -ekundu,  making    nyekundu 

iriili    nouns    like    nyumba    or 

nyimbo,    and    jekundu    with 

nouns  like  kasha. 
Regular,  -a  kaida,  taratibu. 
S.ifu  za  kaida,  regular  rows. 
Mtu  taratibu,  a  person  of  regular 

habits. 
Remarkable,  mashuhur,  mashur. 
Etch,  -enyi  mali,  -kwasi,  tajiri,  pi. 

matajiri. 
Right    (hand,    &c.),    -a    kulia,    -a 

kuume,  -a  kuvuli. 
Ripe,   -bivu,    making   mbivu 

nouns  like  nyumba  or  nyimbo. 

Bivu  is  used  as  the  contradictory 

of  biebi.    See  Raw. 
Rotten,  -ovu  or  -bovu.     See  Bad. 
Bough,  kuparuza,  to  be  rough  ami 

grating. 
Sound,  -a  mviringo. 
Royal,  -a  kifaume. 


Safe,  salama. 
Same,  moja,  pi.  mainoja. 
Sanguine,  -tuniaini. 
Satisfied  or  content,  ratbi. 

Self-satisfied,  -kiuayi. 
Savage,  -kali  (see  Fierce),  mbwai. 

Very  savage,  nduli. 
Second,  -a  pili. 

A  second  in  command,  akida. 
Secret,  -a  siri,  ndaui  kwa  ndani. 
Separate,  mbali. 
Severe,  -zito.     See  Heavy. 
Shallow,   [maji]    haba,    [maji]   ma- 
Sharp,  -kali.     See  Fierce,    [chache. 
Short,  -fupi,  making  fupi  with  nouns 

like  nyumba  or  nyimbo. 
Shrewd,  -erevu,  -enyi  busara. 
Sick,  -gonjwa,  -weli. 
Silent,  -nyamavu. 
A  silent  man,  mtu   wa    kimya- 
kimya. 
Slim,  -embamba.     See  Narrow. 
Slender,  -embamba.     See  Narrow. 
Sleek,  -nene.     See  Stout. 
Slmc,  -vivu.    See  Idle. 
Smooth,  laini. 

Soaked  (with  rain,  &c),  chepechepe. 
Soft,  -ororo,   making  nyororo   with 
nouns  like  nyumba  or  nyimbo, 
and  jororo  with  nouns  like  kasha, 
-anana,  laini. 
the  soft,  teketeke. 
Solid,  yabisi. 

Some,  baathi  ya,  akali  ya. 
Some —  others — ,  wangine —  wa- 
ngine — . 
Sound  (healthy,  living,  <  ntire),  -zinia. 
Sour,  -kali.     See  Fierce. 
Spotted,  madoadoa,  marakaraka. 
St i  a  a  re,  mrabba. 
Steadfast,  thabit 


LIST  OF  ADJECTIVES. 


101 


Steep,  -a  kusimama. 

Still,  -anana,  -tulivu  (quiet),  -nya- 

mavu    (silent),    -zizima    (very 

still  water,  &c). 
Stout  (plump,  thick),  -nene. 
Strange  (foreign,  surprising),  -geni. 
(startling),  mzungu,  pi.  mizungu. 
Strong,  hodaii,  -enyi  nguvu,  -uine. 
Sweet,  -tamu,  making   tarau   with 

nouns  like  nyumba  or  nyinibo. 

T. 

Tall,  -refu.    See  Long. 

A  very  tall  man,  -tambo. 
Thick,  -nene. 

Thick    syrup,   asali    nzito.     See 

Heavy. 
Thievish,  kijivi,  pi.  vijivi,  niwibaji, 

pi.  webaji. 
Thin,  -embamba  (see  Narrow),-epes.i. 

See  Light. 
Tiresome,  -chovu. 
True,  -a  kweli,  bakika  yako,  &c.  (it 

is    true   of   you,   <£c),   yakiiii 

(certainly). 
Trustworthy,  amini. 
Truthful,  -a  kweli,  -neni  kweli. 


U. 

Uncivilized,  -a  kishenzi. 

Uncultivated,  -gugu. 

Underdone  (half-cooked),  -bichi.  See 

Raw. 
Unhealthy,  -welL 
Unlawful,  havamu. 
Unripe,  -bichi.    See  Raw. 
Usual,  -zoea. 

We  are  used  to  him,  tuna  mazoea 

naye. 


Vain,  ana  makuu,  he  is  vain. 
Valuable,  -a  Wtamani. 
Vigilant,  macho.     See  Awake. 

W. 

Wasteful,  -potevu. 
Watery,  chelema. 
Weak,  thaifu. 
Wealthy.     See  Rich. 
Weary,  -chovu. 
Weather,  -agoshini,  -a  juu. 
Well.     See  Healthy. 

Well  done  (cooked),  -bivu.     See 

Ripe. 
Wet,  majimaji,  rataba. 
WJdte,  -eupe,  making  nyeupe  ivith 

nouns  like  nyumba  or  nyinibo, 

and   jeupe    with     nouns    like 

kasha. 
Very  white  is  expressed  by  putting 

a    strong    accent    on    the    last 

syllable,  and  sometimes  raising 

the   voice  on  it  into  a  sort  of 

falsetto. 
Wliole,  -zima.    See  Sound. 

pia,  pia  yote,  zote,  &c. 
Wide,  -pana.     See  Broad. 
Wild  (of  plants),  -gugu. 
(of  animals),  -a  mwitu 
Willing,  -epesi,  -pesi. 
Worn  out,  -kukuu  (of  things),  -ko- 

ngwe  (of  persons).    See  Old. 

Y. 

Yellow,  rangi  ya  manjano. 

Young  (immature),  -changa,  making 

mchanga     icith     nouns      like 

nyumba  or  nyimbo. 
Younger,  youngest,  -dogo. 


L02  SWAUILI  HANDBOOK. 


PRONOUNS. 

PersonaA  Pronouns. 

The  full  forms  of  the  Personal  Pronouns  are — 

I,  Mimi.  We,  Sisi  or  Swiswi. 

Thou,  Wewe.  You,  Nyinyi  or  Nwinyi. 

He  or  she,  Yeye.  They,  Wao. 

The  second  and  third  persons  singular  are  often  con- 
t  racted  into  Wee  and  Yee.  The  second  person  singular 
is  always  used  where  one  person  only  is  to  be  denoted. 

There  are  no  special  forms  for  it  and  they  when 
referring  to  inanimate  things.  If  any  special  emphasis 
makes     it    necessary,    the     Demonstrative    Pronouns 

reeing  with  the  nouns  referred  to  must  be  used. 
Similarly,  for  he  or  she  and  they,  the  Demonstrative 
Pronouns  proper  to  the  first  class  may  be  used,  when 
any  special  emphasis  is  to  be  expressed. 

The  objective  cases,  me,  thee,  him,  her,  us,  them,  are 

i  ressed  by  the  same  forms  as  those  given  above  for 
the  subjective  case,  J,  thou,  &c. 

The   possessive   case,  of  me,  of  thee,  of  him,   &c,  is 


PRONOUNS.  103 

generally  expressed  by  the  Possessive  Pronouns  (which 
see,  p.  109);  there  is  thus  no  distinction  between  of  me 
and  mine,  of  thee  and  thine,  &c. 

Habari  zangu,  my  news,  or  news  of  me. 

The  Possessive  Pronouns  proper  to  animate  beings 
may  be  used  of  inanimate  things  also ;  -alee,  its,  and 
-ao,  their,  being  used  for  of  it  and  of  them,  in  reference 
to  all  nouns  of  whatever  class  they  may  be. 

The  possessive  case  may  be  regarded  as  an  instance 
of  the  Personal  Pronouns  in  a  special  form  subjoined  to 
the  variable  preposition  -a,  of. 

The  Preposition  na,  with  or  and,  is  commonly  joined 
with  short  forms  of  the  Personal  Pronoun  to  express 
and  or  with  me,  and  or  with  you,  &c.  &c. 

Kami,  and  or  with  me.  Nasi  or  Nasici,  and  or  with  us 

Nawe,  and  or  with  you.  Nanyi  or  Nanwi,  and  or  with  you. 

Naye,  and  or  with  him  or  her.  Nao,  and  or  with  them. 

JViao,  Nayo,  Nacho,  Nalo,  Napo,  Nao,  Nayo,  Nazo,  Navyo,  Napo, 
Nalco,  aud  or  with  it  and  or  with  them. 

The  above  forms  may  be  used  for  either  the  objective 
or  subjective  cases  after  and.  Nami  =  and  I  or  and  me, 
Nawe  =  and  thou  or  and  thee,  &c.  &c. 

It  will  be  seen  that  in  referring  to  animate  beings 
the  latter  half  of  the  full  form  of  the  Personal  Pronoun 
is  suffixed  to  the  na-,  and  in  referring  to  inanimate 
things  the  syllable  suffixed  is  that  which  denotes  the 
relative  (see  Eelative  Pronouns,  p.  117),  a  syllable 
which  occurs  also  as  the  final  syllable  of  those  Demon- 
strative Pronouns  which  refer  to  a  thing  mentioned 
before. 

Other  Prepositions,  that  is  to  say,  Jcwa  and  katika,  are 


104  8WAEILI  HANDBOOK. 

construoted  with  the  full  form  of  the  Personal  Pronoun 
referring  to  animate  beings,  and  with  the  Demonstra- 
tive Pronouns,  where  necessary,  referring  to  inanimate 
things.  This  rule  distinguishes  the  preposition  kwa, 
for,  by,  <fec,  from  the  form  of  the  variable  -a  required 
by  substantives  of  the  eighth  class  and  sometimes  by  the 
case  in  -ni. 

Kwa  mimi,  for  me.        Kwangu,  of  me  or  my,  to  my  [house]. 

The  prefixes  used  in  conjugating  the  verb  to  mark 
the  subject  and  object  may  be  regarded  as  shortened 
forms  of  the  Personal  Pronouns.  The  objective  and 
subjective  cases  are  denoted  by  slightly  different  forms. 

It  will  be  most  convenient  to  take  the  prefixes  de- 
noting animate  beings  first,  as  they  alone  can  be  used 
in  the  first  and  second  person.  The  following  are  the 
subjective  or  nominative  forms  : — 

I,    Ni-  or  N-.  We,     Tu-  or  7V. 

Thou,     U-  or  W-.  You,     .1/-/-.  'M-,  or  Mio-. 

He  or  she,    A-  (or  Tu-).  They,     Wa-. 

The  rule  for  applying  these  prefixes  is  that  the  forms 
ending  with  a  vowel  are  used  when  they  are  to  be  im- 
mediately followed  by  a  consonant,  and  those  ending 
in  a  consonant  are  used  before  a  vowel.  In  the  third 
person,  both  singular  and  plural,  the  vowel  remains 
unchanged  before  o  or  u,  it  coalesces  with  e  and  i 
into  an  e,  and  merges  into  an  a,  so  as  to  be  no  longer 
distinguishable.     Thus,  where  the  verb  or  tense  prefix 

.rins  with  a,  the  third  person  singular  is  apparently 

without  prefix  and  the  third  person  plural  is  marked 

only  by  a  w-.    Examples  of  and  further  observations  on 

prefixes  will  be  found  under  Verbs,  as  playing  an 


PP.  ON  0  UN S. 


105 


important  part  in  their  conjugation.  The  form  yu-  is 
but  seldom  used  for  the  third  person  singular,  and 
very  rarely  with  any  hut  monosyllabic  verbs. 

The  syllables  which  stand  for  the  objective  or  accu- 
sative case  of  the  Personal  Pronouns  denoting  animate 
beings,  when  they  are  connected  with  Verbs,  are — 

Me,    -ni-  or  -«-.  Us,    -tu-  or  -tw-. 

Thee,     -ha-  or  -kw-.  You,     -ica-. 

Him  or  her,     -m-  or  -mw-.  Them,  -tea-. 

The  same  rules  as  above  app'y  to  the  use  of  forms 
ending  in  a  consonant  before  a  vowel,  and  forms  ending 
in  a  vowel  before  a  consonant. 

As  the  forms  proper  to  the  first  class  of  Nouns  denote 
animate  beings,  there  remain  seven  classes  denoting- 
inanimate  things,  each  of  which  has  its  appropriate 
subjective  and  objective  pronominal  forms  when  con- 
joined with  a  verb.  The  subjective  pronominal  prefixes 

are — 

or  W- 

„  y- 

Ch- 
L- 
W- 
P- 

Kw- 

Here  also  the  forms  ending  in  a  vowel  are  used 
before  a  consonant,  and  the  forms  ending  in  a  conso- 
nant are  used  before  a  vowel.  Examples  of  their  use 
will  be  found  in  the  sections  on  the  conjugation  of  the 
Verb. 

There,  used  as  the  subject  of  a  verb,  is  expressed  by 
ku-  or  pa-  employed  as  personal  prefixes.  Ku-  is  the 
more  indefinite  of  the  two.     One,  they,  or  people  used 


Class    II.  sing.  U- 


III. 

IV. 
V. 

VI. 

VII. 

VIII. 


I- 

Ki- 

Li- 
U- 
Pa- 
Ku- 


plur. 

» 
»» 
>» 


I- 

Zi- 

Vi- 

Ya-. 

Zi- 

Ta- 

Ku- 


or  Y-. 
„  Z-. 
„    Vy-. 

„    Z-. 

„    P- 
„    Kw-. 


106 


SWAEILI  HANDBOOK. 


to   denote    what   is  customary,  are  expressed  by  the 
prefix  hi-. 

The  objective  forms  in  reference  to  inanimate  objects 
are  very  similar  to  the  subjectives. 


Class    II.  sing,  -u- 

in.  „  -i- 

IV.  „  -ki- 

v.  „  -li- 

yi.  „  -u- 

VII.  „  -pa- 

VIII.  „  -ku- 


plur.  -i-. 
-zi-. 
-vi-. 
-ya-. 
-zi-. 
-pa-, 
-ku-. 


In  these  forms  also  u  becomes  w,  and  i  y,  before  vowels. 

The  following  examples  will  illustrate  the  use  of  the 
objective  syllables :  they  are  parted  off  from  the  rest  of 
the  word  by  hyphens.  Instances  are  given  of  both 
vowel  and  consonantal  verbs. 

Class  I.  A-ni-penda,  he  loves  me. 

A-n-ambia,  hi  tells  me. 
A-ku-penda,  he  loves  you. 

A-kw-ambia,  lie  tells  you. 
Na-m-penda,  I  love  him. 

Na-mw-ambia,  I  tell  him. 
A-tu-penda,  he  loves  us. 

A-tw-ambia,  he  tells  us. 
A-ica-penda,  he  loves  you. 

A-ir  '.  he  tells  you. 

A-wa-penda,  he  loves  them. 

A-ica-ambia,  he  tells  them. 
„        II.  A-u-penda,  he  likes  it  (mti,  a  tree). 

A-^D-ona,  he  sees  it. 
A-i-penda,  he  likes  them  (miti,  trees). 

A-y-ona,  he  sees  them. 
„      III.  A-i-penda,  be  likes  it  (nyumba,  a  house). 

A-y-ona,  he  sees  it. 
A-zi-penda,  he  likes  them  (nyumba,  houses). 

A-zi-ona,  he  sees  them. 


PBONOUNS.  107 

Class  IV.  A-ki-penda,  he  likes  it  (kitu,  a  thing). 
A-ki-ona,  he  sees  it. 
A-vi-penda,  he  likes  them  (vitu,  things). 
A-vi-ona,  he  sees  them. 
„       V.  A-li-penda,  he  likes  it  (kasha,  a  chest). 
A-li-ona,  he  sees  it. 
A-ya-penda,  he  likes  them  (makasha,  chests). 
A-ya-ona,  he  sees  them. 
„     VI.  A-u-penda,  he  likes  it  (uimho,  a  song). 
A-w-ona,  he  sees  it  (ubau,  a  plank). 
A-zi-penda,  he  likes  them  (nyimbo,  songs). 
A-zi-ona,  he  sees  them  (jribau,  planks). 
„    VII.  A-pa-penda,  he  likes  it  or  them  (place  or  places). 

A-pa-ona,  he  sees  it  or  them. 
„   VIII.  A-ku-penda,  he  likes  it  (kwiba,  stealing). 
A-ku-ona,  he  sees  it. 

In  all  cases  the  Pronominal  Syllable  representing  the 

subject  is  the  first  prefix,  and  therefore  the  first  syllable 

of  the  word ;  and  the  syllable  representing  the  object 

is  the  last  of  the  prefixes  and  immediately  precedes  the 

verb. 

A-takapo-ku-ona,  when  he  shall  see  you. 
Wa-lipoki-m-penda,  when  they  loved  him. 
A-ki-kw-ita,  if  he  calls  you. 

It  is  quite  allowable  for  the  sake  of  emphasis  to  use 
the  full  forms  of  the  Personal  Pronouns  as  well  as  the 
subjective  and  objective  syllables. 

Mimi  nakupenda  weice,  I  love  you. 
Weive  wanipenda  mimi,  you  love  me. 

"When  so  used,  however,  a  very  strong  emphasis  is 
put  upon  the  persons  loving  and  loved,  and  unless  such 
an  emphasis  is  intended  the  full  forms  ought  not  to  be 
used.  The  above  phrases  might  be  better  translated 
by — For  myself  I  love  you  the  best;  and,  It  is  you 
who  love  me. 


^■r. 


108  SWAEIL1   HANDBOOK. 

In  poetical  Swahili  an  objective  suffix  is  used  as  well 
as  the  objective  prefix.  The  syllables  used  as  a  suffix 
are  the  same  as  those  given  before  with  na  (see  p.  103). 
The  suffixes  are  not  used  in  the  dialect  of  Zanzibar. 

U-ni-hi/nthi-mi,  do  thou  preserve  me.     (Both  the  -ni-  and  the 

■mi  represent  the  object  of  the  verb.) 
Aka-zi-anrjusha-zo,  and  be  threw  them  down.     (Both  the  -zi-  and 

the-zo  represent  the  object  of  the  verb.) 
Na-wa-ambia-ni,  I  tell  you. 

The  use  of  the  objoctive  prefix  implies  a  reference  to 
some  ascertained  object :  it  is  thorefore  properly  used 
wherever  in  English  the  object  would  be  expressed  by 
a  Pronoun.  "Where  in  English  the  object  would  not  be 
expressed  by  a  Pronoun,  the  objective  prefix  has  the 
effect  of  a  definite  article,  and  its  omission  that  of  an 
indefinite  article. 

Natalia  liununua  nyumba  (no  objective  prefix  being  used),  I  want 

to  buy  a  house. 
Natalia  kuinunua  nyumba  (the  objective  prefix  -i-  being  u.-*<  d), 

I  want  to  buy  the  house. 
Naona  mtu,  I  see  somebody. 
Namwona  mtu,  I  see  the  man. 

"Where  a  Demonstrative  Pronoun  is  used  with  the 
object,  the  objective  prefix  must  always  be  used. 

Natalia  liuinunua  nyumba  hit,  I  want  to  buy  this  house. 
Namwona  mtu  yule,  I  see  that  man  yonder. 

The  objective  prefix  is  used  where  anything  about 
the  person  or  thing  is  about  to  be  stated. 

Na-m-jua  aliko  [T  know  of  him  where  he  is],  I  know  where  he  is. 
Nali-m-thauia  ameliufa  [I  thought  of  him,  be  had  died],  I  thought 

he  was  dead. 
Aka-m-kata  kitwa  [and  he  cut  of  him  the  head],  and  he  cut  off 

his  head. 


PRONOUNS.  109 


Possessive  Pronouns. 

The  Possessive  Pronouns  are  always  placed  after  the 
Suhstantive  denoting  the  thing  possessed,  and  vary 
according  to  its  Class  and  Number. 

The  unvarying  parts  of  the  Possessive  Pronouns  are  : 

My,  -angu.  Our,       -etu. 

Thy,  -alio.  Your,    -enu. 

His,  her,  or  its,  -ake.  Their,   -ao. 

The  same  forms  are  used  for  its  and  their,  of  what- 
ever class  the  thing  possessing  may  he. 

In  many  dialects  of  Swahili  the  form  of  the  third 
person  singular  is  -aJcwe,  and  in  some  that  of  the  second 
is  -akwo. 

The  above  forms  may  be  used  as  enclitics,  and  fre- 
quently are  so  with  some  common  words,  such  as  baba, 
father,  mama,  mother,  micana,  child,  micenzi,  companion, 
&c.  When  the  final  letter  of  the  substantive  is  -a,  -e, 
or  -i,  it  merges  into  the  first  letter  of  the  possessive 

suffix. 

Mwanangu,  my  child. 

Mwenzangu,  my  companion, 
Mimnako,  thy  child. 

Mwenzako,  thy  companion. 
Mwandke,  his  or  her  child. 

Micenzalie,  his  or  her  companion. 
Mwanetu,  our  child. 

Mwenzetu,  our  companion. 
Micanenu,  your  child. 

Mwenzenu,  your  companion. 
Mwanao,  their  child. 

Mwenzao,  their  companion. 


110  SWAHILI  HANDBOOK. 

The  initial  letters  proper  to  each  class  of  Substan- 
tives are : 


Class     I.  sing,  w-  plur.  \v-. 

»»        II.     „  w-        „  y-. 

•t      HI-     ii  y-        ii  z-. 

„      IV.     „  cli-      „  vy- 


Class      V.  sing.  1-  plur.  y-. 

»         VI.  „  w-      „     ■/.-. 

„       VII.  „  p-      „     p-. 

„     VIII.  ,,  kw-   „    kw- 


Besides  these  forms  proper  to  the  several  classes, 
Substantives  in  the  locative  case  in  -ni  require  special 
forms  of  the  Possessive  Pronouns  according  to  the 
meaning  of  the  case.  These  forms  are  the  same  for 
all  Substantives,  of  whatever  class  or  number  they 
may  be. 

1.  When  the  case  denotes  being  within,  or  to,  or  from 
within,  the  Possessive  Pronouns  must  begin  with  mw-. 

2.  Where  the  case  denotes  mere  nearness,  and  can  be 
translated  at,  by,  or  near,  the  Possessive  Pronouns  must 
begin  with  p-. 

3.  For  all  other  meanings  the  Possessive  Pronouns 
must  begin  with  kw-. 

The  following  instances  will  show  how  all  these  rules 
are  applied  : — 

Class    I.  Mtn  wangu,  my  man. 

Watu  waho,  thy  men. 
Mbvzi  wake,  his  or  her  goat, 

Mbuzi  wetu,  our  goats. 
Waziri  wake,  his  vizir. 
Mawaziri  wake,  his  vizirs, 
„         II.  Mti  wenu,  your  tree. 

Mili  yao,  their  trees. 
„       III.  Nyurnba  yangu,  my  house. 
X'/umbo  zako,  thy  houses. 
„       IV.   Kiti  chake,  his  chair. 

Viti  vyt  in,  our  chairs. 
„         V.  Kasha  lenu,  your  chest. 

Mdkasha  yao,  their  chests. 


»» 
»> 


PHONOUNS.  Ill 

Class    VI.  JJimbo  wangu,  my  song. 

Nyimbo  zaho,  thy  songs. 
VII.  Mahali  pake,  his,  her,  or  its  place  or  places. 
VIII.  Kufa  kwetu,  our  dying. 

1.  Nyumbani  mwenu,  in  your  house  or  houses. 

2.  Nyumbani  pao,  near  their  house  or  houses. 

3.  Nyumbani  kwangu,  to  my  house. 

All  the  Possessive  Pronouns  will  be  found  in  the 
Table  of  Concords  (p.  82),  arranged  under  the  classes 
to  which  they  are  appropriate.  The  Personal  Pronouns 
may  be  added  to  give  emphasis. 

Kisu  changu  mimi,  my  own  knife. 
Vyangu  mimi,  they  are  mine. 

The  Possessive  Pronoun  is  used  for  the  preposition 
-a,  of,  where  it  is  intended  to  mark  particularly  the 
person  whose  the  thing  is. 

Kiti  cha  sultani,  the  sultan's  chair,  or  a  sultan's  chair. 

Kiti  chake  sultani,  the  sultan's  own  chair,  or  this  sultan's  chair. 

There  is  another  and  short  enclitic  form  for  the 
Possessive  Pronouns  of  the  second  and  third  persons 
singular,  which  is  much  used  with  some  common 
w  irds,  such  as  mume,  husband,  mice,  wife,  ndugu,  brother 
or  sister,  &c.  They  consist  of  -o  for  the  second  person 
and  -e  for  the  third,  with  the  appropriate  initial  letters 
for  each  class  as  given  above  (p.  110). 

Mumewe,  her  husband. 

Mkewo,  or  mkeo,  thy  wife. 
Mwenziwe,  his  companion. 

Jinalo,  thy  name. 
Shogaye,  her  friend. 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  above  tables  that  there  is 
absolutely  nothing  to  distinguish  the  singular  and 
plural  of  Substantives  in  the  form  of  the  third  class 


112  SWAHILI  HANDBOOK 

which  denote  animate  beings,  when  joined  with  Pos- 
3ive  Pronouns.     It  is  probably  for  this  reason,  and 
to  avoid  ambiguity,  that  they  are  frequently  treated  as 
ordinary  Substantives  of  that  class. 

Ndugu  yangu,  my  brother. 

Nduguye  or  Ndugu  yake,  his  brother. 
tfduguzo  01  Ndugu  zako,  thy  brothers. 

Mbuzi  zttu,  our  goats. 

Possessive  Pronouns  are  sometimes  used  in  English 
where  Personal  Pronouns  are  used  in  Swahili. 

Wtika-m-funga  mikono  nyuma  [and  they  tied  him  hands  behind], 

and  they  tied  his  hands  behind  him. 
Ali-m-kata  kitwa  [he  cut  him  head],  he  cut  off  his  head. 

After  verbs  of  coming  and  going  Possessive  Pronouns 

beginning  with  z-  (or  in  other  dialects  with  vy-  or  th-) 

are  used  somewhat  as— his  way,  &c.,  were  used  in  old 

English. 

Amckwenda  take,  he  has  gone  away,  or  he  has  gone  off. 

Twende  zetu,  let  us  be  going. 

Wamekuja  zao,  they  have  come  home,  or  they  have  come  away. 


Reflective  Pronouns. 

The  Swahili  verb  is  made  reflective  by  prefixing  -ji-, 
as  if  it  were  a  pronoun  in  the  objective  form. 

Na-ji-penda,  I  love  myself. 

Self  may  be  translated  by  the  Arabic  word,  nefsi, 

naf»i,  or  nafusi ;  or  by  the  word  moyo,  a  heart,  plur. 

mioyo  or  nyoyo. 

Na/si  yangu,  or  moyo  wangu,  myself. 
Nafti  zetu,  or  nyoyo  zetu,  oursulvea. 


PRONOUNS.  lib 

Itself,  themselves,  &c,  may  also  be  expressed  by  the 
word  -enyewe  with  the  proper  prefix. 

Class    I.  Mtu  mwenyewe,  the  man  himself. 

Watu  wenyewe,  the  people  themselves. 
Mbuzi  mwenyeioe,  the  goat  itself. 

Mbuzi  wenyewe,  the  goats  themselves. 
Waziri  tnwenyeice,  the  vizir  himself. 

Mawaziri  wenyewe,  the  vizirs  themselves. 
„        II.  Mti  mwenyewe,  the  tree  itself. 

MM  yenyewe,  the  trees  themselves. 
„       III.  Nyumba  yenyewe,  the  house  itself. 

Nyumba  zenyewe,  the  houses  themselves. 
i»      IV.  Kitu  chenyewe,  the  thing  itself. 

Vitu  vyenyewe,  the  things  themselves. 
„        V,  Kasha  lenyewe,  the  chest  itself. 

Makasha  yenyewe,  the  chests  themselves. 
„       VI.  Uimbo  mwenyewe,  the  song  itself. 

Nyimbo  zenyewe,  the  songs  themselves. 
„     VII.  Mahali  penyewe,  the  place  itself. 

Mwenyewe  may  be  used  for  myself  and  thyself  as  well 
as  for  himself  or  herself. 

Wenyewe  may  be  used  for  ourselves  and  yourselves,  as 
well  as  for  themselves. 

By  myself,  by  ourselves,  &c,  are  expressed  by  peke 
with  the  appropriate  Possessive  Pronoun. 

Peke  yangu,  by  myself,  or  I  only. 
Peke  yetu,  by  ourselves,  or  we  only. 

Demonstrative  Pronouns. 

There  are  three  Demonstrative  Pronouus.  1 ,  denoting 
objects  at  no  great  distance.  2,  denoting  objects  pre- 
viously mentioned.  3,  denoting  objects  at  a  distance. 
They  have  each  forms  proper  to  the  several  classes  of 
Substantives  and  to  the  three  meanings  of  the  case 
in  -ni. 


1  1  1  SWAEILI  HANDBOOK. 

1.  This  or  that,  these  or  those,  of  objects  at  no  grout 
distance. 

i  i.a88     I.  Mtu  Innpi,  tliis  man. 

]\'ntii  hawa,  these  pe  >ple. 
Mbuzi  hui/u,  this  goat. 

Ml.ir.i  hawa,  tin 
Waziri  huyu,  this  vizir. 

MavHiziri  liawa,  thus"  vizirs. 
„         II.  flftt  /<■"«,  this  tree. 

.1////  A//,  these  trees. 
„     III.  Nyumba  hizi,  this  bouse. 

Nyumba  hizi,  these  houses. 
„      IV.  Kitu  hiki,  this  thing. 

Yiin  hivi,  tl.ese  things. 
„        V.  Kasha  hili,  this  chest. 

Makasha  haya,  these  chests. 
„      VI.   Uimbo  huu,  this  song. 

Nyimbo  hizi,  the  se  songs. 
„     VII.  Mdhali  hapa,  this  place. 
„  VIII.  7v«/a  7iu7ru,  this  dying. 

1.  Nyumbani  humo  (humu  (?)  ),  here,  in  the  house. 

2.  Nyumbani  hapa,  here,  by  the  house. 

3.  Nyumbani  huhu,  here,  to  the  house. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  second  syllable  of  each 
of  these  Demonstratives  is  the  pronominal  syllable 
given  at  p.  105,  and  that  all  begin  with  h-,  followed  l>y 
the  vowel  of  the  pronominal  syllable. 

2.  This  or  that,  these  or  those,  referring  to  something 
mentioned  before.     Both  the  other  forms  can  also  be 

i  in  tliis  sense. 

Ci  I.  Mtu  Uuyo,  that  man. 

Watu  hao,  tlmse  people. 
Mbuzi  huyo,  that  goat. 
Mbuzi  hao,  those  goats. 
„  II.  Mti  huo,  that  tree. 

Miti  hiyo,  those  trees. 
„  III.   Sijiiuihn  hiy>,  tl  at  h" 

Nyumba  hizo,  thos    houses. 


PRO  NO  UN S. 


110 


Class      IV.  Kitu  hicho,  that  thing. 

Vitu  hivyo,  those  things. 
i,  V.  Kasha  hilo,  that  chest. 

Makasha  hayo,  those  chests. 
„  VI.   JJimbo  huo,  that  song. 

Nyimbo  hizo,  those  songs. 
„         VII.  Mahali  hapo,  that  place  or  those  places. 
„       VIII.  Kufa  huko,  that  dying. 

1.  Nyumbani  humo,  in  that  house. 

2.  Nyumbani  hapo,  by  that  house. 

3.  Nyumbani  huko,  to  that  house. 

3.   That  and  those  or  yonder,  referring  to  things  at  a 
distance. 

Class         I.  Mtu  yule,  yonder  man. 

Watu  icale,  those  people. 
Mbuzi  yule,  that  goat. 
Mbuzi  wale,  those  goats. 
II.  Mti  vie,  that  tree.    • 
Mitt  He,  those  trees. 

III.  Nyumba  He,  that  house. 
Nyumba  zile,  those  houses. 

IV.  Kitu  kite  or  chile,  that  thing. 
Vitu  vile,  those  things. 

V.  Kasha  Hie,  that  chest. 

Mukasha  yale,  those  chests. 
VI.  Uimbo  vie,  that  song. 

Nyimbo  zile,  those  songs. 
VII.  Mahali  pale,  that  place  or  those  places. 
VIII.  Kufa  kule,  that  dying. 

1.  Nyumbani  mle,  in  that  house. 

2.  Nyumbani  pale,  by  that  house. 

3.  Nyumbani  kule,  to  that  house. 

It  will  be  seen  that  these  last  Pronouns  are  made 
by  adding  -le  to  the  second  syllable  of  the  first  set  of 
Demonstratives.  Sometimes  the  whole  of  the  first  for:u 
is  retained,  making  huyule,  hawale,  huule,  Mile,  hizile, 
hikile,  huile,  hilile,  hayale,  hapale,  hukule. 

i  2 


116  Ml. I ////./    HANDBOOK. 

An  increase  of  distance  is  denoted  by  a  stress  on  the 

final  syllable. 

Mtu  yule,  that  man  yonder. 
Tulee,  that  one  further  off. 
Yuleee,  that  one  still  further. 

The  more  stress  is  laid  on  the  final  syllable,  and  the 
more  the  voice  rises  into  a  falsetto,  so  much  the  greater 
is  the  distance  denoted. 

When  the  substantive  is  mentioned  the  demonstra- 
tive always  follows  it. 

The  demonstratives  are  frequently  doubled,  and  then 
have  the  meaning  of  just  this,  that  very,  &c. 

Palepale,  just  there. 

Mti  uleule,  that  very  tree. 

Maneno  yaleyale,  just  those  words. 

With  the  first  set  of  demonstratives  the  final  or  true 

pronominal  syllable  is  doubled  and  prefixed  to  the  usual 

form. 

Popahapa,  just  here. 

Vivihivi,  just  these  things. 
Zizfliizi,  those  very,  &c. 

Kuluhuku,  just  to  this  place. 

These  forms  are  also  used  to  denote  that  there  is 
nothing  special  about  what  is  mentioned. 
Zizihizi,  just  these  and  no  more. 

Huyo  is  often  used  when  people  are  chasing  a  man 
or  an  animal. 

Huyo  !    Huyo !  =  There  he  is  !    There  he  is ! 

There  are  other  form6  which  ought  probably  to  be 
regarded  as  demonstratives,  as  they  have  the  force  of, 
This  is  it,  and,  This  is  not  it. 


PRO NOUNS. 


117 


ndisi,  it  is  we. 
ndinyi,  it  is  you. 
ndio,  it  is  they. 

ndiyo,  these  are  they. 

ndizo. 

ndivyo. 

ndiyo. 

ndizo. 


Class         I.  ndimi,  it  is  I. 

ndiwe,  it  is  thou. 
ndiye,  it  is  he. 

„  II.  ndio,  this  is  it. 

„  III.  ndiyo. 

„  IV.  ndicho. 

„  V.  ndilo. 

„  VI.  ndio. 

„         VII.  ndipo. 

„        VIII.  ndiko. 

ndimo,  it  is  here,  or  it  is  there. 

ndipo. 

ndiko. 

The  negative  is  made  by  substituting  si-  for  ndi. 
Siye,  it  is  not  he.  Sicho,  &c.  &c,  this  is  not  it. 

Both  forms  may  be  used  interrogatively. 

Ndiye  ?    Is  it  he  ?  Siye  ?    Is  it  not  he  ? 

Other  demonstratives  may  be  used  with  these  for  the 
6ake  of  greater  emphasis  or  clearness. 


Kelative  Pronouns. 

The  Eelative  Pronouns  have  special  forms  appropriate 
to  the  several  classes  of  Substantives  and  the  three 
meanings  of  the  -ni  case. 

Class        I.  Who  and  Whom,  sing,  ye  or  yee,  plur.  o  or  wo. 
II.   Which,  sing,    o  or  wo,  plur.  yo. 


» 


III. 

IV.  „ 

v.  „ 

VI.  „ 
VII. 
VIII. 

1.  Wlierein 

2.  Wliereat 

3.  Wlitreto 


cho 

lo 

o  or  wo 

po 

ko 

mo 

po 

ko. 


zo. 

vyo. 

yo. 

zo. 

po. 

ko. 


1     -  MULT   HANDBOOK. 

l'h  ise    relatives    occur    most    frequently   in    their 
simple  forms  in  connection  with  -ote,  all. 

yet    ote,  wo  wote,  whosoever  or  whomsoever. 

loo  wote,  yo  yote,  zo  zote,  cho  chote,  vyo  vyote,  lo  lote,po  pote,  what- 

-       ViT. 

vm  mote,  whereinsoever,  inside  everything. 
po  ]'  ttt ,  wheresoever  or  whensoever. 
ho  kote,  whithersoever  or  wheresoever. 

When  connected  with  the   substantive  verb,  to  be, 
i  verb  is  represented  by  the  syllable  -U-. 

Class        I.  allye,  [he]  who  is.  walio,  [they]  who  are. 

„  II.  ulio,  [it]  which  ia.  iliyo,  [they]  which  are. 

„        III.  iliyo.  zilizo. 

„  IV.  Lilicho.  vilivyo. 

„  V.  lililo.  yf'liyo. 

„         VI.  ulio.  zilizo. 

„        VII.  palipo.  palipo. 

„      VIII.  huliko.  kuliko. 

1.  mulimo,  wherein  there  is. 

2.  palipo,  where  there  is. 

3.  huliko,  where  there  is. 

There  is  a  disposition  in  Zanzibar  to  make  -o  the 
ieral  relative.  Thus  one  very  often  hears  alio  for 
aliye,  Ulio  for  lililo,  and  ilio  for  iliyo. 

When  joined  with  the  verb  the  syllable  denoting  the 
relative  follows  the  sign  of  the  tense  if  there  is  one. 

The  relative  may  be  joined  with  the  verb  to  form  the 
present,  or  rather,  an  indefinite  tense,  without  the  use  of 
any  ;ign  of  time  whatever.  It  is  made  precisely  as  in 
examples  given  above  of  the  use  of  the  relative 
with  the  verb,  to  be,  only  substituting  the  particular 
verb  for  the  syllable  -U-. 

[he]  who  lovee,  apendaye. 
[they]  who  love,  wapendao. 


PRO  NOUNS.  119 

[the  tree]  which  falls,  uangukao. 

[trees]  which  grow,  imeayo. 
[the  house]  which  falls,  yangukayo. 

[houses]  which  fall,  ziangukazo. 

"Where  the  relative  is  the  object  of  the  verb  the  same 
form  may  be  used,  only  introducing  the  objective  prefix 
proper  to  the  substantive  referred  to,  and  changing  the 
personal  prefix. 

[fruit]  which  I  love,  nilipendalo.  -li-  and  -lo-  being  the  syllables 
appropriate  to  tunda,  a  fruit,  and  other  nouns  of  the  Filth 
Class. 

When  taken  to  pieces  the  word  is  seen  to  be,  ni-,  I, 
-li-,  it,  -penda-,  love,  -Zo,  which. 

Eelatives  are  rarely  used  in  Swahili  with  any  tenses 
except  the  present  imperfect  (the  -na-  tense),  the  past 
perfect  (the  -li-  tense),  and  a  peculiar  form  of  the  future 
(the  -taka-  tense).  The  following  instances  will  show 
the  way  in  which  the  relative  is  expressed  with  these 
several  tenses  both  as  subject  and  object. 

Class        I.  [the  man]  who  is  coming,  ana-ye-huja. 

„  who  came,  ali-ye-kuja. 

„  who  will  come,  ataka-ye-kuja. 

,,  whom  he  is  striking,   ana-ye-mpiga. 

„  whom  we  loved,  tuli-ye-mpenda. 

[the  men]  who  will  beat  us,  watuka-o-tupiga. 

„  whom  we  will  beat,  tutaka-o-wapiga. 

[the  ox]  which  is  eating,  ana-ye-kula. 

„  which  we  shall  eat,  tidaka-ye-mla. 

„  II.  [the  tree]  which  fell,  uli-o-anguka. 

„  which  he  cut  down,  ali-o-ukata. 

[the  trees]  which  were  visible,  ili-yo-onekana. 

,,  which  we  saw,  tuli-yo-iona. 

„         III    [the  house]  which  fell  down,  ili-yo-anguka. 

„  which  I  bought,  nili-yo-inunua. 


120  MIII.T  IT  A  XB  BOOK. 

I  III.  [the  houses]  which  fell  down,  ztTt-eo-angru&o. 

which  I  bought,  nili-zo-zinunua. 
„      IV.  [the  knife]     which  cut  me,  Mli-cho-nikata. 
„  which  I  took,  nili-cho-kitwaa. 

which  I  gave  yon,  nili-cho-Jeupa. 
[the  knives]  which  fell  down,  trili^oyo-anguka. 
,,  which  I  gave  you,  niU-vyo-kupa. 

„        V.  [the  chest]     which  is  unfastened,  lili-lo-funguka. 
which  I  unfastened,  nili-lo-lifungua. 
[the  chests]   which  were  carried, yalvyo-chukuliwa. 
„  which  they  carried,  wali-yo-yachukna. 

„      VI.  [the  song]      which  pleased  me,   uli-o-nipendeza. 
,,  which  I  liked,  nili-ompenda. 

[the  letters,  nyaraha]  which  I  viToie,r>.iU-zo-zian<lih<i. 
„  which  I  sent  to  you,  niU-zo-kupdehea, 

,,  which  reached  me,  zili-zo-nhcasilia. 

„    VII.  [the  place]     which  I  live  in,  nina-po-pahaa. 
[the  places]    which  I  saw,  nili-po-paona. 

The  particles  of  place  and  time,  mo,  po,  ho,  are  treated 
a-  relal  ive  particles. 

alimo,  where  he  is  ("within). 
alipo,  where  he  is  (if  near). 
allien,  where  he  is  (far  off  . 
anapulnctndn,  when  he  is  going:. 
annliohwenda,  whither  he  is  ,L">ing. 
alimokwenda,  wherein  he  went. 
alljU'hiri -mlii,  when  he  went. 
alikokwenda,  whither  he  went. 

There  is  one  ambiguity  which  cannot  be  avoided 
where  both  subject  and  object  are  of  the  same  class. 
Alii/empiga  may  mean,  who  beat  him,  or,  whom  he  beat  ; 
Icilieholeikata  may  mean,  which  cut  it,  or,  which  it  cut, 
supposing  kisu,  a  knife,  to  be  one  substantive,  and  kitn, 
a  thing,  to  be  the  other. 

The  negative  is  combined  with  the  relative  by  the 


PBONOUNS.  121 

use  of  -st-.     There  is  but  one  negative  tense,   and  it 
embraces  all  times,  past,  present,  and  future. 

asiye,  [lie]  who  is  not,  who  will  not  he,  who  was  not. 
usioanguka,  [the  tree]  which  falls  not,  which  is  not  falling,  which 

did  not  fall,  or,  which  will  not  fall. 
nisicltokupa,  [the  knife]  which  I  did  not  give  you,  do  not  give 

you,  or,  shall  not  give,  you. 

Where  the  relative  is  used  in  English  with  a  prepo- 
sition, the  relative  particle  is  sometimes  joined  with  the 
verb  and  also  with  the  preposition  ;  but  more  commonly, 
the  force  of  the  preposition  being  contained  in  that  of 
the  Swahili  verb,  no  special  form  is  required.  See 
Derivative  Verbs,  p.  157. 

The  man  whom  I  went  with,  mtu  nali-o-hwenda  naye. 
The  man  I  went  to,  mtu  nali-o-mwendea. 
Where  I  came  from,  nili-po-tolca. 
Where  I  am  going  to,  nina-ko-kwenda. 

As  the  Swahili  has  no  proper  word  for  to  have,  but 
uses  for  it  kuwa  na,  to  be  with,  cases  of  double  relatives 
are  very  frequent  where  having  is  mentioned. 

The  knife  I  have,  kisu  nilicho  nacho. 
The  houses  you  have,  nyumba  ulizo  nazo. 
The  knife  I  had,  kisu  nilichokuu-a  nacho. 
The  houses  you  had,  nyumba  ulizokwwa  nazo. 

The  relative  is  used  in  some  cases  in  which  it  is  not 
employed  in  English. 

Who  went  by?    Nani  ali-ye-pita  (who  is  he  who  passed)  ? 

He  likes  this  fruit,  tunda  hili  ndilo  alipendalo  (this  fruit  is  it 

which  he  likes). 
The  boy  is  going,  kijana  aendno. 
Whosoever  may  come,  yee  yote  afakayekuja. 

There  is  another  way  of  expressing  the  relative  by 


122  SWAHILI  T7ANDB00E. 

means  of  ambaye  or  ambaye  kwamba,  though  not  used 
in  Zanzibar.  When  it  is  employed  the  final  syllable  of 
ambaye  changes  according  to  the  rules  given  above, 
making  ambao,  ambazo,  ambacho,  ambavyo,  &c. 

Sometimes  an  English  relative  can  be  expressed  by 
the  use  of  mwenyi,  &c,  having. 

The  man  whose  house  it  is,  mtu  mwniyi  nyumba. 

Interrogative  and  other  Pronouns. 

There  are  four  Interrogatives  which  are  not  variable. 

Nani?     Who?  Nin>?     What? 

Lini?    When?  |  Gani?    What  sort? 

Gani  always  follows  the  substantive  it  is  connected 

with. 

Mtu  gani?    What  man  ?    What  sort  of  man  ? 
Kitu  gani  ?    What  thing  ?     What  sort  of  thing  ? 

What?  is  sometimes  expressed  by  the  syllable  -ni 
suffixed  to  a  verb. 

Atapatani?    What  will  he  get? 

Amefanyani?     What  has  he  done? 

Knnanil     What  is  there?     What  is  the  matter? 

Kinaninil    What  has  it?    What  is  the  matter  with  it? 

Wanani  ?     What  have  they  ?     What  are  they  at  ? 

What  o'clock  is  it?  is  rendered  by  Saa  ngajpi?  How 
many  hours  ? 

The  interrogative  Which?  is  expressed  by  -pi  pre- 
ceded by  the  appropriate  syllable,  which  is  the  same  ae 
that  used  as  the  subjective  personal  prefix  to  verbs. 
It  always  follows  the  noun  it  refers  to. 


Class 


PPONOUNS. 

I. 

Whicl 

[man]       Ytcpi  ? 

Lmen]        Wap'  ? 

II. 

>> 

[tree]        Upi  ? 

[trees]      Ipi  ? 

III. 

»» 

[house]    Ipi  ? 

[houses]  Zz'pi? 

IV. 

» 

[thing]     Kipi  ? 

[things]    Vipi? 

V. 

» 

[chests]    L£pi  ? 

[chests]     Yapii 

VI. 

>> 

[song]      17m  ? 

[songs]     Zipi  ? 

VII. 

ji 

[place]     Papi  ? 

[places]    Papi  ? 

123 


The  Interrogative,  if  followed  by  a  verb,  requires  a 

relative  with  it. 

Mtu  yupi  apendaye  hioenda  ?    Which  [or  what]  man  likes  to  go  ? 
Nyumba  ipi  ikupendezayo  ?     Which  house  do  you  like  ? 

Nani  ?  who  ?  is  also  generally  followed  by  a  relative. 

Nani  aliopo  mlangoni  ?    Who  is  at  the  door  ? 

It  is,  however,  allowable  to  say  nani  yupo  mlangoni, 
which  is  a  literal  translation  of  the  English. 
The  interrogative  Where  ?  is  wajpi  ?  or  api  ? 

Wenda  wapi  ?    Where  are  you  going  ? 

When  referring  to  a  substantive  wapi  must  always 
be  preceded  by  the  syllable  which  is  the  proper  sub- 
jective personal  prefix  for  that  substantive.  This  prefix 
very  probably  represents  the  substantive  "verb,  and  may 
often  be  translated  by  is  it  f  or  are  they  ? 


LASS           I. 

sing. 

Yu  wapi  ? 

plur. 

Wa  wapi  ? 

II. 

i> 

U  wapi  ? 

>> 

I  wapi  ? 

III. 

5> 

I  wapi  ? 

>» 

Zi  wapi? 

IV. 

»> 

Ki  wapi  ? 

>> 

Vi  wapi  ? 

v. 

1J 

Li  wapi  ? 

» 

Ya  wapi  ? 

VI. 

>> 

U  wapi  ? 

>> 

Zi  wapi? 

VII. 

>» 

Pa  wapi  ? 

>» 

Pa  wapi  ? 

A  fuller  form  to  represent  where  is  it  f  or  where  are 
they  f  is  made  by  adding  -ho  to  the  personal  prefix. 
Yulco  wapi1    Where  is  he  ?       Ziko  vxipi?    Where  are  they  ? 


1-1  SWAEIL1  HANDBOOK. 

The  noun  refi  rred  to  follows  this  interrogative. 
I  icapi  mcrikebii  ?     Where  is  the  ship  ? 

How  ?  is  expressed  by  the  syllable  -je  suffixed  to  the 
verb. 

Nitakipatajef    How  shall  I  get  it? 

Chalifanywajel    How  was  it  made? 

/  lip  ndaje,  ao  kupika,  ao  bichi?    How  do  you  like  it,  cooked  or 

raw  ? 
Asemajel    [How  does  he  talk?]     What  does  he  say  ? 
TJrefu  wake  yapataje  ?     How  long  is  it  ? 
TJmri  wa];<-  apataje?     How  old  is  he? 
Kwenda  chini  kwake  chapataje  [kisima]  f     How  deep  is  it  [a 

well]  ? 

The  use  of  Jcupata,  to  get,  in  these  phrases  nmst  be 
noticed.  There  is  no  direct  way  of  attaching  the  hoic  ? 
to  the  adjective ;  they  say  therefore,  "  His  age,  how 
gets  he  it  ?  " 

How  many  ?  is  expressed  by  -ngapi,  which  is  treated 

as  an  adjective. 

How  many  people;?     Wntu  wangapi? 
How  many  goats  ?     Mbuzi  wangapi  or  ngapif 
How  many  trees  ?     MM  mingapi  ? 
How  many  houses?     Nt/urnba  ngapil 
How  many  chairs?     Viti  vingapi  ' 
How  many  chests  ?     Makasha  mangapi  ? 
How  many  planks  ?     Mbau  ngapil 
How  many  places?    Mahali pangapil 

How  ?  is  in  some  cases  expressed  by  the  use  of  other 
phrases. 

How  long  ago?     Tangu  lini?  [since  when  ?] 

How  much?     Kadri  gani,  or  Kiaxsi  ganil  [what  quantity  ?] 

How  often  ?     Marra  ngapi  ?  [how  many  times  ?] 

The  exclamatory  What !  is  rendered   by  the  inter- 

rogative  pronoun  in  -pi. 

Furatui  i/pi !     What  joy  1 


(     125     ) 


VERBS, 

Regular  Swahili  verbs  always  end  in  -a,  as,  Jcvpenda, 
to  love,  kupiga,  to  beat. 

Verbs  derived  from  the  Arabic  may  end  in  -e,  -»,  or-M, 
as,  kusamehe,  to  pardon,  kusafiri,  to  travel,  kuharibu,  to 
destroy.  Verbs  in  this  form  do  not  change  the  final 
vowel,  where  verbs  in  -a  regularly  do  so. 

The  simplest  form  of  the  verb  is  used  in  Swahili, 
as  in  English,  for  the  second  person  singular  of  the 
imperative. 

Penda!    Love!  Pirja!    Strike! 

Samehe!    Pardon!  Safiri!    Travel! 

Haribu !    Destroy ! 

The  second  person  plural  imperative  is  made  by 
adding  -ni.  All  the  other  tenses  and  moods  are  made 
by  prefixing  syllables  to  the  simple  form,  except  that 
verbs  in  -a  change  -a  into  -e  in  the  present  subjunctive, 
and  into  -i  in  the  present  negative,  and  a  -w-  is  inserted 
to  mark  the  passive. 

There  is  a  negative  as  well  as  an  affirmative  con- 
jugation, in  which  the  tenses  and  persons  are  also  dis- 
tinguished by  prefixes. 

The  various  prefixes  form  in  pronunciation  o?^  word 


126  SWAEILI  HANDBOOK. 

with  the  verb,  and  when  taken  to  pieces  denote   its 
person,  number,  tense,  mood,  subject,  and  object. 

Ameliramhia  =  A-mekw-amhia  =  He-has-you-tell  =  He  has  told 

you. 
Wdliponipenda  =  Wa-ll-po-ni-penda  =  They-did-when-me-love 

=  When  they  loved  inc. 
Nitdkachokupa  =  Ni-taka-cho-ku-pa  =  I-shall-wbich-you-give-to 

=  Which  I  shall  give  to  you. 
Ningalimicona  —  Xi-it<i<ili-iuw-ona  =  I-shuuld-have-him-see  =  I 

should  have  seen  him. 

The  syllables  used  as  prefixes  have  not  the  same 
meaning  standing  separately  as  they  have  when  com- 
bined with  the  verb  in  their  proper  order;  for  this 
reason,  therefore,  as  well  as  to  show  the  proper  pro- 
nunciation, they  with  the  verb  must  all  be  written  as 
one  word. 

Lists  of  the  several  prefixes  will  be  found  at  the  end 
of  the  preliminary  observations  to  the  second  part  of 
this  handbook  (p.  237).  The  personal  prefixes  will  be 
found  described  under  Pronouns  (p.  104),  and  seen 
arranged  under  their  appropriate  classes  of  Substantives 
in  the  Table  of  Concords,  p.  82. 

Indefinite  Tenses. 

1.  Customary  actions  are  expressed  by  prefixing  hu- 
to  the  verb.  In  this  form  there  is  no  distinction  of 
number,  person,  or  time. 

Hu-enda,  one  goes,  they  go,  everybody  goes,  he  used  to  go. 
Hu-penda,  one  likes,  they  like,  one  would  like. 

2.  The  relative  may  be  joined  with  the  verb  without 
any  sign  of  time.  The  personal  prefix  only  is  put 
before  the  verb,  and  the  relative  sign  suffixed  to  it. 


VERBS.  127 

Sing.     Class        I.  Ni-penda-ye,  [I]  who  love. 

U-penda-ye,  [thou]  who  lovest. 
A-penda-ye,  [he]  who  loves. 
„  II.  U-angul:a-o,  which  falls. 

„  III.  1-anguka-yo, 

„  IV,  Ki-anguka-cho, 

„  V.  Li-anguka-lo, 

„  VI.   U-anguka-o, 

„         VII.  P-anguka-po,  where  falls. 
„       VIII.  Kw-anguka-ko,  whither  falls. 

Plur.       „  I.  Tu-penda-o,  [we]  who  love. 

M-penda-o,  [you]  who  love. 
Wa-penda-o,  [they]  who  love. 
M  II.  I-anguka-yo,  or,  Y-anguka-yo,  which  fall. 

„  III.  Zi-anguka-zo, 

„  TV.   Vy-anguka-vyo, 

„  V.  Y-anguka-yo, 

„  VI.  Zi-anguka-zo, 

The  relative  may  represent  the  object  of  the  verb, 
but  in  that  case  the  objective  sign  (pp.  105-6)  ought  to 
be  inserted  between  the  personal  prefix  and  the  verb. 

Class  I.  Ni-m-penda-ye,  [he  or  she]  whom  I  love. 
Ni-ku-penda-ye,  [thou]              „     ,,     „ 
Ni-wa-penda-o,  [you  or  they]  ,,     „     „ 

Sing.        „  II.  Ni-u-penda-o  [it]  which  I  love. 

„  III.  Ni-i-penda-yo, 

„  IV.  Ni-ki-penda-cho, 

„  V.  Ni-li-penda-lo, 

„  VI.  Ni-u-penda-o, 

„  VII.  Ni-pa-penda-po, 

„  VIII.  Ni-ku-penda-ko, 

Plur.        „  II.  Ni-i-penda-yo,  [those]  which  I  love. 

„  III.  Ni-zi-penda-zo, 

„  TV.  Ni-vi-penda-ryo, 

„  V.  Ni-ija-penda-yo, 

„  VI.  Ni-zi-penda-zo, 

3.  The  negative  form,  expressing  Who.  or  which  dies 


L28  SWAHILI  HAND  BOOK. 

ii.it.   is  made   by  the  personal  prefix,  tho  syllable  -ei- 
[not]  and  the  relative  sign,  followed  by  the  verb. 

Sing.     Class        I.  Nisi-ye^penda,  [I]  who  love  not. 

U-si-ye-penda,  [thou]  who  love.>t  not. 

A-si-ye-penda,  [he  or  she]  who  loves  not 
„  II.  U-si-o-anguka,  which  falls  not. 

,,  III.   Isi-yo-angulca, 

„         IV.  Kisi-cho-anguka, 
,,  V.   TA-si-lo-anguka, 

„  VI.  Usi-o-anguka, 

„        VII.  Pasi-po-anguJca,  where  falls  not. 

Kusi-ho-anguka,  whither  fulls  Dot, 

Musi-mo-anguka,  wherein  falls  not. 
Plur.        „  I.  Tu-n-o-penda,  [we]  who  love  not. 

M-si-o-penda,  [you]. 

1 1  (i-si-O-penda,  [they]. 
„  II.   T-si-yo-anguka,  which  fall  not. 

„  III.  Zisi-zo-anguka, 

„  1  \".    Vv-si-vyo-anguka, 

,,  V.    Ya-si-yo-anguka, 

„  VI.  Zisi-zo-anguka. 

Where  the  relative  is  the  object  of  the  verb,  it  is 

expressed  as  in  the  affirmative  tenses,  by  the  form  of 

the  relative  particle  and  the  insertion  of  the  objective 

prefix. 

Nisi-zo-zi-penda,  which  I  do  not  like. 

This  negative  tense  may  be  applied  with  equal  pro- 
priety to  past,  present,  or  future  time,  amounting  in 
effect  to  a  negative  of  the  relation  at  the  time  and  under 
the  circumstances  implied  in  the  context. 

The  application  of  the  relative  to  the  definite  affir- 
mative tenses  is  explained  under  Pronouns  (p.  119). 

The  difference  between — which  I  like — and — I  who 
like  it — is  to  be  found  in  the  form  of  the  relative 
particle. 


VERBS.  129 

[Nyumba]  nili-yo-ipenda,  [the  house]  which  I  liked. 
nili-ye-ipenda,  I  who  liked  it 

\Kitu]  nUi-cho-Mpenda,  [the  thing]  which  I  liked. 
nili-ye-kipenda,  I  who  liked  it. 

Definite  Tenses. 

The  important  part  of  each  tense  is  the  tense  prefix* 
It  is  preceded  by  the  jpersonal  signof  the  subject,  and 
may  be  followed  directly  by  the  verb.  If  any  signs  of 
relation  are  used  they  are  suffixed  to  the  tense  prefix, 
and  the  objective  prefix  (if  any)  must  always  imme- 
diately precede  the  verb:  The  tense  prefix  is  the  same 
for  all  persons  and  both  numbers.  The  personal  prefix 
is  the  same  for  all  tenses,  except  the  slight  changes 
dependent  upon  the  question  whether  the  first  letter  of 
the  tense  prefix  is  a  vowel  or  not. 

In  order  therefore  to  construct  the  proper  form  of 
verb,  it  is  necessary  first  to  ascertain  the  proper  personal 
prefix,  next  the  proper  tense  prefix,  then  the  particles 
of  relation  and  objective  prefix,  if  they  are  required, 
and  then  to  finish  with  the  verb.  Thus,  to  say,  A  house 
has  fallen  down.  A  house  is  nyumba,  a  word  of  the  third 
class  ;  the  proper  personal  prefix  for  a  singular  noun  of 
the  third  class  is  -i,  the  tense  prefix  for  the  present 
perfect  is  -me-,  the  verb  to  fall  is  hu  -  anguka  (the  hu- 
being  the  sign  of  the  infinitive  :  we  have  therefore — 

Nyumba  imeanguka  =  a  house  has  fallen  down. 

If  we  wished  to  say,  Six  houses  have  fallen  down ;  we 
find  that  nyumba  being  of  the  third  class  keeps  the  same 
form  in  the  plural ;  sita  is  six,  and  must  follow  its  noun  ; 
the  subjective  prefix  proper  to  plural  nouns  in  the  third 

K 


130  SWA  II JLT  HANDBOOK. 

class  is  21- ;  the  tense  prefix  and  the  verb  remain  the 
Bame. 

Nyumba  sita  zimeanguTca,  six  houses  have  fallen  down. 

To  take  one  more  complicated  example,  I  saw  the 
knife,  which  you  gave  him.  The  personal  prefix  for 
the  first  person  is  ni-  or  n-,  the  tense  prefix  of  the  past 
perfect  is  -ali-,  to  see  is  ku-ona,  knife  is  hisu,  a  substantive 
of  the  fourth  class.  As  some  particular  knife  is  intended 
we  must  use  the  objective  prefix,  and  that  for  a  singular 
substantive  of  the  fourth  class  is  -hi-.  As  the  tense 
prefix  begins  with  a  vowel  we  must  use  the  personal 
prefix  which  ends  in  a  consonant.    We  have  therefore — ■ 

Nalikiona  Icisu  =  I  saw  the  knife. 

1  Which  you  gave  him.'     The  relative  referring  to  a 

singular  noun  of  the  fourth  class  is  -cho-.     It   must 

fi  'How  the  tense  prefix,  which  is  -ali-,  as  before,  for  the 

past  perfect.     The  sign  of  the  second  person  singular 

is  u-  or  w- ;  the  verb,  to  give  to,  is  Jcu-jpa.     The  object 

of  the  verb  is  him,  the  objective  prefix  for  nouns  of  the 

first  class  is  -mu-  or  -m-.    Putting  these  together  we 

have, 

Which  you  gave  him,  ivalichompa. 

And  the  whole  sentence, 

I  saw  the  knife  which  you  gave  him,  nalikiona  Mm  walichompa. 

It  must  not  be  forgotten  that  hu-  and  pa-  may  be 
used  for  there  in  an  impersonal  sense. 

Kulikuwa  or  VaXikvma,  there  was  or  there  were. 
'  apiga,  ifc,  and  tl.erc  btruck,  &c 


VERBS. 


131 


Indicative  Tenses. — Present. 

There  are  in  the  language  of  Zanzibar  two  Presents, 
one  Indefinite  and  one  Imperfect. 

1.  The  Indefinite  Present  answers  to  our  common 
English  present,  I  come,  I  love,  &c.  It  is  made  by 
prefixing  -a-  to  the  verb. 


N- 
W- 


►  a-penda  \ 


( I  love. 
Thou  lovest. 
He    or    she 

loves. 
It  loves. 
We  love. 
You  love. 
They  love. 


W-,  Y-,  Ch-,  L-,  W-,  P-,  Kw- 

Tw- 

Mw- 

W- 
Y-,  Z-,  Vy,  Y-,  Z- 

2.  The  Present  Imperfect  answers  to  our  tense  with 
am,  I  am  coming,  I  am  loving,  &c.  It  is  made  by  pre- 
fixing -na-  to  the  verb. 


m- 
u- 

A-j  U-,  I-,  Ki-,  Li-,  U~ 

Pa-,  Ku- 

Tu- 

'M- 
Wa-,  I-,  Zi-,  Vi-,  Ya-,  Zi- 


I  am 

Thou  art 
He,  she, 
or  it  is    j.  loving. 


*  na-penda  \ 

We  are 
You  are 
They  are 

In  the  first  person  the  ni-  is  often  contracted  into  'n-, 
and  sometimes  altogether  omitted.  This  tense  used 
after  another  verb  may  be  translated  by  an  English 
present  participle. 

Namwona,  or  Nalimwona  anahuja,  I  see  him,  or,  I  saw  h5m 
coming. 

In  the  dialect  of  Mombas  this  -na-  tense  is  used  of 
past  time.  In  Zanzibar  it  is  the  more  usual  form  of 
the  present. 

K  2 


132 


SWAIIILI  HAND  BOOK. 


Present  Perfect. 

The  Present  Perfect  is  ruado  by  the  prefix  -me- :  it 
denotes  an  action  complete  at  the  time  of  speaking,  and 
therefore  answers  to  the  English  tense  with  have. 


m- 

u- 

A- 

'  I  have 

U-,  I-,  Ki- 

Thou  hast 

Li-,  J'rt-,  Kn~ 

me-penda  , 

He  or  she  has 

Tu- 

It  has 

'M- 

We  have 

\\a- 

You  have 

/-,  Zi-f  Vi- 

.They  have 

Ya- 

■  loved. 


In  verbs  denoting  a  state  or  the  possession  of  a 
quality  the  present  has  the  meaning  of  to  enter  upon, 
to  acquire,  or  to  become,  what  the  verb  denotes.  The 
-me-  tense  must  then  be  translated  by  to  have,  or  to  be, 
&c.  (p.  86). 

Jnajaa,  it  is  getting  full. 

Imejaa,  it  is  full. 
Inapasuka,  it  is  heing  torn, 

Imepasulca,  it  is  torn. 
Inapotea,  it  is  becoming  lost. 

Imepotea,  it  is  lost. 
Anavaa,  he  is  putting  on. 

Amevaa,  he  has  put  on,  therefore,  he  wears. 

When  the  -me-  tense  occurs  in  a  narrative,  it  denotes 
an  action  complete  at  the  time  referred  to,  and  must 
generally  be  translated  by  had. 

Kihamirona  ameufunrjua  mlango,   and  I  saw   that  he  ha< 
unfastened  the  door. 

The  -me   tense  may  sometimes  be  translated  as  a  pas 


VERBS. 


133 


participle,  signifying  a  state  arrived  at  at  the  time  of 
speaking  or  at  the  time  referred  to. 

Yu  hayi  ao  amekufa  ?    Is  he  alive  or  dead  ? 
Zalikuwa  zimepotea,  they  were  lost 

In  this  sense  it  may  "be  used  to  form  compound  tenses, 
somewhat  as  the  past  participle  is  in  English. 

In  some  dialects  of  Swahili  the  prefix  is  pronounced 
-ma-  rather  than  -me-.     See  the  end  of  Appendix  II. 


Past  Perfect. 

The  Past  Perfect  tense  is  made  by  the  prefix  -li-  or 
-ali- :  it  denotes  an  action  complete  in  past  time.  It 
must  sometimes  be  translated  in  English  by  the  tense 
with  had,  but  more  commonly  it  represents  the  indefinite 
past,  which  usually  ends  in  -ed. 


N-           } 

W- 

W-,  Y-,  Ch-,  L- 

P-,  Kw- 

)     ali-     ' 

Tw 

Mw- 

'I 

W- 

Thou 

Y-,  Z-,  Vy,  Y-  J 

He  or  she 

Ki- 

penda   ' 

It 
We 

U- 

You 

A- 
U-,  I;  Ki- 

^They 

Li-,  Pa~,  Ku- 
Tu- 

1        lir       - 

M- 

Wa- 

I-,  Zi-,  Vi-,  Ya-. 

loved. 


When   it  is   intended   to   denote   the    action    as    a 


134 


S  TO  II II.  I   II A  XDJSO  OK. 


continuous  one,  the  syllable  -hi-  may  be  inserted  after 
the  tenso  prefix. 

N-nJi-hi-mpevda,  I  loved  him  [not  once  but  continuously]. 
W-ali-papi  ndana,  when  they  loved  one  another. 
W-ali-po-ki-pendana,  while  they  loved  one  another. 


Narrative  Past. 

In  telling  a  story  it  is  usual  to  begin  with  one  verb 
in  the  -li-  tense,  and  then  to  put  all  that  follow  in  a 
tense  made  by  the  prefix  -ha-.  This  tense  includes  in 
itself  the  power  of  the  conjunction  and.  It  can  never 
properly  stand  at  the  beginning  of  a  narrative,  but  no 
other  past  tense  can  properly  be  used  for  any  verb 
except  the  first.  It  may  occasionally  be  used  after 
another  verb,  where  the  time  being  indefinite  would 
in  English  be  represented  by  a  present. 


Ni- 

U- 

'And  I 

A- 

And  thou 

U;  I-,  Ki- 

And he  or  she 

ln-,  Pa-,  Ku- 

^ca-penda!  An'U 

Tu- 

And  we 

M- 

And  you 

Wa- 

And  they 

I-,  Zi-,  Vi-,  Ya- . 

loved. 


Nika-  is  frequently  contracted  into  Ha-. 

Hamwona  =  Niltamwona  =  And  I  saw  him. 

The  -ha-  of  this  tense  is  often  pronounced  -hi-  in  rapid 
or  careless  talking. 


VERBS. 


!*'■ 


Ot) 


Future. 
The  Future  Tense  is  made  by  the  prefix  -ta-. 

)  love. 


m- 

u- 

'  I  shall 

A- 

Thou  wilt 

U-,  I;  Ki- 

He  or  she  will 

Li-,  Pa-,  Ku- 

1 1  a-ptei 

ida  ' 

It  will 

Tu- 

We  shall 

M- 

You  will 

Wa- 

They  will 

I;  Zi;   Vt;   Yd; 

In  the  first  person  the  prefix  Ni-  is  often  omitted. 
Tapenda  —  Nitapenda  —  I  shall  luve. 

When  particles  of  relation  are  introduced  the  prefix 
-ta-  is  very  rarely  used ;  the  tense  prefix  stands  almost 
always  as  -taka-. 

AtahayeJcuja,  [he]  who  will  come. 

With  particles  of  relation  the  difference  between  the 
present,  indefinite,  and  future  times  is  much  more  care- 
fully observed  in  Swahili  than  in  English. 

Nilalapo,  when  I  sleep,  i.e.,  in  the  case  of  my  sleeping. 

Ninapolala,  when  I  sleep,  i.e.,  at  the  time  when  I  am  sleeping. 

Nitakapolala,  when  I  sleep,  i.e.,  when  I  shall  be  sleeping. 

Mtu  aendaye,  the  man  who  goes  (at  any  time). 

Mtu  anayehwenda,  the  man  who  is  going  (now). 

Mtu  atdkayekwcnda,  the  man  who  goes  (at  some  future  time). 

Thus,  if  it  is  intended  to  send  a  man  somewhere  and 
pay  him  afterwards  for  his  trouble,  where  it  might  be 
said  in  English — Tell  the  man  who  goes  that  I  will 
pay  him  when  he  comes  back — the  Swahili  verbs  must 
all  be  in  the  future,  Mwambie  yule  atalcayekwenda  lewamba 


136 


SWA  JIJLI  II AND  B 0 OK. 


atakaporudi  nitamlipia.     "Where  it  is  the  fact  and  net 
the  time,  person,  or  thing,  that  is  the  important  element 
of  the  idea,  it  is  better  not  to  use  the  particles  of  rela- 
\  but  to  employ  the  -hi-  tense,  which  see. 

Conditional  Tenses. 

There  are  four  tenses  which  may  be  called  Con- 
ditional. The  first,  made  with  -Jci-,  expresses  a  state  of 
tilings  as  supposed  to  be  existing.  The  second,  made 
with  -jajpo-,  expresses  a  state  of  things  supposed  as 
I  m  ssible.  The  other  two  refer  to  contingencies  ;  one  of 
them,  made  with  -nge--  or  -nga-,  expresses  what  would 
now  be  happening,  and  the  contingency  on  which  it 
would  depend  regarded  as  existing ;  the  other,  made 
with  -ngali-,  expresses  what  would  have  happened,  and 
the  contingency  on  which  it  would  have  depended 
regarded  as  no  longer  existing. 

Actual  Conditional  or  Participial  Tense. 

This  tense  is  made  with  the  prefix  -hi-,  and  may  be 
translated  by  the  English  present  participle,  or  by  as, 
if,  when,  since,  though,  or  any  other  words  by  which 
the  idea  of  a  state  of  things  can  be  introduced  and  con- 

<  ted  with  the  rest  of  the  sentence. 
Ni- 


I  loving. 


u- 

I 

A- 

Thou 

1-.    J-.    Kir 

He  <>r  she 

Li-,  Pa-,  Ku-      )  to 

-penda 

It 

Ttlr 

We 

M- 

You 

!!'-/- 

They 

I-  Zi-    Vi-    Ya   • 

VERBS.  137 

The  prefix  Nilci-  may  "be  contracted  into  Hi-. 

Hifnkuza  -  Nikifukuza  =  As  I  was  driving. 

Viewed  as  a  present  participle,  the  -M-  tense  can  be 
nsed  to  form  compound  tenses,  especially  a  past  im- 
perfect. 

Alikuwa  dkiogolea,  he  was  swimming  about. 

The  following  are  a  few  examples  of  the  use  of  this 
tense : — 

Nitafurahi  nikikuona,  [seeing  you  I  shall  rejoice]  I  shall  be 

glad  to  see  you. 
Akija  Abdullah  micambia,  [Abdallah  coming,  tell  him]  Tell 

Abdallah  when  he  comes. 
Nikiioa  nacho,  [I  having  it]  If  I  have  it — when  I  have  it — if  I 

should  have  it — in  case  of  my  having  it — since  I  have  it. 
Alipotea  dkizunguka  kwa  siku  mbili,  [He  was  lost  wandering 

for  two  days]  He  lost  his  way  and  wandered  about  for  two 

days. 
Majivuno  yakiwa  mengi,  [Puffings  up  being  many]  Much  self- 
exaltation. 
Cpepo  ukiwa  moto  hutanua,  [Air  being  hot]  Air  expands  when 

it  becomes  heated. 
Akisema  kweli,  hasadikiwi,  [Telling  the  truth,  he  is  not  believed] 

If  he  should  tell  the  truth,  he  would  not  be  believed. 

In  this  instance  the  use  of  the  -lei-  tense  and  of  the 
negative  present  are  both  remarkable.  It  will  be  seen, 
however,  upon  examination,  that  there  is  no  real  con- 
tingency in  such  a  sentence  as  this.  It  affirms  a  fact 
in  a  state  of  things,  not  a  contingency  upon  a  supposed 
state  of  things ;  it  is  not  his  telling  the  truth  which 
prevents  his  being  believed. 

A  corresponding  past  tense  may  be  made  by  the  -K- 
tense  with  the  relative  particle  -po-. 

Walipxrpenda,  when  they  loved,  being  that  they  then  leved. 


13S 


SWAI7ILI  HANDBOOK. 


Possible  Conditional. 

This  tense  is  made  by  the  prefix  -japcr-,  and  puts  a 

case ;  it  generally  implies  that  the  case  is  an  extreme 

or  unlikely  one.     It  may  be  translated  by  even  if. 
Ni-       -\ 

u-  a 

A.  thou 

U-,  I-,  Kir-  he  or  she 

Li-,  Pa-,  Ku-    \japo-penda,  even  if  \  i*  >  love. 

Tu-  we 

M-  you 

Wa-  Vthey 

I-,  Zi-,  Ft-,  Ta- 

The  prefix  seems  to  be  formed  from  hija,  to  come, 

and  -po,  the  particle  denoting  when  or  where ;  so  that 

ujapo  may  be  translated,  "When  you  come,  and  so  with 

the  other  persons ;  this  will  give  the  force  of  the  tense. 

Wajctpoliupiga,  when  they  come  to  beating  you,  i.e.,  even  if 
they  beat  yon. 

Japo  with  the  personal  signs  may  be  used  alone  in 

the  sense  of — even  if. 

Ujapo  huhioni,  even  if  you  do  not  see  it. 

Present  Contingent. 
This  tense  is  formed  by  the  prefix  -nge-  or  -nga-,  and 
puts  a  condition  and  its  results  as  present.  It  necessarily 
implies  that  neither  are  in  existence. 

Ni- 

I  should,  or  if  I  did 

Thou  wouldest,  or  if  thou 

didst 
He,  she,  or  it  would,  or  if 

he,  she,  or  it  did 
We  should,  or  if  we  di<l 
You  would,  or  if  you  did 
They  would,  or  if  they  did 


U- 

A- 

u- 

I-,  Ki- 

1. 

,  Pa-.  A'u- 

TVr 

M- 

Wa- 

I; 

Zi-,  Vi-,  Yar 

:  nge-penda 


)  love. 


VERBS. 


139 


The  -nga-  form  is  used  with  monosyllabic  verbs — 
angawa — though  he  be,  or  he  would  be. 

The  two  branches  of  the  contingency  cannot  in 
English  be  represented  by  the  same  tense,  as  they  are 
in  Swahili.  The  pair  would  stand  in  English,  (1)  If  I 
did— (2)  I  should,  &c.  (1)  If  it  were— (2)  it  would 
be,  &c.  Or  they  might  stand,  (1)  Though  I  did — 
(2)  yet  I  should,  &c. 

The  second  branch  is  sometimes  represented  in 
English  by  a  past  tense ;  sometimes  both  are. 

Kama  ungekuica  na  dkili,  mali  yako  ungedumu  nayo,  [If  vou 
were  with  wits,  your  property  you  would  continue  with  itj 
If  you  were  a  man  of  understanding,  your  property  would 
be  (or  would  have  been)  yours  still. 

Past  Contingent. 
This  tense  is  made  with  the  prefix  -ngali-.  It  sup- 
poses something  at  a  past  time,  and  concludes  that 
something  else  would  then  have  happened,  also  at  a 
past  time.  It  represents  the  English — If  this  had 
happened,  that  would  have  happened.  It  supposes  that 
neither  condition  nor  contingency  did  ever  in  fact 
occur.  In  English  a  past  tense  is  often  used  to  express 
a  present  contingency,  but  the  Swahili  seem  to  dis- 
tinguish them  more  carefully. 

Had  I,  or  I  should  have 
Hadst    thou,  or    thou 

wouldest  have 
Had  he,  she,  or  it,  or  he, 

she,  or  it  would  have 
ngali-penda  (  Had  we,  or  we  should  \  loved. 

have 
Had  you,  or  you  would 

have 
Had  they,  or  they  would 

have 


Ni- 

U- 

A- 

U-.  I;  Ki- 

Li-,  Pa-,  Kw- 
Tu- 
Jii- 
Wa- 

I-,Zi-,  Vi-,  Ya-. 


110  SWAEILI  HANDBOOK. 

There  is  always  an  accent  on  the  personal  prefix  and 

none  on  the  tense  prefix,  thus  ungalikuja,  angaliona,  &c. 

Kama  ungalikuwapo  hapa,  ndugu  yangu  arujalipona,  If  you 
bad  been  bere,  my  brotber  would  bavo  got  well 

The  Imperative. 
It  has  been  mentioned  above  that  the  simplest  form 
of  the  verb   may  be  used  for  the   Imperative  as  in 
English.     The  final  letter  of  verbs  in  -a  is  frequently 
changed  into  e-.     The  plural  is  made  by  adding  -ni. 

Penda,  or  Pende,  love  thou.  Pendant,  or  Pendeni,  love  ye. 

Twaa,  or  Twae,  take  thou.  Twaani,  or  Twaeni,  take  ye. 

Sifu,  praise  thou.  Sifuni,  praise  ye. 

Fikiri,  consider  thou.  Fikirini,  consider  ye. 

The  form  ending  in  -e  is  the  more  commonly  used  in 
Zanzibar.  The  other  persons  are  supplied  by  the  use 
of  the  Subjunctive. 

Ka-  may  be  prefixed  to  the  Imperative  to  connect  it 
with  a  preceding  verb. 

Kajificheni,  and  bide  yourselves. 

The  Subjunctive. 
The  Subjunctive  is  made  by  prefixing  the  personal 
6ign,  and  when  the  verb  ends  in  -a  changing  that 
letter  into  -e.  It  may  be  translated  into  a  variety  of 
English  forms.  It  may  be  used  as  an  imperative  or 
jussive,  and  is  the  only  form  that  can  be  so  used  in  the 
first  and  third  persons. 

Nipende,  let  me  love. 

When  used  with  an  interrogative  it  may  be  translated 
— am  I  to — is  he  to,  &c. 

Nifanyejet    What  am  1  to  do ? 


VERBS. 


141 


It  is  the  proper  form  to  express  purpose  or  object — that 
I  may,  &c. — and  must  be  used  in  many  cases  where  in 
English  the  infinitive  is  employed. 

Mwambie  ahusayidie,  tell  him  to  help  you,  or  speak  to  him 
that  he  may  help  you. 

"Where  no  purpose  is  implied  the  infinitive  is  used  as 
in  English. 

I  want  to  sleep,  nataka  kulala. 

The  force  of  the  conjunction  and  may  be  expressed 
by  inserting  -ha-  after  the  personal  prefix.  And  is  used 
in  English  in  many  cases  where  the  second  action  is 
more  or  less  the  object  with  which  the  first  is  to  be 
done,  as  in — try  and  find,  &c.  In  such  cases  -Tea-  must 
not  be  used,  but  only  the  subjunctive  in  its  simple 
form. 


Ni- 
V- 

A;  TJ-,  I- 

Ki-,  Li-,  Pa- 
Ku- 

,  pende, 

That  i 

rT 

thou 
he  or  she 
it 

Tu- 

we 

M- 
Wa-,  I-,  Zi- 

you 

^ey 

Vi-,  Ya- 

mav  love. 


Verbs  which  end  in  -i,  -e,  or  -u,  keep  the  same  final 
letter  in  the  subjunctive. 


The  Infinitive, 
The  Infinitive  is  made  in  all  cases  by  prefixing  -ku, 

Ku-penda,  to  love. 
Ku-ona,  to  see. 


142  SWAUILI  HANDBOOK. 

The  -M-  becomes  -to-  before  a,  e,  and  t,  and  often 
disappears  before  o. 

Kw-amhia,  to  tolL 
Kw-enda,  to  go. 
Kw-isha,  to  finish. 
K-oga,  to  bathe. 

The  Infinitive  may  always  be  used  to  express  the 
action  denoted  by  the  verb. 

Kicenda,  going. 

Kufa,  dying. 

Kupendana,  mutual  loving. 

[There  are  two  idiomatic  uses  of  the  Infinitive  Mood, 
which  are  common,  and  may  be  mentioned  here,  the 
one  a  logical,  the  other  a  grammatical,  contrivance. 

Any  finite  form  of  a  verb  may  be  preceded  by  the 
infinitive  of  the  same  verb,  the  effect  being  rather  to 
particularize  and  give  prominence  to  the  idea  conveyed 
by  the  verb,  than  to  emphasize  the  mode  of  an  action. 

Thus  kufa  utalcufa,  as  to  dying,  you  will  die.  Dying, 
that  is  what  will  happen  to  you.  Not,  you  will 
certainly  die. 

Again,  when  any  finite  form  of  the  verb,  and  espe- 
cially a  long  form,  would  be  closely  followed  by  another 
verb  in  the  same  form,  connected  with  the  former  verb 
by  (at  most)  the  simple  copula  '  na,'  the  second  verb 
may  be  put  in  the  infinitive  mood.  By  this  device  the 
cumbrous  repetition  of  a  series  of  personal  and  other 
prefixes  in  a  number  of  successive  verbs  is  neatly 
avoided. 

Thus,  "  anayeabudiica  na  leutuhuzwa,"  for  anayetukuzica, 
"  who  is  worshipped  and  glorified." — A.  C.  M.J 


VERBS.  143 

Participles. 

There  are  properly  no  Participles  in  Swahili.  The 
present  participle  in  -ing  may  be  represented  by  the 
-ana-  tense  of  an  incomplete  action,  by  the  -ki-  tense 
of  a  state  of  continued  action,  or  by  the  use  of  the 

relative. 

The  man  sitting  yonder,  mtu  akaaye  kule. 

The  past  participle  may  be  represented  by  the  -me- 
tense  of  a  completed  action,  or  by  the  relative  when 
used  adjectivally. 

Nimekiona  kisu  kilichopotea,  I  have  found  the  lost  knife. 

The  Negative  Conjugation. 

All  Swahili  verbs  may  be  employed  with  negative 
prefixes  to  denote  the  reverse  of  their  affirmative 
meaning.  It  must  be  observed  that  the  negative  forms 
do  not  simply  deny  the  affirmative  forms  but  rather 
reverse  them. 

Napenda  kwenda,  I  like  going. 

Nataka  kwenda,  I  want  to  go. 
Sipendi  kwenda,  I  dislike  going, 
Sitaki  kwenda,  I  want  not  to  go. 

In  English  I  do  not  want  is  not  so  strong  as  I  do  not 
like,  but  in  Swahili  sitaki  is  stronger  than  sipendi. 

The  negative  tenses  are  formed  by  negative  personal 
prefixes,  which,  except  in  the  first  person  singular,  are 
made  from  the  affirmative  forms  by  prefixing  ha-. 

For  the  negative  combined  with  the  relative,  see 
p.  120. 


'o 


IU 


S  WAI1ILI  II. I  xnuooK. 


Negative  Present. 
In  tin's  tense  verbs  ending  in  -a  change  that  letter 
into  -i ;  other  final  letters  remain  unchanged. 

Si- 

Jlu- 
IIa-,  ILni-,  IJ<ii- 
Haki-,  Hali-,  llapa- 
Haku-  pendi  ' 

JTntu- 

Iltiiii- 
Haica-,  Eai-,  Hazi- 
Huri-,  llti>/a- 

This  tense  is  a  more  general  negative  than  the 
English  do  not  tense.  It  is  used  for  both  past  and 
future  wherever  the  negative  depends  upon  some  cause 
which  is  not  affected  by  the  time  referred  to. 

The  -i  of  si-  in  this  and  other  tenses  often  disappears 

before  a  vowel. 

Sogojji,  I  do  not  fear. 


I 

\ 

Thou 

1  [e  or 

she 

love  not 

It 

or 

We 

do  not  love. 

You 

^They 

t 

(I 

Thou 
He  or  she 


Negative  Past. 

There  is  one  negative  form  referring  to  past  time 

generally ;  it  is  made  by  the  negative  prefixes  followed 

by  -hu-. 

Si- 
Uu- 

Iln-,  J  J  ii  a-.  ITai- 

Jlnl.i-.   Ilnli- 

llapa-,  llnhu- 

Jlnlu- 

Jlnm- 
Uaira-,  Hair,  TLazi- 

JJm  /-.  llnija- 

In  a  few  rare  instances  negative  prefixes  may  be 
followed  by  -me-  or  -U-. 

Simehuwa  mwongol     Have  I  not  become  a  liar? 


hu-penda  \  "• 
We 
You 
I  They 


did  not  love 

or 

liave  not  lovrd. 


VERBS. 


145 


have  not  yet  loved. 


The  not  yet  Tense. 

There  is  a  negative  tense  made  by  the  use  of  the 
negative  prefixes  followed  by  -ja-,  which  is  a  sort  of 
negative  present  perfect,  denying  the  action  up  to  the 
time  of  speaking. 

Si-  -\ 

Hu~  (I 

Ha-,  Hau-,  Hai-  Thou 

Haki-,  Halt-  He  or  she 

Hapa-,  Baku-  )ja-penda    Xt 

Hatu-  We 

Ham-  You 

Hawa-,  Hai-,  Hazi-  They 
Havi-,  Haya- 

The  word  bado  is  often  used  with  this  tense  where 

it  is  intended  rather  to  imply  that  what  has  not  yet 

happened  will  some  day  come  to  pass. 

Hajaja,  he  is  not  yet  come,  he  is  not  come  even  now. 
Hajaja  bado,  he  is  not  come,  at  least  not  yet. 

The  -a-  of  -ja-  coalesces  with  i  and  e  into  a  long  -e- 

sound. 

Hajesha  =  Hajaisha  =  He  has  not  yet  finished. 

Negative  Future. 
The  negative  future  is  made  from  the  affirmative 
future  by  merely  using  negative  instead  of  affirmative 
personal  prefixes. 


Si- 

Hu- 
Ha-,  Hau-,  Hai- 
Haki-,  Hali- 
Hapa-,  Haku- 

Hatu- 

Ham- 
Hawa-,  Hai-,  Hazi- 
Havi-,  Haya- 


<  ta-penda  > 


I  shall  not 
Thou  wilt  not 
He,  she,  or  it 
will  not 


'  love. 


"We  shall  not 
You  will  not 
They  will  not 


L46 


*\YM1TLI  HANDBOOK. 


Condition  ll  Tenses. 

The  case  of  not  being  or  not  doing  is  put  by  a  tenue 

med  by  the  affirmative  prefixes  followed  by  sipo-; 

it  may  be  translated  by  the  present  participle  with  a 

negative,  or  by  as,  if,  when,  though,  since,  or  any  other 

word  by  which  the  case  of  not  being,  having,  or  doing., 

may  be  introduced. 

Ni- 


U- 
A-,  U-,  I-,  Ki- 
IA-,  Pa-,  Ku- 

Tw- 

M- 
Wa-,  I-,  Zi-,  Vi- 

Ya 


sipo-penda  i 


I 

Thou 

He  or  she 

It 

We 

You 

They 


i  not  loving. 


This  tense  may  be  also  used  to  translate  an  English 

affirmative  preceded  by  except  or  unless. 

Asipojua,  unless  he  knows. 
Asipokuwa  Abdullah,  except  Abdallah. 


Contingent  Tenses. 
The  negative  contingent  tenses,  present  and  past, 
are  made  from  the  affirmative  forms  by  merely  using 
negative  instead  of  affirmative  personal  prefixes. 

Did  I  or  I  should    "^ 


Si- 

11;- 

Ha-.  Umi-,  TJai- 
Haki-,  Hali- 
Hapa-,  Haku- 

Hatu- 

Ilam- 
TTavm-,  flai-,  llizi- 
llavi-,  Haya- 


l  vae-penda 


Didst  thou  or  Thou 

wouldest 
Did  lie,  she,  or  it, 

or  He,  she,  or  it 

would 
Did     we     or    We 

should 
Did    you    or    you 

would 
Did  they  or  They 
.     would 


not  love. 


VERBS. 


147 


Si- 

Hu- 
Ea-,  Hau-,  Hai- 
Hoiki-,  Hali- 
Hapa-,  Hahtir 

Hatu- 

Ham- 
Hawa-,  Hai- 
Hazi-,  Havi- 
Haya- 


Had  I  or  I  should 

have 
Hadst  thou  or  Thou 

wouldest  have 
Had   he,  she,  or  it, 
J      or  He,  she,  or  it 
ngali-penda\       would  have 

Had  we  or  We  should 

have 
Had    you     or    You 

would  have 
Had  they  or  They 

would  have 


not  loved. 


Negative  Imperative. 

The  negative  imperative  is  made  by  the  use  of  si 
(not),  with  the  affirmative  forms. 


Si  penda,  love  not. 
Si  sifu,  praise  not. 


Si  pendent,  love  ye  not. 
Si  sifuni,  praise  ye  not 


The  negative  subjunctive  is  more  often  used  in  this 
sense  than  the  imperative  form. 


Negative  Subjunctive. 

The  negative  subjunctive  is  made  from  the  affirma- 
tive form  by  inserting  -si-  between  the  affirmative 
personal  prefix  and  the  verb. 


Ni- 

U- 
A-,  U-,  I- 
,  Ki-,  Li-, 
Pa-,  Ku- 

Tu- 

M- 
Wa-,  I-,  Zi- 
Vi-,  Ya- 


I  may 

thou  mayest 
he,    she,   or 

si-pende,  That  (      it  may 
we  may 
you  may 
they  may 


not  love. 


L  2 


148  6  WA  JULI  HANDBOOK. 

The  -t  of  si-  often  disappears  before  a  vowel. 
asende,  that  he  may  not  go. 

The  negative  subjunctive  may  be  Englished  in 
^,  vera!  different  ways.  It  may  be  used  as  above  of  a 
purpose  not  to  do,  or  it  may  be  used  of  a  purpose  to  do 

which  fails. 

Akamtafuta  <i*imwone,  he  looked  for  him,  but  did  not  see  him 
or,  without  seeing  him. 

This  form  is  commonly  used  for  the  negative 
imperative. 

Nisende,  let  me  not  go.  Usende,  don't  go. 

A  form  of  subjunctive  connected  with  the  not  yet 
tense  is  made  by  the  use  of  -sije-  with  the  affirmative 
prefixi  s. 


Ni-           i 

U- 

I  may 

A-,   U;  I- 

thou  mayest 

l\i-.  Li- 

he,  she,  or  it 

Fa-,  Ku-, 

sije-penda,  That 

may 

Tu- 

we  may 

IH- 

you  may 

War,  I-,  Zi- 

k  they  may 

Yi-,  Va- 

not  have  already 
loved. 


This  tense  may  often  be  translated  by  before. 
Utampata  asijdala,  you  will  catch  him  before  he  goes  to  sleep. 

sije  with  the  personal  prefixes  may  be  used  as  a 
plete  wonl  followed  by  the  -ha-  tense. 

Nisije  nihi  fa,  that  I  may  not  be  already  dead,  or,  that  I  may  Dot 
die  before,  &c. 


VERBS.  149 

Negative  Infinitive. 

The  negative  infinitive  is  made  by  the  use  of  kutoa 
(to  put  out),  often  contracted  into  huto-  and  used  as  a 
prefix. 

Kutoa  kupenda,  or  Kutopenda,  not  to  love,  or  not  loving,  to 
dislike,  or  disliking. 

The  Passive  Voice. 

The  Passive  is  made  from  the  Active  by  merely 
inserting  -w-  before  the  final  vowel. 

Napenda,  I  love.  Napendwa,  I  am  loved. 

Sipendi,  I  do  not  love.  Sipendwi,  I  am  not  loved. 

Nimependa,  I  have  loved.  Nimependwa,  I  have  been  loved. 

Kupenda,  to  love.  Kupendwa,  to  be  loved. 

Verbs  ending  in  two  vowels  often  use  the  passive  of 
their  applied  form.     See  pp.  151,  161. 

The  Passive  is  used  in  a  sort  of  impersonal  way  to 
denote  what  is  intended  to  be  done. 

Maji  yamekwenda  kutetwa,  some  one  has  gone  to  get  water. 
Pesa  zimekwenda  kuvunjwa,  some  one  has  gone  to  get  pice  in 
exchange  for  silver. 

Auxiliary  and  Irregular  Verbs. 

As  the  Auxiliary  verbs  are  mostly  also  irregular,  it 
will  be  best  to  speak  of  their  irregularities  first,  and 
afterwards  of  their  use  in  making  compound  tenses. 

Monosyllabic  verbs  and  most  dissyllabic  words  be- 
ginning with  a  vowel,  retain  the  hu-  of  the  infinitive 
in  those  tenses  in  which  the  tense  prefix  ends  in  a 


SWABILI  HANDBOOK. 

Liable  in<  a  pal  tie  of  bearing  the  accent.  These  tense 
prefixes  are  -na-,  -ame-,  -ali-,  -/a-,  -japo-,  -nge-,  -ngali-, 
and  sije-.  The  other  prefixes,  -a-,  -7<:a-,  -fl»-,  -n#a-,  -hi-, 
-ja-.  -si-,  are  capable  of  bearing  the  accent,  and  the  ku- 
is   not    retained   when  they  are  used.     The  personal 

us,  both  subjective  and  objective,  can  bear  the 
accent,  the  relative  signs  cannot. 

Thus,  from  kuja,  to  conic,  we  have  : — 

Naja,  I  come.  Nindkuja,  I  am  coming. 

Nilcaja,  and  I  came.  Nimekuja,  I  have  coine. 

Nikija,  I  coming.  Nalikuja,  I  came. 

8iji,  I  come  not.  Nitakuja,  I  shall  come. 

Sikuja,  I  did  not  come.  Nijapokuja,  even  if  I  come. 

Sijaja,  I  am  not  yet  come.  Ningekuja,  I  should  come. 

Nitijt ,  let  me  not  come.  Ningalikuja,  I  should  have  come. 

Ni8ijekuja,  before  I  come. 

Nije,  let  me  not  come.  Nisipokuja,  when  I  come  not. 

Ajaye,  he  who  comes.  Aliyekuja,  he  who  came. 
Nijaye,  I  who  come. 

It  is  shown  that  this  irregularity  depends  upon  the 

power  of  certain   syllables  to  support  the  accent  by 

the  changes  which  occur  when  an  objective  prefix  is 

inserted. 

Amekula,  he  has  eaten. 
Ame'mla,  he  has  eaten  him. 

The  verb  lcnpa,  to  give  to,  is  peculiar  in  always  re- 
aring an  objective  prefix,  and  therefore  never  having 
occasion  to  be  irregular. 

With  dissyllables  b"ginning  with  a  vowel  it  is  gene- 
rally indifferent  whether  the  hu-  is  retained  or  not. 

Arnekwisha  or  Ameisha,  he  has  finished. 
Amekwanza  or  Ameanza,  he  ha.~  begun. 


VERBS.  151 

Many  verts  occur  with  or  without  a  w-,  which  seems 
to  be  a  relic  of  the  -ku-. 

Kuiva  or  Kuwiva,  to  ripen. 
Kuaza  or  Kuicaza,  to  consider. 

The  word  kuja,  to  come,  stands  alone  in  having  an 
irregular  imperative. 

Njoo,  come.  Njooni,  come  ye. 

Monosyllabic  verbs  and  some  dissyllables  make  their 
passives  in  a  more  or  less  irregular  way.  The  follow- 
ing  is   a   list   of  the   monosyllabic   verbs  with  their 

passives : — 

Kucha,  to  fear.  Kuchica,  to  be  feared. 

Kula,  to  eat.  Kuliwa,  to  be  eaten. 

Kunywa,  to  drink.  Kunywewa,  to  be  drunk. 

Kupa,  to  give  to.  Kupawa  or  Kupewa,  to  receive. 

Kucha  is  used  in  the  dialect  of  Lamoo  for  to  fear,  the 
word  used  at  Zanzibar  being  kuogopa.  Kucha  means 
at  Zanzibar  to  rise  (of  the  sun),  and  kuchwa  (or,  in  the 
dialect  of  Mombas,  kutwd)  means  to  set.  The  other 
monosyllabic  verbs,  hufa,  to  die,  kuja,  to  come,  kunya, 
to  fall  like  rain,  kuwa,  to  be,  being  neuters,  do  not 
make  a  passive. 

Two  dissyllabic  verbs  make  their  passive  by  merely 

adding  -wa  to  the  active  form. 

Kuua,  to  kill.  Kuuawa,  to  be  killed. 

Kufua,  to  beat.  Kufuawa,  to  be  beaten. 

Verbs  ending  in  two  vowels  often  insert  an  -I-  in 

making  their  passive.     See  under  Applied  Forms,  pp. 

158-159. 

Kuzaa,  to  bear.  Kuzaica  or  Kuzaliwa,  to  be  born 

Kukomboa,  to  ransom.  Kukombolewa,  to  be  ransomed. 

Kufungua,  to  open.  Eufunguliwa,  to  be  opened. 


152  S  M\  1 1ITLI  HANDBOOK. 

The  origin  of  tins  use  lies  probably  in  the  difficulty 
■  l  pronouncing  distinctly  the  regular  passive  forms. 
Verbs  ending  in  -c  make  their  passive  in  -ewa. 

Kusamehe,  to  pardon.  Kusameh  wa,  to  be  pardoned. 

Verbs  ending  in  -i  make  their  passives  in  -iwa. 

Kuhiri,  to  confess.  Kuhiriwa,  to  be  confessed. 

Verbs  in  -u  generally  make  their  passive  in  -iwa. 

Kuharibu,  to  destroy.  Euharibiwa,  to  be  destroyed. 

Where  the  -u  is  preceded  by  a  vowel  the  passive  is 
made  in  -idiica. 

Kusahau,  to  forget.  Kusahauliwa,  to  be  forgotten. 

The  verb  kuica,  to  be,  has  several  peculiarities.  The 
Present  tense  is  very  seldom  used  in  its  regular  form. 
For  the  Present  tense  ni  (or,  in  the  negative,  si)  may 
be  used  for  all  persons  and  both  numbers,  or  the  per- 
sonal prefix  appropriate  to  the  subject  of  the  verb  may 
st  md  alone.  Ni  is  apparently  preferred  where  being 
is  the  important  part  of  the  idea ;  the  personal  prefix 
is  used  where  the  being  of  that  particular  thing  is 
intended  specially  to  be  noticed.  Yu  (not  A)  is  used 
for  he  or  she  is. 

Si  Jewell,  ni  kusifu  tu,  it  is  not  true,  it  is  only  flattery. 
ZVi  f'iri'iri,  we  are  ready. 

When  joined  with  a  relative  the  regular  form  has 
the  meaning  of  who  may  be. 

Awaye  yote,  whoever  it  be. 

Where  no  stress  is  intended  to  be  laid  on  the  being, 
the  verb  to  be,  when  joined  with  a  relative  pronoun,  is 


VERBS.  153 

represented  by  the  syllable  -U-.  See  Relatives,  p.  118. 
Li  is  used,  though  but  rarely,  with  the  personal  signs 
to  form  a  tense  with  the  meaning — continuing  to  be. 
A  narative  past  is  also  formed  with  it  in  the  sense  of — 
I  have  continued  to  be. 

Nili  halt  ya  kuwa  juu  yoke,  I  being  on  his  back. 
Nikali  nikipotea,  and  I  go  on  wandering. 

In  many  cases  where  the  verb  to  be  is  used  in  English 
merely  to  connect  the  parts  of  the  sentence  it  is  in 
Swahili  omitted  altogether. 

Kica  nini  weye  kutoa  kuonekana  hizi  siku  nyingi?  why  [have] 
you  [been]  invisible,  i.e.,  Why  have  you  kept  out  of  sight  so 
long? 

Yupi  mkuu  wao?  who  [is]  their  chief? 

Nyama  ya  kifaro  ngumu  rrrno,  rhinoceros  meat  [is]  very  tough. 

The  Present  Perfect  has  the  meaning  of  has  become. 

Manenoye  yamekuwa  uwongo,  his  words  are  become  false. 
The  Past  Perfect  must  be  used  to  translate  was  and 

were. 

Nilipokuwa  Sultani,  when  I  was  Sultan. 

The  English  has  or  have  been  must  be  translated  by 
a  present. 

Nipo  hapa  siku  nyingi,  I  have  been  here  many  days. 
The  Imperative  is  used  with  an  i  prefixed. 
Iwe,  be  thou.  Iweni,  be  ye.* 

In  the  negative  present  and  with  relatives  si  is  used 
as  ni  and  -li-  are  in  the  affirmative  tense.  The  regular 
forms  are  also  used,  though  but  rarely. 

*  The  subjunctive  forms  uwe,  mwe  are  commonly  preferred  in 
Zanzibar.— A.  C.  M. 


154  SWAHILI  HANDBOOK. 

The  verb  to  be  is  used  in  English  sometimes  to 
denote  existence  viewed  as  an  ultimato  fact,  sometimes 
to  denote  existence  in  place  and  time,  sometimes  to 
d.'imtr  .  \istence  as  the  possessor  of  certain  qualities, 
or  the  doer  or  sufferer  of  certain  acts.  In  Swahili  these 
three  uses  are  distinguished  by  the  employment  of 
di  lie  rent  forms. 

The  simple  form  of  the  verb  is  used  only  to  denote 
existence  as  the  possessor  of  qualities,  or  the  doer  or 
sufferer  of  acts. 

Existence  merely  in  place  and  time,  whether  the 
place  and  time  are  in  English  expressed  or  no,  is 
denoted  in  Swahili  by  the  addition  to  the  verb  of  -po, 
-mo,  or  -ho,  as  the  case  may  be.    See  Eelatives,  p.  120. 

He  is  at  my  house,  Yulto  kwangu. 
He  is  here,  Yupo  hapa. 
He  is  in  the  house,  Yumo  nyumhani. 
When  he  was  here,  AHpokuwapo  hapa. 
Where  are  they  ?     Ziko  wapit 


Existence  viewed  as  a  feet  in  itself  is  denoted  by  the 
addition  of  na  to  the  vorb,  being  the  same  form  as  is 
used  for  the  verbAto  have.  Na  is  joined  to  the  personal 
prefixes  to  makeWie  present  tense,  in  all  other  tenses 
it  is  treated  as  aRparate  word,  and  has  generally  the 
appropriate  relative  sign  suffixed  to  it. 

Kiina  mtu,  there  is  a  man. 
Kidikuwa  na  mtu,  there  was  a  man. 
Zinazo,  they  are. 
Zilikwwa  nazo,  they  were. 

In  Swahili  there  is  properly  no  verb  to  have.     They 
ploy  for  it  huwa  na,  to  be  with. 


VERBS.  155 

Nina,  I  have. 
Nalikuwa  na,  I  had. 
Nitakuwa  na,  I  shall  have. 
Niwe  na,  that  I  may  have. 

Where  the  objective  prefix  would  be  used  with  an 

ordinary  verb,  the  appropriate  relative  particle  must 

be  suffixed  to  the  na  as  well  as  to  the  tense  prefix. 

Ninazo,  I  have  them. 
Aliyekuwa  nazo,  who  had  them. 
Alizohuwa  nazo,  which  he  had. 

Auxiliary  Verbs. 

The  Verbs  used  as  Auxiliaries  are,  Jcuwa,  to  be,  Jcutoa, 
to  take  out,  kuja,  to  come,  hwisha,  to  come  to  an  end. 

Can   is    represented   by   the   appropriate   tenses   of 

Jcuweza,  to  be  able.      Must   is  expressed  by  sharti,  of 

necessity,  or  by  the  negative  tenses  of  Jcuwa  na  buddi, 

to  have  an  escape  from. 

Sina  buddi,  I  must. 

Asiwe  na  buddi,  that  he  may  be  obliged. 

After  Jcuwa  na  buddi  either  the  infinitive  or  subjunc- 
tive may  be  employed. 

OugJit  may  be  represented  by  the  tenses  of  Jcupasa,  to 

concern,  or,  to  come  to  concern.     Should  is  expressed 

in  the  same  way  when  it  implies  obligation,  and  by  the 

contingent  tenses  when  it  expresses  a  contingency. 

Imenipasa  hwenda,  it  concerns  me  to  go,  i.e.,  I  ought  to  go. 
Imenipasa  nisende,  it  concerns  me  that  I  go  not,  i.e.,  I  ought  not 
to  go. 

Kupasa  is  also  used  as  follows  : — 

Haikunipasa  mimi,  it  is  no  business  of  mine. 
Imekupasani  ?    What  have  you  to  do  with  it  ? 
Amenipasa  mimi,  he  is  a  connection  of  mine. 


156  SWAEIL1  IUXDBOOK. 

May  and  might  may  be  represented  by  Tcnweza  where 
they  imply  power,  by  halali,  lawful,  where  they  imply 
lawfulness,  and  by  the  subjunctive  where  they  imply  a 
purpose. 

The  use  of  Jcuja  as  an  auxiliary  has  been  mentioned 
under  the  -japo-,  -ja-,  and  -sije-  tenses,  pp.  138, 145,  Ids. 

Kutoa  is  used  to  convey  a  negation  in  cases  where 
the  regular  negative  tenses  cannot  conveniently  be 
used. 

■\Yith  the  infinitive  it  is  frequently  contracted  into 
-to-,  and  used  as  a  mere  formative. 

Kutoa  kuja,  or  Kutohuja,  not  to  come. 
Kutoa  hup*  nila,  or  Kutopenda,  not  to  love. 

The  meaning  of  these  negative  infinitives  may  be 
given  as,  putting  out  coming,  barring  coming,  coming 
not  happening.  A  transitive  form  may  be  made  by  the 
use  of  kutosha,  to  make  to  go  out. 

Kutosha  kumwuliza,  to  exclude  asking  him. 

In  many  cases  kutoa  may  be  translated  by,  to  forbear, 
or,  to  neglect. 

Ametoa  kuja,  he  has  neglected  coming,  he  has  not  come. 
Nikitoa  kuja,  if  I  forbear  from  coming,  or,  so  long  as  I  do  not 
come. 

The  negative  tenses  do  not  furnish  a  true  present 
perfect.  The  past,  hakuja,  is,  he  did  not  come ;  the 
present,  haji,  implies  rather  that  he  never  will,  that 
coming  is  not  to  be  predicated  of  him  at  all.  The 
difference  between  nisipokuja  and  nikitoa  kuja  is  repre- 
sented in  English  by  that  between,  if  I  come  not,  and, 
while  I  come  not.     In  all  cases  the  use  of  toa  connects 


VEBBS  157 

the  negation  with  the  tense  only ;  the  negative  tenses 
imply  that  the  opposite  of  the  verb  might  be  affirmed. 
Kwisha  may  often  be  translated  by  already. 

Amekwisha  kuja,  he  has  already  come. 
Nimekwisha  hula,  I  have  done  eating. 

It  is  used  to  strengthen  the  present  perfect,  convey- 
ing the  meaning  that  something  is  not  merely  done, 
but  fully  done  and  over. 

A  somewhat  similar  effect  is  produced  on  the  present 
by  using  katika  kwisha. 

Ni  katika  kwisha  kula,  I  am  finishing  eating,  I  am  just  leaving 
off,  I  have  very  nearly  done. 

Kuwa,  to  he,  is  used  in  Swahili  very  much  as  it  is  in 
English,  the  -ki-  and  -me-  tenses  of  the  principal  verb 
being  used  as  present  and  past  participles. 

Nili  nikienda,  I  continuing  to  be  going. 
Nikali  nikienda,  and  I  am  still  going. 
Nikiwa  nikienda,  I  being  going,  while  going. 
Nikiwa  nimekwenda,  I  being  gone,  having  gone. 
Nikiwa  nimekwisha  kwenda,  having  already  gone- 
Nalikuwa  nikienda,  I  was  going. 
Nalikuwa  nimekwenda,  I  was  gone,  I  had  gone. 
Nalikuwa  nimekwisha  kwenda,  I  had  already  gone. 
Nitakuwa  nikienda,  I  shall  be  in  the  act  of  going. 
Nitakuioa  nimekwenda,  I  shall  be  gone. 
Nitakuwa  nimekwisha  kwenda,  I  shall  have  already  gone. 
Nitakuwa  niliokwenda,  I  shall  be  who  has  gone,  I  shall  have 
gone,  I  shall  have  gone  to  or  been  at. 

Kuwa  na,  to  have,  is  not  used  as  an  auxiliary. 

Derivative  Verbs. 

There  are  four  derivative  forms  which  may  be  con- 
structed out  of  any  Swahili  verb,  where  in  English 


158  SWAEILI  HANDBOOK. 

we  must  use  either  another  verb  or  some  compound 
expression. 

1.  "What  may  he  called  the  applied  form  is  used  in 
cases  where  in  English  a  preposition  would  he  em- 
ployed to  connect  the  verb  with  its  object.  By  the  use 
of  this  form  verbs  which  have  things  for  their  objects 
may  be  made  to  apply  to  persons. 

This  form  is  made  by  inserting  i  or  e  before  the  final 
-a  of  the  simple  verb.  I  is  used  when  the  vowel  of  the 
preceding  syllable  is  a,  i,  or  u.  E  is  used  when  the 
vowel  of  the  preceding  syllable  is  e  or  o. 

Kufanya,  to  make.  Kufanyia,  to  make  for. 

Kuleta,  to  bring.  Kuletea,  to  bring  for. 

Kusilcitika,  to  be  sorry.  Kuxikitikia,  to  be  sorry  for,  to  pity 

Kuolca,  to  bake.  Kuohea,  to  bake  for. 

Kuanguha,  to  fall  down.  Kuangukia,  to  fall  down  to. 

Where  the  simple  verb  ends  in  two  vowels  the  sup- 
pressed I  appears  in  the  applied  form. 

h'uzaa,  to  bear.  Kuzalia,  to  bear  to. 

Kukwea,  to  climb.  Kukwelea,  to  climb  for. 

Kusikia,  to  hear.  KusiJcilia,  to  listen  to. 

Kukarrdioa,  to  redeem.  Kulcombolea,  to  redeem  for. 

Kununua,  to  buy.  Kununulia,  to  buy  for. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  monosyllabic  verbs 
with  their  applied  forms  : — 

Kucha,  to  fear.  Kuchdea,  to  fear  for. 

Kufa,  to  die.  Kufia,  to  die  to. 

Kuja,  to  come.  Kujia,  to  come  to. 

Kula,  to  eat.  Kulia,  to  eat  with. 
Kunya,  to  fill  (like  rain).       Kunyea,  to  fall  upon. 

Kunywa,  to  drink.  Kunywea,  to  drink  with. 

Kuwa,  to  be.  Kuwia,  to  be  to. 

Kuza,  to  sell,  makes  Kuliza,  to  sell  to. 


VERBS.  159 

Kupa,  to  give  to,  having  already  an  applied  meaning, 
has  no  applied  form.  There  is  a  difficulty  in  expressing 
what  would  have  been  the  meaning  of  the  simple  form. 
Kutoa  is  used  for  to  give,  in  the  sense  of  parting  with. 
Such  expressions  as,  which  was  given  you,  must  be 
rendered  by  a  change  of  person — uliopewa,  which  you 
had  given  to  you,  or,  which  you  received.  "Which  he 
gave  me,  is  very  commonly  rendered  niliopewa  naye. 

Verbs  ending  in  -i  and  -u  make  their  applied  forms 
in  -ia. 

Kufasiri,  to  explain.  Kufasiria,  to  explain  to. 

Kuharibu,  to  destroy.  Kuharibia,  to  destroy  for. 

The  great  paucity  of  prepositions  in  Swahili  brings 
the  applied  forms  of  verbs  into  constant  use.  The 
only  difficulty  in  their  application  lies  in  the  exact 
discrimination  of  the  meaning  of  the  simple  word. 
Many  Swahili  verbs  imply  in  their  simple  form  what 
can  only  be  expressed  in  English  by  the  use  of  a  pre- 
position. Whenever  a  really  good  dictionary  shall  have 
been  compiled  it  will  supply  all  the  necessary  informa- 
tion. The  applied  form  may  be  rendered  by  inserting 
any  preposition  which  will  suit  the  context.  Thus, 
kushuhudia  is,  to  bear  witness  about,  for,  or  against,  as 
the  case  may  be,  and  kunenea,  which  means  to  speak 
about,  may  have  to  be  translated  by,  to  recommend,  or 
to  decry,  to  scold,  or  to  describe.  The  simple  word 
nena  has  in  itself  the  force  of  to  mention,  so  that  it  is 
not  necessary  to  use  the  applied  form  as  a  translation 
of  to  speak  of,  where  it  means  no  more  than  to 
mention. 

Sometimes  the  shape  of  the  word  will  be  a  useful 


L60  SWATIILI  ITAXOBOOE. 

reminder  to  foreigners  of  its  exact  meaning :  thus, 
Intpoiea,  which  may  be  roughly  translated  to  lose,  is  in 
the  Bhape  of  an  applied  form,  and  really  is  one,  its 
exact  meaning  being,  to  become  lost  to.  If,  therefore, 
we  want  to  say,  I  have  lost  my  knife,  the  construction 
must  be  alii  red  iuto,  my  knife  has  become  lost  to  me 
(  hisu  changu  kimenipotea),  the  subject  and  object  having 
to  change  places. 

Where  in  English  a  preposition  connected  with  tho 
verb  can  stand  by  itself  at  the  end  of  the  sentence,  the 
applied  form  must  be  used  in  Swahili. 

A  knife  to  cut  with,  hisu  rhn  hukatia. 

Stones  to  grind  wheat  with,  vmn-c  y<>.  knmrjia  ngann. 

A  place  to  come  out  at,  mdhdli  pa  hutokea. 

A  bag  to  put  money  in,  mfuko  wa  kid  ilia  fetha. 

In  these  sentences  the  use  of  the  possessive  particle 
-a  for  the  English  to,  denoting  a  purpose  or  employ- 
ment, must  be  observed  and  remembered.  This  particle 
turns  what  follows  into  a  sort  of  adjective  in  this,  as 
in  all  other  cases  in  which  it  is  followed  by  a  word 
which  is  capable  of  denoting  a  quality.  It  is  somewhat 
like  the  English  expressions,  a  man  of  sense,  a  building 
of  great  solidity,  dc. 

"When  an  applied  form  is  followed  by  mbali  it  conveys 
the  idea  that  as  a  consequence  of  the  action  denoted  by 
the  simple  verb  something  is  put  out  of  the  way,  or 
got  rid  of. 

Afih,  or  Afie  mhali,  that,  he  may  <lic  out  of  our  way. 
Twrwuoxdie  mbali,  let  us  kill  him  and  done  with  it. 
Potelea  mbali,  perish  out  of  my  way  =  go  and  he  hanged. 

The  passive  of  the  applied  form  has  a  meaning  which 


VERBS.  161 

it  requires  some  attention  to  remember  and  apply 
rightly,  though  it  is  strictly  according  to  the  rule  that 
the  object  of  the  active  becomes  the  subject  of  the 
passive  voice. 

Kuletea,  to  bring  to.  Kuleteica,  to  have  brought  to  one. 

Kufanyia,  to  make  for.  Kufanyiwa,  to  have  made  for  one. 

It  is  often  difficult  in  English  to  express  this  passive 
without  using  an  altogether  different  word.  What 
suggests  itself  at  first  to  an  English  ear,  that  the 
passive  of  to  bring  to  would  be  to  be  brought  to,  is  wrong, 
and  must  be  carefully  avoided.  Sometimes  a  change 
of  prepositions  will  suffice  to  render  the  passive  cor- 
rectly ;  hupa  may  be  translated  to  present  to,  and  then 
hupewa  is  not  to  be  presented  to,  but  to  be  presented  with. 

Passives  made  in  -liwa  and  -lewa  are  used  as  the 
passives  of  both  the  simple  and  the  applied  form. 
Kufunguliwa  may  be  used  as  the  passive  of  kufungua, 
meaning,  to  be  unfastened,  or  as  the  passive  of  kufun- 
gulia,  meaning  then,  to  have  unfastened  for  one.  It 
can  never  mean,  to  be  unfastened  for.  If  it  is  necessary 
to  express  a  passive  in  that  form  it  must  be  done  by 
changing  the  construction. 

A  cry  was  made  at  him,  alipigiwa  ukelele  [he  had  made  at  him 

aery], 
The  door  was  opened  for  him,  alifunguliwa  mlango  [he  had 

opened  for  him  the  door]. 

2.  The  Causative  form  is  made  by  changing  the  final 
•a  into  -sha  or  -za. 

Kupungua,  to  grow  less.         Kupunguzq,  to  make  to  grow  less. 
Kuzidi,  to  grow  greater.  Kuzidisha,  to  make  greater. 

M 


1    2  SWAHIL1  HANDBOOK. 

When  the  final  -a  is  preceded  by  a  consonant  the 
neral  rule  is  to  use  the  applied  form  as  the  basis  of 
the  causatrv  e. 

nda,  to  like.  Kuj 

Kufanya,  to  make.  Kufanyiza,  to  o  u  -•  bo  make. 

Kupanda,  to  go  up.  Kupandisha,  to  make  to  go  up. 

Verbs  which  etui  in  the  simple  form  in  -ta  end  in 
the  causative  form  in  -sa. 

Kutakata,  to  be  clean.  Kutakasa,  to  make  clean. 

Verbs  which  end  in  -Tea   may  be  turned  into  causa- 
tives  by  changing  -Tea  into  -aha. 

Kuwdka,  to  be  on  fire.  Kuwasha,  to  set  on  fire. 

Kula  to  be  soft.  Kulainwha,  to  make 

Kutoka,  to  go  out.  Kutosha,  to  make  to  ,^o  out. 

Kushuka,  to  go  down.  Kushusha,  to  let  down. 

The  causatives  of  verbs  ending  in  -e,  -»,  or  -m  are 
constructed  on  the  applied  form. 

Kukaribu,  to  come  near.     Kukaribisha,  to  make  to  come  near. 

3.  The  Neuter,  or  quasi   passive  form   is  made  by 
changing  the  final  -a  into  -lea. 

Ku  ungua,  to  unfasten.  Kufunguka,  to  be  unfastened. 

Kuokoa,  to  save.  Kuokoka,  to  be  saved. 

Where  the  final  -a  is  preceded  by  a  consonant  the 
neuter  is  constructed  from  the  applied  form. 

Kn  ik.  Kuvunjika,  to  be  brokea. 

Kukata,  to  <  lit  Kukatika,  to  be  cut. 


VERBS.  163 


Cansatives  in  -eha  may  be  turned  into  neuters  by 
changing  -sha  into  -ha. 

Kustusha,  to  startle.  Kustuka,  to  be  startled. 

Verbs  in  -e,  -i,  and  -u,  construct  their  neuters  on  the 
applied  forms. 

Kusamehe,  to  forgive.  Eusameheka,  to  be  forgiven. 

Eufasiri,  to  explain.  Eufasirika,  to  be  explained. 

Euharibu,  to  destroy.  Euharibika,  to  be  destroyed. 

The  -ha  form  is  used  (like  the  English  passive)  to 
denote  what  is  generally  done  or  doable. 

Kulika,  to  be  eaten,  or,  to  be  eatable. 

4.  Eeciprocal  forms  are  made  by  changing  -a  into 
-ana. 

Kupenda,  to  love.         Eupendana,  to  love  one  another. 
Eupiga,  to  beat.  Euptgana,  to  beat  one  another,  to  fight. 

Verbs  in  -e,  -i,  and  -u  construct  their  reciprocals 
upon  the  applied  forms. 

Euharibu,  to  come  near.         Enkaribiana,  to  come  near  to  one 

another. 

The  reciprocal  form  of  the  -ha  form  may  be  translated 
by  to  be  to  be,  &c. 

Eupatikana,  to  be  to  be  got. 

Eujulikana,  to  be  to  be  known,  to  be  knowable 

Euoekana,  to  be  to  be  eeen,  to  be  visible. 

The  derived  forms  are  conjugated  and  treated  in 
every  way  as  though  they  were  original  words,  and 
other  derived  forms  may  be  made  from  them  to  any 
extent  that  may  be  required. 

M  2 


L64 


SWAI7TLI  HANDBOOK. 


The  applied  form  of  an  applied  form  generally  sig- 
nifies i"  '1"  a  thing  to  or  for  a  person  lor  a  purpose. 
Doubling  the  verb  gives  an  idea  of  thoroughness. 


Eukata,  to  out. 
Kutafuta,  to  bi  ek. 
Kuchafuka,  to  be  in  a  mi  88. 

Kitpa*ul;a,  to  be  torn. 

Kulatiha,  to  be  cut. 


Kul.iitiikatu,  to  cut  up. 
Kntii/uldtiii'iitii,  to  sick  all  about. 
KuchafvlkacTiafuka,  to  be  all  in  a 

mess. 
Eupasukapasfika,   to  be  torn  to 

shreds. 
KuJtatikahatika,    to    be    all    cut 

about 


(     165     ) 


LIST  OF  VERBS. 


As  it  is  necessary  to  put  to  before  the  English  Verb  to  make  the  Infinitive, 
so  it  is  necessary  to  prefix  ku-  to  make  the  Infinitive  in  Swahili.  Before 
.Monosyllabic  Verbs  the  ku-  bears  the  accent,  and  is  retained  in  several  o'f 
the  tenses.     See  p.  149. 


A. 

Abase,  thili. 

Abhor,  chukia. 

be  Able,  weza. 

Abolish,  batili,  tangua,  ondoska. 

Abound  with,  jaa. 

Absorb,  nwa,  pass,  nwewa. 

Abstain  from,  epuka,  epushwa  (to 

be  kept  from). 
Abuse  (by  words),  tukana. 
Accept,  kubali,  takabali,  pokea  (re- 
ceive). 

be  acceptable  or  accepted,  kuba- 
lika. 
Accompany,  fuatana  na,  andamaDa. 

(part  of  the  way),  siudikiza,  adi. 
Accuse,  tuhumu,  shtaki. 
Accustom,  zoeza. 

become  accustomed,  zoea. 
Ache,  uma. 

My  head  aches,  kitwa  cbauma  or 
kinaniuma. 
Acknowledge,  ungama,  kubali,  kiri. 
Acquiesce,  nyarnaa,  rithia. 
Acquit,  acba. 

be  acquitted,  toka. 


Act,  tenda. 

Adapt,  fanya. 

Add  to,  ongeza,  zidisha. 

Add  up,  jumlisba. 
Adjoin,  tangamana. 
Adjourn,  akirisba. 

stand  over,  akiri. 
be  Adjudged,  fetiwa. 
Adjure,  apisba. 
Admire,  penda. 

I  admire  him,  amem'-^ideza. 
Admit,  ingiza,  acba  kiuugia. 
Adorn,  painba. 

Adorn  oneself,  fanya  uzuri. 
Adulterate,  gbosbi. 
commit  Adultery,  zini,  zinga. 
Advance,  endelea  mbele. 

Advance  money  to  a  trader,  ko- 
pesha. 
be  Adverse,  gomba,  teta. 
Advise,  pa  shauri. 
Adze,  cbonga. 
Affect  to  be,  jifanya,  jiona. 
Afflict,  tesa. 

be  Afraid,  ogopa,  cba  (A.). 
Agitate,  sukasuka. 


L66 


M1IL1    II. IX') BOOK. 


tm  to  an  a  i 

afikana,   tuliliana,    lekezanya, 
tnzanya  (A.). 
mutually  satisfied),  rathiana. 
alih ),  elekea,  lingana. 

iha. 
,.  ogi  fisha,  ogofya,  tisha. 
ofarnu  d    [ktf-]wa  aa  khofu, 
ingiwa  Da  khofu. 
.  farakia 

'<  d.  farakana. 
a  deft  ct  -in,  umbua. 
Allot  amongst  many,  awaza. 
.  i  ha,  pa  ruksa,  rulni.su. 
.  (neut .) badili,  badilika,  gcuka. 
'.)  geuza,  badili 
-■ .  ajaabisba. 
a    azed,  toshea. 
1.  lanyiza,  t<  iiireneza. 
(of  a  person  refornihin),  tulia. 
.l?/4/y.-.',  zumgumza. 

Anchor,  ti&  nuIJ^a. 

r,  tia  hasira,  ghathabi-ha. 

/,  [kii-]\va  na  hasira,  gba- 
thabika. 

[kii-]wa    na    pembe- 

J.<-!,! 

'  •  ■ .  hubiri 

sumbi  a,     sumbusha,    taa- 
bisha,  hatiki  (A.). 

in  .  batili,  ghairi 

-:        "'/■  'I.  tanguJ 

•  r.  jibu. 

■'■■  r  irl,,  ,i  called,  itika,  itikia. 
or,  ''nea. 

•  iharuki,  taabika. 
Inxious,  taharaki.-ha,  taa- 
•ha. 

■    (become  ait.  infidel),  ku- 
furu. 
Appear,  onekana   (become  visible), 
tokt-a  (come  out  to). 


Apply  Out  8i  If  to.  t< 

Appoint,   nasibu,   aini,  chagua   of 

teua  («<  led). 
Approach,  kai  Lbia  jongea. 
Approach  our  another,  karibiana. 
Bring  near,  jongoza,  karibisha. 
Approvi .  kubali,  penda,  rathi. 

ma,  Bhindana  (dispute 
together). 
Arise,  ondoka. 
Arm.  pa  selalia. 

Arm  oneself,  twaa  selafaa. 
Annuo,-,  panga,  andika,  pangisha, 

ratibu,  t'auya. 
be  Arrogant,  ghurika. 
Arrive,  lika.  wasili. 

arrive  ut  ones  destination,  knma. 
make  to  arrive,  fikisba,  wasilisba. 
reach  a  person,  fikia,  wasilia. 
Ascend,  paa,  kwea,  panda. 
Ascertain,  bakiki,  uyuzi. 
be  ascertained,  kinika. 
be  Ashamed,  ona  haya,  tabayari. 
make  ashamed,  tia  haya,  tahaya- 
rislia. 
Ask,  uliza,  uza,  saili. 
Ask  for,  laka. 

Make  inquiries  on  behalf  of  any- 
one, ulizia,  uuzia,  sail i a. 
Ask  how  one  does,  uliza  hali. 
Ask  in  marriage,  posa. 
Assemble,  (act.)  kusanya,  kutanisha. 
ut.)  kutana,  kusanyika,  kusa- 
n  y  ana. 
Assent,  kubali,  itikiza,  afikana,  ra- 

thiana. 
Assert,  sema. 

Hr   asserts   that   he  saw  a  ship, 

kamma  alionajabasL 
He  astt  rt.<  thai  he  walked  on  the 
water  kamma  alikvrenda  mtoni 
kwu  mguu. 


LIST  OF   VERBS. 


1G7 


Astonish,  ajabisha,  taajabisha. 

be    astonished,    toshea,    shangaa, 
taajabika,  toshewa,  ataajabu. 
Astound,  sbangaza. 
Atone  for,  setiri. 

Attach,  gandamia,  gandamiza,  am- 
bisa. 

be  attached,  ambatana  (of  things), 
arubisana  (of  people). 
Attach,  shambulia. 

Attack  people  wantonly,  [ku-]wa 
na  jeuri. 
Attend  (wait  upon),  ngojea,  fuata. 

Attend  to,  sikia,  pulika  (A.),  si- 
kilia. 

not  to  attend,  ghafalika. 

refuse  to  attend,  jfpurukusba. 
be  Audible,  sikiliana,  sikizana. 
Avail,  faa. 
Avoid,  epuka. 

get  out  of  the  way  of,  epa. 

be  avoidable,  epeka,  epukika. 
Avow,  kubali. 
Aioake  (neut.),  aruka. 

waken  (act.),  amsha. 

B. 

Backbite,  chongeleza. 
Betray,  khini. 
Bake,  oka. 

(pottery),  tomea,  chomea. 
Bale   out  water,   vuta    maji,   teka 

maji. 
Banish,  fukuza  (drive  away),  ondo- 

sha  (make  to  go  aivay),  hamisha 

or  tamisha  (M.)  or  gurisba  (A.), 

(to  make  to  remove). 
Bar  (a  door),  pingia. 
Bargain,  fanya  ubazazi. 
Bark  (like  a  dog),  lia. 
Barter,  badili,  awithL 


Batter  (bruise),  cbubuaobubua. 
be  battered   (like   an  old  coppet 
pot),  cbubukachubuka. 
Bathe,  oga. 

Be,  wa.    See  Irregular  Verbs,  p.  1 52. 
(to  stay),  kaa.  , 

be   on   one's   guard,   [ku-]wa   na 

hathari. 
be  off  one's  guard,  taghaf  ali. 
Bear    (fruit,   children,   &c),    zaa, 
vyaa. 
(carry),  chukua,  himili. 
(tolerate),  vumilia,  stahimili. 
bear  with  another  person,  chuku- 

liana. 
Bear  with  me,  niwie  ratbi. 
bear  witness,  shubudu. 

about,  for  or  against,  sbuhudia. 
Beat,  piga,  puta,  menya  (Kiyao). 
Beat  up  together,  funda. 
Beat  to  pieces,  pouda. 
Beat  a  roof  or  floor,  pigilia. 
be  well  beaten,  piitika. 
be  beaten  upon  (as  a  wreck  by  the 

waves),  fuawa. 
See  Conquer,  Thresh. 
Beckon  to,  pungia  nguo. 

The  usual  sign  to  beckon  a  person 
to  come  is  to  wave  a  cloth  up 
and  down. 
Become  (be  fitting),  sulihi. 
Nimekuwa,  I  am  become. 
Simekuwa,  am  I  not  become. 
The  act  of  becoming  is  generally 
expressed  by  the  present  tense  of 
the  verb  expressing  the  being  in 
the  state  or  possessing  the  quality. 
Become  a  fool,  pumbazika. 
Beg,  omba,  bembeleza. 
(entreat),  sihi,  nasibi. 
I  beg  of  you,  tafathal. 
Beget,  zaa. 


i<  - 


SWAEIL1   "HANDBOOK. 


J:    in.  ai 

/.'.  gin  upon,  anzili  a, 
/>'..;,  .  inuliki. 

/;.  have,  tenda. 
Behavt  well,  b  nda  wma. 
/:  l         \v.  tenda  v  Lbaya. 
/;■'.!        like    an    invalid,    , 
11  j  w  ■ 
Belrh,  ongulia. 

/■'.  !•■],  out,  kokouioka. 
Belit  m .  Badiki. 

/;.  lu  r,  in.  amini. 
/      f,  (act.    pin.la.  (neut.]  pindana. 
j:.  ,„l   round,  (act.)  peta,  («•  »M 

petana,  petemana. 
/:  nddown,(act.)wandsh&,(neut.) 
iiiama. 
/;.  mi  nth.  faganza. 
Bequeath,  wasia,  a^hia. 
/;•  siege,  liusuru  (Ar.). 
Bet,  shindania. 
B<  rare,  angalia,   [ku-]wa  na  ha- 

thari. 
/.'<  irilder,  tekea. 

/;<  iritch.  fanyia  uchawi,  loga(Mer.). 
Bicker,  papuriana. 
BitJ.     See  Com  inn  nil. 

Make  a  first  bid,  miinu. 
Bind,  funga. 

Bind  books,  jelidi. 
Bind  oneself,  fanya  sharti. 
Bind   round  (as  when  a  stick  is 
sprung),  ganga. 
Bite,  uma. 
Blab,  payuka. 

,,e,  laumu,  tia  batiyaiii,  n< 

/./),   patiliza    (visit    upon), 
karipia  (call  out  nt). 
Blaze,  waka. 

i.  toka  damu. 
(copiously), churuzika  damu,  tuza 
damn  (M.). 


/.'/.  ss,  bariki  (s-'(  Copulate),  barikia, 
jalia. 
■'.  povua. 
/"  ri//;(c  blind,  povuka. 
Block,  kingamisha,  pinga. 
Blos8om,to&  maua  (put  forth  flowers), 

fanuka  (/"  <v  "  )• 
Blow  (as  th'  wind),  vuma,  vuvia. 
(with  the  mouth),  puzia,  puliza. 
(a  horn,  (fee),  piga  zomari,  &c. 
(the  nose),  fata  kaniasi. 

(/„  llows),  vukuta 
/;/,./'•  away,  peperusha. 
Ill n ml*  r,  kosa. 
Blunt. 

The  Imife  is  blunt,  ki-u  hakipati, 
kisu  ni  kivivu  (A.). 
lllm-t  md.  kokomoka. 
Blush,  geuka  (change  colour). 

put  to  the  blush,  hizika. 
III. <ist.  ii-ifu.  jiganiba,  tamba. 
Boil  (bubble  up),  chc'mka,  tutuma. 

coolc  by  boiling,  tokosa. 

be  cooked  by  boiling,  tokota. 

be  well  boili  d,  tokoseka. 

boil  over,  furika. 
Bore   tli rough,  zua,  pekeclia     used 
also  of  boring  with  talk). 

with  an  awl,  didimikia. 
Border,  pakana. 
be  Born,  zawa,  vyawa,  zaliwa,  vya- 

liwa,  patbiwa. 
Borrow,  azimwa,  kiriflii. 
Bother,  sumbua,  hatika  (A.)- 
Bow,  (act.)  inamisha,  (neut.)  inaraa. 
]'>"/  the  ears,  piga  koii. 
Braise,  kaanga. 
Bray  (like  an  ass),  lia 

pound  in  a  mortar,  pnnda. 

clean  i-ura  by  pounding,  twanga. 
Break,  vunja,  runda  (M.)j  (neut.) 
vunjika,  katika. 


LIST  OF   VERBS. 


ICO 


[Break']  through,  toboa. 

into  fragments,  setaseta. 

by  bending,  ekua. 
to  be  sprung,  ekuka. 

off  the  cobs  of  Indian  corn,  goboa, 
konyoa. 

doicn  the  branches  of  a  tree,  kwa- 
nua,  pass,  kwauyuka. 

wind,  jamba,  ongulia. 
Breathe,  pumua,  puzia,  tanafusi. 

inspire,  paaza,  pumzi. 

expire,  shush  a  pumzi. 

hard,  kokota  roko,  tweta  (pant). 

breathe  oneself  (rest),  pumzika. 
Breed,  zaa,  lia  (M.). 
be  Brilliant,  ng'ara. 
Bring,  leta. 

to  or  for,  letea. 

Bring  up,  lea. 

Bring  together,  pambana. 

Bring  near,  jongeza. 

Bring  to  an  agreement,  patanisba. 

Bring  to  life  again,  fufua,  huislia. 

Bring  another !  Na  ije  ngine ! 
Brighten  (act.),  katua 

be  bright,  katuka  (polished),^' ara 
{glistening). 
Bruise,  chubua. 

be  bruised,  chubuka. 

(batter),  chubuachubua. 
Brush  (clean),  sugua. 

Brush  off,  epua. 
Bubble  up,  che'mka,  tutuma. 
Bud,  chupuza  (spring),  chanua(pw< 

forth  leaves),  mea  (grow). 
Build,  jeuga. 

in  stone,  aka. 

to   point  by '  putting  in   small 
stones,  tomea. 

(ships),  unda. 
Bully,  onea. 
be  a  Burden  to,  lemea. 


Burn,  waka  (to  be  on  fire),  leketea 
(to  be  consumed),  washa  (to  set 
on  fire),  teketeza  (to  consume), 
choma  or  chomea  (to  apply  fire 
to),  onguza  (to  produce  a  feeling 
of  burning,  to  scorch). 

Burrow,  fukuafukua. 

Burst,  pasuka,  tumbuka. 

Burst  out,  bubujika. 

Burst  into   tears,   bubujika  ma- 
chozi. 

Bury,  zika. 

Buy,  nunua,  zabuni. 
Purchase  for,  nunulia. 
Buy  bach,  komboa. 

Buzz,  like  a  bee,  vuma. 

C. 

Cackle,  like  a  hen,  tetea. 
Call,  ita,  nena,  taja  (name),  amkua 
(invite),  lingana  (A.). 
Call  out  to,  pigia  ukelele,  pigia 

ukemi  (Mer.). 
Call  for  help,  piga  yowe. 
Call  to  prayers,  athini. 
become  Callous,  faganza. 
Calm,  tuliza. 

be  very  calm,  zizima. 
Can  (kuweza,  to  be  able). 
Siwezi,  I  cannot. 
Naweza,  I  can. 
Canter   (of  a  horse),  kwenka  kwa 
mghad;  (of  a  donkey)  kweruia 
kwa  thelth. 
Capitulate,  selimu,  sellim. 
Care  (take  care),   angalia  [kii-]\va 
na  hathari. 
take  care  of,  tunza. 
consider,  waza,  tafakari. 
be  careless,  [ku]wa  mzembe. 
I  don't  care,  haitkuru,  mamoja 
pia. 


17<) 


SWAIULI  HANDBOOK. 


y,  chukua. 
.  chukulia. 

on  a  '  r  the  shoulder,  chu- 

kua  mpikoui. 

on  the  lend  or  shoulders,  pagaa. 

a  child  on  (li<  back,  beba, 
astri/h  on  the  hip  or  back,  eleka. 
in  front  or  on  the  lap,  pakata. 

in  a  bundle  or  faggot,  titika. 

off  as  spoil,  teka. 

as  cargo,  pakia. 

on  freight,  takal>athi. 
Carve  wood,  &c,  kata  nakchi. 

cbora  (adorn  with  carving). 

be  carved,  nakishiwa. 
Cad,  tupa. 

upon  or  at.  tupia. 

a  g la  nee,  tupa  nathirL 

one's  eyes,  tupa  macho. 

{in  a  mould),  it  a. 

off  all  shame,  jipujua. 

cast  lots,  piga  or  f'anya  kura. 
Castrate,  hasi. 
Catch,  daka,  nyaka. 

t'?t  a  trap,  nasa,  tega. 

_/?«/<,  vua  samaki. 

put  som<  thing  in  catch  rain-water, 
kinga  mvua. 

(see  one  who  th  inks  himself  unseen), 
fathehi,  gundtfa. 

be  in  time  to  meet  with,  diriki. 
Caulk,  kalafatL 
I         in,  pomoka. 

'e  to  cease,  komesha. 
talking,  mama/a. 
(of  pain),  nyamaza. 

kiza  (uudi,  &c). 
be  Certain  about,  kinika,  tasawarL 
( act.)  geusba,  geuza,  badili, 
badilisha,  (neut.)  g<juka,  ba'li- 
lika. 


be    changeable,    badilibadili,   ba« 

dilika. 
change  one's  mind  about,  gliairi. 
change  (<i  piece  of  money),  vunja. 
Charge  (direct),  agiza,  sisitiza  (M.). 
Chase,  winda,  winga. 

away,  fukuza. 
Chastise,  atbibu. 
Chatter,  puza. 

(of  tin-  1 1 1  th),  tetemeka. 
Cheapi  n,  rakhisisha. 
Cheat,  danganya,  hadaa,  ghusubu. 
be  cheated,  danganyika,  hadaika. 
Cheer,  ondolea,  huzuni. 
Chew,  tafuna. 

Chirrup  (as  to  a  bird),  fionya.  Both 
word   and  thing  are   used  in 
Zanzibar  to  express  contempt. 
Clioke  (throttle),  kaba,  sama. 
choke  oneself  with  drink  or  spittle, 

palia  na  mate,  &c,  &c. 
irritate  the  throat,  kereketa. 
Clwose,  chagua,  teua,  khitari,  penda, 
toa  (send), 
as  you  choose,  ikhtiari  yako,  upe- 
ndavyo. 
Chop,  chanja  (cut  up),  chinja   or 
(M.)  timla  (cut),  tema  (slash), 
cbonga  or  tonga  (cut  to  a  point), 
katakata  (chop  up  small). 
Circulate  (intelligence),  tangaza. 
I  in  it  incise,  tahiri. 
Claim,  dai. 

Clap  the  hands,  piga  makofi. 
Clasp  in  the  hand,  shikana,  kamata. 
in   the   arms,  kumbatia,  kumba- 
liaiia. 
Claw,  pa]>ura. 

■a,  takasa,  fanya  safi,  Bafisha. 

be  clean,  takata,  safika,  takasika. 

clean  com  by  pounding,  twanga. 

clean  a  second  time,  pwaya. 


LIST   OF    VERBS. 


171 


[Cleaii]  be  quite  clear  of  husks  and 
dirt,  pwayika. 

cotton,  cloves,  &c,  chambua. 

cocoa-nuts  from  the  husk,  fua. 

by  scraping,  paa. 

cleanse   by  ceremonial  ablutions, 
tohara. 

clean    out  from   within   a   shell, 
komba. 

clean    out    a  man  (get    all    his 
money),  komba. 

be    cleaned    out    (hse    all    one's 
money),  kombeka. 
Cleanse.    See  Clean. 
Clear.     See  Clean. 

the  sky  is  cZear,uwingu  umetakata. 

(make  clear  or  plain),  eleza,  yuza, 
fafanua,  fafanulia. 

(be  clear),  elea,  fafanuka,  fafanu- 
kia. 

ground  in  a  forest,  fieka  nrwitu. 
Cleave,  (split),  pasua,  cbenga. 

cleave  to,  gandama,  ambatana. 
Click,  alika,  (act.)  alisha. 
Climb,  panda,  kwea. 

a  tree,  paraga. 
Cling,  ambata. 

together,    guiana,   ambatana,   fu- 
ngamana,  shikamana. 
Clip,  kata. 
Close  the  eyes,  &c,  fumba. 

the  fist,  fumbata. 

a  door,  shindika. 

a  book,  funika. 
Clothe,  vika. 
Coagulate,  gandamana. 
Coax  into,  sbawishi. 
Cock  (a  gun),  panza  mtambo. 
Coddle,  engaenga. 
Cohabit  with,  iugiliza. 
Cold.     See  Cool. 

be  very  cold,  zizima. 


I  have  a  cold  in  the  head,  siwezi 

kamasi. 
Collect,  kusanya,  jamaa,  (neut.)  ku» 

sanyika,  kutana. 
Comb,  chana,  cbauia. 
Come,  ja,  imp.  njoo,  pi.  njooni. 
by,  for,  to,  <fcc.,jia. 
to  a  person  on  a  business,  jilia. 
(arrive),  fika,  wasili. 
out,  toka. 
in,  ingia. 

upon  (meet  with),  kuta. 
near,  karibu,  karibia,  jongea,  fi- 

kilia. 
Come  near  !  or  Come  in !  Karib ! 
Come  no  further  !  Koma  usije ! 
close  to,  "wasili,  wasilia. 
together.     See  Assemble. 
to  life  again,  fufuka,  bui,  huika. 
to  an  end,  isha,  koma,  tekeza. 
be  f  idly  come  (of  time),  wadia. 
come  to  light,  funuka,  fumbnka. 
come  to  nothing  (of  plants,  fruit, 

&c),  fifia,  pooza. 
come  apart,  katika. 
come  out  in  a  rash,  tutuka,  tutu- 

mka,  tutusika. 
Comfort,  fariji,  tulizia  robo  (calm 

the  soul),  ondolea  buzuni  (taka 

away  grief). 
Phrases  used  by  way  of  comfort- 
ing : — 

Shukuru  Muungu,  thank  God. 

Hemdi  Muungu,  praise  God. 

Itoe  buzuni,  put  aivay  sorrow. 

Usiwe  na  buzuni,  don't  grieve. 
be  comforted,   farajika,   sbiikuru 

Muungu,  pendezewa,  tawakaii 

(trust  in  God  and  take  courage), 
be  Comfortable,  tengenea. 

I  cannot   be   comfortable   in    tha 

house,  nyumba  hainiweki. 


172 


SWATITLI  n.lXDBOOK. 


Command,     a'mru,     arnbia     (telT), 
Commission,  agiza.  [amrisha. 

Commit.    Set  Adultery. 
Compare,  angalia  kwamba  ni  sawa, 
pambanisha    (bring    together), 
parabanua  (distinguish),  linga- 
nislwt  (match),  fafanisha  (make 
like). 
Compel,  juliuru,  lazimisha. 
Complete,    timiza,    timiliza,  khati- 
ini.-ha,  maliza  (finish). 
complete  one's  education,  liitimu. 
be  complete,  timia,  tiniilia,  islia 
(end). 
!■■  h  ml.     See  Understand. 
jua  (know). 
kutana  (take  in), 
be  compreht  tided  in,  ingia. 
Conceal,  setiri,  iirha. 

be  concealed,  stirika. 
Concern,  pasa. 
I       Uiat* ,  patanisha. 
Condemn,  laani  (damn). 
Adi>  fetiwa   kuuawa,  he  was  ad- 

judged  to  be  hilled. 
Imempasa  kuuawa,  he  ought  to  be 

killed. 

I  -■<■■  nd,  nenyc-kea. 

lole,   liana  (join  in  a  formal 
mourning). 
Conduct,  peleka,  leta,  chukua. 
.-■-■   kiri,  ungama,  la'.ama. 
nfidt  ni.  tumaiui. 
have  confidence,  staamani. 
Confide  in,  amini,  tumania. 
Confound,  nhanganya  (mix),  batili 
(annul), 
be    in    Confusion,    fathaika    (of 
persons),  chafuka  (of  things). 
Confuse,  changanisha. 
put  into  confusion,  fatbehL 
become  confused,  fathaika. 


Congeal,  gandamana. 
I        ratulate,  furahisha,  sbanfrilia. 
Connect,  fungamana  (tie   together), 
ungana,  nngamana. 

Conquer,  shinda. 

( 'mis,  crate,  fanya  wakf. 

Consent,   kubali,  rithia,  penrla,  ra- 

thiana. 
Consider,  fikiri,  tafakari,  waza. 
Console  (see  Comfort),  tuliza,  tulizia 

roho. 
Conspire,  wafikana. 
Construct,  jenga,  jenzi. 
Consul/,   taka   shauri  (ask  advia  ), 

fanya  shauri  (consult  toy  tin  r). 
Consume,  la,  ttketeza  (fry  fire), 
be   consumed,  isha,  lika,  k-ketea 

(by  fin  ). 
Contain,  chukua  (contain  as  a  bag 

does  rice), 
be  contained  in,  ingia,  [ku-]wamo, 

'mna  (it  is  contained  in  it). 
Contend  with,  skindana  na,  husumu. 
Content,  rithika. 

be  content,  [ku-]wa  rathi,  kinayi. 
Continue,  dumu,  kaa,  shinda  (stay 

at  work,  &c). 
make  to  continue,  dumisha. 
Contract,   putiguza  (lessen),  fupiza 

(shorten),  fanya  ndogo  (make 

small),  kaza  (press  together). 
Contract,  fanya  shard  (make  a  com.' 

tract),  fanya  ubazazi  (make  a 

bargain). 
Contradict,  kanya  wasa. 
< 'nut rot,  a/./<al»iti.sha,  zuia. 
Converse,  zumgumza. 
Convert,  geuza,  fanya. 
Mwenyiezi     Muungu    ameimvo- 

ngoa,  God  has  turned  him  from 

his  evil  way. 
to  be  converted,  ongoka. 


LIST  OF    VERBS. 


173 


Convince,  <7rabutisba,  iumainisha. 

become  convinced,  turnaini. 
Cook,  pika,  andaa. 

cook  with  fat,  kaanga. 

cook  without  fat,  oka. 

cook  muhogo  cut  into  small  pieces, 
pwaza. 

to  become  cooked  enough,  iva. 
Cool,  (neut.)  poa,  poroa,  (act.)  poza 
(to  cool  by  pouring   backward 
and  forward),  zinnia  (cool  hot 
water  by  pouring  in  cold). 
Copulate,  jami,  tomba  (vulgar). 

for  the  first  time,  bariki. 
Copy,  nakili.  fanya  nakl. 

copy  from,  twaa  ya. 
Correct,  sahihi,  sahihisha,  rudi. 
Correspond   (write   to  one  another), 

andikiana. 
Corrupt,  haribu. 

go  bad,  oza,  haribika. 
Cost,  wakifu,  simama. 

cost  to,  wakifia,  siinamia. 
Cough,  kohoa. 

Count,  hesabu,  wanga  (Mer.),  ba- 
Cover,  funika,  setiri.  [zibu. 

as  with  a  flood,  funizika. 

cover,  with  leaves,  put  into  embers, 
&c),  vumbika. 

be  covered,  stiiika. 
Covet,  tatnani. 
Crack,  tia  ufa. 

as  the  earth  does  in  dry  weather, 
atuka. 

become  cracked,  ufa. 
Crash,  fanya  kishindo. 
Crawl,  tambaa. 
be  Crazy,  zulu. 
Crease,  kunjia. 

be  creased,  kunjika. 
Create,  nmba. 

be  created,  hulukiwa. 


Creep,  tambaa. 

Crinkle  up,  finyana. 

be  Crooked,  potoka,  komboka. 

Cross  (lie  across),  pandana. 

(cross   a    river),    vuka,    kwenda 
ng'ambo  ya  pili. 

(cross  a  room),  kwenda  upande 
wa  pili. 

get  cross,  vnna. 

be  cross  at  having  anything  to  do, 
kimwa. 
Crow,  wika. 

Crucify,  sulibi,  sulibisba. 
Cruize,  vinjari. 

Crumble,   (act.)  fikicba,  (neut.)  fu- 
Crush,  seta,  ponda.  [jika. 

crush    and    bruise    one    another, 
pondekana. 

crush  up,  setaseta. 

crush  in,  (act.)  bonyesha,  (neut.) 
bonyeka. 
Cry,  lia. 

cry  about,  lilia. 

cry  out  at,  pigia,  ukelele,  karipia. 

cry  for  help,  piga  yowe. 

cry  for  mercy,  lalania. 
Cultivate,  lima. 
Cup,  umika. 
Curdle,  uandamana. 

curdled  milk,  maziwa  mabivu. 
Cure,  ponya,  poza,  ponyesba. 

make  better,  fanya  ashekali. 

be  cured,  poa,  pona. 

cure  fish,  &c,  ng'onda. 
Curse,  laani,  tukana. 
Cut,  kata. 

cut  obliquely,  kata  hanamu. 

cut  for,  cut  out  for,  katia. 

cut  up,  clianja,  chenga. 

cut  to  shreds,  pasukapasuka. 

be  cut  off  from  one   another,   ti- 
ndikiana. 


174 


SWADILI  HANDBOOK. 


D. 
' .  chachaga. 
Damagi ,  Inribu. 
Damn,  laani,  laanisha. 
.  cheza. 
dance  for  joy,  randa. 
Dare,  tAubntu,  weza,  jasirisha. 
Dark'  n,  tin  iriza. 
Darn,  tililia. 
cbupia. 
Daub,  jiaka. 
]><nrn. 

kuna  kwoupe,  to  he  qrey  dawn, 
pambazuka  or  pambauka,  b" 
light 
Dazzle,  choma. 

I  h  e  eyes  are  dazzled,  macho  yame- 
fanya  kiwi. 
Deal  in  (trade  in),  fanya  biashara 
ya,  ice. 
Deal  cards,  trawa  karata. 
Decay,  haribika,  oza. 
Decease,  fariki. 
J1     ive,  danganya,  padaa. 
deceive  by  promises,  ongofya. 
be  deceived,  hadaika. 
Decide,  kata  maneno. 
Deck  out,  hamba. 
Declare,  thihirisha,  yuza. 
Decoy,   patia  or  twalia  kwa  che- 

revu. 
J  i    rease,    pungua,    punguza,    pu- 

nguka. 
!)■  dicate,  fanya  or  wekea  wakf. 

t.    vunja,    kimbiza    (put    to 
flight), 
to  be  defeated,  vunjika,  kiinbia. 
Defend,  linda. 

guard  oneself,  kinga. 

.  bikiri.  vunja,  ungo. 
■.id,  thulium. 
1  '•  ign,  kubali,  aeiiyi  I 


Delay,  (neut)  kawia,  kawa,  fawiti. 

(net.)  weka,  kawisha. 
be  Delirious,  papayuka. 
oer,  okoa,  vna,  toa. 
be  delivered,  vuka,  okoka. 
Demand,  taka. 

nand  in  marriage,  posa. 
Demolish,  vunja,  haribu. 
Deny,  kana,  kaniska. 

deny  to  a  person,  nyiraa,  hini. 
(refuse),  kataa. 
deny  all  credence  to,  katalia. 
Depart,  ondoka,  toka,  euda  zangu, 
zako,  &c. 
Depart  from  me!  Oudoka  ml 

yangu ! 
depart  from  (be  alienated  front), 
furakana. 
Depend  upon,  [kii-]wa  na. 
Kunaye,  depending  upon  him. 
fungamana  na,  be  connected  with. 
fuata,  be  a  dependant. 
tungikwa,  hang  from. 
Depose,  uzulu,  uzulia. 
Depreciate  (act),  khashifu,  umhua. 
Deprive  of,  twalia. 
Deride,     cheka,     chekea,     kufuru, 

fanyizia  mzaha. 
Descend,  shuka. 
Describe,  andika,  fafanulia  (by  L 

ing),  parabanulia  (by  distin- 
Desert,  acba,  hujuru.  [guishing. 
Deserve,  stahili. 

deserve  well  of,  fathili. 
Desire,  taka,  ipa,  tamani  (long  for), 

penda  (like). 
Desolate,  vunja,  haribu. 
Despair,  kata  tamaa. 
Despise,  tweza,  tharau   (pass,  tha- 

rauliwa),  hakirisha. 
Destroy,  haribu,  vunja. 
be  destroyed,  haribika,  vunjika. 


LIST  OF    VERBS. 


175 


Detain,  kawisha,  weka. 

Deter,  kataza,  zuia. 

Determine,  yakinia,  azimu,  kaza. 

determine  a  matter,  kata  maneno. 
Devise,  fanya  sbauri. 
Die,  fa,  fakiri,  ondoka  katika  uli- 
mwengu,  toweka  (A.),  tekeza. 
make  to  die,  fisha. 
lose  by  death,  fivva  na. 
Dig,  chiiuba. 

dig  out  or  away,  chimbna. 
fukua,   cut   a   small   hole  fit   to 
receive  a  post. 
Dignify,  tukuza. 

become  dignified,  or  be  raised  to 
dignity,  tukuka. 
Dilute,  tia  maji. 
Dim,  tia  giza. 

Diminish,  (neut.)  pungua,  punguka, 

tilifika,  (act.),  punguza,  tiliii- 

Dip,  chovya.  [ska. 

dip  and  leave  in,  cboveka. 
Direct,  agiza   (commission),  ambia 
(tell),  amuru  (order),  fundisha 
(instruct),  vuska  (put  into  the 
right  way). 
Disagree,  gombana,  tetana. 
Disappear,  toweka. 

(as  a  scar,  &c),  fifia. 
Disarrange,  ckafua. 
Discharge  from  an  obligation,  feleti. 
Discover,  vumbua. 
Discriminate,  pambanua. 
Disembowel,  tumbua,  tumbuza. 
Disgrace,  aibiska,  bizika. 

be  disgraced,  aibika. 
Disgust,  ckukiza. 

be  disgusted,  cbukiwa. 
Dish  up,  pakua. 

When  you  wish  a  meal  to  be  served 
you  should  say,  not  pakua,  but 
lete  cliakula. 


Dislocate,  teuka. 
Disquiet,  fatbaisba. 

be  disquieted,  fatbaika. 
Dismiss,  likiza,  ondoa. 
be  dismissed,  tolewa. 
Disobey,  asi. 

Disorder  (put  things  in  disorder), 
cbafua. 
put  an  army  in  disorder,  fathaisha. 
be  in  disorder  or  dishabille,  cba- 

fuka. 
be  all  in  disorder,  cbafukacbafuka. 
Dissipate,  tainpanyatapaiiya. 
Distinguish,  pambanua. 
Distort,  popotoa. 

Distress  (put  in  low  spirits),  kefya- 
kefya. 
be  in  distress,  thii. 
Distribute,  gawanya. 
Disturb. 

Don't  disturb  yourself !  Starebe ! 
Disunite,  farakisha. 

be  disunited,  epukana,  farakiaua. 
acbana. 
Dive,  zama. 
Divide,  tenga,  gawa,  gawanya,  kata, 

bussu. 
Divorce,  acba,  tokana,  taugua  ridoa. 
Do,  fanya,  tenda. 

I  have   done  nothing,  sikufanya 

neuo. 
He  has  done  nothing  at  all,  baku- 

fanya  lo  lote. 
be  done  or  doable,  tendeka. 
do  (be  of  use),  faa. 

It  won't  do,  haifai. 
do  anything  slowly  and  carefully, 

kototeza. 
do  wanton  violence,  busudu,  fanya 

jeuri. 
be  done  (finished),  isba. 
be  done  (cooked),  iva. 


L76 


SWAHIL1    I1ASDB00K. 


]>■'!',  piswa. 
Double,  nullity:!. 

/'  inya  tashwishi  [kii-"]wa  aa 

Bhaka. 
There  is  no  doubt,  bapana  sliaka. 
]><■:.<■.  Mii/ia. 

wake  up  suddenly  from  a  doze, 
zinduka,  ztndukaaa. 
Drag,  kokota,  burura  (haul  along), 
drag  out  of  one's  hand,  chopoa, 
kopoa. 
Drain  out,  churukiza,  churuzika. 
Draw,  vuta. 

Dniir  water,  teka  maji. 

Draw  together,  kunyata. 

Draw  near,  karibu,  karibia,  kari- 

biana. 
Draw  a  line,  piga  mstari. 
Draw  out  nails,  &c,  kongoa. 
Draw  breath,  tanafusi. 
Draw  in  tin  breath,  paaza  pumzi. 
Draw  up  th<'  earth  round  growing 

crops,  ]  ml  ilia. 
Draw   the  end  of  the   loin   cloth 
between  th  has  and  luck  it  in, 
piga  uwinda. 
Dread,  ogopa,  ogopa  mno. 
Dream,  ota. 
J  i  ■  88,  vika. 

Dress  in,  vaa,  jit  in. 
Dress  up,  paraba,  jipoloa. 
Dress  ship,  paraba  merikebu. 
J/,* 88    Pi ;/'  tables  for  the  mark' t, 
chambua. 
Drift,  cliukuliwa. 

J /rink,  nwa,  or  nywa;  pass,  nwewa. 
Drip,  t'Jita. 

Drive,  ongoza  (lead,  conduct),  chu- 
nga  (as  a  shepherd),  fiikuza 
(drive  away),  fukuzia  (drive  away 
from),  kirabizia  (make  to  run 
away  from). 


Drop  (down),  (neut.)  anguka,  (art.) 
angusha. 
into,(neut.)  tumbukia,  (act.)  tum- 

bukiza. 
(like  leaves  in  autumn),  pukutika. 
(fall  in  drops),  torta. 
drop  from,  little  by  little,  dondoka. 
Drown   (act.)  tosa,  (neut.)  tota,  t'a 

maji. 
he  Drunken,  lewa. 

Dry,  (neut.)  kauka,  nyauka,  (act.) 
kaiislia. 
becmiu-   dry  by  water    leaving  it, 

pwa,  pwea,  pwewa, 
be  left  high  and  dry.  pweleka. 
put  out  to  dry,  anika. 
dry  or  cure  fish,  ng'uuda. 
Dupe,  dangauya. 
Dust,  l'ula  vumbi. 
/'c,  //.  kaa,  kaa  kitako,  keti  (M.). 
Dwindle,  kunjana,  pnnguka,  anga- 

mia  (go  down  in  the  world). 
Dye,  tia  rangi. 

kutona  liina,  to  lay  on  henna  so 
as  to  dye  the  part  red. 

E. 

Earn,  pata. 

Ease,  fariji,  sterehisba. 
become  easy,  farajika. 
Ease  oneself,  kuuya. 
Eat,  la. 
in,  with,  for,  &c.,  Ha. 
be  eaten  or  eatable,  lika. 
have  eaten  enough,  shiba. 
eat  at  the  expense  of  each  one  in 

turn,  la  kikoa. 
eat  where  each  contributes  some- 
thing to  the  feast,  la  kwa  ku- 
changa. 
eat  all  the  food  away  from  others. 
iraa. 


LIST  OF   VERBS. 


177 


Ametuima,  he  has  eaten  it  all  up 

before  we  came, 
overeat  oneself,  vimbiwa. 
make    a   person    eat    too    much, 

vimbisba. 
eat  without  bounds,  papia. 
eat  over  voraciously,  la  kwa  pupa. 
Ebb,  pwa. 
be  Eclipsed,  patwa. 
Educate,  funda,  fundisha,  alimisha, 

adibu,  or  tia  adabu  (teach  good 

manners),  lea  (bring  up). 
Elongate,  ongeza  urefu. 
Embalm,  tia  madawa  asioze. 
Embark,  panda  (go  on  board),  ta- 

hassa  (go  on  board   with    the 

intention  of  sailing). 
Embrace,  panibaja,  kumbatia,  ku- 

mbatiana. 
Embroil,  tia  matata. 
Emerge,  zuka. 

Employ,  tuma  (send  about),  tumia 
•  (make    use    of),    tuniika     (be 

employed). 
Empty  out,  mwaga,  ntwaya. 
Enable,  wezesha,  jalia. 
Encamp,  tua  (put  down  loads). 
Encourage,  tia  moyo,  thubntisha. 
End,  (neut.)  isha,  konia,  (act.)  mali- 

za,  komesha,  khatimisha. 
Endow  with,  wekea  wakf. 
Endure,  islii  (last),  vuniilia  (bear 

with),  stahiniili. 
Enervate,  tboofisha. 
Engage,  afikana,  twaa,  fanya  sharti. 
Engender,  zaa,  vyaa. 
Enjoy,  furaki,  ona  raha,  furahiwa  na. 
Enlarge,  ongeza,  zidisba. 
Enlist  (act),  tia  asikari 
be  Enough,  tosh  a,  toshelea. 
It  is  enough,  bassi. 
have  had  enough  food,  sbiba. 


Enquire,  uliza  (ask),  huji  (enqu   ■> 
into),  hakiki  (make  sure  about), 
ulizia  (enquire  on  account  of). 
Enrage,  ghathabisba. 

be  enraged,  ghatbabika. 
Enrich,  pa  utajiri. 
Enslave,  tia  utumwanL 
Ensnare,  tega. 
Entangle,  tia  matata. 
Enter,  ingia. 
Entice,  vuta  kwa  cherevu,  twaa  kwa 

werevu. 
Entreat,  omba,  sihi,  nasihi. 
Entrust,  wekea  amana,  amini  rutu 
na  kitu. 
be  equal  to  (an  undertaking,  &c), 
weza. 
Equalize,     sawanisha,     sawazisha, 
fanya  sawasawa,  linganisba  (by 
measurement). 
Erect,  siinikisha. 
Err,  kosa,  kwenda  hapa  na  hapa 

(wander). 
Escape,  okoka  (be  delivered),  pona- 
(to  get  icell),  vuka  (to  get  across). 
kimbia  (run  aivay),  fiatuka  (to 
escape  as  a  spring,  to  get  free). 
Establish,  tengezeka  (?). 
Estimate,  kadiri,  kisi. 
Evaporate,  nwewa.     - 
Exalt,  inua  (lift),  tukuza,  atbiraisha. 
be  exalted  (great),  tukuka,  athi- 
mika. 
Examine,  onja  (taste),  tafiti,  fatiishi, 

sayili  (by  questions). 
Exceed,  pita. 
Excel,  pita. 
Except,  toa,  tosha. 
Exchange,  barlili. 
Excite,  taharrakisba,  fitini. 

be  excited,  hangaika. 
Excuse,  uthui-u.  saniebe  (pardon). 


178 


SWAniLI  HANDBOOK 


'■ .  /urn. 
.  j-i  reia  authority  on  r,  hukumu. 
.  fanya  jubudi,  jitahidi. 
•nya,  nabibisba. 
/       cist  by  m  •    .  punga. 

ua,  krmjua  (unfold), 
ridi  (increase),  linmka  or 
kuuduka  (beeorm  opt  n  ). 

.  tumaini. 
Expt  I.  toa,  fukuza, 

il  sjiiril  laj  music,  &c, 
punga  pepo. 
Expi  ii'l  upon,  be  at  the  expt  n 

gharimia. 
Explain,   eleza,  pambanua,    fasiri, 
tafsiri,   fumbulia,   panibanulia 
(explain  to),  tambulLsba  (make 
la  ;••  cognise). 
Explode,     pasuka     (burst),     waka 

(blaze). 
Explort .  iUtii.slii,  jiinisi,  angalia. 

I,  I 
Express,  thahiri,  baini. 

( press  out),  kamua. 
Extend,  (act.) .  nyosha,  (neut.)  fika 
{reach   to),  kunjuka,  euea  (be 
spread  over). 
Exterminate,  og'oa  pia  yote  (root  up 
rly). 
inguish,  zinia,  ziniia. 
o  out,  zimika. 
Extort,  pokonya. 
Extol,  -ifu. 
1. stiicaU   Jrom,    toa     na,     namua 

Mb  r.). 
Exult,  turahi. 

F. 

Fade,  fa.  kauka,  fifia  (pine  away), 
pukutika   (wither    and    'ho/,), 
fika  (grow  weal:  <m<l  thin  I. 
Fat7,  pu:iguk  t. 


Faint,  zimia  roho. 
/•Vi//.  anguka. 

/a//  K&e  Mi/yi.  nya. 

cause  rot'ji  to  fall,  nyesha, 

/a?£  into,  turubukia. 

let  fall  into,  frumbuMza 

fall  flat  an  Hi'  ground,  lala  inchi. 

fall  in  (car,    i,,  ).  pomi 

fall  short,  punguka,  tindika  (A.). 
fall  sick,  ugua, 
Fall'  r,  sbangbaa,  sita. 
Fan,  pcpea. 
Fancy,  kumbuka,  fikiri. 

fancy  oneself,  jiona. 
Fast,  fuDga. 
break  a  fast,  or  eat  after  a  fast, 
futuru. 
Fasten,  i'unga. 
Fatten  (get  fat),  nona  (of  animal*), 

nenepa  (of  men). 
Fatigue,  chosha,  taabisha. 

be  fatigued,  choka,  taabika. 
Favour,  pendelea. 
Fear,  ogopa,  cba  (A.),  [ku-Jwa  na 
khofu. 
be  fearless,  peketeka. 
Feast,  keiimu. 
Feed,  lislia. 
ca  use  to  be  fed,  lishisba. 
put  morsels  into  a  friend's  mouth, 
rai. 
Fi  i ',  ona  (perceive),  papasa  (touch). 
Feign,  jifanya. 
F>  II,  kata. 
Fence,  fanya  ua. 
F<  ml  off  a  boat,  tanua  tnashua. 
Ferment,  cliacha. 

J':  rry  over,  vusba,  vukidba, abirisha. 
Ft  tch,  leta. 
Fight,  pigana. 
set  on  to  fight,  piganisha,  pigani- 
shana. 


LIST  OF   VERBS. 


179 


Fill,  jaza. 
fill,  in  [a  hole],  fukia. 
becornt  full,  jaa.     The  passive  is 

used  for  being  filled  with  some 

extraneous  substance.     Mtungi 

umejaa  maji,  the  jar  is  full  of 

water,  but,  maji  yamejawa  na 

dudu,    the    water    is  full   of 

insects. 
be  half  full  (by  remaining),  shi- 

nda,  maji  yashiuda  ya  mtungi, 

the  jar  is  half  full  of  water, 
fill  up,  jaliza. 
fill  with  food,  shibisha. 
to   be  full,  to  have  had  enough, 

sbiba. 
Find,  ona,  zumbua,  vumbua,  pata, 

kuta. 
be  to  be  found,  zumbukana,  pati- 

kaua. 
find    out    in   a    trick,    fatbehi, 

gundua. 
be  found  out,  fetheheka. 
find  fault  with,  tia  batiyani. 
Finish,  (act.)  maliza,  (neut.)  isba, 

koma. 
finish  off,  tengeneza,  tengeleza. 
finish  a  journey,  koma. 
finish  a  scholar,  bitimisba. 
Fire  (set  on  fire),  tia  moto,  wasba 

moto. 
(apply  fire  to  in  any  way),  cboma. 
a  gun,  &c,  piga  buuduki,  &c. 
Fish,  vua  samaki. 

fish  a  spar,  &c,  ganga,  tia  gango. 
Fit,  faa  (do  well). 

Ni  kiassi  cbangu  kama  nalika- 

tiwa  mimi,  it  fits  as  though  it 

had  been  made  for  me. 
Fix,  kaza. 

fix  the  eyes  upon,  kodolea. 
Flame,  waka,  toa  ndimi  za  moto. 


Flap,  piga 

make  a  sail  flap  by  going  too  near 
the  wind,  pigiza  tanga. 
Flash  (lighten),  piga  umeme. 
Flatten,  tandaza. 
Flatter,  sifu,  sifu  mno,  jipendekeza 

(ingratiate  oneself  with). 
Flavour,   to  get   the  right  flavour 
Flay,  chuna,  tuna  (M.).         [kol<  a 

lose  the  skin,  cbunika,  tunika  (M.). 
Flee,  kimbia. 

be  Flexible,  pindana,  [kii-]wa  laiui. 
Flicker,  sinzia. 
Flinch,  jikunja,  ruka. 
Fling,  tupa. 
Float,  elea,  ogolea. 
Flog,  piga. 

Flood,  gbarikisba,furika,tawanyika, 
funikiza. 

be  flooded,  ghariki. 
Flourish,  sitawi,  fana,  fanikiwa. 

make  to  flourish,  sitawisba. 
Flow,  pita   (flow  by),  toka  (flow 
out),   bubujika    (to  burst   and 
bubble  out). 
Flower,  toa  maua. 
Flurry,  zulisba. 
Flutter,  papatika. 
Fly,  ruka. 

fly  off,  puruka. 
Fold,  kunja. 

fold  together,  kunjana. 

fold  in  the  arms,  kumbatia. 
Follow,  fuata,  andama  (M.). 

follow  a  pattern,  oleza. 
become  Foolish,  pumbazika. 
Forbid,  gombeza,  kataza. 
Force  (see  Compel),  tia  nguvu.  la- 
zimisba. 

He  was  forced  to  ao,  alikwenda 
kwa  nguvu. 

Force  open,  pepetua. 

N   2 


L80 


MIM///7,/  HANDBOOK. 


i.  tabiri,  bashiri. 
How  has  this  year  been  predicted 
Mwaka    bun    ami 

\\  :ijc? 

Forft  it,  lazimishwa. 
I,,  forfi  Hoi  by,  i  otea. 

iron,  &c,  i'ua  ohuma,  &c. 
weld  on  it  tun-  point  or  edge,  tam- 
buza. 

En  forgottt  n,  Bahauliwa. 
Forgive,  -:  imi  hi .  achilia,  mwafa. 

Forgive  me,  niwie  rathi. 
J \  rsah  .  acha. 

Fortify,  tia  boma  (jptd  a  rampart). 
Foster,  lea,  lisha. 

/Y-e  (/rom  slavery),  wvLi  Of  acha 
huru. 

(from  prison),  acba,  fungua. 

/..  ft  free  (from  prison),  tokana. 
Freeze,  ganda,  gandamana. 

/        .;//</. 

payfn  ightfor,  takabathisha. 
raT-ry  o/i  fn  ight,  takabathi. 
hten,  ogofya,  tia  khofu,  ogo- 
fisba,  kkofisba,  tisba. 
become    frightened,    ingiwa     na 

khofu. 
startle,  stusha,  kutusha. 
/  ront,  kabili,  lekea. 

jmt  in  front  of,  lekeza. 
Frown,  kunja  ubo,  kunja  \  ipaji. 
//.  has  a  frowning  face,  ubo  una- 
kuiijainana. 
Frustrate,  batili,  vunja. 
J<V!/.  kaa 

Fulfil,  tiroiza,  timiliza. 
fuljii  a  promise,  fikiliza  ahadl 
rl  sails,  kunja  matanga. 
Furnish  a  house,  pamba  nyuiuba. 


a 

Oain,  pata,  pata  fayida. 

GaUop,  piga  mbio. 

Oape,  piga  nyayo,  funua  kinwa. 

GorfcZe   ''7'"',   *c->  chagua  sanda- 

ru^i,  &c. 
Gather  (fruit),  rbuma 
into  n  heap,  zoa. 

fft<  r  (ac*.)i  knsanya,  kntani- 
sha,  jamaa,  jamii 
togi  ther  (neut.),  kusanyika,  kuta- 

nika. 
up  into  a  small  spun-,  fim 
ones,  If  up  for  on  e/orf,jitutumui 
Kttle  6j/  Kftfe,  lumbika. 
»p    one's    courage,    piga    moyo 
konde. 
Gi  ?</. 
be     Genial     (good-humoured      and 

nj),  changa'rnka. 
(!<  t.  pata. 
gf(  /  hi  tier,  pona. 
y.  /  a  little  better,  [ku-]wa  ashe- 

kali. 
get  drunk,  lewa,  jilevya. 
get  dry,  kauka. 
get  fire    by    working    one    stick 

against  another,  pekecha 
get  for,  patia. 

gt  t  foul  of  one  another,  pambana. 
get  goods   on  credit  in  order  to 

trade  with  them,  kopa. 
gt  t  into,  ingia. 
get  into  a  well,  a  scrape,  &c,  (art.) 

tmnbukiza,  (neut.)  tunibukia. 
get  into  a  passion  (neut.),  ingiwa 

na  gbatbabu  or  basira. 
get  into  a  quarrel  (act.),  vunibilia 

vita. 
get   [seeds]  into  the  ground,  vu- 

nibikia. 
get  mouldy,  fanya  vikungu. 


LIST  OF   VERBS. 


181 


get  out,  toka. 

get  out  of  the  way,  jitenga. 
Out  of  the  way !  Siniilla ! 
get  out  of  one's  sigltt,  tokornea. 
get  palm  wine,  gema. 
get  ripe,  iva. 

get  thin  and  watery,  poroa. 
get  through,  (neut.)  penya,  (act.') 

penyesba. 
get  up,  ondoka. 

rise  to  (a  person),  ondokea. 
get  up  or  upon,  panda. 
get  well,  poua,  poa. 
be  Giddy,  levyalevya. 
Gild,  chovya. 
Give  (a  thing),  toa. 
(to  a  person),  pa,  %>ass.  pewa,  to 

receive, 
give  a  complaint  to,  ambukiza. 
give  a  taste,  an  inkling,  or  a  little 

specimen,  dokeza. 
give  bad;,  rudisha. 
give  into  the  hand,  kabithi. 
give  leave  to,  pa  ruksa  or  rukusa, 

rukbusu. 
give  light  to,  tia  rmvangaza. 
give  mutual  gifts,  pana. 
give  presents  to,  tunza,  tunukia. 
give  rations  to,  posba. 
give  room  or  space,  nafisisha. 
give  to  drink  to,  nywesba. 
give  to  eat  to,  lisba. 
gii-p  trouble,  raabisba,  fanya  inda, 

sunibua. 
give  way  under  one,  bonyea. 
Give  way  (roiv)  !     Vuta ! 
Glance,  natbiri,  tupa  inacbo  or  na- 
tbari  (cast  the  eyes  or  a  glance). 
Glare  at,  ng'ariza. 
Gleam,  mulika,  ng'ara. 
Glide,  tiririka,  teleza. 
Glisten,  zagaa. 


Glitter,  metameta,  mekameka,  me- 

riraeta,  mulika. 
Glorify,  tiikuza,  sifu. 
Glow,  ng'ara. 
Gnaw,  guguna. 
Go,  enda,  enenda. 
you  can  go,  ruksa. 
go  after  or  for,  endea. 

(follow),  fuata. 
go  alongside,  parnbana. 
go  ashore  (of  a  ship),  panda. 
be  left  high  and  dry,  pweleka, 
pwewa  na  maji. 
go  ashore  (of  a  person),  sbuka. 
go  away,  enda  zangu,  zako,  zake, 
zetu,  zenu,  zao,  according  to 
the  person. 
toka  ondoka. 
go  away  from,  acha,  toka. 
go  back,  rudi,  regea. 
go  backward,  endelea  nyuma. 
go  bad,  oza. 
go  before,  tangulia. 
go    before    a  judge,    enda    kwa 

katbi. 
go  behind,  fuata. 
go  by,  pita. 

go  crooked,  patoa,  potoka. 
go  forward,  endelea  nibele. 
go  free,  toka. 
go  into,  ingia. 
go  marketing,  enda  sokoni. 
go  off  (like  a  spring),  riatuka. 
go  on  (not  to  stop),  fuliza,  tuza, 

fululiza. 
go  on  (icith  a  icork),  sbimda. 
go  on  board,  panda. 
go  on  board  in  order  to  sail,  ta- 

hasa. 
go  on  with  by  turns,  pokezana. 
go  out,  toka. 
(like  a  cajidle),  zimika. 


182 


£W  All  111    HANDBOOK. 


!!■   has  none  mil  for  th 
amekw<  ada  sbinda. 
go  oxn  r,  vi i' 
go  past,  ■ 

go   quickly  down  a  steep  place, 
ti  I  'mka. 

ig, « ada  mbio. 
.;..  to  '-'/"  nse  about  or  upon,  gha- 

rimia. 
,;..  to  tru  ■  t,  laki. 

■  it  with  shouting  and  joy, 
shangilia. 
qr>  ft i  law  with,  teta. 
go  up  (neuL),  paa. 
(act.)  kwea,  panda. 
kind,  l'ana. 
piga  pembe. 
Govern,  tawala,  miliki. 
Grant  to,  pa,  jalia,  ruzukn. 
',    ipple,  kamafana,  sliikana. 
!-/,.  ,-liika,  fumbata. 
..  paruza. 
Graze,  paruga,  kwaruza. 
graze  one  another,  paruzana. 

<ireat  (of  a  person  ,  tuknka. 

bi  <>nme  great  to  or  hard  for,  kulia. 

Greedy,    fkii-]wa    na    robo    or 

choyo,  fanya  tamaa  (be  greedy 

for). 

.  .-alimu,  salimia,  amkua,  ba- 

rikia. 

e,  (act.)  sikitisha,  tia  huzuni. 
■    rfMtika,  ingiwana  huzuni 
a  meno. 

'/  coarsely,  paaza. 
•  i,  Dgua. 
groan  at,  zomea. 
Grope,  papasa. 

,kua  (to  become 
large),  mea  (of  plant*,  to  grow 
or  be  growable). 


What  is  to  b<  grown  herel    Kill- 
mo  oha  nini  ? 

grow  to  its  full  size,  pea. 

become/uH-^roum,  pevuka,komaa. 

grow  up  quickly,  vuvumka. 

not  to  grow  (of  seeds),  fifia. 

grow  large  enough  to  bear  fruit, 
auka., 

grow  fat,  nenepa   (of  persons), 
nona  (of  animals). 

gron-  thin  and  lean,  konda. 

groio  larger,  kua,  kitliiri. 

groio  less,  pungua,  tilifika, 

make  to  grow  large,  kuza. 
Growl,  nguruina. 
Grudge,  bini. 

grudge  at,  husudu. 
Unliable,  nung'unika. 
Grunt,  guna. 
Guarantee  payment  of  a  debt,  ba- 

a  result,  tadariki.  [wiii. 

Guard,  linda,  tunza,  liami,  ngoj<  a. 

guard    oneself   against    a    blow, 
kinga. 
Guess,  babatisba,  kisi,  thani. 
Guide,  onyesha  ujia  (.<how  the  way), 

peleka  (take). 
Gulp,  gugumiza. 

gulp  down,  ak'ia. 

H. 

Ildlt,  tua  (put  down  burdens),  si- 
mama  (stand),  sita  (go  lamt .  or 
to  stop),  chechemea  (to  put  one 
foot  only  flat  on  the  ground). 

Hammer,  gongomea  (hammer  in), 
fua  pass,  fuawa  (beat  as  uilli  a 
sledge-hammer). 

Hang,  angika  (as  against  a  wall), 
tungika    (be    suspended),    tu« 
ndika,  aliki. 
(strangle),  nyonga,  Bonga. 


LIST  OF   VERBS. 


183 


Happen,  tukia. 

Which  happened  to  him,  kilicho- 
mpata. 
Harass,  sumbua,  uthi,  utliia,  clio- 
koza,  sumbusha. 
be  harassed,  sumbuka,  utkika. 
Harm,  thuru,  hasara. 

No  harm .'     Haithuru ! 
Harpoon,  paga. 
Hasten,  (act.)  harakisha,  himiza. 

(neut.)  fanya  hinia,  haraka. 
Hatch,  ongua,  zaliwa,  onguliwa  (be 
hatched),     angua     (break    the 
shell). 
Hate,  chukia,  buothu,  zira  (M.). 
Have,  [ku-]wa  na  (see  p.  154). 
(possess),  miliki. 
on  board,  pakia. 
power  over,  weza. 
in  one's  debt,  wia. 
To  have  things  done  for  one,  is 
expressed  by  the  passive  of  the 
applied  form  (see  p.  161). 
Hawk  about,  tembeza. 
Heal,  poza. 

be  healed,  poa,  pona,  ongoka. 
Heap  up,  kusanya,  fanya  fungu. 
Hear,  sikia,  pulika  (A.). 

hear  one  another,  sikilizana,  pu- 

likana. 
be  to  be  heard,  sikilikana. 
Hearken,  sikiliza,  pulika. 
Heat  (get    hot),  pata    moto.      See 

Warm. 
Heave  the  log,  tia  batli. 
be  Heavy.     See  Weigh  down. 
Help,  sayidia,  auni. 
Hem,  kunga. 

Hesitate,  skangaa,  sita,  ingiwa  na 
shaka  (get  into  doubt), 
in  speaking,  babaika. 
Hide,  ficba,  settiri,  sita  (A.). 


You  have  hid  the  cap  from  me, 

umenifieha  kofia. 
You  have  hid  my  cap,  umenifi- 
cbia  kofia. 
Hinder,  zuia,  pinga,  fawili. 
Hint,  dokeza. 

Hire,  ajiri,  panga  (to  rent). 
Hit,  piga,  pata. 

with  a  spear  or  arrow,  fuma. 
Hoard,  weka,  weka  akiba. 
be  Hoarse,  pwelewa  sauti. 

I  am,  hoarse,  sauti  imenipwea. 
Hoe,  lima. 
hoe  up,  palia. 

cause  to  be  hoed,  palililiza. 
Hoist,  tweka. 

Hold,     shika,     kamata,     fumbata 
(grasp),  zuia  (hold  in),  zuilia 
(hold  off  from), 
hold  in  the  mouth,  vuata. 
hold  one's   clothes   or   hands   be- 
tween one's  knees,  ijata. 
hold  a  public  audience,  or  council, 

barizi. 
hold  up  (not  to  rain),  anuka. 
hold  in  contempt.     See  Scorn. 
Hollow  out,  fukua. 
Honour,     heshimu,     pa     hesbima, 

jali. 
Hop,  rukanika. 

Hope,   taraja,    tumaini    (feel    con- 
fident). 
I  hope,  roho  yatumai. 
Humble,  tbili,  hakiri. 

be  humble,  nenyekca. 
Hunger,  [kii-]wa  na  njaa. 

be  ravenously  hungry,  rapa,  lapa. 
I  am  very  hungry,  njaa  inaniu- 
ma. 
Hunt,  winda,  winga,  saka. 
Hurry,  haraka,  himiza. 
Hurt,  unia,  umia,  umiza. 


1>1 


SWA  II TL I  TTANDBOOK'. 


(Indian  *>rn),  nnnva,  anilma 

(M.). 

»fe),  fua. 
(or  shell),  papatua. 


be  III  H.    Illness  is  expressed 

by  the  use  of  the  n<  gative  pri  s<  nt 
of  th  verb  kuweza,  to  &< 
Siwezi,  I  am  ill.  Ilawezi,  he  is 
ill,  &c.  Nalikuwa  siw>  zi,  / 
was  HI.  Alikmva  Lawezi,  he 
was  ill,  &c. 
I  Lure  been  ill  for  two  months, 
Biwi  zi  yapata  miezi  miwili 

Imitate,  ol<  za,  iga,  fuata. 
rse,  zamisha,  chofya. 

Implore,  pembeleza. 

}•■  Impossible,  toa  kufanyika. 
It  is  impossible,  haiyamkini. 

Imprecate  against,  apiza. 

Imprison,  Ida  gerezani,  funga. 

Improve,  fci  ngeleza,  Bilihi,  eitawisba. 

Incline,  (neut.)  inama,  (act.)  ina- 
misha. 
incline  to  (like),  penda. 

Increase,  (act.)  ongeza,  siidisha. 
(neut.)  ong(  zeka,  zi«li,  kitliiri. 
/,<</<  Med  to,  wiwa  na. 
<lge  in,  zoeza,  jizocza. 

Infect,  ambuMza. 

Inform,  arifu,  hubiri,  pa  habari. 
/,i  letter-writing  arifu  is  a// 
employed,  on  other  occasions 
kupata  or  kmva  na  habari  is 
generally  used  for  to  be  in- 
formed,  and  ambia  (till)  for  to 
inf 

I     rai  If,  jipendekeza. 

Inhabit,  kaa,  keti. 

Inherit,  lilltL 


Injure,  hasira,  hasiri,  hasirislia 

In  injured,  hasirika. 
Innovate,  zua. 

In    [/njui-iiliri  ,  taflti. 

in- /:•  •■!.  kagua. 

Instruct,  fundisha,  funza,  elemisha. 
It,  Bhitumu,  tukana,  ohokoza. 

fnti  nil.  kusudia  (purpose), azuau  or 
azimia,  or  yakinia  (r<  solvi  l, 
nia,  or  ania,  or  nuia  (have  in 
one's  mint!). 

fnti  r.  zika. 

I nli  rcedefor,  ombea. 

Interpret,  fasiri,  tafsiri. 

Interrupt,  zuia,  katiza,  hanikiza, 
utbia  (bother). 

Tit  tf i.rirnt,;  lcvya. 
become  intoxicated,  leva. 

Intrude,  fumania. 

Cuing  into  another  person's  home 
fur  an  unlawful  purpose  (ku- 
fisidi),  or  icithout  lawful,  /im- 
pose (ku-fmuaniana),  bars  lnj 
the  law  of  Zanzibar  any  cla  im 
on  the  part  of  the  intruder  in 
respect  of  any  assault  or  injury 
while  there. 

Inundate,  gbarikisha,  furika  (swell), 
tawanyika  (spread). 

Invade,  shambulia. 
tit,  lumi,  zumbua. 

I n '■  ili\  ita,  alilcu. 
invite  to  come  in,  karibisha. 

Irrigate,  tia  maji,  nywesha. 

Irritate,  tia  hasira,  gkathabisha, 
kasirisha,  chokoza. 

Itch, — cause  to  itch,  nyca. 
1  itch,  imeninyca. 


Jam,  kwamisha. 

become  jammed,  kwama,  sakaina. 


LIST  OF    VERBS. 


185 


Jar    the    teeth,   like   grit  in   food, 

kwaza  meno. 
Jerk,  kutua. 
Jest,  fanya  ubisbi  or   mzaha,  thi- 

haki. 
Join,  (act.)  uriga,  («e?f£.)unganana. 
Judge,   hukumu,   bukurnia,    amua. 

'Hie  original  meaning  of  amua 

is  to  separate,  and  it  is  used  of 

separating  two  persons  who  have 

been  fighting. 
Jumble  together  different  languages 

or  dialects,  goteza. 
Jump,  ruka. 

K. 

Keep,  weka  or  cheleza  (put  away), 
tunza  (take  care  of),  linda 
(guard),  hifathi  (preserve),  slii- 
ka  (hold),  fuga  (keep  animals), 
weka  or  kawisha  (delay). 

be  kept  gossiping,  puzika. 

be  kept  tame  or  in  a  cage,  fugika. 

It  cannot  be  kept,  i.e.,  it  toill 
either  run  away  or  die,  hafu- 
giki. 

keep  awake,  (neut.)  kesba,  (act.) 
kesheza. 

keep  from,  epusba,  zuilia. 

keep  in  order  (a  person),  rudi. 

be  kept,  or  capable  of  being  kept, 
in  order,  rudika. 

keep  on  at,  shinda. 

Keep  your  distance !  Korna  usije ! 
Kick,  piga  teke. 

Kill,  ua,  pass,  uawa,  waga  (Mer.), 
fisha  (to  cause  to  die). 

kill  with,  &c,  ulia. 

kill  for  food,  chinja,  tinda  (M.). 
be  Kind,  tenda  mema. 

do  a  kindness  to,  fathili. 
Kindle,  wasba,  tia  muto. 


Kiss,  busu. 

lift  to  the  lips  and  kiss,  sogeza. 
Knead,  kanda. 
Kneel,  piga  magote. 
Knit  the  brows,  kunja  vipaji. 
Knock,  gonga,  gota,  piga. 
at  a  door,  or  to  cry  Hodi !  if  the 
door  be  open,  bisha. 
Knoio,  jua.     Kujua  is  often  used  in 
the  sense  of  to  know  of,  about, 
how,  &c. 
I  know  where  he  is,  namjua  aliko 

(I  know  of  him,  where  he  is). 
I  know  how  to  speak  the  language 
of  Zanzibar,  najua  kusema  kiu- 
nguja. 
I  can  do  blacksmith's  work,  najua 

kufua  cburoa. 
(to  recognize),  tarubua. 
be  knowable,  julikana. 
make  to  know,  julisba,  juvisha. 
become  known,  tangaa. 
know  what  to  do,  tanababi. 


L. 

Lace  in  the  rope  or  matting  across  a 
native  bedstead,  tanda,  wamba. 
Lacerate,  papura. 

be  lacerated,  papurika. 
be  Lame,  tegea,  cbecbemea,  tetea, 
kwenda  cbopi,  tagaa  (walk  with 
the  legs  far  apart). 
Land,  (neut.)  sbuka,  (act.)  shuslia. 
Last,  isbi. 
Laugh,  cbeka. 

laugh  at,  cbekelea. 
Launch,  sbua,  pass,  shuliwa. 
Lay,  tia,  weka. 

lay  a  wager,  pinga,  sbindania. 

lay  by,  weka  akiba. 

lay  down,  laza. 


186 


5 WA T1ILI  II A XD r,<><>K. 


lay  ktamia,  or  zaa.  or  nya 

mayayi. 

lay  hold  of,  shika. 
lay  opt  n,  funua,  weka  wazL 
lay  <"tf.  andika,  tandika,  toa. 
lay  <mt  m"it*  y,  gharimu,  gharlmia. 
J'ty  tin  beams  of  a  roof,  iki/.a. 
/.!./  th<  table,  andika  meza. 
lay  upon  the  tahle,  weka  luczani. 
lay  to  anyone's  charge,  tuhumu. 
lay  upon  some  one  else,  kuinbisha. 
bt   Lazy,  [kii-]\va  umvu. 

to  he  cross  at  having  anything  to 
do,  kiinw  .1. 
ieod,  ongoa,  oi  ;oza,  pek-ka,  fikisha 
(make  to  arrive). 
lead  astray,  kosesha. 
lead  </•  notions,  Bomesha. 
Leah,  vuja,  fu'nika  {to  open  at  the 

seams). 
Lean  upon,  tcgemea,  egemea. 
Uan  upon  a  staff,  jigongojea. 
b<  '■i>me  lean,  konda. 
make  lean  or  thin,  kondeska. 
7     /•,  ruka. 

i        i,  jifunza,  pata  kujua. 
/'  arn  manners,  taadabu. 
/.        .  acha,  ata  (M.),  toka, 
leave  oy  death,  fia. 
leave  to  (bequeath),  achit. 
leave  go  of,  acha. 
Leave     off!      Wacha!       Bass  I 

K  .ma! 
/    •      i  ''fisting,  fungua. 

till  fit  or  ready,  limbika. 
leave  (cause  to  remain),  saza. 
be  h  ft  (rt  /«•"'»),  Baa,  salia,  baki. 
taka,  nik.-a. 
give  leave,  ruhusu,  pa  ml 
m  about,  ainria. 
e  leave  of,  aga. 
take  leave  of  one  another,  alalia. 


Leavi  v.  chacha. 

/.<  ad,  azima,  kiritlii. 

/.     :tln  n,  ongeza  urefu. 

make  long,  fanya  mrefo. 
Lessen,  (act.)  punguza,  (neut.)  pu- 

nguka. 
Let  (permit),  acha,  pa  ruksa,kubali, 
kubalisha. 
let  alone,  acha. 

let  a  house,  pangiska  nyumba. 
let  down,  shu.sha,  tua. 
let  down  a  bucket,  puliza  ndoo. 
let  free  a  spring,  tiatua,  fiatusba. 
let  go  an  awl,,,,-,  puliza. 
let  loose,  fungua. 
let  on  hire,  ajirisba. 
let  water,  vuja. 
L,  Pi  1,    fanya    .^awasawa,    taudaza, 
tengeneza. 
be  level  with,  lingana  na. 

make  level  with,  linga,  linga- 
nisha. 
level  a  gun  at,  lekeza  bunduki. 
be  Liberal  to,  korimu. 
[Jin  rate,  fungua,  pass,  funcjnliwa. 

from  slavery,  weka,  or  acha  hunt. 
Lick,  ramba. 

Lie  (tell  lies),  sema  uwongo 
(to  be),  kaa,  [ku-]wako. 
lie  across,  kingama. 

a  tree  lies  across  the  mud,  mti 
umekingama  njiani. 
lie  across  one  another,  pandana. 
lie  down,  jinyosha,  jilaza,   lala, 

tandawaa. 
lie  heavy  on,  lemea. 
lie  on  the  fac,  wama,  fuama  (M). 
lit  i m  the  side,  jiinika. 
lie  mi  the  back,  lala  kwa  tani. 
In  in  wait  for,  otea. 

inua,  tw< 
lift  up  the  voice,  paliza  sauti. 


LIST  OF   VERBS. 


18? 


Light,  wasba,  tia  nioto. 

be  light,  angaza. 

show  a  light,  mulika. 
Lighten  (lightening),  piga  umeme. 
Lite,  penda. 

be  an  object  of  liking,  tanianika. 
Liken,  fafanisJia. 
Limit. 

reach  its  limit,  pea. 
Linger,  kawia,  kawilia. 
Lisp,  [ku-]wa  na  kitembe, 
Listen,  sikiliza,  pulikiza. 

listen  secretly,  dukiza. 

Live,  kaa  (stay  or  be),  isbi  (continue), 

[kii-]wa  bayi  (be  alive),  [ku-] 

wako  uJiniwenguni  (be  in  this 

Load,  ckukuza.  fworld). 

a  person,  twika. 

a  ship,  pakia. 

a  gun,  sarniri,  shindilia. 

be  laden  with,  pakia  (of  a  ship), 
cliukua  (carry). 
Lock,  fuiiga. 

with  a  native  lock,  gomea. 
Loiter,  kawilia. 
Loll,  tandawaa. 
Long  for,  tamani. 
Look,  tazaraa. 

look  out,  or  look  carefully,  angalia. 

Look  out !    Angalia !    Jiponye ! 

look  out  for,  tazamia. 

lookfor,  tafuta. 

look  after,  tunza. 

look  over  a  property,  aua. 

look  up  to  see  what  is  going  on, 
tahamaka. 
Loose,  fuDgua. 

be  loose,  regea. 
Loosen,  regeza. 
Lose  (money),  pafa  basara. 

potea  (to  be  lost  to).  [nipotea. 

I  have  lost  my  knife,  kisu  kime 


lose   by   having  taken  from   one, 
twaliwa. 

lose  by  death,  fiwa  na. 

lose  one's  senses,  rukwa  na  akilL 
Love,  penda,  asbiiki. 

be  loved  by,  kora. 
Lower,  skusha,  tua. 
Lull,  pembeza,  tumbuiza. 
Lurk  for,  otea. 
Lust  after,  lanaanL 

M. 

Magnify,  kuza,  tukuza. 

magnify  oneself,  jitapa. 
Make,  fanya,  fanyiza. 

make  to  do  or  be.     See  p.  162. 

make  a  floor  or  roof,  sakifu. 

make  a  pen,  cbonga  kalamu. 

make  a  sign  to,  asbiria. 

make  a  ivill,  wasia. 

make  another  love  one,  pendeleza. 

make  brilliant,  ng'aza. 

make  cheap,  rakbisislia. 

make  clear,  tbibirisba,  eleza,  weka 

wazi. 
make  confident   and  hopeful,  tu- 

maini=ba. 
make  crazy,  zulisba. 
make  dear,  gbalisba. 
make  delirious,  papayuza. 
make  equal,  like,  &c,  sawanisha, 

sawazisba. 
make  for,  fanyia. 
make  [clothes']  for,  katia  [ngun]. 
make  game  of,  tbibaki,  fanyizia 

mzaba. 
make    haste,  fanya   bima,    euda 

bima. 
make  ill,  gonjweza. 
make  into  a  ring,  peta. 
make  lawful,  halilLsha. 


188 


SWAIllLT    HANDBOOK. 


•/in/.-.-  light  cf  a  matter,  jipuru- 

kuslia. 
make  lih .  <>' 

make  metal  things,  fua,  fulia. 
r»ah<  :><■■  r  talkative,  payuza. 
make  pastry,  andaa,  andalia. 
make  pi  ''<■<  /«  twi  en,  Buluhisha. 
make  plain,  thahiri,  eleza,  thihi- 

risha.  weka  wazi. 
make  pottery,  finyauga. 
mah  raw,  chubua. 
ih<t!;<  room  for,  nafisisha. 
make  sorry,  sikiti 
mala  sun ,  hakiki. 
make  to  agree,  patanislia. 
vmke  to  be  at  peace,  suluhisha. 
make  to  enter,  ingiza. 
make  to  go  ?//>,  pandisha,  kweza. 
makt  togrow  lean,  kondesha. 
mala  toh\  aror  understand,  sikiza. 
make  to  weep,  liza,  lizana. 
mak''    unlawful,    harimu,    hara- 

make  up  afire,  chochea  moto. 

make  up  one's  mind,  tanababi. 

make  vi  r*es,  tunga  mashairi. 

make  water,  kojoa. 

make  toi  ak,  thoo£  n;i. 

make  well,  ponya,  ponyesba. 

Don!  mah  a  noise  1    Tulial 
Manage,  amili,  fanya. 
Mark,  tia  alama. 

Marry,  oa  (of  the  husband),  olewa 
of    th     in'h  ),    nana    (of    the 
couple  ,  oza  (of  the  parents). 

ask  in  marriage,  posa. 
.I/./-/-  r,  ghelibn,  sbinda. 

fce  nwwfc  r  o/,  weza,  tamalaki. 
Match,  lingana 

make  to  match,  Linga,  linganiska. 

be  a  moicA  /'or.  weza. 
Mi  an,  taka,  uia,  kiuudia. 


Measure,  pima,  fcwaa  clieo. 
•  (/;•''  /•■;/«  ///-  r,  enenza 
Mi  diafa  /«  faoe<  »,  Belehisha. 
1/   fo'fote,  tafakari,  waza. 
.1/. .  /,  onana,  kutana,  kutanika,  ku« 
Ban]  Lka. 
meet  with,  kuta. 
go  to  iii<  ■  l ,  laki. 
.1/-  //,  (newt.)  yeyuka,  ayika,  (act.) 

yeyusha. 
Mi  ml,  fanya,  fanyiza. 
(seio  up),  Shu 
(darn),  tililia. 
(bind  up),  ga 
Ml  nstruate,  [kujwa  na  heth. 
.1/.  ntion,  ni'iia,  taja. 
Mess, 
be  all  in  a  mess,  chafukachafuka. 
make  a  mess  of  one's  work,  boro- 
ngaboronga. 
Mi  rcy  (have  or  show),  rehemu. 
Mildew,  fanya  kawa. 
Milk,  kama. 

Mind,  tunza  (take  care  of),  angalia 
(lake  care),  kuuibuka  {bear  in 
mind). 
Never     mind,    baithuru,    usitia 

sbuguli. 
I  don't  mind,  mamoja  pia. 
Mingle,  changanya. 

be  mingled,  changanyika. 
Miscarry,  haiibu  mimba. 
Miss,  kosa. 
(to  go  near  to  without  touching), 

ambaa. 
(not  to  go  direct  to),  cp<a. 
to  be  missed  (not  found),  kosckana. 
Mislead,  poteza,  kosesha. 
Mi  take,  kosa. 
Mix,  changanya. 
mix  up  by  knocking  and  beating, 
buruga,  f'uuda. 


LIST  OF   VERBS. 


189 


Mock,  iga,  tkihaki,  komaza,  kufuru. 
be  Moderate,  [ku-]wa  kadiri. 
Molest,  sumbua,  ckokoza,  liasirisha. 
Mould  (cast  in  a  mould),  ita,  fanya 
kwa  kalibu. 
grow  mouldy,  fanya  uktragn. 
Moulder,  fujika,  fuiijika,  h;iribika. 
(go  into  lumps  Wee  spoilt  flour), 
fanya  madonge. 
Mount,  panda,  kwea. 
Mourn  (in  a  formal  manner),  kaa 
matanga. 
join    in    a    formal    mourning, 
hana. 
Move,  (neut.)  jongea,  (act.)  jongeza. 
Move    into     the    shade,    jongea 

mvulini. 
(as  a  carpet  does  when  a  mouse  is 

under  it),  furukuta. 
(shake),  tukusa,  tikisa,  sukasuka. 
(change  place  of  dwelling),  haina, 

tama  (M.),  gura  (A.). 
cause  to  remove,  hamisha,  tamiska, 
guriska. 
Multiply,    (act.)    zidisha,    ongeza, 

(neut.)  zidi,  ongezeka. 
Murder,  ua,  pass.  nawa. 
Murmur,  nung'unika. 
Must,  lazimu,  skarti,  Laua  buddi. 

See  p.  155. 
Mutilate,  kata. 

N. 
Name,  taja,  nena,  ita,  pa  jina  (give 

a  name  to). 
Need,  taka,  ihtaji,  ihtajia. 
Neglect,  gbafilika  (not  to  attend  to), 

acbilia  (leave  undone). 
Nfl>ble,  tafuna. 
Nod,  sinzia  (<?oze  ),asbiria  kwa  twaka 

(as  a  signal). 
Notice,  ona,  angalia,  nathiri. 


notice  a  defect,  toa  kombo. 

take  no  notice,  taghafali. 
Nourish,  lisba. 
Nurse  (a  child),  lea,  lisba. 

(a  sick  person),  ugnza. 

O. 

Obey,  til,  fuata,  sikia,  tumikia. 
Object  to,  kindana,  sbindana,  nidi- 
ana. 
Oblige  (compel),  lazimisba,  juburu, 
juzia. 
be  obligatory  upon,  lazimu. 
hold  under   an  obligation  to  do, 

&c,  juzu. 
(by  kindness),  fatbili,  tendea  zeina. 
Observe,  angalia. 
Obstruct,  kataza,  pinga. 
Obtain,  pata. 

O'-cupy  (keep  engaged),  fawiti. 
Offend,    cbukiza,     tia     gbaiii,    tia 
basira. 
be    easily   offended,   [ku-]vva    na 

cbuki. 
not  to  be  offended,  ku-wa  ratbi. 
don't  be  offended  with  me,  niwie 

ratbi,  kunratbi. 
I  am   not  at  all   offended,,  ratbi 
sana. 
Offer  to,  tolea,  jongeleza  (bring  near 
to), 
offer  for  sale  by  auction,  tembeza 
make  a  first  bid,  rissimu. 
Omit,  acha. 
Ooze,  tiiirika. 

ooze  out,  vujia,  tokeza,  tokea. 
Open  (act.)  funua  (uncover),  fungua 
(unfasten),  panua  (make  wide), 
fumbua  (unclose  the  eyes,  d"c), 
sindua  (set  open  a  door),  pepe- 
tua  (force  open). 
(7teu(.)[kii-]wa  wazi  (to  lie  clear 


190 


SWAniLI  HANDBOOK. 


funuka  or  kunduka  (to  opt  n 

■  I  flower),  panuka  (become 

uridt ).    funguka   (to    get    un- 

fastt  ncd). 

Oppose,  gomba,  khalifu.kataza,  tcta, 

Bbindania,  ingia  kati. 

be  opposite,  lekea,  kabili,  elekea, 

i  lekeana,  kabilia. 
put    opposite,   lekeza,  kabiJisba, 
elekt  za. 
Oppress,  onea,  lcmt  a,  thelimu. 

r,     amuru,     amrisba,     ambia, 
agiza  {commission). 
arrange  in  order,  panga,  tuuga. 
put    iido     good    order,    fanyiza, 
tengeneza,  ganga. 
Ought.     See  p.  155. 

ihtajia,  taka,  pasa. 
Overbear,  by  loud  talhing,  &c,  pa- 

mbanya,  pambanyiza. 
Overburden,  lemea. 
be  Overcast,  tanda  [vringu]. 
Overeat  oneself,  vimbika,  vimbiwa. 
'  >-  rfeed,  vimbisha. 
Overflow,     miminika,     tawanyika, 

ghariki,  furika. 
Ovt  rsee,  eimaniia,  angalia. 
Ovt  ilurn,  pindua. 

be  overturned,  piuduka. 
Ovt  rtake,  pata. 
Overwhelm,  gharikisba. 
Owe,  wiwa. 
I  owe  him,  aniwia. 
to  have  in  one's  debt,  wia. 
Own,  miliki  (possess),  kiri  (confess), 
ungaiiia  (acknowledge). 


Pack  »p,  ftmga. 

Paddh  .  vnta  kwa  kafi  or  kapi. 
Pain,  unia,  umi.i. 


Paint,  Ida  rang! 
I'tuif,  tweta. 
1'aralyse,  poozesba. 

be  paralysed  or  paralytic,  pooza. 
Pare,  ambua. 

Pardon,  samclic,  afu,  gbofira,  gho- 
firia. 
Forgive  me,  nipo  bisa  yangn. 
Ash  mutual  pardon  and  so  take  a 
last  farewell,  takaua  buriaui. 
Parry,  bekua. 
7 'art  out,  gawa,  gawanya. 
Pats,  i»ita,  pisha. 
make  to  pass,  pitisba. 
pass  going  in  opposite  directions, 

pisliana. 
pass  through,  penya. 
pass  over  (a  river),  vuka. 

(a  fault),  acbilia. 
pass    close  to  without    touching, 

ambaa, 
be  passable,  endcka. 
Pasture,  chunga,  lisba. 
l'ntrh  (thatch,  &c),  chomelca. 
be  Patient,  vumilia,  subiri. 
Paw  [the  ground],  parapara. 
Pay,  lipa. 
pay  to,  lipia. 
cause  to  be  paid,  lipiza. 
pay  freight  for,  takabathisba. 
Peck,  dona,  dondoa. 
Peel,  ambua,  puna. 
P<  i  p,  cliungulia,  tungulia  (M  ). 
Pelt,  tupia. 
Penetrate,  penya. 
/'■  rceive,  ona,  sikia,  fahamu. 
Perfect,  kamili.sha. 
be  perfect,  kamilika.    See  Com- 
plete. 
Perforate,  zua,  zua  tundu. 
/'.  rform  a  promise,  fikiliza  ahadi. 
ablutions,  tohara. 


LIST  OF   VERBS. 


191 


devotions,  sali. 
a  vow,  ondoa  nathiri. 
Perish,  fa,  potea,  potelea,  haribika. 
Perjure  oneself,  apa  uwongo,  sbu- 

hudia  zuli  or  aziir. 
Permit,  rukusu,  pa  ruksa,  acha. 
Perpetuate,  duinisba. 
Perplex,  tia  matata,  cbanganyisha. 
become  perplexed,  ingia  matata, 
tanganyika. 
Persecute,  fukuza,  tkulumu. 
l'<  r severe,  dunm,  duinia,  dawamu. 
Perspire,  taka  haii. 
Persuade,   shawiski,    kinaisba,   pa 

skauri. 
Pick     (as    with    a    knife     point), 
ckokora. 
(gather),  cbunia. 
stalks,  &c,  from  cloves,  &c,  cba- 

mbua. 
pick  out  (select),  cbagua,  teua. 
pick  up,  okota. 
pick  up  bit  by  bit,  dondoa,  lura- 

bika. 
pick  holes  in  one  another's  cha- 
racter, papu  riaua. 
Pickle,  fanya  acbari. 
Pierce,  zua,  penyesha,  penya. 
Pile  up  [plates,  &c.\  andibanya. 
Pinch,  finya. 

be  pinched  up,  fin  y ana. 
Pine  away,  fifia. 

Pity,  burunaia,  sikiiikia,  rekemu. 
Place,  weka. 

an  arrow  on  the  string,  a  knife  in 

the  belt,  &c,  pachika. 
Tltere  is  no  place  for  vie  in  the 
house,  nyumba  bainiweki. 
Plait,  suka,  sokota. 
Plane,  piga  randa. 
Plant,  panda. 
Plaster,  kandika. 


prepare  a  wall  for  the  white  plaster 
by  smoothing  it  and  tapping  in 
small  stones,  tomea. 

put  on  a  plaster,  bandika. 
Play,  cheza,  laabu. 

play  the  fool,  peketeka. 

play  upon    an    instrument,   piga 
zomari,  &c. 
Please,  pendeza,  furakisba. 

(like),  penda. 

as  you  please,  upendavyo. 

Please  >     Tafatbali ! 

be  pleased,  pendezewa. 

make  pleasing,  pendekcza. 
Pledge,  weka  rabaui. 
Pluck,    ckuma     (gather),     nyakua 
(snatch),     nyonyoa    (pick     off 
feathers). 

pluck  up  a  courage,  piga  moyo 
Plug  up,  ziba.  [konde. 

Plunder,  teka,  twaa  nyara. 
Point,  cbonga ;  fanya  'ncba. 

point  out,  onyesba,  ainisba. 
Poison,  pa  sumu. 
Poke,  choma. 
Polish,  katua. 

Ponder,  fikiri,  waza,  tafakarL 
Possess,  miliki,  [kii-]wa  na. 

(of  an  evil  spirit),  pagaa. 

be  possessed  by    an    evil    spirit, 
pagawa  na  pepo. 
be  Possible,  [kii-]wa  yamkini,  weze- 

kana,  fanyika,  tendeka. 
Postpone,  akirisba. 
make  Pottery,  finyanga 
Pound,  ponda,  funda. 

clean  corn  by  pounding,  twanga. 
Pour,  mimina. 

pour  away,  mwaga,  mwaya. 
have  Power  over,  weza. 
Practise,  jizoeza,  taala. 

practise  witchcraft,  i'anya  ucbawi. 


192 


SWA  II I  LI  HANDBOOK 


-:!'u,  hemidi. 
prat  '.  ji.-ifn,  jigamba. 

Pratt,  puza. 

rform  the  fixed 
ih  notions),  abudu  (worship), 
pray  for,  taka  (a*i  /or),  ombea 
(/»/.  rcedefor). 

kbutubu,  ayithi 
I        rfi .  tangulia. 
/•   Pri  cipitous,  chongoka. 
P  ■  ftrf,  agua,  basbiri,  tabid. 

r,  penda,  kbitari,  stabiba. 
'     Pregnant,  cbukua  mimba,  bamili. 
are,  weka  tayari. 
/ooiZ.  andaa,  andalia. 
Present  to,  tunikia,  pa. 

make    presents    to,    pukusa,    pa 
baslii-hi.  tmiza. 
Preserve,  bifatbi,  afu. 

be  i>r>  8(  rved,  hifatbika, 
Press,  kaza,  shindilia,  .-inikiza. 
•  out,  kamua. 
press  upon,  kandamiza. 
press  Ju  avtly  upon,  lemea. 
],,-'  u  with  the  U  i  £&,  vuata. 
md/.-e  aw  impression  (as  with  the 

fingers),  bonyesha. 
press  and  crush  food  for  invalids 

or  children,  vinyavinya. 
press    against    one   another,   like 
sheep  in    a  flock,  sougaDasu- 
ngana. 

.  jifanya. 
/'/-■  pi    '.  zuia,  kataza. 
Prick,  cboma. 
Pride  oneself,  ji.-dfu. 
Print,  piga  cbapa. 
Prize  up,  t<  kua. 
Proceed,  enenda,  fuliza. 
Proclaim,    tangaza,    bubiri,    nadi, 
Procure  for,  patia.  [eleza. 

be  procurable,  patikana. 


Profess,  uiigama. 

Profit,  pata  fayida,  fayidi,  clmma. 

tunia  (M.). 
Prognosticati .  bashiri. 

by  ll"'  stars,  piga  falakL 
Prohibit,  kataza,  gombeza. 
Proj*  -•/,  tokeza,  tukiza. 
Prolong,  ongcza  urofu,  tuiliza,  en- 

deleza. 
Promise,  abidi,  b>a  abadi. 

give  a  promise  to,  pa  abadi. 
Pronounce,  ta'mka. 
J'nijj  up,  ti  gemeza,  shikiza. 
bt  propped,  tegen 
prop   up   a   vessel    to   prt  vent   iff 
falling  over  when  left  by  the 
tidt .  gada. 
Propose,  nena,  tna  sbauri. 
Pri>.i>  cute,  sbtaki. 
Prosper,    fanikiwa,    sitawi,  kibali, 

jaliwa. 
Prostrate  oneself,  Bujudu. 
before,  to,  &c,  sujudia. 
Protect,  lianii,  Hilda,  bifathi,  kinga 

( icnn!  off). 
Prove,  i/mbutisha. 

be  proved,  tfmbutu. 
Provide,  w<  ka  aMba. 
Provoke,  kirihi,  kirildsha,  tia  liasira, 

ghatbabisha. 
Prune,  chenga,  feka. 
Pry,  dadisi,  fatiishi. 
Puff,  puliza. 
be  puffed  up,  tuna,   fura,  jetca, 
jivuna. 
Pull,  vuta. 
pull  out,  ng'oa. 
/<■  /lulled  out,  ng'oka. 
Moyo  unaning'oka,  my  heart  ha* 
jumped  into  my  throat,  used  of 
a  person  much  startled, 
pull  out  feathers,  nyonyoa. 


LIST  OF    VERBS. 


193 


pull  out  of  one's  hand,  cbopoa. 
pull  up  [roots'],  ng'oa. 
Pump,  piga  bomba. 
Punish,     atbibu,    athibisha,     tesa 
(afflict),  sumbusba  (give  annoy- 
ance to),  patiliza  (visit  upon). 
Purify,  takasa,  safisba. 
by  ceremonial  ablutions,  tohara. 
be  purified,  safiba,  takasika. 
Purpose,  kusudia,  ania. 
Pursue,     fuata     (follow),     winda 
(chase),   fukuza  (drive  away), 
tafuta  (seek  for). 
Push,  sukuma. 
push  against,  kumba. 
push  aside,  piga  kikumbo, 
push  off  upon,  kumbisba. 
Put,  tia,  weka. 
put  across  [a  river],  vusha. 
put  a  pot  on  the  fire,  teleka. 
put  an  end  to,  komesba,  gbairi. 
put  aicay,  weka. 
put  down,  tua. 
put  forth  leaves,  cbanua. 
put  in  a  line,  panga. 
put  in  order,  tunga. 
put  in  under  anything,  vumbika. 
put  into,  tia. 

Tia  motoni,  put  it  in  the  fire. 
Tia  moto,  set  it  on  fire, 
put  into  the  right  way,  vusba. 
put  off,  akirisba. 
put  off  upon  another,  sukuniiza. 
put  on  [clothes],  vaa. 
put  on  his  guard,  tabatbirisba. 
put  on  a  turban  by  winding  the 
cloth     round    the    head,    piga 
kilernba. 
put  out,  toa. 

put  out  [fire],  zima,  zimia. 
put  out  of  joint,  shtusba,  shtua. 
put  ready  for  use,  sogezea, 


put  ropes   to  a   native  bedstead 
tanda  wamba. 

put  to  (shut),  sbindika. 

put  to  flight,  kimbiza. 

put  to  rights,  tengeneza,  tengeleza 

put  to  straits,  tbiiki. 

put  through,  penyesba. 
Putrify,  oza. 
Puzzle,  tatanisba. 

be  puzzled,  tatana,  tatazana. 


Q. 


Qualte,  tetemeka,  tetema. 
Quarrel,    gombana,    nenana,   nazi- 
yana. 

with,  teta,  gomba. 
Quarry  [stone],  cbimba,  vunja. 
Quell,  tuliza. 
Quench,  zima. 
Quicken,  bimiza  (make  quicker). 

be    quick    enough    (be  in    time), 
diriki. 
Quiet,  tuliza. 

become    quiet,    tulia,    nyamaza, 
tulika. 
Quit,  acba,  toka. 
Quiver,  tetema. 

B. 

Eace,  sbindania. 
Rain,  nya. 

It  rains,  mvua  inakunya,  mvua 

yanya  (M.). 
cause  it  to  rain,  nyesha. 
leave  off  raining,  atraka. 
Raise,  inua  (lift),  paaza  (make  to 
rise),  tweka,  kweza,  pandisba, 
imisba. 
raise  the  eyebrows  by  icay  of  sign, 
konyeza. 


!     I 


SWAUILI   71AXDB00K. 


raise  the  eyebrows  by  way  of  con- 
t,  mpt,  kuuia. 
flange  together,  paugauri. 
Ransom,  komboa,  fidi  (of  tfte  price), 

fidia  (of  thi  \ 
Rap  tilth  the  knuckles,  piga  konzi. 
be  mad'  I iiv.  chubuka. 
Reacli.     See  Stretch, 

(arrive  at),  fika,  wasili.  pata. 
reach  a  person,  fikia,  wasilia. 
cause  to  reach,  fikiska,  wasilisha. 
put  within  hi*  reach,  [mw-jeneza. 
reach  its  limit,  pea. 
Read,  Boma,  fyoma  (M.). 
teach  to  read,  soniesba. 
/.'■  up,  vuna. 
(break   off  the   heads  of   Indian 
corn),  goboa. 
Rear  [a  child'],  lea. 

ason,  tefua. 
Rebel,  a-i,  khalifu,  tagbi. 
Rebuke,  ncnea,  laumu,  lawana. 
Rebut,  dakuliza. 
Rt  ceive,  poki  a,  pewa,  twaa. 
(accept),  kubali,  takabali. 
receive  for  some  one  else,  pokelea. 
receive  a  stranger,  karibiaba. 
IV  ckon,  hesabu,  wanga. 
/,.'■  cite,  karirisha. 

Recline,    jinyosha,    tandawaa,    pu- 
mzika. 

agnize,  tambua,  tambulia,  fafa- 
nua. 
be  recognizable,  tambulikana. 
B  collect,  kumbuka,  fabamu. 
Recommend,    ueuea,    agiza,    arifu, 

peleka. 
Reconcile,  patanifiha,  seklii.-ha. 
Redeem,  komboa,  fidia. 
Reduce,  punguza. 

f  a  ■""''•  i  tauga. 

).     .  b ,  i  .    a. 


i    (think),    kumbuka,    waza, 
fikiri. 
Reform,     silibi,    silibisba,    sahihi, 

Babihisba. 
Refresh,  burudisha,  sterehisha,  ta- 

burudu. 
Refuse,  kataza,  kataa,  iza. 
refuse  to,  nyiina.  hini. 
refuse  to  believe,  katalia. 
Refute,  batili. 
Regret,  juta,  sikitika. 
/,'■  hearse,  kaiiri.sba. 
Reign,  miliki,  tawala. 
Reject,  kataa.  kaaia. 
Rejoice,  (neut.)  furahi,  furahiwa. 
rejoice  in,  furaliia. 
malic  to  rejoice,  furabisha. 
shout  and  triumph,  sbangilia. 
Relate,  hadithia,  nena,  toa.  pa. 
Relax,  reg(  z  u 

be  relaxed,  regea. 
/,'.  It  ase,  acba,  likiza. 

from  an  obligation,  feleti. 
//<  lish,  ona  tamu,  ona  luththa. 
/.'.  ly  upon,  fungamana.  jetea. 
E<  main  (stay),  kaa,  kaa  kitako, 
keti  (M.). 
be  left,  eaa,  salia,  baki. 
remain  awake,  kesba. 
remain  quiet,  starehe. 
to  remain  as  he  wishes,  kumkalia 
tamu. 
Remedy,  poza. 
Remember,  kumbuka,  fahamu. 

remember  against,  patiliza. 
Remind,  kumbusha,  fahanii.-.ha. 
Remit  [sins'],  ghofiri. 

remit  to,  ghofiria,  ondolea. 
Remove,  ondoa,  tenga,  ondolea. 

from  an  office,  uzulu. 
1:  ,/</,  rarua,  paeua. 
be  rent  to  pieces,  pasukapasuka 


LIST  OF   VERBS. 


195 


Renounce,  acha,  kana. 

Rent,  panga  (hire),  pangisha  (let). 

Repair,  fanyiza,  fanya. 

Repay,  lipiza. 

Repent,  tubu. 

repent  of,  tubia. 
Reply,  jibu  (give  an  answer),  itika 

(answer  when  called). 
Repay,  regeza,  lipa. 
Reproach,  shutumu,  kamia,  taya. 
Request,  taka. 
Rescue,    toa    kunako     hatari,     toa 

mnamo  hatari,  okoa. 
Resemble,  fanana  na. 

make  to  resemble,  fananisha. 
Resent,  fanya  ghathabu,  ingiwa  na 

gkathabu. 
Resign,  jiuzulu,  jitoa  katika. 
Resist,  khalifu. 
Resolve,  yakinia,  azimu. 
Rest  (neut.)  purnzika,  tulia,  starehe. 
(act.)  pumzisha. 
He  never  rests,  hana  zituo. 
I  cannot  rest  in  the  house,  nyumba 
hainiweki. 
Restore,  rudiska,  rejeza. 
Restrain,  zuia. 
Resuscitate,  fufua,  huisha. 
Retaliate,  twaa  kasasi,  lipia  sawa, 

jilipiza. 
Retire  (go  bach),  endelea  nyuma. 
Return,  (neut.)  rudi,  regea. 

(act.)  rudisha,  regesha. 
Reveal,  funua. 

Revenge,   nahma,  lipia  maovu,  toa 
kasasi 
revenge  oneself,  jilipiza  (or  lipia) 
kasasi. 
Reverence,  nenyekea. 
Reverse,  pindua. 
Revile,  shutumn. 
Revive,  (neut.)  fufuka,  hui,  buika. 


Revive,  as  a  plant  in  water,  chupuza. 

(act.)  fufua,  huisha. 
Revolt  (disgust),  kinaisha. 

revolt  at,  kinai. 
Reicard,  jazi,  jazilia,  lipia,  fatbili 
Ride  upon,  panda. 
Ridicule,  fanyizia  mzaha.  thil.aki. 
Ring  a  bell,  piga  kengele. 
Rip,  pasua. 
Ripen,  iva. 
Rise  (ascend),  paa. 

(get  up),  ondoka. 

(stand  up),  sirnama,  inuka. 

(rise   to,  or   out  of  respect  for), 
ondokea. 

(come    to   the  top  of   the  water), 
zuka. 

(of  the  sun),  [kii-]cha. 
Roar,  lia,  nguruma,  fanya  kishindo 

(make  a  crash). 
Roast,  oka. 
Rob,  ibia  (steal  from),  nyang'anya. 

(take  by  force),  poka. 
Rock,  pembeza. 
Roll,  (act.)  fingirisha. 

(neut.)  fingirika. 

(of  a  river,  time,  &c),  pita. 
Root  out,  ngroa. 
Rot,  oza. 

be  Rough,  paniga,  paruza. 
be  Round,  viringa. 

(spherical),  viringana. 
Rouse  from  sleep,  amsha. 
Row,  vuta  makasia. 

be  in  rows,  panga7ia. 

put  in  a  row,  panga. 
Rub,  sugua. 

the  skin  off,  chubua.  tuna. 

rub  to  pieces,  fikicha. 

rub  in  ointment,  &c,  paka. 
Ruin,    angamisha.     poteza,     vuna 
korofisha. 

0  2 


SWAHIL1   HANDBOOK. 


be  mint  d.  angamia,  tilifu,  iili.-iUa 

RttU .  tawala. 

nil*  >'  lint .  paga  mstari. 
iatt .  (■  uka. 

mbio,  rukhuthu. 
run  a  risk,  hatirisha. 
run  against,  1'ulia. 
run  away,  kimbia. 

fee  to  run  away,  kimbiza. 
run  away  from  a  master,  home, 

,1 ...  toroka. 
run  asliore,  panda,  tekeza. 
run  down,  likt    usatt  r,  or  lih    a 
p,  rson  down  <t  st<  <  p  plnr< .  u  - 
lem'ka. 
run  down  with  blood,  churuzika 

:ilU. 

run  hard,  kaza  mbio. 

run  over,  tiirika. 

run  with  <i  shuffling  noire  likt   a 

rat,  gugurusha. 
run  (in  .-■<  n-iiiij),  [ i i ira  bandi. 
h  along,  enda  kassi. 
/      i  t  in  nl.).  ingia  kntu. 
Bustle,  piga  mtakas .. 

S. 
Salute,     salimu,     sulimu,     amkua, 
amkia,  salimia. 
fire   a   salute,   piga    rnizinga   ya 
BalamtL 
Salve,  bandika. 
Sanction,  toa  ilhini. 
Satisfy,  rithika. 

satisfied    or   content,    [ku-]wa 
ratfai 
satisfy  with  food,  shibigha. 
be  satisfied,  shiba. 
}*  never  t  atisfit  d,  nyeta. 

'fsatisfit  'l.  kinai. 
be  enough,  tooba. 


be  of  use  to.  faa. 

satisfy  lust,  limia  ngoa. 
Save,  okoa,  ponya,  vuaha, 

be  saved,  okoka,  poua,  vuka. 

(put  away),  weka. 
.  kata  kwa  msumeno,  kereza. 
Say,  srma. 

say  to,  ambia. 
Scald,  onguza,  unguza. 

be  scalded,  ungua. 
Scare,  fukuza,  tin  khofu. 

scare  bird*  from  corn,  tie.,  linda 
nilege. 
Scatter,    tawanya,    tapanya    (M-X 
farakisba. 

be  scattered,  tawanyika. 

scatter    about,    tawanyatawanya, 
tapanyatapanya  (M.). 
Scent  {put  scent  to),  Muga 

smell  out,  nuki/.a. 
Scold,  fanyizia  ukali,  nenea,  laumii, 

karipia. 
Scoop  up,  wangua. 
Scorch,  unguza,  onguza. 

be  scorched,  ungua,  ungnlia. 
Scorn,  tharau,  twtza,  piketi  k.i. 
Scour,  sugua. 
Scrape,  kuna. 

scrape  along,  kwaruza. 

scrape  for,  with,  &c,  kunia. 

scrape  into  a  coarse  meal,  )>naza. 

scrape  off,  puna. 

scrape  off  bark,  dirt,  scales,  &c+ 

to  eh  an  to/  sera piiuj,  pan. 
scrape  on  the  around,  para. 
scrape  out,  komba. 
scrape  up,  kwangua. 
Scratch,  kuna,  kunyua. 

(make  a  scratch'),  piga  rntai. 
scratch  deeply,  papura. 
scratch  like  a  hen,  pekua. 
•u,  piga  kiowe,  piga  yowe. 


LIST  OF    VERBS. 


197 


Scrub,  sugua. 

Search  for,  tafuta,  tefua. 

search  all  about,  tafutatafuta. 
Seal,  tia  muhuri. 
Seduce  women,  tongoza. 
See,  ona. 

be  seen,  or  visible,  onekana. 
see  any  one  off,  saiirisha. 
Seek,  taka. 

seek  advice,  taka  skauri. 
seek  out,  kuji. 
seek  for,  tafuta,  zengea. 
seek  out  for,  look  out  for,  tafutia. 
Seem. 
It  seems  to  me,  naiona. 
seem  sweet  to,  kora. 
Seize,  kamata,  guia,  shika. 
seize  for  debt,  filisi. 
go  quietly  and  secretly  up  to  any- 
thing in  order  to  seize  it  sud- 
denly, nyemelea. 
Select,  chagua,  teua. 
Sdl,  uza.     The  u-  of  this  word  is 
very  unimportant,  it  is  generally 
merged  in   the   -u   of  ku-,  the 
sign  of  the  infinitive,  which  is 
retained  in  most  of  the  tenses, 
sell  to,  liza. 

be  ordinarily  sold,  uzanya. 
Send-,  peleka,  leta. 

to  a  person,  pelekea,  letea. 

cause    to   reach   a  person,   wasi- 

lisha. 
send  away,  ondosha,  toa. 
send  back,  rudiska,  rejeza. 
send  upon  some  business,  tuma. 
Separate,  teuga,  weka  mbali. 

(leave  one  another),  ackana,  atana 

(M.),  tokana. 
(alienate),  farakisha. 
become    alienated,    farakana,   ta- 
ngukana. 


separate  people  who  are  fighting, 

amua. 
(distinguish),  pambanua. 
be  cut  off  from  one  another,  like 

friends  separated  by  great  dis- 
tances, tindikiaua. 
be    Serene,    [ku-]wa     saff,     tulika 

kunduka. 
Moyo    wake    umekunduka,    hit 

heart  is  at  peace. 
Serve,  tumikia.  hudumia. 
be  a  servant,  tumika. 
serve  for,  faa  kwa. 
Set,  weka. 

(plant),  panda. 

(of  the  sun),  ckwa,  twa  (M.). 

Tlie  sun  is  not  yet  set,  jua  hali- 

jachwa. 
set  a  dog  on  one,  tomeska  mbwa. 
set  a  trap,  tega. 
set  aside,  tangua,  ondoa. 
set  fire  to,  tia  moto,  waska,  koka 

choma. 
scl  in  order,  panga,  tunga. 
set  on  to  fight,  piganisha,  pigani- 

sbana. 
set  open  [a  door],  sindna. 
set  out  on  a  journey,  safiri,  shika 

Dj'ia. 
set  the  teeth  on  edge,  tia  ganzi  la 

meno. 
set  up  (put  upwards),  panza. 
(make  to  stand),  simikisha. 
set  wide  apart,  panulia. 
Settle,  (neut.)  tuana. 

settle  an  affair,  kata  tnaaeno. 
settle  down,  tulia. 
settle  in  one's  mind,  yakinia. 
Sew,  shona. 

sew  through  a  mattress  to  confine 

the  stuffing,  tona  godoro. 
Sliade,  tia  uvuli. 


sWMIII.l    UAMU'.nOK. 


.  im-t.)  likiea. 
•n.)  tikitika. 
ike  off,  i  pua,  kupua, 
slial.e    out,    kung'uta,     kumunta 
(Mer.). 
:        ne  Shalloir,  punguka. 

.1  haya,  tahayarisha. 
put  to*hti;iit,  fi  1L1  lieka,  aibika. 
•  /»»>,  kamla. 
,  uniba. 
iwanya. 
p  ;rt  out  in  shares,  gawa,  bnssu. 
bi  partners  in,  shariki,  sbarikiana, 
■pen  on  a  stone,  noa. 
• ,  nyoa. 
shave  round  the  h  ad,  It  aving  Lair 

on  the  crown  only,  kata  denge. 
shave  all  save  one  long  tuft,  kata 
.  pukutika.  [kinjunjuri. 

S    11,  papatua. 
sin  II  beans,  &c.,  pua  baazi,  &c. 
.«/(•//  nuts,  &c.,by  beating,  banja, 
menya. 
Shelter,  tia  kivuli. 

Shift  a  bunb  n  from  one  to  another, 
pokezama. 
shift  over  a  soil  to  the  other  side, 
kisi  tanga. 

g'ara,  zagaa,  m<  kameka. 
r    (neut.),    tapatapa,    tuteraa, 
meka,  tapa. 

with    a    gun],    piga    [kwa 
bunduki]. 
(at  .  chupnka,  cbupuza. 

•ten,  fapiza. 
be  short  and  small,  kundaa. 
fall  short,  punguka,  tindika  (A.). 
it,  piga  kelele. 

out  of  the  way,  piga  kikumbo. 
v,  onyesha,  om :<. 
•  a  light,  mulika. 
thou:  one's  teeth,  loa  mono. 


become  Shrewd  and  knowing,   en* 
make  Shrewd,  erevusha.  [vuin, 

Shru  k,  piga  kiyowe. 

Shrink  {become  smaller),  puDgua. 
(from  something),  jikunja. 
shrink  up,  jikunyata,  fingana. 
Shrivel    (neut.),    nyauka,    iinyana. 

kunjana. 
Shrug  the  shoulders,  inua  mabega. 
Shudder,  tetenieka. 
Shun,  epuka. 

He  along,  gngurusha. 
shuffle  cards,  tanganya  kanta. 
Shut  (/nit  in),  shind 
(fasten),  fuuga. 
(close),  funiba. 
shut  against,  fungisha. 
be  Sick  or  ill,  ugua,  [kii-]wa  mwi  li. 
[kii-]wa   hawezi,  &>•.     Set    III 
and  Vomit. 
lie  feels   siek   or   sea-sick,  mnyo 
wamchafuka,  moyo  umeimu  1(  a 
(31.),  ana  ng'onga  (A.). 
Sift,  chunga  (by  shaking),  peta  or 
pepeta     (by     tossing),     pepua 
(separate  large  and  small,  whole 
and  broken  grains).     Sifting  is 
always    done    by    tossing    and 
shaking  in  a  round  flat  basket. 
Sigh,    ugua,    kokota    rono    (draw 

breath  with  an  effort). 
Silence,  nvamazisba. 
become  silent,  nyamaza. 
continue  silent,  uyamaa. 
be  Silly,  piswa. 
Sin,  fanya  tliambi,  kosa. 
Sing,  imba,  tumbuiza  (lull). 
Sink  (act.),  zamiflha,  tosa  (drown), 
didimisha    (into  a   solid 
stance), 
(neut.),  zama,  tota  (elrown),  didi- 
iuia  (sink  into  a  solid  substance}. 


LIST  OF   VERBS. 


199 


Sip,  nywa  funda  (?  to  take  in  by 

gulps). 
Sit,  kaa,  kaa  kitako,  keti  (M.). 
Take  a  seat,  kaa  kitako. 
sit  like  a  hen,  atamia. 
Skin,  chuna,  tuna  (M.). 
Slander,  singizia,  fititii,  aiuba,  tku- 

mu. 
Slap,  piga  kofi- 
Slash,  tema. 

Slaughter,  chinja  (to  kill  by  cutting 
the  throat),  tinda  (M.).     It  is 
not  lawful  to  eat  any  meat  that 
has  not  been  so  killed. 
Sleep,  lala. 
Sleep  well !     Lala  unono ! 
doze,  sinzia. 

I  am  sleepy,  ninao  uzingizi. 
be  slept  upon,  lalika. 
Slide,  teleza. 
Sling,  tupa  kwa  kombeo. 
Slip,  teleza. 

It  is  slippery,  pana  utelezi. 

slip  down  a  steep  place,  poromoka, 

telem'ka. 
slip  away   grain    by   grain   like 

sand  or  corn,  dondoka. 
slip  off,  or  out  of  one's  hand,  &c, 
chopoka,  ponyoka. 
Slit,  pasua. 
Slope,  inama. 
be  Sluggish,  pumbaa. 
Smart,  waka. 

make  to  smart,  nyonyota. 
Smear  on,  paka. 

Smell  (emit  a  smell),  uuka,  nusa. 
I  smell  ambergris,  inaninuka 
ainbari  (ambergris  makes  a 
smell  to  me). 
Do  you  not  smell  it  ?  Huisikii 
ikiuuka?  (Do  you  not  perceive 
it  making  a  smell '?) 


Smell  at,  nukiza. 

Smile,     tabassam,     cheka,     kunja 

midoino. 
Smoke,  toka  moshi. 

smoke  tobacco,  vuta  tumbako. 

smoke  (meat,  &c),  piga  mvnke. 
Smoothe,  lainisha. 
Smoulder,  vivia. 
Smuggle,  iba  ushuru. 
Snap,  alika  (neut.),  alisha  (act.). 
Snare,  tega. 
Snarl,  toa  meno. 
Snatch,  nyakua,  pokonya. 
Sneeze,    chafya,    shamxia,   enda    or 

piga  chatya. 
Snore,  koroma,  piga  misono  (make 

a  whistling  sound). 
Snort,  piga  pua. 
Snub,  kemea. 
Soak,  woweka. 
Sob,  ingia  na  shake  la  kulia. 
Sober,  levusha. 

become  sober,  levuka. 
Soften,  lainisha. 
Solve,      watbaisha,      weka      wazi 

eleza. 
Soothe,  tuliza,  pembeza,  tumbuiza. 
be    Sorry,    sikitika,    kasirika     (be 
vexed),  juta  (regret). 

I  am  sorry  for  it,  sioni  verna. 
Sound,  pima  maji. 

It  sounds  hollow,  panalia  wazi. 
Sow  seeds,  panda,  yaa  (A.). 

sow  discord,  fitini. 
Sparkle,  merimeta,  mekameka,  me- 

metuka  (A.). 
Speak,    nena,    sema    (say),   tamka 
(pronounce),  ambia  (say  to). 

speak   about,  at,  for,  or   against, 
nenea. 

speak  against,  amba. 

speak  distinctly,  pauibazua. 


2  .. , 


A  TITT. I   1IAXDB00K. 


-  ah  out !     Sema  sana  ! 
mah  a  tp  "■//,  tagusa,  lumba. 

/.-  Arabic,  sema  Kiarabu. 
speoA;  "  jumble  of  different  lan- 
guages or  dialects,  ^"tuza. 
iml  I  .  ayamaa. 

-      /.  endeleza. 

!,  tumia,  kliarij. 

-  nd  upon  or  about,  harijia,  glia- 
rimia. 

spt  ml  time,  ongea. 
Spill,  mwaga,  niimina. 

'■  spilt,  mimii.ika. 
Spin,  idkota. 
Spit,  tenia  mate. 
■  •//.  (act.)  rusbia. 
(neut.)  rukia,  tawanya. 
Splice  [a  rope],  in 
[a  spar],  ganga. 
Split,  {act.)  pasua. 

splii  up,    ii' at.)  pasukapasuka. 
split     down     (branches),     (act.) 

kwanua. 
be  split  down, as  when  mnjonehas 
been  try  inn  to  climb  up  by  them, 
kwanuka. 
/.  baribu,  vunja. 
(neut.),  baribika,  oza. 
I  with,  laabu. 
ut  out,  ruka. 
The     wliale     spouts,     nyamgumi 
anatoa  moshi. 
in,  shtusha  msbipa,  teuka. 
be  sprained,  Bhtuka  msbipa 
ad,  (m  ut.)  in,  a,  farisbi. 
•  )  eoeza.  [ka. 

opened  and  spread  o»er,kunju- 
11!  a  cloth  or  a  bed,  tandika. 
spread  out,  tanda. 
•/■read  [news'],  tangaza. 
(income  known),  tangaa. 
inkle,  nyunyiza. 


Sprout,  mea,  cbupuka,  tokeza  (show 
itself),     cbanua     (put    forth 
l<n  res). 
Spy  out,  peleleza. 
Squabble,  bisbana,  gombana. 
Squander,  t'uja,  tapanyatapanya. 
Squeak,  lia, 
Squeeze,  kamua. 

(grasp),  fumbata. 

squeeze  togt  tht  r  (act.),  songa. 

(neut.)  soiigana. 

squeeze   oneself  into  a   hedg>    or 
against  a  wall  to  l  1  ofht  rs  pass, 
jibanza. 
Squint,  [kii-]wa  na  makengi  z;u 
Stab,  cboiria. 
Stagger,  pepa. 

be  staggered,  tosbea,  bbangaa. 

(astonish),  sbangaza. 
Stain,  tia  waa,  tia  niadoadoa  (spot). 
Stalk  [an  animal],  nyemelea. 
Slammer,  [ku'-]wa  na  kigugmuizi. 
sin  nip,  piga  cbapa. 
Stand,  simama,  kaa. 

up  or  still,  simama  (of  persons). 

make  to  stand,  simaraisha,  simiki- 
sba. 

stand  aghast,  ghumiwa. 

stand  by,  simamia. 

stand  in  the  way  of,  kindana. 

stand  over,  akiri. 

stand  staring,  .shangaa. 
Stan  at,  kodolea. 
Start  (be  startled),  sbtuka,  gutuka. 

(set  out),  ondoka,  safiri. 

start  out  of  the  way,  kwepa. 
Startle,  sbtua,  atusha,  kutusba. 
Starve,  (neut.)  fa  kwa  njaa. 

(act.)  fisha  kwa  njaa. 
Stay,  kaa,  kaa  kitako,  keti  (M.). 

//<     stayed    all    day,    alishinda 
kutwa. 


LIST  OF   YEEBS. 


201 


(wait),  ngqja,  subiri. 
(loiter),  kawia,  kawilia. 
(remain  over  long),  hajirika. 
(stop)  (act),  zuia. 
be  Steady,  tungamana,  tulia. 
Steal,  iba,  jepa  (A.). 

steal  from,  ibia. 
Steep,  choveka,  owamisha. 

be  steeped,  owama. 
Steer,  shika  shikio. 

Steer  northwards,  shika  majira  ya 

jaa. 
[a  vessel],  andika. 
Step  over,  kiuka,  kia. 
Stick,   (neut)    sbika,   gandama,   a- 
mbata. 
(act.)  ambatiza,  ganda. 
stick  together,  ainbatana,  ganda- 

ruana,  guiana  (Mer.). 
stick  fast,  kwama,  sakama. 
stick  into  [the  embers  to  be  roasted], 

vumbika. 
stick  out,  (neut.)  toktza. 
(act.)  benua. 
Stifle,  zuia  pumuzi. 
Still,  tuliza,  nyamazisba. 

be  very  still,  zizima. 
Stimulate,  taharrakisha. 
Sting,  uma. 

St  ink,  nuka,  nuka  vibaya. 
Stir,  boruga,  vuruga,  kologa. 
stir  up  and  knock  about,  tibua. 
stir    up,    turn    over,    and    press 

together,  songa. 

stir  up  (fire,  strife,  &c),  ohoche- 

Stnop.  inaina.  [lezea. 

Stop,  (act.)  zuia  (hold  in),  komesha 

(make    to    cease),    kingamisha 

(block). 

(neut.)    simama     (stand),    koma 

(leave  off), 
stop  and  stagnate,  vilia. 


stop  short  of  its  purpose  or  per- 
fection, via. 
stop  up,  ziba. 
Store  up,  weka  akiba. 
Stow,  pakiza. 
Straddle  (icalk  with    the   legs  far 

apart),  tagaa. 
Straighten,  nyosha. 

be  straight,  nyoka. 
Strangle,  nyonga,  songa. 
Strain  (a  liquid),  ckuja,  tuja  01.). 
See  Sprain,  pojiotoa. 
(make  a  violent  effort),  kakaniuka. 
Stray,  potea,  zunguka. 
Strengthen,  tia  nguvu. 
Stretch,  nyosha. 

stretch  up  to  reach  anything,  chu- 

clminia. 
stretch  one's  legs,  kunjua  miguu. 
stretch   the   threads  for  weaving, 

tenda  nguo. 
stretch  across   an  opening  (act.), 
tanda,  wamba. 
Strew,  mwagia,  nyunyiza. 
Strike,  piga. 

strike  on  the  ground,  piga  na  nchi. 
strike   the  foot  against  anything, 

kwaa. 
strike  with  the  hoof,  piga  kwata. 
strike  out  (in  icriting),  futa. 
strike  a  sore  place,  tonesba. 
String  (beads,  &c),  tunga. 
Strip    off,    ambua,     pua,    menya, 
babua. 
(branches,  leaves,  &c),  pagua. 
Strive  with,  shindana  na,  teta,  hn- 
sumu. 
(make  an  effort),  fanya  bidii  or 

jubudi. 
strive  for  breath,  tweta. 
Stroke,  papasa. 
Stroll  about,  zutigukazmiguka. 


202 


SU'AIULI   HANDBOOK. 


be  Strong  and  well-knit,   pirikana, 

kakawana. 
Struggle,  fanya  juhudi. 
Study,  taalL 

:/<»■/  in  a  claw  for  study,  durusi. 
Stumble,  jikwaa. 

mafce  to  stumble,  kwaza. 
Stun. 

be  st unn<  <l,  potca  na  akili,  rukwa 
na  akili. 
Stunt,  viza. 

be  stunted,  via. 
Stutter,    [kii-]\va    na    kigugumizi, 

babaika. 
Subdue,  tiisha,  Bhiuda. 
Submit  to,  tii,  fuata. 
Succeed  {follow),  ja  mahali  pake. 
Such  a  one  succeeded  him,  baada 

yake  alikuja  na  fullani. 
{prosper),  fanikiwa,  kibali. 
succeed  in  doing,  pat;i  kufanya. 
Suck,  nyonya,  amwa  (M.),  fyonda, 
fyonza. 
such  up,  nwa. 
such  out,  sr.ida. 

I  have  sucked  him  dry  (got  all  the 
information,  &c,  I  can  out  of 
him),  nimemzua. 
Suckle,  nyonyesha,  amwisha  (M.). 
Sue  for  (at  law),  dai. 
Suffer,  teswa,  taabika,  umwa. 

what   he  suffered,   mambo  ynlio- 

mpata. 
suffer  loss,  pata  hasara. 
.  fcosha,  tosheleza,  kifu. 

ha. 
faa   (be  of  use    to),  lingana 
(match),  wafiki  (be  suitable  to). 
Sum  up,  jumlisha. 

intend,  -imamia,  angalia. 
ply,    iiwini,    ruzuku    (used    es- 
pecially of  God). 


supply  a  trader  with  goods   on 
'•/•-  dit,  kopesha. 
Support,  tegemeza,  himili,  chukua. 
he  supports  Ids  parents,  awachn- 
kua  wazee  waive. 
Suppose,  tliani  (think),  thania  (think 

of),  kisi  (gut-ss). 
Suppurate,  ton  uzalia. 
become  Surety,  thamini. 
Surpass,  pita. 

Surprize,  toshea,  taajabisha. 
be  surprized,  fcaajabu,  toshewa. 
(come   upon  suddenly),   fumania, 
gundua. 
Surrender,  sellini. 
Surround,   zunguka,   tandama    (?), 

dura. 
Survey,  ana. 

Survive,  [kii-]\va  hayi  baada  ya. 
Suspect,  thania,  tuhumu.ingiaab.aka, 
Swagger,  taniba,  wuyawaya. 
Swallow,  meza. 
Sway,  punga. 
sway  ai/out,  like  a  drunken  man, 

lewalewa,  umbaumba. 
sway    backwards    and  forwards, 

tangatanga. 
away  like  a  tree  loaded  with  fruit, 

wayawaya. 
sway  about  in  the  wind,  yumba. 
Swear,  apa. 

swear  at,  apiza. 
make  to  swear,  afya,  apislia. 
Sweat,  toka  hari,  fanya  jasko. 
Sweep,  fagia,  pea  (M.). 
sweep  together,  zoa. 
sweep  away  all  there  is,  kuml>a. 
Swell,  fura,  vimba,  tuna,  vuna. 
rise  into  little  swellings,  tutuka, 
tutumka,  tutusika. 
Swim  (of  a  man),  ogolea. 
(float),  clea. 


LIST  OF   VERBS. 


203 


moyo  unaelea  (M.),  I  feel  dis- 
turbed in  my  inside. 

(make  to  float),  eleza. 
Sioindle,  punja. 
Swing.    See  Sicay  (neut.),  ning'inia. 

(act.~),  uing'iniza,  hembesha. 

swing  the  arms,  which  is  reckoned 
an  elegance  in  a  woman's  car- 
riage, punga  mikono. 

swing  round  the  head  in  dancing, 
lintra. 


Tack  (in  sewing),  piga  bandi. 

(in  sailing),  pindua  kwa  goshini. 
Take,  twaa. 
(receive),  pokea,  pewa. 
(to  a  person),  pelekea. 
(to  aplace),  peleka,  clmkua,  fikiza. 
take  a  portion  from  the  dish  in 

eating,  mega,  anibua. 
take  a  piece  in  chess,  la. 
take  a  walk,  tembea,  enda  tembea. 
take  across,  vua,  vukisha,  vusha. 
take  as  spoil,  teka. 
take  away,  ondosha,  toa. 
take  away  from  a  person,  twalia. 
take  away  from,  or  off  from,  epua, 

okoa. 
take  away  the  desire  of  anything 

more,  kinaisha. 
take  by  force,  nyang'anya. 
take  care,  angalia. 
take  care  of,  tunza. 
take  civet  from  the  ngawa,  zabidi. 
take  courage,  tawakali,  piga  moyo 

konde. 
take  down,  angua. 
take  leave  of,  aga,  agana  na. 
take  off  (clothes),  vua. 

(the  fire),  ipua. 
take  one's  due,  jilipizt.. 


take  one's  revenge,  jilipiza  kisasi. 

take  out,  opoa,  ondoslia,  toa. 

take  out  of  a  trap,  namua  (Mt-r.). 

take  out  of  the  sun  or  rain,  anua. 

take  out  of  the  pot,  pakua. 

take  suddenly  and  violently,  poka. 

take  the  responsibility,  tadariki. 

take  to  pieces,  kongoa. 

take  up,  tweka. 

take  up  a  little  at  a  time,  chota, 

dokoa. 
take  upon  oneself  the  obligations 

of  another,  hawili. 
Talk,  nena,  sema,  jizumgumza. 
talk  about,  to,  of,  at, for,  or  against, 

nenea. 
talk  against  one  another,  ncnana. 
talk  a  person  over  into  doing  or 

telling  something,  nyenya. 
talk  and  murmur  in  one's  sleep, 

weweseka. 
talk  English,  &c,  sema  Kiingrezi, 

cf-c. 
talk  nonsense,  puza,  puzika. 
talk  scandal  about,  amba,  izaia. 
talk  through  the  nose,  semea  puaiii, 

[kii-]wa  na  king'ong'o. 
Tangle,  tia  matata,  tatanisha. 
be  tangled,  tatana,  tatazana. 
Tap,  gota,  gouga,  cbapa. 
Tarry,  kawa,  kaa. 
Taste,  onda,  onja,  thuku,  limbuka 

(taste  a  new  crop,  &c,  for  the 

first  time). 
Tax,  fanya  ushura  (?). 
Teach,  fundisha,  funza,  fnnda,  ele- 

misha  (instruct),  juvya,  juvis,ka 

or  julisha  (make  to  know). 
Tear,  rarua,  babua,  papua,  papura. 
be  torn,  raruka,  babnka,  papuka. 
tear  down  [branches,  &c.],  kwa- 

nua. 


•_'    ! 


MITU  HANDBOOK. 


be  torn  down  and  broken,  kwa- 
nyuka. 
T  •'•  .  chokoza,  kefyaki  fya. 
T-ll.  ambia. 
till  a  tale,  haditbi,  liadithia, ncna 

or  toa  haditbi. 
1>]l  tal<*  about,  chongeleza. 
T'  mpt,  jaribu  {try),  eliuwislii  (per- 

dto,  lekea. 
Tend  {sheep,   &c),  chunga,   tunga 

(M.),  lisha. 
Terrify,  ogofya,  tisha,  kbofisha. 
!'•  stify,   shuhudu,  sbubudia,   sema 

osimhnda. 
']'■  ther,  funga. 
Thank,  ambia  asanti,  shukuru  (very 

seldom  used  except  of  God). 
Thank    you,    assant,    marababa 

(this  last  is  tl'   "proper  answer 

to  a  slavt '«  salutation). 
Thatch,  \  iniba,  (  zi  ka. 
Think  (consider),   aza,  likiri,   tafa- 

kari,  kumbuka. 
(oipposc),  tbani,  tliania. 
think  oneself,  jiona. 
//</'/(/:  oneself  a  man,  jipevua. 
</</»&  o/,  tia  maanani,  kumbuka 

(remember),  ma,  ania,  or  nuia 

i featx  iTi  one's  mind). 
Third,  nna  kiu  (y'o-l  third),  P<u-] 

wa  na  kiu  (%ave  third), 
'j h,  •!>■  re,  ogofya,  ogofisha,  kbofisha, 

karaia  (?). 
Thresh,  piga,  pura  (6ea<  out  com), 

fikiclia  kwa  miguu  (tread  out), 

fikicba  kwa  mikono  (rub  out). 
11,  rill,  tetema. 
Thrive,  eitawi,  fanikiwa  (of  p<  i 

orrfy) 
Tliroh.  ]»uma. 
Titrottb ,  kaba. 


Thrior.  tupa. 
<Arow)  </  rz<£< -r,  ruslia. 
(ftrOMJ  <r  stern  ,  cfec,  \  ui'innis'  a. 
//(/•ice    iilmiit,    tawanya,   tapauya 

CM.),  chafua,  tefua(M.). 
throw  a!,  tupia. 
throw  away,  tupa. 

Ilinnr  down,  uliiusha. 

throw  nr,  rboard,  tosa. 
///row  up,  or  off,  rusba. 
//'/•«('•  a  burdi  n   <<//'  Me  shoulhr. 
<\-i\.  bwa    i 
I'hiiiui,  r.  [kii-]wa  na  ngurumo  (d&- 

tant),  piga  radi  (m  «r). 
Thwart,  balifu. 

Tickle  in  tl<<  ribs,  tek<  nya,  shtua. 
77. ,  funga. 
<iV  «  /.•/('//.  pi;:a  i'mido. 
tie   tip  into  a   bundle  or  faggot, 
tita. 
Tightt  a.  (act.)  kaza,  tia  kassi,  (m 

kazana,  kazika. 
Tingle,  nna  kinyenyefu. 
Tip    off   the    head,    shoulder,    &c., 

bwaga. 
he  Tijixij.  lcwa.  ji!-  vya. 

ma/ce  lips?/,  levya. 
Tire,  chosha,  taajazi. 
become  tired,  choka. 
be  tiresome,  refuse  to  be  pleased, 
Toast,  oka.  [deka. 

be  Together. 

IT-  are  Together,  tu  sote. 
Tolerate,  stabimili,  vumilia. 
Torment,  atbibu,  utbi,  atbibisha. 
Toss,  rueha. 

Totter,  tetemeka    (tremble),    pepe- 
suka     (be     shaken),     kon      a 
(totter  in  one's  walk). 
Touch,  gusa. 

foucA  </•  //////.  papasa. 
touch  up,  tengeneza. 


LIST  OF   VERBS. 


205 


Tout  for  custom,  &c,  sapa. 
Tow,  fungasa. 
Track,  fuata  nyayo. 
Trade,  fauya  biashara. 

trade  in  a  small  ivay,  keep  a  stall, 
churuza. 
Train  up,  adibu,  lea. 
Trample,  finyanga,  kanyaga. 
Transcribe,  nakili. 
Transform,  geuza,  badilL 
be  Transparent,  ng'ara. 
Transgress,  tagki,  hahfu. 
Translate,  tafsiri,  fasiri,  geuza. 
Trap,  tega. 
Travail  (of  a  woman),  shikwa  na 

utungu. 
Travel,  safiri. 

Tread,  kanyaga,  vioga  (M.),  finya- 
nga (trample). 
Treat,  tendea. 

he   treats  me   badly,   kunitendea 
vibaya. 

Tie  treats  mewell,  kunitendea  zema. 
Tremble,  tetema,  tetemeka,  tapatapa. 
Trickle,  tiriiika. 
Trim,  tengeneza. 

trim  vegetables,  &c,  for  sale,  cba- 

trim  (sail),  rausi.  [mbua. 

Triumph,  skinda,  fanya  sbangwi. 
Trot,  enda  maskindo  (of  a  horse), 

enda  matiti  (of  an  ass). 
Trouble,  taabiska,  sumbua. 

be    troubled,    taabika,   sumbuka, 
shugkulika. 

be  troubled  in  mind,  fatkaika. 
Trust  in,  amini,  jetea,  tumauia. 

entrust  to,  aminisba,  weka,  amini. 

(have  confidence),  tumaini. 

trust  in   God  and   take   courage, 
tawakali. 
Try.  jaribn,  onja  (taste). 

try  hard,  jitabidi,  fanya  bidiL 


Tuck  into  the  girdle,  dc,  fulika. 
Tumble,  anguka,  pomoka. 

tunibukia  (fall  into). 
Turn  or  turn  into,  (act.)  geuza,  geua. 
(neut.)  turn,  turn  into,  turn  itself, 

geuka. 
turn    over,    or    the    other    way, 
pindua  (act.),  pinduka  (neut.). 
turn  round    something    else,   zu- 
nguka  (neut.),  zungusba  (act.). 
He  turned  round,  aligtuka. 
The  river  turns,  mto  unazunguka. 
The  ship  turned,    meiikebu    ilipi- 
nduka. 
turn  (prevent  its  going  on  in  the 

same  direction),  pinga. 
turn  aside  (neut.),  potoa,  potoka. 
turn  bottom  upwards,  fudikiza. 
turn  in  a  lathe,  kereza. 
turn  out  well  for,  f'anikia. 
Ttceak,  nyukua. 

Twist,  (act.)  nyonga,  songa,  popotoa. 
(neut.)  potoka. 

[a    rope~]    sokota,   suka,    pakasa 
(Mer.). 

U. 

Unclose,  fumbua. 

be  Uncomfortable,  taabika,  sumbuka, 

toa  kuona  raba. 
Uncover,  funua. 
Unfasten,  fungua. 
Understand,     sikia,    jua,     fafanua, 

tambua  (recognize). 
I  understand,  yamenk-lea,  yame- 

nitulilia. 
make  to  understand,  sikiza. 
to  be  mutually  intelligible,  make 

one   another  understand,   siki- 

zana. 
Undertake,    tkamaini,  jilazimiska 

tadariki. 


206 


SWAIULI  HANDBOOK. 


Undt  rvalue,  rakhisisba 
l',,<1i)  (unfasten),  fungua. 

untie  (i  knot,  fundus. 

(ruin),  poteza. 
Undress,  vua  nguo. 
Unfold,  kunjuu. 
('nil: .  unga,  angana. 
Unpick  or  Unrip,  fumua. 

/>-(•',»),  uns(  ii-ii,  t'umuka. 
Unroof,  ondoa  sakafu   (take  off  a 
stone  roof),  ezua    paa,   or   zu- 
mbua  paa  (A.),  (take  off  thatch ). 
Unseic,  fumua. 

come  unsewn,  l'umuka. 
Unthatch,  czua,  zumbua  (A.) 
Untie,  fungua. 

a  knot,  fundua. 
Upbraid,  nenca,  tuliumu,  taya. 
Upsi  t,  pindna. 
Urge,  ,-ukuraa,  kaza. 
Urinate,  kojoa. 
Use  (mah  use  of),  tumia. 

To  have  been  used  for  something, 
knlikuwa  na  kitu. 

be  of  use,  faa. 

be  of  use  to  one  another,  faana. 

use  bad  language  to,  tukana. 

use    words    well    and    correctly, 
saritu. 
Use  (accustom),  zoeza. 

'/'  come  used  to,  zot a. 
Utter,  ta'inku. 


Value,  tia  kima  (put  a  pricp  upon), 
penda  (h 
be  valuable,  faa,  faa  sana,  [kii-] 
wa  na  manfaa. 
Vanish,    toweka,    toa    kuonekana, 
potfa,  tokoiin  a  (get  out  of  one's 
sight). 
Go  awl  hidi  .'   Tokoinea  ' 


Vi  nture,  hatirisha,  //ailmtu. 
Vex,  kasirisha. 

be  vexed,  kasirika,  chukiwa. 
be  Visible,  onekaua. 
Visit,  enda  kuangalia,  kutazama, 
or  kuzuru,  jia  (come  to),  endea 
(go  to), 
be  visited,  jiwa. 
visit  upon,  patiliza. 
Vomit,  tapika,  ki  komoka  (belch  out). 

make  to  vomit,  tapisha. 
Void,  tangua.  batili. 

be  made  void,  tanguka. 
Vow,  weka  natliiri  (make  a  vow), 
perform  a  vow,  ondoa  uatl.iii. 

W. 

Wail,  omboleza. 

Wait,   or  wait  for,   ngoja,   saburi, 
subiri. 

Wait  a  bit,  ngoja  kwanza. 

wait  upon,  ngojea. 
Wake,  (neut.)  a'mka. 

(act.)  a'msha. 

remain  awake,  kesha,  angaza. 

be  awake,  [kii-]wa  macho. 

wake  up  suddenly  with   a   start, 
zinduka,  zindukana. 
Wale,  alia. 
Walk,  enda,  enrla  kwa  miguu. 

(of  a  horse  or  ass),  enda  delki. 

walk  about,  tembelea. 

take  a  walk,  tembea. 

walk  up  and  down,  i  nda  ma*ia. 

walk  lame,  chechea,  enda  chopi. 
Wander,  zunguka,  potea. 

in  mind,  papayuka. 
Want  (need),  taka,  ihtajia,  ihtaji. 

(wish  to  have),  taka,  ipa. 

be  wanting,  ihtajiwa,  pungnka. 
Ward  off,  kinga  (receine  on  some- 
thing), bckna  (knock  off  again) 


LIST  OF    VERBS. 


20' 


Warm  up,  kanga  moto,  pasha  moto. 
Warn,   onya,   anabia,   nasi,   hatha- 

risba  (put  on  ones  guard). 
Warp,  benuka   (as  wood   does    in 
Wash,  osba.  [drying), 

wash    clothes,    fua;    by    dabbing 

gently  only,  chackaga. 
oneself,  nawa. 

wash  one's  hands,  nawa  mikono. 
Waste,  (act.)  tilifu,   tilifisba,  fuja, 
thii.  baribu,  tawanya,  tapanya 
(M.). 
(neut.)  pungua,  tilifika. 
Watch,  (act.)  vizia,  ngqjea,  angalia. 
keep  watches,  ngojea  kwa  zamu. 
watch  over,  linda. 
(not  to  sleep),  kesha,  angaza. 
Water,  tia  maji,  nyweska  maji 

make  water,  kojoa. 
Wave,  (act.)  punga. 

(neut.)  tangatanga. 
Waver,  shangaa. 
Waylay,  otea. 
Weaken,  tboofisha,  toa  nguvu. 

become  weak,  thoofika. 
be    Weaned,   acba   ziwa   (leave   the 

breast),  sbishwa. 
Wear, — the   past    tenses  of  kuvaa, 
to  put  on,  are  used  to  express 
wearing. 
He  wears,  amevaa. 
He  wore,  alivaa. 
Wear  away,  (neut.)   lika,  pnngua, 
puDguka. 
(act.)  la,  punguza. 
Wear  out,  (neut.)  chakaa  (by  age  or 
use). 
He  wore  out  my  patience,  alinon de- 
lea  saburi. 
Wear  ship,  pindua  kwa  damalini. 
Weary,  cbosba. 
become  Weary,  cboka. 


Weave,  fuma. 
ten  da  nsruo,  to  stretch  the  threads 

ready  for  weaving. 
tarizi,  weave  a  border  on  to  a  piece 
of  cloth.     This  is  the  only  kind 
of  weaving  done  in  Zanzibar. 
Weed  (hoe  up  weeds),  boruga,  pali- 
Weep,  lia.  [Ha. 

weep  together,  lizana. 
burst  into  tears,  bubujika  macbozi. 
Weigh,  pima. 

weigh  down,  lemea,  topeza. 
Weld  on  a  piece  of  steel  or  iron, 

tambuza. 
Wet,  tia  maji,  cbofya  niajini  (dip  in 

water). 
Whet,  noa. 
Whisper,   nong'ona,   nong'oiiezana, 

nong'onia. 
Whistle,  piga  mbinda,  miunzi,  mi- 
sono,  or  rniao.     Most,  if  not  all, 
of  these  refer  to  an  involuntary 
whistling     sound;     to     whistle 
voluntarily  is  regarded  in  Zan- 
zibar as  profane. 
Widen,  panua  (act.),  panuka  (pass.). 
Will,  taka,  penda. 
If  God  will,  insliallah,  Muungu 
akinijalia  (if  God  gives  me  the 
power). 
Win,  pata. 

Wind  (neut.),  zongazonga,  zungu- 
kazungnka. 
wind  thread,  kunja  uzL 
Wink,  kopesa,  pepesa,  pesa. 
Kukonyesba,  to  raise  the  eyebrmcs ; 
this  is  a  sign  used  as  winking 
is  in  England. 
Wipe,  futa,  pangusa. 

wipe  the  nose,  futa  kamasL 
Wish,  taka,  penda 
Wither,  nyauka,  fa,  fifia. 


- 


fiW.U/Jl.I   IIAXDTIDOK. 


Withhold  from,  nyiroa,  liini. 
Witness,  ona  i 
l,.,ir  witness,  ehuhudu. 
wii  it,  for  or  against,  shu- 

liudin. 

ibu,  staajabu. 
.  fanya  kazi.  tenda  kazi. 
work  in  metal,  fua. 
{/'■nm  nf),  cbacba. 

/,  sumbua,  Bumbusha. 
Worship,  abmlu.  abudia. 
'■  II  <>rth<  pata  kima  (get  a  pria  ). 
What  is  it  worth  1    Chapataje? 
Wouml,  nmiza. 
be  wounded,  jerubi. 
wound  by  striking  or  piercing  un- 
awares, vuaza. 


Wrap,  kunja. 
Wreck,  vunja. 

be  irn  oh  <l.  vunja,  vunjika. 

go  on  shore,  panda. 

be  on  short .  pw<  L<  ka. 
Wrestle,  pigana  kwa  mbavu. 
Wriggh .  nyonganyonga. 
Wring,  sonjoa,  kamua,  popntoa. 
Wrinkle,  nyeuka. 

become  wrinkled,  kunjana. 
Writhe    (like    a    wounded    snake), 
Write,  aiidika.  [fingirika 

Wrong,  thulumu. 

Y. 

',  onda,  or  piga  miayo,  fuuua 
kinwa. 


(     209     ) 


ADVERBS, 
PREPOSITIONS  AND  CONJUNCTIONS. 


Adverbs. 

Adverbs  in  Swahili  follow  the  words  they  qualify. 

Sema  sana,  speak  out.  Njema  sana,  very  good. 

Adjectives  may  be  used  as  Adverbs  by  prefixing  vi- 
or  vy-. 

Kunuka  vibaya,  to  smell  badly. 

Verbs  in  the  Infinitive  and  Substantives  generally 
may  be  made  to  serve  as  Adverbs  by  the  use  of  the 
Preposition  kwa. 

Ewa  uwongo,  falsely.  Eica  Ttujua,  knowingly. 

Many  English  Adverbs  may  be  translated  by  sana 
(very),  which  intensifies  the  action  or  quality  expressed 
by  the  word  to  which  it  is  subjoined. 

Vuta  sana !    Pull  hard  ! 
Sliika  sana !    Hold  tight  I 
Enda  sana  '■     Go  fast  1 

Prepositions. 

There  are  in  Swahili  very  few  Prepositions.  Indeed 
there  are  scarcely  more  than  four,  na,  ya,  hwa,  and  Tcatiha. 

p 


•J  1<) 


Ml'.l ////./   HANDBOOK 


Katika  has  the  Bame  force  as  the  case  in  -ni,  it  dem.t.  s 

1 tlity  in  nearly  every   form  in   which   locality  can 

require  to  be  expressed.  Kwa  denotes  instrumentality 
and  object.  Na  is  and  or  with,  and  by  of  the  agent  after 
a  passive  Verb  ;  in  this  last  sense  ni  is  used  at  Mombas 
an<l  in  other  dialects.  Ya,  or  rather  -a  with  a  variable 
initial  letter,  denotes  possession  ;  it  is  treated  as  a  pos- 
isive  pronoun,  and  changes  its  first  letter  according 
to  the  class  of  the  noun  which  precedes  it,  that  is  of  tin- 
person  or  thing  possessed;  it  can  very  nearly  always 
be  translated  by/.  Its  forms  appropriate  to  each  cl. 
of  substantives  are  :  — 


iss     I.  siiii:.  "•".  plur.  "". 

,,      II-  „     "". 

„    JIT.  „     ya,        „  za. 

„     IV.  „     cha,      „  vya. 


Class     V.  sing,  la,     plur.  ya. 
VI.       „     va,       „     za. 
„     VII.      „    pa,      „     pa. 
„   VIII.      „    kwa,    „    hwa. 


Aee  p.  209  in  original. 

Many  of  our  Prepositions  are  expressed  by  a  Noun  or 
Advi-rb  followed  by  -a.  Many  others  are  expressed  by 
Verbs  in  their  simple  or  applied  forms  (p.  159).  Some 
can  scarcely  be  expressed  at  all.  The  Preposition  from 
Beems  to  be  almost  wholly  wanting  in  Swahili  It  is 
sometimes  implied  in  the  Verb,  as  in  kutoha,  to  come  or 
go  from,  or  to  come  or  go  out  of,  but  generally  it  ie 

irked  only  by  katika  or  the  case  in  -ni,  which  denote 

rely  the  locality  in  which  the  action  commenced. 
From,  of  time,  may  be  translated  by  tangu,  or  by  tol:<t, 
or  tokea,  which  do  not  seem  to  be  used  of  space  or  deri- 
vation, but  to  be  boat  translated  by  since  or  beginning 
from. 


CONJUNCTIONS.  211 

Until  to,  as  far  as,  of  time  and  space,  are  frequently 
translated  by  hatta,  and  (less  elegantly)  by  mpaka, 
followed  by  a  substantive. 

Conjunctions. 

Conjunctions  are  often  dispensed  with  by  the  use  of 
the  tenses  with  -ka-.  And,  but,  or  any  other  mere  con- 
nective in  a  narrative,  is  unnecessary  where  the  -Jca- 
tense  is  employed,  as  in  all  ordinary  cases  it  must  be. 
The  Imperative  and  Subjunctive  may  also  have  -J:a- 
prefixed  with  the  force  of  the  Conjunction  and. 

Katupa !    And  throw  it  away. 

Enenda  sokoni  Jccdeta  ndizi !    Go  to  the  market  and  fetch  some 

bananas. 
Uone,  uhasadiki,  that  you  may  see  and  believe. 

If  and  other  Conjunctions  introducing  a  state  are 
generally  expressed  by  using  the  -hi-  tense  of  the  Verb 
(see  Verbs,  p.  136). 

In  order  that  is  generally  expressed  only  by  putting 
the  Verb  which  expresses  the  purpose  into  the  sub- 
junctive. 


P  2 


212 


SWALLILI   HANDBOOK. 


LIST  OF  ADVEEBS,  PREPOSITIONS,  AND 
CONJUNCTIONS. 


About,  (near)  karibu  na,  kama. 
(in  tin  n<  ighbourhvod  of ),  iipande 
\va. 
Above,  (adv.)  juu. 
(prep.)  juu  ya. 
At  .  \idantly,  tele,  sana. 
After,  (adv.)  nyuma,  baada. 
(prep.)  nyuma  ya,  baada  ya. 
Nyuma  is  more  correctly  used  of 

plan .  a  ltd  baada,  of  time. 
Afti  r  fhi.<.  akiisha  (he  finishing), 
akaisha  (and  he  finished). 
Afterwards,  nyumaye,  baada  yake, 
baadaye,  tena,  kiisha,    halafu, 
pindi. 
Ann m,  inara  ya  pili,  tena. 
Against,  juu  ya.     Against  is  com- 
monly  expressed  by  the  use  of 
the  applit  d  form  of  the  vi 
Ann. 
long  ago,  zamani  za  kale,  zamani, 

kwan/i. 
I  lorn  long  agol    Tangu  lini? 
ti„  din/,-  ago,  leo  riku  kumi,  kwa 
uiku  kurni,  tangu  siku  kun,;. 


(by  himself, 
Tu  always 
phrase 


or 


Alike,  sawasawa,  ginsi  moja,   tna- 

moja. 
Almost,  karibu  na. 
Alone,  peke  yake,  &c. 

&c),  tu    (only). 

follows    the    word 

qualified  by  it. 
Along,  kandokando  ya. 

along  with,  pamoja  na. 
Alongside,  mbavuni. 
Aloud,  kwa  sauti  kubwa. 
Already,  mbele  (before),  sasa  (now). 
He  is  already  gone  away,  ame- 

kwisha  kwenda  zake  (p.  155). 
Also,  na,  tena.     Na  always  pre* 

what  it  is  connected  with. 
Although,  kwainba,  ikiwa. 
Altogether,  pia  yote,  kabisa. 
Always,  sikuzote,  dayima,  abadan, 

kipindi,  milele  (for  ever). 
Amidst,  katikati  ya. 
Among,  katika. 

among  tliemselves,  wao  kwa  wn<>. 
\m  imtly,  zamani  za  kale,  kwanza 
And,  na. 

And  he,  and  1,  &c.     See  p.  103. 


ADVERBS,   PREPOSITIONS,   &c. 


213 


And  is  very  often  expressed  by  the 
use  of  the  -ka-  tense.  See  p.  134 
and  p.  141. 

And  followed  by  a  negative  must 
be  translated  by  wala. 

And  so,  and  then,  &c,  bassi. 
Any  is  expressed  by  using  the  word 
absolutely. 

Anywhere,  po  pote. 

1  dorCt  see  anything,  sioni  kitu. 

Anything  whatever.kitu  cbo  chote. 
Apart,  mbali. 

Around,  pande  zote,  mzingo  wa. 
As  (when,  orif),  -po-,-M-.  Seep.  136. 

(as  if),  kama,  kana,  kwamba. 

(like),  -vyo,  -vyo-,  added  to  or 
inserted  in  the  verb. 

As  you  please,  upendavyo. 

As  it  teas  formerly,  yalivyobuwa 
kwanza. 

As  followed  hy  as  is  generally 
omitted. 

As  big  as  a  house,  kubwa  kama 
nyumba. 

As  it  stands,  shelabela. 
Ailwre,  pwani. 

go  ashore,  panda  (of  a  ship),  sbu- 
ka  (of  a  person). 

be  ashore  (of  a  ship),  pwelewa. 
A*ide,  kando. 

At,  kwa,  katika ;  case  in  -ni,  followed 
by  pronouns  in  p-,  when  it  de- 
notes nearness  only,  but  by  pro- 
nouns in  kw-  when  it  is  inde- 
terminate. 

At  first,  awali,  kwanza. 

At  home,  kwangu,  kwako,  kwake, 
kwetu,  kwenu,  kwao,  nyumbani. 

He  is  not  at  home,  bako.  Hayuko 
is  commonly  used  by  slaves  in 
Zanzibar,  but  is  toholly  incorrect. 

At  last,  nrwisbo,  hatima,  batta. 


At  length,  hatta,  batima. 
At  night,  usiku. 
At  once,  mara,  mara  moja. 
At  the  top,  juu. 
At  the  bottom,  cbini. 
An:  ay. 

go  away,  enda  zangu,  zako,  See., 

according  to  the  person  going, 
come  away,  ja  zake,  &c. 
He  is  away,  bako. 

B. 

Bach,  nyuma. 

He  went  bach,  alirudi  nyuma. 
upon  the  bach,  kwa  tani,  cbali. 
Backwards,  kingaligali  (M.). 
Because,  kwa  sababu. 

because  of,  kwa  sababu  ya,  kw^ 
ajili  ya,  kwani  (for). 
Before,  (adv.)  mbele,  kwanza. 
(prep.)  mbele  ya  or  za,  kabla  ya. 
Kabla  is  used  preferably  of  time, 
mbele  of  place. 
To  go  before,  tangulia. 
Before  he  goes  to  sleep,  asijelala. 
Before  I  die,  kabla  sijafa. 
Behind,  (adv.)  nyuma. 

(prep.)  nyuma  ya. 
Below,  (adv.)  cbini. 
(prep.)  cbini  ya. 
Beside,  kando  la,  kandokando  ya, 

zayidi  ya  (more  than). 
Besides,  tena,  zayidi;  ni  (also), pre- 
ceding the  thing  mentioned. 
Better,  afatbali,  beri  or  kheiri. 
You  had  better  go,  afatbali  uene- 

nde,  u  beri  uenende. 
Afatbali  is  preferably,  beri  means 
it  would  be  a  good  tbing. 
Between,  katikati  ya,  beina. 
Beyond,  (adv.)  kwa  kuko. 
(prep.)  zayidiya,  juu  ya. 


2!  1 


SWA  UN  J   HANDBOOK. 


upande    wa 

pili  W8. 
-and — ,  nu- 

l'.ntlt  of  tin m,  wote  wawili,  zote 
ml>ili,  &c,  &c. 

But.  lakini,  vrallakmi  (and however), 
illakini  (except  however),  ilia, 
bali.  In  many  cases  but  may 
be  best  translated  by  the  use  of 
ih>  -ka-  tense  of  the  verb. 

By   (after   a  passive   verb),  na,  ni 

I.). 
(of  an  instrument),  kwa. 
(in  a r)  katika),  ease  in  -ni  followed 
by  pronouns  in  p-. 

C 

linly,  yakini,   hakika,  hapana 
shaka. 
You  certainly,  &c,  Hakika  yako, 
&c. 

I,  tobtob. 
'  '/'/,  abadan,  dayima. 

Crookedly,  kumbukoinbo,  niishithari. 

D. 

\y,  killa  siku.  siku  kwa  siku. 
Directly.    See  Now. 
Distinctly,  kiada. 

/'     /(,  cbini. 
During,  wakati  wa. 

During    his  journey,   alipokuwa 
akbafiri,  akiwa  akisaliri. 

E. 
Early,  rnapema. 

..  up.  -I. 

Either  —  or — ,  ao  — ao — ,  ama  — 

a  ma — . 
Elsi  where,  panginepo. 
/    tirely,  pia,  kabisa,  yote,  pia  yote. 

kabla  vu,  mbele  yu.  See  L!>for  . 


/     ft,  lmtta. 
Even  if,  -japo.     Seep.  138. 

sikuzote,  dayima,  kipindi. 
for  ever,  milele. 
Everywhere,  mahali  pote. 
Exactly,  halisi,  khassa,  bawaba. 
Exceedingly,  'mno  subjoined  to  Hie 

word  qualified,  sana. 
Except,  ilia,  ela  (M.).     Except  may 
often   be   expressed   by   the  use 
of  the  tense  with  -sipo.     See 
p.  146. 
except  by,  billa. 
Excessively,  'mno  subjoined   to   the 
word  qualified,  chapa,  ohapara. 


Far  or  far  off,  mbali. 
First,  kwanza,  mbele. 

to  go  first,  kutangulia. 
Fluently,  kama  maji. 
For,  (conj.)  kwani. 

(prep.)  kwa.  For  is  generally 
expressed  by  the  use  of  the  up- 
plied  form  of  the  verb. 

(in  the  place  of),  mahali  pa. 

for  the  space  of,  muda  wa. 

for  the  sake  of,  kwa  ajili  ya. 

for  my  sake,  unipendavyo  (as  you 
love  me). 
Formerly,  kwanza,  zamani. 
Forth,  'nje. 

to  go  forth,  kutoka. 
Forward,  mbele. 

go  forward,  endelea  mbele. 
Forwards  (upon  the  face),  t'ulifnlL, 
fudil'udi,  kwa  kufahamia  (M.J. 
Frequently,  mara  nyingi. 
From,  katika,  case  in  -ni 

from  among,  miongoni  mwa. 

from  time  to  time,  mara  kwa  mara. 

(since),  tangu,  toka,  tokea. 


ADVERBS,   PREPOSITIONS,   &c. 


215 


I  had  it  from   (of)  the  Sheikh, 
nalipokea  ya  Sheikh. 
Further,  teua. 
Further  on,  rnbtle. 

G. 

Gently,  polepole,  tavatibu,  tahafifu. 

Gladly,  furaha. 

Gratis,  burre,  attia,  bilashi. 

H. 

Hard,  kassi. 

to  work  hard,  kutenda  kazi  sana. 

to  run  hard,  kaza  nibio. 
Hastily,  hima,  kwa  haraka. 
Here,  hapa,  huku. 

He  is  here,  yupo. 

I  am  here,  mimi  hapa. 

Here  and  there,  hapa  na  hapa. 
Hereafter,  baadaye. 
Hither,  hatta  hapa,  hapa. 

Hither    and    thither,    kuku    na 
huku. 
Hitherto,  hatta  leo,  hatta  sasa. 
How1?    -je   subjoined    to    tlie  verb. 
Seep.  123. 

kamaipi?    Kwaje? 

How  is  it  ?    Ginsi  gani  ? 

How  often  ?    Mara  ngapi  ? 

How  much  ?    Kassi  gam  ?    Kadri 
gani? 
How,  ginsi  with  -vyo-  joined  with 
the  verb ;  ginsi  is  often  omitted. 

How   he  was,  &c.,  ginsi   alivyo- 
kuwa,  &c. 
However,  lakiui. 


If,  kana,  kwamba,  kama;  -ki-  or 
-po-  inserted  in  the  verb.  See 
pp.  13d,  146. 


Immediately,  mara,  niaia  moja. 

now  immediately,  sasa  hivi. 
In,  katika,  case  in  -ni  followed  by 

pronouns  in  m-. 
in  the  shoulder,  ya  bega. 
in  front,  pambele,  mbele. 
[I]   in   going,   nikienda,  nikiwa 

nikienda. 
in  good  time,  at  its  proper  tirm  , 

tahafifu. 
in  heaps,  chungu  chungu. 
in  order  that,  illi.     See  p.  141. 
in  place  of,  mahali  pa. 
in   the   middle,   katinakati.  kati, 

katikati. 
in  the  middle  of,  kati  ya,  katikati 
in  the  morning,  assubui.  [\  a. 

Indeed,  kusema  kweli 

great  indeed,  kubwa  sana. 
Inside,  ndani. 

inside  of,  ndani  ya,  case  in  -ni 

followed  by  pronouns  in  m-. 
He  is  inside,  yumo  ndani. 
Into,  katika,  case  in  -ni  followed  by 

pronouns  in  m-. 


Just,  see  p.  116,  halisi. 

Tliat  is  just  it,  ndiyo  yalio. 


Lastly,  kwa  mwisho,  mwisho. 

at  last,  hatima,  mwisho. 
Late,  kasiri. 
Less,  duni. 

to  become  less,  kupungua. 

Less  by,  kassa. 
Like,  kama,  methili,  hesabu  ya. 

People  like  us,  kina  sisi. 
Little,  kidogo. 

a  little  more,  punde. 

a  httle  longer,  -refu  punde. 


SWAEIL1   HANDBOOK. 


M. 

Merely,  tu,  bassi.    Botfi  words  follow 
the  word  or  phrase  they  qualify. 
Mod*  rat*  hj,  kadiri. 
.  zaj  idi. 
nmr,  than,  zayidi  ya. 
•  i  little  more,  punde. 
Moreov*  r,  tena,  na. 
Much  mort .  or  much  less,  sembuse, 
-  nze. 

N. 

A    ir  {adv.  .  karibu. 

Near  to,  karibu  na,  karibu  yn. 

Nearly,  karibu  na  or  ya,  kadri  ya. 

A     essarily,  of  necessity,  kauuni  la- 
zim,  ukwasefu. 

N*  ither — nor — ,  wala— wala— . 

\       r,  kabisa  (with  a  negative  pre- 
ceding), kamwi  (M.). 

\  ■  xt,  -a  pili  yake,  kiisba. 
next  )o,  -a  pili  ya. 

.\<..  ahaa,  hahaa,  la,  siyo,  hakuna, 
hapana,    bamna.      Tliese    last 
three  words  mean,  there  is  not, 
or  there  is  none. 
Xo,  by  no  means,  hasha. 

Nor,  wala. 

si.  See  Negative  Tenses  of  Verbs, 
p.  143. 

Not  only — ,  but   also — ;   si— 1 
— lakini  tena;  si — tu,  ilia — . 

A  (  yet,  bade,  asitasa,  haitassa,  &c 
(M.).  Tliese  words  are  us*  d  to 
'te  incompleteness,  whatever 
th*  subject  referred  to  may  be. 
Not  yet  may  generally  be  ex- 
pressed by  the  negative  tense 
irith  -ja-  (seep.  145),  after  which 
■■  bado  is  generally  added. 

Now,  sasa,  leo  (to-day),  wakati  bun 
at  this  time),  zamani  hizi  (in 


these  Huns),  zamani  zetu  (in  our 

times),  siku  hizi  (in  these  da^s). 
Now  din  eih/,  .sasa  liivi. 

O. 

Obliqu*  ly,  banamn. 

Of,  -a,  with   a  first    letter   varying 
according   to   the   class    of  tl<>' 
preceding  word,  that  is  of  th< 
thing  possessed. 
I.  JMtn  wa  Ali,  Ali's  man. 
Watu  wa  Ali,  Ali's  people. 
Mbuzi  wa  Ali,  All's  goat. 
Mbuzi  wa  Ali.  Ali's  goats. 

II.  Mnazi  wa  Ali,  All's  cocoa- 

nut  tree. 
Minazi  ya  Ali,  Ali's  cocoa- 
nut  trees. 

III.  Nyumba  yu  Ali,  Ali's  funis, . 

Nynmba     za     Ali,     All's 
houses. 
iv.  Kisu  cha  Ali,  Ali's  knife. 

Visu  vya  Ali,  Ali's  Jcnivt  s. 
v.  Kasha  la  Ali,  Ali's  chest. 
Makasha    ya    Ali,    Ali's 
chests. 
vi.  Uimbo  wa  Ali,  AIVs  song. 

"Syimbo  za,  Ali,  Ali's  sunt i. ■ . 
vii.  Mahali  pa  Ali,  Ali's  place. 
vni.  Kuta  kwa  Ali,  Ali's  dying. 

1.  Nyumbani  mwa  Ali,  in  Ali' s 

house. 

2.  Nyumliani  pa  Ali,  by  Ali't 

house. 

3.  Nyumbani  kwa  Ali,  to  Ali's 

house. 
Ya  is  sometimes  pronounced  a. 

saa  a  sita,  twelve  o'clock. 

Where  it  is  intended  to  mark  spec  in  1 7  y 

the  individuality  of  the  j)oss<  ssor 

the  possessive  pronoun  may  l<e 

*jcd  instead  of the  preposition  -a. 


ADVERBS,   PREPOSITIONS,   &c. 


217 


Kiti  chake  Sultani,  means  the 
chair  in  which  no  one  but  the 
Sultan  sits,  or  the  Sultana  own 
chair. 
Of  is  included  in  some  words  which 
are  therefore  not  followed  by  -a. 
Kina  Abdallah,  Abdullah's  people, 

or  people  like  Abdallah. 
Wadi    Mohammed,   Mohammed's 

son. 
Binti    Mohammed,   Mohammed's 

daughter. 
In   some   common    phrases   -a  is 
omitted  apparently  for  shortness 
only. 
Often,  mara  nyingi. 
On,  juu  ya,  the  case  in  -ni. 
Put  it  on  the  table,  weka  mezani. 
Put  it  on  the  top  of  the  table,  weka 

juu  ya  meza. 
on  both  sides,  pande  mbilL 
on  every  side,  kotekote. 
on  foot,  kwa  miguu. 
o?i  one  side,   onesidedly,  pogo. 
on  purpose,  makxtsudi. 
on  the  part  of,  miongoni  mwa. 
Once,  mara  moja. 

at  once,  mara  moja,  mara. 
once  only,  mara  moja  tu. 
Only,  peke    yake,   &c.    (by    itself, 
alone),  tu,  bassi,  both  following 
the  word  or  phrase  qualified. 
Orderly,  taratibu. 
Out,  nje. 
out  and  out,  tama. 
Speak  out,  sema  sana. 
Outside,  nje,  kwa  nje. 

■outside  of,  nje  ya. 
Outwardly,  kwa  nje. 
Over,  juu  ya  (of  place),  zayidi  ya 
(of  quantity).    Over  in  the  sense 
of  excess  may  be  expressed  by 


kupita,  to  pass ;  and  in  the  seme 
of  finished,  by  kuisha,  to  come 
to  an  end. 
The  battle  is  over,  mapigano  ya- 
mekwisha. 


Patiently,  stahimili. 

Perhaps,  labuda,  hwenda,  kwenda, 
kwa  nasibu,  inshallah. 

Perpetually,  dayima,  abadan. 

Possibly,  labuda,  yamkini  (it  is  pos- 
sible), kwa  yamkini  (by  possi- 
bility). 

Presently,  halafu. 

Properly,  vema,  halisi,  bawaba. 
-to,  used  as  an  enclitic  subjoined 

to  verbs  and  substantives. 
Amejiwekato,  he  has  placed  him- 
self properly. 

Q. 

Quickly,  hima,  hiniahima,  kwa  ha- 

raka,  upesi,  mbio  (running). 
Quietly,  taratibu,  polepole. 
Quite,  kabisa,  pia  halisi. 

R. 

Bather,  zayidi  (more),  afathali  (pre- 
ferahhf). 
much  rather,  sembuse,  seuze. 


Secretly,  kwa  siri,ndani  kwa  ndani. 
Side  by  side,  kandokando. 
Silently,  kimyakimya. 
Since,  tangu,  toka,  tokea. 
Slowly,  polepole,  taratibu,  kiada. 
So,  when  followed  by  as  is  generally 
omitted,  when  standing  alone  it 


•2  IS 


SWAEIL1  HANDBOOK. 


may  be  expressed  by  ginsi,  and 
-vyo  inst  rU  </  in  tin  >■<  rb. 
lb    is  not  so  tall  as  you  are,  si 

mrefu  kama  wewe. 
1  ,{<<l  ,.  was  so  tall,  si- 

kumjua  ginsi  alivyo  mrefu. 
'  '/•  as,  hatta. 
Bonn  tim>*.  mara,  mara  kwa  mara. 
-    .•■times  he  laughs,  somrtiiw  s  )i< 
cries,  mara  hucheka,  ni;ira  hulia. 
Soon,  sasa  hivi  (immediately),  upeai 
(quickly),  bado  kidogo  (yet  a 
little),  karibu  (near). 
SHU-  t  ma,  hatta  leo. 
Strongly,  kwa  nguvu. 
Sud>i>  ilia,  ghafala,  mara  moja,  thu- 
ruba  moja. 


That  (hotc  that),  kwamba,  ya  kwa- 
mba. 
( in  'ordt  r  that),  illi.     See  p.  141. 
J  if  a.  is  often  expressed  by  the  use  of 
the  -ka-  tense,  or  by  the  vcrhs 
kwisha,  to  finish,  or,  kwenda, 
to  go. 
Akiisha  akatoka,  having  finished 
this,  he  went  out  =  then  he  went 
out. 
Akaenda    ukamkamata,  and   he 
»/•<  at  and  seized  him  =  then  he 
edh  im. 
(after  this),  baadaye,  baada  yake, 

nyumaye,  nyuma  yake. 
[then  il  was),  ndipo. 
(in  those  days),  zamani  zile,  siku 

zile. 
(at  that  time),  wakati  ule. 
There,    pale,    huko,     kule.      Pale 
points  to  what  is  nearest,  kule 
hat  is, farthest  off. 
Therefore,  kwa  sababu  bii. 


Though,  kwamba;  the  -lei-  tense, 
p.  136,  "■//(  a  tin  case  is  put  as 
an  existing  one;  the  -nge-  tense, 
ji.  I  '.s.  irhere  the  case  is  put  us 
not  •  xisting. 

Though  In  is,  aMwa. 

Though  he  h  .  angawa. 

(even  if),  -japo,  p.  138. 
Thus  (in  this  way),  hivi,  hivyo. 

just  thus,  vivi  hivi,  vivyo  hivyo. 

(in  the  same  win/),  vivyo. 
Till,  hatta,  mpaka  wa. 
To  (ax  the  sign  of  the  infinitivi  ), 
ku-;  the  u  becomes  w  befon  a,e, 
or  i,  and  is  often  omitti  d  before 
o  and  u. 

Kwisha  =  ku-isha,  to  finish. 

Kwenda  =  ku-enda,  to  go. 

K  ga  =  ku-oga,  to  bathe. 

To  before  a  verb  where  it  expri 
the  purpose  or  the  object  aimed 
at,  is  expressed  by  the  use  of  the 
subjunctive. 

I  stood  up  to  look,  nalisimawa 
nione. 

Tell  him  to  help  you,  mwambia 
akusayidie. 

I  want  him  to  go,  namtaka  ai  i 

I  want  to  go,  nataka  kwenda. 
(In  such  cases  as  this  the  verb 
in  the  infinitive  is  used  as  a 
substantia .) 

(unto)  is  generally  contained 
the  verb,  kupa  =  to  give  tc 
to  give).     If  not  contained  in 
the  meaning  of  the,  original 
it  may  be  expressed  by  the  use  of 
the  applied  form.    In  Gu 
cases    in    which   to   cannot   he 
brought  into  the  meaning  of  the 
verb,   it  must  be  rendered   by 
kwa. 


ADVERBS,   PREPOSITIONS,   Ac. 


219 


(as  far  as),  hatta. 
(to  the  house  of),  kwa. 
Together,  pamoja,  wote. 

When  joined  with  persons  together 
is  expressed  by  forms  of  -ote, 
all. 

twende  sote,  let  us  go  together. 
mwende  nyote,  go  together. 
wende  wote,  let  them  go  togefhi  r. 
both  together,  wote,  wote  wawili. 
Topsy-turvy,    kitwakitwa,   vitwav  - 

twa. 
Totally,  kabisa,  pia. 
Truly,  kweli.  hakika,  yakini,  inna. 
Twice  over,  kuwili. 

U. 

Unawares,  ghafala. 

Under,  chini  ya. 

Until,  hatta. 

Up, juu. 

Upon,  juu  ya,  case  in  -ni.     See  On. 

Upicards,  juu. 

Utterly,  kabisa,  pia  yote,  tikitiki. 

V. 

Vainly,  burre. 

Very,  sana.      Sana  always  folloivs 

the  word  qualified  by  it. 
Vigorously,  kwa  nguvu,  sana. 
Violently,  kwa  nguvu,  kassi. 

W. 
Well,  venia,  sana,  -to.   See  Properly. 
What1?    See  p.  122. 

What  do  you  want  ?  Wataka  nini  ? 
What  tree  is  it  ?     Mti  gani  huu  ? 
What  man  ?    Mtu  yupi  ? 
What  =  that  which.     See  Relatives. 

p.  117. 
When?    Lirti? 

When  (if,  as  soon  as,  &c),  the  -ki 
tense,  p.  130. 


(at  the  time  when),  -po,  treated  as 
a  relative  particle   and  joined 
with  the  verb,  p.  119. 
(during  the  time),  wakati  wa. 
when  it  rains,  wakati  wa  mvua. 
When  the  harvest  comes,  wakiti 

wa  kuvuna,  [wa]vunapo. 
(even  if),  -japo,  p.  138. 
Whenever,  wakati  wote,  killa  -po. 

Whenever  I  go,  killa  nendapo. 
Where  ?     Wapi,  api.  p.  123. 
Where   are  you   going  ?     Wenda 
wapi? 
Where,  po,  ko,  mo,  treated  as  relative 
particles   and  joined  with   the 
verb.    Po  implies  nearness,  and 
mo  the  being  inside. 
1  don't  hnow  where  he  is,  simjui 

alipo. 
I  don't  know  where  I  am  going, 

sijui  ninapokwenda. 
1  don't  hnow  where  I  came  from, 

sijui  ninakotoka. 
Where  the  tree  is  (or  was),  penyi 
mti. 
Wherever,  po  pote,  ko  kote,  mo  mote. 
Wherever  I  go,  killa  nendako. 
Wherever  I  enter,  killa  ningiamo. 
Wherever  I  am,  killa  nilipo. 
Wherefore,  kwa  sababu  hii  or  hiyo. 
Wlhether — or — ,  ao — ao — . 
Whether  it  be,  licha. 
(if),  kwamba. 
While,  maadam,  maazal. 

While,  is  generally  expressed  by 
the  use  of  -ki-  prefixed  to  the 
verb,  p.  136. 
While  it  is  yet  early,  kungali  na 
mapema  bado. 
Why  ?  Mbona  ?  Kwani  ?  Kwa 
nini  ?  Ya  nini  ?  Kwa  sababu 
gani  ?    Giusi  or  Gissi  gani  ? 


220 


SWA  II  III  HANDBOOK 


With,  na,  pamoja  na. 
(as  on  itufrumi    / 1,  kwa. 

;ituitin<j.  having),  -enyi    /See 
p.  97. 
Within,  mlani. 
Without,  nje. 

Without  (prep.),  pasipo  (where  there 
is  7iot). 
Without  is  generally  expressed  by 
the  -sipo-  terwe  (p.  146).  7/ 
fn'/y  ?>e  represented  by  a  simph 
negative. 
He  in  without  shame,  hana  haya 

=  he  has  no  shame. 
Without,  followed  in  English   by 
tlie  participial  or  verbal  in  -ing, 
ma;/  be  r>  ndered  by  the  negative 
subjunctive  of  the  verb. 
Without  seeing  him,  asiniwone. 
Without  (hen  being,  pasiwe. 
Wonderfully,  ajib,  ajabu. 


Yearly,  mwaka  kwa  inwaka. 

I       ■:< ■<  ■  i ii a •.  na'aiii.  vema,  njema, 

yakini,  ndio,  kweli. 
Ewaa  or  Ec  wallah  are  ofk  n  usi  d 

by  slaves  <>r  inf<  riors  to  express 

a  Killing  </.->•<  lit. 
Inshallab  is  used  as  a  promis,  to 

do  som<  thing. 
Lebeka    or    Labeka,    contracted 

into  lclu  I  or  even  be,  is 

ii.<xl  by  in/,  riors  as  an   an*u-er 

niii  n     called.      Sttpi  riors     or 
(ipmh  generally  use  naani.  the 
Arabic  yes. 
Ndiyo  yalio,  that  is  just  it. 
Yonder,  kule,  kulee,  p.  115,  116. 


Z. 


Zigzag,  upogoupogo. 


(     221     ) 


INTERJECTIONS. 

There  are  in  Swahili,  as  in  all  languages,  some 
scarcely  articulate  Interjections,  and  many  of  the  natives, 
especially  of  the  lower  class,  use  a  great  deal  of  action, 
often  joined  with  half-articulate  exclamatory  sounds, 
to  illustrate  and  enforce  their  meaning.  The  following 
are  the  most  usual  Interjections,  and  those  which  can 
best  be  written.  The  words  used  for  Yes  and  Xo  are 
given  in  the  preceding  list,  pp.  216  and  220. 

The  ordinary  salutations  are  in  practice  a  sort  of 
Interjections,  not  being  very  easily  explained  under 
any  other  head. 

A  slave  addressing  a  superior  says  Sikamoo  or  NasiJca- 
moo,  for  nasMJca  miguu,  I  embrace  your  feet.  The 
superior  replies  Marahaba,  thank  you,  or  welome,  the 
word  being  originally  an  Arabic  form  of  congratulation 
and  well-wishing. 

Equals  very  commonly  say  when  they  meet  Jambo  or 
Yambo,  to  which  the  reply  is  Jambo  or  Jambo  sana.  There 
is  a  playful  or  very  affectionate  way  of  continuing  the 
dialogue  thus — Jambo.  Jambo.  Jambo  sana.  Jambo  sana. 
Sana  sana.    Sana  sana.    Kama  lulu  (like  pearls).    Kama 


222  SWAITILI  HANDBOOK. 

marijani  i  like  coral),  <(V.,  <{•<•.  The  more  correct  expres- 
sions are — Hu  jambo?  Are  you  well?  and  the  answer, 
Si  jambo,  I  am  well.  It  is  difficult  to  explain  these 
phrases  intelligibly.  Hu  jambo?  is  literally,  Are  you 
not  a  matter  or  affair?  or  still  more  strictly,  Are  you 
not  a  word  ?  The  meaning  is  very  nearly  that  of  the 
English,  Is  nothing  the  matter  with  you  ?  Sometimes 
Ha  jambo  is  used  to  express,  He  is  well,  or  Ha  jambo 
kidogo,  He  is  not  very  ill,  or  He  is  a  little  hetter.  One 
may  ask,  U  hali  gani  '  What  state  are  you  in?  i.e.,  How 
are  you  ?  to  which  a  proper  reply  is,  Njema,  hemd  il  Ilhthi, 
Good,  praise  be  to  God.  The  Arabic  Sabalkheir,  Good 
morning,  and  Masalkheir,  Good  afternoon,  are  often 
heard.  The  more  elegant  forms  are  Subahk  Allah  bilk- 
ln  ir  and  Masak  Allah  bilkheir.  It  is  not  usual  to  inquire 
about  the  health  of  a  wife  or  of  the  women  of  a  house- 
ii  Id,  unless  among  very  intimate  friends,  or  for  some 
special  reason.  When  necessary,  one  should  say,  Hu- 
jambo  nyumbani  ?  or  U  hali  gani  nyumbani  ?  How  are 
you  in  the  house,  i.e.,  How  are  your  household,  or 
those  in  your  house  ?  It  is  proper,  if  you  are  asked 
how  you  are,  always  to  answer,  well,  for  the  sake  of 
the  omen;  and  similarly  if  you  are  asked  Habari  ganif 
What  news ?  to  answer  Njmna,  good,  and  then  after- 
wardfi  to  give  a  true  account  of  the  matter. 

In  Swahili  Interjections  a  final  h  is  often  distinctly 
heard.  It  requires  much  practice  to  enable  a  European 
to  make  this  sound  properly. 


*-  —  0 


LIST  OF  DsTEEJECTIOXS. 


Ah!  An  exclamation  of  mingled 
grief  and  surprize.  The  final 
h  must  be  distinctly  sounded. 

Aksdnt  or  asanti,  thank  you.  Ah- 
sdnt  is  an  Arabic  word  mean- 
ing, You  have  done  well.  It  is 
sometimes  used  profusely  by 
way  of  mere  compliment. 

Amina.  Amen,  used  at  the  end  of 
a  prayer. 

Aii  '.  Look  you !  I  say !  It  is 
used  generally  as  a  means  of 
calling  attention  to  what  has 
been  said,  or  is  about  to  be  said. 
It  is  a  sort  of  vocal  note  of 
admiration. 

B. 

Bam'!  or  Bass!  That  will  do! 
Enough  !     Stop  !     No  more  ! 


Chub!  An  exclamation  of  impa- 
tience and  contempt ;  the  ch 
is  the  sound  most  heard,  the 
vowel  being  very  short  and  in- 
significant. 


E. 

Ee!  O!  The  interjection  of  in- 
vocation. 

Ewe!  plw.Enyi!  You  there  !  A 
rather  contemptuous  way  of 
demanding  attention.  It  is 
used  for  Hi !  I  say !  and  any 
exclamation  merely  meant  to 
attract  notice.  It  must  not  be 
used  to  a  superior  and  rarely 
only  to  an  equal.  It  is  custo- 
mary to  call  to  them  Bwana ! 
i.e.,  Master !  The  answers 
will  be  found  in  the  previous 
list,  p.  220,  under  the  word 
Yes. 

H. 

Haya!  An  exclamation  borrowed 
from  the  Arabic ;  it  means, 
give  your  attention  to  this,  go 
on  with  it.  It  is  used  where 
we  say,  Come  along !  Look 
sharp  !  Be  quick  !  Go  on  ! 
If  it  has  been  proposed  to  do 
anything,  Haya !  means,  Let 
us  set  about  it.  Haya !  is 
commonly  used  by  a  master  01 


224 


sW.UIIU   HANDBOOK. 


overl  i  ket  to  hasten  men  about 
tin  ir  work. 

Hima!  Quick!  Be  quick!  Make 
haste  !  Often  double  1,  Bit  na 
hima  I 

Hddi '.  with  a  great  stress  on  the 
o.  It  is  not  right  to  enter  any 
house  or  room  (not  your  own) 
without  first  crying  Hddi!  and 
waiting  fur  someone  to  come, 
or  at  1'  asl  to  answer,  Karib, 
Come  in ! 


Je!  or  y.  .'  Hi  llo!  What  now! 
Well!     What  is  it? 

K. 

Kdrib  '■  i.e.,  come  near !  It  is  used 
to  invite  people  into  a  house, 
to  join  a  party,  or  to  sit  down 
and  put  themselves  at  their 
ease.  Kdrib  ■'  may  generally 
be  translated,  Come  ami  Bit 
with  us  !  and  a  common  an.-u  er 
kaa  kitako,  I  am  set 
down. 

An  exclamation  of  con- 
tempt. 

Eva  fori!  Good-bye!  Farewell! 
Sometimes  a  plural  is  made, 
Kuaherini,  though  it  seems  to 
be  an  incorrect  form. 

uetimes  a  special  friend 
adds,  Ya  kuonana,  as  much  as 
to  say.  May  we  soon  meet  again. 

Kumbel  What!  What  then!  An 
expression  of  surprize,  espe- 
cially u.-eil  when  things  turn 
out  not  to  be  as  they  were 
represented  to  be. 


Laitil     Oh   thai  I      Would   that! 

An  exclamation  of  regret,  a 
wish  that  things  had  been 
otherwise. 
Looo!  An  exclamation  of  surprize; 
the  o  is  more  dwelt  upon  in 
proportion  to  the  amount  of 
surprize. 

M. 

Marahabal  Thank  you!  It  is 
well !  used  by  way  of  acknow- 
ledging a  gift  or  a  compliment. 

Miyei    M.e  !     I !     I  am  the  one! 

.1/" '  mjewel    You  did  it  yourself ! 

O. 

Ole!  An  exclamation  foreboding 
evil.  Woe!  Olewenu!  Woe 
unto  you!  Ole  wanguf  Woe 
is  me! 


Saa !     You !     I  say !     It  is    put 
after  a  word  to  give  emp 
to  it.   Njoosaa!    Come  on,  ilo' 

Salaam!  Peace!  Hail!  It  is 
used  as  a  salutation  by  the 
Indians.  The  regular  Arabic 
Salaam  aleikum!  Peace  be 
with  you  !  and  the  answer,  ^Ya 
aleilt  salaam!  And  with  you 
peace!  is  not  very  commonly 
il.  Salaam  is  often  used 
in  the  sense  of  compliments  : 
Salaam  Bibi!  With  the  mis- 
tress' compliments,  —  said  in 
presenting  anything. 

Si in  ilia!  Out  of  the  way!  Ori- 
ginally, as  it  is  said,  BismiUah, 
In  the  name  of  God.     It  is  now 


LIST  OF  INTERJECTIONS. 


225 


the  common  cry  by  which  people 
are  warned  of  something  com- 
ing. Similla  punda!  Make 
way  for  a  donkey !  Similla 
ubau .'  Take  care  of  the  plank  ! 
Two  servants  frequently  go 
before  a  great  man  to  clear  the 
way  for  him,  and  call  out  to 
any  one  in  the  road,  Similla! 
Similla ! 

A  plural  Similleni !  is  some- 
times made  as  though  it  were 
the  imperative  of  a  verb.    The 
more  correct  phrase  for  Get  out 
of  the  way  !  is  Jitenge ! 
Starehe!    Don't  disturb  yourself  I  •; 
When  a  new-comer  enters,  the  | 
rest  rise  to  do  him    honour,  j 
which  he  tries  to  prevent  by 
Baying,  Starehe !    Starehe  J    It  j 


is  properly  used  to  deprecate 
any  trouble  or  disturbance  on 
the  speaker's  account. 

T. 

Tendeni !  Go  on  I  Let  us  go ! 
Probably  the  imperative  of  ku- 
tenda,  to  do  or  to  be  employed 
about. 

Tutu !  Don't  touch !  Used  to  a 
child  meddling  with  what  he 
had  better  leave  alone. 


Vema !     "Very  well ! 
That  will  do  I 


So    be    it! 


Weye !    Yo^ ! 
It's  you  I 


W. 

You  are  the  one! 


226  bWAlULl  HANDBOOK. 


FORMATION  OF  WORDS. 

The  formation  and  introduction  of  new  words  go  on 
bo  freely  in  Swahili,  that  no  guide  to  the  language 
would  be  complete  without  a  section  on  the  subject. 

Foreign  words  are  adopted  in  a  shape  as  nearly  like 
their  own  as  the  rules  in  regard  to  Swahili  syllables  will 
allow.  At  first  indeed  a  word  may  be  used  in  its  crude 
original  shape,  but  it  soon  has  vowels  introduced  into, 
and  subjoined  to  it,  so  as  to  bring  it  into  a  regular  form. 
Arabic  words  seldom  present  great  difficulties  when 
once  the  gutturals  have  been  toned  down.  Thus  khabar 
(news)  softens  into  liabdri,  wakt  (time)  becomes  first 
tcakti  and  then  wahdti,  Icabr  or  gabr  (a  grave)  is  softened 
aiifl  expanded  into  Icaburi.  It  is  seldom  that  an  Arabic 
word  presents  so  much  difficulty  as  did  these  three. 
Tortuguese  has  furnished  some  words,  as  kasha  (caxa),  a 
large  box ;  meza,  a  table  ;  mvinyo  (vinho),  wine.  French 
aives  a  few,  as  bweta  (boite)  a  box;  divai  (du  vin) 
claret.  An  instance  of  English  adaptation  occurs  in 
manoicari,  which  is  the  current  designation  of  an  English 
man-of-war. 


FORMATION  OF   WORDS  227 

Verbs. 

Some  rules  have  been  given  at  the  end  of  the  section 
on  Verbs  for  the  formation  of  several  derived  forms 
(p.  157).  Verbs  in  the  causative  and  neuter  forms  may 
be  made  from  other  parts  of  speech,  especially  from 
foreign  Adjectives,  by  changing  their  final  syllable 
into  -isha  or  -esha,  -iha  or  -eka,  as  though  they  had  been 
originally  Verbs. 

Ghali,  dear.     Kughalisha,  to  make  dear. 
Laini,  smooth.    Kulainisha,  to  make  smooth. 
Kulainika,  to  be  made  smooth. 

Beside  those  formations  which  are  in  daily  use,  it  is 
a  great  help  to  the  understanding  of  the  language  to 
bear  in  mind  the  traces  of  formations  not  now  ordinarily 
employed.  In  regard  to  Verbs  it  is  a  constant  rxile  that 
those  ending  in  -ua  reverse  the  meaning  of  similar  verbs 
ending  in  -a  only. 

Kufunga,  to  fasten.  Kufungua,  to  unfasten. 

Kufuka,  to  fill  in  a  hole.        Kufukua,  to  clear  out  a  hole. 

Several  verbs  show  traces  of  a  rule,  which  prevails  in 
some  other  African  languages,  that  the  change  of  -a  into 
-ya  gives  the  Verb  a  causative  meaning. 

Eupona,  to  get  well.        Kuponya,  to  cure. 
Kuogopa,  to  fear.  Kuogofya,  to  frighten. 

There  are  many  questions  about  the  form  of  Verbs 
which  need  much  more  investigation.  What  is  the  rule 
by  which  some  causatives  are  made  in  -sha  and  some  in 
-za  ?  Has  the  -sha  termination  the  effect  of  to  make  to 
be,  and  -za  that  of  to  make  to  do  f  What  is  the  explana- 
tion of  the  apparently  neuter  form  of  some  active  Verbs, 

Q2 


228  SWAniLI  HANDBOOK. 

such  ns  hifuniJca,  to  cover?  "What  is  the  effect  of  the 
terminations  -ma  and  -ta,  as  in  huungama  and  l.-u/innbataf 
What  dialect  did  they  originate  in?  What  are  the 
rules  for  the  termination  -aivja,  which  seems  to  be 
common  in  the  most  northerly  Swahili? 

It  has  been  shown  in  the  section  on  verbs  how  somo 
tenses  are  formed  by  the  use  of  an  auxiliary,  and  some 
by  a  tense  prefix  which  has  no  independent  meaning. 
An  example  of  the  transition  between  the  two  is  sup- 
plied by  the  three  forms  of  the  negative  infinitive  :  1. 
hutoa  Jcupenda ;  2.  hitoa  penda ;  3.  Jcutopenda.  In  the 
first  form  both  words  have  a  substantial  independence ; 
in  the  second  the  principal  verb,  penda,  is  already 
drawn  out  of  its  proper  form,  and  depends  for  its 
meaning  upon  the  first  verb,  toa,  as  upon  a  prefix ;  in 
thp  third  it  has  swallowed  up  the  final  of  the  first  verb 
and  appropriated  its  prefix  Jcu-.  The  form  of  the  future 
prefix  which  is  used  with  relatives  points  to  taha  as  the 
i  iriginal  form,  and  the  verb  JcutaJca  is  so  like  our  own 
word  to  will  that  one  can  hardly  be  wrong  in  supposing 
that  in  both  cases  the  change  from  a  verb  expressing 
volition  to  a  mere  sign  of  tense  expressing  futurity  has 
proceeded  in  a  similar  manner.  Now,  if  the  tense  pre- 
fixes were  ever  independent  words,  the  principal  verb 
must  have  been  in  the  infinitive ;  and,  if  so,  the  presence 
of  the  hi-  before  monosyllabic  verbs,  wherever  the  accent 
requires  it,  is  fully  explained  ;  it  was  dropped  wherever 
it  served  no  purpose,  and  retained  where  it  was  con- 
venient to  retain  it.  The  original  independence  of  the 
tense  prefix  and  of  the  principal  verb  would  also  go  to 
account  for  the  way  in  which  the  objective  prefix  clings 


FORMATION  OF   WORDS.  229 

to  the  principal  verb;  it  would  then  have  originally 
followed  the  leu-,  and  so  been  severed  by  it  from  all  the 
other  prefixes.  The  only  cases  in  which  the  natives 
separate  the  prefixes  from  the  verbs  in  writing  seem  to 
be  where  a  particle  of  relation  is  joined  with  the  -na-, 
-U-,  and  -taJca-  prefixes,  and  in  the  past  conditional  or 
-ngali-  tense.  It  is  curious  to  have  in  such  a  word  as 
atakayekuja  the  same  letters  exactly  used  to  form  a 
tense  prefix  and  to  express  an  independent  verb.  Ata- 
kaye  Tcuja  means,  who  desires  to  come,  atakayekuja,  who 
will  come,  in  the  sense  of  a  simple  future. 

Adjectives. 
Adjectives  are  made  from  Verbs  in  correct  Swahili  In- 
substituting  -vu  or  -fu  for  the  final  -a.    Where  the  final 
is  preceded  by  a  consonant  the  Adjective  is  made  from 
the  applied  form. 

Kunyamaa,  to  remain  silent.         -nyamavu,  silent. 
Kuharibu,  to  destroy.  -haribifu,  destructive. 

Verbs  that  end  in  -ka  change  this  into  -vu  in  making 
the  Adjective. 

KuchoJca,  to  become  tired,    -clwvu,  tired. 

These  forms  do  not  now  appear  to  be  freely  made  or 

used  in  the  common  dialect  of  Zanzibar.     A  somewhat 

similar  meaning  may  be  expressed  by  the  use  of  the 

variable  Preposition  -a  followed  by  the  Infinitive  of  the 

Verb. 

Substantives. 

Substantives  may  be  freely  made  by  prefixing  to  the 
simple  form  of  the  Verb  the  initial  letters  proper  to  the 
first,  or  to  the  fourth  class,  according  to  whether  it  is 


•  BWAEIL1    HANDBOOK. 

a  living  being  or  a  thing  which  does  what  the  Verb 
expresses.  It  must  be  observed,  that  this  form  is  so 
purely  verbal  that  it  takes  an  object  after  it  just  as  a 
Verb  would. 

Mfanya  biashara,  a  trade  maker,  i.e.,  a  merchant 
Vifaa,  things  which  arc  of  service,  necessaries. 
Kifungua  mlango,  the  door  opener. 

The  final  letter  is  somel  Lmes  changed  into  -i,  and  the 
word  ceases  to  govern  an  object. 

Meemi,  a  speaker. 

"Where  the  final  -a  is  preceded  by  a  -b-  it  becomes  -«-. 

Kwiba,  to  steal.  Mwivi,  a  thief. 

Kugomba,  to  quarrel.  Mgomvi,  a  quarrelsome  person. 

AVhere  the  above  rules  would  produce  a  common 
w.-rd  with  another  meaning,  the  leu  of  the  Infinitive  is 
retained. 

Kulima,  to  cultivate.  Mkulima,  a  cultivator. 

Minna,  a  mountain. 

There  are  a  few  traces  of  a  formation  of  verbals  by 
changing  the  last  letter  into  -e,  as  in  -teule,  chosen,  from 
lndeu[T\a,  to  choose. 

The  habitual  doer  of  an  action  may  be  denoted  1  »y 
adding  -ji  to  the  simple  form  of  the  Verb  and  prefixing 
the  initial  letters  proper  to  the  first  Class. 

Kuomba,  to  beg.  Mwombaji,  a  beggar, 

Kuiba,  to  steal.  Mvribaji,  an  habitual  thief. 

Another  way  of  denoting  a  person  who  does  what  the 
Verb  expresses  is  formed  by  changing  the  final  letter 
JL,to   si,  -shi,  or  -zi,  and  employing  the  usual  prefix 


FORMATION   OF   WORDS.  231 

When  the  Yerb  ends  in  -ha  the  -ha  becomes  shi ;  where 
the  Verb  ends  in  -ta  the  -ta  becomes  -si. 

Kuokoa,  to  save.  Hiookozi,  a  saviour. 

Kununua,  to  buy.  Mnunuzi,  a  purchaser. 

Kuaka,  to  build  (in  stone).  Mwashi,  a  mason. 

Kufuata,  to  follow.  Hfuasi,  a  follower. 

The  result  of  the  action  denoted  by  the  Verb  may  be 
expressed  by  changing  the  final  -a  into  -o  and  using 
some  appropriate  prefix. 

Euzaa,  to  bear.  Mazao,  fruit,  produce. 

Kutenda,  to  do.  Kitendo,  an  action. 

Kioenda,  to  go.  Mwendo,  a  journey,  or  going. 

Of  the  Substantival  prefixes  those  of  the  fourth  (Ki-) 
Class  are  most  often  used. 

The  same  forms  especially  in  the  fifth  Class  are  used 
to  express  the  place  where  an  action  is  generally  done. 

Kuoka,  to  bake.  Joko,  a  baking  place. 

Kukusanyika,  to  be  assembled.    Makusanyiko,  a  gathering  place, 

or  an  assembly. 

Words  of  similar  meaning  are  also  made  by  the  termi- 
nations -zi  -shi,  -si.     See  above. 

Mavao,  or  Mavazi,  dress,  garments. 
Kizao,  or  Kizazi,  birth,  a  generation. 
Pendo,  or  Penzi,  love. 

Where  the  Verb  and  Substantive  are  both  borrowed 
from  the  Arabic,  it  is  useful  to  remember  that  the  Sub- 
stantive has  generally  a  where  some  other  vowel  occurs 
in  the  Verb. 

Kudbudu,  to  worship.  Poada,  worship. 

Kusafiri,  to  travel.  Safari,  a  journey. 


232  SWAHILI  HANDBOOK. 

Sometimes  both  the  Arabic  and  the  Swahili  forms 
nr. 
Kujihu,  to  answer.  Jaicabu  and  majibu,  an  answer. 

Verbs  joined  with  relatives,  or  with  the  particles  of 
place  or  time,  may  be  treated  as  Substantives. 

Wi  iidalco  hote,  whithersoever  thou  goest 
Killa  nendapo,  every  time  I  go. 
Zikerezvoazo,  turnery,  turned  goods. 

Substantives  of  place  may  be  made  from  Adjectives 
by  putting  them  into  the  form  required  by  Mahali, 
place  (Class  VII.). 

I'anyamavu,  a  quiet  place. 

The  place  where  something  is  may  be  expressed  by 

1"  i"j'1- 

Penyi  mtende,  where  the  date  tree  is,  or  was. 

The  place  for  doing  anything  may  be  expressed  by 
pa  followed  by  the  Infinitive  of  the  Verb. 

Palcutohea,  a  place  to  go  out  at,  an  outlet. 

Abstract  Substantives  are  ordinarily  formed  by  means 
of  the  prefix  V-  or  W-. 

Karimu,  generous.  Ulcarimu,  generosity. 

-eupe,  white.  Weupe,  whiteness. 

Mwizi,  a  thief.  Vizi,  thievishness. 

Mnuaji,  a  murder.  Uunji,  murders. 

Waziri,  a  vizier.  Uwaziri,  viziership. 

An  instance  in  which  both  Arabic  and  Swahili  forms 
are  used  occurs  in  the  word  for  enmity. 

Adui,  an  enemy.  Wadui  or  Adawa,  enmity. 

Nations,  their  country  and  language,  are  regularly 


FORMATION  OF   WORDS.  233 

expressed  by  the  prefixes  of  the  first,  sixth,  and  fourth 
Classes. 

Mgala,  a   Galla.      Ugala,  Galla   land.      Kigala,  the   Galla 

language. 
Mzungu,  a  European.      Uzungu,   the  native  country  of  the 

Europeans.      Kizungu,   the  language  which  European 

speak. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  the  U-  form  would  also 
express  the  being  a  Galla,  European,  &c,  and  that  the 
Ki-  form  denotes  the  sort  or  kind  of  anything,  not  of 
language  only.  It  is  seldom  used  absolutely  except  of 
the  language,  but  when  preceded  by  -a  (of)  its  true 
meaning  becomes  evident. 

Mavao  ya  Kizungu,  European  dress. 
Viazi  vya  Kizwlgu,  potatoes. 

The  Ki-  form  may  be  made  from  other  substantives. 

Mavao  ya  Mfaume,  royal  robes  (form  mfaume,  a  king,  and 
ufaume,  kingdom  or  kingship). 

The  formation  of  Adverbs  and  Prepositions  has  been 
described  in  the  section  on  the  smaller  parts  of  speech. 


(     234     ) 


c    .A 


pes  .  /"N 

£.2     ^^S^^HOkW 


g   ,3   H  £h   «  W   U> 


"i'SsSS^  job  j&S  jrf 


- 

D 
3 
?5 

55 


2 

a 


B|jS'4&-A,g1!1»j.iS5g      .5 

-£       O    O     —     ^~n   ^^    /~~'   j"*>   fv  A^    p     £J>  3 

>^/     \^     O"     *0"     'O     'O*     'O'     'O*     'O     W     ^-^     S— '  *w 


<      O    i    C/  -A      ,       ,     "  =  ,±    J>     PI      •      e     ~     k     3 


o 

— 


i     *     i 


d 
o 
O 


n 

o 
u 

s 


55 


*  a 

■—"5 


Ads'  A      '     ,— '      ~     3      i       •      3     rt     3 


I  I  '^ 


g^jgsjzjjzju:^ 


A       .        i     .«     0     i     3 

£    t3   fc   ^    US   W   H 


2      P 

a 

o 


•- 


o 
o 

B 

-: 


0 

13 

o 

3 
D 

,5 
H 


^5 


Ss 

5/) 


3        ,5    , 


,-;     -~    i«=«    <«= 


4      3       .       i      i      i     ^ 


i  '         *         ■      ^ 

~     i     c;     ^     d    ,— s 

hJ  fc  a  m  w  S> 


Ai    ij      i      .     -A    .A 


*     .      .     i    s 


;   ■;   •;   c   -c   c   •;    ~   •;   !~   ;;   ~ 

■5Q    ft^CQftiOQQ^OQAitgPHOQBH 


='     3 


—    —    .> 

£  g  a 


(     235     ) 


Table  of  the  Preposition  -a  (of) 


in  four  Languages. 

SlVAHILI. 

SllAMBALA. 

Ni'AjnvEzl, 

Tao. 

L 

Sing. 

Wa 

Ywa 

Wa 

Jwa 

Plur. 

Wa 

Wa 

Wa 

Wa 

II. 

Sing. 

Wa 

Wa 

Gwa 

Wa 

Plur. 

Ya 

Ya 

Ya 

Ja 

III. 

Sing. 

Ya 

Ya 

Ya 

Ja 

Plur. 

Za 

Za 

Za 

Sya 

IV. 

Sing. 

Cha 

Kya 

Cha 

Cha 

Plur. 

Vya 

Vya 

Fya 

Ya 

V. 

Sing. 

La 

Ja 

Lya 

Lya 

Plur. 

Ya 

Ya 

Ga 

Ga 

VI. 

Sing. 

Wa 

Lwa 

Lwa 

Lwa 

Plur. 

Za 

Za 

Za 

Sya 

vn. 

Pa 

Ha 

Pa 

VIIL 

Kwa 

Kwa 

Kwa 

Kwa 

(IX.) 

Sing. 

Ka 

Ka 

Ka 

Plur. 

Vya(?) 

Twa 

Twa 

END   OF   PARTI. 


HANDBOOK  OF  THE  SWAHILI  LANGUAGE 

AS  SPOKEN  AT  ZANZIBAR. 


Part  II. 
BWAHILI-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


239 


PEELIMINAEY   OBSERVATIONS. 


In  using  the  following  Vocabulary  it  is  necessary  to  remember  that 
Swahili  words  change  very  much  at  the  beginning  and  not  often  at 
the  end. 

In  searching  for  the  meaning  of  a  word,  which  is  not  to  be  found 
exactly  as  written,  it  is  well  to  examine  first  the  final  syllable,  so  as  to 
correct,  or  remove,  any  termination  or  enclitic  which  may  be  attached 
to  it.     These  are  as  follow  : — 

1.  The  passive  of  the  verb  is  made  by  changing  -a  into  -tea.  Verbs 
ending  in  two  consecutive  vowels  frequently  use  as  their  passive  the 
passive  of  the  applied  form  which  ends  in  -litva  or  -lewa. 

Kupenda,  to  love.     Kupendwa,  to  be  loved. 
Kufungua,  to  unfasten.     Kufunguliwa,  to  be  unfastened. 
Kuzaa,  to  bear.     Kuzaliwa,  to  be  born. 
*  Kukomboa,  to  buy  back.     Kukombolewa,  to  be  bought  back. 

2.  Verbs  ending  in  -a  change  the  -a  into  -e  in  the  subjunctive  and 
imperative,  and  into  -i  in  the  negative  present. 

Pende,  love  thou. 
Apende,  that  he  may  love. 
Hapendi,  he  does  not  love. 

The  change  of  the  final  vowel  distinguishes  hapendi,  he  does  n't 
love,  from  hapenda,  a  contracted  form  of  nikapenda,  and  I  loved. 

3.  The  plural  of  the  imperative  is  made  by  adding  -ni  to  the 
singular. 

Pendant  or  Pendent,  love  ye. 
Sifuni,  praise  ye. 
Fikirini,  consider  ye. 

E  2 


'_'  Id  PR  EL  I  MIX- 1  R  7  OBSER  I '.  1  TIO  NS. 

4.  Substantives  form  the  Locative  case  by  adding  -ni. 

Nyumbani  mwangu,  inside  my  house. 

\    imbam  hirudin,  to  or  at  my  house. 

\  a  ai  pangu,  by  or  near  my  bouse.     All  from  Nyumba. 

5.  -nt  may  stand  for  ninif     What? 

Watakani  ?    What  <lo  you  want  ? 

ti.  i/e?  How?  is  subjoined  to  the  verb  expressing  the  action  in* 
quired  about. 

Asemaje  1    How  does  he  speak  ?  i.e.,  What  does  he  say  ? 

7.  mno,  exceedingly,  always  follows  the  word  it  qualifi. is,  and  may 
be  treated  as  an  enclitic. 

8.  -to,  which,  however,  rarely  occurs  in  the  dialect  of  Zanzibar, 
denotes  goodness  and  fitness. 

K    '••  ka,  to  place.     Kmr,  halo,  to  place  properly. 
Manuka,  smells.     Manukato,  scents. 

9.  3»he  relative  signs  and  the  particles  denoting  time  and  place  are 
subjoined  to  the  verb  when  there  is  no  tense  prefix,  otherwise  they 
follow  the  tense  prefix. 

Tulala-po,  when  we  sli  ep. 
Tuna-po-lala,  while  we  are  sleeping. 

The  particles  denoting  time  and  place  are, 

-po,  when  or  where. 
-ho,  whither  or  whence. 
-mo,  wherein. 

Tie  Be  preceded  only  by  the  personal  prefix  imply  the  substantive 
rb  to  be. 

Tupo,  he  is  there,  not  far  off. 

y.'ipo,  &c,  &c,  they  are  there, not  far  off,  &c,  &c. 
Yvko,  he  is  there,  far  off. 

Ziko,  Ac,  dec,  they  are  there,  far  off,  &c,  &c. 
Ywno,  he  is  there  inside. 

Zimo,  &c,  &c,  they  are  there  inside,  &c,  &c. 

'1  lie  relative  si^ns  are,  -cho,  -hi,  -o,  -po,  -vyo,  -v>0,  -ye,  -yo,  -zo. 

'■ith  na  prefixed  have  the  meaning  of  and,  or  irilK 
hint,  or  them. 


PRELIMINARY  OBSERVATIONS.  241 

10.  The  possessive  pronouns  may  be  used  in  enclitic  forms. 

Tliy,  or  your,  may  be  expressed  by  subjoining,  according  to  the 
class  of  the  substantive,  -clio,  -lo,  -o,  -pn  -vyo,  -wo,  -yo,  or  -zo. 

His,  hers,  or  its,  may  be  expressed  by  subjoining  -che,  -e,  -le,  -pe, 
rye,  -we,  -ye,  or  -ze. 
Other  enclitic  forms  of  the  possessive  pronouns  are, — 

-nyu,  or  -angu,  my.  -etu,  our. 

•ho,     or  -ako,  thy.  -enu,  your. 

-he,     or  -ahe,  his,  &c.  -ao,  their. 

The  final  letter  of  the  substantive  generally  merges  into  the  initial 
of  the  pronoun. 

Mwanangu,  my  child.  Mivanetu,  our  child. 

Mwanako,  thy  child.  Mwanenu,  your  child. 

Mwanake,  his  child.  Mwanao,  their  child. 

11.  New  verbs  may  always  be  formed  when  wanted  by  changing  the 
final  vowel  into  -ia  or  -ea,  -lia  or  -lea,  to  make  the  applied  form ;  into 
-za  or  -sha,  -iza  or  -eza,  -isha  or  -esha,  to  make  a  causative  form  ;  into 
-ana,  to  make  a  reciprocal  form ;  and  into  -ha,  -iha,  or  -eha,  to  make  a 
neuter  or  quasi-passive  form. 

12.  In  old  and  poetical  Swahili  the  object  of  the  verb  is  suffixed  as 
well  as  prefixed,  as  in  U-ui-hifathi-mi,  Do  thou  preserve  me;  where 
both  the  ni  and  the  mi  denote  the  object  of  the  verb. 

The  syllables  thus  used  are  -cho,  -lo,  -ni,  -nyi,  -o,  -po,  si,  -vyo,  -me, 
-vo,  -ye,  -yo,  -zo. 

Having  cleared  the  word  of  all  adventitious  terminations  it  wil/ 
probably  be  found  at  once ;  if  not,  look  for  the  first  syllable,  and  so 
on,  taking  syllable  by  syllable  until  the  word,  its  number,  person,  and 
tense,  will  all  have  been  explained.  It  must,  however,  be  borne  in 
mind  that  nouns  in  u-  or  w-  generally  drop  the  initial  letter  in  the 
plural  and  frequently  substitute  for  it  n-  or  ny-. 

Verbs  and  adjectives  are  here  indexed  under  the  first  letter  of  the 
simplest  form,  or  of  that  to  which  the  prefixes  are  joined. 

Kupenda  will  be  found  as  Penda  hu-,  to  love. 
Mabaya  will  be  found  as  -baya,  bad. 

Words  which  may  be  used  as  adjectives  or  as  substantives,  but  from 
their  nature  can  hardly  be  applied  to  any  but  animate  beings,  will  be 
found  under  m-  or  mw-t  as  they  can  very  rarely  in  the  singular  take 
any  other  prefix. 


2  12  PSEl  TMINAR  Y  OBSER  VA  TIONS. 

i  are  indexed  by  the  prefix  with  which  they  are  generally 

used.     It  must  be  remembered,  however,  thai   the  use  of  particular 

prefixes  may  be  nearly  always  varied  to  suit  any  particular  ahade  ol 

rag,  so  that  it'  the  word  is  not  to  be  found  under  one,  it  may 

happen  that  its  meaning  can  be  found  under  some  other. 

■\Vliure  no  plural  is  mentioned,  it  is  to  be  understood  that  the  plural, 
if  used  at  all,  is  in  the  same  form  as  the  singular. 

The  following  table  of  prefixes  may  be  found  useful.     The  os< 
each  will  be  explained  in  the  Vocabulary. 

-IANTIYAL   PREFIXES. 


Ch- 

Ki- 

Ma- 

Mw- 

U- 

W- 

J- 

Ku- 

Mi- 

N- 

Vi- 

Wa- 

Ji- 

M- 

Mu- 

Ny- 

Vy- 

AlUECTIVAL 

PREFIXES. 

Ch- 

Ku- 

M- 

Mu- 

Ny- 

Vi- 

J- 

Kw- 

Ma- 

Mw- 

P- 

Vy- 

Ki- 

M- 

Mi- 

N- 

Pa- 

Wa 

!'.■.< 'NOMINAL 

PREFIXES. 

Ch- 

Ku- 

Li- 

Mw- 

Vi- 

Y- 

I- 

Kw- 

M- 

Pa- 

W- 

Z- 

Ki- 

L- 

Mu- 

U- 

Wa- 

Zi- 

Verbal  PREFIX] 

1.  Personal  or  subjective  prefixes,   which  take  precedence  of  all 
others. 


A- 

*Ki- 

*Mw- 

Si- 

*Vy- 

Yu 

*Ch- 

*Ku- 

\- 

*Tu- 

*W- 

*'/,- 

Ba- 

•L- 

Xi- 

*Tw- 

*Wa- 

»Zi- 

Hu- 

*Li- 

*Pa- 

*U- 

*Y- 

•I- 

*M- 

*P- 

*Vi- 

*Ya- 

2.    Tense  prefixes  which  precede  all  except  the  signs  of  person. 


-a- 

-japo- 

-ku- 

-na- 

-si- 

-ta- 

-ali- 

-ka- 

-li- 

-ngali- 

-sije- 

•taka- 

-ja- 

-ki- 

-me- 

-nge- 

-sipo- 

*  These  may  all  be  preceded  by  Hi,  to  form  negative  tenses  In  the  indicative  mood, 
and  personal  prefixes  followed  by  -si-  make  negative  subjunctives. 


PRELIMINARY    OBSERVATIONS.  2! 


> 


3.  Particles  of  place,  time,  and  relation,  which  follow  the  tense 
prefix,  or,  if  there  is  no  tense  prefix,  are  subjoined  to  the  verb. 


-cho 

-mo 

-wo 

-ko 

-O 

-ye 

-kwo 

-po 

-yo 

-lo 

-vyo 

-zo 

4    Objective  prefixes,  which  always  immedi 

ately  precede  the  verb. 

-i 

-mw- 

-u- 

-ki- 

-n- 

-vi- 

-ku- 

-ni- 

-wa- 

-li- 

-pa- 

-ya- 

-m- 

-tu- 

-zi- 

A  suppressed  I  or  r  always  exists  between  two  consecutive  vowels. 
It  is  often  heard  in  the  Merima  dialect,  and  frequently  appears  where 
otherwise  three  or  more  vowels  would  follow  one  another.  However, 
the  more  classical  the  Swahili,  the  less  tolerant  it  is  in  any  case  of  an 
I  between  vowels,  or  even  as  an  initial  letter. 

keee  =  kelele.  ete  —  lete. 

The  following  letters  are  interchanged  ; 

I  and  r,  s  and  sh,  and  vulgarly  hi  and  chi,  and  th  and  z. 

Zanzibar  ch  =  t  (M.). 

e  =  a  (M.). 

h  =  kh  (Ar.). 

j  =  d  (M.),  y  (A.)  (N.). 

t  =  ch  (Ozi.). 

v  =  z  (A.), 

z  =  v  (Mer.),  th  (Patta  and  Ozi.),  j  (vulgar). 

The  letters  enclosed  in  parentheses  denote  the  various  dialects. 
(M.)  =  Monibas  (kimvita).  (Mer.)  =  Southern  Coast  dialect 

(kimerima). 
(A.)  =  Lamoo  (kiamu).  (Ar.)  =  Arabic. 

(N.)  =  Poetical  Swahili  (kingozi). 


)' 
I! 
» 


SWAHILI-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


The  sound  of  a  in  Swahili  re- 
sembles that  of  a  in  the  English 
word  "father."  It  is,  perhaps, — 
except  when  doubled — somewhat 
sharper  and  lighter. 

When  the  final  a  of  any  prefix — 
except  the  negative  prefix  ha — is 
brought  by  composition  to  precede 
immediately  either  e  or  i,  it  coalesces 
with  them  and  produces  the  sound 
of  a  long  e. 

Aka-enda  is  pronounced  akenda. 

Akawa-ita  is  pronounced  akaweta. 

A  and  u  have  a  tendency  to 
coalesce  into  an  o  sound. 

Arabic  substantives  incorporated 
into  Swahili  have  often  been  made 
by  changing  -i-  in  the  verb  into  -a- 
ln  the  substantive. 

Kubarizi,  to  hold  a  public 
audience.  Baraza,  a  public 
audience. 

Kusafiri,  to  travel.  Safari,  a 
journey. 

A  occurs  in  some  dialects  where  e 
is  used  in  Zanzibar.     See  E. 


A-NG 
A  =  ya,  of. 

-a  with  a  varying    initial  letter, 

of.     -a  is  used  in  such  phrases 

as  the  following  for  in:   Unitie 

iva  macho,   put  it   in  my  eyes. 

Akamchoma  ya   kitovu,    and   he 

stabbed  him  in  the  navel. 
A-,  the  sign  of  the  third  person 
singular  prefixed  to  verbs  when 
governed  by  substantives  which 
denote  animate  Deings — he,  she. 
or  it. 

Where  the  tense  prefix  begins  with 
a,  one  of  the  a's  disappears. 

The  following  are  instances  of  the 
way  in  which  this  a  occurs. 

A-penda  (for  a-a-penda),  he  loves. 

A-na-penda,  he  is  loving. 

A-m-penda,  he  has  loved. 

A-li-penda  (for  a-ali-penda),  he 
loved. 

A-ka-penda,  and  he  loved. 

A-ta-penda,  he  will  love. 

A-ki-penda,  he  being  in  the  con- 
dition of  loving. 

A-nge-penda,  he  would  love. 


A-NG 


A  HI 


i  ngali-penda,  he    would    have 
lo\ 

la,  even  if  he  loves. 
penda,  he  not  1<>\  in^. 
A-pende,  let  him,  or  thai  he  may 

love. 
A-ti-pende,  let  him  not,  or  that 
he  may  not  love,  or  without  his 
loving. 
•a-,   the   sign   of    the    present   in- 
definite;  it  follows  the  prefix 
di  noting    the    person   of    the 
subject    or     nominative,    and 
precedes    that    denoting    the 
object  or  accusative. 
X-a-nt -penda,  I  love  him  (I  do 
him  love). 
Aali,  choice,  good. 

,  disobedient,  rebellious. 
Ian,  oiabadi,  always,  constantly. 
A  WW  ku  ,  to  pass  over,  go  across  (a 
Abiria,  passengers.  [river,  &c). 

isha  ku-,  to  put  across,  to  ferry 
over. 
Abudia  ku-,  to  give  worship  to. 
Abudisha  ku-,  to  cause  to  worship. 
Abudu  ku-,  to  worship. 
Aclia  ku-,  to  leave,  leave  alone,  let 

be,  let  go,  allow,  acquit,  divorce. 
Achanaku-,to  leave  one  another,  to, 

separate. 
Achari,   pickle,   a  relish    made   of 

I*  nion-juice  and  red  pepju-r. 
Achia  ku-,  to  leave  to  or  for,  to  be- 
queath to. 
Achilla  ku-,  to  pass  over  what  a 
reon   has  done,  to  forgive,  to 
neglect. 
A  da,&  custom,  especially  a  customary 
gift. 

bu,  good  manners,  politeness. 
Kutia  ddabu,  to  make  polite,  to 
teach  good  manners. 


Idamu,  Adam. 

Mir, nut  Ailnnn,  or  Bin  Adamu,  a 
human  being,  a  man. 
A/hunt,  enmity. 
Adi  leu-,  to  accompany  a  person  part 

of  his  way 
Adibu   ku-,   to    educate,   to    teach 

manners. 
Adili,  right,  right  conduct. 
Adiliku-,  to  learn  to  behave  rightly. 
Adilisha   ku-,  to   teach   to   behave 

rightly. 
Adui,  plur.    Adui    or   maadui,  an 
Aee,  Yes.  [enemy. 

A/a,  plur.  maafa,  an  enemy. 
Afathali,  rather,  better  of  the  two, 

best,  preferably. 
Afia,  health,  good  health. 
Afikana  ku-,  to  come  to  an  agree- 
ment, agree. 
Afiuni,  opium. 
Afu,  wild  jasmine. 
Afu  ku-,  to  save,  to  deliver,  to  par- 
don, to    preserve.     Also,  to    get 
A/ya.     See  Afia,  health.  [well. 

Afya  ku-,  to  make  to  swear. 
Aga  ku-,  to  take  leave  of,  to  agree 

with. 
Agana  ku-,  to   take  leave  of  one 

another,  to  make  an  agreement. 
Agga  ku-,  to  be  lost,  to  perish. 
Agiza   ku-,   to   commission,  direct, 

give  in  charge,  appoint  to. 
Agizo,   plur.  maagizo,  commission 

charge. 
Agua  ku-,  to  predict. 
Agulia  ku-,  to  predict  of. 
Ahaa!  No  I 
Ahadi  (vulgarly  wahadi),  a  promise, 

promises. 
Ahadiana  ku-,  to  promise  mutually, 

agree.  4  /    I 


Alfi^l,  family,  relations. 


> 


s 


AHE 


AL 


2i7 


Ahem,  in  the  grave.under  the  earth, 
after  death,  at  the  end  of  the 
world.    [Ar.  akhr,  the  other.] 

Ahidi  ku-,  to  promise. 

Alisdnt,  or  Ahsanti,  or  Asanti, 
thanks !  thank  you ! 

Aibika  ku-,  to  be  disgraced,  to  be 
put  to  shame. 

Aibisha  ku-,  to  disgrace,  to  put  to 
shame. 

Aibu,  a  disgrace,  a  reproach. 

Aina,  kind. 

Aini  ku-,  to  appoint. 

Ainisha  ku-,  to  show,  point  out. 

Aitiwalo,  pronounced  Etiwalo,  what 
he  is  wanted  (or  called)  for,  o- 
itiwa-lo. 

Ajabisha  ku-,  to  astonish,  amaze. 

Ajabu,  a  wonderful  thing,  wonder- 
fully. 

Ajali,  fate,  death. 

Kusalimika  ajali,  to  be  altogether 
come  to  an  end  (to  be  saluted 
by  its  fatej. 

Ajara,  merit. 

Ajib !  or  'Ajab  !  Wonderful !  Won- 
derfully. 

Ajili,  or  djili,  sake,  cause; 
Kica  ajili  ya,  because  of,  for  the 
sake  of. 

Ajiri  ku-,  to  hire. 

Ajirisha  ku-,  to  cause  to  hire,  to  let 
on  hire. 

'Ajjemi,  Persian. 

Aka  ku-,  to  build  in  stone,  to  do 
mason's  work. 

Akali,  some  few,  some. 
Akali  ya  watu,  ya  vitu,  &c,  some 
few  men,  things,  &c. 

-ake,  or  -akwe,  his,  her,  or  its,  of 
him,  &c. 
-ake  yeye,  his  own. 

Akenda,  for  Akaenda,  and  he  went. 


Akhera  =  Ahera. 
Akhtilaf,  to  quarrel. 

Atafanya  akhtilaf,  she  will  scold. 
Akia  ku-,  to  build  for. 
Ak'ia  ku-,  to  swallow,  gulp  down. 
Akiba,  store,  a  thing  laid  by. 
Kuweka  akiba,  to  lay  up,  to  put 
by. 
Akida,  an  officer,  a  second  in  com- 
mand. 
Akida  wa  asikari,  an  army  officer. 
Akidi  ku-,  to  suffice. 
Akiisha  or  Akisha,  then,  he  having 

finished  this  business. 
Akika,  a  funeral  feast  for  a  child. 
Akili,     intelligence,     wits,    under- 
standing (generally  treated  as  a 
plural  noun). 
Akina,  you — addressed  to  young  or 
inferior  persons.      Akina  bwana 
young    sirs.      Akina     bibi,    my 
young  ladies. 
Akiri  ku-,  to  stand  over,  to  remain 

behind. 
Akirisha  ku-,   to  adjourn,  put  off, 

make  to  stand  over. 
ako,  thy,  your,  of  thee. 
-ako  wewe,  your  own. 
Akraba,  relations. 
Akraba    ya    kuumeni,    paternal 

relations. 
Akraba     ya     kukeni,    maternal 
relations. 
Al,  the  Arabic  article  the.    It  is 
retained  in  many  words  derived 
from  the  Arabic,  as  Alf ajiri  for 
Al  Fajr,  the  dawn.     Sometimes 
its  form  is  varied,  as  Liicali  for 
Al  Wali,  the  governor. 
In  Arabic  phrases  the  definite 
article  prefixed  to  the  second  of 
two  nouns   is  the  sign  of  the 
possessive  case,   as  Eayiat  al 


248 


A  T.  A 


A  M  B 


9ubj    t  ofthe  English, 
i.< ..  a  British  sub 
Ala,p\ur.maala  or  nt/ala,  asheath, 

a  Bcabbard. 
'Aloha,  a  tusk  "f  ivory. 
Ala/u,  thousands. 
Alaniii,  a  mark,  marks. 
Alasiri,  on-  of  the  Mohammedan 
hours  of  prayer,  about  half-past 

3  p.m..  afternoon. 
Afbunseyidi  (Ar.),  of  the  sons  of 

princes. 

Alt'  =  Elfu,  a  thousand. 

Alfajiri,  the  dawn,  the  earliest  Mo- 
hammedan hour  of  prayer,  about 

4  a.m.     A  stress  on  the  Becond 
syllable  denotes  very  early  dawn. 

Alfia. 

Kofia  alfia,  a  chiefs  cap. 
Alhamisi,  Thursday. 
-ali-  or  -li-,  the  sign  of  that  past 
tense  which  denotes  an  action 
complete  in  pa.st  time. 
-li  or  -li-  sometimes  stands  for 
the  verb  to  be,  as  in  a-li-ye,  he 
who  is,  or  merely,  who.     AM, 
he  is,  or,  he   being.     Niha-li, 
and  I  am. 
A  Via  hu  .  to  make  a  mark  by  striking, 

to  wale. 
Alifu,  Alif,  the  first  Arabic  letter, 

the  alphabet. 
All  ha  hu-,  to  invite,  to  call,  to  call 
invited  guests  to  a  wedding,  to 
inform,  to  split,  to  click,  to  give 
a  crack,  to  snap. 
Alihwa  hu-,  to  go  through  a  certain 
course    of    medicine,    consisting 
chiefly  of  various  fumigations  and 
a  very  strict  regimen. 
Aliki  hu-,  to  hang. 
Aliko,  where  he  is,  or  was. 
Alimisha  hu-,  to  instruct. 


o,  w  herein  he  is,  or  wns. 

Alisa,  a  dancing  plaoe,  a  house  of 
amusement. 

Aliaha  hu  .  to  cause  to  snap. 

Kualisha  mtarnbo  wa  bunduhi,  to 
click  the  lock  of  a  gun. 

Allah  (Ar.),  God,  more  reverently, 
Allah  ta'ala,  God  the  most  high. 

Allah  Allah,  without  delay  or  pre- 
tence. 

Allah  bilkheir,  may  God  make  it 
good.  A  common  answer  to  the 
usual  morning  and  afternoon 
salutations. 

Almaria,  embroidery. 

Almost,  a  diamond. 

Ama — ama,  either — or. 
Ama  tiyo  ?  Isn't  it  so  ? 

Amali,  an  act,  a  thing  done. 

Amali,  a  kind  of  amulet. 

A  urn  ma  (Ar.),  a  turban  ? 

Amana,  a  pledge,  a  thing  entrusted, 
a  dcposit,a  presentsent  byanother 
person. 

Amani,  peace. 

Amara,  urgent  business. 

Amara  (ya  nanga),  a  cable. 

Amba  hu-,  to  speak  against,  to  talk- 
scandal,  to  speak,  to  say. 

Amha.     See  Ambaye. 

Anibaa  hu-,  to  go  near  to  without 
touching,  not  to  reach,  to  leave 

Ambari,  ambergris.  [unhurt. 

Ambata  hu-,  to  attach,  to  stick. 

Ambatana  hu-,  to  cleave  together, 
to  be  mutually  attached. 

Ambatiza  hu-,  to  make  to  stick. 

Ambaye  or  Ambaye  hwamba,  who. 
The  final  syllable  is  variable, 
making  ambazo,  ambayo,  &c, 
which. 

aza  hu-,  to  cause  to  pass  near 
without  touching. 


AMB 


AND 


249 


Ambia  ku-,  to  tell,  to  say  to. 

Pass.  Kuambiwa,  to  be  told,  to 
have  said  to  one. 
Amhika  ku-,  to  put  (or  be  put?) 

firmly  together. 
Ambilika  ku-,  to  be  spoken  to. 
Ambisana  ku-,  to  be  cemented  to- 
gether, to  stick  together. 
Ambisha  ku-,  to  make  to  hold  to- 
gether. 
Ambua  ku-,  to  peel,  to  husk,  to  take 

a  morsel  in  eating. 
Ambukiza  ku-,  to  give  a  complaint 

to,  infect. 
Amdelhan,  a  silky  kind  of  stuff. 
Amerikano,  American  sheeting,  best 
cotton  cloth  used  in  trading  in 
the  interior. 
Njia,  &c,  ya  Amerikano,  the  best 
Amili  ku-,  to  manage.         [way,  &c. 
Amino-,  Amen. 

Amini  ku-,  to  believe  in,  trust. 
Kuamini  mtu  na  kitu,  to  trust  a 
man  with  something,  to  entrust 
something  to  some  one. 
Amini,    or    Aminifu,    trustworthy, 

faithful. 
Aminisha  ku-,  to  entrust  to,  have 

perfect  confidence  in. 
Amiri,  plur.  maamiri,  an  emir,  an 
Amka  ku-,  to  awake.  [officer. 

Amkia  ku-,  to  salute. 
Amkua  ku-,  to  invite,  summon  (?). 
Am rawi,  a  dipping  line,  made  fast 

to  the  foremost  yard-arm. 
Amri,  order,  command. 
Amri  ya  Muungu,  a  matter   in 

God's  hands. 
Sina  amri,  &c,  I  have  no  busi- 
ness, &c. 
Amria  ku-,  to  put  a  thing  at  one's 
disposal,  to  give  leave  concerning 
some  thing. 


Amrisha  ku-,  to  cause  to  be  ordered, 

order. 
Amru  ku-,  to  order,  command. 
Amsha    ku-,  to    waken,   cause    to 

awake,  rouse. 
Amu,  Lamoo. 

Kiamu,  the  dialect  of  Lamoo,  ot 
the  Lamoo  kind. 
Amu,  father's  brother. 
Amua  ku-,  to  judge,  to  separate  two 
people  who  are  fighting. 

Passive,  Kuamuliica,  to  be  judged. 
Amuka  ku-  —  Amka  ku-. 
Amaru  ku-  =  Amru  ku-. 
Amusha  ku-  =  Amsha  ku-. 
Amwa  ku-,  to  suck  (M.). 
Amwisha  ku-,  to  suckle  (M  ). 
Ana,  he  has. 
Anakotoka,  whence  he   is  coming, 

where  he  comes  from. 
-anaria,  gentle,  soft. 

Upepo  mwanana,  a  soft  breeze. 

Maji  manana,  clear,  quiet  water. 
Anapokivenda,  whither  he  is  going. 
Anapolala,  while  he  is  sleeping. 
Anasa,  pleasure. 
Andaa  ku-,  to  prepare  for  cooking, 

to  make  pastry,  &c. 
Andalia  ku-,  to  prepare  for,  to  make 

made  dishes  for. 
Andama  ku-,  to  follow  (M.). 

Mwezi  umeandama,  the  month  is 
up — the  new  moon  has  begun. 
Andamana  ku-,  to  accompany  (M.). 
Andika  ku-,  to  put  in  order,  to  lay 

out,  to  describe,  to  write)  to  steer 

a  vessel.  C^M'-,  *  &^g) 

Andikanya  ku-,  to  put  tEings  one 

upon  another,  as  plates  in  a  pile. 
Andikia  ku-,  to  write,  to  lay  out, 

&c,  for  or  on  account  of. 
Andikiioa  ku-,  to  be  written,  laid 

out,  &c.  for. 


250 


AN  P 


A  SH 


Andikiana    ku-,   to    write    to    one 

another,  to  oorrespond. 
Anfu,  knowing,  ingenious. 

.  a  great  light,  the  firmament. 

Ndegt  za  anga,  birds  of  the  air. 
Anga  fcu-,  to  jump  or  dance  about 

liko  a  wizard. 
Angaika  feu-,  to  be  in  a  great  bustle. 
Angalia   ku-,  to    look    attentively, 

regard,  take  notice,  observe,   be 

'■artful,  beware  of. 
Angama  ku-,  to  be  caught  in  falling 

(as  by  the  boughs  of  a  tree). 
Angamia  ku-,  to  be  ruined,  to  fall, 
come  to  poverty. 

utaungamia  mwituni,  you  will  be 
lost  in  the  jungle. 
Angamisha  ku-,  to  ruin. 
Angaza  ku-,  to  be  light,  to  be  bright, 
to  remain  awake,  to  keep  watch. 

Eutia  mwangaza,  to  give  light  to. 
Angia  ku-,  to  bewitch  by  dancing 

and  jumping  about. 
Angika  ku-,  to  hang  up,  to  hang 

against  a  wall. 
•angu,  my,  of  me. 

-angu  mimi,  my  own. 
Angua  ku-,  to  take  down,  to  hatch 
A  mjuka  ku-,  to  fall  down.        [eggs. 
Angukia   ku-,  to   fall  down  to,  or 

before. 
Angwiha  ku-,  to  make  to  fall  down, 

throw  down. 
A  iiia  ku-,  to  purpose,  think  of  doing. 
Anika  ku-,  to  spread  out  to  dry. 
Anion,  a  bill  of  sale. 
A  mm  ku  ,  to  take  out  of  the  sun  or 

rain. 
Anuka  ku-,  to  leave  off  raining. 
Anwani,  the  address  of  a  letter. 
Anza  ku-,  to  begin. 

The  ku-  is  frequently  retained,  as 
Alikvcanza  for  Alianza. 


Anziliza  ku-,  to  make  a  beginning. 
.1/'  tram,  Johanna. 
Ao,  or. 

Ao — an,  either — or. 
-ao,  their,  of  them. 
Apa  ku-,  to  swear. 
Apendalo,  what  lie  likes. 
Apt  ?  where  ? 

The  o  sometimes  is  so  run  into 

the  final   a  of  the   preceding 

word  as  to  be  scarcely  separable 

from  it. 

Apia  ku-,  to  swear  to,  or  about. 

Apisha  ku-,  to  make   to   swear,  to 

adjure. 
Apiza  ku-,  to  swear  at,  to  impn 

against,  to  wish  bad  luck  to. 
Apizo,  plur.  maapizo, aa  imprecation. 
Arabuni,  Arabia,  in  Arabia. 
Arabuni,  earnest  money. 
Arathi,  pardon. 
Arba'a,  four. 
'Art,  a  thing  to  make  one  blush  a 

disgraceful  thing. 
Aria,  following,  party,  faction. 
Ariaa,  lower !  let  out  the  rope ! 
Arifu,  knowing,  ingenious. 
Arifu  ku-,  to  inform. 
Arobaini,  forty. 
Arobatanhara,  fourteen. 
Asa  ku-,  to  forbid. 
Asali,  syrup. 

Aeali  ya  nyuki,  honey. 

Asali  ya  mua,  the  boiled  juice  of 
the  sugar-cane,  treacle. 

Asali  ya  tembo,  fresh  palm  wine 
boiled  into  a  syrup. 
'Ashara,  ten. 
Asharini,  twenty. 

Askekali,  better  in  health  during 
sickness. 

K a ini  ashekali,  to  improve. 

Kufanya  ashekali,  to  make  bett«  r 


ASH 


AZM 


251 


Asherati,  dissipation,   a  dissipated 

person. 
Ashiiki  ku-,  to   love,  to  love   ex- 
ceedingly. 
Ashiria  ku-,  to  make  a  sign  to. 
At-hiir,  customs  duties. 
Asi  ku-,  to  neglect  one's  duty  to,  to 
rebel,  to  be  disobedient. 
Kuasi  mkewe,  to  quarrel  with  his 
wife,  and  not  do  his  duty  by 
her. 
Asikari,  plur.  asikari,  or  waasikari, 
a  soldier. 
Kutia  asikari,  to  enlist. 
Asili,  origin,  nature,  source. 
Asisha  ku-,  to  cause  to  leave,  to 

cause  to  cease. 
Asitasa,  not  yet. 
Assubui,  in  the  morning. 
Asusa,  that  which  assuages  bitter- 
ness or  pain,  takes  away  an  un- 
pleasant taste.     Also  Azuza. 
Ata,   Atana,   Atia,   Atilia,  (M.)  = 

Acha,  Achana,  &c. 
Atamia  ku-,  to  sit  on  eggs,  to  hatch 

eggs. 
Atamisha  ku-,to  put  under  a  sitting 
Atgul,  average.  [hen. 

Athabatisha  ku-,  to  control. 
Athama,  highness. 

Micenyi  athama,  the  Most  High. 
Athari  —  Hathari. 
Athibu  ku-,  to  chastise,  to  punish. 
Athibisha  ku-,  to  punish. 
Athima  =  Athama. 
Athirnika  ku-,  to  be  exalted. 
Athini  ku-,  to  call  to  public  prayers. 
Athuuri,  noon,  one  of  the  Moham- 
medan hours  of  prayer. 
Ati !  look  you !  I  say ! 
Atibu,  a  fragrant  herb  used  in  the 

composition  of  kikuba. 
Attia,  gratuitously,  for  nothing. 


Atuka  ku-,  to  crack  as  the  earth 

does  in  very  dry  weather. 
Aua  ku-,  to  make  a  survey  of,  to  go 

over  and  look  at. 
Auka  ku-,  to  grow  large  enough  to 

bear  fruit. 
Auni  ku-,  to  help. 
Avya  ku-,  to  produce,  to  spend,  to 

give  away. 
Awa  ku-,  to  go  out  or  away  (Mer.). 
Awala,  a  promissory  note. 
Awali     or     Aoivali,    first,    almost, 

nearly. 
Awaza  ku-,  to  dispose,  to  allot  to 

each  his  share. 
Awesia,  a  kind  of  dhow  like  a  bedeni 
(which  see),  without  any  prow  or 
head,  with  merely  a  perpendicular 
cutwater. 
Avoini  ku-,  to  help,  to  supply. 
Awithi  ku-,  to  barter. 
Ayari,  a  cheat. 
Ayari,  a  pulley,  the  stay  of  a  dhow's 

mast. 
Ayasi,  a  sort  of  grass. 

Ayasi  ya  shaba,  brass  wire. 
Ayika  ku-,  to  dissolve,  to  melt. 
Ayithi  ku-,  to  preach. 
Aza   ku-  =  Waza  ku-,   to  ponder. 

thiuk. 
Azama,  a  nose  ring. 
Azima,  a  charm  used  to  bring  back 
a    runaway  slave  and  to  drive 
away  evil  spirits. 
Azima  ku-,  to  lend. 

Azimica  ku-,  to  borrow. 
Azimia    ku-,   to    make    an    azima 

against. 
Azimia  ku-,  to  resolve. 
Azimu  ku-,  to    resolve    (generally 

pronounced  dzimu). 
Azizi,  a  rarity,  a  curiosity. 
Azma,  sceut,  fume. 


AZU 


B  AJ 


Azur,  perjury. 
Aeuza,    > 


B. 


B    has   the   same   sound    as    in 

lish. 
A    changes  into  m  before  b,  as 
mbaya  for  n-baya,  bad. 
mowa  for  n-bwa,  a  dog  or  dogs. 
A     also  becomes  mb. 
mtringu  for  n-Utt'ngru,  the  heavens. 
/.' '.  a  shortened  form  of  bwana. 
Baa,  evil 

plur.    mabaa,     a     worthless 
person,  an  utter  reprobate. 

••/./.  afterwards. 
Baada  ya,  after  (used  preferably 

of  time). 
Baadaye,  or  baada  yake,  after  it, 
then,  afterwards. 
Baathi,  some. 

Baathi  ya  vcatu,  some  persons. 
Baazi,  a  sort  of  pea  growing  on  a 
small  tree  somewhat  resembling 
laburnum. 
Bai   Ar.),  a  gate,  chapter. 
i?a6  Ulaya,  goods  for  the  Euro- 
pean market. 
Bab  Eachi,  goods  for  the  Cutch 
trade. 
J!"!,  il  amana,  something  entrusted, 

lent  to  one. 
Baba,  father. 

Baba  mdogo,  mother's  brother. 
BaJja  tea  karnbo,  stepfather. 

Baba  wa  vcaana,  )  , 

_  ,  '  $  an  owl. 

Ii'ihii  wa  watoto,   ) 

Babaika  feu-,  to  hesitate  in  speaking. 

to  stutter,  to  talk  in  one's  sleep. 
Babata  ku-,  to  pat,  to  tap,  to  flatten 

out. 
Bali",  trrandfatler.  ancestors. 


Bnhna  ku  ,  to  strip  off. 

Babuka  ku-,  to  tear,  to  become  tern. 

Badala  or  Badali,  a  thing  given  in 

exchange  for  something  else,  an 

equivalent. 
Badani.     See  Katmt. 
ll'tdili.  ku-,  to  change,  exchange, 

alter,  become  changed. 
Badilika  ku-,  to  be  changed,  to  be 

changeable. 
Ba<lo,  not  yet,  used   generally    to 
express  that  the  matter  in  ques- 
tion is  as  yet  incomplete.     ^^^ 

Bado  kidogo,  soon. 
Bafe,  a  kind  of  snake. 
Bafta,  a  sort  of  fine  calico. 
Bagala  or    Bdgala,   a    buggalo,   a 

large  kind  of  dhow  square  in  the 

stern,  with  a  high   poop  and  a 

very  long    prow.     Most  of  the 

Indian  trading  dhows  are  of  this 

build  ;    they    have    generally    a 

small  mizen-mast. 
BdgJiala,  a  mule. 
Bagua  ku-,  to  separate. 
Baguka  ku-,  to  be  separate. 
Bagukana  ku-,  to  be  in  hostility,  to 

be  on  two  sides. 
Bahari,  sea. 

Bahari  il'ali,  the  Persian  Gulf. 

Bahari  ya  Sham,  the  Red  Sea. 
Baharia,  a  sailor,  sailors,  the  crew. 
Bahasha,  a  square  bag  or   pocket 

with  a  three-cornered  flap  to  tie 

over     the    opening,     frequently 

used  to  keep  books  in. 
Bahatior  Bahhti,  luck,  good  fortune. 

Bakhti  mlu,  that  depends  on  the 
Bahatisha  ku-,  to  guess.  [person. 
Baini,  &c.     See  Bayini,  &c. 

Baini  ya,  between. 
B  ijin,  small  cakes  of  ground  !«•  i  n  - 

and  pepper. 


BAJ 


BAO 


253 


Bajuni  =  Mgunya. 

Bakaku,  to  dispute,  to  argue. 

Bakhili,  a  miser,  covetous,  miserly. 

Bakltii.     See  Bahati. 

Bala,  the  remainder,  what  is  left. 

Baki  (in   arithmetic),  subtraction. 

Baki  ku-,  to  remain,  to  be  over,  to 
be  left. 

Bakora,  a  walking  stick  with  the 
top  bent  at  right  angles  to  the 
stem.  The  best  are  made  of  a 
white,  straight-grained  wood 
(mtobwe),  which  will  bend  nearly 
double  like  a  piece  of  lead  without 
breaking  or  returning. 

Baksha,  a  packet,  of  clothes,  &c. 

Bakuli,  plur.  mabakuli,  a  basin. 

Bakwia  few-,  to  snatch  out  of  the  hand. 

Balaa,  sorrow. 

Balamwezi,  moonlight,  moonshine. 

Balanga,  leprosy. 

Balasi,  a  large  kind  of  water  jar. 

Bali,  but. 

Balighi,aboy  who  is  a  virgin,  a  youth. 

Balungi,  plur.  mabaluugi,  a  citron. 

Bamba,  plur.  mabumba,  a  plate,  a 
flat  thin  piece. 

Bambo,  an  instrument  like  a  cheese- 
taster  thrust  into  a  bag  to  draw 
out  some  of  its  contents  for  ex- 
amination. 
Mabambo,  large  mats  for  beating 
out  mtama  upon. 

Bamvua,  spring-tides. 

Bana  ku-,  to  squeeze,  press  as  in  a 
vice. 

Banada,  the  Somauli  coast. 

Banajiri  or  Banagiri,  a  kind  of 
bracelet  ornamented  with  points 
or  blunt  spikes,  much  worn  in 
Zanzibar. 

Banda,  plur.  mabanda,  a  large  shed. 
Banda  la/rasi,  a  stable. 


Bandari,  a  harbour. 

Bandera,  a  flag,  red  stuff  the  colour 

of  the  Arab  flag. 
Bandi,  a  seam. 

Kupiga    bandi    (in    sewing),   to 
tack,  to  run,  to  baste. 
Bandia. 

Mtoto  wa  bandia,  a  doll. 
Bandika  ku-,  to  put  on  a  plaster  or 

any  medicament. 
Bandua  ku-,  to  strip  off,  to  peel  off. 
Banduka  ku-,  to  peel  off,  to  come 

out  of  its  shell,  to  be  peeled. 
Bangi,  bhang,  Indian  hemp. 
Banika  ku-,  to  roast  en  a  spit  over 

the  fire. 
Baniya,    a    temple,     a    building, 

especially  that  at  Mecca. 
Banja  ku-,  to  crack   nuts,  &c,  to 
break  off  the   shell  or  husk  by 
beating. 
Banyani,  plur.  mabanrjani,  used  in 
Zanzibar  as  a  general  name  for 
the  heathen  Indians  who  come 
as  traders  from  Cutch. 
Banza. 

Kujibanza,    to     squeeze    oneself 

against  a  wall  or  into  a  hedge 

to  allow  some  one  else  to  pass. 

Banzi,  plur.  mabanzi,  a  small  thin 

piece  of  wood,  a  splint. 
Bao,  the  tiller  of  a  small  craft  (A.). 
Bao,  a  game  in  card-playing. 
Mabao  sita  =  Nvumo. 
Kulia  bao,  to  mark,  in  card-play- 
ing. 
Bao  or  Bao  la  komwe,  a  board  with 
thirty-two   small    holes,    each 
about  the  size  of  a  teacup,  for 
playing  a  very  favourite  game 
also  called  bao,  with  komwe,  or 
with   pebbles.     The  holes  are 
sometimes  merely  scooped  out 


B  A  P 


BAT 


in    the   ground, and   any  small 
things  asi  I  to  play  with. 

Kuch<  za  bao,  to  play  at  the  above 
me. 
'.  the  flat  of  a  Bword,  &c. 
Kupiga  bapa,  to  strike  with  the 
flat  of  a  sword. 
Bora,  a  species  of  antelope  (Ilelgo- 

bagus  arundinaceus). 
Bara  or  Barra,  wild  country,  coast. 
The  Arabic  name.  Ze'njibarr,  is 
compounded  of  this  worcTand 
/-  njor  Za7ij,  a  negro  :  hence  the 
Zanguebar  and  Zanzibar  of  our 
maps  mean  only  the  negro 
coast.  The  Swaliili  name  for 
Zanzibar  ia  invariably  Unguja. 
Barr  Faris,  the  piece  of  Persian 

coast  belonging  to  Oman. 
Barr  SwdhU,  the  Swahili  coast. 
Bnraba,  proper,  just,  exactly. 
I',ir<ibara,  a  broad  open  road. 

afu,  ice. 
Baragumo,  a  spiral  horn  used  as  a 
musical  instrument;  it  is  blown 
through  a  hole  at  the  small  end. 
Barai,  an  after  brace  carried  on  the 
lee  side  to  steady  the  yard  of  a 
dhow. 
Bardka,  a  blessing.     Also  common 

as  a  proper  name. 
Barakoa,  a  mask  reaching  down  t<> 
the  mouth,  universally  worn  by 
the  women   of  Oman  and  Zan- 
zibar of  the  upper  class. 
Bar  asi,  a  disease. 
Barathuli,  an  idiot,  dupe,  simpleton. 

Also  barazuli- 
Barawai,  a  swallow. 
Baraza,  a  stone  seat  or  bench  table, 
ner  outside    the  house  or  in 
the    hall,   or    both,    where    the 
m  a  er  sits  in  public  and  re<< 


hi-  friends  ;  In  nee  the  durbar,  er 
public    audience    held    by    the 
sultan,  and  the  council  then  held. 
Baridi,  cold,  wind. 

Maji  i/a  baridi,  fresh  water. 
Baridiyabis,  rheumatism. 
Bartki  hn-.  t"  bless. 
N.B. — Young  people  are  said  in 
Zanzibar  to  bariki,  when  they 
first  have  connection  with  tin 
opposite  sex.    Girlsare  thought, 
old  enough  between  nine  and 
ten. 
Barikia  ku-,  to  give  a  blessing  to, 

to  greet. 
Bariyo  (A.),   what  is  left  from  the 
evening  meal  to  be  eaten  in  the 
morning. 
Barizi  leu-,  to  sit  in  baraza,  to  hold 

a  public  reception. 
Barra.     See  Bara. 
Barua  or  Bdrua,  a  summons  from  a 

judge,  a  bill,  a  letter. 
Baruti,  gunpowder. 
Barzuli,  a  fool. 
Basbasi,  mace,  the  inner  husk  of 

the  nutmeg. 
Bashire  kheri .'  may  it  be  lucky  ! 
Bashiri   Itu-,   to    prognosticate,    t" 

foretell  by  signs. 
Banhishi  or  Bakhshiehi,   a  gift,  a 

largess. 
Basiri  ku-,  to  foresee. 

or  Bassi,  enough,  it  will  do. 
When   it   begins  a  sentence    it 
means — well,  and  so,  and  then. 
When  it  follows  a  word  or  phrase 
it  means — just  this  and  no  more. 
Bastola,  a  pistol 
Bala,  plur.  mabata,  a  duck. 
Bat'i  la  bukini,  a  goose. 
Bata  la  mzinga,  a  turkey. 
Batcla,the  common  dhow  of  Zan- 


BAT 


BIA 


255 


zlbar ;  it  ha1?  a  square  stern  and 
fin  ordinary  boat-like  head. 
Bati,  tin,  block  tin. 

Batil.     See  Betili. 
Batili  few-,  to  annul,  to  abolish,  to 
reduce  to  nothing. 

Batli,  the  log  (nautical). 

Batobato,  plur.  ma-,  various  colours 
and  marks  on  an  animal. 

Ban,    a     wizard's    fortune- telling 
board. 
Kupiga  bau,  to  divine. 

Baura,  a  European  anchor. 

Bavuni,  alongside,  at  the  side. 

Baiva,  plur.  mabaiva,  the  wing  of  a 
bird.     Also,  the  scales  of  a  fish. 

Bawaba,  a  hinge. 

Bawabu,  a  house-porter,  door-keeper. 

Baicasir,  bajmorrhoids. 

-baya,  bad.  It  makes  mbaya  with 
nouns  like  nyumba. 

Bayini  ku-,  to  recognize,  to  know. 

Bayinika  ku-,  to  be  notorious,  to  be 
well  known. 

Bayinisha  ku-,  to  distinguish  be- 
tween, separate  distinctly. 

Bazazi,  a  trader,  especially  a  cheat- 
ing, over-sharp  trader,  a  huck- 
ster. 

Beba  ku-,  to  carry  (a  child)  on  the 
back  in  a  cloth. 

Bebera,  a  he-goat  given  to  covering, 
strong,  manly. 

Bedari,  the  fixed  lower  pulley  for 
hoisting  a  dhow  sail  and  yard, 
bitts  to  which  and  through  which 
the  jirari  are  passed  and  secured. 

Bedeni,  a  kind  of  dhow  with  a  per- 
pendicular cutwater,  or  merely  a 
piece  of  board  by  way  of  prow,  a 
sharp  stern, and  high  rudder  head. 
The  mast  of  a  bedeni  is  per- 
pendicular;   in   other   dhows   it 


bends  forward.     They  come  from 
the  Arab  coast. 
Bee,  a  bargain,  a  trade,  transaction. 

Beek,  for  Lebeka. 

Bega,  plur.  mabega,  the  shoulder. 

Behewa,  the  inner  court  in  a  stone 
house.  All  large  houses  in  Zanzi- 
bar are  built  round  an  inner 
court 

Beina,  between. 

Beina  yako  nini  ?  what  do  you  know 
about  it  ?    Compare  Bayini. 

Bekua  ku-,  to  parry,  to  knock  off  ;i 
blow. 

Belghamu,  phlegm. 

Bembe,  food  and  confectionery 
cooked  by  a  woman  for  her  lover, 
and  sent  to  him  during  the 
Mamathan. 

Bembeleza  ku-,  to  beg. 

Bembesha  ku-,  to  swing. 

Bembeza  ku-     \  to  beg,  to  caress,  to 

Bembeleza  ku-  /      pat. 

Benua  ku-,  to  put  forward,  to  stick 
out. 
Kubenua  kidari,  to  walk  with  the 
chest  thrown  forward. 

Benuka  ku-,  to  warp. 
Kubenuka  kiko  kwa  kiko,  to  warp 
and  twist  this  way  and  that. 

Besa,  vulgar  Arabic  for  pesa.  Bes- 
teen  =  Pesa  mbili. 

Besera,  canopy  of  a  bedstead. 

Betela  =  Batela. 

Beti,  a  pouch  for  shot  or  cartridges. 

Beti  (Ar.),  a  house,  a  line  in  verses. 

Betili  or  Batil,  a  dhow  with  a  vers 
long  prow,  and  a  sharp  stern 
with  a  high  rudder  head.  They 
generally  belong  to  the  jShemali. 
or  Persian  Gulf  Arabs. 

Beyana,  legible,  clear. 

Bia. 

s  2 


256 


P.  I  A 


BOM 


Kula  bia,  to  subscribe  to  a  meal 
in  common,  to  go  shares  in  a 
meal. 

BiaiJiara,  trade,  commerce. 
Kufanya  biashara,  t<>  tnide. 
M/anyi  biaehara,  a  trader,  a  mer- 
chant. 

hili,  grandmother.  It  is  used  as  a 
title  answering  to  my  lady,  and 
for  the  mistress  of  slaves. 

Bibo,  plur.  mabibo,  a  cashew  apple. 

-bichi,  fresh,  green,  unripe,  raw, 
under-done.  It  makes  mbichi 
with  nouns  like  myumba. 

Bidii,  effort  to  surpass,  emulation. 

Bikira,  a  virgin. 

Btkiri  leu-,  to  deflower. 

BUashi,  gratis,  for  nothing. 

Bilauri,  a  drinking  glass. 
t,  the  lead  (nautical). 

Bilisi  =  Iblis,  the  devil 

2?tQo,  except  by. 

BUula,  a  tap. 

Bima,  insurance. 

Btma  ku-,  to  insure  against  acci- 
dents. 

Binadamu,  a  human  being  (a  son 
of  Adam). 
lo,  the  loin-cloth  held  up  to 
r<  ceive  or  carry  things,  a  bundle 
in  a  cloth. 
Kukinga  bindo,  to  hold  up  the 
loin-cloth  to  receive  things. 

Bingwa,  shrewd,  knowing. 

Binti.  daughter.  Women  in  Zan- 
zibar are  generally  mentioned  by 
their  father's  name  only,  as,  Binti 
Mohammed,  Mohammed's  daugh- 
ter. 

Binka,plja.  mabiril:a,&  large  vessel 
for  holding  water,  a  cistern. 

Birinzi,  a  dish  composed  of  meat, 
rice,  J  •  pper,  &c. 


Bisha  hu.  to  knock  or  cry  H«dil  at 
a  door  to  attract  the  attention  of 
the  people  within.  It  is  held 
very  wrong  to  go  beyond  the 
entrance  hall  of  a  house  unlesB 
invited  in. 

Bisha  feu-,  to  work  in  sailing.  Also, 
to  make  boards. 

Bishana  ha-,  to  squabble,  to  quarrel. 

Bishara,  a  sign,  a  good  sign. 

Bisho,  tacking,  working  to  the  wind- 
ward. 
Upepo  wa  bisho,  a  foul  wind. 

Bisi,  parched  Indian  corn. 

Bitana,  lined,  double,  used  of  clothes 
wherever  there  are  two  thick- 
nesses. 

Bithaa,  goods,  merchandise. 

-bivu  or  -wicu,  ripe,  well  done.  It 
makes  mbivu  with  nouns  like. 
nijumba. 

Hiiri,  plur.  mabiici,  heap3  of  garden 
rubbish,  leaves,  wood,  &c. 

Bizari,  a  small  seed  used  in  making 
curry. 

Bize,  a  wild  hunting  dog. 

/;/  ima,  a  buckle. 

-bofu  or  -ocu,  rotten,  bad,  malicious. 

Boga,  plur.  maboga,  a  pumpkin. 
Boga  is  used  as  a  general  word 
for  edible  vegetables. 

Bogi  =  Pombe. 

Bogoa  ku-,  to  strip  off  leaves,  to  tear 
apart,  to  chop  away  wood  in 
making  a  point  ? 

Bohari  or  Bohhari,  a  storehouse,  a 
house  with  a  shop  and  warerooms. 

Boko,  a  buffalo  (?). 

Bokoboho,  a  kind  of  food  made  of 
wheat,  meat,  &c. 

Bohwa,  jack  fruit  [Tumbatu]. 
Boma,   plur.    maboma,    a   heap  of 
stones,  a  rampart. 


BOM 


BUN 


257 


Bomba,  a  pump. 

Bomboromoka,  plur.  ma-.  See  Boro- 
moka. 

Bomoa  ku-,  to  make  a  hole  through, 
to  break  down. 

Bomolca  ku-,  to  have  a  hole  broken 
through  it,  to  be  broken  down. 

Bongo,  plur.  mabongo,  brains,  mar- 
row. 

Bonth,  a  bridge,  a  pier.  From  the 
French  pont. 

Bonyea  ku-,  to  give  way,  to  crush 
in. 

Bonyesha  ku-,  to  press  so  as  to  sink 
in,  to  make  an  impression  with 
the  fingers. 

Bonyeza  ku-,  to  examine  by  feeling 
and  pressing.     See  Tomasa. 

Boonde,  a  valley,  a  hollow  place. 

Bora,  great,  very  great,  noble,  best, 
most. 

Bori,  the  bowl  of  a  native  pipe. 

Boriti,  a  rafter,  thick  poles  cut  in 
the  mangrove  swamps  and  laid 
flat  to  support  the  stone  roofs. 

Borohoa,  a  dish  made  of  pounded 
pulse  with  flavourings. 

Boromoka  ku-,  to  fall  down  a  preci- 
pice. 

Boromoka,  plur.  ma-, precipices, pre- 
cipitous places.  Also  bomboro- 
moka,  plur.  ma-. 

Borongaboronga  ku-,to  make  a  mess 
of  one's  work. 

Boroshoa,  a  long-shaped  black  in- 
sect found  in  dunghills. 

Boruga  ku-,  to  stir,  tocut  up  weeds. 

-bovu  or  -ovu,  rotten,  bad. 

Boza,  a  narcotic  made  by  mixing 

bhang  with  flour  and  honey. 
Bozibozi,  idle,  dull. 
Brdmini,  an  agent  (working  for  two 
per  cent,  commission.) 


Bua,  plur.  mabua,  the  stem  of  millet. 
Buba,  rupia,  applied  to  various  skin 

diseases. 
Bubu,  (A.),  a  teat. 
Bubu,  plur.  mabubu,  dumb. 
Bubujika  ku-,  to  bubble  out,  burst 
forth. 

Eububujika  machozi,to  burst  into 
tears. 
Bubur  (M.),  dumb. 
Buddi,  escape,  other  course. 

Sina  buddi,  I  have  no  escape,  ie., 
I  must. 
Bueta,  a  box.    Also  bweta.    (From 

the  French,  boite.) 
Buga,  a  hare  (?). 
Bughuthu  ku-,  to  hate. 
Buhuri,  incense. 
Buibui,  a  spider. 
Buki  or  Bukini,  Madagascar. 
Buki,  a  kidney. 
Buku,  a  very  large  kind  of  rat. 
Buli,  plur.  mabuli,  a  teapot. 
Bumbuazi,  perplexity,  idiotcy. 

Kupigwa  na  bumbuazi,  to  become 

confused  and  abashed,  so  as  not 

to  be  able  to  go  on  with  one's 

business. 

Bumbwi,  rice  flour  pounded  up  with 

scraped  cocoa-nut. 
Bumia,  sternpost. 
Bumunda, plur.  mabumunda,  a  sort 

of  soft  cake  or  dumpling. 
Bundi,  a  native  bird,  an  owl.    Owls 

are  thought  very  unlucky. 
Bunduki,  a  gun,  a  musket. 
Bungala,  a  kind  of  rice. 
Bungo,   plur.  mabungo,   a  kind   of 

fruit  something  like  a  medlar. 
Bungu,  plur.  mabungu,  a  dish. 
Bungu  la  kupozea  uji,  a  saucer  to 

cool  gruel  in. 
Buni,  raw  coffee,  coffee-berries. 


258 


B  I"  N 


Bunt,  an  ostrich. 

Bunt,  (Ar.),  b  ins,  the  sons  of. 

Bunt  ku-,  to  begiu,  to  be  thefirstto 

do  u  thing,  to  Lnv<  at. 
Bunju,  a  poisonous  fish. 
Bunzi,  plur.   mabunzi,  a  stiii 

fly. 
thu  ku-,  to  hate. 
Bupuru,  plur.  mahupuru,  an  empty 
shell. 

Bupuru  la  kitwa,  a  skull. 
Burangeni,  of  two  colours,  neither 

black  nor  white;  also  painted  of 

different  colours,  as  a  dhow  with 

a  white  stripe. 
Buratangi,  a  whirring  kite. 
I'xirdu. 

Marashi     ya     Burdu,      eau-de- 
Cologne. 
Burt,  large-sized  tusks  of  ivory. 
ait,   a    final   farewell,  asking 
a  general  forgiveness. 

Kutakanaburiani,  to  ask  mutual 
pardon  and  so  take  a  last  fare- 
well. 
Burikao,  Port  Dnrnford. 
Burre,  for  nothing,  gratis,  in  vain, 

for  no  good. 
Jlnuda,  a  book  of  the  prayers  used 

over  a  dying  person. 
BuruMka  ku-,  to  be  refreshed. 
Burudisha  hu-,  to  cool,  to  refresh. 
Buruga  ku-,  to  mix  up,  to  knock 

together. 
Jlnruhani,  token,  evidence. 
Buruji,  battlemenl 
Burura  ku-,  to  drag,  to  haul  along. 
Burnra,  prudence,  subtlety,  astute- 
ness. 
Bumti,  a  kind  of  matting  made  at 

Muscat. 
Buthashi,  a  thin  Bort  of  stuff. 
ku,  tow,  a  gun-wad. 


Bushuti,  woollen  stuff,  blanket, 

Bustani,  a  garden. 

Bum,  a  kiss. 

Busu  ku-,  to  kiss. 

/■'»",  plur.  mabuu,  maggots  in  meet 

(M.). 
Buyu,  plur.  mabuyu,a  calabash,  the 
fruit  of  the  baobab    tree,    used 
to  draw  water  with. 
Buzi,   plur.   mabuzi,   a   very  large 

goat. 
Bioaga  ku-,   to  throw  down  what 
one  has  been  carrying;  to  tip 
off  one's  head,  &c;  to  rest  by 
throwing  down  one's  burden. 
Kubwaga   nazi,   to  throw  down 
cocoa-nuts. 
Bwana,  master  of  slaves,  master  of 
the  house, lord, sir, used  politely 
inspeaking  of  one's  own  father 
Bwana  mdor/o,  master's  son. 
Bwanda  —  Gwanda. 
Bwara. 

Ileale  ya  bwara,  c  dollar  under 
full  weight,  a   5-franc  piece. 
Biceta.    See  Bueta. 


(7  is  required  only  in  writing  the 
sound  of  the  English  ch  or  of  the 
Italian  c  before  i  and  e. 

In  the  dialect  of  Zanzibar  ch 
frequently  stands  for  the  t  of  more 
northern  Swahili,  as— 

Chupa,  a  bottle  (Zanzibar)  = 
Tupa  (Mom  has). 

Kueheka,  to  laugh  (Zanz.)  = 
Kutbka  (Momb.). 

Chi,  in  the  vulgar  dialect,  and 
amongst  the  slaves  in  Zanzibar, 
stands  for  hi  in  the  more  correct 
language.     Several  of  the  tribes  in 


0 


CHA 


259 


the  interior  follow  the  same  rule  as 
the  Italian  in  always  pronouncing 
the  same  root  letter  ch  before  i  and 
e,  and  h  before  a  and  o. 

Thus  slaves  commonly  say,  Cliitu 
chidogo,a  little  thing,  for  Kituhi- 
dogo. 

As  a  rule,  in  all  Swabili  where 
the  preformative  hi  has  to  be  pre- 
fixed to  an  adjective  or  pronoun  or 
tense  prefix  beginning  with  a  vowel, 
it  becomes  ch,  thus— 

Kisu  changu,  my  knife,  not  Kisu 
hiangu. 

Kisu  chdkata,  the  knife  cuts,  not 
Kisu  hiahata. 

Kitu  cliema  cho  chote,  every  good 
thing  whatsoever,  not  Kitu 
hiema  hio  kiote. 

Where  ch  represents  hi,  as  the 
initial  sound  of  a  substantive,  the 
plural  is  made  by  changing  ch  into 
vy. 

Cliombo,  a  vessel,  Vyombo,  vessels. 

But  where  ch  stands  for  t,  the 
plural  is  made  by  prefixing  ma. 

Machupa,  bottles. 

Machungica,  oranges. 

The  Arabs  confound  in  their 
pronunciation  ch  with  sh,  though 
the  sounds  are  in  Swahili  perfectly 
distinct. 

It  would  perhaps  be  an  improve- 
ment to  write  all  ch's  which  repre- 
sent hi  by  a  simple  c,  which  has 
been usedfor  this  sound  in  Sechuaua, 
and  to  write  all  c7i's  which  repre- 
sent t  by  ty,  which  has  been  used 
for  this  sound  in  writing  Zulu.  But 
both  are  here  represented  by  ch, 
because  at  least  in  the  infancy  of 
our  studies  it  is  puzzling  to  have 
two  signs  for  one  sound,  and  neither 


way  of  writing  might  be  quite  satis- 
factory in  all  cases. 

There  is  little  doubt  that  the 
northern  t  becomes  ch  by  the  addi- 
tion of  a  y  sound,  as  the  same  sort 
of  change  takes  place  with  d,  which 
becomes  dy  or  j,  and  sometimes 
with  n,  making  it  ny  or  the  Spanish 
n.  The  same  sort  of  change  in 
English  vulgarizes  nature  into 
nachur,  and  Indian  into  Injun. 

Ch-  =  hi-,  which  see. 
Ch-,   a    prefix    required    by    sub- 
stantives beginning  with  hi-  or 
ch-  representing  hi-,   in  all  pro- 
nouns and  adjectives   beginning 
with  a  vowel,  and  in  tenses  of 
the  verb  where  the  tense  prefix 
begins  with  a  vowel. 
CJia,  of. 
Many  quasi-substantives  may  be 
made  by   prefixing   cha  to   a 
verb,  ldtu  being  understood,  as 
chahula  (a  thing),  of  eating, 
food. 
Cha  or  Chayi,  tea. 
Cha  hu-,  to  fear  [A.]  (the  hu-  bears 
the  accent,  and  is  retained  in  the 
usual  tenses). 
Cha  hu-,  to  dawn ,  to  rise  [of  the  sun] 
the  hu-  bears  the  accent,  and 
is  retained  in  the  usual  tenses. 
Kmnehucha,   the   dawn   (it    has 

dawned). 
Kunahucha,  the  dawning. 
Usiku  kuclia,  all  night  till  dawn, 
all  night  long.     See  Chwa. 
Chaanzu,  the  beginning  of  a  piece 

of  uhiri. 
Chacha    hu-,  to    ferment,    leaven, 

work. 
Chachaga  hu-,  to  wash  clothes  by 


260 


C  II  A 


('II  A 


dabbing  them  gently  on  a  stone 

01  board,  not  t>>  tx  .it  them  so  hard 

as  is  implied  in  the  more  common 

word  feu/ua. 
-chache,   lew,    little,   not    many  or 

mnoh.     Tt  makes    chache    with 

nouns  like  myumba. 
Chachia  feu-,  to  come  with  a  press, 

to  come  much  at  once,  to  hurst 

upon  one. 
Chachu,  hran,  leaven,  ferment. 
Chafi,  a  kind  of  fish. 
Chafi. 

Chafi  cha  mguu,  calf  of  the  leg  = 
tafii. 
Chafu,  plur.  machafu,  the  check, 

especially  that  part  which  is  over 

the  teeth. 
Chafua  hu-,   to    put   in   disorder, 

disarrange. 
Chafvka  hu-,  to  be  in  disorder,  in 
dishabille. 

Moyo  umechafnha,  (I)  feel  sick. 
Chafukachafuka  ku-,  to  be  all  in  a 

mess,  to  be   all  tumbled  about 

and  in  confusion. 
fuo,  a  poisonous  horse-fly. 
fya  hu-,  or  hupiga  chafya,  or 

Jcwenda  chafya,  to  sneeze. 
( hagaa  =  Tagaa. 
Chago,  land  crabs. 
Cliago,  the  place  where  the  head  is 

laid  (on  a  kitanda,  etc.). 
Chagua,   feu-,  to  pick  out,  select, 

garble. 
Choi,  or  Chayi,  tea. 
Chakaa  hu-,  to   become   worn  out, 

to     become     pood     for    nothing 

through  age  or  use. 
Choke,  or  chahice,  his,  her,  its.    See 

■ahe. 
Chaki,  chalk,  whitening,  putty. 
Chako,  thy.     See  -ako. 


Chakogea  —  [Kitu]  cha,  ku-ogea,  a 
thing  to  bathe  in,  a  bath. 

Chahula,  something  to  eat,  food,  a     3 
meal. 
Chahula  cha  subui,  breakfast. 
Chahula  cha  mchana,  dinner. 
Chahula  chajioni,  supper,  which 

is  the  chief  meal  of  the  day. 
I'lur.  vyakula,  victuals. 

Cliale,  a  cut  or  gash  made  for  orna- 
ment. 

Chali,  backward,  on  his  back. 

Chama,   a    club,    guild,   baud    of 
people. 
Waana  chama,  members  of  it. 

Chaniba  chajicho,  a  white  film  over 
the  eye. 

Chambo,  plur.  vyambo,  a  bait. 

CJiambua  hu-,  to  dress,  clean,  pick 
over,  as  to  pluck  off  the  outer 
leaves  of  vegetables  when  sending 
them  to  market,  to  pick  the 
sticks  and  dirt  out  of  cotton,  to 
pick  cloves  off  their  stalks, 
&c. 

(  7  i  rribulia  hu-,  to  clean  up,  to  dress 
up  work  or  things. 

Chamhuro,  a  plate  for  wire  drawing. 

Chamchela. 
Pepo  za  chamchela,  a  whirlwind. 

CluCmsha  kanwa  (something  to 
wake  the  mouth),  something 
eaten  first  thing  in  the  morning. 

Cliana  =  Tana. 

Ghana  hu-,  to  comb. 

Clianda,  plur.  vyanda  (M.),  a  finger, 
a  toe. 

Chandalua,  an  awning,  a  mosquito 
net. 

■changa,  young,  immature. 

Changa  lu-,  to  sift  away  chaff  and 
husks. 
Kula    hwa    kuchanga,    a    feast 


*JH  A 


CHE 


261 


■where  each  contributes  some- 
thing to  the  entertainment. 
Ckanga'mka  ku-,  to  be  genial,  to  be 

hearty  and  pleasant. 
Changamusha  ku-,  to  cheer  up. 
Changanya  ku-,  to  mix. 
Ghanganyika  ku-,  to  be  mixed. 
Changanyisha  ku-,  to  perplex. 
Changarawi,  girt,little  white  stones 

like  those  in  coarse  sand. 
Chango,  plur.  vyango,  a  peg  to  hang 

things  upon. 
Chango,    small    intestines,    round 

worms. 
Changu,  a  kind  of  fish. 
Changu,  a  tribal  mark  (?). 
Changu,  my.     See  -angu. 
Chant  =  Tani,  on  the  back,  back- 
ward. 
Chania  ku-,  to  comb  for,  &c. 
Chanikiwiti,  green. 
Chanja  ku-,  tocut  up  [firewood, &c.]. 
Chanjiwa  ku-,  ndui,  to  be  cut  for 

small-pox,  to  be  vaccinated. 
Chano,  plur.  vyano,  a  large  wooden 

platter,  a  mortar-board. 
Clianua  ku-,  to  put  forth  leaves. 
Chao,  their.    See  -ao. 
Chapa,  plur.   machapa,  a    stamp, 
-a  chapa,  printed.  [type, 

Kupiga  chapa,  to  print. 
Chapa  ku-,  to  beat,  to  stamp. 
Chapachapa,    wet  through,    all 
dripping. 
Chapeo,  a  hat.    From  the  French 

chapeau  (?). 
Chappa  or  Chappara,  excessively. 
Chapuo,  a  sort  of  small  drum. 
Cliatu,  a  python,  a  crocodile  (?). 
Chavu,  plur.  vyavu,  a  net. 
-chavu,  filthy,  unwashed. 
Chaiva,  a  louse. 
Chayi,  tea. 


Chaza,  an  oyster. 

Chazo,  a  sucker  fish. 

Cheche,    a   small    box   (such   as   a 

lucifer-box). 
C7iec7ie,abrownniangouste.  Also  = 

chechi. 
Cheche,  a  spark. 
Chechen  ku-,  to  walk  lame. 
Chechele,  an  absent  person,  one  who 

goes  far  beyond    where  he  in- 
tended to  stop  through  inatten  tion . 
Chechemea  ku-,  to  be  lame.     Also, 

to  reach  up,  stretch  up  to. 
Chechi,  plur.  macliechi,  a  spark. 
Chegua  ku-,  to  choose. 
Cheka  ku-,  to  laugh,  to  laugh  at. 
Chekelea  ku-,  to  laugh  at,  because  of. 
Cheko,   plur.  tnacheko,  a   laugh,   a 

loud  laugh. 
Clielea  ku-,  to  fear  for,  about,  &c. 
Chelema,  watery. 

Chelewa  ku,  to  be  overtaken  by 
something  through  thought- 
lessness, to  wake  up  and  find 
it  broad  daylight,  to  be  struck 
foolish,  to  be  dumbfounded. 
Also,  to  be  too  late. 

Sikukawia  wala   sikuchelewa,   I 

did  not  delay,  and  I  was  not  late. 

Cheleza  ku-,  to  keep,  to  put  on  one 

side,  to  put  off. 
Chelezea  ku-,  to  keep  or  put  aside 
Chelezo  =  Chilezo.  [for. 

Chembe,  a  grain,  grains. 
Chembe,j)\uv.  vyembe  (N\),  an  arrow, 

the  head  of  an  arrow  oraharpoon. 
Chembe  cha  moyo  (A.),  the   pit   of 

the  stomach. 
Chembeu,  a  chisel. 
Chemchem,  a  spring  of  water. 
Clie'mka  ku-,  to  boil,  to  bubble  up. 
Chenezo,  plur.  vyenezo,  a  measuring 

rod,  line,  &c. 


2G2 


en  e 


c  II  I 


iga  In-,  to  cleave,  to  cut  wood, 
prune. 

small  broken  bits. 
Chenja  —  <  7u  ma. 

tut,  your.     See  -enu. 
i/i,  having,  with.     Sec  -enyi. 
Chenza,  a  large  kind  of  mandarin 
orange. 
Chenza  :<i  kiajjemi,  Persian,  i.e., 
good  ehenzas. 
Clieo,     plur.    vyeo,     measurement, 
measure,    length,    breadth,    &c, 
j)i'.-ition  in  the  world,  station. 
<li-pechepe,  wet,  soaked  with  rain, 
wetted. 
nika  hu-  =  Chipuka. 
Cherawi,   a    will-known  mangrove 
swamp  in  the  island  of  Zanzibar. 
• .  a  grindstone. 
Cherevu,  cunning,  subtlety. 
Cherkhana,  machine. 

Cherhhana  cha  kushona,  a  sewing 
Cheruwa,  measles.  [machine. 

zo,   plur.  vyetezo,&  censer,   a 
pot  to  fume  incense  in. 
'  '!.>  ti,  plur.  vyeti,  a  pass,  a  passport. 
( 'hetu,  our.     See  -etu. 
Cliewa,  a  kind  of  fish. 
Cheza  leu-,  to  play,  to  dance. 

Kucheza  gwaridi,  to  be    drilled 

in  European  fashion. 
Kucheza     komari,    to    play    for 
Cheza,  a  kind  of  oyster.        [money. 
•/  ku-,  to  play  with. 
Kuchezea  unyago,  to  deflower   a 
virgin  (?). 
-  Kir. 
Chicha,  the  scraped  cocoa- nut  after 
the   oil  has   been  squeezed  out. 
It  is  sometimes  used  to  rub  on 
hands  to  clean  them  of  grime, 
but  is  generally  thrown  away  as 
refuse. 


Chiehiri,  a  bribe. 

Chikapo  =  KiJcapu,  a  basket. 

Chikichi,  plur.  macnikichi,  the  fruit 
of  the  palm-oil  fori  e. 
Kichikichi,  plur.   vichikichi,   the 
small    nuts   contained  in    the 
fruit  of  the  palm-oil  tree. 

Chilezo,  plur.  vilezo,  a  buoy. 

Chimba  ku-,  to  dig  (M.  timba). 

<  'himbia  In-,  to  dig  for  (M.  tirribia). 

Chimbia  ku-  =  Kimbia  ku-,  to  rim 
away. 

Chirribua  lu-,  to  dig  out  or  away. 
nbuko,  origin,   first  beginning, 
source. 

Ch/ni,  down,  bottom,  below. 
Yuko  chini,  he  is  down  stairs. 
Chini  ya,  under,  below. 

Chinja  /.«-,  to  cut,  to  slaughter 
animals  by  cutting  the  throat, 
which  is  the  only  manner  allow  i  il 
by  the  Mohammedan  law,  hence 
generally  to  kill  for  food  (M. 
kutinda). 

Chinki,a.  small  yellow  bird  kept  in 
_es. 

Chinusi,  a  kind  of  water  sprite. 
which  is  said  to  seize  men  when 
swimming,  and  hold  them  un- 
der water  till  they  are  dead,  (?) 
cramp. 

Chinyango,  a  lump  of  meat. 
'ilia,  &c.  =  Chupuka,  &c. 

Chipukizi,  a  shoot,  a  young  plant. 
See  TepukuzL 
Chipukizi  ndio  mti,  children  will 
be  men  in  time. 

Chiriki,  a  small  yellow  bird  often 
kept  in  cages. 

Chiro,  chironi  =  Choo,  chooni. 

Chiroko  =  Chooko,  a  kind  of  pulse. 

(  hiti   -  '  te  of  hand,  a  rote 

of  any  kind. 


CHO 


CHO 


263 


Cho,  -cho,  -cho-,  which'. 

Che  chote,  whatsoever. 
Choa,  ringrorm. 
Chocha  hu-,  to  poke  out  from,  out 

of  a  hole. 
Chochea  hu-,  to  make  up  a  fire,  to 

turn  up  a  lamp. 
Cliochelezca  ha-,  to  stir  up  and  in- 
crease discord,  to  add  fuel  to  the 
fire. 
Chofya  hu-.    See  Chovya. 
Choha  hu-,  to  become  tired. 

Nimechoha,  I  am  tired. 
Ohohaa,  lime. 

Chohea,  a  stye  in  the  eye,  hordeolum. 
Chohoa  hu-,  to  clear  out,  to  free 

from  dirt,  enlarge  a  small  hole. 
Chohochoho,  a  kind  of  fruit  with  a 
red  prickly  rind,  white  pulp,  and 
a  large  kernel. 
Chohora  hu-,  to  pick  (with  a  knife, 

&c). 
Chohora,  plur.  machohora,  a  hanger- 
on,  a  follower,  a  dependant. 
Chohoza  hu-,  to  teaze,  to  irritate. 
Chole,  a  place  on  the  island  of  Zan- 
zibar famous  for  cocoa-nuts ;  also, 
the  chief  town  of  Monfia. 
Choma  hu-,  to   stab,   to  stick,  to 
prick,  to   dazzle.      Vulgarly   in 
Zanzibar — to  use  fire  to  in  any 
way,  to  burn,  to  roast,  to  parch, 
to  fire,  to  apply  cautery,  to  bake 
pottery. 
Chombo,   plur.  vyombo,  a  vessel,  a 
pot,  a  dhow. 
Vyombo  is   used   for  household 
utensils,    things     used    in    a 
house,  goods. 
Clwmea  hu-.    See  Choma  hu-. 
Chomeha  hu-,  to  be  stuck  into,  to  be 

set  on  fire. 
Chomelea  hu-,  to   take  out   a  bad 


piece  of  cloth,  thatch,   &c,  and 
put  in  a  new  one. 
Chomoza  hu-,  to  be  hot. 
Chonga  hu-,  to  cut,  to  adze,  to  hollow 
out,  to  cut  to  a  point. 
Kuchonga  halamu,  to  make  a  pen. 
Clwnge,  canine  teeth,  cuspids. 
Chongea  hu-,  to  cut  for,  or  with. 
Chongea  hu-,  to  do  a  mischief  to,  to 
get  (a   person)  into  trouble,  to 
inform  against. 
Cliongeleza  hu-,   to  cany  tales,   to 

backbite. 
Cliongo,  loss  of  an  eye. 

Kuiva  na  chongo,  to  have  lost  an 

eye. 
Mwenyi  chongo,  a  one-eyed  person. 
Chongoha  hu-,  to  be  precipitous. 
Choo,  plur.  vyoo,  a  privy,  the  bath- 
room, which  always  contains  one. 
Chooho,  a  small  kind  of  pea,  very 
much  resembling    the   seeds    of 
the  everlasting  pea  of  English 
gardens. 
Chopa,  plur.  machopa,  such  a  quan- 
tity as  can  be  carried  in  the  two 
hands. 
Chopi. 
Kioenda  chopi,  to  walk  lame  in 
such  a  manner  as  that  the  lame 
side  is  raised  at  every  step. 
Chopoa  hu-,   to  drag  out  of  one's 

hand. 
Chopoha  hu-,  to  slip  out  of  the  hand. 
Chora  hu-,  to  carve,  to  adorn  with 

carving,  to  draw  on  a  wall. 
Chorochoro,  scratches,  marks. 
Choropoha  hu-,  to  slip  out  of  one's 

hand. 
Clwveha  ku-,  to  put  into  water,  to 

steep. 
Chovya  hu-,  to  dip,  to  gild. 
Chosha  hu-,  to  tire,  to  make  tired. 


264 


c  ii  i) 


C  II  IT 


C7tosi  =  Kifoze. 

Chota  In-,  i"  make  up  a  little  at  a 

Chote,  all.     See  -ote.  [time. 

(  %0VU,  weary,  tired. 

Clmyn,  Lrr<  <  ilhicss.  avarice. 

Aftci  »;/<  choyo,  a  miser. 
Ckozi,  plur.  machozi,  a  tear,  a  tear- 
drop. 

/  sbt!  nonsense ! 
Cliubua  leu-,  to  take  the  skin  off,  to 

liruise. 
Ckvhuachubua  l:n-,  to  bruise  about, 

to  batter. 
ChubuJca  leu-,  to    be    raw,  to    be 

bruised. 
Chubwi,  a  plummi  t. 
'  'A  ucAu  ya  ziica,  a  teat. 
Chuchumia   l:u-,  to   stretch   up   to 

reach  something. 
C/im/,  a  leopard,  leopards. 
Chuja  kit-,  to  strain. 
Clu'julca   hu-,  to  have   the  colour 

washed  out. 
Chuhi,  the  being   easily  disgusted 
or  offended. 

Ana  chuki  kuiju,  he  is  easily  put 
out. 
Chuhia  leu-,  to  bo  disgusted  at,  to 

abhor,  to  hate,  not  to  bear. 
Chuhiwa  ItU;  to  be  offended. 
Chukiza  hu-,  to  disgust,  to  offend. 
Ckukizisha  /cm-,  to  make  to  offend. 
Chuhu,  a  cupping  horn. 
Chukua    Itu-,    to    carry,    to    carry 
off,  to  bear,  to  support,  to  sus- 
tain. 

Kii<  h  iikua  mimba,  to  be  pregnant. 
ChukvHa  ltu-,  to  carry  for  a  person. 

Pass,  huchukuliwa,  to  be  carried 
for,  to  have  carried  for  one,  to 
be  borne,  to  drift. 
Chukuliana  hu-,  to  bear  with  one 

another. 


Chulcuza  hit.  to  make,  to  carry,  to 

load. 
Cliiiln  nr  (Intra,  plur.  vyula,  a  frog. 
Chuma,  plur.  vyuma,  iron,  a  piece 

of  iron. 
Chuma  hu-,  to  pluck,  to  gather,  to 

make  profit. 
Clniitiba,  plur.  vyumba,  a  room. 
( 'humvi,  salt. 

Cliumvi   ya    haluli,   sulphate   of 
Clnoia  lit,  to  Hay.  [magnesia. 

Chunga    hu-,  to   pasture,  to    tend 

animals. 
Chunga  hu-,  to  sift. 
Chungu,  plur.  vyungu,  an   earthen 

king  pot. 

Cliungu,  ants:. 
Cliungu,  a  heap. 

Cliungu  chungu,  in  heaps. 
-chungu,      bitter      (uchungu,     the 

quality  of  bitterness). 
Cliungulia  hu-,  to  peep. 
Chungwa,    plur.    maclmwgwa,    an 
orange. 

Cltungica     la   hizungu,   a    sweet 

orange. 

Chuniha  hu-,  to  lose  the  skin,  to  be 

Chunjua,  a  wart.  [flayed. 

Clt  unuha  hu-,  to  love  exceedingly,  to 

long  for. 
Chunuzi  =  Cltinusi. 
Chunyu,  an  incrustation  of  salt,  as 

upon  a  person  after  bathing  in 

salt  water. 
Cliuo,  plur.  vyuo,  a  book. 

Chuoni,  school. 

Mtcana  wa  chuoni,  a  scholar, 
learned  man. 
Cliupa,  plur.  machupa,  a  bottle. 
Chupia  hu-,  to  dash. 
Chupuka  hu-  or    Chipnha  hu-.   to 

sprout,  become  sprouted,  to  shoot, 

to  spring. 


CHU 


DAM 


265 


Chupuza  hu-,  or   Chipuza  hu-,  to 
sprout,  to  throw  out  sprouts,  to 
shoot,  to  spring. 
Churuhiza  hu-,  to  drain  out. 
Chururika  hu-  =  Churuziha  hu-. 
Churuica,  measles. 
Churuza   leu-,  to  keep    a  stall,  to 

trade  in  a  small  way. 
Churuziha  hu-,  to  run  down  with. 
Kuchuruziha    damu,     to     bleed 
freely. 
Chussa,  plur.  vyussa,  a  harpoon. 
Chuuza  =  Churuza. 
Chwa  hu-,  to  set  (of  the  sun) .     The 
hu-  bears  the  accent  and  is  re- 
tained in  the  usual  tenses. 
Mchana   huchwa,   or    hntwa,  all 
day  till  sunset,  all  day  long. 


D. 


D  has  the  same  sound  as  in 
English.  It  occurs  as  an  inital 
letter  chiefly  in  words  derived  from 
the  Arabic. 

Lor  r  and  t  become  d  after  an 
n.  Eefu,  long,  makes  harnba  nde/u, 
a  long  rope,  not  nrefu. 

Kanitafutia,  and  seek  out  for  me, 
when  pronounced  quickly  becomes 
Kandaftia. 

D  in  the  dialect  of  Mombas  be- 
comes j  or  dy  in  that  of  Zanzibar. 

Ndoo !  Come  (Momb.).  Njoo! 
(Zanz.) 

See  C  and  J. 

Daba,  a  small  tin  box.   Also,  a  fool. 

Dacha  hu,  to  drop. 

Dada,  sister,  a  term  of  endearment 

among  women. 
D&.1  *si  hu-,  to  pry  into  things,  to 


ask  impertinent  and  unnecessary 
questions. 

Dafina,  a  hidden  treasure. 

Daftari,  an  account  book. 

Dafu,  plur.  madafu,  a  cocoa-nut 
fully  grown  before  it  begins  to 
ripen,  in  which  state  it  supplies  a 
very  favourite  drink.  When  the 
shell  has  begun  to  harden  and 
the  nutty  part  to  thicken, it  ceases 
to  be  a  Dafu  and  becomes  a 
Koroma. 

Dagaa,  a  kind  of  very  small  fish 
like  whitebait. 

Daggla,  a  short  coat. 

Dai  hu-,  to  claim,  to  sue  for  at 
law. 

Doha  hu-,  to  catch,  to  get  hold  of. 

Dahiha,  a  minute,  minutes. 

Dahu,  the  midnight  meal  during 
the  Kamathan.  A  gun  is  fired 
from  one  of  the  ships  at  Zanzibar 
about  2  a.m.,  to  give  notice  that 
the  time  for  eating  is  drawing  to 
a  close.  The  name  is  said  to  be 
derived  from  the  saying  : — 

"  Lent  uj>esi,  Jcesho  kuna  ndaa  kuu." 
"Eat  quickly,  to-morrow  there  will  be 
great  hunger." 

Dahuliza  hu-,  to  contradict,  to  deny 

formally,  to  rebut. 
Dalali,  a  salesman,  a  hawker,  an 

auctioneer. 
Dalia,  a  yellow  composition  much 

used  as  a  cosmetic :  it  is  said  to 

give  softness  and  a  sweet  smell 

to  the  skin. 
Dalili,  a  sign,  a  token. 

Hatta  dalili,  anything  at  all,  even 
a  trace. 
Dama,  a  game  played  on  a  board 

like  chess. 
Damani  =  Demani. 


DAM 


DEU 


Danga  ku-,  to  take  up  carefully.  a> 
they  take  up   a   little  water  left 
at  tin'  l>"ttnin  of  a  dipping  plao 
to  avoid  making  it  muddy. 
Danganika  /.•»-,  to  bo  cheat*  d, 
Danganikia  /.'/-,  to  put  to  confusion. 
Danganisha  hit-,  to  confuse. 

janya  hu-,  to  cheat,  to  humbug, 
to  impose  upon. 
Danzi,     plur      madanzi,   a    bitter, 
scarcely  eatable  sort  of  orange. 
The  Danzi  is  reputed  to  be  the 
original  orange  of  Zanzibar.   The 
name  is   sometimes    applied    to 
all  kinds  of  oranges,  and  sweet 
oranges  are  called  madanzi  ya 
Kizungu,  European  (Portuguese) 
"ranges. 
Dao.     See  Dau. 
Ii'i/io,     plur.    madapo,     a    native 

umbrella. 
Darabi,    plur.     madurabi,   a    rose 

apple. 
Daraja,  a  step,  a  degree,  a  rank,  a 

staircase,  a  bridge,  a  league. 
Dara#a,a,  class  for  reading,  a  regular 

meeting  for  learning. 
Dart,  a  roof,  an  upper  floor. 

Darini.  up-stairs,  or,  on  the  ronf. 
Darizi,  embroidery,  quilting.     See 

also  Kanzu. 
Darumeti,  part  of   a  dhow,  inner 

planking. 
Dasili.  a  detergent   powder  made 
of  the  dried  and  powdered  leaves 
of  the  mkunazi. 
Dasturi.     See  Desturi. 
Dau,  plur.  madau,  a  native   boat 
sharp  at  both  ends,  with  a  square 
mat  sail.     They  are  the  vessels 
of  the   original     inhabitants    of 
Zanzibar,  and  chiefly  bring  fire 


wood  to  the  town  from  the  south 
end  of  the  island. 
l><uil<iii,  the  government. 
Dawa,    plur.   dawa  or  madut, 
medicine. 
"Dawa  ya  kuhara,  a  purgative. 
Dawa  ya  kutapika,  an  emetic. 
Dairamn  ku-,  to  persevere. 
Daicali,  a  writing  desk. 
Dayima,  always,  perpetually. 
Dayimara  =  Dayima. 
/'•  be,  tin  can.    See  Daha. 
Deheni,  lime  and  fat  for   chunam- 
ming  the  bottoms  of  native  craft. 
Deheni  ku-.  to  chunam  the  bottom 

of  a  dhow. 
Deka  ku-,  to  refuse  to  be  pleased, 

to  be  perverse,  to  be  teazing. 
Delhi,  a  donkey's  walk. 

Kicenda    delhi,  to  walk    (of     a 
donkey). 
Dema,  a  kind  of  fish-trap. 
Demani,  the  sheet  of  a  sail. 
Demani,     the     season    of    gentle 
southerly  winds,  beginning  about 
the  end  of  August.     It  is  applied 
less  correctly  to  the  whole  season 
of  southerly  winds  from  April  to 
the  end  of  October. 
Dendaro,  a  sort  of  dance. 
Denge. 
Kukata  denge,  to  shave  the  hair 
except  on  the  crown  of  the  head. 
Dengu,  peas,  split  peas.     They  are 
not  grown  in  Zanzibar,  but  are 
brought  dry  from  India. 
Deni,  debt,  a  debt,  debts. 
I )'  raye  (?),  armour. 
Desturi,  a  sort  of  bowsprit,  to  carry 

forward  the  tack  of  a  dhow-sail. 
Desturi,  custom,  customs. 
Deuli,  a  silk  scarf  worn  round  the 
waist. 


DEV 


DUA 


267 


Devai,  claret,  light  wine. 

Dia,  composition  for  a  man's  life, 
tine  paid  by  a  murderer. 

Dibaji,  elegance  of  composition,  a 
good  style. 

Didimia  ku-,  to  sink. 

Didimikia  ku-,  to  bore  with  an  awl, 
&c. 

Didimisha  ku-,  to  sink,  to  cause  to 
sink. 

Digali,  part  of  a  native  pipe,  being 
the  stem  which  leads  from  the 
bowl  into  a  vessel  of  water 
through  which  the  smoke  is 
drawn. 

Diko,  plur.  madiko,  a  landing-place. 

Dimu,  a  lime. 

Dimu  tamu,  a  sweet  lime. 

Dini,  religion,  worship. 

Dim,  the  mariner's  compass. 

Diriki  ku-,  to  succeed  in  one's  pur- 
pose by  being  quick,  to  be  quick 
enough  to  catch  a  person,  to  be 
in  time. 

Dirisha,  plur.  madirisha,  a  window. 

Diwani,  plur.  madiivani,  a  council- 
lor, a  title  of  honour  among  the 
coast  people. 

Doana,  a  hook. 

Dobi,  a  washerman. 

Doda  ku-,  to  drop. 

Dodo.     See  Embe. 

Dodoki,  plur.  madodoki,  a  long 
slender  fruit  eaten  as  a  vege- 
table. 

Dodoa  ku-,  to  take  up  a  little  at  a 
time. 

Dofra,  plur.  madofra,  a  sailmaker's 
palm. 

-dogo,  little,  small,  young,  younger. 

Dolman,    Dokhaan,  or    Dohani,    a 
chimney. 
Marikebu  ya  dohaan.  a  steamship. 


Hence  Dohani,  or  Dokhani,  a  sort 
of  tall  basket  in  which  fruit 
is  brought  on  men's  heads  to 
market.  The  foundation  is 
made  of  sticks  about  two  feet 
long,  loosely  tied  together, 
which  are  supplemented  with 
plaited  cocoa-nut  leaves,  until 
the  whole  becomes  perhaps  six 
feet  high  and  fifteen  to  twenty 
inches  in  diameter.  These 
dohani  are  often  decked  with 
flowers  and  green  leaves. 
Dokaa  ku-,  to  nibble. 
Dokem  ku-,  to  give  a  little  part  of 

anything,  to  give  a  hint. 
Dokra,  a  cent. 
Domo. 
Kupiga  domo,  to  tell  a  person  in 
confidence. 
Dona  ku-,  to  peck. 
Donda,  plur.  madonda,  large  sores. 
Donda  ndugu,  malignant  ulcers. 
Dondo,  pi.  madondo,  a  tiger  cowry . 
Used  to  smooth  down  seams  with. 
Dondo,  starch,  the  dressing  of  calico. 
Dondoa  ku-,  to  pick  up  small  frag- 
ments, to  pick  up  rice,  &c,  to 
pick  up  bit  by  bit. 
Dondoka  ku-,  to  drop  from  little  by 
little. 
Mbegu  zimenidondoka,  the  seeds 
dropped  from  my  hand  one  by 
one. 
Dondoro,  Dyker's  antelope. 
Donea  ku-,  to  flutter  like  a  bird. 
Donge,  plur.  madonge,  a  small  round 

thing,  a  ball. 
Donoa  ku-,  to  peck,  to  sting. 
Doti,  a  loin-cloth,  a  piece  of  cloth  a 

little  less  than  two  yards  long. 
Doya  ku-,  to  go  as  a  spy. 
Dua,  worship,  theology. 


DUA 


E 


Duara,  a  windlass,  anything  round. 

Dude,  plur.  madude,  &  what-is-it? 

a  thing  "i"  which  you  don't  know 

or  have  forgotten  the  name. 
D'oln.    plur.  madudu,  au    insect, 

■  ots. 
hn  iuvule,  a  kind  of  hornet  which 

bores  in  wood. 
■dufu,  insipid,  tasteless. 
Duka,  plur.  madulca,  a  6hop. 
DuMza  fcu-,  to  listen  secretly. 
Dukizi,  plur.  madukizi,  an   eaves 

dropper,  a  tale-bearer. 
Dumbuza.a  plant  having  big  yellow 

flowers  with  dark  centres. 
Dumia  ku-,  to  persevere. 
DumUha  l;u-,  to  make  to  continue. 
Dumu,  ajar  (?). 

Jhimu  leu-,  to  continue,  to  persevere. 
Dun,  a  fine. 
l'umlu,    jilur.    madundu,  a    large 

pumpkin     shell    used    to    hold 

liquids. 
Dunge,  the  green   skin   of  the  ca- 
shew nut,  an  immature  cashew 

nut. 
Dungu,    plur.   madungu,   the    roof 

over  the  little  stages  for  watching 

corn,  &c. 
Dumgumaro,  a  kind  of  spirit,  also 

thedrum,  &c,  proper  for  expelling 
Duni,  below,  less.  [him. 

Dunia,  the  world,  this  world. 
Dwrdbini,  a  telescope,  an  eyegl  iss. 
Kupiga   dwrdbini,  to  use  a  glass, 

telescope. 
Duru  ku-,  to  surround. 
Jjurusi  leu-,  to   meet  in  a  regular 

class  for  study. 
Lutamali,  a  striped  silk   scarf  or 

handkerchief  svorn  upon  the  head 

by  women. 
Duumi,  a  dhow  sail. 


Dim,  plur.  maduzi,  one  who  de- 
lights to  find  out  and  proclaim 
secrets  and  private  matters. 


E. 

2?  has  a  sound  between  those  of  a 
in  gate  and  of  ai  in  chair. 

In  the  dialect  of  Zanzibar  it  is 
often  substituted  for  the  a  of  more 
northern  Swahili,  especially  as  re- 
presenting the  Arabic  fet'ha. 

Merikebu,  a  ship,  is  in  the 
Mom  baa  dialect  Marikabu,  and  in 
the  Arabic  Marlcab. 

The  sound  of  e  often  arises  from 
the  fusion  of  the  final  a  of  a  prefix 
with  an  e  or  i  which  follows  it,  as — 

Akenda  for   A-lcaenrfa,  and   he 
went. 

Ahaweta  for  A-lca-wa-ita,  and  he 
called  them. 

Some  of  the  cases  in  which  e  in 
tie  Zanzibar  dialect  stands  for  a  in 
northern  Swahili  may  be  explained 
by  the  substitution  at  Zanzibar  of  . 
in  for  a  mere  'n,  as  in  the  word  for 
"land"  or  country,"  which  is'n/i 
at  Mombas,  with  so  mere  an  'n  that 
the  vowel  of  the  preceding  word  may 
be  run  into  it.  as  in  the  saying — 

tfi  wnddnti,  mwan&nti." 
"A  country  can  be  ruined  only  by  Its  own 
children." 

Whereas  in  Zanzibar,  besides  the 
usual  change  of  t  into  ch,  the  first 
syllable  has  generally  a  distinct  »' 
sound,  and  may  be  better  written 
inchi. 

Thus  at  Mombas  the  root  of  the 
adjective  "  many  "  seems  to  be  ngi, 
making  the  substantive  "  plenty,"  or 
"a  large  quantity,"  unrji,  and  with 


EBB 


END 


269 


the  proper  prefix  "many  people," 
wa-ngi.  But  in  Zanzibar  "  plenty  " 
is  w-ingi,  and  "many  people"  ivengi, 
as  if  wa-ingi. 

Elbe,  for  Lebeka. 

Ebu!  Eebo!  well  then!  come  then! 

Eda. 

Ku  kalia  eda,  to  remain  in  ex- 
treme privacy  and  quiet  for  five 
months,  as  is  usual  by  way  of 
mourning  for  a  husband. 

Edashara,  eleven. 

Ee !  0 ! 

Ee  Waa  !  or  Ee  Wallah  I  the  common 
answer  of  slaves  and  inferiors 
when  called  to  do  something,  a 
strong  assent. 

Eema  (M.)  =  Dema,  a  kind  of  fish- 
trap. 

Egemea  ku-,  to  lean. 

Mee/ Yes! 

Ekerahi,  a  provocation,  an  irritating 
word  or  thing. 

EJcua  ku-,  to  break  by  bending. 

Ekuka  ku-,  to  be  sprung,  to  be 
broken. 

•ekundu,  red.  It  makes  jekundu 
with  nouns  like  kasha,  and 
nyekundu  with  nouns  like   ny- 

Ela  (M.),  except.  [umba. 

Elafu,  thousands. 

Elea  ku-,  to  float,  to  become  clear. 
Moyo  wamwelea,  he  feels  sick  (M.) 
Tamekuelea  ?        Do  you   under- 
stand ?    Have  they  (my  words) 
become  clear  to  you  ? 

Eleka  ku-,  to  carry  a  child  astride 
on  the  hip  or  back. 

Elekea  ku-,  to  be  right,  to  agree,  to 
be  opposite  to. 

Elekeana  ku-,  to  be  opposite  to  one 
another. 


Elemisha  ku-,  to  teach,  instruct. 
Eleza  ku-,  to  make  to  float,  to  swim 
a  boat,  to  make  clear,  to  explain. 
Elfeen  or  Elfain,  two  thousand. 
Elfu,  a  thousand. 
Elimisha  ku-,  w  instruct,  to  make 

learned. 
Elimu,  or  e'limu-,  learning,  doctrine. 
-ema,  good,  kind.     It  makes  jema 
with  nouns  like  kasha,  and  njema 
or  ngema  with  nouns  like  nyumba. 
•embawba,  narrow,   thin,  slim.     It 
makes  jembamba  with  nouns  like 
kasha,&nd  nyembamba  with  nouns 
like  nyumba. 
Embe,  a  mango.    In  Mombas  the 
plural  is  Maembe,  in  Zanzibar  it 
is  Embe. 
Embe  dodo,  or  Embe  za  dodo,  a 
very  large  kind  of  mango,  so 
named    from  a   plantation    in 
Pemba,  where  they  first  grew. 
Embe    kinoo,   a    small    kind    of 
mango  which  is  very  sweet. 
Embwe,  glue,  gum. 

Embwe  la  ubuyu,  a  kind  of  paste 
made  from  the   fruit  of  the 
calabash  tree. 
Enda  kw-,  to  go.     The  kw-  is  re- 
tained in  the  usual  tenses. 
Ktcenda  is  often  used  merely  to 
carry  on  the  narration  without 
any  distinct  meaning  of  going. 
Sometimes  it  is   employed  as 
an  auxiliary,  nearly  as  we  say 
in  English,  he  is  going  to  do 
it.      Sometimes    it    expresses 
an  action  merely,  as  Kwenda 
chafya,  to  sneeze.  Kicenda  and 
Kupiga  used  in  this  way  can- 
not be  exactly  translated. 
Kwenda  Tcwa  mguu.  to  walk. 
Kicenda  ttmbea,  to  go  for  a  walk. 


270 


E  N  D 


ESH 


Kwenda  mghad,  >vc.,  to  go  canter- 
ing, && 
Km  nda  tangu,  zaJco,  zake,  &c,  in 
other  dialects,  vyangu,  vyaJce, 
and  thangu,  tliake,  &c,  to 
go  away,  to  go,  to  go  one's  way, 
to  depart. 
Imekwenda  twaliwar,  they  have 
gone  to  fetch  it. 
a  lew-,  to  go  for,  to,  or  after. 
Endeka  kw-,  to  be  passable,  to  be 
capable  of  being  gone  upon,  to 
be  gone  upon. 
Endelea  kw-,  to  go  either  forward 
or  backward. 
Ku- endelea  mbele,  to  advance. 
Kwendelea  nyuma,  to  retire. 
Enddeza  ku-,  to  spell,  to  prolong. 
I    ku-,   to   spread,    to    become 
known. 
Em  nda  kit-,  to  go,  mostly  in  the 
sense  of  to  go  on,  to  proceed,  to 
go  forward. 
Enenza  ku-,  to  measure  together,  to 

try  which  exceeds  the  other. 
Eneo,  the  spread,  the  extent  covered. 
Eneo   la  Muungu,   God's   omni- 
presence. 
Eneza  ku-,  to  spread,  to  cause  to 
spread,  to  cause  to  reach. 
MuHiinti   amemweneza   killa  mlu 
iki  zake,  God  has  put  within 
the  reach  of  every  man  what 
is  necessary  for  him. 
Enga    hu-,   to    split    mahogo    for 

cooking. 
Engaenga  ku-,  to  coddle,  to  tend 

over  carefully. 
Engua  ku-,  to  skim. 
-enu,  your,  of  you. 

-enu  ninyi,  your  own. 
Enyi  or    Enyie,  You  there!     You 
there,  I  say  1 


-enyi,  having,  possessing, with.     Tt. 

makes    mwenyi,     wenyi,    yenyi, 

Z(  ni/i,  lenyi,  chenyi,  vyenyi,  ami 

/"  mi),  which  see. 

ku~,  to  ask  news  of  a  person. 
.  or  Ezi,  sovereignty,  dominion, 
majesty. 

Mwenyi  ezi,  the  sovereign,  ho  who 
is  supreme.     See  Ezi. 
Epa  ku-,  to  endeavour  to  avoid  (a 

stone,  stroke,  &c.) 
Epea  ku-,  not  to  go  direct  to,  to 

miss  a  mark,  not  to  shoot  straight 

(of  a  gun). 
Epi  ka  ku-,  to  be  avoidable,  to  be 

what  can  be  got  out  of  the  way  of. 
•  i>  i,  light,  not  heavy,  easy,  quick, 

willing.     It   makes  jepesi   with 

nouns    like   kasha,   and   nyepesi 

with  nouns  like  nyuniba. 
F.jma  Int.-,  to  brush  or  shake  off,  to 

take  away. 
Epuka  ku-,  to  be  kept  from,  to  avoid; 

to  abstain  from. 
Epukana  ku-,  to  be  disunited. 
Epukika  ku-,  to  be  evitable. 

llairpttkikL  ii  is  inevitable. 
Epitfha  hu-,  to  make  to  avoid,  tc 
keep  from. 

Epushwa  ku-,  to  be  kept  from,  to 
be  forbidden  something. 
-  rem,  subtle,  shrewd,  cunning. 
En  ruka  ku-,  to  become  shrewd,  to 

get  to  know  the   ways  of   the 

world,  to  grow  sharp. 
Erevusha  ku-,  to  make  sharp  and 

knowing. 
Eria  hu-,  to  ease  off,  let  down.    See 

Ariaa. 
Esha,  the  latest  Mohammedan  hour 

of  prayer,  which  may  he  said  to 

be   from    half-past    G    to    about 

8  P.M. 


ESS 


FAH 


271 


Esse  (?),  a  screw. 
-etu,  our,  of  us. 

-etu  sisi,  our  own. 
Eua  ku-,  to   sprinkle   with  water 
after  praying  by  way  of  charm 
against  a  disease. 
-eupe,  white,    clear,   clean,   light- 
coloured.     It  makes  jeupe   with 
nouns  like  kasha,  and  nyeupe  with 
nouns  like  nyumba. 
-eupee,  very  white. 
-eusi,     black,     dark-coloured.      It 
makes    jeusi   with    nouns    like 
kasha,  and  nyeusi  with  nouns  like 
nyumba. 
Ewaa  =  Ee  Waa. 
Ewe!  You  there  !    Hi!  I  say,  you! 

plur.  Enyi. 
Eza  ku-,  to  measure. 
Ezeka  ku-,  to  thatch,  to  cover  with 

thatch. 
Ezi  =  Enzi,  sovereignty. 

Mwenyi  ezi  Muungu,  or  Mwenye- 
zimngu,  Almighty  God,  God 
the  Lord,  representing  in  Swa- 
hili  the  Allah  ta'ala,  God  the 
Most  High,  of  the  Arabic. 
Ezua  ku-,  to  uncover. 

Kuezua  paa,  to  strip  a  roof. 


F. 

F  has  the  same  sound  as  in 
English. 

Fand  v  are  confounded  by  the 
Arabs,  though  in  Swahili  perfectly 
distinct,  thus : — 

Ku-faa  means — to  be  profitable  to. 

Ku-vaa  means — to  put  on. 

There  is,  however,  in  some  cases 
a  little  indistinctness,  as  in  the 
common  termination  ifu  or  ivu ;  the 


right  letter  is  probably  in  all  cases 
a  v. 

The  Arabs  in  talking  Swahili 
turn  p's  into  /'s,  and  say  funda  for 
punda,  a  donkey ;  and  conversely, 
some  slaves  from  inland  tribes  turn 
/'s  intop's.  P,  however,  does  some- 
times become  /  before  a  y  sound. 
as  kuogopa,  to  fear,  kuogofya,  to 
frighten. 

There  is  a  curious  fy  sound  used 
in  some  dialects  of  Swahili,  which 
is  rarely  heard  in  Zanzibar. 

Fa  kti-,  to  die,  perish,  cease,  fade 
away.     The  ku-   bears  the  ac- 
cent, and  is  retained  in  the  usual 
tenses. 
Faa  ku-,  to  be  of  use  to,  to  avail, 
to  be  worth  something. 
Haifai,  it  is  of  no  use,  it  won't  do. 
Faana  ku-,  to  be  of  use  to  one  an- 
other, to  help  one  another. 
Fafanisha  ku-,  to  liken. 
Fafanua  ku-,  to  recognize,  to  under- 
stand. 
Fafanuka  ku-,  to  become  clear. 
Fafanukia  ku-,  to  be  clear  to. 
Fafanulia  ku-,  to  make  clear  to. 
Faganzi  ku-,  to  become  callous. 
Mguu  wangu  umenifdganzi,  my 
foot  is  asleep. 
Fagia  ku-,  to  sweep. 
Fahali,  plur.  mafahali,  a  bull,  used 
of  men  in  the  sense  of  manly. 
Fahamia.  [strong. 

Kwa  kufahamia  (M.),  on  the  face, 
forward. 
Fahamisha  ku-,  to  make  to  under- 
stand, to  remind. 
Fahamu  ku-,  to  understand,  to  re- 
member. 
Fahari  =  Fakhari,  glory. 

T  2 


272 


FA  J 


Kufanya  fahari,  to  live  beyond 
one's  means  and  Btation. 
Faja  la  /row,  a  stable. 
Fahefa,  generous,a  generous  person. 
FakKati,  glory. 
/  •  .  iri,  poor,  a  poor  person. 
Fala  feu-,  (Mer.)  =  Fan  feu-. 
Falaki,  oxfi&ah,  astronomy. 
/v'»/./;/<(  falaki,  to  prognosticate 
by  tlif  stars. 
Fait,  an  omen,  omens. 

a  feu-,  to  be  very  good  of  its 
kind,  to  become  like  (?). 
Fanana    hit-,   to    become    like,    to 
resemble. 

-  n  isha  feu-,  to  make  to  resemble. 
ikia  feu-,  to  turn  out  well  for. 
Kufanihiwa,  to  prosper. 
Fanust,  a  lantern. 

/-(  feu-,  to  make,  to  do,  to  adapt, 
to  mend. 
Kujifanya,  to  make  one's  self,  to 

pretend  to  be. 
Kufanya  hura,  to  cast  lots. 
Kufanya  tihauri,  to  take  counsel. 
Fanyia  feu-,  to  do  or  make  for  or  to. 
\ikufanyiejet  What  am  I  to  do 
with  you  ? 
Fanyika  hu-,  to  be  made  or  done, 

makable  or  doable. 
Fanyiza  /.«-,  to  amend,  to  mend. 
Fanyiziha  hu-,  to  be  very  good,  to 

be  well  done. 
I'ara  or  Farafara,  brimful,  full  to 

the  brink. 
Faragha,  privacy,  secrecy,  leisure. 
Faraja,  comfort,  ease  after  pain. 
Farajika  hu-,  to  be  comforted,  to 

be  eased. 
Farakana  feu-,  to  be  alienated. 
Farakiana  hu-,  to  be  alienated  in 

.inl  to  one  another. 
Farahisha  hu-,  to  alienate. 


FAT 

Faranga,  pi.  mafaranga,  a  chicken, 

a  young  fowl. 
Farad  or  Frasi,  a  horse,  in  Arabic 

a  man  . 
Fmi'i'i  hu-,  to  comfort,  to  console. 
Furihi  feu-,  to  become  separated,  lo 

decease. 
Fdrine,   a  kind   of  rice  and  milk 

gruel. 
Farishi  hu-,  to  spread. 
Faritha,  pay. 

Faroma,  a  block   to   put   caps   on 
after  washing  them,  to  prevent 
their  shrinking. 
Farrathi,  necessity,  obligation,  obli- 
gatory. 
Farrathi,  a  place  one  habitually 
goes  to. 
The  th  of  this  word  is  the  Eng- 
lish th  in  that,  the  th  of  the 
preceding    word    is    a    little 
thicker. 
Farumi,  ballast. 
/•  '«.»■//  ifashi,  nonsense. 
Fashini,  the  sternpost  of  a  dhow. 
Fasihi,  correct,  clean,  pure. 
Fasili,  spreading. 
J I  a, hi  dsili,  wala  fdsili,  you  have 
neither  root  nor  branches,  i.e., 


neither  good  birth  nor  great 
connections. 

Fasiri  hu-,  to  explain,  to  int<  rpret. 

Faeiria  hu-,  to  explain  to,  to  into  r- 
pret  to. 

Fatahi,  a  percussion  cap,  a  gun  cap. 

Fail, an.  restlessness,  disquiet. 

Fathaiha   hu-,  to  be  troubled,  dis- 
quieted, thrown  into  confusion. 

Fathali  -  Afathali,  preferabl  y . 

Fathali=FaOiili. 

Fathehi  hu-,  to  put  to  confusion, 
to  find  out  a  person  in  a  trick, 


FAT 


FIK 


273 


Fathili,  a  favour,  a  kindness,  kind- 
nesses. 
Fathili  ku-,  to  do  a  kindness,  to 

deserve  well. 
Fat  ilia,  a  Mohammedan    form    of 

prayer. 
FatiisM  ku-,  to    pry,   to  be    over 

curious. 
Fauluku-,to  getpast,to  get  through, 

to  weather. 
Fawiti  ku-,  to  delay,  to  occupy,  to 

hinder. 
Fayida,    profit,    gain,    advantage, 

interest. 
Fayidi  ku-,  to  get  profit. 
Fayiti  ku-,  to  delay. 
Fayitika  ku-,  to  be  delayed. 
Fazaa,  trouble,  confusion,  anxiety. 
Feka  ku-  =  Fieka  ku-,  to  clear 

forest  lands. 
Felefele,  an  inferior  kind  of  millet. 
Feleji  or  Felegi,  a  choice  kind  of 
steel. 
Upanga  via  feleji,  a  long  straight 
two-edged  sword,  used  by  the 
Arabs. 
Feleti  ku-,  to  discharge,  to  release 

from  an  obligation,  to  release. 
Feli,  plur.  mafeli,  a  beginning  of 

speaking  or  doing. 
Fereji,  a  channel,  a  drain. 
Ferusaji  =  Forsadi. 
Fctha,  silver,  money. 
Fethaluka.     Marijani  ya  fethaluka, 

the  true  red  coral. 
Fetheha,    a    disgraceful    thing,    a 

shame. 
Fetheheka  ku-,  to  be  found  out  in  a 
disgraceful  thing,  to  be  put  to 
shame. 
Fetiwa  ku-,  to    be  condemned  or 

adjudged  to  [a  punishment]. 
Fetwa  ku-,  to  give  judgment  on 


a     question     of     Mohammedan 
law. 
Feuli,  the  place  in  a  dhow  where 
they  stow  tilings  which  may  be 
wanted  quickly. 
Ft,  by. 

Sabafi  saba,  seven  times  seven. 
Fia  ku-,  to  leave  behind,  to  die  to. 
Pass.     Kufiwa    na,    to    lose    by 
death.  j 

Fiata  ku-,  to  hold  one's  hands  or 
one's  clothes  between  one's  legs. 
Fiatika  ku-,  to  be  kept  back,  to  be 

delayed. 
Fiatua  ku-,  to  allow  a  spring  to 

escape,  to  let  off. 
Fiatuka  ku-,  to  escape  (as  a  spring) 
Ficha  ku-,  to  hide. 

Kunificlta  kofia-,  to  hide  a  cap 

from  me. 
Kunifichia  kofia,  to  hide  my  cap. 
Fidi  ku-,  to  ransom  (of  the  price 

paid). 
Fidia,  a  ransom,  a  sacrifice  (giving 

up). 
Fidia  ku-,  to  ransom  (of  the  person 

paying). 
Fidina,  mint  (?). 
Fieka  ku-,  to  clear. 

Kufieka  mwitu,  to  clear  ground 
in  a  forest. 
Fifia  ku-,  to  disappear,  to  cease  to 
be  visible  (as  a  scar  or  a  mark ; 
it  does  not    imply    motion),   to 
pine    away,  (of    seeds)    not    to 
come  up. 
Figa,  plur.  mafiga,  the  three  stones 
used  to  set  a  pot  over  the  fire 
upon.    See  Jifya. 
Figao,  a  movable  fireplace. 
Figili,  a  kind  of  large  white  radish. 
Figo,  kidney  (M.). 
Fika  ku-,  to  arrive,  to  reach,  to  come. 


1274 


FI  K 


V  i »  K 


Fikara,  thought. 

Fikia  hit-,  to  reach  a  person. 

hit-,  to  crumble,  to  nib  to 
pieces,  to  rul>   bard,  to    thresh 
corn.     (Used  also  obscenely). 
Fil.il in  ku-,  to  come  to  a  person  on 
business    of   his,  to  arrive  and 
return  without  delay. 
Fikiliza  kit-,  to  cause  to  arrive  for. 
Kufikiliza  ahadi,  to  fulfil  a  pro- 
mise. 
Fikisha  ku-,  to  make  to  arrive,  to 

lead,  to  take. 
Fikira,  thought,  consideration. 
Fihiri  hit-,  to  consider,  to  ponder. 
Fil.   a   chess    castle    or    rook    (in 

Arabic,  an  elephant). 
Pita  ku-  =  Fin  ku-. 
AfiL  nibali,  that  he  may  die  out 
of  the  way. 
Filimht,  a  flute. 

Filisi  ku-,  to  take  away  a  man's 
property,  to  seize  for  debt. 

kit-,  to  come  to  want,  to 
have  been  sold  up,  to  have  run 
through  all  one's  money. 
Fimlii,  a  stick. 
Finessi,  plur.  majinessi,  a  jack  fruit. 

Finessi  la  kizungu,  a  duryan. 
Fingirika  kit-,  to  roll  along,  to  be 
rolled,  to  writhe  like  a  wounded 
ike. 
Fingirisha  ku-,  to  roll,  to  make  to 
Finya  ku-.  to  pinch.  [roll. 

Finyana    ku-,  to    be   pinched    to- 

ther,  to  be  gathered  up  small. 
Finyanga  ku-,  to  do  potter's  work, 
to    make    pots,    to    tread     and 
trample. 

ya  1:".-,  to  chirp,  to  make  a 
chirruping  noise  with  the  mouth, 
to  do  so  by  way  of  showing  con- 
tempt. 


Fim  In-,  to  commil  sodomy. 

Firana  kit',  to  commit  sodomy  to- 
g<  ther. 

Firigisi,  tin-  gizzard. 

Firinghi  =  Firigisi. 

Firkomha,  an  eagle  (?). 

Firuzi,  a  turquoise. 

Fisadi,  one  who  enters  other  peo- 
ple's houses  for  a  wrongful  pur- 

Fisha  ku-,  to  cause  to  die.        [pose. 

Fist,  a  hyaena. 

Fisidi  kit-,  to  enter  other  people's 
houses  for  a  wTrongful  purpose, 
to  commit  an  offence  in  another 
man's  house. 

FitliuU  =  Futhuli,  officious,  over 

talkative. 
Fitina,  slander,  sowing  of  discord, 

a  disturbance. 
Fitini  ku-,  to  slander,  to  sow  dis- 
cord. 
Fitiri,  alms  and  presents  given  at 

the  end  of  the  Ramathan. 
Fito  (plur.   of  ufito),  long  slender 

sticks. 
Fiwa  ku-,  to  be  died  to,  to  lose  by 
death. 
Mwanamke  aliofiwa  «o  mumeice, 
a  widow. 
Fiwe,  a  sort  of  bean  growing  <  a  a 
climbing    plant    with    a    white 
Fqfqfu.  [flowi  r. 

Kufafqfofit,  to  die  outright 
Fola,  a  gift  expected   from   those 
who  first  touch  a  new-born  baby, 
paying  your  footing. 
Foramali,  a  ship's  yard. 
Formn^h. 

Dawati  ya  formash,  a  workbox. 
Forsadi,  a  small   kind    of   edible 

fruit,  mulberries. 
Fortha,  a  custom-house. 
Forthani,  at  the  custom-house. 


FRA 


FUM 


275 


Fras,  Frasi,  or  Farasi,  a  horse,  a 
mare. 

Frasi,  a  chess  knight. 

-fu,  dead. 

Maji  mafu,  neap  tides. 

Fua,  a  wooden  bow  1. 

Fua  ku-,  to  beat  (?),  to  wash  clothes, 
to  clear  the  husk  from  cocoa- 
nuts,  to  work  in  metal,  to  make 
things  in  metal. 
Kufua  chuma,  to  be  a  blacksmith. 
Kufuafelha,  to  be  a  silversmith. 
Kufua  thahabu,  to  be  a  goldsmith. 
Kufua  kisu,  &c,  to  forge  a  knife, 
&c. 

Fuama  ku-,  to  lie  on  the  face 
(Momb.). 

Fuata  ku-,  to  follow,  to  imitate,  to 
obey. 

Fuatana  ku-,  to  accompany,  to  go 
with. 

Fuatanisha  ku-,  to  make  to  accom- 
pany. 

Fuawa  ku-,  to  lie  on  the  side  and 
be  beaten  by  the  waves,  as  when 
a  vessel  goes  ashore  broadside  on. 
Pass,  of  fua  (?). 

Fuawe,  an  anvil. 

Fucha  =  Futa. 

Fudifudi,  on  the  face  (of  falling  or 
tying). 

Fudikiza  ku-,  to  turn  bottom  up- 
wards, to  turn  cards  backs  upper- 
most. 

Fufua  ku-,  to  cause  to  revive,  to 
resuscitate. 

Fufuka  ku-,  to  revive,  to  come  to 
life  again,  (r  |<^vp>    j^^4Cc\) 

Fufuliza  ku-,  to  cause  to  come  to 
life  again  for  some  one. 

Fufumonye,  in  the  kitchen  (Pemba). 

Fuga  ku-,  to  keep  animals  either 
tame  or  in  captivity. 


Fugika  ku-,  to  be  capable  of  being 
kept,  to  be  capable  of  domesti- 
cation, not  to  die  in  captivity. 

Fuja  ku-,  to  waste,  to  squander,  to 
leak.     See  Yuja. 

Fujika  ku-,  to  moulder,  waste  away. 

Fujo,  disorder,  uproar. 

Fujofujo,  slovenliness,  laziness. 

Fuka,  a  kind  of  thin  porridge. 

Fuku  ku-,  to  fill  in  a  small  hole. 

Fuka  moshi  ku-,  to  throw  out  smoke, 
to  fume.     See  Vuke. 

Fukara,  very  poor. 

Fukia  ku-,  to  fill  up  a  small  hole. 

Fukiza  ku-,  to  cense,  to  put  the 
fuming  incense  pot  under  a  per- 
son's beard  and  into  his  clothes, 
by  way  of  doing  him  honour. 

Fukizo,  vapour,  fumes. 

Fuko  (?),  a  mole.    ' 

Fuko,  plur.  mafuko,  a  large  bag. 

Fukua  ku-,  to  dig  a  small  narrow 
hole,  such  as  those  to  receive  the 
posts  of  houses ;  to  dig  into  a 
grave  so  as  to  get  at  the  body  ;  to 
dig  out,  to  dig  up. 

Fukuafukua  ku-,  to  burrow. 

Fukuta  ku-,  to  blow  with  bellows. 

Fukuza  ku-,  to  drive  away,  to  chase. 

Fukuzana  ku-,  to  chase  one  another. 

Fukuzia  ku-,  to  drive  away  from. 

Fulia  ku-,  to  work  in  metal  for,  to 
make  things  in  metal  for. 

Fulifuli,  on  the  face,  forwards. 

Fuliza  ku-,  to  go  on,  not  to  stop ; 
also,  to  blow  upon,  to  kindle. 

FuUani,  such  a  one,  such  and  such 
men  or  things. 

Fululiza  ku-,  not  to  stop  or  delay 
to  go  on  fast. 

Fuma  ku-,  to  weave. 

Fuma  ku-,  to  hit  with  a  spear,  to 
shoot  with  arrows. 


•) 


27(J 


F  r  m 


FUN 


/     icmia    hu-,  to    oome    suddenly 

upon,  to  surprise.  Intrude. 
Fumaniana  hu-,  to  intrude  into 
iple'a  bouses  without  reason- 
able cause.  Those  who  do  so 
have  ii"  remedy  if  they  arc  beat*  o 
or  wounded. 

atiti,  an  owl  (?). 
F'uuba  hu-,  to  close,  to  shut  (used 
of   the  eyes,  the   mouth,  the 
hand,  &c). 
Mm,  no  yafumba,  a  dark  saying. 
Mdkuti     ya    fwriba,     cocoa-nut 
Laves  plaited  for  making  en- 
closures. 
Funiba,  a  lump. 

Furriba,  a  kind  of  sleeping  mat, 
which  is  doubled  and  sewn  to- 
gether at  the  ends,  so  as  to  make 
a  large  shallow  hag.  The  sleeper 
"■ets  inside,  and  draws  the  loose 
edge  under  him,  so  as  to  be  com- 
pletely shut  in. 

'((^'/.i/-,toclosethefist,tograsp. 
battka  hu-,  to  be  grasped. 
Fumbia  /;»-,  to  talk  darkly. 
Fumbo,  plur.  mafumbo,  a  dark  say- 
ing, a  hidden  thing. 

hu-,  to  unclose,  to  open  the 
.  &c. 
Fumbuha  hu-,  to  come  to  light 

bulla   hu-,  to  lay  open  to,  to 
explain. 

:.  a  kind  of  fish. 
Fu'mka  hu-,  to  become  unsewn,  to 
open  at  the  seams,  to  leak  (of  a 
boat). 
Fumo,  plur.  mafumo,  a  flat-bladed 

spear. 
Fumo,  a  chief  (Kingozi  and  Nyassa). 
a  hu-,  to  unrip,  to  unpick. 
Kufumua  moto,  to  draw  out  the 
pieces  of  wood  from  a  fire. 


Fumuka  hu-  =  Fu'mka  hu-. 
Funda,  a   large  mouthful  making 
the  cheeks  .--well  out,  a  sip  ,(   I, 
a  draw  at  a  pipe. 
Kupiga   funda,    to    take    large 
mouthfuls  one  by  one. 
da  hu-,  to  beat  up,  to  mix  by 
beating,  to  pound. 
/'       /.(  Lu-,  to  teach. 

Fundi,  a  skilled  workman,  a  master 

workman,  a  teacher  of  any  handi- 
craft. 

Fundisha  hu-,  to  teach,  to  instruct. 
Kuji/undisha,  to  learn. 

Fundisho,  plur.  mafundisho,  instruc- 
tion, direction,  teaching. 

Fundo,  plur.  mqfundo,  a  knot. 
Kupiga  fungo,  to  tie  a  knot. 

Fundua  hu-,  to  untie. 

Funga,  a  civet  cat. 

Funga  hu-,  to  fasten,  to  tie,  to  bind, 
to  imprison,  to  fast. 
Kufunga  choo,  to  become  consti- 
pated. 

Fungamana  hu-,  to  cling  together, 
to  connect,  to  tie  together,  to  rely 
upon. 

Fungana  hu-,  to  bind,  to  stick 
together. 

Fungasa  hu-,  to  tow. 

Fungate,  a  period  of  seven  days 
after  the  completion  of  the  wed- 
ding, during  which  the  bride's 
father  sends  food  to  the  bride- 
groom and  his  friends. 

hu-,  to  shut  against. 

Fungo,  a  civet  cat. 

Fungu,  plur.  mafungu,  a  bank,  a 
Bhoal,  a  heap,  a  part,  a  week. 

Fungua.     See  Mfunguo. 

Fungua  few-,  to  unfasten,  to  op<  a, 
to  let  loose,  to  leave  off  fast- 
ing. 


FUN 


FYU 


277 


Funguka  ku-,  to  become  unfastened, 

to  be  unfastenable. 
Funguliica  ku-,  to  have  unfastened 

for  one,  to  be  unfastened. 
Funguo  (plur.  of  Ufunguo),  keys. 
Funguza  ku-,  to  present  'with  food 

during  the  Ramathan. 
Funika  ku-,  to  cover  (as  with  a  lid), 

to  close  a  book. 
Funikika  ku-,  to  become  covered. 
Funikiza  ku-,  to  cover  (as  with  a 

flood). 
Funo,  a  kind  of  animal. 
Funua  ku-,  to  lay  open,  to  uncover, 
to  open  a  book,  to  unpick  sew- 
ing, to  show  cards. 

Kufunua  macho,  to  open   one's 
eyes. 
Funuka  ku-,  to  become  opened,  to 

open  like  a  flower,  &c. 
Funza,  a  maggot. 
Funza  ku-,  to  teach. 

Kujifunza,  to  learn. 
Fupa,  plur.  mafupa,  a  large  bone, 

the  anus  (?). 
-fupi,  short.     It  makes  fupi  with 

nouns  like  nyumba. 
Fupiza  ku-,  to  shorten. 
Fura  ku-,  to  swell,  to  be  puffed  up 

from  the  effects  of  a  blow  only. 
Furaha,    gladness,   joy,    pleasure, 

gladly. 
Furahani,  with  gladness,  happiness. 
Furahi  hu-,  to  rejoice,  to  be  glad. 
Furahia  hu-,  to  rejoice  in. 
Furahisha  ku-,  to  make  glad. 
Furahiica  ku-,  to  be  made  glad,  to 

be  rejoiced. 
Furijika  ku-,  to  moulder  away. 
Furika  hu-,  to  run  over,  to  boil 

over,  to  inundate. 
Furuhuta  hu-,  to  move,  as  of  some- 
thing moving  under  a  carpet. 


Furumi,  ballast. 

Furungu,  plur.  mafuntngu,  a  large 

citron,   a    shaddock,   a   kind   of 

anklet. 
Furushi,  a  bundle  tied    up  in  a 

cloth. 
Fusfus  or  Fussus,  precious  stones. 
Fusi,  rubbish. 
Futa  ku-,  to  wipe. 

Kufuta  kamasi,  to  blow  the  nose. 
Futa  ku-,  to  draw  a  sword  (  =  vuta  ? ). 
Futari,  the  first  food  taken  after  a 

fast. 
Futi,  plur.  mafuti,  the  knee  (A.) 
Futliuli,  officiousness. 
Futika  ku-,  to  tuck  into  the  girdle 

or  loin-cloth. 
Futua  ku-,  to  open  out  a  bundle, 

take  out  what  was  tucked  in. 
Futuka  ku-,  to  get  cross  or  angry. 
Futukia  ku-,  to  get  cross  with. 
Faturi,  a  span. 
Futuru  ku-,  to  eat  at  the  end  of  a 

fast,  to  break  a  fast. 
Fuu,  plur.  mafuu,  a  small   black 

fruit. 
Fuvu,  plur.  mafuvu,  an  empty  shell. 

Fuvu  la  kitwa,  a  skull. 
Fuza  ku-,  to  go  on,  not  to  stop. 
Fuzi,    plur.     mafuzi,    a     shoulder 

(A.). 
Fwata  ku-  =  Fuata  ku-. 
Fyoa  ku-,  to  answer  abusively. 
Fyolea  ku-,  to  answer  a  person  with 

abuse  and  bad  language. 
Fyonda  ku-  or  Fyonja  ku-,  to  suck 

out. 
Fyonya     hu-,     to     chirrup.      See 

Fionya. 
Fyonza  ku-,  to  suck. 
Fyoma  ku-,  to  read  (M.). 
Fyuha  ku-,  to  go  off,  to  drop,  to 

escape  like  a  spring. 


■21S 


G  A  A 


( .  A  B 


G. 

G  is  always  to  be  pronounced 
hard,  as  in  "gate."  Much  con- 
fusion arises  from  the  way  in  which 
the  Arabic  letters  jim  and  kaaf  or 
qaf  are  pronounced  by  different 
Arabs.  Jim  is  properly  an  English 
/.  and  is  so  used  by  the  Swahili, 
and  qaf  is  properly  a  guttural  k, 
but  most  Arabs  in  Zanzibar  pro- 
nounce either  jim  or  qaf  as  a  hard 
g.  This  must  be  remembered  in 
writing  or  looking  for  many  Swahili 
words. 

The  Arabic  Gliain  is  retained  in 
many  Swahili  words  borrowed  from 
the  Arabic,  and  a  similar  sound 
occurs  in  African  languages  also. 
It  is  here  written  gh.  Most  Euro- 
peans think  it  has  something  of  an 
r  sound,  but  this  is  a  mistake ;  it  is 
a  hard  grating  g,  made  wholly  in  the 
throat.  It  resembles  the  Dnicii  ;/, 
and  the  German  g  approaches  it. 
-      N. 

gaa  /.»-,  to  turn  over  restlessly, 
to  roll  like  a  donkey. 
ri.    See  Kaburi. 
i, .rh\   a   wooden   prop  to  keep   a 
vessel    from    falling   over   when 
left  by  the  tide. 
Gadimu  four,  to  put  gadi. 

i,  plur.  magaga,  rubbish,  dirt. 
Gai,  plur.  magai,  a  large  piece  of 

t  sherd. 
'inline.   See  Kalme,  the  small  mizen 
mast  of  a  dhow. 

ra.  u   canoe,  a    small    canoe 
with    outriggers.      G  are 


hollowed  out  of  the  trunk  of  ri 
tree,  and  have  two  long  polos 
tied  across,  to  the  end  of  which 
pieces  of  wood  pointed  at  both 
ends  are  attached,  which  servo 
to  prevent  the  canoe  upsetting. 
These  outriggers  are  called 
mati'tigo.     Sec   Mlniuliwi. 

Gamba.    See  Jigamba. 

Gana,  the  tiller,  the  rudder  handle. 

Ganda,  plur.  maganda,  husk,  rind, 
shell,  hard  bark. 
Ganda  la  tatu,  the  three  of  cards. 

Ganda  ku-,  to  stick,  to  freeze. 

Gandama  ku-,  to  cleave,  to  stick. 

Gandamana  kit-,  to  cleave  to- 
gether, to  coagulate,  to  curdle,  to 
freeze. 

Gandamia  ku-,  to  stick  to,  to  cleave 
to. 

Gando,  plur.  magando,  the  claw  of 
a  crab. 

Ganga  ku-,  to  bind  round,  as  when 
a  stick  is  sprung  to  bind  it 
round  with  string,  to  splice,  to 
mend,  to  cure. 

Gauge,  a  soft  v  nito  limestone. 

Gango,  plur.  magango,  a  cramp,  a 
splint,  something  which  holdt 
other  things  together  in  their 
right  place. 

/      What  ?      What    sort    of? 
I  he  name  of  the  thing  queried 
Nt  always  precedes  the  word 
ijiiui. 

Ganzi. 
Imekufa  ganzi,   it  has    lost    all 

feeling.     See  Faganzi. 
Kutia  ganzi  la  meno,  to  set  the 
teeth  on  edge. 

Gari,  plur.  magari,  a  carriage,  a 
wheeled  vehicle. 

Garofuu,  cloves.   Also,  a  kind  of  rice. 


G  AU 


G  HU 


279 


Gauza,   Gauka,  etc.       See   Geuza, 

Geuka,  etc. 
Gawa  ku,  to  divide,  to  part  out. 

Kugaica  karata,  to  deal  cards. 
Gawanya  ku-,  to  divide,  to  share. 
Gay  a  ku-,  to  change  one's   mind, 

to  vacillate. 
Gayami,  a  post  with  a  cleat  at  the 

side   of  the  poop,  to  fasten  the 

sheet  of  a  dhow  sail  to. 
Gayogayo,  a  flat  fish,  (?)  a  sole. 
Gema  ku-,  to  get  palm  wine.    They 

cut  the  immature  flowering  shoot 

and   hang  something   under  to 

catch  what  flows  from  the  wound, 

which  is  the  tembo,  or  palm  wine. 

The    cutting    is    renewed    from 

time  to  time   to  keep    up    the 

flow. 
Gembe,  plur.  magembe,  a  hoe.     See 

Jembe. 
-geni,  foreign,  strange. 
Genzi. 

Mkuu  genzi,  one  who  knows  the 
roads  well,  a  guide. 
Gereza,  a  fort,  a  prison. 
Geua  few-,  to  turn,  to  change  (Mer.). 
Geuka  ku-,  to  become  changed,  to 

turn,  to  change. 
Geuza   ku-   or   Geusha   ku-   (?),  to 

cause    to    change,  to    turn,    to 

change. 
Geuzi,    plur.    mageuzi,    a    change, 

changes. 
Ghdfala,  suddenly. 
Ghafalika  ku-,  to  be  imprudent,  not 

to  attend  to,  to  neglect. 
Ghdfula  =  ghdfala. 
Ghairi  ku-,  to  annul,  change  one's 
mind  as  to,  put  an  end  to. 

Kutia  ghairi,  to  offend,  to  irri- 
tate. 
Ghala,  a  wareroom,  a  store  place, 


especially  the  rooms  on  the 
ground-floor  of  Zanzibar  houses, 
which  have  generally  no  win- 
dows, but  merely  a  few  small 
round  holes  (miangaza)  near 
the  ceiling. 

Ghali,  dear. 

Ghalime.    See  Galme,  Kalme 

Ghalisha  ku-,  to  make  dear. 

Ghangi,  a  kind  of  dhow  resembling 
a  bagala,  except  that  it  has  not 
so  long  a  prow. 

Ghanima,  good  luck,  profit. 

Gharama,  expense,  payment  to  a 
native  chief  by  a  caravan. 

Gharika,  a  flood,  the  flood. 

Ghariki  ku-,  to  be  flooded,  to  be 
covered  with  water. 

Gharikisha  ku-,  to  flood,  to  over- 
whelm. 

Gharimia  ku-,  to  go  to  expense 
about,  to  be  at  the  expense  of. 

Ghasi,  a  measure  of  about  a  yard. 

Ghasi,  rebellion. 

Ghasi  ku-,  to  bother,  worry. 

Ghasia,  bother,  coming  and  going, 
want  of  privacy. 

Ghathabika  ku-,  to  be  enraged,  to 
be  angry. 

Ghathabisha  ku  ,  to  enrage,  to  make 
angry. 

Ghathabu,  anger. 

Ghelibu  ku-,  to  master. 

Gheiri,  jealousy,  jealous  anger. 

Ghiana,  an  aggravating  person. 

Ghofira,  plur.  maghofira,  pardon. 

Ghofiri  ku-,  to  forgive  sins  ;  used  of 
God  only. 

Ghofiria  ku-,  to  forgive  a  person. 

Ghdrofa,  an  upper  room. 

Ghoshi  ku-,  to  adulterate. 

Ghuba  (?),  a  sheltered  place,  a 
screen. 


<;  ii  v 


GUM 


•art,   plur.    maghubari,   a  rain 
cloud. 
Ghubba,  a  bay. 
Ghumiwa   J;u-,  to   be    startled,  to 

stand  aghast. 
Ghurika  ku-,  to  be  arrogant. 
Ghururi,  arrogance. 

hi  ku-  =  Gliodii  ku-,  to  adul- 
t-rate. 
mbu  l:u-,  to  cheat,  to  swindle. 
Gidam,    the    Btrap    of    a    sandal, 

passing  between  the  toes. 
Ginsi,  sort,  kind. 
Ginsi  ilivyokuwa  njema,  &c,  it 

was  so  good,  &c. 
Ginsi    gaui  ?    or     Gissi    gani  ? 
Why  ?    How  is  it  ? 
Gf'za  nr  A'/.n/,  darkness. 

niba  or  Ng'amba,  a  liawk's-head 
turtle. 
Gnombe  or  Ng'ombe,  an  ox,  cattle. 
Goa.     See  Goo. 
Goboa  ku-,  to  break  off  the  cobs  of 

Indian  corn. 
Godoro,  plur.  tnagodoro,  a  mattress. 
Go/ia,  a  pulley. 
Gogo,  plur.  iwigogo,  a  log  of  timber, 

the  trunk  of  a  tree  when  fulled. 
GomJba  ku-,  to  be  adverse   to,   to 

oppose,  to  quarrel  with. 
Gombana  ku-,to  squabble,  to  quarrel. 

ubeza  ku-,  to  forbid. 
Gvmbo,  plur.  magombo,  a  sheet  of  a 
book. 

,  plur.  magorae,  bark  of  a  tree. 
Gomea  ku-,  to  fasten  with  a  native 

lock. 
Gonteo,  a  native  lock. 
Gonga  J;u-,  to  knock. 
Gonjweza  ku-,  to  make  ill. 

Kwjigonjioeza,  to  make  oneself 
out  an  invalid,  to  behave  like  a 
sick  man. 


Gongn,     plur.    magongo,    a    large 

stick. 
Qongqji  a  ku-. 

A  ujigongojea,  to  prop  oneself  with 
a  Btaff,  i"  drag  oneself  along  by 
the  help  of  a  stick. 
."<( in  n  l:n-,  to  hammer  in. 
Goo.    See  Mtondo  goo. 
Gora,  a  piece  of  cloth,  a  package  of 

cloth.     See  Jura. 
Gorong'ondwa,  a  kind  of  lizard. 
Goshi,  the  tack  of  a  sail. 

Upandewa  goshini,  the  weather 
side. 

Kupindua  kwa  goshini,  to  tack. 
Gota  ku-,  to  tap,  to  knock. 
Gote,  plur.  magote,  the  knee. 

Kupiga  magote,  to  kneel. 
Goteza    ku-.    to    jumble    together 

different  dialects  or  languages. 
Govi  mho,  uncircumcised. 
Gvbeti,  prow  of  a  dhow. 
Gubiti,  barley-sugar  (?). 
Gudi,  a  dock  for  ships. 
Gudulia  or  Guduwia,  a  water-co<  ler, 

a  porous  water-bottle. 
Gugu,  plur.  magugu,  undergrowth, 
weeds. 

Gugu  micitu,  a  weed  resemhlin.r 
corn. 
-gugu,  wild,  uncultivated.         , 
Gugumiza  ku-,  to  gulp,  to  swallow 

with  a  gulping  sound. 
Guguna  ku-,  to  gnaw. 
Gugurwha    ku-,    to    run    with    a 

shuffling  noise  like  a  rat,  to  drag 

along  with  a  scraping  noise. 
Guia  ku-,  to  seize  (Mer.). 
Guiana  ku-,  to  cling  together. 
Gulegule,  a  dolphin. 
Gumha. 

Kill nle  cha  gumba,  the  thumb. 
Gumegume. 


GUM 


H  A- 


281 


Bunduki  ya  gumegume,  a  flint  gun. 
•gumu,  hard,  difficult. 

Guna  ku-,  to  grunt,  to  make  a  dis- 
satisfied noise. 

Gundua  ku-,  to  see  one  who  thinks 
himself  unseen,  to  discover  un- 
awares, to  catch. 

Gunga  ku-,  (1)  to  warn  against 
doing  something,  (2)  to  refuse 
temptation. 

Gungu,  a  kind  of  dance. 

Gungu  la  kufunda,  danced  by  a 

single  couple. 
Gungu  la  kukwaa,  danced  by  two 
couples. 

( J  u  ii  ia,  a  kind  of  matting  bag. 

Gunzi,  plur.  magunzi,  a  cob  of 
Indian  corn. 

Gura  ku-,  to  change  one's  place  of 
residence  (A.). 

Gurisha  ku-,  to  make  to  remove,  to 
banish  (A.). 

Guru. 
Sukari  guru,  half-made  sugar. 

Gurudumo,  plur.    magurudumo,    a 
wheel. 
Gurudumo    la    mzinga,    a    gun- 
carriage. 

Guruguru,  a  large  kind  of  burrow- 
ing lizard. 

Gusa  ku-,  to  touch. 

Gutuka  ku-,  to  start,  to  be  startled. 

Guu,  plur.  maguu,  leg  (A.). 

Gwa  ku-,  to  fall  [Tumbatu]. 

Gwanda,  a  very  short  kanzu. 

Gwia  ku-  =  Guia  ku-. 

Gwiana  ku-  =  Guiana  ku-. 


H. 

H  has  the  same  sound  as  in  the 
English  word  "  hate." 
There  are  in  Arabic  two  distinct 


7i's,  one  wholly  made  in  the  throat, 
the  other  somewhat  lighter  than  the 
English  h.  In  Swahili  there  is  only 
one  h  sound,  which  is  used  for  both. 

The  Arabic  kh  is  pronounced  as 
a  simple  h  in  all  words  which  are 
thoroughly  incorporated  into  Swa- 
hili. The  kh  is  used  by  Arabs  and 
in  words  imperfectly  assimilated. 
Some  people  regard  it  as  a  mark  of 
good  education  to  give  the  proper 
Arabic  sounds  to  all  words  of  Arabic 
origin. 

In  Arabic  a  syllable  often  ends 
with  h,  which  is  then  strongly  pro- 
nounced ;  but  in  Swahili  the  h  is 
generally  transposed  so  as  to  pre- 
cede the  vowel. 

Kuih'timu,  to  finish  one's  educa- 
tion =  Kuhitimu. 

H-,  sign  of  the  negative  in  the 
second  and  third  persons  sin- 
gular. 

H-upendi,  thou  lovest  not. 

H-apendi,  he  lovest  not. 
Ha-,  sign  of  the  third  person  sin- 
gular negative  when  referring 
to  animate  beings,  and  of  the 
negative  when  prefixed  to 
the  affirmative  prefixes  in  the 
plural,  and  in  the  third  person 
singular  when  not  referring  to 
animate  beings. 

Ha-fupendi,  we  love  not. 

Ha-mpendi,  you  love  not. 

Ha-ivapendi,  they  love  not 

Ha-ifai,  it  is  of  no  use. 

The  final  a  of   this  ha-  never 
coalesces  with    the    following 
letter. 
Ha-,  a  contraction   for  nika. 

Hamwona,  and  I  saw  him. 


11  A  B 


HAL 


The  third  person  singular  present 
negative  is  distinguished    by 
the  final  i. 
Hamvxmi,  he  does  not  see  him. 
Haba,  little,  few,  shallow. 
Hdbabi,  my  lord. 

Hahari,  news,  information,  message, 
story. 
Habari  eangu  zilizonipata,  an  ac- 
count of  what  bad  happened  to 

Habushia,  plur.  mahdbushia,  an 
Abyssinian.  Many  Galla  women 
are  called  Abyssinians,  and  the 
name  is  sometimes  used  for  a  con- 
cubine of  whatever  race. 

Hadaa,  deceit,  cheating. 

Hadaa  kit-,  to  cheat. 

Hadaika  lair,  to  be  cheated,  to  be 
taken  in. 

Hadidi,  the  semicircular  ornament 
to  which  Arab  womeu  attach  the 
plaits  of  their  hair. 

llii'Hmu,  aservant,  slave.  See  .1///- 
hadimu. 

Hadithi,  a  tale,  a  story,  especially 
one  bearing  upon  Mohammedan 
tradition. 

Hadithia  ku-,  to  relate  to. 

Hafifu,  light,  insignificant. 

J I  ifithtka  ku-  =  Hijathika  ku-,  to 
be  preserved. 

Hahithawahetha  (Ar.),  these  and 
these. 

Eaiba,  a  beauty,  not  beauty  gene- 
rally, but  one  good  point. 

Hai-,  sign  of  third  person  singular 
negative  agreeing  with  nouns 
which  do  not  change  to  form 
the  plural. 
Sign  of  the  third  person  plural 
negative  agreeing  with  nouns 
in  mi-. 


ITai  =  Hayi,  alive. 

Haina,  it  is  not,  there  is  not. 

Ila/tassa,  not  yet. 

Haithuru,  it  does  not  harm,  it  is  of 
no  consequence,  never  mind,  it 
would  be  as  well. 

//.//.  the  pilgrimage  to  Mecca. 

Uaja,  a  request. 

liana  haja,  he  is  good  for  no  pur- 
pose, he  has  no  occasion. 

llnjni  ku-,  to  go  to  live  elsewhere. 

Hajirika  ku-.  to  remain  overlong, 
delay. 

Hakali. 

Kmnshika  hdkdU,  to  require  i 
>tianger  who  goes  upon  work- 
men's work  to  pay  for  his  in- 
trusion, to  make  him  pay  his 
footing. 

Haki-,  sign  of  the  third  person 
singular  negative,  agreeing  with 
nouns  in  ki-  or  ch-. 

Haki,  justice,  right,  righteousness. 

Hakika,  true,  certain,  certain  ly 
Hakika  yako,  it  is  true  of  thee, 
thou  certainly. 

Hakiki  ku-,  to  make  sure,  to  ascer- 
tain, to  prove. 

JIakiri  ku-,  to  humble. 

Ilakirisha  ku-,  to  despise. 

Hako,  he  is  not  there. 

Haku-,  sign  of   the  third  pi 
negative  indefinite. 

Haku-,  sign  of  the  third  person 
singular  of  the  negative  past, 
referring  to  animate  beings. 
This  form  is  distinguished  from 
the  preceding  by  the  final  Iettt  i 
of  the  verb,  which  is  -i  in  the 
indefinite  and  -a  in  the  past  tense. 

Hakuna,  there  is  not,  it  exists  not, 
no. 

Hal  wdradi,  otto  of  roses. 


HAL 


HAP 


283 


Ealaf  bilkithib,  perjury. 

Halafu,  afterwards,  presently. 

Ealali,  lawful. 

Halasa,  sailors'  wages. 

Unli,  state,  condition,  health.         i 

U  halt  gani  ?  How  are  you  ? 

Wa  halt  gani  ?  How  are  they  ? 

Amelmtoa  kali  ya  kwanza,  he  is 
reduced  to  his  former  condition, 
he  is  as  he  used  to  be. 

It  is  also  used  as  a  kind  of  con- 
junction, being,  if  it  be,  when 
it  is,  supposing,  so  it  was. 
Eali  for  Ahali,  family,  connections. 
Hali-,  sign    of   the    third    person 

singular  negative,  agreeing  with 

nouns  which  make  their  plural  in 

ma-. 
Ealilisha  leu-,  to  make  lawful. 
Ealili  yako,  at  your  disposal. 
Ealisi  or  Edlisil  exactly,  without 

defect  or  variation. 
Ealua,  a  sweetmeat  made  of  ghee, 

honey,  eggs,   arrowroot  (?),  and 

spice. 
Haluli. 

Chumvi  ya  haluli,   sulphate    of 
magnesia. 
Ea'm-,  sign  of  the  second  person 

plural  negative. 
H'ama  ku-,  to  change  houses,    to 

move. 
Hamali,  plur.  mahamali,  a  porter, 

a  coolie. 
Hamami,  a  public  bath.     There  are 

now  public  baths  in  Zanzibar. 
Bamaya,  protection. 

Fi    hamayat    al    Ingrez,    under 
British  protection. 
Hamdi,  praise. 
Hami,  protection. 
Hami  ku-,  to  protect. 
Hamili  ku-,  to  be  pregnant. 


Eamira,  leaven,  made  by   mixing 

flour  and  water  and  leaving  it  to 

turn  sour. 
Eamislia  ku-,  to  cause  to  remove,  to 

cause  to  change  one's  place  of 

residence,  to  banish. 
Ha'mna,  there  is  not  inside,  no! 
Eanio,  he  is  not  inside. 
Eamsi,  five. 
Eamsini,  fifty. 
Hamstasliara,  fifteen. 
Eamu,  grief,  heaviness. 
Hamwimbi  ?    Don't  you  sing  ? 
Hana,  he  has  not. 
liana  ku-,  to  mourn  with,  to  join 

in  a  formal  mourning. 
Hana  kwao,  he  has   no   home,   a 

vagabond. 
Eanamu,  obliquely. 
Hanamu,  the  cutwater  of  a  dhow. 
Handaki,  a  dry  ditch,  a  trench. 
Eangaika  ku-,  to  be  excited. 
Hangoe,  the  guttural  Arabic  h,  the 

hha.     See   Hdaivari. 
Eanikiza  ku-,  to  interrupt  people. 

to  talk  so  loud  and  long  as  to 

prevent  other  people  from  doing 

anything. 
Hanisi,  a  man  sexually  impotent. 
Haniti,  a  catamite,  a  sodomite. 
Hanzua,  a  kind  of  dance. 
Hao,  or  Hawo,  these  or  those  before 

mentioned,  referring  to  animate 

beings. 
Eapa-,   sign    of  the   third    person 

negative,  agreeing  with  mahali. 

place  or  places. 
Hapa,  here,  this  place,  in  this  place. 
Hapana,  there  is  not,  no ! 

Eapana  refers   rather  to  a   par- 
ticular place,  Eakuna  is  gene- 
ral. 
Eapo,  here,  this  or  that  time. 


284 


II  A  R 


HAT 


Tangu  hapo,  once  upon  a  time. 

H.ijni  hale,  in  old  timi 
/  hapo,  ever  bo  long, 
a  hapo !  get  away  !  get  out  of 
this! 
Hara  ku-,  to  be  purged. 

Harisha  hu-,  to  act  as  a  drastic 
purgative. 
Haraha,  haste. 
Haraka  /.'<-,  to  make  haste. 
Harakisha  ku-,  to  hasten. 
Haramia,  a  pirate,  a  robber. 
HaramUf  unlawful,  prohibited. 
Uarara,  prickly    heat,    heat,    hot 

temper. 
Harara,  quick-tempered. 
Hararii,  hot-tempered. 
Hart,  heat,  perspiration. 

Kutolia  hart,  to  perspire. 
Haribika  hu-,  to  be  destroyed,  to 

BpoiL 
llnrihu  hu-,  to  destroy,  to  spoil. 

Kuharibu   mimba,  to  miscarry. 
Tlarijia  hu-,  to  spend  money,  to  lay 

out  money,  to  provide  (a  feast), 

&c. 
Harimisha  hu-,  to  make  or  declare 

unlawful. 
Harimu  hu-  =  Uarimiaha  hu-. 
Harioe,  a  cry  raised   on   seeing  a 

dhow  come  in  sight  (M. ). 
limiri,  silk. 
Harufu,  Ilarufi,  or  //■  rufu,  a  letter 

of   the    alphabet,    letters,    cha- 
racters. 
Harufu,  ascent,  a  smell  of  any  kind. 
llirim,  a  wedding;    vulgarly,  the 
bride. 

Jin-ana  harusi,  the  bridegroom. 

Bibi  /<<■  bride. 

Haeai  =  Malssai,  castrut*  •]. 
Hasara,  loss. 

J\Uj"i>'i  l"i<nra,  to  lose. 


Hasara  hu-,  to  spoil  a  thing  so  that 

its  value  is  gone. 
Hasha,  ooi  at  all,  not  by  any  means, 

a  very  strong  negative. 
Hasho,  a  patch  in  planking,  a  piece 

li  t  in. 
Hoot  hu-  or  Khasi  ku-,  to  geld,  to 

castrate. 
Hasibu  /.»-,  to  count. 
Hasida,  a  kind  of  porridge. 
Hasidi,  envy. 
Hasira,  anger. 

Kuwa  ua  hasira,  to  be  angry. 

Ku! in  hasira,  to  make  angry. 
Hasira  hu-,  to  injure. 
Jln.-iri    hu-,   to    vex,    to    do   harm 

to. 
Hasirika  ku-,  to  be  injured,  to  be 

grieved. 
Hasirisha  ku-,  to  injure. 
Hassa,  exactly. 
//.</«.    See  Hafta. 
Hatamu,  a  bridle. 
Hatari,  danger,  fear. 
Hathari,  caution,  care. 

Kuwa  na  hathari,  to  beware,  to 
be  on  one's  guard. 

Kufanya  hathari,  to  become  care- 
ful, to  become  anxious. 
Hdtif,  an  angel. 
Hatiki    leu-,   to    bother,   to  annoy 

(A.). 
Hatima  =  Khaiima,  end,  conclusion, 

at  last. 
Ilatirixha   ku-,  to  venture,  to   run 

the  risk. 
JJatiya  =  Khatiya,  fault. 

Kutiahathjani,  to  find  fault  with. 

Mwenyi    hatiya  nami,   who   has 
done  me  wrong. 
Jlutlii,  until,  so  far  as,  to,  at  length, 
when  a  certain  time  had   ar 
rived.     It  is  used  to  introduce 


HAT 


HER 


285 


the  time  when  something  fresh 
happened. 
Haifa  siku  moja,  one  day. 
Hatta  assubui,  in    the  morning, 

but  in  the  morning. 
Hatta  baada  ya  inwezi  hupita,  and 
when  a  month  had  passed. 
Hatlia,  for  nothing. 
Hattiya  =  Hatiya. 
Hatu-,  sign  of  the  first  person  plural 

negative. 
Hatua,  a  step,  steps. 
Hau-,   sign    of   the    third    person 
singular  negative  agreeing  with 
nouns  in  m-  or  mw;  not  denoting 
animate  beings,or  with  those  in  u-. 
Havi-,   sign   of    the   third    person 
plural    negative    agreeing    with 
plural  nouns  in  vi-  or  vy-. 
Hawa-,  sign  of  the  third  person 

plural  negative. 
Hawa-,  Eve. 
Hawa.  these,  referring  to  animate 

beings. 
Hawa  or  Hewa,  air. 
Hawa    or    Hawat,    longing,    lust, 
loving. 
Usifanye    hawa  nafsi,   don't  be 
partial,  don't  show  favour. 
Hawa  or  Hawara,  a  catamite,  a 

paramour. 
Hawala,  transfer  of  a  debt,  bill  of 

exchange. 
Hawezi,  he  is  ill.     See  Weza  ku-. 
Hawi,  he  is  not. 

Hawili  ku-,  to  take  upon  oneself 
what  was  due  from  another,  to 
guarantee  a  debt,  &c. 
Haya-,  sign  of  the  third  person 
plural  negative  agreeing  with 
plural  nouns  in  ma-. 
IJaya,  these,  referring  to  a  plural 
substantive  in  ma-. 


Haya,  shame,  modesty. 

Hana  haya,  he  is  shameless. 
Kuona  haya,  to  feel  ashamed,  to 

be  bashful. 
Kutia  haya,  to  abash,  to  make 
ashamed. 
Haya  !     Work  away  !     Be  quick  ! 

Come  along ! 
Hayale,  those,  those  things. 
Hayamkini,  it  is  impossible. 
Hayawani,    a     man     without     his 

proper  senses,  an  idiot. 
Hayi,  plur.  wahayi  (?),  alive. 
Hayo,  these  or  those  before  men- 
tioned, referring  to   plural  sub- 
stantives in  ma-. 
Hayuko,  vulgarly  used  in  Zanzibar 

for  hako,  he  is  not  there. 
Hem'-,  sign    of   the    third    person 
plural    negative   agreeing    with 
nouns  which  do  not  change  to 
form   the  plural,   or  with   those 
which  begin  in  the  singular  with 
u-. 
Hazibu  ku-  =  Hesabu  ku-. 
Hazina,  a  treasure. 
Hazitassa,  not  yet. 
Hedaya,  a  choice  thing,  a  tale. 
Hejazi,  the  Hejaz  in  Arabia. 
Hekalu,  the  temple  at  Jerusalem,  a 

great  or  famous  thing. 
Hekima,  wisdom,  cleverness. 
Hekimiza  ku-,  to  make  a  man  under- 
stand, to  put  him  in  possession  of 
knowledge. 
Hemidi  ku-,  or  Hamidi  ku-,  to  praise. 
Henza,  halyards. 
Henzarani,  cane-work. 
Heri  =  Kheiri,  Lappy,  fortunate,  it 
is  well. 
Ni  heri,  I  had  better,  it  will  te 

well  for  me. 
Kua  heri,  good-  bye. 

u 


•_'m; 


1 1  E  II 


III  Y 


Mtu  wa  1>  ri.  a  fortunate  man. 
//■  riii.  a  cry  r;ii>t  d  on  lirat  seeing  a 

dhow  coining.   Compare  Hariowe. 
JL  rt'mu  =  Marika. 
Hero,  a  wooden  platter. 
IJ-ni/u  or  Harufu,&  letter  of  the 

alphabet. 
Hesabu,  ac  i  m  ts,  an  acoonnt. 

;aou  /.'/-,  to  count,  to  reckon. 
!l'.<Limti.  honour. 
Il.sliimu  hu-.  to  honour. 
//'///.  menstruation,  menses. 

Kuira  na  htth,  to  menstruate. 
*ll<tima.  [aucestors. 

Kiuor/ia   hetima,  to   pray  for  one's 
//.  <rrz  or  Hawa,  air. 
/f-  :oyo,  a  sham  ,  a  tiling   causing 

confusion. 
///-.  for  Niki-.     See-A-i-. 
Hiana,  a  grudging  person,  one  who 

withh  ihls      things.        Compare 

Ghiana. 
Ili'tri,  choice. 

Hiba,  property  left  after  death. 
Hidima,  service. 
Illfafhi  hu-,  to  preserve,  to  keep. 
Hifaihika  hu-,  to  be  preserved. 
Hifukuza  =  Nilcifulcuza. 
]lii,  this,    referring    to    singular 

nouns   which    do  not  change  to. 

form  the  plural ;  these,  referring 

to  plural  nouns  in  mi-. 
Hide,  that,  th 
Hikaya  =  Hedaya,    a     wonderful 

tiling. 
Jiihi,    this,    referring  to    singular 

nouns  in  hi- or  ch-. 
Hikile,  that,  yonder. 
Hila,  a  device,  a  Btratagem.  a  deceit. 

Mtu  wa  hila,  a  crafty  man. 
JIM,    this,    referring   to    singular 

nouns  which  make  their   plural 

in  ma-. 


liiln.  this  or  that  before  mentioned, 
referring  to  singular  nouns  which 
make  their  plural  in  ma-. 

Ilium,  haste,  hastily,  quickly. 

EimaJiima  !  be  quick  ! 

llimili  ];><-,  to  bear,  to  support. 

llimiza  hu-,  to  hasten. 

llinn,  henna,  a  very  favourite  red 
dye,  used  by  women  to  dye  the 
palms  of  their  hands  and  the  soles 
of  their  feet,  often  used  to  dye 
white  donkeys,  &c.,  a  pale  red 
brown. 

Hini  hu-,  to  refuse  to  give,  to  with- 
hold. 

Ilirizi,  a  written  charm  worn  on  the 
side. 

llirimu,  an  equal  in  age. 

Ilirimu  moja,  of  the  same  age 

Ilisa,  pardon. 
Nipe  hisa  yangu,  pardon  me. 

Hitari  hu-,  to  prefer,  choose.  See 
Ihhtiari. 

Hitima,  the  feast  which  conclndi  e 
a  formal  mourning. 

Ilitimu  hu-,  to  finish  one's  learning, 
to  leave  off  school,  to  know  one's 
trade. 

llitimisha  hu-,  to  finish  a  scholar,  to 
bring  to  the  end  of  his  learning  of 
whatever  kind. 

II  in',  thus,  these,  referring  to  plural 
nouns  in  vi-  or  vy-. 

Write,  those. 

Uivyo,  after  which  manner,  these 
mentioned  before,  referring  to 
plural  nouns  iu  vi-  or  vy-. 

Hiyari,  choice. 

Hi l/o.  this  mentioned  before,  re- 
ferring to  singular  nouns  which 
do  uot  change  to  form  the  plural ; 
these  mentioned  before,  referring 
to  plural  nouns  in  mi-  or  in  ma-. 


HIZ 


HU  J 


287 


Hizi,  these,  referring  to  plural 
nouns  which  do  not  change  to 
form  the  plural,  or  which  begin 
in  the  singular  with  u-  or  w-. 
Siku  hizi,  some  days  ago,  some 
days  hence,  now. 
Hizi  hu-,  to  treat  with  contumely,  to 

groan  at,  to  cry  out  against. 
Hizile,  those. 

Hizika  hu-,  to  be  put  to  the  blush. 
Hobe  !  now  go  on,  be  off. 
Kwenda  hobe,  to  go  wherever  it 
may  be. 
Holm,  grandchild. 
Hodari,  strong. 

Hodi!  a  cry  made  by  way  of 
inquiry  whether  any  one  is  within. 
No  one  ought  to  enter  a  house 
until  he  has  received  an  answer. 
Hogera  hu-,  to  perform  a  particular 
washing  customary  after  cir- 
cumcision. 
Hogo,  plur.  mahogo,  a  very    large 

root  of  cassava. 
Hohe  hahe,  a  phrase  used  to  denote 
extreme  poverty  and  destitution. 
Hoho. 
PUipili  hoho,  red  pepper. 
Mhate  wa  hoho,  a  cake  made  with 
fresh  palm-oil. 
Hoja  =  Huja. 
Homa,  fever. 

Kongo,  a    present  demanded  by  a 
local    chief  for  liberty   to  pass 
through  his  country. 
Hongua,  a  Comoro  dance. 
Horari,  clever  (?). 
Hori,  or  KJiori,  a  creek,  a  small  arm 

of  the  sea. 
Hori,  plur.  mahnri,  a  kind  of  canoe 

with  a  raised  head  and  stern. 
Hu-,  a  quasi-personal    prefix   de- 
noting a  customary  action.      It 


applies  to  all  persons  and  both 
numbers. 
Hunijihu,  it  is  in   the  habit  of 

answering  me. 
Huenda,  he,  &c,  commonly  goes. 
Husema,  they  say. 
Hu-  =  h-u-,  the  negative  prefix  of 
the    second    person    singular. 
This  form  is  distinguished  from 
the  preceding  by  the  termina- 
tion of  the  verb. 
Huenda,  people  go. 
Huendi,  you  do  not  go. 
Hia,  a  dove.    They  are  said  to  cry, 
Mama  aha  fa,  Baba  ahafa,  nime- 
salia   mimi,  tu,  tu,  tu,  tu,  tu,  My 
mother   is    dead,   my    father    is 
dead,  I  am  left  alone — lone— lone 
— lone.    Another  cry  of  the  same 
class  of   birds   is    explained*  as, 
Kuliu  mfupa  mtupu,  mimi  nyama 
tele    tele    tele,    A   fowl    is   bare 
bones.    I  am  meat  plenty,  plenty, 
plenty. 
Hubba,  love,  affection. 
Hubiri,  to  announce,  to  give  news. 
Hudumia  hu-,  to  serve. 
Hudumu,  service. 
Hui  hu-,  to  revive,  to  come  to  life 

again. 
Huiha  hu-,  to  be  brought  to  life 

again,  to  live  again. 
Huisha  hu-,  to  revive,  bring  to  life 

again,  resuscitate. 
Huja  or  hoja,  sake,  account,  con- 
cernment, reasoning. 
Kina  huja  nyingi,  it    is  full  of 

bother,  it  is  troublesome. 
Hahina  huja,  it  is  all  clear,  it  is 
plain  sailing. 
Hujambo  ?  Are  you  well  ? 
Huji  hu-,  to  inquire  into,  seek  out. 
Hujuru  hu-,  to  desert. 

u   2 


288 


II  UK 


Huko,  there,  at  a  distance. 

Hukona  huko,  hither  and  thither. 

.  in  r. .  tin  n  .  near. 

Ilnku  no    huhii,   thid    way  and 
thai 
Hulnniu.  judgment,  authority,  law. 
Jluhumu  ku-,    to    act    as  judge,  to 

have  supreme  authority  over. 
Hukumia  feu-,  to  judge,  to  exercise 

authority  uj 
Hulukiwa  ku,  to  be  created,  to  be 

a  creature. 
Humuma,   plur.   ma-,  a  man   who 

knows  no  religion. 
Hundi,  a  draft,  a  bill  of  exchange. 
Hito,  this  or  that  before  mentioned, 

referring   to  singular    nouns   in 

u-  or  w-,  or  which  make  their 

plural  in  mi-. 
Hunt,  free,  not  a  slave. 

Kuweka  or  Kuacha  hum,  to  set 
free  from  slavery. 
Huru,  plur.  tnahuru,  a  freed  man. 

Mahuru  tra  Balyozi,  or  Barvzi, 
Blaves    freed    by   the    British 
consulate. 
Huru,  diamonds  in  cards. 
Unruma,  pity. 
llururnia  ku-,  to  pity,  to  have  pity 

upon. 
Hussu  ku-,  to  divide  into  shares,  to 

put  each  one's  share  separate. 
/      icJu  ku-,  to  do  wanton  violence, 

to  grudge  at,  to  envy. 
Husumu  ku-,  to  strive,  to  contend 

with. 
Jlufiuni,  a  fort. 
£Tu8uru  ku-,  to  besiege. 
Huthuria  ku-,  to  be  present. 
//«ii,   this,   referring   to   nouns    in 

the  singular   which    mike   their 

plural  in  mi-,  or  to  singular  nouns 

beginning  with  u-  ox  w-. 


Buttle,  that. 

Huyo,  this  or  that  before  mentioned, 

referring  toan  animate  being. 

In  chasing  a  man  or  animal,  any 

ono  who  sees   him   erics   out, 

Iluyo!  huyo!  huyo!  Here  he  is! 

Iluyu,  this,  this  person,  this  one, 

referring  to  an  animate  being. 
lluyule,  that. 
llu:uni,  grief,  heaviness. 
Ilwenda,  perhaps. 

I. 

I  is  pronounced  like  ee  in  feel. 

I  before  a  vowel  generally  be- 
comes y.  It  is  in  many  cases  im- 
material whether  t  or  y  be  written, 
but  where  the  accent  would  other- 
wise fall  upon  it,  its  consonantal 
character  becomes  obvious. 

An  unaccented  i  is  often  inter- 
changed with  a  short  u  sound. 
Thus  the  word  for  lead  may  be  pro- 
nounced either  risasi  or  rusasi. 

N  has  generally  an  i  sound  im- 
plied in  it.  It  is  sometimes  ex- 
pressed following  the  n,  as  in  the 
prefix  ni.  The  final  i  of  ni-  disap- 
pears in  rapid  pronunciation,  and  in 
the  first  person  of  the  future,  as  n 
cannot  coalesce  with  t,  both  letters 
are  often  omitted.  When  n  is  fol- 
lowed by  a  vowel,  or  by  d,  g,  j, 
or  z,  the  i  sound  is  lost.  When  n 
is  followed  by  other  consonants  it 
either  disappears  altogether  or  the 
i  sound  is  more  or  less  distinctly 
prefixed,  so  as  to  make  the  n  a  syl- 
lable by  itself.  The  i  sound  is  more 
distinct  iu  the  dialect  of  Zanzibar 
than  in  more  northern  Bwahili. 
Where  i  follows  the  final  a  of  a 


IMI 


289 


prefix  (except  the  negative  prefix 
ha)  it  coalesces  with  a  into  the 
sound  of  a  long  e. 

1,  is  or  was,  governed  by  a  singular 
noun  of  the  class  which  does 
not  change  to  form  the  plural ; 
are  or  were,  governed  by  a 
plural  noun  in  mi-. 

I-,  or  before  a  vowel,  y-,  the  personal 
prefix  used  with  verbs  whose 
subject  is  a  singular  noun  of 
the  class  which  does  not  change 
to  form  the  plural,  or  a  plural 
in  mi-,  it  or  they. 

-i-,  the  prefix  representing  the  ob- 
ject of  the  verb  when  it  is  a 
singular  noun  of  the  class  which 
does  not  change  to  form  the 
plural,  or  a  plural  noun  in  mi-. 

-i-,  the  reflective  prefix  in  Kintfozi 
(and  in  Nyamwezi),  self. 

Iba  kw-  (the  kw-  is  frequently  re- 
tained in  the  usual  tenses),  to 
steal,  to  take  surreptitiously. 

Ibada,  worship. 

lbia  kw-,  to  rob,  to  steal  from. 

Idadi. 

Hayana  idadi,  there  is  no  count- 
ing them. 

Idili  =  Adili,  right  conduct. 

Idili  ku-,  to  learn  right  conduct. 

Idilisha  ku-,  to  teach  right  con- 
duct. 

Jftahi,  brioger  of  luck. 

Iga  ku-,  to  mock,  to  imitate  (M. 
igiza). 

Ih-.     See  Hi-. 

Ihtahidi  ku-,  to  strive. 

IKtaji  ku-,  to  be  wanting. 

nCtajia  ku-,  to  want,  to  be  wanting  to. 

Ih'tilafu,  different.  Also  a  fault, 
difference. 


Ih'timu  ku-,  to  finish  learning,  to 

complete  one's  education. 
Ijara,  pay,  hire,  rent. 
Ijaza,  a  reward. 
Ijaza  ku-,  to  grant  permission  for 

worship. 
Ikhtiari,  choice. 
Ikhtiari  ku-,  to  wish. 
Ikiza  ku-,  to  lay  the  beams  of  a 
roof. 

Kuku  ya  kuikiza,  a  fowl  cooked 
with  eggs. 
IJio,  there  is,  it  is  there. 
Ha,  a  defect,  a  blemish. 
He,    that    yonder,    referring   to    a 

singular  noun  of  the  class  which 

does    not    change    to     form    its 

plural;    those    yonder,   referring 

to  a  plural  noun  in  mi-. 
Hi  =  Eli. 
Hiki,  cardamoms. 
Hioko,  which  is,  or  was  there. 
Hiopandana,  the  composition  of  a 

word. 
llizi,    a    small  round   thing   held 

to    be    a  great  charm    against 

lions. 
Hla,  except,  unless,  but. 
lllakini,  but. 
HU,  in  ordt-r  that. 
Hmu,  learning. 
Ima — ima,  either — or. 
Ima  ku-,  to  stand  up  (Ring'ozi  and 
Yao). 

Njia  ya  kwima,  a  straight  road. 
Ima  ku-,  to  eat  up  food   provided 
for  other  people. 

Ametuima,  he  has  eaten  our  share 
as  well  as  his  own. 
Imani,  faith. 
Imara,  firm. 
Imba  kw-,  to  sing. 
Imbu,  mosquito,  mosquitoes, 


290 


1  M  I 


IT  A 


Irnisha  fcu-,  to  Bel  up,  to  make  to 
stand. 

Tm  ma. 

H'.i  imma,  to  a  certainty. 
Zha,  it  has,  they  have. 
Tnama  fcu-,  tobow,to  stoop, to  bend 

down,  to  slope. 
Inamisha    hu  .   to  make   to    bend 

down,  t<>  bow. 
/  arufara,  it  is  bright.      See  luj'aa. 
h  chi,  land,  country,  earth. 
Inda. 

Eufanya  inda,  to  give  trouble. 

1  .j  i  leu-,  to  scare  away  hirds. 

-ingi,  many,  much.     It  makes  jingi 

with    nouns     like     hatha,     and 

nyingi  with  nouns  like  nyurriba. 

Tngia  hu-,  to  enter,  to  go  or  come 

into. 
Ingilia  hi-,  to  go  or  come  into,  for, 

or  to. 
Ingiliza  ku-,  to  cohabit  with. 
ingine,  other,  different.     It  makes 
hi  gine  or  mvringine  with  nouns 
like  mtu  and  rati;  jingine  with 
nouns  like  kasha ;  ngine  or  nyi- 
ngine  with  nouns  like  nyumba; 
and  pintjine  or  pangine  with 
nouns  of  place. 
1 1  '< i  w/i'ne — tr«  n0ine,8ome — others. 
Ingiza  htir,  to  make  or  allow  to  enter. 
Ini,  plur.  maini.  the  liver. 
Jnt'faa  ku-,  to  hang  down,  to  lay  upon 

its  Bide.     See  Jiinika. 
Inna,  truly. 

JnshaUah.  if  God  will,  perhaps.    It 
is  used  as  a  general  promise  to  do 
as  one  is  asked  to  do. 
Into  -  Nta. 

Inua  ku-,  to  lift,  to  lift  up. 
Inuka  ku-,  to  be  lifted,  to  become 

raised. 
Inya,  mother  (A.). 


■inyi  =  -enyi, having, with.  It  makes 
mwinyi,  wenyi,yinyi,  rwij/i, ftwt/t, 
kinyi,  vinyi,  and  penyi. 
Inzi,  plur.  miiinr.i.  a  fly. 
//»(  /iw-,  to  want,  desire  to  have. 
Kuipa   roho   rribele,    to   long    for 
everything    one    sees,    to    have 
unrestrained  desires. 
J;n. 

Kupiga  ipi,  to  slap  (,N.). 
J;;?'  ?  what  ? 

Kama  ipi  ?  how  ? 
7/ma  /i;io-,  to  take  off  the  lire. 
Zn&a,  usury. 
Iriwa,  a  vice  (the  tool). 
J«/ta  7«c,  to  finish,  to  come  to  an 
end.     The  kio-  is  retained  in 
the  usual  tenses,  but  sometimes 
the  w  is  dropped,  as  amekuha 
for  amekwisha,  he  has  done. 
Kwisha  is  commonly  used  as  an 
auxiliary :     thus,    Amekwisha 
kuja,    he    has    come    already. 
Alipokwisha     kuja,    when    he 
had  come. 
Akauha,   or  Akesha,  after  that, 
when  he  had  done  this. 
Ishara,  a  sign,  signal. 
7«/ti  /.«-,  to  last,  to  endure,  to  live. 
Isimu  or  Ismu,  name,  especially  the 
name  of  God. 
Ma  ismah  (Ar.)?  What  is  your 
name? 
Istara,  a  curtain. 
Istisha,  dropsy. 

Ita  kw-,  to  call,  to  call  to,  to  name. 
to   invito.      The    kw-   is    fre- 
quently retained. 
Kwitwa,  tobecalli  d,  is  sometimes 
constructed   as  if  it  were  ku- 
tcitwa. 
Ita  hu-,  to  cast  in  a  mould. 
Itala8si,  satin. 


ITH 


JA  A 


291 


IthinL,  sanction. 

Kutoa  ithini,  to  sanction. 
Ithneen,  two. 

Itia  ku-,  to  call  for  some  purpose. 
Itika  ku-,  to  answer  when  called. 
Itikia  ku-,  to  reply  to,  to  answer  a 

person  when  called  to. 
Ittidza  ku-,  to  assent  to. 
Ito  la  guu  (A.),  the  ankle. 
Iva  ku-  or  Wiva  ku-,  to  become  ripe, 

to  become  completely  cooked,  to 

get  done.     The  ku-  is  frequently 

retained. 
Ivu,  plur.  maivu,  ash,  ashes  (M.). 
Itoapi?  where  is  it? 
Iza  ku-,  to  refuse. 
Izara  ku-,  to  tell  scandal  about,  to 

make    things    public    about    a 

person  improperly. 


J.  The  correct  pronunciation  of 
this  letter,  and  especially  that  of 
the  Mombas  dialect,  is  a  very  pecu- 
liar one.  The  most  prominent  sound 
is  that  of  y,  but  it  is  preceded  by 
another  resembling  d.  The  French 
di  is  perhaps  the  nearest  European 
representative.  The  Swahili  write 
it  by  the  Arabic  jim,  which  is  ex- 
actly an  English  j. 

In  the  more  northern  dialects  and 
in  the  old  poetical  Swahili  the  j  is 
represented  by  a  pure  y. 

Moya  =  mnja,  one. 

Mayi  =  maji,  water. 

A  d  in  the  dialect  of  Mombas 
very  commonly  becomes  a  j  in  that 
of  Zanzibar. 

Ndia  (M.),  a  road,  Njia  (Zanz.). 

Kutinda  (M.),  to  slaughter  ;  Ku- 
chinja  (Zanz.). 

Many  words  which  are  properly 


spelt  with  a  z  are  vulgarly  pro- 
nounced with  a  j  in  Zanzibar,  as, 

Kanju,  for  kanzu. 

Chenja,  for  chenza. 

This  is  only  carrying  to  excess  the 
rule  that  a  z  in  the  neighbouring 
mainland  languages  becomes  a  j 
in  Swahili. 

The  Arabs  and  some  Swahili 
confuse  j  with  g.  Thus  the  late 
ruler  of  Zanzibar  was  often  spoke:;, 
of  as  Bwana  Magidi,  his  proper  title 
being  Seyid  Mdjid. 

J-,  a  prefix  applied  to  substantives 
and  adjectives  in  the  singular  of 
the  class  which  make  their  plural 
in  ma-,  when  they  begin  with  a 
vowel.  Seeji-. 
Ja,  like. 

Ja  ku-  (the  ku-  carries  the  accent 
and  is  retained  in  the  usunl 
tenses),  to  come.  The  impera- 
tive is  irregular,  Njoo,  come. 
Njooni,  come  ye. 
Ja  is  used  to  form  several  tenses. 

1.  With  -po-  added,  meaning  eveu 
if;  iva-japo-kupiga,  even  if  they 
beat  you. 

2.  With  negative  prefixes  mean- 
ing not  yet ;  ha-ja-ja,  he  is  not 
yet  come. 

3.  With  negative  prefix  and  sub- 
junctive form.  An-je-Iala,  be- 
fore he  goes  to  sh  ep,  or  that  he 
may  not  have  already  gone  to 
sleep. 

Jaa  ku-,  to  become  full,  to  fill,  to 

abound  with. 
Maji  yanajaa,  the  tide  is  coming 

in. 
Mtungi  umejaa  maji,  the  jar  is 

full  of  water. 
See  Jaica  ku-. 


J  A  A 


J  AS 


Jaa, 
Shika  mdjira  yajaa,  9teer  north- 
wards. 
Jaa,  a  <lust  heap. 
Jabali,  plur.  majabali,  a  rocky  bill. 

Also  s<  e  Kanza. 
J.i^ir/.iibsoluto  ruler,  a  title  of  God. 
/adtliana  feu-,  to  argue  with. 

..'•!/,.[.  good  luok,  unexpected  g 1 

fortune. 
Kilango  cha   jdha,   tho  gate  of 
Paradise. 

izi,  a  vessel,  a  ship. 
Jul,  Hi  ku-,  to  dare,  not  to  fear. 
Jalada,  the  over  of  a  bound  book. 
,/.«//  A-!*-,  to  give  honour  to. 
./>j/f'<<   feu-,  to  bless,  to  enable,  to 
grant  to. 
Muungu  akinijalia,  God  willing. 
Jaliwa  feu-,  to  be  enabled,  to  have 
power,  &c,  given  one. 
a  l;u-,  to  fill  up,  used  of  vessels 
which  have  already  something  in 
them. 

no,  family,  assembly,  gathering, 
society,  company. 
aa    ku-,    to    collect    together, 
I  1  ler. 

vat  (Uind.),  a  council  of  elders. 
da,  courtesy,  good    manners, 
elegance. 
Jamanda,  plur.  majamanda,  a  solid 
kind  i  f  round  bucket  with  a  lid. 
Jamba,   breaking   of    wind    down- 
ward.-. 
Jamba  ku-,  to   break  wind  down- 
ward-. 
Jambia,  plur.  majambia,  a  curved 
/.'it  always  worn  by  Muscat 
At 
Jambo,  plur.  mambo  (from  huamba^) 
a  word  (?),  a  matter,  a  circum- 
stance, a  thing,  an  affair. 


AkaniU  nda  kill  a  jambo  la  wema, 

and  he  showed  me  all  possible 
kindness. 
Jambo   for  si  jambo,  hu  jambo,  ha 
jambo,  &c,  I  am  well,  are  yon 
well?  ho  is  well,  &o.,  &o. 

Jambo  sana,  1  am  very  well,  are 
you  v.  ry  well  ?  &c. 
Jami  ku-,  to  copulate,  to  have  con- 
nection with. 
Jamii,  many,  a  good  collection,  the 

mass,  the  company  of,  the  body  of. 
Jamiisha  fell-,  to  gather. 
Jamvi,  plur.  miijamvi,  a  coarse  kind 

of  matting  used  to  cover  floors. 
|  Jana,  yesterday. 

Mwakajana,  last  year. 
Janna,  paradise. 
Janaba,  filth,  uncleauness. 
Janga,  punishment. 
Jangwa,  plur.  majangwa,  a  large 

desert. 
Jani,  plur.  majani,  a  leaf.     Majani 

is  commonly  used  for  any  grass 

or  herbage.  *»<***    U',Jn 

Janvia  —  Jambia. 
■japo-,  sign  of  a  tense  signifying 
even  if. 

Ujapofika,  even  if  yr.u  arrive. 
Jarari,  the  ropes  passing  through 

the  pulley  attached  to  a  dhow's 

halyards. 
Jaribu  ku-,  to  try. 
Jarifa,  plur.  majarifa,  a  seine  or 

drag-net  made  of  European  cord- 
age.    See  Juija. 
Jasho,  sweat. 

Kufanya  jasho,  to  sweat. 
Jasiruha  ku-,  to  dare. 
Jasisi  ku-,  to  explore. 
Jasmini  or  Jasmin,  jasmine.     The 

flowers  are  sold  in  tho  streets  of 

Zanzibar  for  their  scent. 


J  AS 


JIB 


293 


Jassi,  plur.  majassi,  the  ornament 
in  the  lobe  of  the  ear.  It  is 
generally  a  silver  plate  about  an 
inch  and  a  half  across. 

Jathari,  take  care ! 

Jau-a,   a    coarse    kind    of    Indian 
earthenware. 
Kikombe  cha  Jawa,  a  cup  of  coarse 
Indian  ware. 

Jau-a  ku-,  to  be  filled  with,  to  be 
full  of :  used  of  something 
which  ought  not,  or  could  not 
be  expected  to  be  there. 
Maji  yamejawa  dudu,  the  water 
is  full  of  insects ;  but  mtungi 
umejaa  maji,  the  jar  is  full  of 
water. 

Jawabu,  an  answer,  a  condition,  a 
matter. 

Jawahir  (Ar.),  jewels. 

Jaza  ku-,  to  fill. 

Jazi,  a  common  thing,  a  thing  which 
is  abundant. 

Jazi  ku-,  to  supply,  to  maintain. 

Jazilia  ku-,  to  reward. 

Jet  Hullo  I  Well!  What  now! 
-je  ?  how  ? 

Jehu,  an  ornament  worn  by  women, 
hanging  under  the  chin. 

Jekundu,  red.     See  -ekundu. 

Jelidi  ku-,  to  bind  books. 

Jema,  good.    See  -ema. 

Jemadari,  plur.  majemadari,  a  com- 
manding officer,  a  general. 

Jembamba,  narrow,  thin.  See 
•embamba. 

Jembe,  plur.  majembe,  a  hoe. 
Jembe  la  kizungu,  a  spade. 

Jenaiza  or  Jeneza,  a  bier. 

Jenga  ku-,  to  construct,  to  build. 

Jengea  ku-,  to  build  ,for,  or  ou  ac- 
count of. 

Jengo,  plur.  majengo,  a  building. 


Majengo,  building  materials. 

Jenzi  ku-,  to  construct. 

Jepa  ku-  (A.),  to  steal. 

Jepesi,  light,  not  heavy.    See  -epesi. 

Jeraha,  a  wound. 

Jeribu  ku-  =  Jaribu  ku-,  to  try. 

JeruM  ku-,  to  be  wounded. 

Jeshi,  plur.  majeshi,  a  host,  a  great 
company. 

Jetea  ku-,  to  be  puffed  up,  to  be 
over  proud,  to  rely  upon,  to 
trust  in. 

Jethamu,  a  leprosy  in  which  the 
fingers  and  toes  drop  off,  ele- 
phantiasis (?). 

Jeuli  or  Jeuri,  violence. 

Ana  jeuli,  he  attacks  people  wan- 
tonly. 

Jeupe,  white.     See  -eupe. 

Jeusi,  black.     See  eusi. 

Ji-,  a  syllable  prefixed  to  subst  m- 
tives  which  make  their  plural 
in  ma-,  if  they  would  otherwise 
be  of  one  syllable  only.  This 
syllable  is  sometimes  inserted 
after  a  prefix  to  give  the  idea 
of  largeness,  or  to  prevent  con- 
fusion witli  someother  word.  Be- 
fore a  vowel  it  becomes,/-  only. 

-ji-,  an    infix    giving  a   reflective 
meaning  to  the  verb. 
Kupenda,  to  love. 
Kujipenda,  to  love  oneself. 

Kuponya,  to  save. 
Jiponye,  save  yourself,  look  out ! 

Jia  ku-,  to  come  for,  by,  to. 
Njia  uliyojia,  the  road  you  came 

by. 

Jibini,  cheese. 

Jibiwa  ku,  to  receive  an  answer,  be 

answered. 
Jibu  ku-,  to  answer,  to    give    aa 

answer. 


•204 


JIB 


JON 


Jibwa,  plur.  m<ijil»ra,an  exceedingly 

large  dog. 
Jicho,  plur.  macho,  the  eye. 

Jicho  In  maji,  a  spring  of  water. 
■  Ji/u.  plur.  majt'/u,  ashi  S- 
Jifya,    plur.   ma/ya,   one   of  throe 
>t  .nes  to  support  a  pot  over  the 
fire.     Ma/ya  is   the  usual   word 
in  the  town,  mafiga  is  commonly 
used  in  the  country. 
Ji    nnba  hu-,  to  boast,  to  praise  one- 
self. 
Jiinika  fcu-,  to  lie  on  the  side. 
.///,<(,  plur.  meko,  a  fireplace,  one  of 
the  stones  to  rest  a  pot  on  (?). 
Jikoni,  in  the  kitchen,  among  the 
ashes. 
Jilia  hu-,  to  come  to  a  person  on 

some  business. 
Jilitra,  plur.  majUiwa,  a  vice  (the 

tool). 
Jimbi,  a  cock. 

JinrfA,     Allocasia     edulis.       Both 
leaves  and  root  are  eaten :  (a  sort 
of  Arum). 
Jimbo,  plur.  majimbo,  a  place  a  part 

of  the  country  (Old  Swahili). 
Jim}jo. 

Kuosha  najiml>n,  to  wash  a  new- 
born   child    with    water    and 
medicine. 
.Tina,  plur.  majina,  a  name. 
Jina    lako   nanif    what    is    your 

name? 
Jina  la  kupangira,  a  nickname. 
Ji'/vimixi,  nightmare. 
Jingi,  much.     See  -ingi. 
Jingine,  other.     See  -ingine. 
Jini,  plur.  majini,  jins,  spirits,  genii. 
Jiuo,  plur.  rneno,  a  tooth,  a  twist  or 
strand  of  rope,  or  tobacco,  &c. 
Kamba  ya  meno  matatu,  a  cord  of 
thite  strands. 


Jioni,  evening. 

Jipu,  plur.  majipu,  a  boil. 

Jipotoa  /.ft-,   to    dress    oneself   up 

excessively. 
Jipya,  new.     See  -pya. 
Jirani,  a  neighbour,  neighbours. 
Jiti,  quality. 
Jisu,    plur.    mujisu,   a   very   large 

knife. 
Jitenga  hu-,  to  get  out  of  the  way. 
Jiti,  plur.  majiti,  a  tree  trunk. 
Jitimai,  excessive  sorrow. 
Jito,  plur.  mato  =  Jicho,  the  eye  (M. ). 
Jitu,  plur.  maiu  or  majilu,  a  gnat 

large  man,  a  savage. 
Jituza  hu-,  to  make  oneself  mean  or 

low.     See  Tuza. 
Jivari,   purchase   (of  a  dhow  hal- 
yards). 
Jivi,  a  wild  hog. 
Jivu  =  Ji/u. 
Jiwa  hu-,  to  be  visited. 
Jiwe,  plur.  mawe,  a  stone,  a  piece 
of  stone.     Plur.  majiwe,  of  very 
large  pieces  of  stone. 
Jiwe  la  manga,  a  piece  of  freestone. 
Nyumba  ya  mawe,  a  stone  house. 
Jodari,  a  kind  of  fish. 
Jogoi  =  Jogoo. 
Jagoo,  plur.  majogoo,  a  cock. 
Johari,  a  jewel. 
Joho,  woollen  cloth,  a  long  loose 

coat  worn  by  the  Arabs. 
Joha,  plur.  majoha,  a  very   large 

snake. 
Joho,  a  place  to  bake  pots  in. 
Johum,  charge,  responsibility. 
Jombo,  plur.  majombo,  eui  exceed- 
ingly large  vessel. 
Jongea  hu-,  to  approach,  come  near 
to,  move. 
Jongea  mvulini,  move   into   the 
shade. 


JON 


JTIZ 


295 


Jongeltza  ku-,  to  bring  near  to,  to 

offer. 
Jongeza  ku-,  to  bring  near,  move 

towards,  move. 
Jongo,  gout. 

Jongoe,  a  large  kind  of  fish. 
Jongoo,  a  millepede. 
Jorjiya,  a  Georgian,  the  most  valued 

and  whitest  of  female  slaves. 
Jororo,  soft.     See  -ororo. 
Josh,  a  voyage,  a  cruize. 

=  Goshi,  Luff! 
Jotojoto. 

Kupata  jotojoto,  to  grow  warm. 
Joya,   plur.    majoya,    a    cocoa-nut 

which    is    filled    with    a  white 

spongy  substance  instead  of  the 

usual  nut  and  juice.     They  are 

prized  for  eating. 
Jozi,  Jeozi,  or  Jauzi,  a  pair,  a  pack 

of  cards. 
Jozi,  a  walnut. 
Jua,  plur.  majua,  the  sun. 

Jua  hitwani,  noon. 
Jua  ku-,  to  know    how,  to  under- 
stand, to  know  about,  to  know. 

Namjua  aliko,  I  know  where  he  is. 

Najua  kiunguja,  I  understand  the 
language  of  Zanzibar. 

Najua  kufua  chuma,  I  know  how 
to  work  in  iron. 
Juba,  a  mortice  chisel. 
Juburu  ku-,  to  compel. 
Jugo,  ground  nuts. 
JuJiudi,  an  effort,  efforts. 

Kufanya  juhudi,  to  exert  oneself. 
Juju,  plur.  majuju,  a  fool. 
Juku,  risk,  a  word  used  by  traders. 
Jukwari,  a  scaffold,  scaffolding. 
Julia  ku-,  to  know  about,  see  to. 
Julisha  ku-,  to  make  to  know. 
Juma,  Friday,  a  week. 

Juma  a  mod,  Saturday. 


Juma  a  pili,  Sunday. 

Juma  a  tatu,  Monday. 

Juma  a  'nne,  Tuesday. 

Juma  a  tano,  Wednesday. 
Juma,  small   brass  nails   used  for 

ornamentation. 
Jumaa,  an  assembly. 
Jumba,  plur.  majumba,  a  large  house. 
Jumbe,   plur.   majumbe,   a  chief,   a 

head-man,  a  prince,  a  sultan. 
Jumla,  the  sum,  the  total,  addition 

(in  arithmetic). 
Jumlisha  ku-,  to  add  up,  sum  up, 

put  together. 
Junta,  a  kind  of  matting  bag.     See 

Gunia. 
Jura,   a  pair;    a   length  of  calico, 

about  thirty-five  yards. 
Jusi. 

Haijusi,  it  is  unfitting. 
Jut  Kdsam  (Hind.),  perjury. 
Juta  ku-,  to  be  sorry  for,  to  regret. 
Juu,  up,  the  top,  on  the  top. 

Yuko  juu,  he  is  up-stairs. 

Juu  ya,  upon,  above,  over,  on  the 
top  of,  against. 
Juvisha  ku-,  to  make  to  know,  to 

teach. 
Juvya  ku-,  to  make  to  know. 
Juya,  plur.  majuya,  a  seine  or  drag- 
net made  of  cocoa-nut  fibre  rope. 
Juza,  obligation,  kindness. 
Juza  ku-,  to  make  to  know. 
Juzi,  the  clay  before  yesterday. 

Mwaka  juzi,  the  year  before  laet. 

Juzijuzi,  a  few  days  ago. 
Juzia  ku-,  to  compel,  to  have  power 

to  compel. 
Juzu,  necessity. 

Jambo  la  juzu,  a  necessary  thing. 
Juzu  ku-,  to  oblige,  to  hold  bound, 

to  have  under  an  obligation  to  do 

something. 


JUZ 


KAB 


Jvzuu,  a  section  of  the  Koran. 
There  arc  in  all  thirty,  which  arc 
often  written  out  separately.  All 
tli.'  Juzuu  together  are  Khitima 

uzima. 


K  is  pronounced  as  in  English. 

The  Arabs  have  two  fe's,  one,  the 
kef  or  kaf,  a  little  lighter  than  the 
English  k;  and  one,  the  liahf  or 
qaf,  made  wholly  in  the  throat,  and 
landed  by  many  Arabs  with  a 
bard  g.  Thcro  is  a  curious  catch  in 
the  throat  between  the  preceding 
1  and  the  qaf,  very  hard  to 
explain,  hut  easy  enough  to  imi- 
Although  the  correct  pronun- 
ciation of  these  two  k's  is  an  ele- 
•  ,  it  is  not  necessary  nor  very 
commonly  observed  in  speaking 
Swahili. 

Ki  is  very  commonly  pronounced 
chi  in  Zanzibar,  especially  by  slaves 
of  the  Nyassa  and  Yao  trihes. 

Kh,  the  Aral >ic  l:ha,  occurs  only 
in  words  borrowed  from  the  Arabic, 
and  subsides  into  a  simple  h  so  soon 
as  the  word  is  thoroughly  natu- 
ralize 1. 

Khabari  or  Ualari,  news. 

Kheiri  or  Heri,  well,  good,  for- 
tunate. 

Ku-,  -ka-,  a  syllable  prefixed  to  or 
inserted  in  the   imperative   and 
subjunctive   of  verbs,    with    the 
force  of  the  conjunction  "  and." 
-kctr,  the  si'_rn  of  a  pasl  t' 

in  carrying  on  a  narration ;  it 
includes  the  force  of  the  con- 
junction "  and." 


Akaimcambia,   and    he    Baid    to 
him. 

Nika-ia  often  contracted  into  ha-. 
Kaa  I11-,  to  sit,  to  dwell,  to  stay,  to 
live,  to  be,  to  stand,  to  remain, 
to  continue  to  live  in,  or  at. 

Kukaa  kitciko,  to  sit  down,  to  re- 
main quietly. 
Kaa,  plur.  makaa,  a  piece  of  char- 
coal. 

Makaa,  coals,  charcoal,  embers. 

Kaa  la  moshi  or  Makaa  ya  moshi. 

800t. 

Kaa,  a  crab. 

Kaa    makoko,  small    mud   crabs 
with  one  large  claw. 

Kaa  la  kinwa,  the  palate. 
Knaka  or  Kaakaa,  the  palate. 
Kaa  nga  ku-,  to  fry,  to  braze,  to  cook 

with  fat. 
Kaango,  plur.  makaango,  an  earthen 

pot  to  cook  meat  in. 
Kaba  ku-,  to  choke,  to  throttle. 
Kal "  I*'  knnzu,  a  sort  of  lining  round 

the  neck  and  a  short  way  down 

the  front  of  a  kanzu,  put  in  to 

strengthen  it. 
Kabari,  a  wedge. 
Kabibu,  narrow. 
Kabila,  a  tribe,  a  subdivision  less 

than  taifa. 
Kahili  ku-,  to  be  before,  to  be  op- 
posite. 
Kabilisha  ku-,  to  put  opposite,  to  set 

before. 
Kabisa,  utterly,  altogether,  quite. 
Kri>,iihi  ku-,  to  give  into  the  hand. 
Kabla,  before,  antecedently. 

Kabla  ya,   before  (especially   of 
time). 
Kubuli,  acceptance. 
Kahili,  pill#w. 
Kaburi,  plur.  makaburi  (pronounced 


KAD 


KAL 


297 


by  many  Arabs  Gabri),  a  grave, 
a  tomb. 

Kadamu,  a  servant,  the  lowest  of 
the  three  chief  men  usually  set 
over  the  slaves  on  a  plantation. 
On  the  Zambezi  the  man  who 
stands  at  the  head  of  the  canoe 
to  look  out  for  shoals  is  called 
Kadamo. 

Kadiri  or  Kadri,  measure,  modera- 
tion, capacity,  middling,  mode- 
rate, about,  nearly,  moderately. 
Kndri  gani  ?  how  much  ? 

Kadiri  ya,  as,  whilst. 

Kadiri  ku-,  to  estimate. 

Kadri  =  Kadiri. 

Kafara,  an  offering  to  avert  evil,  a 
sacrifice  of  an  animal  or  thing  to 
be  afterwards  buried  or  thrown 
away,  a  charm  made  of  bread, 
sugar-cane,  &c,  thrown  down  in 
a  cross-way.  Any  one  who  takes 
it  is  supposed  to  carry  away  the 
disease,  misfortune,  &c. 

Kafi,  plur.  makafi,  a  paddle. 

Kafiri,  plur.  makafiri,  an  infidel,  an 
idolater,  one  who  is  not  a  Moham- 
medan. 

Kafuri,  camphor. 

Kaga  ku-,  to  put  up  a  charm  to 
protect  something. 

Kago,  plur.  mago,  a  charm  to  pro- 
tect what  it  is  fastened  to. 

Kagua  ku-,  to  go  over  and  inspect. 

Kahaba,  plur.  makahaba,  a  prosti- 
tute. 

Kahawa,  coffee. 

Kahini,  plur.  makahini,  a  priest,  a 
soothsayer. 

Kai  ku-,  to  fall  down  to,  embrace 

the  knees. 
Kaida,  regularity. 
Ya  kaida,  regular. 


-kaidi,  obstinate. 

Kaimu,    plur.    makaimu,    a    vice- 
gerent, a  representative. 
Kaka,  a  lemon  after  it  has   been 
squeezed,  the  rind  of  a  lemon, 
the  shell  of  an  egg,  &c. 
Kaka,  a    brother    {Kiliadimu,  see 

Muliadimu). 
Kaka,  a  disease  with  swelling  of 
the  hand  and  opening  into  sores. 
Kakakaka,  very  many. 
Kakamia,  hard  of  heart. 
Kakamia  ku,  to  be  longsuffering, 

slow  to  be  affected. 
Kakamuka  ku-,  to  make  an  effort, 
to    strain    (as    at    stool,    or    in 
travail). 
Kakawana  ku-,  to  be  strong,  capable 
of  great  exertion,  well-knit  and 
firm  in  all  the  muscles. 
Kaki,  a  very  thin  kind  of  biscuit  or 

cake. 
Kalafati  ku-,  to  caulk. 
Kalamika    ku-,  to    prevaricate  in 
giving  evidence  (?),  to  cry  from 
pain  caused  by  medicine  (?). 
Kala'mka  ku-,  to  be  sharp,  to  have 

one's  eyes  open. 
Kala'mkia  ku-,  to  outdo,  to  be  too 

sharp  for. 
Kalamu,   a    pen.      The    pens    for 
writing  Arabic    are    made  of 
reed,  and   the    nibs    are    cut 
obliquely. 
Kalamu  ya  mwanzi,  a  reed  pen. 
Kalamuzi,  cunning,  crafty. 
Kalasia,  little  brass  pots. 
Kale,  old  time,  formerly. 
-a  kale,  old,  of  old  time. 
Zamani  za  kale,  old  times. 
Hapo  kale,  once  upon  a  time. 
Kal/ati  or  Kalafati,  caulking. 
-kali,  sour,   sharp,   keen,    savage, 


g 


U'  AL 


KAN 


cross.  Bevere,  fierce.     It  makes 
kali  witli  nouuB  like  nyumba, 
Jun  lcali,  a  hoi  sun. 

J\.i//ri  /.•>/-,  1"  remain  for. 
Ku'mhalia  tamu,  to  remain  as  he 
would  wish. 

Kalibu,  a  mould,  a  furnace. 

Kama,  Kamma,  Kana,  or  Kwarriba, 
as,  as  if,  like,  if,  supposing. 

Kama  ku-,  to  milk,  to  squeeze. 

Kamamanga,  a  pomegranate. 

Kamali,a  game  played  by  chucking 
pice  into  a  hole.  If  only  one 
goes  in  they  say  "  Maliza,"  and 
the  player  throws  a  fiat  stone  on 
the  one  that  is  out. 

Kamasi,  mucus  from  the  nose. 
Kufuta  kamasi,  to  blow  the  nose. 
Siwezi  kamasi,  I  have  a  cold  in 
my  head. 

Kamaia  leu-,  to  lay  hold  of,  take, 
seize,  clasp. 

Kamatana  ku-,  to  grapple,  to  seize 
one  another. 

Kamaii,  balls  of  wheat-flour  lea- 
vened with  tembo. 

Kamba,  a  crayfish. 

Kamba,  rope. 
Kamba    ulayiti,     European     or 
hempen  rope. 

Kambaa,  plur.  of  ulcambaa,   cord, 
string  (M.). 
Kambaa,  a  plaited  thong  or  whip 
kept     by    schoolmasters     and 
overlookers  in  Zanzibar. 

Kambali,  plur.  rnakambali,  a  cat- 
tish living  in  fresh  water. 

Kambarau,  a  forebrace  carried  to 
the  weather  side  to  steady  the 
yard  of  a  dhow. 

Kambi,  plur.  makambi,  a  circular 
encampment,  a  place  where  a 
caravan  has  hutted  itself  in. 


Klllltho. 

Baba  >ra  kambo,  stepfather. 
Mama  wa  kambo,  stepmother. 

Kume,  quite  dried  up,  utterly 
barren. 

Kami,  a  bulbous  plant  with  large 
head  of  red  ilowcrs. 

Kamia  ku-,  to  reproach. 

Kujihamia,  to  reproach  oneself. 

Kamili,  perfect,  complete. 

•Jcamilifu, perfect,  wanting  nothing. 

Kamililea  Am-,  to  be  perfect. 

Kamilishaltu-,  to  make  perfect. 

K<t mini  ku-,  to  press,  to  press 
out. 

Kamusi,  an  Arabic  lexicon. 

Kamwe  (M.),  not  at  all,  never. 

Kamwi  =  Kamwe. 

Kana,  a  tiller. 

Kana,  if,  as.     See  Kama. 

Kana  ku-,  to  deny. 

Kanda,  plur.  makanda,  a  long  nar- 
row matting  bag,  broader  at  the 
bottom  than  at  the  mouth. 

Kanda  ku-,  to  knead  dough,  to 
knead  the  limbs,  to  shampoo. 

Kandamiza  ku-,  to  press  upon. 

Kande,  food  (Mer.). 

Ka nderinya,  a  kettle. 

Kandika  ku-,  to  plaster. 

Kandili,  plur.  mdkandili,  a  lantern. 

Kando,  side,  aside. 
Kando   ya    or    Kandnkando   y<i, 
beside,  along  by  the  side. 

Kanga,  a  guinea  fowl. 

Kanga,a  dry  stem  after  the  cocoa- 
nuts  have  been  taken  off. 

Kanga  ku-. 

Kukanga  moto,  to  warm. 

Kangaja,  a  small  mandarin  orange. 

Kania  ku-,  to  deny  a  person. 

Kaniki,  dark  blue  calico. 

Kanisa,  plur.  rnakanisa,  a  church. 


KAN 


EAR 


299 


Kanislia  ku-,  to  deny,  to  make  to 

deny. 
Kanji,  starch,  arrowroot. 
Kanju,   plur.  makanju,    a    cashew 

apple  (M.). 
Kanju,  vulgarly  used  for  Kanzu. 
Kanuni,  a  thing  implied,  a  neces- 
sary condition,  of  necessity. 
Kanwa,  plur.  makamva,  the  mouth. 
Kanya  ku-,  to  contradict. 
Kanyaga  leu-,  to    tread,   to   tread 

upon,  trample  on. 
Kanyassa  hu-,  to  scold. 
Kami,  a  treasure. 
Kanzu,  a  long  shirt-like   garment 
worn  both  by  men  and  women 
in    Zanzibar.      Men's    kanzus 
are  white  or  of  a  brown  yellow 
colour,  with  ornamental  work 
in  red   and  white   silk  round 
the  neck  and  down  the  breast ; 
they  reach  to  the  heels.     Wo- 
men's   hanzus    are     generally 
shorter,  and  are  made  of  every 
variety  of  stuff,  frequently  of 
satin  or  brocade,  but  are  always 
bound  with  red. 
P;.rts  of  ,a  Kanzu  (men's)  : 
Tao  la  kanzu,  bottom  hem. 
Magonqp  nene,  seams. 
Badani,  front  and  back  pieces. 

Also  Kimo. 
Taharizi,  side  pieces. 
Sija/u,  pieces  turned  in  at  the 
wrists,  to  receive  the  darizi. 
Vikwapa,  gores. 
Lisani,  flap  under  the  opening 

in  front. 
Jabali,  red  line  across  the  back. 
Wialbori,  lining  at  the  back  of 

the  darizi  in  front. 
Kaaha,  lining  of  the  neck  and 
shoulders. 


Shada,  tassel  at  the  neck. 
Kitanzi,  loop  opposite  the  tassel 

in  front. 
Kazi  ya  sliingo,  the  elaborately 
worked  border  round  the 
neck,  including — 
Tiki,  red  sewing  over  of  the 

edge  of  the  neck. 
Mrera,   lines  of    red    round 

the  neck. 
Viboko,   small    zigzag   orna- 
ment in  the  middle  of  the 
neck-border. 
Vinara,  small  spots  forming 
the    outer    edge    of    the 
border. 
Darizi,   lines   of    silk   worked 
round  the  wrists  and  down 
the  front. 
Njuzi    (Ar.    shararaji),   orna- 
ment at  the  bottom  of  the 
strip  of  embroidery  in  front. 
Mkia  wa  mjuzi,   line   of  silk 
running  up  the  front  from  the 
mjuzi. 
Vipaji,  or    viguu,    four    little 
projections   on  the   sides  of 
the  mjazi. 
Kanzu  ya  ziki,  worked  with  white 
cotton  round  the  neck  instead  of 
red  silk. 
Kaoleni,  one  whose  words  are  not. 
to  be  trusted,  a  double-tongued 
man. 
Kaomiva,  calumba  root. 
Kapi,  plur.  makapi,  a  pulley. 
Kapi,  plur.  makapi,  bran,  husks. 
Kapiana    ku-   (mikono),   to    shake 

hands. 
Kapu,  plur.  makapu,  a  large  basket 

or  matting  bag. 
Kapwai.  a  kind  of  rice. 
Karafati  ku-  =  Kalafati. 


300 


EAR 


KAT 


Karafu  mayiti,  camphor. 

ana,  B  Bpecial  gift  of  Clod,  nn 

answer  to  a  holy  man's  prayer, 

id  honour. 
Karamu,  a  feast. 
Karani,    a    secretary,    a    clerk,  a 

supercargo. 
Karani,  tucks. 
Karara,  the  woody  flower-sheath  of 

the  cocoa-nul  trie 
Karata,  playing-cards. 
Karatha,  a  loan  of  money. 
Karatasi,  paper. 

Karib,  near,  come  near,  come  in. 
Karibia  feu-,  to  approach,  to  draw 

near  to. 
KarCbiana  ku-,  to  be  near  to  one 

another. 
Karibuha,  to  make  to  come  near,  to 

invite  in. 
Kari  r.  a  near  relative. 

Karibu  na  or  ya,  near  to,  mar. 
Karimu,  liberal,  generous. 
Karipia  ku-,  to  cry  out  at,  scold. 
Karirisha  ku-,  to  recite. 
Kasa,  a  turtle. 
Kasarani,  sorrow,  grief. 
Kasasi,  retaliation,   revenge,   ven- 

geance. 
Kasha,  plur.  mahasha,  a   chest,  a 

large  box. 
Kashifu  kur,  to  depreciate. 
Kashmir,  the  ace  of  spades. 
Kasia,  jilur.  makasia,  an  oar. 

Kuvwta  makasia,  to  row. 
Kasiba,  a  gun  barrel. 
Kasidi,  intention,  purpose. 
Kasi/a,  inquisitivenees. 
Kasifu  ku-,  to  be  inquisitive. 
Kasiki.  a  large  earthen  jar  for  ghee. 
Kasimele,  the  juice  of  grated  cocoa- 
nut  before  water  is  put  to  it. 

Tut  la  kn.-iintle.     See  Tui, 


Tui  la  kupopoloa,  the  same  after 
mixing  with  water,  and  strain- 
ing again. 
Kasiri,  towards  the  end,  late. 
Kasirika  ku-,  to  become  vexed. 
Kasirisha  ku-,  to  vex. 
Kasiri  ku-,  to  hurt,  vex. 

a  --/'.  the  northerly  wind  which 
Mows     from     December     till 
March. 
Kaskazvni,  in  a  northerly  direc- 
tion. 
Kasoro,  less  by. 
Kassa,  less  by. 

Kassa   rolx>,  three-quarters   of  a 
dollar. 
Kaxsi.     Sec  Kiaxsi. 
Kasi,  hard,  with  violence. 
Kirmda  kassi,  to  rush  along. 
Kutia  kassi,  to  tighten. 
Kasumba,  a  preparation  of  opium. 
Kataa  /.»-,  to  refuse. 
Koto,  plur.  makata,  a  ladle  made  of 
a  cocoa-nut,  only  about  a  third  of 
the  shell  being  removed.     A  kata 
holds  from  a  quarter  to  half  a  pint. 
Kata,  a  ring  of  grass  or  leaves  put 
on  the  head  under  a  water-pot  or 
other  burden. 
Kata  ku-,  to  cut,  clip,  divide. 
Kujikata,  to  cut  oneself. 
Kukata  Imnanu,  to  cut  obliquely. 
Kukata  maneiio,  to  settle  an  affair, 

to  decide. 
Kukata  nakshi,  to  ornament  with 

carving,  to  carve. 
Kukata  tamaa,  to  despair. 
Njia  ya  kukata,  a  short  cut,  the 
nearest  way. 
Kdtaba  ku-,  to  write. 
Katakata  ku-,  to  chop  up. 
Katalia  ku-,  to  deny  all  credence, 
to  refuse  to  be  convinced- 


KAT 


KA  Z 


301 


Kutani,  flax,  thread,  string,  cotton- 
thread. 
Kalaza  ku-,  to  prohibit,  to  deter. 
Katkdlika,  in  like  manner. 
Kathdwakatha,  many,  many  more. 
Watu    kathaioakatha,   such    and 
such  people. 
Kathi,  plur.   makathi,  a  judge,  a 

cadi. 
Kati,    inside,    middle,    the    court 

■within  a  house. 
Katia  ku-,  to  cut  for. 
Kulcatiwa,  to  have  cut,  or  cut  out 

for  one. 
Ni  Iciasi  cJiangu  kama  nalikatiwa 
mimi,  it  fits  as  though  I  had 
been  measured  for  it. 
■^y    Katika,  among,  at,  from,  in,  about. 
Katika  implies  nearness  at  least 
at  the  beginning  of  the  action ; 
it  has  very  nearly  the   same 
meaning  as  the  case  in  -ni. 
Katika  safari  mle,  during   that 
journey. 
Katika  ku-,  to  come  apart,  to  be  cut, 

to  break,  to  be  decided. 
Katikati,  in  the  midst. 

Katikati  ya,  &c,  in  the  midst  of, 
between. 
Eatili,  a  murderous,  bloodthirsty 

person,  an  infidel. 
Katinakati,  in  the  middle. 
Katiti  (A.),  little. 
Kaiiza  ku-,  to  put   a  stop  to,  to 

break  off,  to  interrupt. 
Kato,  plur.   makato,  a  cutting,  a 

breaking  off. 
Katu,  a  kind  of  gum  chewed  with 

betel. 
Katua  ku-,  to  polish,  to  brighten. 
Ealuka  ku-,  to  be  polished,  to  be 

bright. 
Kauka  ku-,  to  get'dry,  to  dry. 


Sauti  imekauka,  I  am  hoarse. 
Kauli,  a  word. 
Kauri,  a  cowry. 

Kausha  ku-,  to  make  dry,  to  dry. 
-kavu,  dry.     It  makes   kavu    with 

nouns  like  nijumba. 
Kaica,    a     conical     dish-cover     of 
plaited  straw,  often  ornamented 
with  spangles,  &c. 
Kaica,  mildew,  spots  of  mould. 
Kufanya  kawa,  to  get  mildewed 
or  mouldy. 
Kaica  ku-,  to  be  delayed,  to  tarry, 

to  be  a  long  while. 
Kawadi  (a  term  of  reproach),  a  bad 

man. 
Kawaida,  necessity,  custom. 
Kawe,  a  pebble,  a  small  stone  (M.). 
Kawia  ku-,  to  delay. 
Kawilia  ku-,  to  loiter  about  a  busi- 
ness. 
Kawislia  ku-,  to  keep,  to  delay,  to 

cause  to  stay. 
Kaya,  plur.  makaya,  a  pinna,  a  kind 

of  shell-fish. 
Kayamba,  a  sieve,  a  sort  of  rattle. 
Kaza    ku~,  to  fix,  to   tighten,   (of 
clothes)   to   fit   tightly,  to   go 
hard  at  anything. 
Kukaza  kwimba,  to  sing  louder. 
Kukaza  mbio,  to  run  hard. 
Kazana  ku-,  to  fix  one  another,  to 
tighten  together,  to  hold  together 
tightly,  to  be  robust. 
Kazi,   work,    labour,   employment, 
business. 
Ndio  kazi  yake,  that  is  what  he 

always  does. 
Kazi  mbi  si  mtezo  micema?    Is 
not  poor  work  (as  good  as)  good 
play  (mbi  for  n-ici)  ? 
Kazika  ku-,  to    become   tight,   to 
become  fixed. 


;:o2 


K  A  Z 


KI1  E 


-kazo,  nipping,  pressing  tight. 
-ke,  female,  f  n  inine,  the  weaker. 

A.,        A-,/./-  (N.). 
a-   :o,  a  lathe,  a  machine  for  turn- 
ing. 
Kt  ''a!'  !    an   exclamation    of    con- 
tempt. 

Kefyakefya  Am-,  to  tcaze,  to  put  in 
Low  Bpirits. 

A  fee,  a  chill.  The  carpenters  in 
Zanzibar  always  use  drills,  which 
are  much  better  6uited  to  the 
native  woods  than  gimlets  are. 
The  iron  is  called  kekee,  the  wood 
in  which  it  is  fixed  msukano,  the 
handle  in  which  it  turns  Jivu, 
and  the  bow  by  which  it  is  turned 
Vta. 

A-  hee,  a  kind  of  silver  bracelet. 

Kdde,  plur.  makelde,  noise,  uproar, 
shouting. 

Kern  {At.),  How  much?  How  many? 

A. mea  ku-,  to  rebuke,  to  snub,  to 
scold. 

Kenda  —  Kicenda  and  Kaenda. 

Kenda,  nine. 

Yn  kenda,  ninth. 

Kendapif  for  kwenda  wapi,  going 
where,  i.e.,  where  are  you  going  V 

Kmge,  a  large  water-lizard  witli 
slender  body  and  long  limbs  and 
tail. 

K'-ngea,  the  blade  of  a  sword,  knife, 
See. 

A"  ngele,  a  bell. 
Kupiga  kengele,  to  ring  a  bell. 

A>ra  ku-,  to  worry,  to  nag  at. 

Kerani  =  Karani. 

Kereketa  ku,  to  irritate  the  throat, 
to  choke. 

Kereza  ku-,  to  saw,  to  turn,  to  cut 
a  tree  half  through,  aitd  lay  it 
down,  so  as  to  make  a  fence. 


Kerimu  ku-,  to  feast,  to  be  liberal  to. 

Kcring'ende,  a  dragon-fly,  the  red- 
legged  partridge. 

Kero,  trouble,  disturbance,  uproar. 

Kesha,  a  watch,  a  vigil. 

Kesha  ku-,  to  watch,  to  reumin 
awake,  not  to  sleep. 

Kesheza  ku-,  to  make,  to  watch,  to 
keep  awake. 

Kesho,  to-morrow. 

Kesho  kiilini  or  kuchwa,  the  day 
after  to-morrow. 

Kete,  a  cowry. 

A*  ti  ku-,  to  sit  down,  stay,  live(M.). 

Kliabari,  news,  information. 

Khadaa,  fraud. 

Khafifu,  light,  unimportant. 

Kliaini,  a  traitor. 

Khalds,  the  end,  there  is  no  more. 

Khdlifu  ku-  or  JIalifu  ku-,  to  resist, 
oppose,  rebel  against. 

Khalisi  ku-,  to  deliver. 

Khami,  a  chess  bishop. 

Khamsi,  five. 

Khamxini,  fifty. 

Kha  mstashara,  fifteen, 

KharadaM,  mustard. 

Khdrij  ku-,  to  spend. 

Kliashifu  ku-  =  Kashifu  ku-. 

Khatari,  danger. 

Khati,  a  note,  letter,  document, 
memorandum,  writing,  hand- 
writing. 

Kliatibu,  plur.  makhatibu,  a  secre- 
tary, a  preacher. 

Khatima,  end,  completion. 

Khatimisha  ku-,  to  bring  to  an  end, 
complete. 

h'h'iliya,  fault.     Sec  llnthja. 

Khazana,  a  treasure. 

Khema,  a  tent. 

Kheiri   =    Heri,     well,     fortunate. 

n;ippy.  g°od. 


KHI 


KIA 


303 


Mtu  tea  hheiri,  a  happy  roan. 
Kwa  hheiri,  for  good. 
Ni  hheiri,  I  had  better. 
Khini  hu-,  to  betray. 
Khitari  hu-,  to  choose. 
Khitima  nzima,  a  complete  copy  of 

the  Koran.     See  Juzuu. 
Khofisha  hu-,  to  frighten. 
Klwfu,  fear,  danger. 

Kuwa  na  hhofu,        "i  to    become 
Kuingiwa  na  hhofu,  \      afraid. 
Kutia  hhofu,  to  frighten. 
Khorj,  a  pad  used  as  a  saddle  for 

donkeys. 
Khoshi  (?),  paint,  colour. 
KJmbiri  hu-,  to  inform,  give  news. 
Khusumu,  enmity. 
Khutubu  hu-,  to  preach. 
Khuzurungi  or  Huthurungi,  a  stuff 
of  a  brown  yellow  colour,  of  which 
the  best  men's  kanzus  are  made. 
Ki-,  a  prefix  forming  a  diminutive. 
It  becomes  ch-  before  a  vowel, 
and  in  the  plural  it  becomesiu- 
and  vy-,  or  in  other  dialects  zi- 
or  ihi: 
Ki-  as  a  prefix  also  means  (es- 
pecially if  prefixed   to  proper 
names),  such  a  sort ;  and  when 
used  alone,   words   of  such  a 
sort,  i.e.  such  a  language. 
Mavazi  ya  hifaume,  royal  robes. 
Viazi    vya    hizungu,,    European 

potatoes. 
Kiarabu,  Arabic. 
Kiyao,  the  Yao  language. 
Kir  or  ch-,  the  adjectival  and  pro- 
nominal prefix  proper  to   words 
agreeing  with  substantives  of  the 
above  forms. 
Ki-   or  ch-,  the  personal  prefix  of 
verbs  having  substantives  of  the 
above  form  as  their  subject. 


-hi-,  the  objective  prefix  of  verbs 
having  substantives  of  the  above 
form  as  their  object. 
-hi-,  the  sign  of  that  tense  which 
expresses    a   state    of  things, 
being  that,  which  may  be  trans- 
lated by  the  help  of  the  word?, 
if,  supposing,  when,  while,  or 
be  treated  as  a  present  parti- 
ciple in  -ing. 
Kihi-  may  be  contracted  into  hi-. 
Alihuwa  ahiogolea,  he  was  bath- 
ing. 
Ahija,  if  he  comes,  or  when  he 

comes. 
The   syllable  -hi-  is   inserted  in 
the  past  perfect   tense  to  de- 
note   a  continuing    action    or 
state. 
JYalipo-hi-pendana,  when  or  while 
they  loved  one  another. 
Kia,  plur.  via,  a  piece  of  wood,  a 

kind  of  latch,  a  bar. 
Kia  hu-,  to  step  over. 
Kiada,  slowly,  distinctly. 
Kitilio,    plur.   vialio,   cross    pieces 
put  in  a  cooking  pot  to  prevent 
the    meat   touching  the  bottom 
and  burning. 
Kianga,  the  coming  out  of  the  sun 

after  rain. 
Kiapo,  plur.  viapo,  an  ordeal,  an 

oath. 
Kiarabu,  Arabic. 

Ya  kiarabu,  Arabian. 
Kiasi  =  Kiassi. 
Kiass  cha  bunduhi,  a  cartridge. 
Kiassi,  measure,  moderation. 

Kiassi  gani  ?  or  Kassi  gani  ?  How 

much  ? 

Kiatu,  plur.  viatu,  a  shoe,  a  sandal. 

Viatu    vya    mti,   a  sort   of    tall 

wooden  clog  worn  in  the  house, 

x  2 


04 


K  I  A 


KIC 


and  especially  by  women.  They 
are  held  on  by  grasping  a  &  rl 
of  button  (msuruaki)  between 
the  great  and  second  toe. 
Kiazi,  plur.  viazi,  a  sweet  potato. 
Kiazi  hikuu,  plur.  viazi  vikuu,  a 

yam. 
Kiazi  sena,  with  white  skin. 
Kiazi  kindoro,  with  red  skin. 
7v  ■/•>/  haluli,  a  knot  of  makuti  to 
light  a  pipe  with. 

"i,   a  measure,   about   a   pint 
basin  full,  a  pint  basin,  about  a 
pound  ami  a  half. 
Kibakuli,  a  kind  oimtama. 
Kibali  &«-,  to  prosper. 

<</'/.   plur.   vibanda,  a   hut,  a 
hovel,  a  shed. 
Kibanzi,  plur.  vibanzi,  a  splinter,  a 

\-  ry  small  piece  of  wood. 
Kibao,  plur.  ribuo,  a  shelf,  a  small 
piece  of  plank.     In  Tumbatu  a 
chair  is  called  kibao. 
Kibapara,  a    pauper,    a    destitute 

person  (an  insulting  epithet). 
Kibarango,  a  short  heavy  stick. 
Kibaraza,  plur.    vibaraza,  a  small 

stone  seat. 
Kibarua,  plur.  vibarva,  a  note,  a 
ticket.  Kibarua  is  now  used 
in  Zanzibar  to  denote  a  person 
hired  by  the  day,  from  the 
custom  of  giving  such  persons  a 
tick*  t.  to  be  delivered  up  when 
they  are  paid. 
Kiberiti,  sulphur. 

ches. 
Kih'ti.  a  dwarf. 

Kuku  /.'''<-  ft,  a  bantam. 
a,  plur.  vibia,  an  earthen  pot-lid. 
Kibiongo,  plur.  vibiongo,  a  person 

bent  by  age  or  iufirmity. 
Kibobice,  plur.  vibobice,  a  piece  of 


cloth  tied  round  the  loins  during 
hard  work. 

Kibqfu,  plur.  vibofu,  a  bladder. 

Kibogotihi,  plur.  vibogoshi,  a  small 
skin  bag. 

Kiboko,  plur.  viboko,  a  hippo- 
potamus.    See  also  KailZU. 

Kibua,  a  small  lish. 

Kibueta,  plur.  ;■/ ".»/.  to,  a  box. 

Kibula,  the  k<l,ln,  the  point  to 
which  men  turn  when  they  pray. 
Among  the  Mohammedans  the 
kibula  is  the  direction  in  which 
BI(  cca  lies,  which  is  in  Zanzibar 
nearly  north.  Hence  kibula  is 
sometimes  used  to  mean  the 
north. 

Kibula  kit-,  to  point  towards,  to  be 
opposite  to. 

Kibumba,  plur.  vibumba,  a  small 
paper  box  or  case  of  anything. 

Kiburi,  pride. 

Ki'niripembe,  a  native  bird. 

Kicliaa,  lunacy. 
Mwenyi  kicliaa,  a  lunatic. 

Kichaka,  plur.  vichaka,  a  thicket,  a 
heap  of  wood  or  sticks. 

Kichala,  plur.  vichala,  a  bunch. 
Kichala  cha  mzabibu,  a  bunch  of 
grapes. 

Kicheko,  plur.  vickeko,  a  laugh,  a 
giggle. 

Kichikichi,  plur.  vichikichi,  the 
small  nuts  contained  in  the  fruit 
of  the  palm-oil  tree. 

Kichilema,  plur.  vickilema,  the 
heart  of  the  growing  part  of 
the  cocoa-nut  tree,  which  is 
eaten  as  a  salad,  and  in  various 
ways. 

Kicho,  plur.  vicho,  fear,  a  fear. 

Kichocheo,  the  act  of  pushing  wood 
further  into  the  fire,  an  instru- 


KIC 


KIF 


305 


ment  for  doiDg  it,  exciting  words 

to  stir  up  a  quarrel. 
Kichodhoro,  plur.  vichoclwro,  a  very 

narrow  passage,  such  as  is  gene- 
rally left  between  the  houses  in 

Zanzibar. 
Kichwa,  plur.  vichica,  for  Kitwa,  the 

head. 
Kiddka,  plur.  vidaka,  a  recess  in 

the  wall. 
Kidaka,  plur.  vidaka,  a  cocoa-nut 

when  just  formed. 
Kidaka  tonge,  the  uvula. 
Kidanga,  a  very  small  fruit,  before 

it  gets  any  taste. 
Kidari,  the  chest :  Mdari  is  used  of 

both  men  and  animals,  kifua  of 

men  only. 
Kidau,  plur.  vidau,  a  small  vessel. 

Kidau  cha  wino,  an  inkstand. 
Kidevu,  plur.  videcu,  the  chin. 
Kidimbwi,  plur.  vidimbwi,  a   pool 

left  on  the  beach  by  the  falling 

tide. 
Kidinga  popo,  the  dengue  fever. 
Kidogo,  plur.  vidogo,  a  little,  a  very 

little,  a  little  piece,  a  morsel,  a 

crumb. 
Kidoko. 

Kupiga  kidoko,  to  click  with  the 
tongue. 
Kiddie,  plur.  indole,  a  finger,  a  toe. 

Kidoie  cha  gumba,  the  thumb. 
Kidonda,  plur.  vidonda,  a  sore,  a 

small  sore,  a  wound. 
Kidonge,  plur.  vidonge,&  very  small 

round  thing,  a  lump  in  flour,  a  pill. 
Kidoto,  plur.  vidoto,  a  small  piece  of 

cloth  tied  over  a  camel's   eyes 

while  turning  an  oil  press. 
Kielezo,    plur.    vitlezo,    a    pattern, 

something    to    make    something 

else  clear. 


Kievu  (A.)  =  Kidevu. 

Kiendelezo,  progress. 

Kifa,  plur.  vifa,  the  nipple  of  a  gun. 

Kifa  uwongo,  the  sensitive  plant. 

Kifa  fa,  epilepsy,  fits. 

Kifafa,    plur.    vifafa,   sparks   and 

crackling  of  damp  firewood. 
Kifani,   plur.    vifani,    the  like,   a 

similar  thing. 
Kifano,  plur.  vifuno,  a  likeness. 
Kifaranga,      plur.     vifaranga,      a 

chick,  a  very  small  chicken. 
Kifaru,  plur.  vifaru,   a  rhinoceros, 

a  small  rhinoceros. 
Kifaume,  royalty,  a  royal  sort. 

Ya  kifaume,  royal. 
Kifiko,  plur.  vifiko,  arrival,  point  of 

arrival,  end  of  journey. 
Kifu  ku-,  to  suffice. 
Kifu  ndugu,   the  os  coccygis,  the 

bone    which   the   Mohammedans 

say  never  decays. 
Kifua,  plur.  vifua,  the  chest,  the 

bosom. 
Kifufu,  plur.  vifufu,  the  shell  of  the 

cocoa-nut  (M.). 
KifuJeo,  plur.  vifuko.  a  little  bag,  a 
pocket,  a  purse. 

Kifuko  cha  kutilia  fetha,  a  purse. 
Kifumbu,   plur.    vifumbu,   a    small 

round  basket  or  bag  for  squeezing 

scraped  cocoa-nut  in  to  get  out 

the  tui. 
Kifumbo,  plur.  vifumbo,  a  very  large. 

kind  of  matting  bag. 
Kifundo  cha  mguu,  the  ankle. 
Kifundo  cha  mkono,  the  wrist. 
Kifungo,    plur.    vifungo,    anything 

which  fastens,  a  button,  prison. 

imprisonment,  a  kind  of  rice. 
Kifungua,  an  unfastener,  an  opener. 

Kifungua     kanica,     early     food, 
breakfast. 


K  I  F 


K  IJ 


Ki/ungua  wZonj/o,  a  preseni  made 
by  the  bridegroom  to  the  htingu 
of  the   bride   ln-forc   she  allows 

him  to  enter  the  bride's  room, 

on   the    occasion    of    his   first 
visit  to  her. 
Kifuniho,  plur.   vi/uniko,  a  lid,  a 

rover. 
Kiftto,  plur.  vifuo,  a  stick  stuck  in 
the   ground   to  lip  the  husk  off 
cocoa-nuts  with. 
Kifurushi,  something  tied  up  in  the 

corner  of  a  cloth 
Kifusi,  rubbish,  rubbish  from   old 

buildings. 
Kifuu,    plur.    vifuu,    a    cocoa-nut 

shell. 
Kigaga,  plur.  vigaga,  a  Bcab. 
Kigai,  plur.  vigai,  a  piece  of  broken 

pottery  or  ^lass,  a  potsherd. 
Kiganda  cha  pili,  the  two  of  cards. 
Kigaogao,   the  Peuiba  name  for  a 
chameleon,  meaning  changeable. 
Kigogo  =  Kijego. 

Kigerenyenza,  plur.  vigerenyenza,  a 
very  small  piece  of  broken  pottery 
or  glass,  a  splinter. 
K  /;/-'•  f/<  /',',  plur.   ri'1'ltijrle,  a  shrill 
trilling  scream  much  used  as  a 
sign  of  joy,  especially    on    the 
occasion  of  a  birth. 
Kigogo,  a  little  block  of  wood. 
Kigogo    cha    Jcushonea,    a    small 
ol'long  piece  of  wood  used  by 
shoemakers. 
Kigongo,  the  hump  of  a  humpbacked 
person. 
Mwenyi  kigongo,  a  humpback. 
Kigono,  plur.  vigono  (Yao),  a  sleep- 
ing place. 
Kigotiho,  a  bend. 

Kigosho  cha  mlcono,  an  arm  that 
cannot  be  straightened. 


Kigugumizi,  stammering, a  stammer- 

Kigvlu,  lame. 

Kigunni,   plur.  vigunni,  an  oblong 

matting  bag  of  the  kind  in  which 

dates  are  brought  to  Zanzibar. 
Kigunzi,  the  day  before  the  Sihu  a 

mwalui. 
Kigwe,  plur.  rig  we,  a  plaited  cord. 

reins,  a  string  of  beads,  a  piping 

on  the  edge  of  a  dress. 
Kiharusi,  cramp. 
Kiherehere  (cha  moyo),  trepidation, 

palpitation  (of  the  heart). 
Kihindi,  the  Indian  sort,  an  Indian 
language. 

Ya  kihindi,  Indian. 
Kihoro,   sorrow   at    a    loss,   fright, 

homesickness. 
Kiini,  kernel,  the  heart  of  wood. 

Kiini  cha  yayi,  the  yolk  of  an 

egg. 
Kiinimacho,  a  conjuror. 
Kiisha  or  Kisha,  afterwards,  next, 

this  being  ended. 
Kijakazi,  plur.  vijakazi,  a  slave  girl. 
Kijamanda,    plur.     vijamanda,     a 

small  long-shaped  box  commonly 

used  to  carry  betel   and  areca- 

nut  in. 
Kijana,   plur.   vijana,   a    youth,   a 

young    man,     a    complimentary 

epithet,  a  boy  or  girl,  a  son  or 

daughter. 
Kij'iluba,  plur.   vijaluba,    a    small 

metal  box. 
Kijamha,  plur.  vijamba,  a  small  rock. 
Kijaraha,   plur.    vijaraha,   a   small 
wound. 

Kijaraha  cha  booni,  sores  on  the 
penis,  syphilis. 
Kijego,  plur.  vijego,  a  child  which 

cuts  its  upper  teeth  first.     They 

-.re  reckoned  unlucky,  and  among 


K  IJ 


KI  K 


307 


the  wilder  tribes  are  often  killed. 

Applied  by  way  of  abuse  to  bad 

children. 
Kijiboho,    plur.     vijiboko,    a    little 

hippopotamus. 
Kijicho,  envy,  an  envious  glance. 
Kijiguu,  plur.  vijiguu,  a  little  leg. 
Kijiko,  plur.  vijiko,  a  small  spoon, 

a  spoon. 
Eijiti,  plur.  vijiti,  a  little  tree,  a 

bush,  a  shrub,  a  small   pole,   a 

piece  of  wood. 
Kijito,  plur.  vijito,  a  small  stream, 

a  brook. 
Kijito  (M.)  =  Kijicho. 
Kijitwa  or  Kijichwa,  plur.  vijitica, 

a  little  head. 
Kijici,  thievish. 
Kijogoo,  plur.  mjogoo,  a  mussel,  a 

kind  of  shell-fish. 
Kijoli,  the  slaves,  belonging  to  one 

master. 
Kijomba,  Swahili  (M.). 
Kijongo  =  Kiijongo,  a  humpback. 
KijuJiuu,    plur.   vijukuu,  a    great- 
grandchild. 
Kijumbe,    plur.     vijumbe,    a    go- 
between,  a  match-maker. 
Kijumba,  plur.    vijumba,    a    little 

house,  a  hovel. 
Kikaango,  plur.  vikaango,  a  sma1! 

earthen  pot  for  cooking  with  oil 

or  fat. 
Kikaka,  over-haste. 
Kikale,  old  style,  the  antique. 

Ya  kikale,  of  the  ancient  kind, 
antique,  of  old  times. 
Kikao,  plur.  vikao,  a  seat,  sitting, 

dwelling-place. 
Kikapu,  plur.  vikapu,  a  basket,  a 

matting  bag. 
Kikaramba,  a  very  old  person  (dis- 
respectful). 


Kikisa  ku-,  to  understand  half  of 
what  is  said. 
Eutti  Mi yauik/kisa,I  know  some 
of  the  words,  but  not  all. 
Kiko,  plur.  viko,  a  tobacco  pipe,  a 
pi]  e.     The  native  pipes  consist 
of  a  vessel  half  full  of  water  with 
two  stems,  one   leading   to  the 
bowl  and  one  to  the  mouthpiece : 
the  water  vess  1  is  properly  the 
kiko.     See  bori,  digali,  malio,  and 
shilarnu. 
Kikoa,  plur.  vikoa. 

Kula  kikoa.  to  eat  at  the  expense 
of  each  one  in  turn. 
Kikofi,  the  inside  of  the  fingers. 
Kiknhozi,  a  cough. 
Kikoi.   plur.   vikoi,   a   white    loin- 
cloth with  coloured  stripes  near 
the  border. 
Kikombe,  plur.  vikombe,  a  cup. 
Kikombo,  a  little  crooked  thing. 
Kikomo,  plur.  vikomo,  end,  end  of 
journey,  arrival. 
Kikomo  cha  uso,   the   brow,   es- 
pecially if  prominent. 
Kikondoo.     See  Koncloo. 
Kikongwe,   plur.   rikongwe,  an  ex- 
tremely old  person,  a  feeble  old 
woman. 
Kikomo,  plur.  vikono,  the  prow  of  a 

small  native  vessel. 
Kikonyo,  plur.  vikonyo,  flower  and 
fruit  stalks,  the  stalks  of  cloves. 
Kikorombwe,  a  cry  made  into  tke 

hand  by  way  of  signal,  a  call. 

Kikosi  or  Ukosi,  the  nape  of  the  neck. 

Kikoto,  plur.  vikoto  (M.),  a  plaited 

thong    or   whip    carried    by  an 

overlooker  and  used  in  schools. 

Kikozi,  plur.  vikozi,  a  detachment, 

a  band,  company,  division. 
Kikuba,  plur.  vikuba,  a  small  packet 


308 


K  I  K 


K  I  M 


of  aromatic  leaves,  &c,  worn  in 
the  dn  sa  by  women.  It  is  com- 
post '1  of  n  ku  -/'.  sprinkled  with 
dalia,  and  tied  up  with  a  strip  of 
the  mJcadi. 

Kikuku,  plur.  vikuku,  a  bracelet,  an 
arm  rinpr. 
Kikuku   cha    kupandia  fra*i,   a 
stirrup. 

Kikunazi  (?),  labia  (obscene). 

Kit:  umbo. 
Kupiga  Jcikumbo,  to  push  aside, 
to  shove  out  of  tlio  way. 

Kiluta.  plur.  ril;utn.  a  small  stone 
wall. 

Kikwapa,  the  perspiration  from  the 
armpit.    See  also  Eanzu. 

Kilu-i.  plur.  vikwi,  a  thousand,  ten 
thousand. 

Kilango,  a  narrow  entrance. 
Kilango  cha  bahari,  straits. 
Kilango  cha  jalia,   the    gate  of 
Paradise. 

A'//. ,  that,  yonder. 

I\'i'>  ji,  a  round  flat  wheaten  cake. 

KUele,  plur.  vilele,  a  peak,  a  sum- 
mit, a  pointed  top,  a  point'  I 
shoot  in  a  tree  or  plant. 

Kilema,   plur.  vilema,  a  deformed 
person. 
Si    ri  via    kucheka    kilema,  it  is 
wrong  to  laugh  at  one  who  is 
deformed. 

KUemba,  plur.  vUemba,  a  turban,  a 
customary  present  at  the  comple- 
tion of  a  job  and  on  many  other 
occasions. 

Kill  :iii>>  t-grandson. 

Kileo,  plur.  trileo,  intoxication,  an 
intoxicating  thing. 

Kilete,  plur.  vilete,  metal  rowlocks, 
crutches. 

V</'  i  ■<  =  Kid*  in. 


Kili/u,  plur.  rili/u,  the   cloth-like 

envelope  of  the  young  cocoa-nut 

leaves. 
Kilima,  plur.  vilima,  a  hill,  arising 

ground,  a  mound  of  earth. 
Kilimbili,  the  wrist. 
Kilimia,  the  Pleiades  (?). 
Kilimo, cultivation, the  crop  planted. 

Kilimo  cha  nini)    what   is   the 
crop  to  be  ? 
Kilindi,   plur.   vilindi,   the    deeps, 

deep  water. 
Kilinga  popo  (?),  rheumatism. 
Kilinge  cha  maneno,  cha    uganga, 

speaking    in  a  dark  manner  not 

generally  understood. 
KUio,  plur.  r/7/o,  a  cry,  weeping. 
Kiliza  lni-,  to  chink  money. 
/v"///(f  or  Kulla,  every. 

Killa  in  ndapo,  wherever  I  go,  or, 
every  time  I  go. 
Kiluthu,  velvet. 
Kliuii,  a  monkey. 
Kiimi,  price,  measure. 
Kimaji,  damp. 
Kimanda,  an  omelette. 
Kimandu,  the  piece  of  wood  put  on 

behind  the  sill  and  lintel  of  a 

door   to   receive    the    pivots    on 

which  it  turns. 
Kimanga,  a  small  kind  of  grain. 
Kimanga,  of  the  Arab  sort,     fc-'ee 

Manga. 
Kimanga. 

Chui  kimango,  a  full-grown  leo 
pard. 
Kimashamiba,     belonging     to     the 
nitry.  a  country  dialect. 

Ya  kimashamba,  countrifii  d. 
Kimbaumbau,  a  chameleon. 
Kimbia  /./<-,  to  run  away,  to  flee. 
Kimbiza  /,■»-,  to  make  to  run  away, 

to  put  to  flight. 


KIM 


KIN 


3  9 


Kimbizia  leu-,  to  make  to  run  away 

from. 
Kimerima.     See  Mer*ma. 
Kimeta,  a  sparkling,  a  glitter. 
Kimetimeti,  plur.  vimetimeti,  a  fire- 

fly- 

Kimia,  plur.  vimia,  a  circular  cast- 
ing-net. 

Kimio,  the  uvula,  an  enlarged 
uvula. 

Kimo,  it  is  or  wns  inside. 

Kimoja,  one.     See  Moja. 

Kimporoto,  nonsense. 

Kimurimuri,  plur.  vimurimuri,  a 
fire-fly. 

Kimvunga,  a  hurricane. 

Kimwa  ku-,  to  be  tired,  disgusted, 
to  be  cross  at  having  anything  to 
do. 

Kimwondo,  plur.  vimwondo,  a  mis- 
sile, a  shooting  star,  because  they 
are  said  to  be  thrown  by  the 
angels  at  the  Jins. 

Kimya,  silence,  perfect  stillness. 
Mtu  wa  Mmyakimija,  a  still  man. 

Kina. 
Kina  sisi,  people  like  us. 
Makasha  haya  ya  kina  Abdallah, 
these  chests  belong  to  Abdal- 
lah's  people. 

Kina,  plur.  vina,  a  verse,  the  final 
syllable  of  the  lines,  which  is  the 
same  throughout  the  poem. 

Kinai  ku-,  to  be  content  without, 
to  withhold  oneself  from  desiring, 
to  be  self-satisfied,  to  revolt  at, 
to  nauseate. 

Kinaisha  ku-,  to  revolt,  to  make 
unable  to  eat  any  more,  to  take 
away  the  desire  of. 

Kinamizi  or  Kiinamizi,  stooping  to 
one's  work. 

Kinanda,  plur.  vinanda,  a  stringed 


instrument,  applied  to  nearly  all 
European  instruments. 

Kinara,  plur.  vinara,  a  little  tower, 
a  candleslick.     See  also  Kanzu. 

Kinaya,  self-content,  insolence. 

Kinayi  ku-  =  Kinai  ku-. 

Kinda,  plur.  makinda,  a  very  young 
bird,  the  young  of  birds. 

Kindana  ku-,  to  object  to,  to  stand 
in  the  way  of.    i)-'»*-fv<-\ 

Kinena,  the  abdomen. 

Kinga,  plur.  -vinga,  a  brand,  a  half- 
burnt  piece  of  firewood. 

Kinga,  a  stop,  a  limit  put  to  a 
thing. 

Kinga  ku-,  to  put  something  to  catch 
something,  to  guard  oneself,  to 
ward  a  blow. 
Kukinga  mvua,  to  put  something 
to  catch  the  rainwater. 

Kingaja,  plur.  vingaja,  a  bracelet  of 
beads. 

Kingalingali,  on  the  back  (of  falling 
or  lying). 

Kingama  ku-,  to  lie  across. 

Mti   umekingama   njiani,  a   tree 
lies  across  the  road- 

Kingamhha  ku-,  to  block,  to  st;  ip, 
to  spoil. 

Kinge,  too  little. 

Chakula  kinge,  too  little  food. 

Kingojo,  a  watch,  time  or  place  of 
watching. 

Kingozi,  the  old  language  of  Me- 
linda,  the  poetical  dialect,  diffi- 
cult and  ill-understood  language. 

Kingubwa,  the  spotted  hyaena. 

Kinika  ku-,  to  be  certain  or  ascer- 
tained about  a  person. 

Kinjunjuri. 
Kukata  kinjunjuri,  to  shave  all 
the  hair  except  one  long  tuft. 

Kinono,  plur.  vinono,  a  futling, 


310 


KIN 


K  I  P 


Kiuoo,  phir.  vinoo,  a  whetstone. 

Embe  kinoo,  a  small  yellow  kind 
of  piango. 

Kiuu,  plur.  vinu,  a  wooden  mortar 
for  pounding  and  for  cleaning 
com,  an  oil-mill,  a  mill. 
Kinu  cha  Tnishindihia,  a  mill  for 

pr<  ssing  oil. 
Kinu  elm  moshi,  a  steam  mill. 

Kinubi,  plur.  vinvbi,  a  harp. 
J'.i  Kinuhi,  Nubian. 

Kinwa  =  Kinywa. 

Kinwa,  plur.  vimra,  a  mouth. 

Kinwa  mchuzi,  the  imperial,  the 
place  where  the  imperial  grows. 

Kinyaa,  filth,  dung. 

Kinyago,  plur.  vinyago,  a  thing  to 
frighten  people,  such  as  a  mock 
ghost,  &c,  &c. 

Kiiajegere,  a  small  animal,  a  skunk. 

Kinyemi,  pleasant,  good. 

Kinyenye/u,  a  tickling,  a  tingling. 

Kinyezi.    See  Kinyaa. 

Kinyi,  having.     See  -inyi. 

Kinyonga,  plur.  vinyonga,  a  chame- 
leon. 

Kinyozi,  plur.  vinyozi,  a  barber,  a 
shaver. 

Kinyuma  =  Kinyume. 

Kinyume,  afterwards. 

Kinyume,  going  back,  shifting, 
alteration,  an  enigmatic  way  of 
speaking,  in  which  the  last  syl- 
lable is  put  first.    See  Appendix  I. 

Kinyumba,  a  kept  mistre.-s. 

Kimjunya,  plur.  vinyunya,  a  kind 
of  cake,  a  little  cake  made  to  try 
the  quality  of  the  flour. 

Kingwa,  plur.  vinyua,  a  drink,  a 
beverage. 

Kinywaji,  plur.  vinywaji,  a  beve- 
rage, a  usual  beverage. 


Kinza  fair,  to  contradict,  deny. 
Kioga,  plur.  vioga,  a  mushroom, 
Kiohosi,  plur.  vioJcosi,  a  reward  for 

Qnding  a  lost  thing  and  returning 

it  to  the  owner. 
Kioja,  plur.  vioja,  a  curiosity. 
Kionda,  a  taster. 

Kionda  mtuzi,  the  imperial,  the 
place  where  the  imperial  grow.-* 
(M.). 
Kiongozi,  plur.  viongozi,  a  leader,  a 

guide,  a  caravan  guide. 
Kiongwe,  plur.  viongwe,  a   donkey 

from  the  mainland;  they  arc  re- 
puted very  hard  to  manage. 
Kioo,  plur.  vioo,  glass,  a  gloss,  a 

looking-glHSs,  a  piece  of  glass, — 

a  fish-hook  (M.). 
Kiopoo,  a  pole  or  other  instrument 

to  get  tilings  out  of  a  well,  &c, 

with. 
Kiosha  miguu,  a  present  made  by 

the  bridegroom  to  the  leungu  of 

(he  bride  on  the  occasion  of  his 

first  visit. 
Kioto,  plur.  viota,  a  hen's  nest,  a 

laying  place,  a  bird's  nest. 
Kofo  =  Kiota. 
Kiotoe. 

Kupiga  lioice,  to  scream,  cry  for 
help. 
Kiowevit,  a  liquid. 
Kior.ii,  putridity. 
Kipa  mlono,  a  present  mado  by  the 

bridegroom  to  the  bride  when  he 

first  sees  her  face. 
Kipan,  plur.  vipaa,&  thatched  roof, 
the  long  sides  of  a  roof. 

Kipaa  cha  mbele,  the  front  slope 
of  the  roof. 

Kipaa  cha  nyuma,  the  back  slope 
of  the  roof. 
Kipaje,  a  kind  of  mlama. 


kip 


KIR 


311 


Kipaji,  a  kind  of  cosmetic.    See 

also  Kanzu. 
Kipahu,  plur.  vipaku,  a    spot    or 

mark  of  a  different  colour. 
Kipambo,  adornment. 
Kipande,  plur.  vipande,  a  piece,  an 
instrument,  a  small  rammer  for 
beating  roofs. 

Vipande  vya    kupimia,  nautical 
instruments. 

Kipande  kilichonona,  a  piece  of 
fat. 
Kipanga,  a  large   bird  of  prey,  a 

horse-fly. 
Kipangozi,    a    sluggish    incurable 

sore  on  a  horse  or  ass. 
Kipara,  plur.  vipara,  a  shaved  place 

on  the  head. 
Kipele,  plur.  vipele,  a  pimple. 
Kipendi,  a  darling,  a  favourite. 
Kipenu,  plur.  vipenu,  a  lean-to,  the 

side  cabins  of  a  ship. 
Kipenyo,  a  small  place  where  some- 
thing passes  through. 
Kipepeo,  plur.   vipepeo,  a   fan  for 

blowing  the  fire,  a  butterfly. 
Kipeto,  plur.  vipeto,  a  jacket. 
Kipi  or  Kipia,  a  cock's  spur. 
Kipigi,  a  rainbow  (?). 
Kipila,  a  curlew. 
Kipilipili. 

Nyele  za  Jcipilipili,  woolly  hair. 
Kipindi,  a  time,  a  period  of  time,  an 
hour. 

Kipindi  chote,  at  every  period. 

Kipindi  cha  aththuuri,  the  hour 
of  noon. 
Kipinda. 

Kufa  hipinda,  to  die  a  natural 
death,  as  cattle,  &c. 
Kipindupindu,  cholera. 
Kipingwa,  plur.  vipingwa,  a  bar. 
Kipini,  plur  vipini,  a  hilt,  a  haft, 


a  handle  of  the  same  kind  as  a 
knife  handle,  a  stud-shaped  orna- 
ment worn  by  women  in  the  nose, 
and  sometimes  in  the  ears  also. 

Kipimo,  plur.  vipimo,  a  measure. 

Kipofu,  plur.  vipo/u,  a  blind  per- 
son. 

Kipolepole,  a  butterfly. 

Kipooza,  paralysis. 

Kipukuba,  dropped  early,  cast  fruit, 
etc. 

Kipukute,  Kipukuse  =  Kipukuba. 
Ndizi  kipukute,  little  bananas. 

Kipuli,  plur.  vipuli,  a  dangling 
ornament  worn  by  women  in  the 
ear;  they  are  often  little  silver 
crescents,  five  or  six  round  the 
outer  circumference  of  each  ear. 

Kipunguo,  plur.  vipunguo,  defect, 
deficiency. 

Kipupwe,  the  cold  season  (June  and 
July). 

Kipwa,  plur.  vipwa,  rocks  in  the  sea. 

Kiraka,  plur.  viraka,  a  patch. 

Kiri  ku-,  to  confess,  accept,  acknow- 
ledge, assert. 

Kiriba,  plur.  viriba,  a  water-skin. 

Kirihi  ku-,  to  provoke. 

Kirihika  ku-,  to  be  provoked,  to  be 
offended. 

Kirihisha  ku-,  to  make  offended,  to 
aggravate. 

Kirimba,  a  cage  for  wild  animals, 
a  meat-safe. 

Kirimu  ku-,  to  feast. 

Kirithi  hu-,  to  borrow,  specially  to 
borrow  money. 

Kiroboto,  plur.  viroboto,  a  flea.  The- 
Hathramaut  soldiers  are  nick- 
named Viroboto,  and  their  song 
as  they  march  is  parodied  by, 
Kiroboto,  Kiroboto,  tia  moto,  tia 
moto. 


312 


K  I  E 


KIS 


Kitvkanjia,  a  kind  of  mouse  Found 

in  Zanzibar. 
Eirukia,  a  kind  of  parasite  growing 

on  fruit  tr«  es. 
Kiruu,  Mind  rage. 
7\7.«<,  plur.  rtsa,  a  cause,  a  reason, 
a  short  tale. 
Visa  vingi,  many  affairs,  a  com- 

plicated  bus  ness. 
Kiga  cha  koko,  kernel  of  a  stone. 
Kisaga,   a   measure   equal    to    two 

Kibaba8. 
Kisahani,  plur.  visahani,  a  plate,  a 

small  duh. 
Kisanduku,  plur.  vi>andu!;u,  a  small 

chest,  a  box. 
Kisarani,  a  gree  ly  fellow,  a  miser. 
Kisasi,  revenge,  retaliation. 
Kisliada,  a  tailless  kite. 
Kisliaka,  plur.  vi<halca,  a  thicket. 
Kisheda,a  bunch  of  grapes,  a  papi  • 

fluttering  in  the  air  like  a  kite. 
Kishenzi,  of  the  wild  people. 

Lugha  ya  kisheuzi,  a  language  of 
the  interior. 
J\'i.<hi,  a  cli<  ss-queen. 
Kishigino  =  Kisigino. 
Kishinda,  a  small  residue  left  in  a 
place  or  inside  something,   as 
in  a  water-jar    less  than  half 
full. 
Fishinda  vingi  pi  umr-tia?    How 
many  portions  (of  grain)  have 
you  put  (in  the  mortar,  to  be 
cleaned)? 
Kishindo,  noise,  shock. 
KUliogo,  the  buck  of  the  head  and 
neck. 
Akupaye  kishogo  si  mwenzio,  one 
who  turns  his  bac  ;  upon  you 
,<,  ^Iftotvourjnnd. 
Ktshwara,  a  loop  of  rope  to  haul  by 
in  dragging  a  vessel  into  or  out 


of  the  water,  a  loop  in  the  side  ,  I 

a  dhow  to  puss  an  oar  through 

for  rowing. 
Kisi  /.'(-,  to  guess. 
Kukisi  tanga,  to  shift  over  a   soil 

to  the  opposite  Bide. 
Kisi,  Kei  p  her  away  ! 
Kisibao,  plur.   visibao,  a  waistooat 
with  or  without  sleeves;   they 
are    very   commonly   worn    in 
Zanzibar. 

Kisibao    cha  mikono,    a    sleeved 
waiatcoat. 

Kisibao  cha  vikapa  or  vikwapa,  a 
sleeveless  waistcoat. 
Kisibu  (?),  a  nickname. 
Kisigino  or  Kishigino,  the  elbow. 

Kisigino  cha  mguu,  the  heel. 
Kisiki,  plur  visiki,  a  log.     Used  in 

sialic  language  for  a  prostitute. 
Kisiki  cha  mvua,  a  rainbow  (M.). 
Kisima,  plur.  visima,  a  well. 
Kisind  (obscene),  the  clitoris. 
Kisitiri,      a     screen,     screen-wall, 

parapet. 
Kisiwa,  plur.  visiwa,  an  island. 
Kisiyangu  [Tumbatu]  =  Kizingiti. 
Kisiwiso. 

Kisiwiso  cha  choo  chauma,  consti- 
pation. 
Kishoka,  plur.  vishoka,  a  hatchet,  a 

small  axe. 
Kishvbaka,  plur.  vishuhaka,  a  small 

recess,  a  pigeon-hole. 
Kisliungi,  plur.  vishungi,  the  ends  of 

the  turban  cloth,  lappets. 
Kisma,  a  part. 
Kisombo,  a   paste  made  of  beans, 

171  '//u;/o,  &e. 
Kisongo,  plur.  visongo,  a  piece  of 

wood  to  twist  cord  or  rope  with. 
Kisoze,  a  very  small  bird  with  back 

blue,  and  breast  yellow. 


K  IS 


KIT 


313 


Kisu,  plur.  visit,  a  knife. 

Kisua,  a  suit  of  clothes. 

Kisugidu,  plur.  visugulu,  a  mound 
of  earth,  an  ant-hill. 

Kisungura,  plur.  visungura,  a  little 
rabbit  or  hare  (?). 

Kisunono,  gonorrhoea. 

Kisunono  cha  damu,  with  passing 

blood. 
Kisunono  cha  uzaha,  with  passing 

matter. 
Kisunono  cha  mkojo,  with  constant 
micturition. 

Kisusuli,  a  whirlwind  (?)  a  boy's 
kite  (?). 

Kisusi,  plur.  visusi,  the  hip  of  a 
roof.  The  main  roof  starts  from 
the  long  front  and  hack  walls, 
and  is  called  the  paa ;  small 
roofs  start  from  the  end  walls, 
and  are  carried  to  the  ridge  under 
and  within  the  paa :  these  are 
the  visusi. 

Kisuto  =  Kisutu. 

Kisutu,  plur.  visutu,  a  large  piece 
of  printed  calico,  often  forming 
a  woman's  whole  dress,  a  cover- 
lid. 

Kiswa  =  Kisa. 

Kitabu,  plur.  vitahu,  a  book. 

Kitagalifa,  a  small  matting  bag  for 
halua,  &c. 

Kitakizo,  plur.  vitakizo,  the  head 
and  foot-pieces  of  a  bedstead. 

Kitako,  sitting. 

Kukaa  kitako,  to  sit  down,  to  re- 
main in  one  locality. 

Kitale,  plur.  vitale,  a  cocoa-nut  just 
beginning  to  grow. 

Kitali,  sailcloth. 

Kitalu,  a  stone  fence,  a  wall. 

Kitambaa,  plur.  vitambaa,  a  small 
piece  of  cloth  a  rag. 


Kitambaa   cha  kufutia  mhono,   a 

towel. 
Kitambaa  chameza,  a  tablenapkin. 
Kitambi  cha  kilemba,  a  piece  of  stuff 

for  making  a  turban. 
Kitambo,  a  short  time. 
Kitamiri,  a  kind  of  evil  spirit. 
Kitana,  plur.  vitana,  a  small  comb. 
Kitanda,  plur.  vitanda,  a  bedstead, 

a  couch. 
Kitanga,  plur.  vitanga,  a  round  mat 
used  to  lay  out  food  upon. 
Kitanga  cha  mhono,  the  palm  of 

the  hand. 
Kitanga  cha  mzani,  a  scale  pan. 
Kitanga  cha  pepo,  the  name  of  a 
dance. 
Kitani,  flax,  linen,  string. 
Kitanzi,    plur.   vitanzi,    a    loop,   a 

button-loop. 
Kitaowa,    the  kind   proper    for    a 
devotee. 
Amevaa   nguo  za  kitaowa,  he  is 
dressed  like  a  devotee. 
Kitapo,  plur.  vitapo,  a  shivering,  a 

shiver. 
Kitara,  plur.  vitara,  a  curved  sword. 
Kitara,  an  open  shed  in  a  village, 
where  people  sit  to  talk  and  trans- 
act business. 
Kitasa,  a  box  lock,  a  lock. 
Kitatangi,   a  cheat.     Also  a  very 
bright-coloured      sea-fish    with 
spines,  a  sea-porcupine. 
Kitawi,  a  kind  of  weed. 
Kitawi,  plur.   vitawi,  a   branch,  a 

bough,  a  bunch. 
Kite,  feeling  sure,  certainty,  faith- 
fully (?),  affection. 
Kana  kite  haye,  he  has  no  affec- 
tion. 
Kupiga  kite,  to  cry  or  groan  from 
inward  pain. 


.114 


K  I  T 


KIT 


Kitefiefu,  Bobbing   before  or  after 

orying. 
Kitefute,  the  oheek,  the  part  of  the 

face  over  the  chuek-bone. 
Kit-  kit,  a  tosser. 
Kit'  tribe,  a  lisp. 
Kit'  mbwi,  a  thread  of  flax  or  fine 

grass. 
K'ti  nihiwili,   plur.    vitendawili,   an 

enigma.     The    propounder  says 

Kitendawili;     tlie    rest    answer 

Tega;    he    then    propounds   his 

enigma. 
Kitendo,  plur.  vitendo,  an  action. 
Kit'  ugenya,   a  small    bird    spotted 

with  white,  yellow,  ami  red. 
Kileo,  plur.   viteo,   a  small   sifting 

basket. 
KUeeo,  a  vase. 

Kitewe,  loss  of  the  use  of  the  legs. 
K.thiri    ku-,    to    grow    large,     in- 
crease 

Umekithiri  kuzaa,   it   has   borne 
more  than  before. 
KM,  plur.  viti,  a  chair,  a  Beat. 

KM  cha  frasi,  a  saddle. 
Kitimbi,  plur.  vitimbi,  an   artific  ■, 

an  artful  trick. 
Kitinda  miniba,   the  last  child   a 

woman  will  hear; 
Kitindi.    See  Vitindi. 
Kiti-ho,  piur.  vititho,  fear,  a  terrify- 
ing thiug. 
Kiliti,  plur.  vititi,  a  hare,  a  rabbit, 

a  little  thiug  (ML). 
Kititi,  to   the   full,   entirely,   alto- 

irether,  all  at  once. 
Kititi  cha  bahari,  the  depths  of  the 

sea. 
Kititia,  a  chill's  windmill. 
Kitiwanga,       chicken-pox.        Tbe 

natives  say  an  epidemic  of  lciti- 

xranga,    always  precedes  one   of 


small-pox.     Also   tititranga,  and 

perhaps  trie  ya  hionnga. 
Kit",  plur  rito,  a  precious  stone. 
Kitoha  (M.)  =  Kishoka, 
Kitoma,  plur.  vitoma,  a  small  round 

pumpkin. 
Kitoma,  orchitis. 
Kitone,  plur.  vitone,  a  drop. 
Kitonga,  hydrocele  (?). 
Kitongqji,  a  village. 
Kitongotongo. 

Kutezama  kitongotongo,  to  glance 
at  contemptuously   with    halt- 
shut  eyes. 
Kitoria,  a  kind  of  edible  fruit. 
Kitotco  (M.)  -  Kichocheo. 
Kitnto,  plur.  vitoto,  a  little  child. 
Kitovu,  plur.  vitovu,  the  navel. 
Kitoioeo,  plur.  vitoioeo,  a  relish,   a 

something  to  be  eaten  with  the 

rice  or  other  vegetable  food,  such 

as  meat,  fish,  curry,  &c. 
Kitu,  plur.  vitu,  a  thing,  especially 
a  tangible  thing. 

Si  Idtu,  nothing,  worthless. 
Kitua,  plur.  vitua,  the  shade  of  a 

tree,  &c~ 
Kituko,  startledness,  fright. 
Kitukuu,    plur.    vitukuu,    a   great 

grandchild. 
Kitulizo,  plur.  vilulizo,  a  soothing, 

quieting  thing. 
Kitumbua,  plur.  vitumhua,  a  sort  •! 

cake  or  fritter  made  in  Zanzibar. 
Kitunda,    plur.    vitunda,   a    ch  bb 

pawn. 
Kit'indwi,  a  water-jar  [Tumbafu]. 
Kitunga,    plur.    vitunga,    a    small 

round  basket. 
Kitungu  (?)  a  small  round  earthen 

dish. 
Kitungvle,  plur.  vitunguh,  a  hare  or 
rabbit  (?). 


KI  T 


KIW 


315 


Kitunguu,  plur.  vitunguu,  an  onion. 

Kitunguu  somu,  garlic. 

Kitungwa,    a    small   bird    like    a 

sparrow. 

Kituo,  plur.  viluo,  an  encampment, 

a  resting-place,  a  putting  down. 

Hana  kituo,  he  is  always  gadding 

about. 

Kitupa,  plur.  vitupa,  a  little  bottle, 

a  vial. 
Kitutia. 

.Bahari  ya  kitutia,  a  boiling  sea, 
deep  and  rough. 
Kitwa,  plur.  vitwa,  the  head. 
Kitwangomba,  a  somersault. 
Kitwakitwa,  topsy-turvy. 
Kitwana,  plur.  vitwana,  a  slave  boy. 
Kiu,  thirst. 

Kuwa  na  kiu,  to  be  thirsty. 
Kuona  kiu,  to  feel  thirst. 
Kiua,  plur.  viua,  an  eyelet  hole. 
Kiuka  ku-,  to  step  over. 
Kiukia  =  Kirukia. 
Kiuma,  plur.  viuma.  a  fork. 
Kiuma  mbuzi,  a  small  dark-coloured 

lizard. 
Kiumbe,  plur.    viumbe,  a    creature, 

created  thing. 
Kiumbizi,  a  peculiar  way  of  beating 
the  drum ;    the  people  sing  the 
while,    Slieitani    ndoo    tupigane 
fimbo. 
Kiunga,  plur.  viunga,  a  suburb,  the 
outskirts  of  a  town. 
Kiungani,  near  the  town,  in  the 
suburbs. 
Kiwigo,  plur.  viungo,  a  joint, — an 

acid  thing  put  into  the  mchuzi. 
Kiunguja,  the  language  of  Zanzibar. 
Kiungwana,  the  free  or  gentlemanly 
sort. 
Ya   kiungwana,   civilized,    cour- 
teous, becoming  a  free  man. 


MicanamJce  wa  kiungwana,  a  lady. 
Kiungulia,  plur.  viungulia,  an  eruc- 
tation, a  breaking  of  wind. 
Kiuno,  plur.  viuno,  the  loins. 
Kiunza,  plur.  viunza,  the  plank  laid 
over  the  body  before  the  grave 
is  filled  in.    (Coffins   are   never 
used.) 
Kiuwaji,  murderous,  deadly. 
Kivi,  the  elbow. 
Kivimba,  plur.  vivimba,  the  girth  of 

a  tree,  the  circumference. 
Kivimbi,  a  small  swelling. 
Kivuko,  plur.  vivuko,  a  ford,  a  ferry, 

a  crossing-place. 
Kivuli,  plur.   vivuli,   a  shadow,   a 

shade,  a  ghost. 
Kivumbazi,  a  strong-smelling  herb 
said  to  scare  mosquitoes :  wash- 
ing in  water  in  which  it  has  been 
steeped  is  said  to  be  a  preventive 
of  bad  dreams. 
Kivumbo,  lonely  (?). 
Kivumi,   plur.   vivumi,   a    roaring, 

bellowing  sound. 
Kivyao  =  Kizao. 
Kivyazi,  birth. 
Kiwambaza,    plur.     viwambaza,    a 

mud  and  stud  wall. 
Kiwambo,       something       strained 
tightly  over  a   frame,   like   the 
skin  of  a  drum,  a  weaving  frame. 
Kiwanda,   plur.   viwandn,  a  work- 
shop, a  yard,  a  plot  of  land. 
Kiwango,  plur.  viivango,  a  number, 
position  in  the  world,  duties  be- 
longing to  one's  position,  a  man's 
place. 
Kiwanja  =  Kiwanda. 
Kiwao,  a  great  feast  [Tumbatu]. 
Kiwavi,  plur.  viwavi,  a  nettle,  a  sea- 
nettle. 
Kiwavu  chana  (A.),  ribs. 


r.io 


K  I  W 


KOH 


Kiwe,  plur.  ntM. 

EttM   eAa   uso,  a  small   kiud  of 
j'inipK-  on  the  face. 
Kiwele,  an  udder. 
Kiwemhi .  a  pock<  t-knife. 
Kivoeo  (M.),  thigh,  lap. 
A'/>.  /< .  loss  of  t  lie  use  of  the  legs. 
Kiwi,  moon-blindness,  a  dazzle. 

Kufanya  kiwi,  to  dazzle. 
A"/"/,  plur.   vivoi,  a  small  stick,  a 

piea  of  \\  uod,  a  bar. 
Kiwilco. 

KhoiJco  cha  rrikono,  the  wrist. 

Kiioilco  cha  mguu,  the  ankle. 
Kiwiliwili,  the  human   trunk,  the 

body  without  the  limb3. 
Kiyama,  the  resurrection. 
Kiyarribaza,  a  bulkhead,  partition 

Also  =  Kiwambaza. 
Kiyambo,  neighbourhood,  a  village. 
Kiza  or  G«:a,  darkness. 

Kutia  kiza,  to  darken,  to  dim. 
Kizao,   plur.    t-tzao,  a    native,   one 

born  in  the  place. 
Kizazi,   plur.  vizazi,  a  generation. 
Kizee,   diminutive  of  mzee,    gene- 
rally used  of  an  old  woman. 
Kizibo,   plur.    vizibo,  a   stopper,   a 

cork. 
Kizio,  plur.  vizio,  half  of  an  orange, 

cocoa-nut,  &c. 
Kizimbi,  plur.  vizimbi,  a  cage. 
Kizin  la,  a  virgin. 
Kizinia,  plur.  vizinga,  a  large  log 

half  burnt. 
Kizingiti,  threshold,  the  top  and 

bottom  piecesof  a  door  or  window 

frame,  bar  of  a  river. 
Kizingo,  turnings,  curves  of  a  river, 

&c,  (?)  a  burial  ground. 
Kizingo,  Bharp  shore  sand  used  for 

buil  ling. 
Kiziwi,  plur.  viziwi,  deaf. 


Kizuio  =  Kh.ui:i. 

Kizuizi,  plur.  vizuizi,  a  stop,  a  thing 

w  bich  hinders  or  stays. 
Kizuizo,  plur.  vizuizo,  a  hindrance. 
Kizulca,  plur.  oieuka,  a  kind  of  evil 

spirit,  a  woman   who   is  staying 

in     perfect     secrecy    and     quiet 

during    the    mourning    for    her 

husband.     Bee  Eda. 

igu,  a  European  language. 

Ya  kizungu,  European. 
Kizunguzungu,  giddiness. 
Kizuri,  beauty,  a  beauty. 
Kizushi,  an  intruder. 
Kizuu,  plur.  vizuu,  a  kind  of  evil 

spirit,  which  kills  people  at  the 

order  of  its  master. 
Ko,  -];<>,  -ko,  win  re  whither,  whence. 

Ko  hute,  whil  bersoever. 
Jfoa,  plur.  makoa,  a  snail, 
ifoa  (plur.  of  Ulma),  the  silver  rings 

on  the  scabhard  of  a  sword,  &c, 

plates  of  metal. 
Kobe,  a  tortoise. 
Koche,  plur.  makoche,  the  fruit  of  a 

kind  of  palm. 
/v»/i,  rent. 
Kodolea  ku-,  to  fix  the  eyes  upon, 

to  stare. 
Kofi,  plur.  makojt,  the  flat  of  the 
hand. 

Kupiga  Icofi,  to  strike  with  open 
hand,  to  box  the  ears. 

Kupiga  makofi,  to  clap  the  hands. 
Kofia,  a  cap. 
Kdfila,  a  caravan. 
Kofua,  emaciated. 
Kt>ija  =  Kuoga. 
Kohani,   a   small   red   fish  like    a 

mullet. 
Koho,  a  large  bird  of  prey. 
Kohoa,  kvr,  to  cough. 
Kohozi,  expectorated  matter. 


KOI 


KON 


317 


Koikoi,  plur.   makoikoi,  a   sort   of 

evil  spirit. 
Koja,    a    gold    ornament    for   the 

neck. 
Kojoa  ku-,  to  make  water. 
Koka  =  Kuoka. 
Koka  ku-,  to  set  on  fire. 
Koko,  plur.  makoko,  kernels,  nuts, 

stones  of  fruit. 
Koko,    plur.    makoko,    brushwood, 
thickets,  bushes. 

Mbwa  koko,  a  homeless  dog  that 
lives  in  the  thickets  and  eats 
carrion. 
Kokomoka  ku-,  to  vomit,  to  belch 

out,  blurt  out. 
Kokota  ku-,  to  drag. 

Kukokota  roho,  to  breathe  hard. 
Kokoteza  ku-,  to  do  anything  slowly 

and  carefully. 
Kokoto,    plur.    makukoto,    a   small 

stone,  a  small  piece  of  stone. 
Kokwa,  plur.  makokwa,  nuts,  stones 

of  fruit. 
Kolekole,  a  kind  of  fish. 
Kolea  ku-,  to  become  well  flavoured, 

to  get  the  right  quantity  of    a 

condiment. 
Koleo,  plur.  makoleo,  tongs. 
Kologa  ku-,  to  stir. 
Koma,  plur.  makoma,  a  kind  of  fruit. 
Koma  ku-,  to  cease,  to  leave  oft*,  to 
end  a  journey,  to  arrive  at  a 
destination. 

Koma  usije !  Come  no  further ! 
Komaa  ku-,  to  be  full  grown. 
Komaza  ku-,  to  mock,  to  make  game 

of. 
Komba,  a  galago. 

Komba  ku-,  to  scrape  out,  to  clean 
out. 

Dafu  la  kukomba,  a  cocoa-nut  in 
which  the  nutty  part  is  but  just 


forming,  which  is  then  reckoned 
a  delicacy. 

Kukomba  mtu,  to  get  allhismoney, 
to  clean  him  out. 
Kombamoyo,    plur.     makombamoyo, 

one  of  the  rafters  of  a  thatched 

roof. 
Kombe,  plur.  makombe,  a  large  dish. 

Kombe  la  mkono  (A.),  the  shoulder- 
blade. 

Kombe    za   pwani,    oysters    (?), 
cockles  (?),  sea-shells. 
Kombeka  ku-,  to  be  cleaned  out,  to 

have  had  all  one's  money  got  from 

one. 
Kombeo,  a  sling. 
Kombo,     plur.     makombo,     scraps, 

pieces  left  after  eating. 
Kombo,  a  defect,  crookedness. 

Kutoa  k'ombo,  to  notice  a  defect. 
Komboa  ku-,  to  ransom,  to  buy  back. 
Komboka  ku-,  to  be  crooked. 
Kombokombo,  crooked. 
Kombara,  a  bomb,  a  mortar. 
Kombozi,  a  ransom. 
Kome,    plur.     makome,     a     pearl 

oyster  (?),  a  mussel  (?),  a  shell. 
Komea  ku-,  to  fasten  with  a  native 

lock  (komeo). 
Komeo,  a  kind  of  wooden  lock. 
Komesha  ku-,  to  make  to  cease,  to 

put  a  stop  to. 
Komwe,  plur.  makomwe,  the  seeds  of 

a  large  climbing  plant  abundantly 

furnished  with  recurved  thorns ; 

they  are  used  to  play  the  game  of 

bao  with. 
Konda  ku-,  to  grow  thin  and  lean. 
Kondavi,    large     beads    worn     by 

women,  as  a  belt  round  the  loins. 
Konde,  a  fist. 

Kupiga  moijo  konde,  to  take  heart, 
to  resolve  firmly. 


:;is 


KON 


K  OR 


Kondesha  ku-,  to  make  to  grow  lcau. 
ICondo,  war  (Merima). 
Kondoa,  a  sheep  [Lindi]. 
Kondoo,  Bheep. 

Yuafa  kikondoo,  he  dies   like  a 
sheep,  silently  (whieh_J8_hjgh 
praise). 
Kongo  ku-,  to  grow  old  and  feeble. 
ioa  ku-,  to  draw  out  nails,  &c, 
to  take  to  pieces. 
Kongoea,  Mombas. 
Eongoja  ku-,  to  walk  with  difficulty, 

to  totter. 
Kongolewa  ku-,  to  be  taken  to  pieces. 
Kongomero,  throat. 
Kongoni  =  Kunguni. 
Ktmg'ota,   a    sort    of    woodpecker, 

hlack  and  yellow. 
Kongwa,  a  slave-stick. 
Kongwe.  ?  ~.«W» 

Kutoa  kongwe,  to  lead  off  the  solo 
part  of  a  song,  in  which  others 
join  in  the  chorus. 
-kongwe,  over-old,  worn   out  with 
age. 
hono,  a  projecting  handle,  like  that 

of  a  saucepan. 
Konokono,  a  snail. 
Kamjeslia  ku-  =  Konyeza  ku-. 
Kunytza  ku-,  to  make  a   sign    by 

raising  the  eyebrows. 
Komi,  what  can  be  grasped  in  the 
hand,  a  fiat  full. 
Kupiga  konzi,  to  rap   with   the 
knuckles. 
Koo,  plur.  makoo,  a  breeding  animal 
or  bird. 
Koo  la  kuku,  a  laying  hen. 
Koo  la  mbuzi,  a  breeding  goat. 
Koo,  plur.  makoo,  throat. 
Kt  onde,  plur.  makoonde,  cultivated 
land,  fields,  the  piece  of  a  ehamba 
allotted  to  a  slave  for  his  own  use. 


Konyoa  ku-,  to  break  off  the  cobs  of 

Indian  corn. 
Kopa,  hearts,  in  cards. 
Kopa,  plur.  mdkopa,  a  piece  of  dried 

muhoijo,  which  has  been  steeped 

and  cooked. 
Kopa  ku-,  to  get  goods  on  credit  for 

the  purpose  of  trading  with,   to 

cheat,  to  swindle. 
Rope,  plur.  of  Ukope,  the  eyelashes. 
Kope,  plur.  makope,  the  wick  of  a 

candle. 
Kopcsa  ku-,  to  wink. 
Kopesha  ku-,  to  supply  a  trader  with 

goods  on  credit,  to  give  on  trust. 

to  lend. 
Kopo,  plur.  makopo,  a  large  metal 

vessel,  a  spout. 
Kopoa  ku-,   to  drag    out  of  one's 

hand,  =  Chopoa  ku-. 
Kora  ku-,  to  seem  sweet  to,  to  be 

loved  by. 
Koradani,  a  sheave  of  a  pulley. 
Korija,  a  pucker  in  sewing.    Also,  a 
Korja,  a  score.  [score. 

Koroana  ku-,  to  steep  in  water. 
Korofi,    a    bird     of    ill    omen,    a 

messenger  of  bad  luck. 
Korofisha  ku-,  to  ruin  a  man. 
Koroga  ku-,  to  stir,  to  stir  up. 
Koroma,  plur.  makoroma,  a  cocoa-nut 

in  its  last  stage  but  one,  when  the 

nut  is  formed  but  has  not  yet  its 

full  flavour.    It  has  ceased  to  bo 

a  dafu  and  is  not  yet  a  nazi. 
Koroma  ku-,  to  snore. 
Korongo,  a  crane. 
Korongo,   plur.   makorongo,  a  hole 

dibbled  for  seed. 
Kororo,  a  crested  guinea-fowl. 
Koroslw,   plur.  makorosho,  cashew 

nuts. 
Koru,  the  waterbuck. 


KOS 


■KUB 


319 


Kosa  ku-,  to  err,  mistake,  miss,  go 

wrong,  do  wrong,  blunder. 
Kosekana  ku-,  to  be  missed,  not  to 

be  there. 
Kostsha  ku-,  to  lead  astray. 
Kosudia  ku-,  to  purpose,  to  intend, 
—  Kusudia. 
Kota,  plur.  makota,  the  stalks  of  a 

kind  of  millet  which  are  chewed 
Kota,  a  crook.  [like  sugar-cane. 
Kota  ku-. 

Kukota  moto,  to  warm  oneself. 
Kotama,   a    curved    knife  u^ed   in 

getting  palm  wine. 
Kote,  all.     See  -ote. 
Kotekote,  on  every  side. 
Koto. 

Kupiga  koto  (M.),  to  strike  with 
the  knuckles. 
Kovo,  plur.  makovo,  scar. 
Ku-  or  Kw-. 

1.  The  indefinite  verbal    prefix 
auswering  to  there  in  English. 
Ku-likuwa,  there  was. 
Ku-katanda,  and  there  spread. 

2.  The  sign  of  the  infinitive. 
Ku-piga,  to  strike. 
Kw-enda,  to  go. 

The  infinitive  may  be  used  as  a 
substantive  answering  to  the 
English  form  in  -trig. 

Kufa,  dying,  the  act  of  death. 

Kwenda,  going. 

The  ku-  of  the  infinitive  is  re- 
tained by  monosyllabic  verbs, 
and  by  some  others  in  all 
tenses  in  which  the  tense 
prefix  ends  in  an  unaccented 
syllable. 

3.  The  prefix  proper  to  adjectives, 
pronouns,  and  verbs  agreeing 
with  infinitives  used  as  sub- 
stantives. 


Kufa  kwetu  kioetna  kutampendeza, 
our  good  deaths  will  please  him. 

4.  The  prefix  proper  to  pronouns 
agreeing  with  substantives  in 
the  locative  case  (-nt)>  where 
neither  the  being  or  going 
inside,  nor  mere  nearness,  is 
meant. 

Enenda  nyumbani  kwangu,  go  to 
my  house. 

Ziko  kwetu,  there  are  in  our  pos- 
session, at  our  place. 

5.  In  a  few  words  a  prefix  signi- 
fying locality,commonlysoused 
in  other  African  languages,  but 
generally  represented  in  Swa- 
hili  by  the  case  in  -ni. 

Kuzimu,  among  the  dead,  in  the 
ku-.  [grave. 

1.  The  sign  of  the  negative  past 
always  preceded  by  some  nega- 
tive personal  prefix. 

Sikujua,  I  did  not  know. 
Hazikufaa,  they  were  of  no  use. 

2.  The  objective  prefix  denoting 
the  second  person  jnnj^ular. 

Nakupenda,  I  love  thee,  or  you. 
Alikupa,  he  gave  thee,  or  you. 
Sikukujua,  I  did  not  know  you. 

3.  The  objective  prefix  referring 
to  infinitives  of  verbs,  or  to 
huku,  there. 

Kua  ku-,  to  grow,  to  become  large. 
-kuba  or  -kubwa,  great,  large. 
Kubali  ku,  to    accept,  assent    to, 

acknowledge,  approve. 
Kubalika  ku-,  to  be  accepted,  to  be 

capable  of  acceptance. 
Kubalisha  ku-,  to  make  to  accept. 
Kubba,  a  vaulted  place. 
-kubwa,   large,  great,   elder,  chief. 

It  makes  kubioa  with  nouns  like 

nyumba. 

Y  2 


320 


KUC 


KUM 


Kucha,  or  Kumekucha,  the  dawn. 

Uriku  kucha,  all  night, 
Kuch.ua  ku-, 

Kamba  imejikuchua,  the  rope  has 
worn  away,  chafed,  stranded. 
Kufuli,  a  padlock. 
Kufuru  ku-,  to  become  an  infidel, 

m  apostatize. 
Kufuru  ku-,  to  mock,  to  deride. 
K ugu n /.tin  haitebeest(boselaphus). 
Kuke.     See  -ke. 

Mkono  wa  kuke,  the  left  hand. 
Kukeni,  on  the  female  side. 
Kuko,  yonder,  to  yonder. 

Kwa  kuko,  beyond,  on  yon  side. 
K'uku,  a  hen.  a  fowl,  fowls,  poultry. 
lyukp. na  huku,  backwards  and  for- 
wards. 
-kukuu,  old,  worn  out.     It  makes 

kukuu  with  nouns  like  nyurnba. 
Kulabu,&  hook  to  steady  work  with. 
Rule,  there,  far  off,  yonder. 
A  .'•■'. .  yonder,  very  far  off.     As  the 
distance   indicated  increases  the 
e   is   more   dwelt   on,  the    voice 
raised   to  a   higher  and    higher 
falsetto. 
Kulekule,  there,  just  there. 
Kulia  ku-,  to  become  great  for,  to 

become  hard  to. 
Kuliko,  where  there  is  or  was. 
Kulikoni?  Where  there  is  what 

=  why?     (M.). 
Kuliko,  isusedin  theordinary  way 
of  expressing  the  comparative. 
Mwema  kuliko  huyu,  good  where 
this    man     is,    and     therefore 
better  than  he.     Because  if  a 
quality  becomes  evident  in  any- 
thing by  putting  some  other 
thin^  beside  it,  the  first  must 
] — 'ss  the  quality  in  a  In 
degree  than  the  other. 


Kulla.  often  pronounced  killa,eveij, 
each  one. 

Kululu,  nothing  at  all. 
Nikapatakululu  =  Sikupataiu>nn. 

Kululu,  tigercowries,  Cyprseatigris. 

Kulungu,  a  sort  of  antelope. 

Kuma,  the  vagina. 

Kuntba  ku-,  to  push  against,  to  take 
and  sweep  off  the  whole  of  any- 
thing, e.(j.  to  clear  water  out  of  a 
box,  to  bale  a  boat. 

Kumbatia  ku-,  to  embrace,  to  clasp. 

Kumhatiana  ku-,  to  embrace  (of  two 
persons). 

Kumbe?  What?  An  expression  of 
surprise  used  especially  when 
something  turns  out  otherwise 
than  was  expected,  commonly 
joined  with  a  negative  verb. 

Kurribi  (Mer.),  circumcision. 
Anaingia  kumbini,   he   is  being 
circumcised.    ♦ 

Kumbi,  plur.  makumbi,  cocoa-nut 
fibre,  the  husk  of  the  cocoa  nut 
and  the  fibrous  mass  out  of  which 
the  leaves  grow.  Also,  at  Mgao, 
gum  copal. 

Kuiuhikumbi,  ants  in  their  flying 
stage. 

Kumbisha  ku-,  to  push  off  upon,  to 
lay  upon  some  one  else. 

Kumbuka  ku-,  to  think  of,  to  remem- 
ber, to  ponder  over,  to  recollect. 

Kumbukumbu,  a  memorial,  a  men- 
tion. 
Kumbura,  an  explosive  shell. 

Kunibusha  ku-,  to  remind. 
Kumbwaya,  a  kind  of  drum  stand 

ing  on  feet. 
Kumekucha,    there    is    dawn,    th< 

dawn. 
Kumi,  plur.  makumi,  ten. 

Kumoja,  on  one  side. 


KUM 


KUN 


321 


Kumpuni,  plur.  makumpuni,  a  per- 
son who  has  obtained  full  know- 
ledge of  his  trade. 
Eumunta  ku-  (Mer.),  to  shake  out 

or  off. 
Kumunlo,  a  sieve  of  basket-work. 
Kumutika  ku-,  to  desire  (?). 
Kumvi,  husks  and  bran  of  rice. 
Kuna,  there  is, 

Kunaye,  depending  upon  him. 
Kunani  ?  What  is  the  matter  ? 
Kuna  kwambaje  ?     What  do  you 
say  ?  [Tumbatu]. 
Kuna  ku-,  to  scratch. 
Kunakucha,  there  is  dawning,  the 

dawning. 
Kunazi,  a  small  edible  fruit. 
Kunda  ku-  (M.)  =  Kunja  ku-. 
Kunda,   plur.    makunda,   a    green 

vegetable  like  spinach. 
Kundaa  ku-,  to  be  short  and  small 

of  stature. 
Kundamana  ku-  =  Kunjamana  ku-. 
Kunde,  beans,  haricot  beans. 
Kundi,  plur.  makundi,  a  crowd,  a 

herd,  many  together. 
Kundua  ku-,  to  please  (?). 
-kundufu,  giving  pleasure. 

Nyumba  ni  kundufu,  the  house 

is  commodious. 
Muungu  ni  mkundufu,  God  is  the 
giver  of  all  good  things. 
Kunduka  ku-,    to  grow   larger,  to 
open. 
Moyo  umekunduka,  he  is  gratified 
(N.). 
Kunga  ku-,  to  hem. 
Kunga,  cleverness,  clever. 

Kazi  haifai   ilia  kwa  kunga,  it 
wants  to  be  done  cleverly. 
Kungali. 

Kungali  na  mapema  bado,  while 
it  is  yet  early. 


Kungu,  mist,  fog. 
Kungu  manga,  a  nutmeg. 
Kunguni,  a  bug. 

Kunguru,  a  crow,  a  bird  a  little 
larger  than  a  rook,  black,  with 
a  white  patch  on  the  shoulders 
and  round  the  neck :  it  feeds  on 
carrion. 
Kung'uta  ku-,  to  shake  off,  to  shake 

out. 
Kung'ufo,  plur.  makung'uto,  a  sort 
of  basket    used    as    a    sieve   or 
strainer. 
Kuni,     firewood.        The    singular, 
ukuni,   means  one  piece  of  fire- 
wood. 
Kunia    ku-,  to  scrape  or    eeratch 

with,  or  for. 
Kunia  ku-,  to  raise  the  eyebrows  in 

contempt. 
Kuniita,  telling  me  to  come. 
Kunja  ku-,  to  fold,  to  wrap  up,  to 
furl. 
Kukunja  uzi,  to  wind  thread. 
Kujikunja,  to  flinch,  to  shrink. 
Kukunja  uso  or  Kukunja  vipaji, 
to  frown,  to  knit  the  brows. 
Kunjana  ku-,  to  fold  together,  to 

dwindle,  to  wrinkle. 
Kunjamana  ku-. 

Uso  unakunjamana,  his  face  is 
sad,  sour,  and  frowning. 
Kunjia  ku-,  to  fold  for,  to  wrap  up 

for,  to  crease. 
Kunjika  ku-,  to  become  folded  or 

doubled  up,  to  be  creased. 
Kunjua  ku-,  to  unfold. 

Kukunjua  miguu,  to  stretch  one's 
legs. 
Kunjuka  ku-,  to  become  unfolded, 

to  spread  over. 
Kunjuliwa  ku-,  to  be  open  and  un- 
folded. 


322 


K  U  \ 


K  W  A 


Kunrathi,  donM  be  offended, excuse 

me,  pardon  me. 
Kunu  alamu,  be  it  known. 
Kunya  ku-,  to  ease  oneself.     Seo 

Xya. 
Kunyata  ku-,  to  draw  together. 

Kujikunyata,  to  draw  oneself  to- 

gether,  to  shrink. 
Kuiujua    ku-   or   Kunyula   ku  ,   to 

touch  secretly  (with  a  scratching 

motion)  by  way  of  signal  or  of 

calling    attention     privately,    to 

make  a  scratch  on  the  skin. 
Kupaa.     See  Makupaa. 
Kupe,  a  tick,  a  cattle  tick. 
Kupua  ku-,  to  shake  something  off 

one's   dress,   out  of  one's   hand, 

&c. 
Kura,  the  lot. 

Kupiga  kura,  to  cast  lots. 
Kuril,  a  sphere,  a  ball. 
Kurubia  ku-.  to  come  near  to. 

Nalikurubia,   &c,   had    a    good 

mind  to,  &c. 
Kurumbizi,   a    small    yellow   bird, 

very  inquisitive :  they  say  if  he 

sees  a  man  and  woman  talking 

together,  he  cries,  "  Mtu  anasema 

ua  mume." 
Kuta  ku,  t/>  make  to  grow. 
Kusanya  ku-,  to  collect,  gather,  as- 
semble. 
Kusanyana  ku-,  to  gather  together. 
Kusanyika  ku-,  to   be  gathered,  to 

assemble. 
Kushoto,  on  the  left 

Mkono  v;a  kushoto,  the  h  ft  hand. 
Kuai,  the  southerly  winds   which 
l.luw  from  May  till  ( Ictober. 

Kuzini,  in  the   diiection  of   the 
Ku.<i,  southerly. 
Kusudi,   plur.  makusudi,   purpose, 

design. 


Kmudia  ku-,  to  purpose,  to  intend. 

Kuta,  plur.  of  Okuta,  walls. 

Kuta  ku-,  to  meet  with,  to  see,  to 

find,  to  come  upon. 
Kutana  ku-,  to  como  together,   to 

meet,  to  assemble. 
Kutanika  ku-,  to  become  assembled. 
Kutanieha  ku-,  to  bring  together,  to 

assemble. 
l\~it(u,  rust. 
Kutuka  ku-,  to  bo  startled,  to  be 

suddenly  frightened. 
Kutusha  ku-,  to   startle,    to   alarm 

suddenly. 
■kuu,  great,  chief,  noble.  Kuu  refers 
more   to  figurative,  kubvoa    to 
physical  greatness.     It  makes 
kuu  with  nouns  Like  nywmba. 

Ana  makuu,  he  is  vain. 
Kuume.     See  •ume. 

Mkono  wa  kuume,  the  right  hand. 

Kuumeni,  on  the  male  side. 
Kuvuli. 

Mkono  tea  kuvuli,  the  right  hand. 
Kuwa,  to  be,  to  become  (?).     See 

Wa. 
Kuwadi,  also  Kawadi,  a  procuress 

(Mtu  anayewatonaosha  ivatu). 
Kuwili,  twice  over,  in  two  ways. 
-kuza,  large,  full  grown. 
Kuza  ku-,  to  make  bigger. 
Kuza,  to  sell.     See  Vza. 
Kuzi,  an  earthen  water  bottle  larger 

than  a  guduwia,  with  a  handle 

or  handles  and  a  narrow  neck. 
Kuzikani,  a  funeral. 
Kuzimu,  in   tbe  grave,  under  the 

earth. 
Kw-.     See  Ku-. 
Kwa,     with,     as     an     instrument, 

through,  to   a    person,   to   or    at 

the  place  where   any  one  lives; 

for,  on  account  of. 


S 


K  W  A 


KffE 


323 


Kwa  'ngi  (?),  generally. 

Kica,  of,  after  verbs  in  the  infini- 
tive used  as  nouns,  and  after  the 
case  in  -ni. 

Kwaa  ~ku-,  to  strike  the  foot,  to 
stumble. 

Kwaje?  how? 

Kwake,  to  him,  with  him,  to  or  at 
his  or  her  house;  his,  her,  or 
its,  after  a  verb  in  the  infinitive 
used  as  a  substantive,  or  the 
case  in  -ni. 

Kwako,  to  thee  or  with  thee,  to  or 
at  thy  place,  your,  thy,  of  thee 
or  you,  after  verbs  in  the  infini- 
tive used  as  a  noun,  and  after  the 
case  in  -ni. 

Kwale,  a  partridge  (?). 

Kwama  leu-,  to  become  jammed,  to 
stick. 

Kwamha,  saying  (?),  if,  as  if,  though, 
Ya  kwamba,  that.  [that. 

Kwamisha  ku-,  to  jam,  to  make  to 
stick  in  a  narrow  place. 

Kwamua  ku-,  to  unjam,  to  free,  to 
clear. 

Kuangu,  to  or  at  my  house,  to  or 
with  me,  my,  of  me,  after  the 
infinitives  of  verbs  used  as  sub- 
stantives, and  after  the  case  in 
-ni. 

Kwangua  ku-,  to  scrape  up,  to  scrape 
oue's  shoes,  &c. 

Kwani  for,  because,  wherefore,  for 
why. 

Kwanua  ku-,  to  split  down,  to  tear 
down,  to  break. 

Kwanyuka  ku-,  to  be  split  down 
like  the  boughs  and  branches  of 
a  tree,  which  some  one  has  been 
trying  to  climb  by  them. 

Kwama,  beginning,  at  first,  for- 
merly. 


Ya  kwama,  first,  the  first. 

Ngoja  kwama,  wait  a  bit. 
Kwao,  plur.  makwao,  a  stumble,  a 

stumbling-block. 
Kwao,  to  or  with  them,  at  or  to 

their  place ;  their,  of  them,  after 

verbs   in   the  infinitive   used   as 

nouns,  and  after  the  case  in  -ni. 
Kwapa,  plur.  makwapa,  the  arm- 
pit. 

Kwapani,  under  the  armpit.  The 
people  of  the  African  coast 
wear  their  swords  by  a  strap 
over  the  left  shoulder  only ;  the 
sword  hangs  under  the  armpit, 
and  is  said  to  be  kwapani. 
Kwaruza  ku-,  to  scrape  along,  to  slip 

with  a  scrape. 
Kwata,  or  Kwato,  a  hoof. 

Kupiga  kwata,  to  strike  the  hoof, 
to  strike  with  the  hoof. 
Kwatu,  a  horseshoe  (?). 
Kwayo,  a  stumbling-block. 
Kwaza  ku-,  to  make  to  stumble. 

Kukwaza  meno,  to  jar  the  teeth 
like  grit  in  food. 
Kivea  ku-,  to  ascend,  go  up,  climb. 
Kweli,  true,  the  truth. 

Ya  kweli,  true. 
Kwelu  =  Kweu. 

Kwema,  good,  well,  it  is  well  there. 
Kweme,  the  seed  of  a  gourd,  very 

rich  in  oil. 
Kioenda,  to  go.     See  Enda,  going. 
Kioenda,  perhaps. 
Kwenu,   with   you,   to  or  at   your 

place,  your,  of  you,  after  verbs  in 

the  infinitive  used  as   nouns  or 

after  the  case  in  -ni. 
Kwenyi,  till,  since,  up  to  the  time  of, 

from  the  time  of. 
Kwapa  ku-,  to  start  out  of  the  way. 
Kweta  ku-,  to  raise. 


324 


K  W  E 


LAD 


Kir-tu,  to  or  with  as,  to  or  at  our 
place,  "iir,  of  us,  after  a  verb  in 
the  infinitive  used  as  a  noun,  and 
after  the  case  in  -ni. 

K>r,  u,  clear. 

Knot  ii pe,  white.    See  -eupe. 

Kuna  /.•('•'  ape,  grey  dawn. 
Kir,  ;<i  ];h-,  to  make  to  go  up.  to  drag 

up  a  l>oat  out  of  the  water. 
Kweza  In-,  to  bid  up  an  article  at 
an  auction. 

Kukwezwa,  to  have  things  made 
dear  to  one  by  others  bidding 
them  up. 
Kvriba.     See   Iba  hu-,  stealing,  to 

steal. 
Kwibana,  robbing  one  another. 
Kirikirc,  hiccup. 

Kwikwe  ya  kulia,  sobs. 
Kwisha.  See  Isha  hu-,  ending,  to 

end. 
Kim,  which. 


L  is  pronounced  as  in  English. 
L  is  not  distinguished  from  r 
in  African  languages  of  the  same 
family  asSwahili.  The  distinction 
becomes  important  in  Swahili  on 
account  of  the  Arabic  words  which 
have  been  incorporated  into  it. 
Thus— 

Mahal  i,    means     a     place,     but 

Mahari  a  dowry. 
Waredi  means  a  rose,  but  Waledi 
a  youth.     Slaves,  however,  fre- 
quently confound  even  these. 
•     When  r  can  be  used  for  I,  it  has  a 
light  smooth  sound,  as  in  English. 
There  is  a  latent  I  sound  betwi  i  n 
every   two  consecutive    vowels    in 
Swahili  and  at   the   beginning  of 


some  verbs,  which  appears  in  their 
derivatives  and    in  other  African 
languages  :  thus  the  common  pas 
sive  of  hufungua  is  hufunguliwa. 

So  far  is  this  disposition  to  drop 
an  I  carried,  that  even  huleta,  to 
bring,  is  in  old  Swahili  eta.  It  is 
characteristic  of  theMcrima  dialect 
to  retain  these  Vb. 

L  and  u  are    sometimes  appa- 
rently interchanged. 

Mlango,  a  door,  is  vulgarly  pro- 
nounced Mtcango. 

Uf alme,    a    kingdom,     may    be 
written  Ufaume. 

In  these  cases,  however,  both 
forms  are  probably  contractions 
from  Mulango  and  Ufalwme. 

L  becomes  d  after  n,  and  is  some- 
times confounded  with  d  in  inexact 
pronunciation. 

Ndume  =  Nlume  or  Nume,  male. 

L-  or  U-,  the  prefix  proper  to  pro- 
nouns and  verbs  governed  by 
words  iu  the  singular,  of  the 
class  which  make  their  plural 
in  ma-. 

La,  no. 

La  ku-,  to  eat,  to  consume,  to  wear 
away,  to  take  a  piece  in  chess,  &c. 
The  ku-,  bears  the  accent  and  is 
retained  in  the  usual  tenses.  The 
passive  of  hula  is  Jculiwa. 

Laabu  ku-,  to  play,  to  sport  with. 

Laana,  plur.  malaana,  a  curse. 

Laani  ku-,  to  curse,  to  damn. 

Laanisha  ku-,  to  bring  acuroe  upon. 

Labcka  =  Lebeka. 

Labuda,  perhaps. 

Ladu,  sweet  cakes  composed  of  trea- 
cle, pepper,  and  flour  or  semsem 
seed,  made  up  into  balls. 


LAG 


LET 


Z25 


Laghai,  a  rascal.     Also  Bagai. 
Laika,  plur.   malaika,  one  of  the 

hairs  of  the  hand  or  arm. 
Laini,  smooth,  soft. 
Lainisha  ku-,  to  make  smooth  or 

soft. 
Laitil      Would  that!      Oh  that! 
expressing  regret  at   something 
past. 
Lake  or  Lakwe,  his,  hers,  its.     See 
Laki  ku-,  to  go  to  meet.  [-ake. 

Lakini,  but,  however. 
Lakki,  a  hundred  thousand,  a  lac. 
Lako,  thy.     See  ako. 
Lala  ku-,  to  sleep,  to  lie  down. 
Nyumba  imelala  inchi,  the  house 
is  fallen  flat  on  the  ground. 
Lalama  ku-,  to  confess,  to  cry  for 
mercy;  used  of  extorted  confes- 
sions. 
Lalamika  ku-,  to  be  made  to  cry 
out,  to  be  quite  beaten,  to  shout, 
to  scream. 
Lalika  ku-,  to  be  slept  upon. 
Lalika  ku-  =  Alika  ku-,  to  inform, 

announce  to. 
Lami.  pitch  or  tar. 
Lana  ku-,  to  eat  one  another. 
Landa  ku-,  to  be  equal  with. 
Langu,  my.     See  -angu. 
Lao,  their.     See  -ao. 
Laomu  ku-,  to  blame.     Also  Lau- 

mu. 
Lapa  ku-,  or  Eapa  ku-,  to   be  ra- 
venously hungry. 
Launi,  sort,  species,  form. 
Laumu  ku-,  to  blame. 
Lawa  ku-,  to  come  from  (Mer.). 
Lawana  ku-,  to  blame,  to  scold. 
Laza  ku-,  to  lay  down,  to  lay  at  its 
length. 
Kujilaza,  to  lie  down. 
Ldzim,  of  necessity. 


Lazima,  surety,  bail,  necessity. 
Lazimisha  ku-,  to  compel. 
Lazimu  ku-,  to  be  obligatory  upon. 
-le,  his,  hers,  or  its. 
Lea  ku-,  to  bring  up. 

Amelewa  vema,  he  is  well  bred. 
Lebeka,  the  humble  manner  of  re- 
plying when  called,  often  short- 
ened into  Ebbe,  or  even  Bee. 
Legea  ku-,  &c,  &c.     See  Begea  ku-, 

&c,  &c. 
Lekea  ku-,  to  be  opposite  to,  to  tend 

to. 
Lekeza  ku-,  to  put  opposite  to. 

Kutekeza  bunduki,  to  level  a  gun 
at. 
Lekezana  ku-,  to  agree,  come  to  an 

agreement. 
Lelam,  by  auction. 
Lelimama,  a  dance  to   the  music 

made  by  beating  buffalo  horns. 
Lema  or  Dema,  a  kind  of  fish-trap. 
Lemaa,  disfigurement. 

Mwenyi  lemaa,  disfigured  by  dis- 
ease. 
Lembuka  ku-,  to  be  weak,  limp. 
Lemea  ku-,  to  oppress,  to  lie  heavy 

upon,  to  overburden. 
Lengelenge,    plur.   malengelenge,    a 

blister. 
Lenu,  your.    See  -enu. 
Lenyi.     See  -enyi. 

Bakuli  lenyi  mayayi,  a  basin  with 
eggs  in  it. 
Leo,  to-day. 
Leppe,  drowsiness,  dozes,  snatches 

of  sleep. 
Leso,  a  handkerchief. 

Leso  ya  kufutia  kamasi,  a  pocket- 
handkerchief. 
Leta  ku-,  to  cause  to  arrive  at  the 

place  where  the   speaker  is,  to 

bring,  to  send,  to  fetch. 


LET 


L  IN 


l.ft'.i  ku-,  to  bring  or  send  to  or  for 
a  person. 
Kuli  !■  wa,  to  have  brought  or  sent 
to  one. 
/.-/'/.  our.     See  -etu. 

lea  J: it-,  to  get  sober. 
Levya  ku-,  to  intoxicate. 

KujiU  run,   to  make  oneself  in- 
toxicated, to  get  drunk. 
/   vyalevya  ku-,  to  be  giddy. 
Lewa  ku-,  to  become  drunk. 
].■  walewa  ku-,  to  swing   or  sway 

about  like  a  drunken  man. 
Li,  it  is. 

Li-  or  1-,  the  prefix  proper  to  pro- 
nouns and  verbs  governed  by  a 
singular  noun  of  the  class  which 
makes  its  plural  in  ma-. 
-H-,  1.   The  objective  prefix  repre- 
senting a  singular  noun  of  the 
class  which  makes  its  plural  in 
ma-,  governed  by  the  verb  to 
which  it  is  prefixed. 

2.  -U-,  or  -ali-,  the  sign  of  that 
past  tense  which  denotes  an 
action  complete  in  past  time. 

3.  -It-  sometimes  represents  the 
substantive  verb,  as  in  aliye,  he 
who  is ;  nikali,  and  I  am  ;  ali, 
he  is,  or  he  being. 

Lia  ku-,  to  breed  (M.). 
Ida  ku-,  to  eat  for,  &c. 

Chumba  cha  kulia,  a  room  to  eat 

in. 
Mkono  wa  kulia,  right  hand, being 
the  only  one  ever  used  to  eat 
with. 
Lia  ku-,  to  cry,  to  weep,  to  cry  out ; 
applied  to  the  cries  of  animals 
generally.      Also,  to    give    a 
sound. 
Kulia  nana,  to  weep  for  jealous-7. 
Inalia  wazi,  it  sounds  hollow. 


Libasi,  clothes. 

i,  whether  it  be,  Ihough. 
Lihamu,  solder. 

Lihani,  a  cloth    of    a    particular 
Lijamu,  a  horse's  bit.  [pattern. 

Lika  ku-,  to  be  eaten,  to  become 

worn  away,  to  be  eatable. 
Lilciza  ku-,  to  dismiss,  to  give  leave 

to  go,  to  release. 
Lika,  plur.  maliko,  a  landing-place. 
Lilia  ku-,  to  weep  for,  to  cry  about. 
Lima  ku-,  to  cultivate,  to  hoe. 
Lima,  the  feast  made  by  the  bride- 
groom on  the    first  day   of  the 

wedding. 
Limao,  plur.  malimao,  a  lemon. 
Limatia  ku-,  to  delay,  to  loiter  C A.). 
Limbika  ku-,  to  leave  till  it  is  fit,  to 

wait  for  fruit  till  it  is  ripe,  or  for 

water  till  it  is  collected  in  the 

dipping  hole,  to  put  aside  till  it 

is  fit. 
Limbuka  ku-,  to  taste  the  first  of  a 

new  crop. 
Limbueha  ku-,  to  bring  to  be  tasted. 
Limiza  ku-,  to  make  to  hoe,  &c. 
Linalokuja,  which  is  coming. 
Linda  ku-.  to  guard,  to  watch,  to 
keep. 

Kuhnda  ndtgetto  scare  birds  from 
corn,  &c. 
Lindi,  plur.  malindi,  a  pit,  a  deep 

place. 
Lindo,  a  watching  place. 
Linga  ku-,  to  swing  the  head  round 

in  dancing. 
Linga  ku-,  to  make  to  match,  or  to 

be  level. 
Lingana  ku-,  to  match,  to  be  level 

with  or  like  one  another. 
Lingana  ku-,  to  call,  to  invite  (A.). 
Linganisha  ku-,  to  make  to  match, 

to  compare  together. 


LIN 


M 


'S21 


Lini  ?     When  ? 

Linyi  =  Lenyi. 

Lipa  ku-,  to  pay  (a  debt). 

Lipia  ku-,  to  pay  (a  person). 

Lipiza  ku-,  to  cause  to  be  paid. 
Kujilipiza,  to  take  one's  due,  to 

repay  oneself. 
Kujilipiza  kasasi,  to  avenge  one- 
self, to  take  one's  revenge. 

Lisani,  a  piece  of  cloth  put  in 
behind  an  opening,  a  flap  to 
obviate  the  effect  of  gaping  at  the 
fastening,  a  tongue.     See  Kanzu. 

Lisha  ku-,  to  feed. 

Lishisha  ku-,  to  cause  to  be  fed,  to 
cause  people  to  give  one  food. 

Lima  ku-,  to  be  eaten,  to  be  worn 
away,  to  be  consumed. 

Liwa,  a  fragrant  wood  from  Mada- 
gascar, which  is  ground  up  and 
used  as  a  cosmetic,  and  as  an 
application  to  cure  prickly  heat ; 
Madagascar  sandal  wood. 

Liwali,  plur.  maliwali,  for  Al  Wall, 

Liza  ka-,  to  sell  to.         [a  governor. 

Liza  ku-,  to  make  to  weep. 

Lizana  ku-,  to  make  one  another 
weep,  to  cry  together. 

■lo,  thy,  your. 

Lo,  -lo-,  or  -lo,  which,  representing 
a  singular  noun  of  the  class 
which  makes  its  plural  in  ma. 
Lo  lote,  whatsoever. 
Hakufanya  lo  lote,  he  has  done 
nothing  at  all  (neno  under- 
stood). 

Loa  ku-,  to  get  wet  with  rain,  &c. 

Loga  ku-,  to  bewitch,  to  practise 
magic  (Mer.; 

Lo  or  Loo !  Hullo !  An  exclamation 
of  surprise;  the  number  of  o's 
increases  in  proportion  to  the 
amount  of  surprise. 


Lote,  all.     See  -ote. 

Lo  lote,  whatsoever. 
Lozi,  an  almond. 
Luanga,  a  kind  of  bird. 
Luba,  a  leech. 
Lugha,  language. 
Lulu,  a  pearl. 

Lumba  ku-,  to  make  a  speech. 
Lumbika  ku-,  to   gather  little    by 

little,  to  pick  up  small  pieces  one 

by  one. 
Lumbwi,  a  chameleon  (?). 
Luththa,  flavour,  savour. 
Luva,  sandal  wood  (?). 


M. 

M  is  pronounced  as  in  English. 

M  before  b  generally  represents 
an  n.  Mb  stands  sometimes  for 
rib,  as  nyumba  mbaya,  for  nyumla 
n-baya ;  sometimes  it  represents  nw 
or  nv,  as  mbingu  for  n-wingu. 

M  is  frequently  either  followed 
by  w  or  u,  or  else  has  a  sort  of  semi- 
vowel power,  as  if  preceded  by  a 
half-suppressed  u. 

The  natives  of  Zanzibar  very 
rarely  say  mu ;  they  change  it  into 
urn  or  rather  'm.  Even  Mwenyiezi 
Muungu,  Almighty  God,  becomes 
'  Mnyezimngu. 

It  is  important  to  write  'm,  and 
not  m  only,  where  it  represents  mu 
if  a  b  or  w  follow,  because  otherwise 
the  m  might  be  supposed  to  coalesce 
with  them.  If  any  other  consonants 
follow,  it  is  immaterial,  for  m  must 
then  always  stand  for  mu,  and  be 
capable  of  being  pronounced  as  a 
separate  syllable. 

Any  verb  may  be  turned  into  a 
substantive  by  prefixing  'm  or  mw 


328 


M- 


to  mean  one  whodoes,  &c.,followed 
immediately  by  the  object  <>f  the 
verb  or  the  thing  done.  The  last 
letter  is  sometimes  changed  into  i 
and  if  j*  is  added  to  the  substantive 
it  gets  the  sense  of  one  who  habit- 
ually does  what  the  verb  signifies. 

if-,  'm,  nut-,  or  mw-,  sign   of  the 
second  person  plural  prefixed  to 
verbs. 
M-.  'm,  mu,  or  mw-,   the  singular 
prefix     of    those    nouns    which 
make  their  plural  in  wa-,  if  they 
denote  animate  beings,  or  in  mi-, 
if  they  do  not. 
M  .   'm-,  mu-,  or  mic-,  the   prefix 
proper    for    adjectives    agreeing 
with  a  singular  substantive  de- 
noting an  animate  being,  or  with 
any  substantive  beginning  with 
mu-,  'm-.  mw-,  or  u-. 
-m-,  -'m-,   or    -mw-,    the  objective 
prefix   referring    to    a   singular 
substantive  denoting  an  animate 
being. 
M-,  mu-,  or  mw-.  the  prefix  proper  to 
pronouns  governed  by  the  case  in 
■ni,  when  it  denotes  within  or  in- 
side of. 
Ma-,  the  sign  of  the  plural  prefixed 
to  substantives  (and  to  adjec- 
tives    agreeing     with    them) 
which   have   either  no    prefix 
in  the  singular  or  begin  with  j- 
or  jir. 
All    words    intended  to  denote 
something    specially  great    of 
its  kind  make  their  plural  in 

ma-. 

Foreign  words  denoting  a  person, 
or  an  office,  make  their  plural 
in  ma-.     In  the  vulgar  dialect 


MA  A 

of  Zanzibar  nearly   all  foreign 
words  are  made  plural  by  pre- 
fixing ma-. 
Many  plural  nouns  in  ma-  must  be 
translated  as  though  they  were 
singulars,    the    true    singular 
being  used  only  todenote  Bome 
one  exceptionally  large  or  im- 
portant instance. 
When  followed  by  an  i  or  e,  the  a 
of  ma  coalesces   with   it   and 
forms  a  long  e  sound. 
-ma-.     See  -me-. 
Maad  im,  while,  during  the  time, 

when. 
Maadin  -  ttadini. 
Maadin  ya  Tcinywa,  what    rises 
into  the  mouth  without  inter- 
nal cause,  water-brash. 
Maafikano,  bargain,   estimate,   es- 
teem. 
Maagano,      contract,      agreement, 

covenant. 
Maagizo,  commission,  direction,  re- 

commendation. 
Maakuli,  diet,  food. 
Maalum,  fixed,  recognizable  =  MU- 

chotambulikana. 
Maana,    meaning,    reason,    cause, 
sake. 
Kulia    maanani,    to   remember, 
think  about. 
Maandari,  biscuits,  cakes,  &c, 

pastry,  preserves. 
Maandiko, writing,  place  forputting 
out  food,  the  act  of  spreading  fl 
meal,  a  description,  things  writ- 
ten. 
Maandishi,  things  which  are  writ- 
ten, put  out,  set  in  order,  &c. 
Maanguko,  ruin,  fall,  ruins. 
Maa'mzi,  judgment. 
Maarifa,  knowledge. 


MAA 


M  AH 


329 


Maaruf,  understood,  I  understand. 
Maasi,  rebellion. 
Maazal,  while. 
Maazimo,  a  loan. 
Mabaya,  bad.     See   baya. 
Mabakia,  the  remnant,  what  is  or 

was  left. 
Mabichi,  raw.     See  -bichi. 
Mabiwi,  heaps,  piles  of  sticks  and 

rubbish.     See  Biwi-. 
Mabovu,  rotten.     See  -ovu. 
Machache,  few.     See  -chache. 
Macliela,  a  litter,  a  palanquin. 
Machezo,  a  game,  games. 
Macho  (sing,  jicho),  eyes. 

Yu  macho,  he  is  awake. 

Macho  ya  watu  wawili,  or  M.aziwa 
ya  watu  wawili,  dragon's  blood. 

Macho   ya  jua,   the    sun-rising, 
east. 
Machuhio,  hatred,  abomination,  dis- 
gust. 
Machwa  ya  jua,  the  sun-setting, 

west. 
Madaha,  a  graceful  manner. 
Madanganya,  deception,  trick. 
Madaraka,  arrangements,  provision . 
Madefu,  beard. 
Madevu,  a  kind  of  rice. 
Madifu,  the  fibrous  envelope  of  the 

cocoa-nut  leaves. 
Madini,  metal,  a  mine. 
Madoadoa,  spotted. 
Madogovi,  a  kind  of  drumming,  &c. , 

used  in  exorcisms. 
Maficho,  concealment. 
Mafu,  death,  dead  things. 

Maji  mafu,  neap  tides. 
Mafua,  a  chest  complaint  causing 

a  cough,  a  cold  in  the  head,  a 

stoppage  in  the  nose. 
Mafundisho,    instruction,   precept, 

direction. 


Ma/undo,  cross-beams  in  a  dhow,  to 
steady  the  mast,  &c. 

Ma/ungulia,  unfastening. 
Mafungulia  ng'ombe,  about  8  a.m. 

Mafupi,  short.     See  -fupi. 

Mafusho,  steam  from  a  pot  of  ma- 
jani,  used  as  a  vapour-bath  in 
fever,  &c. 

Mafuta,  oil,  fat. 

Mafuta  ya  uta,  semsem  oil. 
Mafuta  ya  mbarika,  castor  oil. 

Mafuu,  crazy,  cracked. 

Mufya,  Monfia. 

Mafya  (sing,  jifya),  the  three  stones 
used  to  put  a  pot  over  the  fire 
upon. 

Magadi,  rough  soda. 

Magamba,  scales  of  a  fish. 

Maganda,  peel,  husks. 

Magarasa,  8,  9,  and  10  in  cards 
(not  used  in  playing). 

Mageuzi,  changes. 

Maghofira,  remission  of  sins. 

Maghrebbi,  or  Magaribi,  or  Ma- 
ngaribi, sunset, the  sunset  prayers 
of  the  Mohammedans,  the  west, 
Morocco. 

Maghrib  ayuk,  N.W. 

Maghrib  akrab,  S.W. 

Maghuba,  the  winding  of  a  stream. 

Mago.     See  Kago. 

Magongonene.     See  Kanzu. 

Magugu,  weeds,  undergrowth. 

Magundalo,  an  instrument  of  tor- 
ture, in  which  the  victim  is  sus- 
pended, and  weights  being  at- 
tached to  him,  he  is  jerked  up 
and  down.  Used  for  extracting 
evidence. 

Mahaba,  love,  fondness. 

Mahala  or  Mahali,  place,  places. 
Mahali  pa,  in  place  of,  instead  of. 
Mahali  pote,  everywhere. 


330 


M  A  II 


MAK 


Mdhana  (Ar.),  exot  ssive  worry. 
Maharazi,  a  shoemaker's  awl. 
Mahari,  dowry  paid  by  the  husband  ; 

bo  the  wifi  '■-  r<  lations, 
Mahati,  a  carpenter's  tool  used  for 

marking  lines  to  a  measure. 
Mahazamu,  a  shawl  worn  round  the 

Waist. 

Mahindi,  Indian  corn,  maize. 
Mahiri,  clever,  quirk. 
Mahoka,  devil,  evil  spirits,  madness. 
Maisha,  life,  continuance. 
Maisha  na  milch,  now   and  lor 
ever. 
Maiti   —  Mayiti,  a   dead    body,   a 

corpse. 
Majahaba,  dock  for  ships. 
Majana  (.?).  honeycomb. 
Majani,  grass.     The  singularja/u, 
means  a  leaf. 
Rangi  ya  majani,  green. 
Majani  ya  ptcani,    grass   wort, 
'samphire  (?). 
Majartbu  or  Majeribu,  trial,  tempta- 
tion. 
Majazo,  reward. 
Majengo,  building  materials. 
Majeribu  =  Mujaribu. 
Majeruhi,  wounded. 
Maji,  water,  liquid,  juice,  sap. 
Maji  maji,  wet. 
Kama  maji,  fluently. 
Maji  kujaa  na  kupwa,  the  tides. 
Maji  ya   /<■  po,   Maji  ya   baridi 

Maji  matamu,  fresh  water. 
Maji  mafu,  neap-tides. 
Maji  a   bahari,   blue,   sea-wat-  r 

colour. 
Maji  a  moto,  hot  water,  a  1 
yellow  kind  of  ant  which  makes 
its  nest  in  trees. 
Vajibu,  an  answer. 
iajilio,  coming,  or  mode  of  coming. 


Majilipa,  revenge. 
Majira,  time. 

M'nira,  course  of  a  ship. 
Majonei,  grief  for  a  loss. 
Majori,  an  elder. 
Majuni,  a  cake  made  of  opium,  &c, 

very  intoxicating. 
Majutio,   regret,  sorrow  for  some- 
thing done. 
Majuto,  regret,  repentance. 
Makaa,  coal,  coals,  embers. 

Makaa  ya  miti.  charcoal. 
Mtilxdalao,  cockroaches  ;  applied  in 

derision  to  the  Malagazy  colony 

in  Zanzibar. 
Makali,  fierce.     See  -kali. 
Makanadili,  places  in  the  stern  of 

native  craft,  the  quarter  gallerii-s 

of  a  dhow. 
Makani,  dwelling,  dwelling-place. 
Makao,  dwelling,  dwelling-place.        ^  '•-* 
Makasi,  scissors. 

Makatazo,  prohibition,  objections. 
Makatibu,  agreement. 
Makavu,  dry.     See  -kavu. 
Makazi,  dwelling. 
Makengeza,  squinting,  a  squint. 
Maki,  thickness. 

Nguo  ya  maki,  stout  cloth. 
MakimbUio,  refuge,  place  to  run  to. 
Makindano,  objections. 
Makini,  leisure,  quietness. 
Makiri,  a  thumb-cleat  in  the  side  of 

a  dhow. 
Makosa,  fault,  faults,  mistakes,  sin - 
Makoza  (obscene)  testicles. 
Maksai,  a  bullock,  castrated. 
Makubwa   or   Makuu,   great.      S<  i 

-kubwa  and  -kuu. 
Makukuu,  old.     See  -kukuu. 
Makuli,  diet. 

Mdkulya,  food  [Tumbatn]. 
'inhi,  cocoa  nut  lil>re. 


MAK 


MAN 


331 


Makumbi    ya   popoo,    areca-nut 

husk. 
Makumbi  ya  usumba,  cocoa-fibre 
cleaned  for  mattresses,  &c. 

Makumi,  tens. 

Makumi  mawili,  twenty. 

Makupaa,  the  sheaves  at  the  mast- 
head of  a  dhow,  through  which 
the  henza  leads. 

Makusanyiko,  place  of  assembly, 
assembly, 

Makusudi,  purpose,  design,  on  pur- 
pose, designedly. 

Makutano,  assemblage. 

Malcuti,  leaves  of  the  cocoa-nut  tree. 
Makuti  ya  viungo,  leaflets  made 

up  for  thatching. 
Makuti  ya  kumba,  leaves  plaited 

for  fences. 
Makuti   ya   pande,   half    leaves 
plaited  for  fences  or  roofs. 

Makwa,  the  notching  and  shaping 
at  the  end  of  a  pole  to  receive 
the  wall-plate  of  a  house. 

Malaika  (plur.  of  Laika),  the  hair 
on  the  hands  and  arms. 

Malaika,  an  angel,  angels.  A  baby 
is  often  called  malaika. 

Malaki  or  Malki,  a  king. 

Malalo,  sleeping-place. 

Malazi,  things  to  lie  upon. 

Malazie  —  Mar  at  hie. 

Malele,  orchilla  weed. 

Malelezi,  changes  of  the  monsoon, 
time  of  the  easterly  and  westerly 
winds. 

Malenga,  a  singer. 

Mali,  goods,  property,  riches.  Pro- 
perly a  singular  noun  making 
no  change  for  the  plural,  but 
treated  sometimes  as  a  plural  in 
ma-. 

MaHdadi,  a  dandy. 


Maliki  ku-,  to  begin  a  building,  a 
boat,  or  a  house. 

Malimo,  master,  navigator.  In  the 
canoes  on  the  Zambezi  the  steers- 
man is  called  malimo. 

Malimioengu,  business,  affairs,  mat- 
ters of  this  life. 

Malindi,  Melinda. 

Malio  ya  kiko,  the  bubbling  sound 
of  the  water  when  a  native  pipe  is 
being  smoked. 

Maliza  ku-,  to  complete,  to  finish. 

Malki  or  Malaki,  a  king. 

Malkia,  a  queen. 

Mama,  mother. 

Mama  wa  kambo,  stepmother. 

Mamba,  a  crocodile. 

Mamba,  the  scales  of  a  fish  (M.). 

Mambo,  circumstances,  affairs, 
tilings  (plur.  of  Jambo). 

Mamiye  (Mer.),  his  mother. 

Mamlaka,  power,  authority,  domi- 
nion. 

Mamoja,  ones,  same. 

Mamoja  pia,  it  is  all  one,  I  don't 
care. 

Mana  =  Mwana. 

Manamize,  a  name  for  a  hermit 
crab. 

Manane. 

Vsiku  wa  manane,  the  dead  of 
night. 

Manda,  a  loaf. 

Mandasi,  a  pudding.  See  Maan- 
dasi. 

Manemane,  myrrh. 

Maneno,  language,  message,  busi- 
ness, matters,  things  (plur.  of 
Neno). 
Maneno  ya  fumba,  dark  sayings. 
Maneno   ya  Eiunguja,  &c,   the 
language  of  Zanzibar,  &c. 

Manga.  Arabia. 


332 


M  A  N 


M  A  II 


V  i  igaribi,  sun.-et.    See  Maghn  bbi. 
r\>*  Jfangt,  many.    See-ngt. 

Mut'iiri  or    Mmikiri,  a    cross-piece 

at  the  bowsofadhow  for  fastening 
tack  of  the  sail, 
flfango,  8  round  hard  black  stone 

used  to  grind  with. 
g'ung'um,  6ecretly,  in   fearful 

expectation. 
Muni  (obscene),  semen. 
Mmi.  a  weight,  about  three  rattel. 
Manjano,  turmeric. 

Rangi  a  manjano,  yellow. 
Mankiri.     See  Mangiri. 
Maiit>l>ii(s\ng.noleo),the  ringw  bere 

the  blade  of  a  knife  issues  from 

the  handle. 
Manuka,  sm<  II,  scent. 
Manukato,  scent,  good  smells. 
Manyang'amba,    flour    bulls    in    a 

Bweet  sauce 
Manyiga,  a  hornet. 
Manyoya,  feathers  of  a  bird,  hair  of 

a  goat. 
Manyunyo,  a  shower,  a  sprinkle. 
Maomboleza,  loud  wailing. 
Maomvi,  begging, 
Maondi,  taste. 

Uaondoleo,  removing,  taking  away. 
Maongezi,  conversation,  ainuseim  int. 
Maongo,  the  back. 
Maonji,  tasting,  trying. 
Maoteo,   growth    from   old    mtama 

stools. 
Maotiot .  Mayotte. 
Mapalilo,  hoeing-up  time,  hoeing 

between  the  crops. 
\[a pana,  broad.     Sic  -pana. 
Mapatano,  agreement,  conspiracy. 
Mapema,  early. 
Mapendano,  mutual  affection. 
Mapendezi,    pleasing    things,    the 

be;  ed. 


Mapt  ndo,  affection,  esteem. 

Mapt  n;i\  liking,  affection,  pleasure, 
love,  things  which  are  low  d. 

Mapepeta,  a  preparation  of  imma- 
ture rice. 

Mapigano,  a  fight,  a  battle. 

Mapiswa,  silliness,  dotage. 

Mn/ioza,  remedy,  healing  things. 

Mapooza,  things  which  do  not  serve 
their  purpose,  fruit  which  drops 
prematurely. 

Mapululu,  the  wilderness. 

Mipumbu,  testicles,  the  scrotum. 

Mnu,  a  time,  sometimes,  at  once. 
Mint  moja,  once,  at  once. 
Mara  mbili,  twice. 
Mara  ya  pill,  the  second  time, 
Mara  nyingi,  often. 
Mara   kwa  mara,  from   time  to 

time. 
Mura  ngapil   bow  many   times, 
how  often  ? 

Maradufu,  double. 

Mmahaba,  thanks,  very  well,  wel- 
come. 

Maralcaraka,  chequered,  spotty. 

Maraaharasha,  a  sprinkle,  sprink- 
ling. 

Marashi,  scents. 

Ma  rash  i  via  waridi  or  ya  mzomari, 
rose-water. 

Marathi,  disease,  sickness. 

Marathie,  sociable. 

Sina  kiburi,  marathie  mimi,  I  am 
not  above  fraternizing. 

Marefu,  long.     See  -refu. 

Maregeo,  return,  reference. 

Mn  ri  hnmu,  that  has  obtained  mercy, 
deceased. 

Marejeo,  return. 

Mnfua,  a  desk,  book-rest. 

Marhaba  =  Marahaba. 

Marhamu,  ointment. 


MAE 


MAT 


333 


Marigeli,  a  large  pot. 
Marijani,  red  coral,  imitation  coral, 
gum  copal. 
Marijani  ya  fethaluka,  the  true 
red  coral. 

Narika,  a  person  of  the  same  age. 

Martha,  Merka,  a  town  on  the  So- 
mauli  coast. 

Marikabu  =  Marikebu  =  Mtrikebu, 
a  ship. 

Marindi,  the  little  flap  of  beads 
worn  by  a  string  round  the  loins 
by  native  women. 

Marisaa,  shot,  small  shot. 

Marithawa,  abundance,  plenty  of 
space,  material,  &c. 

Marizabu,  a  spout. 

Marra  =  Mara,  time,  times. 

Marufuku,  a  forbidden  thing,  pro- 
hibited. 
Kupiga  marufuku,  to  give  public 
notice  against. 

Marungu  (M.),  biliousness. 

Masahaba,  the  companions  of  Mo- 
hammed. 

Masafi,  purity. 

Masaibu,  calamity. 

Masakasa  (Yao),  an  encampment. 

Masakini,  or  Maskini,  or  Meskini, 
poor,  a  poor  pei  son. 

MasalkheirL  good  afternoon. 

Masameho,  pardon. 

Masango,  wire. 

Masanufi,  a  kerchief  used  for  throw- 
ing over  the  shoulders,  &c. 

Masazo,  what  is  left,  remainder. 

Mashairi,  verses,  poetry. 
Shairi,  one  line  of  verse. 

Mashaka,  doubts,  difficulty. 

Mashamba,  the  country.  Plural  of 
Stiamba,  a  plantation. 

Mashapo,  sediment. 

Mashariki,  the  east,  easterly. 


Mashendea,   rice   which   is   watery 

and  imperfectly  cooked. 
Mashindano,  a  race. 
Mashindo. 

Kwenda  kwa  mashindo,  to  trot. 
Mashtaka,  accusation. 
Mashua,  a  boat,  boats,  a  launch. 
Mashiir  or  Mashuhur,  remarkable. 

notable. 
Mashutumio,  reproaches,  revilings. 
Mashutumu,  reviling. 
Maslmzi,  breaking  wind. 

Fathili  ya  punda  ni  mashuzi  = 
You  cannot  make  a  silk  purse 
out  of  a  sow's  ear. 
Masia. 

Kwenda  masia,  to  walk  up  and 
down. 
Masika,  the  rainy  season,  i.e., March, 

April,  and  May. 
Masikani,  a  dwelling. 
Masikini  =  Masakini. 
Masingizio,  slander. 
Masi'wa,  the   Comoro  Islands  and 

Madagascar. 
Masizi,  grime,   soot,    &c,   on  the 

bottom  of  cooking  pots. 
Maskini  =  Masakini. 
Masombo,  a  girdle  of  cloth. 
Masri  =  Misri,  Egypt. 
Masriif,  provisions. 
Masua,  giddiness. 

Nina  masua,  I  am  giddy. 
Masukuo,  a  whet-stone. 
Masuto,  reproaches. 
Mata,  bows  and  arrows,  weapons. 
Alataajabu,  wonders,  astonishment. 
Matakatifu,  holiness. 
Matako,  the  seat. 
Matakwa,  request,  want,  desire. 
Matambavu,  the  side,  a  man's  side. 
Mata'mko,  pronunciation. 
Matamu,  sweet.     See  -tamu. 


M  A  T 


MA  V 


Matamvua,  fringe. 

Matandiko,  bedding,  harness,  v.hat 

i-  spread. 
Matana,  leprosy. 
Matanga,  large  mats,  sails. 

Kukaa  matanga,  to  keep  a  formal 
mourning,  generally  for  from 
five  to  ten  days. 

Kuondoa  matanga,  to  put  an  end 
to  (he  mourning. 

Matanga  kati,  wind  abeam. 
Matangamano,  a  crowd. 
Matata,  a  tangle,  an  embroilment. 

Ki'iiti  matata,  to  tangle. 
Matayo,  reproaches;  revilings. 
Mate,  spittle. 
Mategemeo,  props,  a  prop,  support, 

protection. 
Mat  /.(t    spoil,  booty,  prisoners. 

'.  a  walk. 
Matengo,  1 1 1  •  -  outriggers  of  a  canoe. 
Mateto,  afflictions,  adversity. 
Mateto,  quarrel. 
Mathabahu  —  Nafhhrih. 
Mathabuha,  a  victim,  a  sacrifice. 
Mathahabi  oi  Mathhdb,  sect,  persua- 
sion. 
Mathara,  mischief,  harm. 
Wathbah,  an  altar. 

bu,  manners,  habits,  customs, 
Mathahabi  (?). 
Matilo,  lift  from  the  after  part  of  a 

yard  to  the  mast-head  of  a  dhow. 
Malindi,  half-grown  Indian  corn. 
Matindo,  a  slaughter-house,  a  place 

for  killing  beasts. 
Mattti.     l/'H»<~&>  »,cA/\   **Aifi 

Kir,  nda  kwa  mattti,  to  trot. 
Mattaa,  the  east  « ind. 

Mattaa  ayuk,  N.E. 
itlaa  akrab,  S.K. 
Mattai  =  Matlaa. 
Mato,  Lyes.  (M.). 


Mat'ini.  cymbals. 
Matokeo,  going-out  places. 

Matolceo  ya   hari,   pores   of  the 
skin. 
Matomoko,  a  custard  apple. 
Matubwitiibwi,  mumps. 
Miituhnno,  filthy  ami  insulting  ex- 
pressions, such  as — 

Mwana  kumanyo 

Mwana  •  <-u  haramu. 

Kazoakazoa. 

Kiimanina. 
Matukio,  accidents,    things  which 

happen. 
Matumaini,  confidence,  hope. 
Matumbawi,   fresh  coral,  cut  from 

below    high-water    mark:    it  is 

used  for  roofs  and  where  lightness 

is  an  object. 
Mm  a  mho,  tiie  entrails. 
Matupu,  bare.     See  -tupu. 
Maturuma,  stiffencrs  put  on  a  door, 

the  knees  in  a  dhow,  ribs  of  a 

boat,  &c. 
Maluku,  bad  and  abusive  language. 
Matuvumu,  accusation,  blame. 
Maua  (plur.  of  Ua),  flowers. 
Maulizo,  questions,  questioning. 
Maumivu,  pain. 

Maungo,  the  back,  the  backbone. 
Mauthuru,  unable. 
Mauti,  death. 
Minim,  dress,  dressing. 
Mavazi,  dress,   clothes.     Plural    of 

Vazi. 
Mavi,  dung,  droppings,  excrement. 

Mavi  ija  chuma,  dross. 
Mavilio.     See  Vilio. 
Mavulio,  clothes  cast  off  and  giv<  a 

to  another,  clothes  worn   bj 

who  is  not  their  owner. 
Mavunda,  one  who   breaks  every- 
thing he  has  to  do  with. 


MAY 


MBI 


335 


Mavundevunde,    broken,    scattered 

clouds. 
Mavumi,  burn  of  voices. 
Mavuno,  harvest,  reaping. 

Alavuno  ya  nyuki,  honeycomb. 
Mavuzi  (plur.  of  Vuzi),  the  hair  of 

the  pubes. 
Mawazi,  clear.     See  wazi. 
Mawe  (plur.  of  Jiwe),  stones,  stone. 

Ya  mawe,  of  stone. 

Mawe  ya  kusagia,  a  hand-mill. 

Mawe,  a  vulgar  ejaculation,  rub- 
bish! 
Mawili,  both. 
Mawimbi  (plur.  of  Wimbi),  surf,  a 

sea. 

Mawindo,  game,  produce  of  hunt- 
ing. 

Mayayi.     See  Yayi. 

Mayiti,  a  dead  body. 

Mayugwa,  a  green  vegetable  cooked 
like  spinach. 

Mazao,  fruit,  produce. 

Maziko,  burial-place. 

Mazinga    ombo,    sleight    of    hand 
(Comoro). 

Mazingiica,  a  siege. 

Mi  zingombwe,  magic,  witchcraft. 

Mazislii,  burial   clothes,   furniture, 
&c. 

Maziwa,    milk,    (plur.     of    Ziwa) 
breasts,  lakes. 
Maziwa  mabivu,  curdled  milk. 
Maziwa  ya  watu  wawili,  dragon's 
blood. 

Mazoea,  custom. 

Mazoezo,  habits,  customs,  practice. 

Mazoka,  evil  spirits. 

Mazu,  a  kind  of  banana. 

Mazumgu'mzo,  amusement,  conver- 
sation. 

Mbali,  far  off,  separate. 

Mbali  mbali,  distinct,  different. 


Potelea  mbali!  Go  and  be  hanged  ! 
Tumiculie  mbali,  let  us  kill  him 

out  of  the  way. 
When    used    with    the    applied 
forms  of  verbs,  it  means  that 
the  person  or  thing  is  by  that 
means  got  rid  of,  or  put  out  of 
the  wray. 
Mbango,  a  bird  with  a  parrot-like 
beak,  a  person  with  projecting 
teeth. 
Mbano,  a  circumcising  instrument. 
Mbau  (plur.  of  Ubau),  planks. 
'Mbau,  plur.  mibau,  planking,  tim- 
bers. 
'Mbaruti,    plur.   mibaruti,  a  weed 
with  yellow  flowers  and  thistle- 
like leaves  powdered  with  white. 
Mbasua,  giddiness. 
Mbata,  a  cocoa-nut  which  has  dried 
in  the  shell  so  as  to  rattle,  with- 
out being  spoilt. 
Mbati,  wall-plate. 
Mbavu,  ribs,  side. 

Mbavuni,  alongside. 
Mbawa,  wing  feathers.    See  TJbawa. 
Mbayani,  clear,  manifest. 
Mbayuwayu,  a  swallow  (A.). 
Mbega,   a  kind  of  monkey,  black, 
with  long    white    hair    on   the 
Mbegu,  seed,  seeds.  [shoulders. 

'Mbeja. 

'Mbeja  wa  hani,  young  man  of 
strength. 
Mbele,  before,  in  front,  further  on. 
Mbele  ya,  before,  in  front  of. 
Kuendelea  mbele,  to  go  forward. 
Mbeleni,  in  the  front.     This  word 
is  used  in   Zanzibar  with  an 
obscene  sense. 
Mbeyu  =  Mbegu,  seed. 
Mbilo,  plur.  mibibo,  a  cashew-nut 
tree. 

z  2 


M  B  F 


MCH 


Mbiehi,  fresh.     See  -birhi. 
}V  i.jili.  amal]  thorns,  briers. 
Ml  Hi.  u\  >.     Bi  e  -totft. 

Mot'Zt  mfttft,  two  by  two. 
Ml, Mini;,  the  wrist  (?). 
Mbingu,  plur.  of  Uicingu,  the  skies, 
the  heavens,  heaven. 

'.  running,  fust. 
Kupiga  rribio,  to  run,  to  gallop. 
Kbiomba,  mother's  sister,  aunt. 

//;;'//  r«7r<>,    lie  comforted.     A 
Swahili  greeting  to  one  who  has 
just  lost  a  relative. 
Mbisi,  parched  Indian  corn. 
M  in.  a  proclamation,  public  notice. 
Ml'iru,  ripe.     See  -bivu  and  -wivu. 
izi. 
Kupiga  rribizi,  to  dive. 

t,  vegetables,  greens. 
Mboga  mnanaa,  a  kind  of  mint. 

•go,    plur.  miboga,  a  pumpkin 
plant. 

ifboleo,  manure. 

Mhoiial    Why?    for  what   reason? 

Used  especially  with  negatives. 
Mboni  ya  jicho,   the  apple  of  the 
Mbono,  castor-oil  plant  (?).        [eye. 
Mboo,  the  penis. 

»,  a  climbing  plant  yielding  a 
superior  kind  of  oil. 
Moi    »,   bad,  rotten,  corrupt.     See 

'/  and  -bovu. 
Mbtt  =  Imbu,  a  mosquito. 
Jf&ut,   a    buffalo's   horn,   which  is 

iten  as  a  musical  instrument. 
Mbuja,  a  bw<  11,  dandy,  gracefully. 
Knsema  mbuja,  to  say  elegantly. 
Mbulu,  a  crocodile  (?). 
Mbungu,  a  hurricane  (Kishenzi). 
i  ostrich. 
'/,    plur.    rnibuyu,    a    baobab 
tr-  calabash  tree.     They  are 

gent.. ill;,  looked  upon  aa  haunted. 


Mbuzi,  a  goat,  goats. 

Mbuzi  ya  kukunia  nasi,  an  iron 
t  .rape  cocoa-nut  for  cooking 
with.  ,  ,  . 

Mbwa,  a  dog,  dogs.  *-*** 

Mbwa     ica    mvritu,     a     jackal, 
jackals. 
Mbtoayi,  wild,  fierce. 
Mbtoe,   little  pebbles,    little   white 

stones  larger  than  changarawi. 
Mbweha,  a  fox. 
Mbm  u,  eructation,  belching. 
Mil, a,  one  who  fears. 

Mcha  M>ningu,aGod-{eanugmim. 
Mchafu,  filthy. 

Mchago,  the  pillow  end  of  the  bed. 
Mckakacho,  footsteps  (?). 
Mchana  or   Mfana,  daylight,  day- 
time, day. 
Mchanga  or  Mtanga,  sand. 
Mchawi,  plur.  wachawi,  a  wizard. 
Mrhayi,  lemon  grass. 
Mche,  plur.  Miche,  a  plant,  a  slip,  a 

seedling. 
Mche,  a  kind  of  wood  much  used  in 

Zanzibar. 
Mchekeshaji,    plur.  uachekeshaji,  a 

merry  body,  one  who  is  always 

laughing. 
Mchele,    cleaned    grain,   especially 

rice. 
Mchelema,  watery. 
Mcheshi,  a  merry  fellow,  a  laugher. 
Mchezo,  plur.  michezo,  a  game. 

Mchezo  wake  huyu,  it  is  this  man's 
turn  to  play. 
Mchi,  plur.  michi,  or  If//,  plur.  m///, 

the  pestle  used  to  pound  or  to 

clean  corn  with.     Also  a  screw 

of  paper  to  put  groceries  in  (?). 
Mchicha,  plur.  michicha,  a  common 

spinach-like     plant    used    as    a 

veg<  table. 


MCH 


MEK 


337 


Mchikkhi,  plur.  michikichi,  the 
palm-oil  tree. 

Mchilizi,  plur.  michilizi,  the  eaves. 

Mchiro,  plur.  wachiro,  a  mangouste. 

Mclwchoro,  passage,  an  opening  be- 
tween. 

Mchofu  =  Mchovu. 

Mchongoma,  plur.  michongoma,  a 
thorny  shrub  with  white  flowers 
and  a  email  black  edible  fruit. 

Mchorochoro,  a  rapid  writer. 

Mchovu,  plur.  wachovu,  weary,  lan- 
guid, easily  tired,  tiring,  tire- 
some. 

Mchumba,  a  sweetheart,  one  who 
seeks  or  is  sought  by  another 
in  marriage. 
Mke  mchumba,  widow  (?). 

Mchumbuluru,  a  kind  of  fish. 

Mchunga  (or  Mtunga),  plur.  wa- 
chunga,  a  herdman,  a  groom,  one 
who  has  the  care  of  animals. 

Mchungaji,  a  herdsman,  shepherd. 

Mchuruzi,  plur.  Wachuruzi,  one  who 
keeps  a  stall,  a  trader  in  a  very 
small  way. 

M-huzi,  or  Mtuzi,  curry, gravy,  soup. 

Mchica,  white  ants. 

Mda  or  Muda,  a  space  of  time,  the 
space,  &c. 

Mda,  plur*,  mida  (?),  a  piece  of  plank 
propped  up  to  support  a  frame- 
work, &c.  =  'munda. 

Mdago,  a  kind  of  weed. 

Mdalasini,  cinnamon. 

Mdarahani,  an  Indian  stuff. 

Mdawari. 

He  mdaicari,  the  softer  Arabic  h, 
the  he. 
Mdeli  =  Mdila. 

Mdila,  plur.  midila,  a  coffee-pot. 
Mdomo,  plur.  midomo,  the  lip. 
Mdomo  wa  ndege,  a  bird's  beak. 


Mdudu,  plur.  wadudu,  an  insect. 
Mdudu,  a  whitlow. 
Mdukuo,  a  push  in  the  cheek. 
Mdumu,  a  mug. 

Me-,  see  Ma-.     Many  words  are  pro- 
nounced  with   ma-  at  Mombas, 
and  with  me-  at  Zanzibar. 
-me-,  the  sign  of  the  tense  which 
denotes  an  action  complete  at 
the   moment  of  speaking,  an- 
swering to  the  English  tense 
with  have.      Sometimes   it  is 
used  to  denote  an  action  com- 
plete at  the  time  referred  to, 
aud  must  then  be  translated  by 
had. 
This  tense   may   often  be  used 
as  a  translation  of   the  past 
participle. 
Yu  hayi,   ao    amekufa  ?    Is  he 

alive  or  dead  ? 

Most   Swahili  verbs  denoting  a 

state   have    in    their    present 

tense  thi^  meaning  of  entering 

that  state  or  becoming,  and  in 

the  -me-  tense  the  meaning  of 

having  entered  or  being  in  it. 

In  some  cases  the  -me-  tense  is 

best  rendered  by  another  verb. 

Anavaa,  he  is  putting  on,  ameuaa, 

he  wears. 
In  some  dialects  the  me  is  pro- 
nounced ma. 
Mea  few-,  to  grow,  to  be  growable. 
Medun,  tortoiseshell. 
Mega  leu-,  to  break  a  piece,  or  gather 
up  a  lump  and  put  it  in  one's 
mouth,  to  feed  oneself  out  of  the 
common  dish  with  one's  hand,  as 
is  usual  in  Zanzibar. 
Mekameka  hu-,  to  glitter,  to  shine. 
Meko  (plur.  of  Jiko),  a  fireplace. 
Mekoni,  a  kitchen,  in  the  kitchen. 


m  i:  m 


1V1  F  U 


Mi  meluka  hu   (A.),  <  kle. 

.U.  /.  '  oi  ci  roaches. 

Also  a  Blang  term  for  a  rupee. 
Mengi  or  Mangi,  many.     See  -ngi. 
o  (plur.  of  Jino),  teeth, 
no,  battlements. 
Menya   Lit-,   to   Bhell,  to   husk,  to 
)hui/n  /.■(/-,  to  beat  (Kiyao).    [peel, 
Jf(  riLthii.  a  ship,  ships. 

Merikebu  ya  serikali,  a  ship  be- 
longing to  the  government. 
.!/(  rikehu  i/n  mkiiuja  <>r  umnnicari, 

a  man-of-war. 
.1/  rikebuyataja,a  merchant  ship. 
Merikebu  ya  miUugote  mitatu,& 

full-rigged  ship. 
Merikebu  ya  milingote  miwili  na 

■■•i,  a  barque. 
Merikebu  ya  ddhaan  or  ya  moshi, 
it  steamship. 

-.  the  mainland  of  Africa, 
cially  the  coast   south    of 
Zanzibar. 
Wamerima,  people  who  live  on 

the  coast  south  of  Zanzibar. 
Kimerima,  the  dialect  of  Swahili 
6poken  on  the  coast  south  of 
Zanzibar. 
Merimeta  /;</-,  to  glitter,  to  shine. 
Meshmaa,  a  caudle,  candles. 
Mesiki  or  Meeki,  musk,  scent. 
Meskiti       Moskiti,  a  mosque. 
ftf<  tank  to,  to  shine,  to  glitter. 
Methili  or  Methali,  like,  a  parable. 
Mi  •'.  a  table. 
.i/<--za  /.)/-,  t<>  swallow. 
Mezaurwen  h 

Waraka  mezawwereh,  forgeryt 
litre  pi<  ce  of  a  door. 
M/alme,  plur.  wafalme,  a  king. 
M/ano,  plur.  mifano,  a  likeness. 
Mfano  wa  maneno,  a  proverb,  a 
parable, 


Mfanyi  biashara,  plur.  teafanyi,  a' 
man  who  does  business,  a  trader, 
a  merchant. 

Mfariji,  plur.  wafariji,  a  comforter. 

Mfathili,  plur.  wafathili,  one  who 
does  kindnesses. 

M/i /'//.  a  water  channel. 
Mfili&ika,  a  bankrupt. 
Mfinangi,  plur.  wafinangi,  a  potter. 
Mfinessi,  plur.  mifinessi,  a  jack  fruit 

i  ree. 
.1//''/.  plur.  ica/w,  a  dead  person. 
Mfua,    plur.    wafua,    a    smith,    a 
worker  in  metal. 

flf/ua  chuma,  a  blacksmith. 

Af/ua  /  //"(,  &c,  a  silversmith,  &c. 
Mfuasi,  plur.  wafuasi,  a  follower,  a 

retainer,  a  hanger-on. 
Mfuko,    plur.    mifuko,    a    bag,    a 

pocket. 
M/uma,  plur.  wafuma,  a  weaver. 
.1//  nbati,  plur.  mi/umbatiythv  side- 
pieces  of  a  bedstead. 
Mfunguo,  a  name  applied  to  nine  of 
the  Arab  months. 

Mfunguo  ica  must,  is  the   Arab 
Shaowal. 

Mfunguo   wa  pili,   is   the   Arab 
77/ '/Z  Jlaacto. 

Mfunguo  iva  tatu,   is   the   Arab 

nv;  //".,;/. 

Mfunguo  wa  'nne,  is  the  Arab 

Moharram. 
Mfunguo  wa  tano,  is  the   Arab 

Mfunguo   wa   sita,    is  the    Arab 

liabia  al  aowal. 
Mfunguo  wa  caba,  is  the  Arab 

Eabia  id  alchr. 
Mfunguo  wa  nniie,  is  the   Arab 

Jemart  al  aowal. 
Mfunguo  wa  Icenda,  is  the  Arab 
Jcnuid  ul  akin: 


MFU 


MIK 


339 


Mfunguo  wa  is  often  so  pro- 
nounced as  to  sound  like 
Fungua. 
The  other  three  months,  Rajab, 
Shaaban,  and  Ramathan,  keep 
their  Arabic  names. 
Mfuo,  plur.  mifuo,  a  stripe. 

Karatasi  ya  mifuo,  ruled  paper. 
Mfupa,  plur.  mifupa,  a  bone. 
Mfuto,  winning  five  games  out  of 

six  at  cards. 
Mfyozi,  an  abusive  person. 
Mgalct,  plur.  wagala,  a  Galla. 
Mganda,  plur.  miganda,  a  sheaf  or 

bundle  of  rice. 
Mganga,  plur.  loaganga,  a  medicine 
man,  a  doctor,  a  dealer  in  white 
magic. 
Mgao,  a  place  near  Cape  Delgado. 
Mgawo,  a  deal  in  card-playing. 
Mgeni,    plur.    wageni,   a  guest,  a 

foreigner. 
Mghad,  a  horse's  canter. 

Kwenda  mghad,  to  canter. 
Mgine  =  Mwingine,  another,  other. 
Mgogoro,  an  obstacle  in  a  road,  a 
stumbling-block.      In    slang,    a 
nuisance,  crush,  worry. 
Mgoja  or  Mngoja,  plur.  wagoja,  one 
who  waits,  a  sentinel. 
Mgoja  mlango,  a  door-keeper,  a 
porter. 
Mgomba,  plur.  migomba,  a  banana 

tree. 
Mgombice,  bull's-mouth  shell,  Cassis 

rubra. 
Mgomvi,  plur.  wagomvi,  a  quarrel- 
some person,  a  brawler. 
Mgonda,  a  slave's  clout. 
Mgongo,   plur.  migongo,   the  back, 
the  backbone. 
Nyumba  ya  mgongo,  a  penthouse 
roof. 


Mgonjwa  or  Mgonjua,  plur.  wagon - 
jwa,  a  sick  person,  an  invalid. 

Mgwte  =  Mlingote,  a  mast. 

Mgunda,  cultivated  land. 

Hgunya,  plur.  Wagunya,  a  native  of 
the  country  between  Siwe  and 
the  Juba. 

Mguruguru,  plur.  waguruguru,  a 
large  kind  of  burrowing  lizard. 

Hguu,  plur.  miguu,  the  leg  from  the 
knee  downward,  the  foot. 
Kwenda  hwa  miguu,  to  walk. 

Wi-.     See  MmA. 

Mlialbori.     See  Kanzu. 

Mhimili,  plur.  mih'limi,  a  girder,  a 
beam,  a  bearing  post,  a  prop. 

Mhulu,  a  large  tree  lizard. 

Mhunzi,  plur.  wdhunzi,  a  black- 
smith. 

Mi-,  plural  prefix  of  substantives, 
and  of  adjectives  agreeing  with 
them,  which  begin  in  the  singular 
with  m-,  or  'm-,  mu-,  or  mw-,  and 
do  not  denote  animate  beings. 

-mi,  an  objective  suffix  denoting 
the  first  person  singular.  This 
suffix  is  poetical,  not  used  in 
Zanzibar. 

Mia,  a  hundred. 

Miteen,  two  hundred. 

Mialamu,  the  ends  of  a  piece  of 
cloth. 

Miashiri,  pieces  lying  fore  and  aft 
to  receive  the  stepping  of  the 

Miayo,  yawning,  a  yawn.        [mast. 

Miba  or  Miiba,  thorns. 

Mibau,  timbers. 

Mifuo,  bellows. 

Milmha,  marriage. 

Mikambe. 

Kupiga  mikambe,  in  bathing,  to 
duck  down  and  throw  over  one 
leg,  striking  the  water  with  it. 


340 


M  I  L 


M  J  U 


Mihi,  a  custom. 
Milamba. 

Kteenda  milatriba,  to  go  round  by 
a  new  rond   to  avoid  war    or 
some  other  obstacle,  to  strike 
out  a  new  way. 
Mihh .  1 1.  mity. 

Ta  >:,:'■  I  .  eternaL 
MUhoi,  jins,   which    having    been 

merely  singed,  not  killed  by  the 

missiles  of  the  angels,  lurk  in 

by-placis   to   deceive  and  harm 

people. 
Miliki  =  MUM. 

Miliki  1;h-,  to  reign,  to  possess. 
MUM,    kingdom,    possession,    pro- 
perty. 
MUumbe,  a   speech,   an    over-long 

•  ch. 
Mirriba,  pn  gnancy. 

Kuwa  na  mimba  or   Kuchul;u<i 
mimha,  to  be  pregnant. 

Kuharibu  mimba,  to  miscarry. 
^    Mimbara,  the  pulpit  in  a  mosque. 
|*ff-  Mimi,  I,  me. 

Mimina  ku-,  to  pour,  to  pour  over. 
Miminika  ku-,  to  be  poured  over,  to 

be  spilt,  to  overflow. 
Mingi,  many.     See  -ingi. 
Miugine,  others.     See  -ingine. 
Mini  (At.),  right,  fc"**/ 

Mini  vca  shemali,  right  and  left. 
Minyonoa,    a    kind     of     flowering 

acacia. 
Viongoni  mwa,  in  respect  of,  as  to, 

on  the  part  of,  from  among. 
Mtraha,  muscles.     See  Mrala. 
Mirisaa,  shot. 
MukUhari,  crooked. 
Mi$ko,  Russia. 
Hurt,  Egypt. 
Mitten,  two  hundred. 
Miumi,  a  whistling. 


Miusi,  Mack.     Sec  -eus»*. 

Miwa  (plur.  of  Mho),  sugar-can*  s. 

Miwali,  midribs  of  a  palm-leaf. 

Miwani,  spectacles. 

Miyaa,  leaves  for  making  mats. 

Miye,  me,  it  is  I. 

Mi-.ani,  balances,  steelyard,  scales. 

Mxsif  roots  i  M.). 

Mi  izi,  roots,  rootlets. 

Mja  na  maji,  one  who  has  come 
over  the  sea,  a  foreigner.  Also, 
a  slave. 

Mjakazi,  plur.  tcajakazi,  a  woman 
slave. 

Mjanga,  Bembatooka  bay  in  Mada- 
gascar. 

Mjangao,  melancholy,  silent  sorrow. 

Mjanja,  plur.  u-ajanja,  a  cheat,  a 
shameless  person. 

Mjani,  a  widow. 

Mjasiri,  plur.  irajasiri,  a  bold  ven- 
turesome man. 

Mjasstm,  inquisitive. 

Mj<  ledi,  a  whip. 

Mjemba,  a  plough  (?). 

Mji,  plur.  miji,  a  town,  a  city,  a 
\  illage,  the  middle  part  of  a  piece 
of  cloth.        j? 

Mji,  the  uterus. 

Mjiari,  plur.  mijiari,  tiller  ropes. 

Mjiguu,  plur.  mijiguu,  large  long 
legs. 

Mjinga,  plur.  vajinga,  a  raw  new 
comer,  a  simpleton;  applied  es- 
pecially to  newly  arrived  slaves, 
ignorant,  inexperienced. 

Mjisikafiri,  a  kind  of  lizard. 

Mjoli,  plur.  tcajoli,a.  fellow-servant. 

Mjomba,  plur.  wajomba,  uncle. 

Mjugu. 
Mjugu  nyassa,  ground-nuts. 
Mjugu  mawe,  a    hard    kind    of 
ground-nut. 


M  J  U 


MKO 


341 


Mjnkuu,  plur.  wajukuu,  a  cousin,  a 

grandchild. 
Mjumba,  plur.  wajumba,  an  uncle. 
Mjambakaka,  a  kind  of  lizard. 
Mjumbe,    plur.    wajumbe,    a    mes- 
senger. 
Mjume,  a  weapon-smith. 
Mjumu,  studded  with  brass. 
Mjusi,  plur.  wajusi,  a  lizard. 

Mjusi  wa  kanzu.     See  Kanzu. 

Mjusi  kafiri,  a   rough    kind   of 
small  lizard. 

Mjusi  salama,  a  smooth  kind  of 
small  lizard. 
Mjuvi,  plur.  wajuvi,  a  chattering, 

officious  person. 
Mjuzi,  plur.  wajuzi,  a  person  of  in- 
formation, one  who  knows. 
Mkaa,  plur.  xoakaa,  one  who  sits. 

Mkaa    jikoni,    Mr.     Sit-in-the- 
kitchen. 

Mkaa,  an  astringent  wood  used 
in  medicine. 
Mkabala,  opposite. 
Mkdbil,  future. 
Mkadi,  plur.  mikadi,  the  pandanus 

tree;  its  flowers  are  valued   for 

their  smell. 
Mkaidi,     obstinate,     wilful.      See 

-kaidi. 
Mkaja,  a  cloth   worn  by  women, 

given  as  a  present  at  the  time  of 

a  wedding. 
Mkali,  fierce.     See  -kali. 
Mkamilifu,  perfect. 
Mkamshe,  plur.  mikamshe,  a  kind  of 

wooden  spoon. 
Mkandaa,  plur.  mikandaa,  a  kind 

of  mangrove  tree  full  of  a  red 

dye  much  used  for  roof  beams. 
Mkanju,  plur.  mikanju,  a  cashew 

tree  (M.). 
Mkaragazo,&  strong  tobacco.   Also, 


manfully,     again      and      again 

(slang). 
Mkarakala,  a  medicinal  shrub. 
Mkasama  (in  arithmetic),  division. 
Mkasnsi,  a  handsome   tree,  whose 

wood    is    useless.      Hence     the 

proverb, 

Uzuri  wa  mkasasi, 
Ukipata,  maji,  l/asi. 

Mkasiri,  a  tree  whose  bark  is  used 

to  dye  fishing-nets  black. 
Mkataba,  a  written  agreement. 
Mkatale,  the  stocks. 
Mkate,  plur.  mikate,  a  cake,  a  loaf. 

Mikate  ya  mofu,  cakes  of  mtama 
meal. 

Mikate  ya  kusonga,  ya  kumimina, 
&c,  cakes  of  batter,  &c. 

Mkate  wa  tumbako,  a    cake    of 
tobacco. 
Mkazo,  nipping,  pressing  tight. 
Mke,  plur.  wake,  a  wife,  a  female. 

Mke  aliofiwa  na  mumewe,&  widow. 
Mkebe,  a  pot  to  burn  incense  in,  a 

drinking  pot. 
Mkeka,  plur.  mikeka,  a  fine  kind  of 

mat  used  to  sleep  upon. 
Mkeo  =  Mkewo. 

Mkereza,  plur.  wakereza,  a  turner. 
Mkewe,  his  wife. 
Mkewo,  your  wife. 
Mkia,  plur.  mikia,  a  tail. 
Mkimbizi,  plur.  wakimbizi,  one  who 

runs  away. 
Mkindu,  plur.   mikindu,  a  kind  of 

palm  whose  leaves  are  used   to 

make  fine  mats. 
Mkizi,  a  kind  of  fish. 
Mkoba,  plur.  mikoba,   a    scrip,    a 

small  bag. 
Mkoche,  plur.   mikoche,  a  kind   of 

branching  palm  with  an  edible 

fruit. 


342 


MKO 


ML] 


i,  urine. 

.   plur.  mikoko,  a  mangrove 
tree. 
Wcokoto,  plur.  mikokoto,  the  mark 
made  by  a  thing  being  drag 

ng. 

'/.  plur.  mikoma,  a  large  tree 
bearing  an  edible  fruit. 

bozi,     plur.      yjukombozi,      a 
redeemer.  .r/WKtf^tfV? 

Mkondo  tea  maji,  a  current. 
Mkongojo,   plur.  mikongojo,  an  old 
man'*  staff  for  him  to  lean  upon 
as  he  walks. 

o,  plur.  tntkono,  the  arm,  es- 
pecially from  the  elbow  to  the 
fingers ;  the  hand,  a  sleeve,  a 
projecting  handle  Like  that  of  a 
saucepan,  a  measure  of  nearly 
half  a  yard,  a  cubit. 
Ta  mkono,  handy. 
CItuo  cha  mkono,  a  handbook. 
Mkorofi,  ill-omened. 
Mkvbwa,  great,   the    eldest.     See 

-kubwa. 
Mkuchyo,  Ma;radoxa. 
Mku/u,  plur.  mikufu,  a   chain,  es- 
pecially  of  a  light  ornamental 
kind. 
Mkufunzi,     plur.      wakufunzi,     a 

Mkuke,  plur.  mikuke,  a  Bpear  with 
a  sharp  point  and  triangular 
blade. 

Mkuku,  the  keel  of  a  ship. 

Mkule,  a  gar-fish. 

Mhulimn.  plur.  wakulima,  a  culti- 
vator, a  field  labourer. 

Mkulimani,  plur.  iro!;uUmani,  an 
interpn 

Mktdo,  plur.  mikulo,  a  pottle-shaped 
matting  bag  to  strain  tut  through. 


Mkumavi,B  kind  of  red  wood  much 

ua  d  i:i  Zanzibar. 
Mkumbii  Rfgao.),  gum-copal  tree. 
MTcunga  (?),  midwife. 
Mkungu,  plur.   wikungu,  the  fruit 

Btalt  "i'  the  banana. 
Mkungu,  plur.  vdkungu,  a  kind  of 
earthen  pot. 

Mkungu  wa  kufunikia,  a  pot  lid. 

Mkungu  wa  kulia,  a  diah. 
Mkuu,  plur.  wakuu,  a  great  man,  a 
chief. 

Mkuu  wa  asikari,  a  commanding 
officer. 

Mkuu  ica  genzi,  a  guide. 
Mkuza,  large,  full  grown. 
Mkwamba,  a  kind  of  thorny  shrub. 
Mkwaei,  plur.  vcakwasi,  a  wealthy 

person,  rich. 
Mkwe,    plur.   wakice,   a    father  or 

mother-in-law,  a  son  or  daughter- 
in-law. 
Mlcweme,  a  climbing  plant  bearing 

a  gourd   with  round  fiat   seeds 

rich  in  oil. 
Mkwezi,  a  climber,  one  who  goes 

up. 
Mlafi,  plur.  walafi,  a  glutton. 
Mln In,   plur.   milala,    hyphaene,   a 

branching  palm. 
Mlmnba,  a  dark-coloured  bird  that 

eats    insects,    aud    drives  away 

other  birds,  even  the  crows. 
Mlango,   plur.   milango,   a  door,  a 

gate. 
Mlanza,  a  pole  for  canning  thii 
Mlariba,  plur.  ivalariba,  usurer. 
Ml'-,  there  within. 
Ml<  oi,  plur.  walevi,  a  drunkard. 
Mlezi,   plur.  u-alczi,  a  nurse,  one 

who  rears  children. 
Mlezo,  plur.  milezo,  a  bnoy. 
Mlima,  plur.  milima,  a  mountain. 


MLI 


MOE 


343 


Mlingote,  plur.  milingote,  a  mast. 

MHngote  tea  halmi  or  galmi,  the 
small  mizen-mast  carried  by 
large  dhows. 
Mlingote  tea  maji,  the  bowsprit. 
Mlinzi,  plur.  walinzi,  a  guard. 
Mlishi,  plur.  walisM,  a  feeder,  a 

shepherd. 
Mlishf,  the  month  Shaaban. 
MUzamu,  a  waterspout  on  a  house. 
3/  /oZe,  the  comb  of  a  cock. 
Mlomo,  plur.  milomo,  a  lip.     Also, 

Mdorno. 
Mmoja,  one,  a  certain  man.     See 

-moja. 
'Mna,  there  is  within. 
Mnada,   plur.   minada,   a  sale,   an 

auction. 
Mnadi,  an  auctioneer,  huckster. 
Mnadi  hu-,  to  sell  by  auctiou. 
Mnafiki,  plur.  wanafiki,  a  hypocrite. 
Mnaja,  a  prophet  going  to  ask  a 

thing  of  God. 
Mnajimu,   plur.  icanajimu,  an  as- 
trologer. 
Mnajisi,  plur.  wanajtsi,  a  profane 

person,  blasphemer. 
Mnara,   plur.   minora,   a  tower,   a 

minaret,  a  beacon. 
Mnazi,  plur.  minazi,  a  cocoa-nut 

tree. 
Mnena,  one  who  speaks. 

Mnena  laceli,  one  who  speaks  the 
truth. 
Mnene,  stout.     See  -n«ne. 
Mneni,  plur.  waneni,  a  speaker,  an 

eloquent  person. 
Mngazidja,    plur.     Wangazidja,    a 

native  of  Great  Comoro. 
Mngwana,  plur.  wangicana,&  gentle- 
man, a  free  and  civilized  person. 
JMnfo  (?). 
iV/io,  exceedingly,  excessively.  il/no 


always  follows  the  word  qualified 
by  it. 

Mnofu,  meatiness,  fleshiness. 

Mnono,  fat.     See  -nono. 

Mnunuzi,  plur.  wanunuzi,  a  buyer, 
a  purchaser,  a  customer. 

Mnyamavu,  plur.  icanyamavu,  a 
silent  person,  still,  quiet. 

Mnyang'anyi,  plur.  iranyaiufanyi,  a 
robber,  one  who  steals  with  vio- 
lence. 

Mneyo,  a  tickling,  itcMDg,  a  creep- 
ing sensation. 

Mnyiriri,  plur.  minyiriri,  the  arms 
of  the  cuttle-fish. 

Mnyonge,  plur.  icanyonge,  an  insig- 
nificant, mean  person. 

Mnyororo, plur.  minyororo,  or  mnyoo, 
plur.  minyoo,  a  chain. 

Mnyica,  plur.  tvanyica,  a  drinker, 
one  who  drinks. 

3/o,  -mo,  or   -mo-,  the  particle  de- 
noting place  inside  something 
Mumo  humo,  there  inside,    [else. 

itfoaZft,  Mohilla. 

Mofa,  small  round  cakes  of  mtama 
meal. 

Mohulla,  a  fixed  time,  a  term.  Also 
Muhulla. 

Moja,  plur.  mamoja,  one,  same. 
Mamoja  pia,  it  is  all  one. 

-moja,  one. 

iJfq/a  mo/a,  one  by  one. 

ATo/fl  baada  wa  moja,  alternately. 

Mm  mmoja,  a  certain  man. 

32q/a  u-aj>o,  any  one. 

il/oZa,  Lord.     Used  of  God. 

Moma,  a  kind  of  poisonous  snake. 

Mombee,  Bombay. 

Moris,  Mauritius. 

Kutoha  Moris,  to  score  twenty- 
nine  or  more  in  a  game  at 
cards. 


II 


M  OR 


M  R  A 


Kwenda  Moris,  to  mark  less  than 
twi  ni_\  -nine  in  a  game  at  cards. 
Moron,  Boft.     Bee  -ororo. 
Moshi,  jilur.  mio8hi,  smoke. 
Afow,  one  |  in  counting). 

)         si,  first. 
»7t,  a  mosque,  the  ace  of  spades. 
Mot, ,  all.     See  -o<e. 

.  i  lur.  ?)u'o/o,  fire,  a  fire,  heat. 

)'<(  moto,  hot. 

A"< .,  '■>,  to  get  hot. 

.  plur.  7ti/'di/o  or  nyoyo,  heart, 
mind,  will,  self. 

Ya  moyo,  willingly,  heartily/  ' '    ' 
Mpagazi,  plur.  wapagazi,  a  caravan 

porter. 
Mpaji,    jilur.    uxipaji,   a   giver,    a 

libera]  person. 
Mpaka,  plur.  mipaka,  a  boundary, 

Mpaka  mmoja,  adjacent,     [limit. 
Mpaka,  until,  as  far  as. 

Tutacheka  mpaka  India,  we  shall 
langh  till  we  cry. 
Mpambi,  plur.   wapambi,  a  person 

dressed  up  with  ornaments. 
Mp'tnzi,  a  sower. 
Afpopoyi,  plur.  mipapayi,&  papaw 

tree. 
Mparamuzi,   ]>lur.    miparamuzi,    a 

sort  of  tree  said  to  be  unclimb- 

able. 
Mpatanishi,    plur.   wapatantshi,    a 

peac'  maker,  one  who  brings  about 

an  agreement. 
Jfpafo,  into  r!  eed  work,  lattice. 
Mpeekwa,  plur.  wapeekwa,  a  person 

-nt,  a  missionary,  =  Mpelekwa. 
Mpekuzi,  plur.  wapekuzi,  one  who 

scratches  like  a  hen,  an  inquisi- 
tive person. 
,V//«  /'/<:.*',  plur.  wapehlezi,  a  spy. 
Mpenzi,    plur.    icapvnzi,    a  person 

who  is  loved,  a  favourite. 


Mpera,  plur.  mipera,  a  guava  tree. 

'Mj'lu.  new-    See  , 

Mpiga  ra/trili,  plur.  wapiga,  a  for- 
tune-teller, one   who    progrx 
cates   by   diagrams.      Formerly 
they  did  so   by   throwing  sand, 
whence  the  name. 

Mpiko,  plur.  mipiko,&  pole  to  carry 
burdens  on. 
Kuchukua  mpikoni,  to  carry  on 
a  pole  over  the  shoulder. 

Mpingo,  ebony. 

Mpini,    plur.    mipini,    a     haft,    a 

I    handle. 

Mpira,  india-rubber,  an  india-rub- 
ber ball. 

Mpishi,  plur.  wapishi,  a  cook. 
',  plur.  vnapofu,  the  eland. 

Mpotevu,  plur.  wapotevu,  a  wasteful 
person. 

Mjmliif,  plur.  vwpofoe,  perverse, 
wilful,  good-for-nothing. 

Mpumbqfu,  plur.  toapwmbafu,  a  fool. 

Mpunga,  rice,  either  growing  <>r 
while  yet  in  the  husk. 

Mpungati,  plur.  mipwngati,  a  kind 
of  cactus. 

Mpuzi.  plur.  wapuzi,  a  silly  chat- 
)■  rer. 

Mpwa,  the  sea-beach  (M.). 

Mpweke,  plur.  mipwelte,  a  shor 
thick  stick,  a  bludgeon. 

Mpya,  new.     See  -pya. 

Mraba,  plur.  miraba,  muscles, 
ilfiw    tea   miraba  minne,  a  very 
strong  man. 

Nruhba,  square. 

Mradi,  preferably  (?). 

Mramma,  the  rolling  of  a  ship. 

Mrashi,  plur.  mirashi,  a  long-necl  ed 
bottle,  often  of  silver,  used  to 
sprinkle  scent  from;  a  woman's 
name. 


MEE 


MSH 


o4.) 


Mremo,  plur.  waremo,  a  Portuguese. 

Also  Mrenu. 
Mrenaha,  the  thorn-apple  plant. 
Mrenu,  plur.  Warenu,  a  Portuguese. 
Mrithi,   plur.  warithi,  an  heir,  an 

inheritor. 
Mruba,  plur.  miruba,  a  leech. 
Mrungura,  people  who  rob  and  com- 
mit violence  at  night. 
Mrututu,  sulphate  of  copper,  blue- 
Msaada,  help.  [stone. 

Msafara,  plur.  misafara,  a  caravan. 
Msqfiri,  plur.  wasafiri,  a  traveller, 

one  on  a  journey. 
Hsahafu,  plur.  misahafu,  a  koran, 
a  sacred  book. 

Msaliafu  wa  Sheitani,  a  butterfly. 
Msaliau,   plur.   wasahau,    one  who 

forgets,  a  forgetful  person. 
Msaji,  teak. 
Msala.    See  Musala. 
Msalaba,  a  cross. 
Msaliti,  a  betrayer  of  secrets. 
Msamehe,  plur.  wasamelie,  forgiving. 
Msangao,  astonishment. 
Msapata,  a  kind  of  dance, 
ilfsasa,    sandpaper,   a   shrub    with 

leaves  like  sandpaper. 
Msayara,  kind,  gentle. 
Msazo,  remainder. 
Mselehisha,    plur.     waselehisha,     a 

peacemaker. 
Msemaji,  plur.  wasemaji,  a  talker, 

an  eloquent  person. 
Msemi,   plur.   wasemi,   a  talker,  a 

speaker. 
Mseto,  a  sort  of  food,  a  mixture  of 

mtama  and  chooko. 
Msewe,    plur.    misewe,    a    sort    of 

castanet  tied  to  the  leg. 
Mshabaha,  similar. 
.Ms7ia?tara,  plur.  mishahara, monthly 

pay,  wages. 


Mshakiki,  small  pieces  of  meat 
cooked  on  a  skewer. 

Msliale  or  Mshare,  plur.  mishale,  an 
arrow. 

Msharika,  plur.  washarika,  a 
partner. 

Mshayi  =  Mchayi. 

Msheheri  or  Mshehiri,  plur.  TPas/te- 
fcero,  a  native  of  Sheher  in 
Arabia,  many  of  whom  are  settled 
in  Zanzibar.  The  butchers  and 
coarse  mat  makers  are  almost  all 
Sheher  men. 

Mshiki,  one  who  holds. 

MshiM  shikio,  the  steersman. 

Mshindani,  plur.  washindani,  ob- 
stinate, resisting. 

Mshindio,  woof. 

Mshindo  (obscene),  coitus. 

Mahipa,  plur.  mishipa,  a  blood- 
vessel, a  nerve,  any  disease  affect- 
ing these,  hydrocele. 

MsMpavu,  plur.  washipavu,  obsti- 
nate. 

Mshipi,  plur.  mishipi,  a  net,  a  girdle. 

Mshoni,  plur.  washoni,  a  tailor,  a 
sempster. 
Mshoni  viatu,  a  shoemaker. 

M^hono,  plur.  mishono,  a  seam. 

Mshtaka,  plur.  mishtaka,  an  accusa- 
tion, a  charge  before  a  judge. 

Mshtaki,  a  prosecutor. 

Hshuko,  coming  down,  coming  away 
from    performing    one's  devo- 
tions. 
Mshuko   wa   magaribi,   about    a 
quarter  of  an  hour  after  sunset. 
Mshuko  wa  alasiri  kasiri,  about 

5  P.M. 

Hshuko  wa  eslia,  about  an  hour 
after    sunset,    or   from    7   till 

8  P.M. 

Mshumaa  =  Meshmaa. 


::i.; 


M  s  I 


M  T  A 


'ur.  tnisiba,  a  calamity,  a 
grief,  mourning. 
M-i/u.  a  flatti 
Msifu'mno,    plur.    wasifu'mno,    an 

.  xceesive  praiser,  a  Batterer. 
Msijana,  a  bachelor  (?). 
Msimamizi,   ]>lur.    toostmamm,   an 
ker,  a  steward,  the  head 
man  over  a  plantation,   who  is 
nearly  always  a  free  man,  often 
an  Arab. 

.7,  plur.    misinji,  foundations, 
trench  for  laying  foundations. 
Msinzi,  plur.  misinzi,  a  sort  of  man- 

\e  tree. 
M$io,  a  piece  of  stone  to  rub  Uwa 

on. 
M  io,  a  fated  thing,  what  will  de- 
stroy or  affect  a    person.      See 
Mzio. 
M  ',■/.  plur.   irasiri,  a  confidential 

1  ii  rson,  one  trusted  with  secrets. 
Msitani  [Pemba]  =  Barazani. 
U-/ ■■//.  a  forest. 

.1/  //«  tea  mift,  a  thick  wood. 
Msomari,  plur.  misomari,  a  nail,  an 

iron  nail.     See  Marashi. 
Msondo,  a  very  tall  drum,  beaten  on 

ial  occasions. 
Msonyo,  a  whistling. 
Mstadi,    plur.    wastadi,    a    skilful 

workman,  a  good  hand. 
Mdaliamili  or  Mstiihiuiili,  plur.  wet- 
Htahimili,    a    patient,    enduring, 
long-suffering  person. 

'.i,  plur.  waalaki,  a  prosecutor- 
,««,  a  shoe;  a  piece  of  wood 
fixed  to  the  keel,  with  a  hole  to 
receive  the  heel  of  the  mast. 
M  i, ni.  plur.  mietari,  a  line,  a  line 
ruled. 
Eupiga  mslari,  to  draw  a  line. 
•dr,  a  custard  apple. 


Msuaki,  plur.  litititalii,  a  tooth  stick, 

a  little  stick  of  the  eamborau 
tree,  used  as  a  tooth-brush.  It 
is  prepared  by  chewing  the  end 

until  it  becomes  a  mcro  bunch  of 
til  ires. 
Msnji,  plur.  misitfi,  a  tree  bearing  a 
pod  of  soft  cotton,  Eriodendron 
anfractuosum. 
Mmhani,  plur.  misulcani,  a  rudder. 
Msuhano.    See  Ki  Tee. 
Msuluhiiva,  a  peacemaker. 
M<  a  mart  =  Msorfiari. 
Msumeno,  plur.  misumeno,  a  saw. 
Msumkule,    the  name  of  Lion  go's 

sword. 
1/  unobari,  fir  tree,  deal. 
Msuruahi,     plur.     mimruaki,    the 
wooden  button  which  is  grasped 
between  the  toes  to  hold  on  tbe 
wooden  clogs  commonly  worn  by 
women  and  in  the  house. 
Meuzo,  the  handle  of  a  millstone. 
Msweni  =  Msueni,  cholera. 
Mia  or  Mtaa,  plur.  mita,  a  district, 
a  quarter  of  a  town. 
The  mita  of  Zanzibar,   starting 
from   the    western    point  and 
going  round  the  outside  first, 
and    then    into     the    middle, 
are :  Shangani,  Baghani,  Gere- 
zani,  Forthani,  Mita  ya  pwani, 
Kiponda,    Mbuyuni,    Malindi. 
Funguni,    Jungiani,    Kokoni, 
Mkunazini,    Kibokoni,    Kidu- 
tani,    Mzambarauni,    Kijuka- 
kuni,  Vuga,   Mnazimoja,    Mji 
mpya,  Mtakuja,  Jumea,  Soko  la 
i\Iahogo,  Kajiflcheui,  Mfuuni, 
Migomboni,    Tiuyani,     Shun, 
Hurumzi,  Kutani,  Mwavi.    All 
these   are  on    the    peninsula, 
which  joins  the  mainland  only 


MTA 


MTO 


347 


at  Mnazi  moja.  Funguni  is 
on  the  point  where  the  creek 
enters,  which  almost  surrounds 
the  town.  Crossing  the  creek 
by  the  bridge,  there  are  the 
following  mita :  —  Ng'ambo, 
Mchangani,  Gulioni,  Kwa 
Buki,  Vikokotoni,  Kisimani 
kwa  kema,  Mchinjani,  Mweni- 
be  mjugu,  Kikwajuni,  Mkadini, 
and  then  Mnazi  moja  again. 
Mtaala  —  Mtala. 
Mtabari,  credible. 

Mtai,  a  scratch,  a  slight  superficial 
cut. 
Kupiga  mtai,  to  scratch. 
Mtaimbo,   plur.   mitaimbo,   an  iron 

bar,  a  crowbar. 
Mtajiri,  plur.  watajiri,  a  merchant, 
a    rich    man.       More     correctly 
Tojiri. 
Mtalcaso,    the  rustling  of  new  or 
clean  clothes. 
Kupiga  mtahaso,  to  rustle. 
Mtala  =  Mtaala,  practice,  study. 
Mtali,  plur.  mitali,  bangles,  anklets. 
Mtama,  millet,  Caffre  corn. 

Mtama  mtindi,  half-grown  stalks 

of  mtama. 
Mtama  tete,  fully  formed  but  not 
yet  ripe. 
Mtamba,  plur.  mifamba,  a  young  she- 
animal  which  has  not  yet  borne. 
Mtambo,  plur.  mitambo,  a  spring,  a 

trap  with  a  spring,  a  machine. 
Mtanashati,  a  swell,  dandy. 
Mtandi,  a  loom. 
Mtando,  the  warp  in  weaving. 
Mlani,  plur.  watani,  one  who  belongs 

to  a  kindred  tribe  or  race. 
Mtaowa,  plur.   wataowa,   a  devout 

person. 
Mtaramu,  shrewd,  wise. 


Mtatago,  a  tree  or  beam  thrown 
across  a  stream. 

Mtego,  plur.  mitego,  a  trap. 

Mtendaji,  plur.  watendaji,  an  active 
person. 

Mtende,  plur.  mitende,  a  date  palm. 

Mtepe,  plur.  mitepe,  a  kind  of  dhow 
or  native  craft  belonging  chiefly 
to  Lamoo  and  the  coast  near  it. 
Mitepe  are  sharp  at  the  bows 
and  stern,  with  a  head  shaped 
to  imitate  a  camel's  head,  orna- 
mented with  painting  and  tassels 
and  little  streamers.  They  carry 
one  large  square  mat  sail,  and 
have  always  a  white  streamer  or 
pennant  at  the  mast-head  :  their 
planking  is  sewn  together,  and 
they  are  built  broad  and  shallow. 

Mtesi,  an  adversary,  a  quarrelsome 
litigious  person. 

Mtesteslii,  comic. 

Mteule,  plur.  wateule,  chosen,  select. 

Mthamini,  a  surety, 

Mthulimu,  a  cheat,  a  thief. 

Mti,  plur.  miti,  a  tree,  pole,  wood. 
Mti  kati,  a  tall  post  set  in  the 
ground  between  a  prisoner's 
legs,  so  that  when  his  feet  are 
fettered  together  he  can  only 
move  in  a  circle  round  the  post. 

Mtisliamba,  a  charm  of  any  kind. 

Mti,  scrofulous  and  gangrenous 
sores. 

Mtiba,  a  darling,  a  term  of  endear- 
ment. 

Mtii,  plur.  watii,  obedient. 

Mtima,  heart,  chest  (old  Swahili 
and  Kiyao). 

Mtindi,  buttermilk. 

Mtindo,  size,  form,  shape,  pattern. 

Mtini,  plur.  mitini,  a  fig  tree. 

Mto,  plur.  mito,  a  river,  a  stream. 


348 


Ml<» 


MUA 


Mlo  wa  branching  river,  ;i 

delta. 
2lf2o,  plur.  mil",  a  pillow,  a  cushion. 

.    a  kind  of  wood  of  whicb 
the  best  bakoras  arc  made. 
Mtofaa,   plur.   mitofaa,   an   apple 
like  fruit. 

.  a  swelling  of  the  glands  al 
the  bend  of  the  thigh  followed 
by  fever. 
Mlomo,  firmness,  good  building. 
Jtftomondo,plur.  mitomondo,the  Bar- 
ringtonia  ;  its  fruit  is  exported  to 
India. 

the  day  after  the  day 
to-morrow. 
Mtondo  goo,  the  day  after  that. 

■  loo,     plur.      mitindoo,    Callo- 
phyllum  inophyllum ;  oil  is  made 
from  its  Bei  da 
illongozi,   plur.   icatongozi,   a  man 
who  dresses  himself  up  to  allure 
wi  'men. 
Mtoro,  plur.  iraforo,  a  runaway. 
Mtoto,  plur.  wafolo,  a  child.     Used 
also    generally     of    anything 
small  of  its  kind,  when  men- 
tioned    in     connection     with 
something  larger  to  which  it  is 
attached;    e.g.    young   shoots, 
small  boats,  &c. 
Mtoto  wa  watu,  a  child  of  some- 
body, having  relations, a  woman 
of  respectable  family    as   dis- 
hed  from  one  of  slave 
e,  a  woman  therefore 
who  has  somewhere  to  go  if  Bhe 
leaves  her  husband,  or  he  her. 
Mtoto  wa  meza,   a  drawer  of  a 
table. 

>,  without  manners,  shameless. 
Mtu,  plur.  watu,  a  pen  on,  a  man. 
[y,  anybody. 


Wakuna  mtu,  there  is  nobody. 
Mtu  gani  i  of  what  tribe? 
Mtu  wa  .-v  (•/,■«//,  a  limn  in  govern- 
ment employ. 

Mtulinga,  plur.  mitulinga,  the  col- 
lar bone. 

Mtulivu,  plur.  watulivu,  a  quiet 
man. 

Mtumaini,  plur.  tcatumaini,  san- 
guine, confident. 

Mturriba,  plur.  mitumba,  a  bale  of 
cloth  made  up  for  a  caravan. 

Mtumbuizi,  plur.  icatumbuir.i,a  spy, 
an  inquisitive  person  (A.). 

Mtumbwi,  plur.  mitumhwi,  a  canoe 
hollowed  out  from  the  trunk  of 
a  tree,  distinguished  from  a 
galawa  by  having  1:0  outriggers, 
and  being  generally  of  larger 
size. 

Mhnne,  plur.  mitume,  an  apostle,  a 
prophet.  Applied  especially  lo 
Mohammed  as  a  translation  of 
his  title,  Apostle  of  God. 

Mtvmhe,  plur.  watuwake,  a  woman, 
a  wife. 

Mtumishi,  plur.  watumuhi,  a  ser- 
vant. 

Mlumwa,  plur.  watumwa,  a  slave,  a 
servant. 

Mtundu,  mischievous,  perverse, 
troublesome. 

Mtungi,  plur.  mitungi,a.  water-jur. 

Ml >i pa,  plur.  mitupa,  euphorbia. 

Mtupu,  bare.     See  -tupu. 

Mtutu,  plur.  mitutu  (Ar.),  a  mul- 
berry  tree. 

Mtuzi,  curry,  gravy  (M.).  Also 
Mchuzi. 

Mtwango,  plur.  mittcango,  a  pestle 
for  pounding  and  cleaning  corn. 

Mu-.     See  M-. 

Mua,  plur  1  sugar-cane. 


MUB 


MUS 


349 


Mubatharifu,  extravagant. 

Muda  or  Mda,  a  space  of  time,  term. 

Muda  wa,  the  space  of. 
Mudu  Aw-. 
Kujimudu,to  gain  a  little  strength 
after  illness. 
Muhadimu,  plur.  wahadimu,  a  ser- 
vant, one  of  the  original  inhabi- 
tants of  Zanzibar.  These  waha- 
dimu pay  two  dollars  a  year  for 
each  household  to  the  Munyi 
mliuu,  of  which  Seyed  Majid  now 
(1870)  takes  one;  they  also  work 
for  him.  They  all  live  in  vil- 
lages in  the  country,  and  speak  a 
language  of  which  there  are  at 
least  two  dialects,  materially 
different  from  the  Swahili  of  the 
town. 

Muharabu,  plur.  waharabu,  mis- 
chievous, destructive. 

Muliaribivu,  plur.  waharibivu,  a  de- 
structive person,  one  who  ruins 
himself,  destroys  his  own  chances. 

Muhdruma,  a  kind  of  silk  handker- 
chief, worn  instead  of  a  turban. 

Muhindi,  plur.  Wahindi,  a  native 
of  India,  especially  an  Indian 
Mussulman,  of  whom  there  are 
two  chief  sects  settled  in  Zanzi- 
bar, the  Khojas  and  Bohras. 

Muhindi,  plur.  mihindi,  the  Indian 
corn  plant.    Also  Mahindi. 

Muhogo,  cassava,  manioc. 

Muhtasari,  an  abridgment,  a  sum- 
mary. 

Muhulla,  time,  a  fixed  period. 

Muhuri,  a  seal. 

Mujiza,  plur.  miujiza,  a  wonderful 
thing,  a  miracle.     Also  Mwujiza. 

Midi  or  Midia,  clever,  knowing. 

Muliha  hu-,  to  show  a  light,  to 
gleam. 


Mulki,  a  kingdom. 
Mume,  male.     See  -ume. 
Mumimi,  Azrael,  the  angel  of  death. 
Mumunye,  plur.  mamumunye,  a  kind 
of  gourd  resembling  a  vegetable 
marrow.     It  often  grows  of  such 
a  shape  that  its  hard  rind,  when 
ripe,  can    be    used    for  bottles, 
ladles,  and  spoons. 
Mumyani,  a  mummy.     Mummy  is 

still  esteemed  as  a  medicament. 
Munda,   plur.   miunda,  a  piece  of 
plank  to  serve  as  cap  to  a  post. 
See  also  Mda. 
Mundu,  plur.    miundu,    a    bill,   a 

small  hatchet. 
Munyi,  a  chief,  a  sheykh.  Tbe 
Munyi  mhuu  is  esteemed  the  true 
Sultan  of  the  Swahili,  at  least  in 
the  island  of  Zanzibar  and  the 
parts  adjacent.  He  is  descended 
from  an  ancient  Persian  family, 
the  heiress  of  which  married, 
some  generations  since,  au  Arab 
from  Yemen.  The  title  is  now 
(1874)  in  abeyance.  His  chief 
residence  is  at  Dunga,  near  the 
centre  of  the  island. 
Muomo,  plur.  miomo,  the  moustache, 

the  lip. 
Musala,  plur.  misala,  an  oval  mat 
used  to  perform  the  Mohammedan 
devotions  upon. 
Musama,  pardon. 

Musimi,  the  northerly  winds,  which 
blow  in  December,  January,  and 
February.     The  musimi  is  some- 
times   reckoned    to    extend    till 
June. 
Musimo  =  Musimi. 
Mustarehe,  enjoyment. 
Mustarifu,     with     a     competency, 
neither  rich  nor  poor. 


2  A 


m  i   r 


}l  w  A 


Mutaabir,  oredil 

Mutia,  obedience. 

Mnuaji,  plur.  wauaji,  a  murderer, 

a  slayer. 
Muuguzi,   plur.  toauguzi,   a  nurse, 

■  who  nurses  sick  people. 
Muumi.-ld\  plur.  tcaumtsZtt,  a  cupper . 

,  Muundi  ira  mguu  (A.),  the  shin. 

^^      Sfuti       ,  God,  plur.  miungu.    The 
^_  bili  rarely  use  Muungu  or 

'Mungu  alone.      They   almost 
always  say  2M  i  '3I"u<jh. 

Vashini  ya  Muungu,  a  poor  free 
person. 
Muzimo,  a  place  where  offerings  are 
made  to  some  spirit  supposed  to 
haunt  there.      Baobab  trees  are 
generally  supposed  to  be  haunted 
Mvi,  grey  hairs.  [by  spirits. 

Mvffi,  the  shade  of  a  tree. 
Mvinje,  Cassiorinus. 
Mvinyo,  strong  wine,  spirits,  wine. 
Mriringo,  round,  roundness. 
Mvita,  Mombas. 
Mvivu,  idle.     See  -vivu. 
Mvua,  rain,  rains. 

Mvua  ya  mwalca,  the  rain  which 
falls  about  August 
Mvuje,  assafcetida. 
Mvuhe,  vapour,  steam. 
tfvukuto,  plur.  mivuhuto,  a  lever. 
Mralana,  plur.  wavulana,  a  young 
man  whose  beard  is  just  begin- 
ning to  grow. 
M>ule,    the     lesser     rains,     about 

October  or  November. 
Mvulini,  in  the  shade. 
Mcuma,  plur.  mivuma,  the  borassus 

palm. 
Mcumilivu,       plur.       xravumilivu 
patient,  long-suffering. 

■  mo,  a  rubber,  6ix  g  mes  won  by 
one  side  (in  cards;. 


Mmmda,or  Mvunja,  plur.  wavunda, 

a  breaker,  a  destroyer,  one  who 
ruins. 

gu,   the  hollow  of  a  tree,  a 
hollow  tree. 
Mvungu    tea  hitanda,   the  space 
under  a  bedstead. 
Mvuvi,  plur.  wavuvi,  a  fisherman. 
Mw-.    See  .1/  . 
Mwa,  of. 

il/iraa,  plur.  miwaa,  strips  of  the 
leaf  of  a  tree  called  mJcoma  (?). 
used  to  make  coarse  mats  and 
baskets. 
Mwafa  leu-,  to  forgive. 
Mwafaha,  a  conspiracy,  an  agree- 
ment, a  bargain. 

:a  hu-,  to  pour  away,  to  ei  i 
out,  to  spill. 
Mwagia  hu-,  to  pour  upon,  to  empty 

out  for. 
Mwajisifuni,  a  self  flatterer. 
Mwaha,  plur.  miaha,  a  year.     The 
year  commonly  used  in  Zanzi- 
bar is  the  Arab  year  of  twelve 
lunar  months.    There  is  also 
the  Persian  year  of  365  days. 
beginning    with   the    Nairuz, 
called  in  Swahili   the  Sihu  a 
mwaha.  From  this  day  the  yeai 
is  reckoned  in   decades,   each 
decade  being  called  a  mwongo. 
The  year  is  called  from  the  day 
of  tho  week  on  which  it  com- 
mences :  Mwaha  juma,  Mwaha 
alhamisi,  &c. 
Mwaha  jana,  last  year. 
Mwaha  juzi,  the  year  before  last. 
Mwdka  kwa  mwaha,  yearly. 
Mwahe,  his,  hers,  its.     See  -ahe, 
Mwaho,  thy.     See  -alio. 
Mwali.     See  Mwana  mwali. 
Mwali,  plur.  miwali,  a  sort  of  palm 


MWA 

•with  very  long  and  strong  leaf 
stalks,  which  are  used  for  doors, 
ladders,  and  other  purposes. 

Mwalimu,  plur.  waalimu,  a  teacher. 

Mwamale,  treatment,  mode  of  treat- 
ing. 

Mwarriba,  plur.  miamba,  a  rock. 

Mwamba,  plur.  miamba,  the  wall 
plate  in  a  mud  and  stud  house. 

Mwamua,  plur.  waamua,  a  judge. 

Mwamua,  husband's  brother. 

Mwamuzi,  plur.  waamuzi,  a  judge. 

Mwana,  the  mistress  of  the  house, 
a  matron.  It  is  polite  in  Zanzi- 
bar to  speak  of  one's  own  mother 
as  micana. 

Mwana,  plur.  waana,  a  son,  a  child. 
Mwanangu,  my  child. 
Mwanao,  your  child. 
Mwanawe,  his  or  her  child. 
Mwanetu,  our  child. 

Mwana  Adamu,  a  child  of  Adam, 
i.e.,  a  human  being. 

Mwana  maji,  a  seaman. 

Mwana  maua,  a  sprite  represented 
as  a  white  woman  with  an  ugly 
black  husband. 

Mwana  mke,  plur.  tcaana  wake  or 
waanaalte,  a  woman. 

Mwana  mke  wa  kiungwana,  a  lady. 

Mwana  mume,  plur.  waana  waume 
or  waanaume,  a  man. 
Mwana  mwali,  a  young  woman 
whose  breasts  are  not  )'et  flat- 
tened, one  who  has  not  yet  left 
her  father's  house. 

Mwanamizi,  a  soldier  crab. 

Mwandikaji,    plur.    waandikaji,   a 

.  waiter,  a  table  servant. 

Mwandiko,  plur.  miandiko,  a  manu- 
script, handwriting. 

Mwandishi,  plur.  waandifhi,  a 
writer,  a  clerk,  a  secretary. 


M  WE 


351 


Mwanga,  plur.  mianga,  light,  a 
light,  a  kind  of  rice. 

Mwangalizi,  plur.  waangalizi,  an 
overseer,  one  who  overlooks  or 
looks  to. 

Mwangaza,  plur.  miangaza,  a  light 
hole,  the  small  round  holes  which 
are  often  left  near  the  ceilings 
of  rooms  in  Zanzibar. 

Mwango,  plur.  miango,  a  lamp-stand. 
a  piece  of  wood  about  eighteen 
inches  long,  from  near  the  bottom 
of  which  two  small  pieces  project 
at  right  angles,  to  hold  the  com- 
mon clay  lamp  of  the  country. 
The  mwango  is  generally  hung 
against  a  wall. 

Mwango  =  Miango. 

'Mwango,  plur.  miwango,  a  kind  of 

Mwangu,  my.     See  -angu.     [shrub. 

Mwangwi,  echo. 

Mwani,  seaweed. 

'Mwanzi,  plur.  mhoanzi,  a  bamboo. 
Miwanzi  ya  pua,  the  nostrils  (?). 

Mwanzo,  plur.  mianzo,  beginning. 

Mwao,  a  worry,  bother. 

Mwapuza,  a  simpleton. 

Mwashi,  plur.  waashi,  a  mason. 

Mwathini,  one  who  calls  to  prayer 
at  the  mosque,  a  muezzin.  Also 
Mueththin. 

Mwavidi,  plur.  miavuli,  an  um- 
brella. 

Mwawazi,  the  Disposer,  a  title  oi 
God. 

Mwaya  kur  =  Mwaga  ku-,  to  pour 
away. 

'Mweli,  plur.  waweli,  a  sick  person. 

Mwema,  good.     See  -ema. 

Mwembamba,  thin.     See  -embamba. 

Mwembe,  plur.  miemhe,  a  mango  tree. 

Mwendanguu,  a  great  and  irre- 
parable loss. 


352 


M  W  E 


M  W  I 


irfo,  ^<>iiiL'.  gait,  jouni 
nendo,  going  on,  behaviour. 
Mwenge,  ]>lur.  mienge,  a  lnimlle  of 

Btraw,  &c,  used  to  carry  a  light. 
Mwenyeji,  plur.  wenyeji,  a   host,  a 
piTson  who  has  a   homo  in  the 
pla 
Mm  nij'  we,  plur.  wenyewe,  the  owner, 
self,  myself,   thyself,   himself, 
&c. 
Mbau   za    mwenyewe,   some    one 
else's  planks. 
Mwenyi,  having,  possessing.      See 
-enyi. 
Mwenyi  ezi  Muungu,   Almighty 

God. 
Mwenyi  chongo,  a  one-eyed  per- 
son. 
Mwenyi  inchi,  the   lord    of    the 

country. 
Mwi  hiji  kichaa,  a  lunatic. 
Mux  nyi  I  uhutubu,  a  preacher. 
Mwenyi  kupooza,  a  paralytic. 
Mwenyi  mali,  a  rich  man. 
Mr.nzangu,    plur.    wenzangu,    my 

companion. 
Mwenzi,  plur.  wenzi,  a  companion. 
Mr, re,  a  kind  of  corn  or  seed  like 
linseed,  growing  on  a  close  spike 
like  a  bulrush  flower. 

rem,  plur.   werevu,  a  shrewd 
person,  a  man  of  the  world. 
Mu-we,  a  hawk,  a  kite,  a  kind  of 

M,r,  'in  feu-,  to  steal. 
'Mweza,  plur.  waweza,  able,  having 
power  over. 
Mweza    mwenyewe,     one's     own 
master. 
Mwezi,  the  moon. 

Mwi  .',  plur.  miezi,  a  month.  The 
months  in  Zanzibar  begin  on 
the  day  on  which  the  n. 


first  seen,  unless  tho  old  month 
has  already  had  thirty  days  ;  if 
so,  the  day  which  would  have 
been  the  31st,  is  the  1st  of  the 
new  month. 
Mwezi  mpungufu,  a  month  of  less 

than  thirty  days. 
Mwezi  mwandamu  or  mwangamu, 

a  month  of  thirty  full  days. 
Mwezi  ngapi  ?  what  is  the  day  of 

the  month? 
Mwezi  tea  sita,  the  Gth  day  of  the 
month. 
Mwiba,  plur.  miiba,  a  thorn. 
Mirihaji,  plur.  webaji,  an  habitual 

thief,  a  thievish  person. 
Mwigo,  a  sort  of  large  dove  with  n  <1 
bill,  white  neck,  and  black  body. 
It  cries  Kooo !    Then  one  answers, 
"  Mwigo .' "     Kooo !  — "  Magulie ! " 
Kooo  I  —  "  Kwema    nendaho  ?  " 
Kooo ! — then  one  may  go  on.    If  it 
answers  not,  it  is  a  bad  omen. 
Mwiko,    plur.    miiho,    a    spoon,    a 
mason's  trowel.  Also  a  measure, 
direction,  prohibition,  especial- 
ly of  a  medical  practitioner. 
Kushiha  mwiko,  to  live  by  rule,  to 
live  abstemiously. 
Mn-ili,  plur.  miili,  the  body. 
Mwimo,  plur.  miimo,  side  piece  of 

a  door  frame. 
'Mwinda,  plur.  wawinda,  a  hunter. 
Mwingajini,  a  common  plant  whose 
leaves  are  said,  when  rubbed  in, 
to  cure  the  aching  of  the  limbs  in 
fever  ;  a  decoction  of  the  roots  is 
said  to  be  useful  in  dysentery. 
Mwingi,  much,  full. 

Mwingi    wa     rrtaneno,    full     of 
words. 
Mwinyi  =  Mwenyi,    having,    with. 
See  -enyi. 


M  W  I 


M  Z  O 


353 


Mwisho,  plur.  miisho,  end,  conclu- 
sion. 

Mioiihi  (Patta)  =  Mwivi. 

Mwito,  calling,  summons. 

Mwitu,  forest. 
Ta  mwitu,  wild. 
Mbwa  wa  mwitu,  jackals. 
Mwivi,  plur.  wevi,  a  thief. 

'Mwivu,  plur.    wawivu,    a    jealous 
person. 

Mwizi  (A.)  =  Mwivi. 

Mwoga,  plur.  waoga,  one  who  fears, 
a  coward. 

Mwohosi,  plur.  waohosi,  one    who 
picks  up  anything. 

Mwokozi,  plur.   waolcozi,   om  .who 
saves,  a  saviour.  jPj*' 

Mwombaji,  plur.  waombaji,  a  beg- 
gar. 

Mwombezi,  plur.  waombezi,  an  inter- 
cessor. 

Mwomo  =  Mdomo. 

Mwongo,  plur.  miongo,  a  decade  of 
ten  days,  used  in  reckoning  the 
nautical  or  Swahili  year,  from 
the  siku  a  mwalca. 
Mwongo  mwanga-pi,  in  what  de- 
cade is  it  ? 

'Mwongo,  plur.  wawongo,  a  liar,  a 
false  person. 
Simekuwa  'mwongo  ?  am  I  not  a 
liar? 

Mwongofu,  plur.  waongofu,  a  con- 
vert, a  proselyte. 

Mwujiza,  plur.  miujiza,  a  miracle. 

Mzaa,  plur.  wazaa,  a  parent. 

Mzaabibi,  a  great-grandmother. 

Mzabibu,  plur.  mizabibu,  a  vine. 

Mzaha,  sport,  ridicule,  derision. 
Kumfanyizia    mzaha,  to    deride 
him. 

Mzalia,  plur.  wazalia,  a  native,  a 
slave  bom  in  the  country. 


Mzalixha,  plur.   wazalisha,   a  mid- 
wife. 
Mzaramu,  a  pool  of  water. 
Mzazi,  plur.  wazazi,  a  parent,fruitful. 

&'  mzazi,  barren. 
Hfzee,  plur.  wazee,  an  old  person,  an 

elder, 
ilfzem&e,  plur.  wazembe,  a  careless 

person. 
Mzige,  a  locust. 
Mzigo,   plur.    mizigo,   a  burden,  a 

load. 
Mzima,  an  extinguisher,  one  who 

puts  out. 
Mzima,  plur.  wazima,  a  Jiving   or     . 

healthy  person.  ^J^ .  jZ^^w  ^  i,  - 

ilftw  mzima,  a  grown  person.       «£*^<  **  h- 
Mzimu.       See      Zimwi,      Muzimo, 

Kuzimu. 
Mzinga,   plur.   mizinga,    a    hollow 
cylinder,  a  hollowed  piece  of 
wood  used  as  a  beehive,  a  can- 
non. 

Reale  ya  mzinga,  a  pillar  dollar. 
Mzingi    or    Mzinji,   plur.    mizingi, 

foundations,  trench  for  laying  in 

the  foundation.     Also  Msinji. 
Mzingile    mwambiji,    a    puzzle,    a 

labyrinth. 
Mzingo,  the  circumference,  brink. 

Mzingo  wa,  around. 
Mzio,  that  which  wouldbe  deleterious 

to  any  one ;  each  person  is  said  to 

have  his  special  mzio — of  one  it  is 

cuttle-fish,  of  another,  red  fish, 

and  so  on.    Also  Msio. 
Mzishi,  plur.  wazishi,  a  burier,  one 

who  will  see  to  one's  funeral,  a 

special  friend, 
Mzo,  sixty  pishi. 
Mzofafa,  on  tiptoe. 
Mzoga,  plur.  mizoga,  a  dead  body,  a 
carcase. 


M  Z  O 


N 


Miomari,    Bee  2  '"■'■ 

.   plur.    ,iu':un>iu,  a    Btrail  ■• 
and  startling  tiling. 

Mnmgu,  plur.  JPdzungru,  a  Euro- 
pean, ono  who  wears  European 
clothea. 

Msungu  ira  ptli,  queen  in  curds. 

Mzangu  wa  tutu,  knave  in  cards. 

Mzungu  wa  '"«<!,  king  in  cards. 

Mzunguko,  plur.  mizunguko,  a  wan- 
dering about. 

Mzushi,  a  heretic,  an  innovator. 

?',  plur.  wazuzi,  a  tale-bearer, 
one  who  reports  maliciously  or 
untruly  the  word  of  others. 

3fzuzu,  plur.  tcazuzu,  a  simpleton. 

Mueea,  used  to. 


N. 

N  is  pronounced  as  in  English. 

An  t  sound  is  generally  connected 
with  an  initial  n.  It  sometimes 
precedes  more  or  less  distinctly, 
and  may  be  written  in  or  '«,  making 
n  a  distinct  syllable.  Some- 
times the  n  flows  into  the  following 
letter,  so  that  the  i  sound  is  alto- 
gether lost.  Very  often  it  follows 
i:  as  in  the  common  syllable  ni  or 
vj.  It  is  characteristic  of  the  Zan- 
-  dialect  to  make  the  initial  i 
sound  distinct.  Thus  inchi,  a  coun- 
try, is  at  Mombas  'nti. 

_Y<  i-  <  itracted  into  'nor 

u.  and  where  n  would  be  dropped 
nt  sometimes  is  so,  as  in  the  first 
person  of  the  future  tense,  nitapenda 
or  'ntapenda  or  tapenda. 

N  cannot  be  placed  before  b,  ch, 
/,  /;.  /,  p,  r,  k,  t,  V,  or  iff. 

Before  b,  w,  and  perhaps  v,  i\ 
comes  m,  and  w  changes  into  b. 


Before  ft,  p,  and  perhaps  f,  it  is 
dropped,    and    the    consonant 

gets  an  explosive  sound. 

Before  I,  r,  and  perhaps  t,  the  n 
remains,  but  the  other  conso- 
nant becomes  a  d. 

Before  ch,  jT  to,  n,  and  s,  it  is 
merely  dropped. 

N  can  stand  before  d,  g,  j,  »/, 
and  2. 

N  before  Jc  is  in  two  cases  at  least 
contracted  into  h. 

Jl'tpenda  =  Niltapt  nda. 

Uipcnda  =  Kihipenda. 

There  is  a  sound  in  Swahili  which 
is  treated  as  a  simple  consonant, 
which  does  not  occur  in  European 
languages  as  an  initial  sound.  It 
is  very  nearly  the  same  with  the 
final  ng  in  English,  in  such  words 
as  loving,  going,  &c.  The  sounds  of 
n  and  g  seem  both  audible,  but  so 
blended  that  neither  of  them  can  be 
eanied  on  to  the  following  vowel. 
It  is  here  written  ng\  to  distinguish 
it  from  the  common  sound  ng,  in 
which  the  g  passes  on  to  the  follow- 
ing vowel.  There  is  some  little 
difference  in  the  way  in  which  dif- 
ferent persons  pronounce  it;  it  has 
sometimes  more  of  a  gn  sound,  and 
might  be  so  written  it  it  be  under- 
stood that  the  two  letters  are  so 
fused  together  that  neither  can  be 
heard  as  if  it  stood  alone.  It  has 
been  sometimes  written  H,  which  is 
either  a  mistake  or  very  misleading. 
That  the  sound  really  is  ng,  may  be 
proved  by  the  fact  that  such  words 
as  begin  with  it  are  treated  as  words 
beginning  with  n,  and  that  when 
other  prefixes  are  applied  they  are 


N- 


N- 


355 


treated  as  if  the  root  began  with  g. 
It  is  not,  however,  a  very  common 
sound  in  Swahili. 

There  is  another  sound  com- 
pounded of  n  and  i,  which  is  very 
fairly  represented  by  the  Spanish  n, 
or  by  ni  in  such  English  words  as 
companion,  &c.  It  is  pronounced 
perhaps  in  Swahili  with  a  slightly 
broader  and  more  nasal  sound.  It 
is  here  written  ny,  to  distinguish  it 
from  the  common  syllable  ni,  in 
which  the  i  has  a  vowel  sound. 

The  ny  sound  in  the  dialect  of 
Zanzibar  sometimes  represents  an  n 
in  more  northern  Swahili,  as  in 

Kunica  or  ktinywa,  to  drink. 

The  change  from  n  to  ny  has  in 
many  verbs  the  effect  of  giving  a 
causative  meaning,  as  in  kupona,  to 
get  well,  kuponya,  to  make  well,  to 
save. 

N-,  or  ni-,  the  sign  of  the  first  per- 
son singular  of  verbs,  I. 

-H-,  or  -ni-,  the  objective  prefix 
proper  to  denote  the  first  person, 
me. 

N-  (see  ny-). 

1.  A  prefix  frequently  occurring 
in  substantives  which  do  not 
change  to  form  the  plural.  If 
followed  by  d,  g,  j,  or  2,  it  is 
pronounced  with  them  and  does 
not  form  a  distinct  syllable. 
Before  other  consonants  it  forms 
a  distinct  syllable,  and  may  be 
written  '«-  or  sometimes  in-. 

2.  The  plural  prefix  of  substan- 
tives which  begin  in  the  singular 
with  u-,  followed  by  a  conso- 
nant. The  u  is  dropped  and  n 
prefixed  before   d,  g,  j,  and  2. 


Before  b,  and  perhaps  v,  the  n 
changes  into  m,  before  w  the  nw 
become  mb.    Before  I  or  r  the 
nl  or  nr  become  nd.    Before  k, 
p,  and  t,  the  n  is  dropped  and 
the  other  consonant  gets  an  ex- 
plosive or  aspirated  sound,  and 
may  be  written  k\  p\  and  V ; 
before  ch,  f,  m,  n,  and  s,  the  n  is 
merely  dropped.     Where,  how- 
ever,  dropping  the   u-   would 
leave  the  word  a  monosyllable, 
the  u-  is  retained,  and  ny  pre- 
fixed. 
N-  (see  ny-).    The  prefix  proper  to 
adjectives  agreeing  with  sub- 
stantives of  the  class  which  docs 
not  change  to  form  its  plural 
of  whichever  number,  or  with 
plural  substantives  which  make 
their  singular  in  «-.  Where  the 
simple  form  of  the  adjective 
begins  with  a  vowel,  ny-  is  pre- 
fixed, except  -ema,  good,  which 
makes  njema  or  ngema.     The 
changes  before  a  consonant  are 
the  same  as  those  given  just 
above  for  the  plural  nouns  in  u-. 
Nyumba  mbaya,  not  ribaya. 

„        chache,  not  nchache. 

»        nclo  jo. 

„       fupi,  not  nfupi. 

„        ngema. 

„        njema. 

„        kubwa,  not  nkubwa. 

„        moja,  not  nmoja. 

„        nane,  not  nnane. 

„        pana,  not  npana. 

„        'mpya,  not  npya  or  pya. 

„        nde/u,  not  nrefu. 

„         tatu,  not  ntatu. 

„        mbili,  not  nioili  or  npili. 

»        nzuri. 


356 


N  A 


NAN 


No,  and,  also,  with  ;  by,  of  the  ap;ent 
of  a  passive,  and  with,  of  the 

sharer  in  the  action  of  a  reci- 
procal verb. 
Na  when  joined  with  a  pronoun 
commonly  forms  one  word  with 
it. 
Nami,  and  I,  or  with  me. 
Nawe,  and  thou,  or  with  thee 
Nao,  nayo,   nacho,  nalo,  ami  or 

with  them,  it,  &c.,  &c,  &c. 

Na  joined  with  the  verb  kuwa,  to 

be,  or  with  the  personal  prefix 

only,  constitutes  the   verb  to 

have.     The  object  is  frequently 

joined   with  the  na, — ana,   or 

anazo,  anaclio,  &c,  &c,  he  has. 

Alicho  nacho,  which  he  has 

AHchokuwa  nacho,  which  he  had. 

Atakachokuioa   nacho,  which   he 

will  have. 
Atahuvm  nacho,  he  will  have  it. 
The  verb  kuwa  na  is  used  some- 
times in  the  sense  of  being,  as 
Palikuwa  na  intu,  there  was  a 
man. 
Hakuna,  there  is  not. 
Kuna,  there  is. 
Zinazo,  they  are. 
-no-,  the  sign  of  the  present  tense 
of  a  continuing  action. 
Analncenda,  he  is  going. 
And''  ma,  he  is  Baying. 
This    tense    lias   sometimes   the 

ct  of  a  present  participle. 
Alcamwona  anakuja,  and  he  saw 

him  coming. 
N.B. — At  Mombas  the  -na-  tense 
is  used  as  a   past   tense.     At 
Zanzibar  it  is  the  most  usual 
present. 
Na  at  'Nna  =  Nina,  I  have. 
Noam  or  .Warn,  yes. 


Nabihisha  ku-,  to  exhort. 
Nabii,  a  prophet. 

Nadi  kit,  to  proclaim,  to  make  a 
l>id  for  a  thing,  to  sell  by  auction. 
See  Mnadi. 
Nddira,  rare. 

Nafdka,  corn,  corn  used  as  money. 
Mtama,  or  millet,  was  formerly 
used  in  Zanzibar  as  small 
change:  it  was  superseded  by 
the  introduction  of  pice  from 
India  about  the  year  1845. 
Nafasi,  space,  room,  time,  oppr 

tunity. 
Nafisisha  ku-,  to  give  space,  to  make 

space. 
Nafsi  or  Nafusi,  self,  soul,  breat'i. 
Nafuu,  profitable. 
Nahau,  spelling,  grammar. 
Nahma  ku,  to  revenge. 
Nahotha  ya  maji,  water-tank. 
Nat,  a  sort  of  anvil  fixed  in  a  forked 

piece  of  wood. 
Najisi  =  Nejjis,  profane. 
Nakhotha  or  Nahoza,  captain  of  a 

vessel,  master  mariner. 
Nakili  ku-,  to  copy,  to  transcribe. 
Nakishi,  Naksh,  or  Nakshi,  earring. 
Kukata  naknh,  to  carve,  to  orna- 
ment with  carving. 
Nakishiwa  ku,  to  be  carved  or  in- 
laid. 
Nakl,  a  copy. 
Nako,  and  it  was  there. 
Ndkudi,  cash,  ready  money. 
Noma  ku-  =  Inama  ku-,  to  bend 

down,  to  bow  the  head. 
Nami,  and  I,  or  with  me. 
Na'mna  or  Namuna,  sort,  pattern. 
Namua  ku-  (Mer.),  to  take  out  of  a 

trap,  to  extricate. 
Nana  or  Na'ana,  mint. 
Nana,  mistress  (N.). 


NAN 


NDI 


357 


Nnnazi,    plur.   mananazi,   a    pine- 
Nane,  eight.  [apple. 

-nane,  eight. 

Ya  nane,  eighth. 
Nanga,  an  anchor. 

Kutia  nanga,  to  anchor. 
Nangonango,  a  worm  (?). 
Nani  ?  Who  ? 

Nanigwanzula,  a  kind  of  lizard. 
Nao,  and  they  or  with  them,  and  it 

or  with  it. 
Naoza  =  Nahhotha,  a  captain. 
Napo,  and  there,  and  here. 
Nasa  hu-,  to  catch  in  a  trap. 
Nasihu-,  to  warn. 
Nasibu,  luck,  fortune. 

Rica  nasibu,  by  chance,  perhaps. 
Nasibu  hu,  to  appoint. 
Nasiha  hu-,  to  suggest. 
Nasihi  hu-,  to  entreat,  to  beseech. 
Nastahiba,  I  see  it  better,  prefer. 
Nasur,  an  abscess. 
Nat  a  hu-,  to  be  adhesive,  to  stick. 
Nathari,  choice. 
Nathiri,  a  look,  a  glance,  a  vow. 

Kuweha  nathiri,  to  vow. 

Kuondoa  nathiri,    to  perform  a 
vow. 
Nathiri  hu-,  to  glance. 
Natoa,  a  blemish  (?). 
Nauli,  freight. 
Nawa  hu-,  to  wash  oneself. 

Kunawa  mihono,  to  wash  one's 
hands. 
Nazdr,  quarrel. 
Nazi,  a  cocoa-nut,  a  fully  ripe  nut. 

Nazi  havu,  copra,  cocoa-nuts  dried 
fit  for  pressing. 
Naziri  =  Nathiri. 
Naziyana  hu-,  to  quarrel. 
'Ncha,   the  point,   the  end,   tip,   a 

strand  in  cordage. 
Nchi.     See  Inchi. 


Ndaa  (M.),  hunger,  =  Njaa. 
Ndama,   a    calf,   the    young  of   a 

domestic  animal. 
Ndani,  within,  inside. 

Ndani  ya,  inside  of. 

Kiva  ndani,  inner,  secret. 

Ndani  hwa  ndani,  secretly. 
Ndarobo. 

Kusema  cha  ndarobo,  to  speak  a 
secret  language. 
Ndefu  =  Ndevu,  the  beard.     Sing. 

udevu,  one  hair  of  the  beard. 
Ndefu,  long.     See  -refu. 
Ndege,  a  bird,  birds,  an  omen.     To 

see  a  woman  with  a  load  is  lucky, 

and  would  be  called  ndege  njema. 

To  see  a  man  by  himself  carrying 

nothing  is  unlucky,  and  is  ndege 

mbaya. 
Ndere. 

JJnga  wa  ndere,  a  magic  poison. 
Ndewe,  a  hole  pierced  in  the  lobe  of 

the  ear. 
Ndezi,  a  kind  of  animal. 
Ndi-,  a  prefix  used  with  the  short 
form  of  the  pronoun  to  express, 
it  is  this,  this  is  the  one,  I  am 
he,  you  are  he,  &c. 

I,  Ndimi. 

Thou,  Ndiwe. 

He  or  she,  Ndiye. 

It,  Ndio,    ndiyo,    ndicho,   ndilo, 
ndipo,  ndiho,  ndimo. 

We,  Ndisi. 

You,  Ndintji. 

They,  Ndio,  ndiyo,  ndivyo,  ndizo. 

Ndiyo  yalio,  that  is  just  it,  that 
is  how  matters  stood. 
Ndia  (M.)  =  Njia. 
Ndimi,  tongues.     See  TJlimi. 
Ndio,  yes. 

Ndivoa  (M.)  or  Njiioa,  a  pigeon. 
Ndizi,  bananas,  plantains. 


- 


\  II I 


KG  A 


gala,  a  thick    Bwei  t 
kind  of  banaua. 
Ndiri    mjt  nga,  a   long    kind  of 

banana  used  in  cooking. 
Nd  a,  a  Large  ridged  kind 

of  banana. 
•.  mania 

.   a  lip-ring,   worn  by  the 
Nyass  i. 

1  NdooniQfi..)  =  Njqo,  and 
Njooni,  C'.me.  ^f^* 

a  pail,  a  bucket. 
Ndoto,  a  dream. 
Ndovu,  an  elephant 
Vdugu,  a  brother  or  sister,  a  cousin, 
a  relation. 
Ndugu  kunyonya,  a  foster  brother, 
Ndui,  small-pox.  [&c. 

X'luli,  savage,  given  to  slaving,  a 

man  wholly  without  patii  ace. 
Ndume,  male,  from  -lame  or  -ume. 
Ndusi,  a  box. 
.Y.  bit  =  Nabii,  a  prophet. 
a.  grao  ,  favour. 
uefha  ku-,  to  enrich. 
Nefsi  —  Nafsi  =  Nafuri,  self. 

•ha  ku-,  to  charge  with,  to  at- 
tribute falsely  to. 
Akamnegesha     mwivi,     and     he 
called  him  a  thief. 
Nejjis,  'T  Nejisi,  or  Xajisi,  profane, 

blasphemous. 
X'Ui,  a  pipe,  a  water-pipe. 

bo,  tribal  marks. 
Nena    hi-,   to  Bpeak,  to  name,   to 
mention. 

vna    kn-,   to   talk   against  one 
another,  to  quarrel. 

.  thick,  Btout,  fat,  whole,  com- 
plete, plump.  bL  ek. 

!  ku-,  to  talk  to.  of,  at,  for,  or 
tinst,  to  blame,  to  scold,  to  re- 
:  i  mend. 


V      pa  ku-,  to  grow  fat,  used  es- 
pecially  of  persons. 

.  plur.  maneno,  a  word,  a  thing. 
Sikufanya  neno,  I  have  done 
thing. 
Nenyekea  kit-,  to  be  humble,  to  con- 

desci  ml. 
-nenyekevu,  humble,  condescending. 
Nepa   ku-,   to   sag,   to   dip   in   the 

middle  as  a  long  rope  does. 
Neupe  or  Nyeupe,  white.    See  -eupe. 
X>  usi  or  Nyt  usi,  black.     See  -eusi. 
-nga-   or   -nge-,   the    prefix   of  the 
present  conditional  tense. 
ni-nge-kuwa,  I  should  be. 
-Ngadu,  land  crabs. 
-ngawa,  though. 

Ng'aa  ku-  =  Ng'ara  ku-,  to  shine. 
-ngali-,  the  prefix  of  the  past  con- 
ditional. 
nt-ngali-kataa,  I  should  have  re- 
fused. 
Ngama,  the  hold  of  a  ship. 
Ng'amba,  a  hawkshead  turtle,  from 

which  tortoiseshell  is  procured. 
Ng'ambo,  the  other  6ide  of  a  riser 

or  creek. 
Ngamta  or  Ngamiya,  a  camel. 
Ng'anda,  a  handful. 
Ngano,  a  tale,  a  fable. 
Ngano,  wheat. 
Amekula  ngano,  he  has  been  dis- 
graced ;    that   is,  having   been 
as  if  in  paradise,  he  has  now 
to  eat   the  food    of   ordinary 
mortals. 
Ngao,  a  shield  or  buckler  ;  they  are 

circular  and  very  small. 
Ngara,  the  young   cob   of   Indian 

corn. 
Ng'ara  ku-,  or  Ng'ala,  or  Ng'aa,  to 
shine,  to  glitter,  to  be  transparent, 
to  be  clear. 


NGA 


N  GU 


359 


Xgariba,  a  circumcisor. 

N'gariza  ku-,  to  fix  the  eyes,  to  glare. 

Amening'ariza  macho,  he  glared 
at  me. 
Ngawa,  a  civet  cat  (?). 

The  ngawa   is   a  larger  animal 
than  the  fungo. 
Ng'aza  ku-,  to  make  to  shine,  or  to 

be  brilliant. 
Ngazi,  a  ladder. 
Ngazidja,  Great  Comoro. 
'Agre,  a  scorpion. 

-nge-,  sign  of  the  conditional  pre- 
sent, would. 

Yangedumu,  they  would  still  con- 
tinue. 
Ngedere,  a  small  black  monkey. 
Ngema,  good.     See  -ema. 
Ngeu,  ruddle  used  by  carpenters  to 

mark  out  their  work. 
-ngi  or  -ingi,  many,  much. 
Ngiliza.     See  higiliza. 
-ngine,  other,  different. 

Wangine — wangine,  some — other. 
Ng'oa  ku-,  to  pull  up,  to  root  up,  to 

pull  out. 
JSgoa.  lust. 

Kulia  ngoa,  to  weep  for  jealousy. 

Kutimia  ngoa  yakwe,  to  satisfy 
his  desires. 
Ng'ofu,  the  roe  of  a  fish. 
Ngoja  ku-,  to  wait,  to  wait  for. 
Ngoje,  Angoxa. 

Ngojea  ku-,  to  wait  upon,  to  watch. 
Ng'oka  ku-,  to  be  rooted  up. 

Moyo  unaning'oka,  I  was  startled 
out  of  my  wits. 
Ngole,  rope. 

Ngoma,  a  drum,  a  musical  perform- 
ance generally. 
Ng'ombe  or  Gnombe,  an  ox,  a  cov^  a 
bull,  cattle. 

Ng'ombe  nduine,  a  bull. 


Ngome,  a  fort. 

Ny'onda  ku-,  to  cure  or  dry  fish,  &c. 

N<fonga. 

Ana  7ig'onga  (A.),  he  is  inclined 
to  vomit. 
Ng'ong'e,  the  strips  of  leaf  or  fibre 

used  for  sewing  matting,  and  for 

tying. 
Ng'ong'o,  the  thick  edge  of  a  strip 

of  matting. 
Ngono,  the  share  of  her  husband's 

company   which  is  due   to  each 

wife. 
Ngovi  =  Ngozi,  skin. 
Ngozi,  skin,  hide,  leather. 
Nguchiro,    a    mangouste.     Also,    a 

sort  of  bird  =  Mchiro. 
Ngumi  or  Nyamgumi,  a  whale. 
Ngumi. 

Kupiga  ngumi,  to  strike  with  the 
fist. 
Ngumu,  hard.     See  -gumu. 
Nguo,  calico,  cotton  cloth,  clothes. 

Nguo  ya  meza,  a  table-cloth. 

Nguo  ya  maki,  stout  cloth. 

Kutenda    nguo,    to    stretch    the 
threads  for  weaving. 
Nguri,  a  shoemaker's  tool  shaped 

like  a  skittle. 
Nguru,  a  kind  of  fish. 
Nguruma  ku-,  to  roar,  to  thunder. 
Ngurumo,   a  roar,   distant   rolling 

thunder. 
Nguruvu,  a  kind  of  jackal  with  a 

bushy  tail. 
Nguruwe  or  Nguuwe,  a  pig,  swine. 
Nguruzi,  a  plug. 
Nguue  =  Nguruwe,  a  pig. 
Nguue,  red  paint. 
Nguva,  a  kind  of  fish. 
Nguvu,  strength,  power,  authority. 

Kica  nguvu,  by  or  with  streugt  h, 
by  force,  strongly,  rankly. 


360 


N  C  II 


NJ1 


Nguzo,  a  pillar,  pillars. 
•ngtoana,  free,  oivilized. 
gvae, 

Ngwe,aa  allotment  or  space  for  cul- 
tivation. 
Ngwena,  a  crocodile,  a  seal. 
Ngwiro,  a  large  kind  of  aut. 
2W,  I  am,  was,  is. 

ATi  is  used  to  express  is  or  was,  for 
all  persons  aii' 1  both  numbers. 
Ni  (M.),  by,  with  the  agent  of  a 

I    ssive  verb. 
\    .  X-,  or  N-,  I,  the  sign  of  the 
first  person  singular.     Before  the 
-ta-  of  the  future  it  sometimes 
disappears. 
-n  i-  or  -?i-,  the  objective  prefix  de- 
noting the  first  person  singular. 
-ni,  added  to  substantives,  forms  a 
sort  of  locative  case,  signifying 
in,  at,  into,  to,  from,  from  ont 
of,  near,  by. 

1.  When  followed  by  pronouns, 
&c,  beginning  with  'm  or  into, 
this  case  implies  within,  inside 
of,  or  the  coming  or  going  to 
or  from  the  inside  of  the  tiling 
named. 

2.  When  followed  by  pronouns, 
&c,  beginning  with  p,  it  signi- 
fies nearness  to,  or  situation  at, 
by,  before,  near. 

3.  When  followed  by  pronouns, 
Ac,  in  kw,  it  denotes  going  or 
coming  to  or  from,  or  at,  from, 
and  in,  in  a  vague  sense,  or  of 
things  far  off. 

-n  i.  added  to  verbs  in  the  impera- 
tive forms  the  second  person 
plural.  It  is  sometimes  suffixed 
to  common  phrases,  as  kuaherini, 
good-bye,  and  tta  ncU  ■  Umi,  lei  as 
go,  and  is  explained  as  a  short 


form  for  enyi,  or  nyie,  you !  yon 

there ! 
-nt,  enclitic  form  for  nini,  what? 
•/</,  enclitic  for  nyi  as  an  objectiv. 
suffix  (N.). 

Nawaambiani,  I  tell  you. 
Nia,  mind,  intention,  what  one  has 

in  one's  mind. 
Nia  ku,  to  have  in  one's  mind,  to 

think  to  do. 
Nikaao,  which  I  inhabit. 
Nikali,  and  I  am  or  was. 

Nilcali  nikienda,  and  I  am  going. 
Nil,  blue  (for  washing). 
Nikwata,  the  little  wall  lizard. 
Nili,  I  being. 

Nili   hali   ya   kuira  juu   yake,  I 
being  on  his  back. 
Nina,  I  have. 
Nina,  mother  (N.). 
Ninga,  a  kind  of  green  bird  some- 
thing   like  a  dove,    a  woman's 

name. 
Ning'inia  ku-,  to  swing. 
Ning'iniza  ku-,  to  set  swinging. 
Nini  ?     What  T 

Kwa  nini,  or  Ya  nini  ?  why  ?  what 
for? 
Ninyi,  ye,  you. 

Ninyi  nyote,  all  of  you,  all  to- 
gether. 
Nipe,  give  me.     See  Pa  ku-. 
Nira,  yoke. 
Nisha,  starch  (?). 
Njaa,  hunger,  famine. 
'Nje,  outside,  forth. 

'Nje  ya,  outside  of. 

Kwa  'nje,  outwardly,  on  the  out- 
side. 
Njerna,  good,  very  well.    See  -ema. 
Njiaor  Ndia,  a  way,  a  path,  a  road, 
means. 

Njia  panda,  cross  roads. 


N  JI 


NY 


3b*  1 


Nji'ri,  a  kind  of  animal. 

Njiwa,  a  pigeoD,  pigeons. 
Njiwa  manga,  tame  pigeons. 
Njiwa  ya  mwitu,  a  wild  pigeon. 

Njombo,  a  fish  barred  with  black  and 
yellow. 

Njoo,  come. 

Njooni,  come  ye. 

Njozi,  an  apparition,  vision. 

Njuga,  a  dog-bell,  a  small  bell 
worn  as  an  ornament. 

Njugu,  ground  nuts. 

Njugu  nyassa,  soft  ground-nuts. 
Njugu  mawe,  hard  ground-nuts. 

Njumu,  inlaid  with  silver,  inlaying 
work.     See  Mjumu. 

Njuwa  =  Njuga. 

Nnaokaa,  where  I  am  living,  which 
I  am  inhabiting. 

-tine,  four. 

Fa  'tine,  fourth. 

Noa  ku,  to  whet,  to  sharpen  on  a 
stone. 

Noker,  a  servant.  \ 

Nokoa,  the  second  head  man  at  a 
plantation,  generally  a  slave. 

Noleo,  plur.  manoleo,  the  metal  ring 
round  the  haft  where  a  knife  is 
set  into  its  handle. 

Nona  ku-,  to  get  fat,  applied  espe- 
cially to  animals. 

Nong'ona  ku-.,  to  whisper,  to  mur- 
mur. 

Nong'oneza  ku-,  to  whisper  to. 

Nong'onezana  ku-,  to  whisper  to- 
gether. 

-nona,  fat. 

Nonoa  ku-  (?). 

Noondo,  or  Nondo,  a  moth. 

Nshi  (A.),  eyebrow. 

Nso,  the  kidneys. 

'Nta,  wax,  bees'-wax. 

'Nti  ■=■  Inchi,  land,  country,  earth. 


Nuele  or  Nwele  =  Nyele,  hair. 
Nuia  ku-,  to  have  in  one's  mind,  to 

intend. 
Nuka  ku-,  to  give  out  a  smell,  to 
stink. 
Tumbako  ya  kunuka,  snuff. 
Nukato,    plur.    manukato,   a    good 

smell,  a  scent. 
Nukiza  ku-,  to  smell  out  like  a  dog. 
Nukta,  a  point,  a  vowel  point. 
Nuna  ku-,  to  sulk. 
Nundu,  a  hump,  a  bullock's  hump. 
Nungu,  a  porcupine. 
Nungu  [Pemba],  a  cocoa-nut. 
Nung'unika    ku-,    to    murmur,    to 

grumble. 
Nunua  ku-,  to  buy. 
Nunulia  ku-,  to  buy  for. 

Nunuliwa  ku-,  to  have   bought 
for  one. 
Nura  ku-,  to  say  the  words  of  an 

oath. 
Nuru,  light. 
Nusa  ku-,  to  smell. 

Tumbako  ya  kunnm,  snuff. 
Nuss,  or  Nusu,  or  Nussu,  half. 
Nusuru  ku-,  to  help. 
Nwa  ku-  or  Nywa  ku-,  to  drink,  to 

absorb. 
Niveleo,    plur.  manweleo,    pores  of 

the  skin. 
Nwewa  ku-,  to  be  absorbed,  to  be 

drunk. 
Ny-,  a  common  prefix  to  substan- 
tives which  do  not  change  to 
form  the  plural,  where  the  root 
begins  with  a  vowel. 
Substantives  in  u-  or  w-  followed 
by  a  vowel  make  their  plural 
by  substituting  ny-  for  the  -w. 
Dissyllables  in  u-  make  their 
plural  by  merely  prefixing  ny-. 
Ny-,  the  prefix  proper  to  adjectives, 


N  Y  A 


N  Y  E 


agreeing  with  substantives  of 
either    numbi  r    of    the    class 
which  do  not  change  to  form 
llnir  plural,  or  with  the  plural 
of  substantives  in  «-,  when  the 
root  of   the  adjective    b<  gins 
with    a   vowel,    except    -ema, 
!.  which   makes   njema  or 
vi-  ma. 
Nya  kit-,  to  fall  (of  rain) ;  the  ku- 
bears   the  accent,  and    is  re- 
tained  in  the  usual  tenses. 
^[l■ua  indkunya,  the  rain  is  fall- 
ing (Zanzibar). 
Mvua  yanya,  rainfalls   M.). 
Nyaa,  nails  of  the  fingers  (N'.). 
Nyaka  ku-,  to  catch. 
Nydkua  ku-,  to  snatch. 
Nyala,  sheaths.    See  Ala. 
Nyalio,   cross    pieces    put    in    the 
bottom  of  a  pot  to  prevent  the 
meat   touching   the   bottom  and 
burning. 
Xyama,   flesh,    meat,    an    animal, 
animals,  beasts,  cattle. 
Syama  mbwayi,  savage  beasts. 
Nyamaa  hu-,  to  continue  silent,  not 

to  speak,  to  acquiesce. 
-nyamavu,  silent. 

Nyamaza  hu-,  to  become  silent,  to 
leave  off   talking,   to    cease   (of 
pain). 
Nyamgumi,  a  whale. 
Nyanana,  gentle.    See  -anana. 
-nyangdlika,  a  sort  of  a. 

Kitu    kinyangdlika,   a   sort   of  a 

thing. 
MnyangtHika  ganit     What  sort 
of  a  man  is  it  ? 

■ng'anya  hu-,  to  rob,  to  take  by 
force. 

vgari,  large  (spider)  shells. 
Nyani,  an  ape,  apes. 


Nyanya,  a  small  rod  Bruit  used  as  a 
vegetable,  &c. 

Nyanya  ya   kizungu,  a  sort   of 
small  tomato. 
Nyanyam  ku-,  to  profane,  contemn. 
Nyara,  booty. 
Nyasi,  grass,  reeds. 
Nyati,  a  buffalo,  buffaloes. 
Nyatia  ku-,  to  creep  up  to,  to  stalk 

(an  animal,  &c). 
Nyauka  ku-,  to  dry  up,  to  wither, 

to  shrivel. 
Nyawe,  his  mother  (M.). 
Nyayo,  plur.  n{  uayo. 

•  I; it-,  to  cau.se  to  itch,  to  itcb 

Imeninyea,  I  itch 
Nyefua  ku-,  to  devour  like  a  beast 

of  prey. 
Nyegi. 

Ku  >ra  na  nyegi,  to  be  in  heat. 
Nyekundu,  red.     See  -elcundu. 
Nyele,  or  Nuele,  or  Nwele,  the  hair, 
sing,  unyele,  one  hair. 

Nyele  za  kipilipili,  woolly  hair. 

Nyele  za  singa,  straight  hair. 
Nyembamba,  thin.    See  -emibamba. 
Nyemelea  ku-,  to  go  quietly   and 

secretly  up  to  a  thing  in  order 

to  seize  it. 
Nyt  mi,  a  great  dance. 
Nyenya  ku-,  to  talk  a  person  into 

telling  something. 
Xii'-nyekea  ku-,  to  be  humble. 
Nyenzo,  rollers,  anything  to  make 

things  move. 
Nyepesi,  light.    See  -epesi. 
Nyesha  ku-,  to  cause  to  fall. 

Kunyeslia  mvua,  to  cause  it  to 
rain. 
Nyeta  ku-,  to  be  teasing,  ill-condi- 
tioned, never  satisfied. 
Nyt  <ipe,  white.     See  -evpe. 
Ny<  usi,  black.     See  -euni. 


NYE 


NY  W 


30  3 


•nyevu,  damp. 

Nyie  or  Enyie,  you  there,  I  say ; 

used  in  calling  people  at  a  dis- 
tance. 
Nyika,  wilderness,  cut  grass  (A.). 
Nyima  ku-,  to  refuse  to,  to  withhold 

from,  not  to  give  to. 
Nyiminyimi,  into  little  bits. 
Nyingi,  many,  much.     See  -ingi. 
Nyingine,     other,     another.       See 

•ngine. 
Nying'inia    ku-,    to    sway,   swing. 

Also  NingHnia. 
Nyinyi,  you. 
Nyinyoro,  a  bulbous   plant  which 

throws  up  a  large  head  of  red 

flowers. 
Nyoa,  plur.   manyoa,  a  feather,  = 

Nyoya. 
Nyoa  ku-,  to  shave. 
Nyoi  (?),  a  locust. 
Nyoka,  a  snake,  a  serpent,  snakes. 
Nyoka  ku-,  to  be   straight,  to  be 

stretched  out. 
Nyonda,  temptation,  trial. 
Nyondo,  a  moth.     Also  Noondo. 
Nyonga,  the  hip. 

Nyunga  ya  sarara  (A.),  the  loins. 
Nyonga  ku-,  to  twist,  to  strangle. 
Nyonganyonga  ku-,  to  go  from  side 

to  side,  to  wriggle. 
-nyonge,  mean,  insignificant,  vile. 
Nyongo,  bile. 
Nyong'onyeya    ku-,    to    be    weary, 

languid,  to  get  slack  and  power- 
less. 
Nyonya  ku-,  to  suck. 
Nyonyesha  ku-,  to  suckle. 
Nyonyo. 

Mafuta  ya  nyonyo,  castor  oil  (?). 
Nyonyoa  ku-,  to  pluck  a  bird,  to 

pull  out  feathers. 
Nyonyoka  =  Nyonyoa. 


Nyonyota  ku-,  to  make  to  smart. 
Nyororo,  soft.     See  -ororo. 
Nyosha  ku-,  to  stretch,  to  straighten, 
to  extend. 

Kujinyosha,  to  lie  down,  to  take 
a  nap. 
Nyota,  a  star,  stars,  point  of  the 

compass. 
Nyote,  all,  agreeing  with  ninyi,  you. 

See  -ote. 
Nyoya,  plur.  manyoya,  feather.  »  ■?  >- 

Nyoyo,  hearts.     See  Moyo.  C^J^ 

Nyua,  plur.  of  ua,  a  courtyard,  en- 
closure. 
Nyuki,  a  bee,  bees. 

Asali  ya  nyuki,  honey. 
Nyukua    ku-,   to   tweak,    to   pinch 

sharply. 
Nyuma,  at  the  back,  afterwards. 

Nyuma  ya,  behind,  after. 

Nyumaye,  after  it,  afterwards. 

Kurudi  nyuma,  to  go  back.  o  9 

Nyumba,  a  house,  houses.  ^y 

Nyumbo,  the  wildebeest,  catoblepas 

gorgon. 
Nyumbu,  a  mule,  mules. 
Nyundo,  a  hammer,  hammers. 
Nyuni,  a  bird,  birds  (M.). 
Nyungo,  plur.  of  Ungo. 
Nyungu,  a  cooking  pot. 
Nyungunyungu,  sores  in   the   leg, 

said  to  be  caused  by  the  biting  of 

worms  bearing  the  same  name. 
Nyunyiza     ku-,     to     sprinkle,     to 

sprinkle  upon. 
Nyunyunika  ku-,  to  murmur  (?). 
Nyushi,  the  eyebrow. 
Nywa  ku-  or  Nwa  ku-,  to  drink, 

suck  up,  absorb.    The  ku-  bears 

the  accent  and  is  retained  in  the 

usual  tenses. 
Nywea  ku-,  to   get   very  thin,  to 

Taste  away. 


364 


N  Y  W 


ONE 


Nyroaha  kit-,  to  gi\e  to  drink. 
A  i,  jilur.  manzi,  a  By.     Also  Zhei. 
Neige,  a  locust. 

\     jtuiziijii.  a  butterfly. 
Nzima,  sound.    Bee  -:ima. 
.Xzt'to,  heavy.    See  -z«7o. 

\    .ri,  fine.    See  -zurt. 


Ois  pronounced  a  little  more  like 
air  than  is  usual  in  English. 

U  before  o  sometimes  becomes  a 
w,  but  very  often  disappears,  as: 
Koga  for  kuoga,  to  bathe.  This 
word  and  some  others  in  o  are 
sometimes  incorrectly  conjugated 
as  if  beginning  in  ko. 

-o  or  -o-,  sign  of  the  relative,  re- 
ferring to  substantives  in  the 
singular  which  make  their  plural 
in  mi-,  or  to  singular  substantives 
in  u-. 

-o,  the  short  form  of  wao,  they  or 
them. 

Oa  feu-,  to  marry,  used  of  the  bride- 
groom.    Passive,  kuolewa. 

Oana  feu-,  to  intermarry,  to  marry 
one  another. 

Oavoa  leu-,  to  become  married  (of 
the  mau). 

Oaza  ku-,  to  marry. 

Oga  feu-,  to  bathe,  frequently  pro- 
nounced koga. 

Ogofisha  ku-,  to  frighten,  make 
afraid,  to  menace,  to  threaten. 

Ogofya  ku-,  to  frighten. 

OgoUa  ku-,  to  swim,  to  swim  about. 

Ogopa  ku-,  to  fear,  to  be  afraid. 

Oka  ku-,  to  bake,  to  cook  by  fire 
only. 

Okoa  ku-,  to  save,  to  take  away. 


Okoka    ku-,  to    become  saved,   to 
Okota  ku-,  to  pick  up.  [escape. 

Ole,  woe. 

Ole  wangu,  icenu,  &c.,  woe  unto 
me,  unto  you,  &c. 
Oh  wa  ku-,  to  marry  or  to  be  mar- 
ried, used  of  the  bride. 
Oleza  ku-,  to  make  like,  to  follow  a 

pattern. 
Omba  ku-,  to  pray  to,  to  beg  of,  to 

beseech. 
Ombea  ku-,  to  intercede  for,  to  beg 

on  behalf  of,  to  pray  for. 
Omboleza  ku-,  to  wail. 
Omo,  the  head  of  a  ship. 

Pepo  za  omo,  head  winds  (?). 
Ona  ku-,  to  see,  to  perceive,  to  feel. 

Kuona  kiu,  to  feel  thirst. 

Kujiona,    to    think    oneself,    to 
affect  to  be. 

Naona,  I  think  so. 
Onana  ku-,  to  meet. 
Onda  ku-  (M.)  =  Onja  ku-,  to  taste, 

to  try. 
Ondo,  plur.  maondo  (A.),  the  knee. 
Ondoa  ku-,  to  take  away. 
Ondoka  ku-,  to  go  away,  to  get  up, 
to  arise. 

Ondoka  mbele  yangu,  depart  from 
me. 

Ruondoka  katika  ub'mwengu  htm, 
to  depart  out  of  this  world. 
Ondokea  ku-,  to  rise  to,  or  out  of 

respect  to. 
Ondokdea  ku-,  to  arise  and  depart 

from. 
Ondolea  ku-,  to  remove,  to    take 
away  from. 

Kuondolea  huzuni,  to  cheer. 
Ondosha  ku-,  to  make  to  go  away, 

take  away,  abolish. 
Onea  ku-,  to  see  for   to  anticipate 

for,  to  bully,  to  oppress. 


ONE 


PA 


3G5 


Onekana  ku-,  to  become  visible,  to 

appear,  to  be  to  be  seen. 
Ongea  ku-,  to  spend  time,  to  waste 

time  in  talking. 
Ongeza  ku-,  to  make  greater,  add  to. 

Kuongeza  urefu,  to  lengthen. 
Ongezeka  ku-,  to  increase. 
Ongoa   ku-,    to    convert,    to    lead 

aright. 
Ongofya  ku-,  to  deceive  by  promises. 
Ongoka  ku-,  to  be  converted,  to  be 

led  aright,  to  be  healed. 
Ongokewa  ku-,  to  prosper. 
Ongonga  ku-,  to  feel  nausea. 
Ongoza  ku-,  to  drive,  to  lead. 
Ongua  ku-,  to  hatch. 
Onguliwa  ku-,  to  be  hatched. 
Onguza  ku-,  to  scorch,  to  scald. 
Onja  ku-,  to  taste,  try,  examine. 
Onya  ku-,  to  warn,  to  make  to  see. 
Onyesha  ku-,  to  show. 
Opoa  ku-,  to  take  out,  to  fish  up. 
Opolea  ku-,  to  fish  up  with,  for,  by, 

&c. 
Orfa,  or  Orofa,  or  Ghorofa,  an  upper 

room. 
-ororo,  soft,  smooth.  It  makes  jororo, 

with    nouns    like    kasha,     and 

nyororo  with  nouns  like  nyumba. 
Osha  ku-,  to  wash. 
Osheka  ku-,  to  have  been  washed. 
Osia,  learning  of  old  times. 
Ota  ku-,  to  dream  (kulota,  Mer.). 
Ota  ku-,  to  grow. 

-ote  or  ofe,  all,  every  one,  the 
whole.  It  varies  like  the  pos- 
sessive pronouns. 

Merikebu  zote,  all  the  ships. 

Merikebu  yote,  the  whole  ship. 

Tivende  sote,  let  us  go  together. 

Twende  wote,  let  us  both  go. 

Lo  lote,  cho  chote,  &c,  whatsoever- 
(kea  ku-,  to  lie  in  wait  for. 


-ovu  or  -bovu,  rotten,  bad,  corrupt, 
wicked.  It  makes  mbovu  with 
nouns  like  nyumba. 

Ovyo,  trash,  any  sort  of  thing. 

Owama  ku-,  to  be  steeped. 

Owamisha  ku-,  to  steep. 

Oza  ku-,  to  rot,  to  spoil,  go  bad. 
Also,  to  marry  (of  the  parents). 


P. 

P  is  pronounced  as  in  English. 

P,  at  the  beginning  of  a  word,  has 
frequently  an  aspirated  or  rather 
an  explosive  sound,  such  as  Irish- 
men sometimes  give  it.  This  is 
very  marked  in  the  name  of  the 
island  of  Pemba  or  P'emba.  P'epo. 
the  plural  of  upepo,  wind,  has  a 
very  strong  explosive  sound  given 
to  the  first  p,  but  in  upepo  both  p's 
are  smooth,  like  an  ordinary  Eng- 
lish p.  It  is  probable  that  this 
explosive  sound  represents  a  sup- 
pressed n. 

P  followed  by  a  y  sound  some- 
times becomes/;  kuogopa,  to  fear, 
kuogofya,  to  frighten ;  kuapa,  to 
swear,  kuafya,  to  make  to  swear. 

Pa-  or  P-,  the  prefix  proper  to  ad- 
jectives, pronouns,  and  verbs 
of  both  numbers  governed  by 
mahali,  place  or  places. 

The  prefix  proper  to  pronouns 
following  the  case  in  -ni,  when 
it  denotes  nearness,  at,  by,  near. 

The  prefix  pa-  is  often  applied  to 
a  verb  in  the  sense  of  the 
English  there. 

Palina  or  palikuica  na,  there  was. 
Hapana,  there  is  not. 
2  B 


366 


p  \ 


r  a  k 


It  is  Dot  quite  bo  indefinite  as  &u-. 
I'n  fctf-,  to  present  with,  to  give  to. 
The  lu    bears  the  accent  ; 

cannot    1m-   usi  .1  without  a  p'i'.-njl 

!.  and  the  objective 
prHix  bears  the  accent.  All- 
Jalpa,  lio  gave  you;  aWmpa,  he 
gave  him.  The  passive  is  four 
jimi-ii  or  kupewa,  and  means,  to 
have  given  to  one,  to  receive. 

.    a   gazelle,  a  6inall    kind   of 
antelope. 

plur.  mapaa,a  thatched  roof. 
Nyumba  ya  mapaa  manne,  a  roof 
of  four  slopes. 
Paa  ku-,  to  ascend,  to  go  up. 
i  ku-,  to  sera] 
Kupaa    eamaki,    to    scrape    the 

les  off  a  (Mi. 
Kupaa  sandarusi,  to  clean  gum 

copal. 
Kupaa  moto,  to    take  fire    and 
carry  it  on  a  potsherd,  &o. 
Paanda,  a  trumpet. 
Paange,  a  horsefly,  a  gadfly. 
Paango,   plur.    mapaango,   a  cave, 

a  den. 
Paaza  ku-,  to  make  to  rise. 

Kupaaza  pumzi,  to  draw  in  the 
breath. 
Pa  <  a  ku-,  to  grind  coarsely,  not  to 

make  fine  meal. 
Pa  '".  a  i  v,  in. 
Kuzaliwa  pacha,  to  be  bora  twins. 
I'd'],, i  ya  nje,  a  child  of  which 
its  mother  was  pregnant  while 
suckling  a  previous  child. 
Pachika  ku-,  to  put  an    arrow   on 
the   string,   to   stick   a  knife   in 
one's  girdle,  &c. 

iri  or   Padre,  plur.   mapadiri, 
a  padre,  a  priest,  a  clergyman. 
Pafu,  lungs. 


Paga  ku-,  to  strike  hard,  to  harpoon 

a  whale. 
Pagaa  ku-,  to  carry  on  the  shoulders, 
to  possess  (of  an  evil  spirit), 

Amcpagaica  na  pepo,  he  is  pos 
sesscd  of  an  evil  spirit. 
Pagaza  ku-,  to  make  to  bear,  appl  Lei  I 

to  an  evil  spirit  causing  a  man  to 

fall  sick. 
Pagua  ku-,  to  take  off,  strip  oil'  (as 

boughs  and  leaves). 
PahaU,  in  the  place,  at  the  place. 
Paja,  plur.  mapaja,  the  thigh. 
Paji ,  red  mtama  [Pemba]. 
Pajl  la  uso,  the  forehead. 
Pakn,  a  cat,  eals. 
Paha  ku-,  to  rub  in,  to  smear  on. 
Pafoaa  ku-  =  Paka  ku-. 
Pakacha,  plur.  mapakacha,  a  baski  t 

made  by  plaiting  together   part 

of  a  cocoa-nut  leaf. 
Pakacha,  plur.  mapakacha,  people 

who  prowl  about  at  night  to  do 

mischief. 
Pal-ana  ku-,  to  border  upon. 
Pakanya,  rue. 

Pakasa  ku-  Qler.),  to  twist  rope. 
Pakata  ku-,  to  hold  a  child  on  the 

lap  or  in  front. 
Pake,  his,  hers,  or  its,  after  jnahaK, 

or   the    case    in    -ni    signifying 

nearness.     See  -ake. 
Pahia  ku-,  to  load  a  ship,  to   be 

loaded   with,  to  carry  as  cargo, 

to  have  on  board. 
Pakicha  ku-. 

Kupakicha  migun,to  cross  the  lc;r.s 
in  sitting;   reckoned  improj^r 
in  Zanzibar. 
Pakilia  ku-,  to  embark  for,  to  put 

on  board  for. 
Pakiza  ku-,  to  stow  on  board  ship, 

&c. 


PAK 


PAN 


367 


Pako,   thy,  your,  after  maliali,  or 
the  case  in  -ni  denoting  nearness. 
See  -ako. 
Pakua  ku-,  to  take  out  of  the  pot, 

to  dish,  to  lade  out. 
Pdkuna  ku,  to  scratch. 
Pakutdkea,  a  place  to  go  out  at,  an 

outlet. 
Pale,  there,  that  place,  of  thiDgs 

not  very  far  off. 
Palepale,-  just  there,  at  that   very 

spot. 
Palia  ku-,  to  hoe. 
Kupalia  moto,  to  pick  up  for,  and 

take  live  embers  to  a  person. 
Kupaliwa  na  mate  or  maji,  to 
choke  with  spittle  or  with 
what  one  is  drinking,  so  as  to 
send  it  into  one's  nose,  ears, 
&c. 
Palikuwa  na,  there  was  or  there 

were. 
Palilia  hu-,  to  hoe  up,  to  draw  the 
earth  up  round  growing  crops,  to 
hoe  between  crops. 
Paliliza  ku-,  to  cause  to  be  hoed. 
Paliza  ku-,  to  lift  up  the  voice. 
Palu,  plur.  mapalu,  little  cakes  of 

sugar,  bhang,  and  opium. 
Pamba,  cotton. 

Pamba  ku-,  to  adorn,  to  deck  out, 
furnish. 
Kupamba   merikebu,  to  dress  a 

ship. 
Ku'mpamba  mayiti,  to  put  cotton 
in  ears,  mouth,  &c.  of  a  dead 
person  before  burying  him. 
Pambaja  ku-,  to  embrace. 
Pambana  ku-,  to  meet  in  a  narrow 
place    where     two     cannot    go 
abreast;    applied    to    ships    it 
means,  to  go  alongside,  to  get 
foul  of  one  another. 


Pambanisha  ku-,  to  bring  together, 

to  compare. 
Pambanua  ku-,  to  distinguish,  to 

separate,  to  discriminate. 
Pambanulia    ku-,    to    describe  by 

distinguishing. 
Pambanya  ku-,  or  Pambanyiza  ku-, 

to  overbear  by  loud  talking,  &c. 
Pambauka    or   Pambazuka  ku-,   to 

become  light  in  the  morning. 
Pambazua  ku-,  to  speak  plainly. 
Pambele,  in  front. 

Pambo,  plur.  mapambo,  adornment, 
dressing. 
Pambo  la  nyumba,  house  furniture. 
Pamoja,  in  one  place,  together. 

Pamoja  na,  together  with,  with. 
Pana,  there  is  or  are,  was  or  were. 
-pana,  broad,  wide.    It  makes  pana 

with  nouns  like  nyumba. 
Pana  ku-,  to  make  mutual  gifts. 
Panapana,  flat,  level,  even. 
Panapo,  where  there  is,  are,  was  or 

were. 
Panchayat,  five  head  men  (Hind.), 

governing  council. 
Panda  (M.)  =  Panja. 
Panda,  a  bifurcation,  as  where  a 
road  divides  into  two,  where 
two  streams  join,   where  the 
bough  of  a  tree  forks. 
Njia  panda,  cross  roads,  or  where 
three  ways   meet ;  there  is  a 
superstitious  custom  of  empty- 
ing rubbish  and  dirt  at  such 
places. 
Panda  ku-,  to  mount,   to  get  up, 
ascend,  ride,  to  go  on  board,  to 
go  ashore  (of  a  ship). 
Panda  ku-,  to  set  aside. 
Panda  ku-,  to  plant,  to  sow. 
Pandana    ku-,    to    lie    across    Gnu 
another. 

2  b  2 


868 


p  A  n 


Panda  mbili,  on  both   sides.     See 

ode. 
Pandieha  ku-.  to  make  to  go  up,  to 

hoist,  tn  raise. 
1'muja  lu-,  to  rent,  to  hire  a  hoUBe. 
Panga  feu-,  to  put  in  a  line,  to  6et 

in  order. 
Panga,  plur.  of  upenga. 
Pangana  ku-,  to  be  in  rows. 
Panotne,  another  place,  other  places. 
S  i    -u jine. 

Panginepo,  elsewhere. 
Pangisha  ku-,  t<»  let  a  house  to. 
Pa  igisha  fat-,  to  make  people  sit  in 

rows  or  in  order. 
I'r.niju,  my.     See  -angu. 
l'-unjusa  ku-,  to  wipe. 
In  a ja,  the  forelock. 

Mapanja,  the    receding   of    the 
hair  on  each  side  of  the  fore- 
lock. 
I'anua    ku-,    to    widen,    to    make 

broad. 
Panulia  ku-,  to   widen   for,   to  set 

wide  apart. 
Panuka  ku-,  to  become  broad,  to 

widen. 
Panya,  a  rat,  rats. 
Panyamavu,  a  quiet  place,  a  calm 

sj'ot. .  See  -nijiiui'i  in. 
Paza  ku-,  to  set  up,  to  raise. 

Kupanza  mtarnbo  wa  bunduki,  to 
cock  a  gun. 
Panzi,  a  grasshopper,   a   kind    of 

fish. 
Panzi  ya  nazi,  brown  rind  of  the 

a-nut  kernel. 
Poo,  their.     See  ao. 
.  clubs  (in  cards). 
I  'apa,  a  shark. 

i  hapa,  just  here. 
Papa    ku-,  to    transude,   to  allow 

transudation. 


PAS 

Papasa  ku-,  to    touch    gently,   to 

stroke,  to  feel,  to  grope.,  v  fr**^ 
Papasi,  t  Loks,  especially  tliose  found 

in  native  huts. 
Papatika  ku-,  to  flutter  like  a  bird. 
Papatua  ku-,  to  shell,  to  husk. 
Papayi,  plur.  mapapayi,  papaws,  a 

common  kind  of  fruit. 
Papayuka  ku-,  to  be  delirious,  to 

wander. 
Papaynza  ku-,  to  make  delirious. 
Papia  ku-,  to  eat  all  one  can  get,  to 

eat  without  bounds. 
Papua  ku-,  to  tear. 
Papura    ku-,  to    claw,   to  scratch 

deeply. 
Papuri,  thin  cakes  flavoured  with 

asafcetida. 
Papurika  ku-,  to  be  lacerated. 
Papuriana  ku-,  to  pick  holes  in  one 

another's  reputation. 
Para,  a  scraping,  sliding. 
Para,  plur.  mapara,  cakes  of  sem- 

sem. 
Parafujo,  a  screw. 
Paraga  ku-,  to  climb  a  tree. 
Parahara,  a  largo  kind  of  antelope. 
Parapara  ku-,  to  paw  the  ground 

like  a  horse. 
Paruga  ku-,  to  be  rough  and  grat- 
ing. 
Paruza  ku-,  to  grate,  to  graze,  to  be 

harsh    and    rough,   to    strike   a 

match. 
Paruzana  ku-,  to  graze  (as  of  two 

boats,  &c). 
Pasa  ku-,  or  Pasha  ku-,  to  come  to 
concern,  to  become  a  duty. 

Imekupasaje  ?     What   have  yon 
to  do  with  it? 

Imenipa8a,  I  ought. 
Pasha    ku-,   to  lend    money    to,    to 
give  privately  or  beforehand. 


PAS 


PEL 


3G9 


Kupasha  moto,   to  ■warm  up,   to 
■*'  *set  before  the  fire. 
Past,  a  clothes-iron. 

Kupiga  past,  to  iron. 
Pasipo,  without,  where  there  is  not. 
Pasiice,  without  there  being. 
Pasua  ku-,  to  cleave,  to   split,  to 

rend. 
Pasiika    ku-,  to    become    rent,  to 

burst,  to  crack,  to  be  split. 
Pasukapasuka  ku-,  to  be  split  up, 

rent  to  pieces. 
Pata,  a  drawn  game  at  cards  where 

each  side  marks  sixty. 
Pata  ku-,  to  get,  to  reach,  to  suffer, 
to  find  an  opportunity,  to  suc- 
ceed in  doing,  to  happen  to. 
Kupata  is  often  used  with  other 
verbs  where  we   use  may  or 
might : 
Apate  kuja,  that  he  may  come. 
Kisu  chapata,  the  knife  is  sharp. 
Kisu  liakipati,  the  knife  is  blunt. 
Kilichompata,  what  happened  to 

him. 
Chapataje  ?  What  is  it  worth  ? 
Kupata  hasara,  to  lose. 
Fata  ku,  to  make  a  lattice,  as  by 

weaving  sticks  or  canework. 
Patana  ku-,  to  agree,  to  come  to  an 

agreement. 
Patanisha  ku-,  to  bring  to  an  agree- 
ment. 
Patasi,  a  chisel. 
Puthiwa  ku-,  to  be  born. 
Pati,  a  coloured  kind  of  stuff. 
Patia  ku-,  to  get  for. 
Patiala,  a  great  cheat,  a  thorough 

rogue. 
Patikana  ku-,  to  be  procurable,  to 

be  got. 
Patiliza  ku-,  to  visit  upon,  to  re- 
member against. 


Pato,   plur.  mapato,   what  is   got, 

gettings,  income,  proceeds. 
Patta,  a  hinge. 
Patwa  ku-,  to  be  eclipsed. 

Properly,  to  be  got,  referring  to 
the  superstition  that  a  hu.se 
snake  has  seized  the  moon  01 
sun. 
Pau  (plur.  of  TJpau),  the  purlins 
of  a  roof,  the  small  sticks   tied 
horizontally  to  fasten  the  thatch 
to.    Also,  rafters  (?). 
Payo,  plur.  mapayo,  one  who  can- 
not keep  a  secret. 
Payuka  ku-,  to  blab,  to  talk  without 

thinking. 
Payuza  ku-,  to  make  over-talkative. 
Tembo    limempayuza,   the    palm 
wine  has  made  his  tongue  go. 
Pazia,  plur.  mapazia,  a  curtain. 
Pea,  a  rhinoceros. 
Pea  ku-,  to  sweep  (M.). 
Pea  ku-,  to  grow  to  full  size,  to  get 
its  growth,  to  become  such  that 
there  is  nothing  more  to  do,  to 
reach  its  limit. 
Pekecha  ku-,  to  bore  a  hole,  to  get 
fire  by  twirling  a  stick,  to  trouble 
people  by  tales  and  tale-bearing. 
Peketeka  ku-,  to  scorn,  to  have  no 

fear  about  one. 
Pekee,  onliness. 

Wa  pekee,  only. 
Peke  yangu,  &c,  by  myself,  I  alone. 
Peke  is  uever  used  in  Zanzibar 
without  a  possessive  pronoun 
following  it,  and  signifies  that 
the  person  or  thing  is  alone,  or 
that  it  is  the  only  one. 
Pekeyetu,    by    ourselves,    or    we 
alone. 
Pekua  ku-,  to  scratch  like  a  hen. 
Pele,  plur.  of  upele,  the  itch. 


370 


TEL 


PET 


Peleka  ku-,  to  cause  to  arrive  nt  a 
place   distant    from  the    i"  reon 
B]  ciiking,  to  bi  ndj  to  take,  to  con- 
duct. 
Pelekea  ku-,  to  send,  take,  <  ir  o  induct 

to  a  person. 
Peldeza  ftu-,   to  spy  out,   to    look 

curiously  into. 
J"'  tribe,  horn,  corner,  ivory. 

Pembe  ya  nyoka,  a  small  white 
horn,  esteemed   to   be  a  great 
medicine. 
Kuxca  na  pembe  pembe,  to  have 
corners,  to  be  angular,  to  be  all 
corners. 
Pembeni,  in  the  corner. 
Pembe  zamvakn.  the  four  seasons, 
points  of  tbe  world. 
Pembea,  a  swing. 

beleza  ku-,  to  beseech. 
Pembcza  ku-,  to  rock,  to  lull. 
Penda  ku-,  to  like,  to  love,  to  wish, 

to  approve,  to  choose,  to  prefer. 
Pendekeza  ku-,  to  make  pleasing. 
Kujipendekeza,  to  ingratiate  one- 
self with,  to  flatter. 
Pendelea  ku-,  to  favour. 
!'■  wleleo,  plur.  mapendeleo,  a  favour. 
1  '•  ndeleza  ku-,  to  make  another  love 

one. 
Pendeza  ku-,  to  please,  to  become 
pleasing. 

lezevoa  ku-,  to  be  pleased,  to  bo 
glad. 
Pendo,  love. 

Pendo  la  malt,  the  love  of  riches. 
Pengi,  many  plao  -ingi. 

J  ■  "jo,  a  notch,  a  place  where  a 
triangular  bit  is  broken  out. 
Ana  pengo,  he  has  lost  a  front 
tooth. 
Pmu,  your.     Pee  -enu. 
!'■  nya  ku-,  to  penetrate. 


Penyesha    ku-,    to   pierce,    to  put 
through,  to  cause  to  penetrate. 

Penyi,  having  (of  place),  where  is 
or  was. 

Penyi  mtende,  where  the  date  tree 
Pepa  ku-,  to  stagger.  [was. 

I'epca  ku-,  to  fan. 

Pepeo,  plur.  mapepeo,  a  fan,  a  screw- 
propeller. 
Peperuka  ku-,  to  be  blown  away. 
Pepermha  ku-,  to  blow  away. 
Pepesa  ku-,  to  wink. 
Pepesuka  ku-,  to  totter. 
Pepeta  ku-,  to  sift,  to  toss  in  a  flat, 

basket,  so  as  to  separate  the  chaff 

and  the  grain. 
Pepetua  ku-,  to  force  open. 
Pepo,  a    spirit,  a  sprite,    an  evil 
spirit. 

Pepo  mbaya,  an  evil  spirit. 

Peponi,  paradise,  in  paradise. 

Pepo  (plur.  of  upepo),  much  wind. 

Pepo  za  chamchela,  a  whirlwind. 

Maji  ya  pepo,  fresh  water. 
Pepua  ku-,  to  sift  apart  the  whole 

from  the  broken  grains. 
Pera,  plur.  mapera,&  guava. 
Pesa,  plur.  pesa  or  mapesa,  pice,  the 

Anglo-Indian  quarter  anna,   the 

only    small    coin    in    Zanzibar ; 

sometimes  a  dollar  is  worth  110, 

sometimes  only  112. 
Pesa  ku-  (M.)  =  Pepesa  ku-.' 
Peta  ku-,  to  bend  round,  to  make 

into  a  ring. 
Peta  ku-  =  Pepeta  ku-. 
Petana  ku-,  to  bend  round,  to  be 

bent  in  a  circle. 
Pete,  plur.  pete  or  mapete,  a  ring. 

Pete  ya  masikio,  an  earring. 
Petemana  ku-,  to  be  bent  round. 
l'i  to,  plur. mapeto,a,  bundle,  a  tiling 

carried,  a  large  matting  bag. 


PET 


PIG 


371 


Petu,  our.     See  -etu. 
-pevu,  Ml  grown. 
Fevua  leu-,  to  make  full  grown. 
Kujipevua,    to  think    oneself  a 
man. 
Pevuka  ku-,  to  become  full  grown, 

to  reach  its  full  size. 
Pewa  ku-,  to  get  from  some  one,  to 

be  presented  with,  to  receive. 
Pezi,  plur.  mapezi,  a  fin. 
-pi  subjoined  to  the  personal  sign 
makes  the  interrogative  which  ? 
See  Api. 
Nitawezapi  ?  How  can  I  ? 
-pia  or  -pya,  new. 
Pia,  all,  the  whole,  entirely. 

Pia  yote,  completely,  utterly. 
Pia,  a  top,  a  humming-top. 
Piija  ku-,  to  strike,  to  beat,  to  flap. 
Kupiga  na  inclii,  to  strike  on  the 

ground. 
Kupiga  is  used  of  many  actions  in 
which  the  idea  of  striking  does 
not  always  seem  to  be  implied. 
Kupiga  bomba,  tc  pump. 

„       bunduki,  bastola,  &c.,  to 
fire  a  gun,  a  pistol,  &c. 
„       chapa,  to  print. 
„      falaki,    to  prognosticate 

by  the  stars. 
„       fundo,  to  tie  a  knot. 
„       kelele,  to  shout. 
'„       kengele,  to  ring  a  bell. 
„       kilemba,  to  wind  a  cloth 
round  the  head  so  as  to 
make  a  turban. 
„       kiowe,  to  scream. 
„      kofi,  to  box  the  ears,  to 

slap. 
„       kura,  to  cast  lots. 
„       makofi,  to  clap  the  hands. 
„       magote,  to  kneel. 
„       mbinda,  to  whistle. 


Kupiga  mbio,  to  run,  to  gallop. 
„       mbizi,  to  dive. 
„       miao,  misono,  or  miunzi, 
to    make    a  whistling 
noise. 
„       mikambe,  in  bathing,  to 
duck  under  water  and 
fling  over  one  leg. 
Kupiga  mizinga  ya  salaamu,  to 
fire  a  salute. 
„        mstari,  to  rule  a  line. 
„        mtakaso,  to  rustle  like 

new  clothes. 
„        mvuke,  to  smoke  meat, 
„        nyiayo,  to  gape.        [&c. 
„        pasi,  to  iron. 
„        petnbe,  to  gore. 
„        pigo,  to  strike  a  blow. 
„        pua,  to  snort. 
„        ramli,  to  prognosticate 

by  diagrams. 
„        randa,  to  plane. 
„        teke,  to  kick. 
„        umeme,    to    lighten,   to 

flash. 
„        uwinda,  to  draw  the  ends 
of  the  loin  cloth  be- 
tween   the    legs    and 
tuck  them  in. 
„        yowe,  to  cry  for  help. 
„        zomari,  kinanda,  &c,  to 
play  upon  the  flageo- 
let, guitar,  &c. 
Pigana  ku-,  to  fight. 

Kupigana  kwa  mbavu,  to  wrestle. 
Piganisha  ku-,  to  make  to  fight,  to 

set  on. 
Piganishana  ku-,  to  set  on  to  fight 

together. 
Pigilia  ku-,   to    beat  as  the   stone 
roofs  are  beaten.     Small  wooden 
rammers  are  used,  and  a  great 
number  of  people  are  engaged  for 


172 


r  i  o 


POF 


■ut  three  days,  with  music  and 
songs  ;  the  object  of  this  beatiDg 
is  to  prevent  the  roof  cracking  us 
it  dries,  and  to  consolidate  it 
while  moist. 

Pigir.il  /.»-,  tn  make  to  In  at. 

Kupigiza  tanga,  to  go  so  close  to 
the  wind  that  the  Bail  flaps. 
/V<70,  plur.  mapigo,  a  blow. 
Pika  ku-,  to  cook. 
Pikia  feu-,  to  cook  for. 

Kupikiica,  to  have  cooked  for  one. 
PUao,  pillaw,  an  Indian  dish. 
PHli,  a  large  kind  of  snake. 
1'ibi,  two  (in  counting). 

Fa  j'ili,  the  second. 

Ta  pili  yoke,  the  next. 

Yule  wa  pili,  the  other. 

Mara  ya  pili,  a  second  time,  again. 
Philipili  hoho,  red  pepper. 
Pilipili  manga,  common  pepper. 
Pima,  plur.  mapima,  a  fathom. 
Pima  ku-,  to  measure,  to  weigh. 

Kupima  maji,  to  sound. 
Pinda  ku-,  to  bend. 

Kupinda  na  mguu,  talipes. 
i  indana  hu-,  to  bend  togctl.  r. 
Pindi,  plur.  mapindi,  a  twisting,  a 

wriggle,  cramp. 
Pindi,  if,  when  (?),  although. 
Pindo,   plur.  mapindo,  the  longer 

edge  of  a  cloth,  selvedge. 
lua  ku-,  to  turn  over,  to  upset. 

Kupindua  hwa  damaliui,  to  wear 
ship. 

Kupindua  hwa  goshini,  to  tack. 
Pinduka  ku-,  to  be  turned  over,  to 

be  upset. 
Pinga  ku-,  to  hinder,  to  block  the 
way,  to  lay  a  wag<  r. 

Kupinga  chombo  kwa  shikio,  to 
turn  a  dhow  on  one  side  by 
means  of  the  rudder.  I 


Pingamizi,  a  meddler,  one  who  in- 
terferes to  spoil  a  bargain,  or  to 

give  trouble. 
Pingia  hu-,  to  fasten  a  door,  &c,  by 

means  of  a  bar. 
Pingili. 

Pingili  ya  mua,  the  piece  of  a 
6ugar-cane  which  lies  between 
two  knots. 
Pingo,  plur.  mapingo,  a  bar. 
Pingu,  fetters,  consisting  generally 

of  two  rings  and  a  bar. 
Pini,  plur.  mapini,  a  haft,  a  hilt. 
Pipa,  plur.   mapipa,  a  barrel,  tub, 

cask,  pipe. 
Pipya,  new.     See  -pya. 
Pirikana  ku-,  to  be  strong  and  well 

knit. 
Pisha  ku-,  to  make  to  pass,  espe- 
cially without  intending  to  do  so, 

let  pass,  make  way  for. 
Pishana  ku-,  to  pass  while   going 

opposite  ways. 
Pishi,  a  weight  of  about  G  lbs.  =  4 

rilmba. 
Pisho,  cautery,  marks  of  cautery. 
Pisi,  parched  maize. 
Pitt  =  F/'si. 

Piswa  hu-,  to  become  silly,  to  dote. 
Pita  ku,  to  pass,  surpass,  excel. 
Pitisha  ku-,   to   make   to  pass,   to 

pass. 
Po,  -po,  or  -po-,  a  particle  signifying 
where,  or  when,  while,  as,  if. 

Po  pote,  everywhere,  wherever. 
Poa  ku-,  to  become  cool,  to  become 
Podo,  a  quiver.  [well. 

Pofu,  plur.  mapofu,  scum,  bubble, 

froth. 
Pofua  ku-,  to  spoil  the  eyes,  to  make 

blind. 
Pofuka  ku-,  to  have  the  eyes  spoilt, 

to  become  blind. 


POG 


POT 


373 


Pogo,  on  one  side. 

Kwenda  pogo,  to  go  onesidedly, 
not  straight. 
Point  a,    the    wrist-stitching   of   a 

coat. 
Pdka    ku-,  to  take  suddenly   and 
violently,  to  rob. 

Kupokwa,  to  be  robbed. 
Pohea  ku-,  to  receive,  to  take  from 

some  one  else. 
Pokelea  ku-,   to  receive   for  or  on 

account  of  another. 
Pokezana   ku-,   to   go  on   with   by 

turns. 
Pokezanya  ku-,  to  shift  a  burden  or 

work  from  one  to  another  as  each 

gets  tired. 
Pokonya  ku-,  to  snatch  away,  to 

extort. 
Pole,  a  little,  slightly. 

Amengua  pole,  he  is  not  very  well. 
Polepole,  gently,  moderately,quietly. 
Pombe,  native  beer. 
Pomboo,  a  porpoise. 
Pomoka  ku-,  to  fall  in,  to  cave  in. 

See  Bomoka. 
Pomosha  ku-,  to  cause  to  fall  in. 
Pona  ku-,  to  get  well,  to  become 

safe. 
Ponda  ku-,  to  pound,  to  beat  up,  to 

crush. 
Pondeka  ku-,  to  be  crushed. 
Pondekana  ku~,  to  crush  and  bruise 

one  another,  as  mtama  stalks  do 

after  much  rain  and  wind. 
Pono,   a  kind  of  fish   said  to  be 
nearly  always  asleep. 

Ana  usingizi  kama  pono,  he   is 
never  awake. 
Ponoa  ku-,  to  strip  off. 
Ponya  ku;  to  make  well,  to  cure, 
to  save. 

Jiponye  !  Look  out ! 


Ponyeslia  hu-,  to  cause  to  be  made 

well,  to  cure. 
Pony  oka  ku-,  to  slip  off,  slip  out  of 

one's  hands. 
Ponza  ku-,  to  put  in  danger. 
Poopoo,  a  bullet,  a  musket  ball. 
Pooza,  plur.  mapooza,  a  thing  which 

never  comes  to  perfection. 
Pooza  ku-,  to  become   useless,  to 
wither  and  drop. 

Mwenyi  kupooza,  a  paralytic. 
Poozesha  ku-,  to  paralyze. 
Popo,  a  bat. 
Popoo,  the    areca   nut,   commonly 

chewed  with  betel-leaf,  lime,  and 

tobacco. 
Popotoa  ku-,  to  wring,  twist,  strain, 

distort. 
Popotoka  ku-,  to  be  distorted. 
Pora,  a  young  cockerel  not  yet  old 

enough  to  crow. 
Poroa  ku-,  to  cool,  to  get  thin  or 

watery. 
Poromoka  ku-,  to  slip  down  a  steep 

place.     Also  Boromoka. 
Posa  ku-,  to  ask  in  marriage. 
Posha  ku-,  to  give  rations  to. 
Posho,  rations. 
Peso,  a  demand  in  marriage. 
Posoro,   an  interpreter,   a   middle- 
man. 
Pole,   all,   of  time  or  place.     See 

-ote. 
Potea  ku-,  to  become  lost,  to  get  lost, 
to  perish,  to  become  lost  to. 

Kisu  kimenipotea,  I  have  lost  my 
knife. 
Potelea  ku-,  to  perish. 

Potelea  mbali,  go  and  be  hanged. 
Poteza  ku-,  to  cause  to  be  lost,  to 

cause  to  perish. 
Potoa  ku-,  to  go  crooked,  to  turn 

aside.     See  Jipotoa. 


... 


POT 


-potoe,  obstini  I  For  nothing. 

a  ku-,  to  become  crooto  d,  to 
l>c  tunud  and  twisted. 
Povu,  Bcum,  skimmings,     bubble, 

froth. 
Povuha  ku-  —  Pofiika  ku-,  to  be- 

ie  blind. 
Poza  ku-,  to  cure,  to  cool  by  lading 
up  and  pouring  bach  again. 

.  the  nose,  the  apex  of  an  arch. 
Mwanzi    wa    pua,   the    division 
between  the  nostrils,  the  nos- 
tril. 
Pua,  steeL 

Pun  ku-,  to  shell  beans,  pi  as.  &c. 
;/,  a  very  small  kind  of  dove. 
Pujua  ku-. 

Kujipujua,  to  cast  off  all  shame. 
Pukusa  ku-,  to  rub  the  grains  off  a 
cob  of  Indian  corn,  to  make  to 
fall  off,  to  shake  fruit  from  a  tree, 
to  throw  coins  among  a  crowd, 
&c. 
Pukute. 

Pukute  ya  wait,  rice  so  cooked 
that    the   grains  arc  dry  and 
separate. 
Pukutika  ku-,  to  Bhed,  to  drop  like 

leaves  in  autumn. 
7    lika  ku-,   to   hear,  to  attend  to 

(A.). 
Pvlikana  ku-,  to  hear  one  another. 
i  ku-,  to  puff  or  blow  with  the 
mouth.    Also,  to  let  go  an  anchor, 
let  down  a  bucket  into  a  well. 
PuUki,  a  spangle,  spangli 
l'nlulu,  plur.  mapululu,  wilderness, 
waste  country. 

mi  or  Pululuni,  in  the  wilder- 
ness. 

B-,  to  tli rob. 
;         i    plur.  mapumba,  a  clod,  a 
ip. 


r  i  n 

baa  ku-,  to  be  BluggiBh  about. 
Pumba.iha  ku-,  to  become  a  fool. 
Pumbo  or  pumbu,  the  scrotum. 
Mapumbu,  or  koko  za  pumbu,  or 
mayayi  ya  pumbo,  testicles. 
Pumu,  an  asthma,  the  lungs. 
Pumua  ku-,  to  breathe. 
Pumuzi,  breath. 

Kupaaza  pumuzi,  to  draw  in  the 

breath,  to  inspire. 
Kushusha  pumuzi,  to  breathe  out, 
to  expire. 
Pumzi  =  Pumuzi. 
I'lim  lika  ku-,  to  rest,  to  breath  one- 

self. 
Pulhztkio,  plur.  mapumzikij,  a  rest- 
ing-place. 
Puna  ku-,  to  peel,  scrape,  scrape  off. 
1' inula,  a  donkey,  donkeys. 

Punda  milia,  a  zebra. 
Punde,  a  little  more. 

Mrefu  punde,  a  little  longer. 
Punga  (sing.   Vpunga),  the  flowi  r 
and  very  first  stage  of  the  cocoa- 
nut. 
Punga  ku-,  to  swing,  to  sway,  to 
wave.      Swaying  the  arms  in 
walking  is    thought    to    give 
elegance  to  a  woman's  carriage. 
Kupunga  pepo,  to  expel  an  evil 

spirit  by  music,  dancing,  &c. 
Kukunga  upepo,  to  be  fanned  by 
the  wind,  to  beat  the  air. 
Pungia  ku-,  to  wave  to,  to  beckon 
to. 
Kupungia  nguo,  to  wave  a  cloth 
up  and  down  by  way  of  beckon- 
ing to  some  one  to  come. 
P'ungu,  a  kind  of  fish,  a  large  bird 

of  prey. 
Pungua    ku-,  to   diminish,   waste, 

wear  away. 
Punguani,  a  defect  (M.). 


PUN 


K  AH 


375 


Punguka  ku-,  to  become  smaller,  to 

fall  short. 
Pnnguza  ku-,  to  diminish,  to  make 
less,  to  lessen. 

Kupunguza  tanga,  to  reef  a  sail. 
Punja   ku-,   to  swindle,  to  sell  a 

little  for  the    price    of  a  large 

quantity. 
Punje,  grains  of  corn. 
Puo,  nonsense. 
Pupa,  eagerness,  excessive  rapidity. 

Kula  kwa  pupa,  to  eat  so  vora- 
ciously that  one's  companions 
get  little  or  none. 
Puputika  ku-,  to  fall  in  a  shower. 
Pura  ku-,  to  beat  out  corn.  ^^ 
Puruka  ku-,  to  fly  off. 
Purukusha  ku-. 

Kujipurukusha,     to     refuse     to 
attend  to,  to  make  light  of  a 
Puta  ku-,  to  beat.  [matter. 

Putika  ku-,  to  be  well  beaten. 
Putugali,  a  fowl  [Pemba]. 
Puwo,  nonsense. 
Puza    ku-,    to  talk    nonsense,    to 

chatter. 
Puzia  ku-,  to  breathe,  to  blow  with 

the  mouth. 
Puzika  ku-,  to  talk  nonsense,  to  be 

detained  gossiping. 
Pwa  ku-,  to  ebb,  to  become  dry. 
Pwaga  ku-  =  Kupivaya. 
Pwai  ku-,  to  be  loose,  to  waggle 

about.     See  Pwaya. 
Fwani,  the  shore,  on   the  beach, 

near  the  shore. 
Pwaya  ku-,  to  give  a  final  cleaning 

to  rice  by  repounding  it. 
Pwaya  ku-,  to  be  loose  (of  clothes). 
Pwayika  ku-  to  be  quite  clear  of 

husks,  dirt,  and  dust. 
Pwaza  ku-,  to  cook  muhogo  cut  up 

into  small  pieces. 


Pivea  ku-,  to  be  dry. 

Sauti  imenipwea,  I  am  hoarse. 
Pwekee,  only,  alone  (A.). 
Pweleka  ku-,  to  be  dried  up,  to  be 

left  high  and  dry. 
Pwewa  ku-,   to  become  or  be  left 
dry. 

Kupivewa   na  sauti,  to  become 
hoarse. 
Pweza,  a  cuttle-fish. 
-pya,  new,  fresh.      It  makes  'mpya 

with  nouns  like  nyumba ;  jipya, 

with  nouns  like  kasha ;  and  pipya, 

with  nouns  of  place. 


R. 

B  is  pronounced  as  in  English. 

The  Arabic  B  is  much  stronger 
and  more  grating  than  the  English, 
more  so  perhaps  than  even  the 
Scotch  and  Irish  r.  In  Arabic  words 
it  is  correct  to  give  the  r  this  strong 
sound,  but  in  Swahili  mouths  it 
is  generally  smoothed  down  to- 
wards that  indeterminate  African 
sound  which  is  frequently  written 
as  an  I.  The  Swahili,  however, 
often  prefer  to  write  and  pronounce 
it  as  a  smooth  English  r.    (See  L.) 

Badi,  a  crack  of  thunder,  crashing 
thunder,  thunder  near  at  hand. 

Badu  =  Badi. 

Baff,  the  wall  at  the  back  of  a  re- 
cess. 

Bafiki,  plur.  rafiki  or  marafiki,  a 
friend. 

Baha,  peace,  joy,  ease,  pleasure. 

Baliani,  a  pledge,  a  mortgage. 

Bahisi  =  Bakliisi. 

Baliman,  a  chart,  a  map. 


T,  A  I 


RIS 


Rat  /."-.  to  put  Tii  food  into 

a  person's  mouth  as  a  mark  of 

honour  or  al 

'■>/,  the  Beventh  month  of  the 

Arab    year.     It    is    esteemed    n 
red    month  because  Moham- 
med's journey   to  Jerusalem   is 

said  to  have  taken  place  on  the 

27th  of  it. 
Rakhisi,  or  Eahisi,  cheap. 
Rakhisisha  /;«-,  to   make  cheap,  to 

undervalue. 
Rakibisha  &«-,  to  put  together,  to 

up  and  put  in  order. 
Rokihyueo,   the    composition    of  a 

word. 
/,'  imathani,  the  month  of  fasting. 
ba,  plur.  maramba,  a  piece  of 

Madagascar  grass  cloth. 
Ramha  ku-,  to  lick. 
Samoa,  a  chisel-shaped  knife  used 

by  shoemakers. 
RarrUi,  sand  (Ar.). 

Kvpiga  ramli,  to  divine  by  dia- 
grams. 
li'nnmu,  sadness. 
Randa,  a  plane. 

Kupiga  randa,  to  plane. 
];<iuda  hu-,  to  dance  for  joy. 
li'inr/i,  colour,  paint. 
Rarua  hu-,  to  rend,  to  tear. 
Rag  il  mali,  chief  possession. 
Rashia  ku-,  to  sprinkle. 
V.'//.  head,  cape. 
R&taba,  wet. 
Rdtfl,  or  ratli,  a  weight  of  about  a 

pound. 
Rathi,  satisfied,  content,   gracious, 
approving,  approval,  blessing. 

Kuwa  rathi,  to  be  satisfied,  to  be 
content  with. 

Niurie  rnthi,  forgive  me,  excuse 
me. 


Kunrathi,  don't  lie  offended. 
Ttathiana  ku-,  to  consent,  assent. 
Ratibu  hu-,  to  arrange. 
Ratli  =  Rdtel. 
Uausi  hu-,  to  trim  a  sail. 
Rayia,  a  subject,  subjects. 

Rayiatal  Tngn  z,  I!iitish  subjects. 
Up  or  Rei,  the  ace  in  cards. 
Bi  a  or  II  all  ,  a  dollar. 

Iu  ale   ya  thahabu,  an  American 

gold  20-dollar  pi( 
Reale  Fransa  or  ya  Kifransn,    i 

French  5-franc  piece. 
Reale  ya  Sham  or  F<  tha  ya  Sham, 
black  dollars. 
-refu,  long.     It  makes  ndefu  with 

nouns  like  nyumba. 
Regea  ku-  =  Rcjea  hu-. 
Regea  hu-  or  Legea  ku-,  to  be  loose, 

slack,  relaxed,  feeble. 
R  gt  ikn  hu-  or  Regeza  hu-,  to  loosen, 

to  relax. 
Ki  fcani  =  Rahani. 

Kuweka  rehani,  to  pawn. 
Rehema,  mercy. 

//  feemw  /i«-,  to  have  mercy  upon. 
//■  i  =  Re. 

Rejea  ku-,  to  go  back,  return,  refer. 
Rejt  ~a  hu-,  to  make  to  go  back,  to 

repay. 
Rtkabisha  hu-,  to  put  on  the  top  of. 
l!<  h  liu  hu-,  to  ride. 
r<  mo,  Portuguese. 

'id,  a  scented  herb,  sweet  basil. 
„        ya    kipata,    with   notched 

leaves. 
„        ya     kiajjemi,    with      long 
straight  leaves. 
Ringa  ku-  =  Kulinga,  to  sway  to 
l  he  tune  of  a  song  (only  the  chief 
men  may  do  this). 

i,  lead.     Also  Lisasi. 
Ritavi  ya  bunduli,  a  bullet. 


E  IS 


S 


377 


Bisimu  leu-,  to   make  a  first  bid 

when  anything  is  offered  for  sale. 
Eith  i  ku-,  to  inherit  {-th- as  in  thing). 
Bithia  ku-  (-th-  as  in    this),  to  be 

contented  with,  to  acquiesce  in. 
Bithika  ku-,  to  satisfy,  to  content. 
Biza,  a  door  chain. 
Biziki,  necessaries,  all  that  a  man 

has  need  of. 
Bobo,    a    quarter,   a   quarter  of  a 
dollar. 

Bobo  Ingreza,  an  English  sove- 
reign. 
Bobota,  a  packet  or  parcel  of  goods. 
Boda,  sheave  of  a  pulley. 
Bofya. 

Kupiga  rofya,  to  fillip. 
Boho,  soul,  spirit,  breath,  life. 
Boho,  greediness,  the  throat. 
Bubani,  a  pilot,  a  guide. 
Budi  ku-,  to  return,  to  go  back,  to 

correct,  to  keep  in  order. 
Budiana  ku-,  to  object  to. 
Budika  ku-,  to  be  made  to  return,  to 

be  kept  in  order,  to  be  capable  of 

being  kept  in  order. 
Budisha  ku-,  to  make  to  return,  to 

give  back,  to  send  back. 
Budufya  ku-,  to  double. 
Bu/uf,  the  shelf  in  a  recess. 
Euhusa  =  Buksa,  leave. 
Euhusa  ku-  =  Bukhusu  ku-,  to  give 
Buka  ku-,  to  fly,  to  leap.        [leave. 
Bukaruka  ku-,  to  hop. 
Bukia  ku-,  to  fly  or  leap  with,  &c. 
Buksa,  or  Buhusa,  or  Eulhusa,  leave, 


Aupa  riUcsa,  to  give"< 


eave,  to  set 
at  liberty,  to  dismiss. 
Buksa,  you  can  go. 
Bukhusu  few- or  Buhusu  ku-,  to  give 
leave,  to  permit,  to  allow,  to  dis- 
miss. 


Eukhuthu  ku-,  to  run. 

Eukica  ku-. 
Kurukica  na  ahili,  to  lose  one's 
senses,  to  be  stunned. 

Bungu,  a  club,  a  mace. 

Bupia,  a  rupee. 

Bupta  =  Bobota,  a  bale. 

Busasi  =  Bisasi,  lead. 

Busha  ku-,  to  make  to  fly,  to  throw 
up  or  off,  to  throw  a  rider,  to 
splash  about. 

Bushia  ku-,  to  throw  upon,  to  splash. 

Bushwa,  a  bribe. 

Butuba,  dampness. 

Butubika  ku-,  to  be  damp. 

Butubisha  ku-,  to  make  damp. 

Buwasa,  a  pattern  from  which  any- 
thing is  to  be  made. 

Buzuku  ku-,  to  supply  with  needful 
things,  especially  of  God  provid- 
ing for  His  creatures. 


S. 

S  is  pronounced  as  in  several,  or 
like  the  ss  in  German. 

Sh  is  pronounced  as  in  English, 
or  like  sch  in  German. 

S  and  sh  are  distinct  in  Arabic 
and  are  generally  distinguished  in 
good  Swahili.  There  are,  however, 
many  words  in  which  they  are  used 
indifferently,  and  in  common  talk 
the  sh  seems  to  be  rather  the  more 
common.  Many  natives  seem  un- 
conscious of  any  difference  between 
them. 

S  is  used  for  the  Arabic  tha  by 
persons  who  cannot  pronounce  th. 

In  the  Pemba  dialect  sh  is  ofttn 
used  for  ch. 

Mashungwa  =  Machungwa. 


. 


S  A  A 


S  A  K 


.  hour,  clock,  watch. 
-  >  ngapil  whal  o'clock  is  it? 
According  to  Arab  reckoning 
the  day  1»  jina  at  sunset.  Mid- 
nighl  i~  usiku  saa  ya  situ;  four 
a.m.  saa  a  kumi;  six  A.M.  saa 
a  (henashara ;  noon,  saa  "  siia. 
Saa !     You !     I  say  !     You  now  1 

N    o  saa!     Come  along,  do  1 
.s'./.i  ku-,  to  remain  over,  to  be  left. 

;,  plur.  masaala,  a  question. 
Saanda,  a  shroud,  a  winding-sheet. 
Saba,  or  Saba'a,  seven. 

la  saba,  seventh. 
Sdbaa,  a  stay  (in  a  dhow). 
Sababu,  cause,  reason. 
Kwa  sababu  ya,  because  of,  be- 
cause. 
Sabaini,  seventy,  =  Sabwini. 
Sabatashara,  seventeen. 
Sabuni,  soap. 
Sabuni  ku-,  to  bid,  to  be  in  treaty, 

to  buy. 
8aburi,  patience. 

-  ■nri  ku-,  to  wait. 
Sabwini,  seventy. 

Sadaka,  an  offering,  an  alms,  an  act 
of  charity,  anything  done  for  the 
love  of  God. 

Sadiki  ku-,  to  believe. 

Safari,  a  journey,  a  voyage,  used  for 
"time"  or  "turn." 
Safari  Mi,  this  time. 

-  ,  serene. 
Safi,  pure,  clean. 
Safi  leu-,  to  clean. 

Safidi  ku-,   to  clear   up,   to   maki 

smooth  and  i 
Snfihi,  rudeness 

'■■/  /.«-,  to  In-  purified. 
Safina  (Ar.),  a  v< 

iriku-  to  travel,  to  set  out  on  a 
journey,  sail,  start. 


Safirisha  &«-,  to  make  to  travel,  to 

see  any  one  off. 
Safisha  Ini-,  to  make  puro  or  clean. 
Safu,  a  row,  rows,  a  line. 

Safu  za  kaida,  regular  rows. 
Safura,  biliousness,  gall,    a  coui- 

plaint  in  which  people  take  to 

eating  earth. 
Saga  ku-,  to  grind. 

Kusagwa  na  gari,  to  be  run  over 
by  a  cart. 
Saga/,  a  spear,  a  javelin. 
Sagia  ku-,  to  grind  with  or  for. 

Maice  ya  kusagia,  millstones,  a 
mill,  a  handmill.  Two  loose 
stones  are  often  used,  the  upper 
one  is  called  mwaua,  and  the 
lower  mama. 
Sahani,  a  dish. 

Sahari,  checked  stuff  for  turbans. 
Sahau  ku-  or  Sahao  ku-,  to  forget,  to 

make  a  mistake. 
Sahaidiwa  ku-,  to  be  forgotten. 
Sahib,  sir. 
Sahibu,  a  friend. 
Sahili. 

Kutia  sahili,  to  sign. 
Sahihi,  correct,  right. 
Sahihi  ku-,  to    be  correct,   to  be 

right. 
Sahihi  sha  ku-,  to  correct. 
Saili  ku-,  to  ask,  to  question. 
SnUia  ku-,  to  ask  on  behalf  of. 
Saka  ku-,  to  hunt. 
Sakafu,  a  chunammed  floor,  a  floor 

or    roof  of   stone,  covered   with 

a  mixture  of  lime  and  sand,  and 

beaten  for  about  three  days  with 

small  wooden  rammers. 
Sakama  ku-,  to  become  jammed,  to 
Sakani,  a  rudder.  [stick  fast. 

Saki  ku-,  to  come  close  to,  to  touch, 

to  come  home. 


S  A  K 


SEL 


379 


Sakifu  ku-,  to  make  a  chunammed 
floor  or  roof. 

Sala,  prayer,  the  prescribed  Moham- 
medan form  of  devotion  includ- 
ing the  proper  gestures. 

Salaama  =  Salama. 

Salaam,  or  Salaamu,    or  Salarnu, 

to 

Salahisha  ku-,  or  Selehislia,  or  £wZu- 
/ij's/ia,  to  make  to  be  at  peace. 

Salala,  the  meat  near  the  backbone, 
the  undercut  of  meat. 

Salama,  safe,  safety. 

fitoZi  leu-,  to  use  the  regular  Moham- 
medan devotions,  to  say  one's 
prayers. 

Salia  ku-,  to  be  left,  to  remain. 

Salimu  leu-,  to  salute. 

Salimia  ku-,  to  salute,  to  send  com- 
pliments to. 

Saliti  ku-,  to  betray  secrets. 

Saluda,  a  sweetmeat  made  of  saffron, 
sugar,  and  starch. 

Sama  ku-,  to  choke,  to  be  choked. 

Samadi,  manure. 

Samaki,  a  fisb,  fish. 

Samani,  tools,  instruments,  ma- 
chine. 

Samawati,  the  heavens. 

Samaioi,  blue,  sky  colour. 

Sambasa,  a  little  pasty. 

Samehe  ku-,  to  forgive,  to  pass  over. 

Samiri  ku-,  to  load  a  gun. 

Sa'mli,  ghee,  clarified  butter. 

Sana,  very,  much.    It  is  used  to 
intensify  any  action. 
Sema  sana,  speak  loud. 
Vuta  sana,  pull  hard. 

Sanamaki,  senna. 

Sanamu,  an  image,  a  likeness,  a 
statue,  a  picture,  an  idol. 


Sandale,  sandal  wood. 
Sandarusi,  gum  copal,  gum  amiui. 
Sanduku,  a  chest,  a  box. 
Saniki  ku-,  to  make  excuse. 
Sapa  ku-,  to  tout  for  customers. 
Sara/u,  a  small  coin. 
Sarifa  or  Sarf,  exchange,  rate  ot 
exchange. 
Sarifa  gani  ya  niji  sasa  ?  "What 
is  the  current  rate  of  exchange  ? 
Sarifa  ku-,  to  use  words  well  and 

correctly. 
Sdruf,  grammar. 

Sarufu,  a  small  gold  plate  with  a 
devout  inscription,  worn  on  the 
forehead  as  an  ornament. 
Sasa,  now. 

Sasa  hivi,  directly,  at  once. 
Sataranji,  chess. 
Sauti,  voice,  sound,  noise. 
Sawa,  equal,  right,  just. 

Kitu  kisiclwkuka  sawa  naye,  some- 
thing unworthy  of  him. 
Sawanisha    ku-,     to    make    alike, 

equal,  even,  &c. 
Saivasawa,  like,  alike,  even,  all  the 

same,  level,  smooth,  equal. 
Saivaica,  peas  (Yao.). 
Sawazisha   ku-,  to  make   equal  or 

alike. 
-sayara,  gentle,  quiet,  long-suffering. 
Sayidia  ku-,  to  help. 
Say  Hi  ku-  =  Saili  ku-. 
Saza  ku-,  to  leave  over,  to  make 

to  remain. 
Sazia  ku-,  to  leave  for. 
Sebabu  =  Sdbabu,  cause,  reason. 
Sebula    or  Sebule,  reception   room, 

parlour. 
Sefluti,  a  poultice. 
Sehemu,  part,  share,  dividend. 
Sekeneko,  syphilis. 
Selalia,  a  weapon. 


380 


S  E  L 


SHA 


Kupa  st  laha,  to  arm. 

kUha  fcu-  =  Suluhisha,  to  make 
to  be  at  peace,  to  mediate  be- 
tween. 

Selimu  fcu-  or  SiUim  ku-,  to  capitu- 
late. 

/  fcu-,  to  say,  to  talk,  to  speak. 
S  ma  «ina,  8peak  out. 

Semadari,  a  bedstead,  specially  of 
the  Indian  pattern. 
huse,  much  less. 

-     „a  ku-,  to  say  about. 
Kusemea  puani,  to  talk  through 
the  nose. 

Semeji  =  Sliemegi. 

Sena,  a  kind  of  rice. 

Si  ngenya  fcu-.  to  make  secret  signs  of 
coutempt  about  some  one  who  is 

Senturi,  a  musical  box.       [present. 

Sera,  a  rampart. 

5  rkali  or  Serikali,  the  court,  the 

government. 
Mtu  wa  serikali,  a  man  in   go- 
vernment employ. 

6  rmala,  a  carpeuter. 
Seruji,  an  Arab  saddle. 
Sesemi,  blackwood. 
Seta  ku-,  to  crush. 

.  tela  ku-,  to  crush  up,  to  break 
(    into  fragments. 
'a<  fi,  the  seveu  in  cards. 

i  i'/ca,  &c.     See  Stiriha,  &c 

5  .' Inii,  sixty. 
.-■ttiri,  mi  iron  (?). 

6  tfm  /;u-,  or  Setiri,  or  5ttfr«,  to 
cover,  to  conceal,  to  hide,  to  atom 
for. 

ze,  much  less,  much  more.     Also 
Sembust,. 

dia,  lordly,  belonging  to  the 
Seyed. 
Seyedina  (Ar.),  our  lord,  your  ma- 
jesty. 


8ezo,  an  adze. 

Shaabani,  the  eighth  month  of  the 

A  rait  year. 
s !,,il in,  copper,  brass. 
Shdbaha,  aim. 

Kutwaa  ehabaha,  to  take  aim. 

Simla  tint,  like. 

Nyama  shabaha  mbwa,  an  animal 
like  a  dog. 
Shabbu,  alum. 
Shabuka,  a  snare. 
Shadda,  a  tassel.     See  Kanzu. 
Shah,  a  chess  king. 
Shaha,.  the  heart  of  the  cocoa-nut 

tree. 
Shahada,  the  Mohammedan  confes- 
sion of  faith.    Also  L'uhuhada. 
Sliahamu,  fat. 
Shahawa  (obscene),  semen. 
Shahidi,  plur.  mashahidi,  a  witness, 

a  martyr. 
Shaibu  (Ar.),  an  old  person. 

Shaibu  lajuzi,  exceedingly  old. 
Shairi,  a  line  of  poetry. 

plur.  mashairi,  verses,  a  poem. 
Shuka,  a  bush. 

Shaka,  plur.  mashaka,  a  doubt. 
Shake,,  ' 

Kwingia  na  shake  ya  kulia,  to  sob. 
»S7iah',  a  shawl. 
Sham,  Syria,  Damascus. 

/'  ilia  ya  Sham,  German  dollars. 
Shamba,  plur.  mashambu,  a  planta- 
tion, a  farm,  a  piece  of  land  in 
the  country.    {uL*Jfrft  0*  . 
Shambidia  ku-,  to  attack. 
Shamua  ku-,  to  sneeze.     Also  Shu- 

mua. 

.<L<t«na,  a  town  near  Melinda,  long 

Shanga.  [since  ruined. 

Mtcana  shanga,  a  northerly  wind, 

not  so  strong  or  persistent  as 

the  regular  katkazi. 


SHA 


SHI 


381 


Shangaa  ku-  or  Sangaa  ku-,  to  be  I 

astonished,  to  stand  and  stare,  to 

stop  short. 
Shangaza  ku-,  to    astound,  to   as- 
tonish. 
Shangazi,plnr. mashangazi,  an  aunt. 
Shangilia  ku-,  to  make   rejoicings 

for,  to  go  to  meet  with  music  and 

shouting,  to  be  glad  about. 
Shangwi,  triumph,    shouting    and 

joy,  an  ornament  of  gold  worn  by 

women  between  the  shoulders. 
Shani, a  startling,  unexpected  event. 
Shanuu,  plur.  mashanuu,  a  comb,  a 

large  coarse  wooden  comb. 
Sharbu,  a  moustache. 
Shari,  evil,  the  opposite  of  Heri. 
Sharia  =  Sheria. 
Shariki  ku-,  to  share,  to  be  partners 

in. 
Sharikia  ku-,  to  share  with,  to  be  in 

partnership  with. 
Sharikiana  ku-,  to  be  partners,  to 

share  together. 
Sharti,  or  Sharuti,  or  Slmruti,  or 
Sliuti,  a  contract,  of  obligation, 
of  necessity,  must.  Also,  the 
iownhaul"  of  a  dhow-sail,  a 
truss.       Acs** ,  |?v.<-»i>w 

Kufanya  sharti,  to  bind  oneself. 
Sltatoruma,  shawl  for  the  waist. 
Sliauko,  love,  exceeding  fondness, 

strong  desire,  will. 
Sliauri,     plur.     mashauri,     advice, 
counsel,  plan. 

Kufanya   shauri,   to   consult   to- 
gether. 

Kupa  shauri,  to  advise. 
Shawi  =  Tawi. 
Sliawishi  ku-,  to  persuade,  to  coax 

over. 
Shayiri,  barley. 
Shehena,  cargo. 


Sheitani,  Satan,  the  devil,  a  devil, 
excessively  clever. 

Shela,  a  black  veil. 

Shelabela,  as  it  stands,  in  a  lot,  with 
all  defects. 

Shelele  ku-,  to  run  a  seam. 

Shelle,  plur.  mashelle,  a  shell. 

Shema  (Ar.),  bees-wax. 

Sliemali  (Ar.),  the  left,  the  north 
(because  to  the  left  of  a  person 
looking  east) ;  the  Persian  Gulf, 
Arabs  (because  to  the  north  of 
Muscat) ;  mist  (because  it  comes 
on  in  the  Persian  Gulf  with  a 
northerly  wind). 

Sliembea,  a  kind  of  curved  knife. 

Sliemegi,  a  brother  or  sister-in- 
law. 

Sliena  (Ar.),  orchilla  weed. 

Slieria,  law. 

Sheriz,  glue. 

Slietani,  plur.  mashetani  =  Sheitani. 

Shetri,  the  poop  of  a  dhow. 

Sliiba  ku-,  to  have  had  enough  to 
eat,  to  be  full,  to  be  satisfied. 

Shibiri  or  Sliibri,  a  span. 

Shibisha  ku-,  to  fill  with  food,  to 
satisfy  with  food. 

SJiidda,  difficulty,  distress. 

Shika  ku-,  to  lay  hold  of,  to  hold 
fast,  to  keep,  to  determine.  »^W  C 
Kushika  njia,  to  take  one's  way. 

to  set  out. 
Shika  lako,  mind  your  own  busi- 
ness. 
Sliika  ras  He,  steer  for  that  point 

Shikamana  ku-,  to  cleave  together. 

Sliikana  ku-,  to  clasp,  to  grapple,  to 
stick  together. 

Sliikio,  a  rudder,  a  thing  to  lay  hold 
of.     See  Sikio. 

Sliikiza  ku-,  to  prop  up. 

Shilamu,  the   stem  leading  to  the 
2  c 


■   QO 


B  11  I 


SHU 


mouthpiece    in    a    native    pipe. 
Kiko. 

-    ■;.■(),  plur.  mashimo,  a  pit,  an  ex- 
cavation, ii  large  hole. 

Shina,  plur.  mashina,  a  stump,  a 
trunk,  a  main  root. 

Shinda  Am-,  to  overcome,  to  conquer, 
to  stay,  to  continue  at. 
Maji  yathinda,  it  is  half  full  of 

water. 
Atnekwenda    shinda,  he   is  gone 

out  for  the  day. 
Akashinda  kazi,  and  he  went  on 
at  his  work. 

Shindana  ku ,  to  dispute,  strive 
vrith,  race. 

Shindania  leu-,  to  het,  to  oppose,  to 
object  to. 

Shindana,  plur.  mashindano,  a  race. 
See  Sindano. 

Shiitdika  leu-,  or  Sindika,  to  shut,  to 
put  to,  to  press  in  a  mill. 
Kushindika   mafuta  ya  nazi,  to 
grind  cocoa-nuts  into  oil. 

Shindikia  ku-,  to  show  any  one  out, 
to  escort  a  person  on  his  way. 
See  Sindikiza. 

Sh  indilia  ku-  to  press,  to  load  a  gun. 

Shindo,  a  shock. 

Shingari,  a  consort,  a  dhow  sailing 
iu  company  with  another. 

Shingari  ku-,  to  sail  in  company  (of 
dhows). 

Shingo,  plur.  manhingo,  the  neck. 

Shinikizo  or  16  a  press. 

izi,  Shiraz,  from  Shiraz.  Per- 
sian work  is  generally  called 
thirazi. 

Slushwa  ku-,  to  be  weaned. 

6hitumu  ku-,  to  insult.  See  Shu- 
turnu. 

Shoga,  a  friend ;  used  only  by  wo- 
men in  speaking  of  or  to  one  an- 


other. In  Zanzibar  they  rarely 
employ  any  other  word.  At 
Lamoo  shoga  means  a  catamite. 

SHiogi,  panniers,  a  large  matting  bag 
with  the  opening  across  the 
middle,  so  as  to  form  two  bags 
when  laid  across  a  donkey's  back. 

Shoi  =  Shogi. 

Shoka,  plur.  mashdka,  an  axe. 
Sh'ika  la  bapa,  an  adze. 
Shoka  In  tiss,  an  axe  (Mer.). 
Shoka  la  pwa,  an  a<lzo  (Mer.). 

Shola,  an  ear  of  corn,  a  head   of 

Shona  ku-,  to  sew.  [grass. 

Shonea  ku-,  to  mend  for,  to  sew  for, 
with,  &c. 

Shonuka  ku-,  to  become  unsown. 

Slmli  . 

Kwenda  shote,  to  go  with  a  rush. 

Shoto. 

Wa  kushoto,  left. 

Ana  shoto,  he  is  left-handed. 

Shlaki  ku-,  to  prosecute,  to  charge, 
to  accuse. 

Sldua  ku-,  to  startle,  to  tickle.  See 
Stusha. 

Shtuka  ku-,  to  be  startled,  to  start. 

Slma  ku-,  to  launch.  Pass,  kushu- 
liwa. 

Shuba,  the  elders  of  a  town. 

Shuhaka,  plur.  vtaahubaka,  a  ri  cess 
in  a  wall. 

SI,  ml  a,  what  is  left  when  the  oil  has 
been  ground  out  of  semsem  seed. 

Shughuli,  business,  affairs,  occupa- 
tion, engagement. 

Shughulika  ku-,  to  be  occupied,  to 
be  worried. 

Shughulisha  ku-,  to  occupy,  to  dis- 
tract attention,  to  interrupt. 

Shuhuda,  testimony. 

8  uhudia  ku-,  to  bear  witness  about, 
for,  or  against. 


SHU 


-SIP 


383 


Sliukudu  ku-,  to  bear  witness. 

Shuhuti. 

Shuhuti  ya  kutolea  chant,  a  small 
piece  of  wood  used  by  shoe- 
makers in  cutting  strips  of 
coloured  leather. 

Shujaa,  plur.  mashujaa,  a  hero,  a 
brave  man. 

Shuha,  a  sheet. 

Shuka  Jtu-,  to  descend,  go  down, 
come  down,  be  let  down,  to  land 
from  a  ship. 

SJiuke,  the  flower  of  Indian  corn. 

Shukrani,  gratitude. 

Shuku  leu-,  to  suspect. 

Shukuru,  thanks. 

Shukuru  ku-,  to  thank.  This  word 
is  very  rarely  used  in  Zanzibar, 
except  in  relation  to  God ;  and 
kushukuru  Muungu  means  almost 
always,  to  take  comfort,  to  leave 
off  mourning,  or  to  become  re- 
signed. 

Shuliwa  ku-,  to  be  launched. 

Shumua  ku-,  to  sneeze. 

Shumvi,  salt  [Pemba],    See  Cltumvi. 

Shunga  ku-,  to  drive  away,  to  scare. 

Sh  ungi,  a  crest,  long  hair  (?). 

Shungi  mbili,  a  way  of  dressing 
the  hair  in  two  masses. 

Shupatu,  plur.  mashupatu,  a  narrow 
strip  of  matting.  The  broader  are 
sewn  together  to  make  floor  mats, 
the  narrower  are  interlaced  to 
make  the  native  couch  or  bed- 
stead. 

Shupaza,  spades  (in  cards). 

Shura,  saltpetre. 

Shuruti  =  Sharti,  of  necessity. 

Shurutiza  ku-,  to  compel,  to  force. 
Alishurutizwa    ndani,     he     was 
pushed  in. 

Shusha  ku-,  to  let  down,  to  make  to 


descend,  to  land  goods  from  a 
ship. 
Kushusha  pu'mzi,  to  breathe  out, 
an  expiration. 
Shtiti  or  Shuuti  =  Sharti,  of  neces- 
Shutumiwa  ku-,  to  be  reviled,  [sity. 
Shutumu  ku-,  to  revile. 
Shicali  or  Sliwari,  a  calm. 
Si,  not. 

Si  vema,  not  welL 
Si  uza,  sell  not. 
Si,  is  or  are  not. 

Mimi  si  sultani,  I  am  not  a  sultan ; 

or,  Am  I  not  a  sultan  ? 
Si  yeye,  it  is  not  he  or  him. 
Si-,  the  opposite  of  ndi-,  expressing, 
This  is  not  it.     Is  not  this  it  ? 
Simi,  Sisisi, 

Siwe,  Sinyi, 

Stye,  Sio,  sivyo,  siijo, 

Sio,  siyo,  silo,      Sizo,  simo. 
Sicho,  sipo,  siko, 
Si-,  sign  of  the  first  person  negative. 
Sikubali,  I  do  not  consent. 
Sikukubali,  I  did  not  consent. 
Sitakubali,  I  shall  not  consent. 
In    the  present  tense  the  final 
letter  of  verbs  in  -a  becomes  -i 
Sioni,  I  do  not  see. 
-si-  inserted  between  the  personal 
prefix  and  the  verb,  is  the  sign 
of  the  negative   imperative  or 
subjunctive,  the  final  letter  of 
verbs  in  -a  becoming  an  -e. 
Nisione,  that  I  may  not  see,  let 
me  not  see,    or    without    my 
seeing. 
•si-,   sign   of  the  negative  in   ex- 
pressing relation. 
Asio,  he  who  is   or  was  not,  or 
who  will  not  be.     Also  Asiye. 
■  sipo-,  sign  of  the  tense  expressing 
not  being. 

2  c  2 


384 


SI  A 


SIK 


Asipoona,  he  not  seeing,   if  he 
does  not  see,  though  he  does 
not   see,    without    his    seeing, 
when  he  sees  not. 
Sia  /.»-.  to  give  :i  sentence,  to  pro- 
nounce as  with  authority,  to  de- 
clare. 
Sto/u,  a  large  reddish  brown  ant, 
that    travels    in    great   numbers 
and  bites  fiercely. 
Siagi,  cream,  butter. 
Sibn  hu-,  to  get,  to  succeed.     See 

Subu. 
Si/a,   praise,  character,   character- 
istic. 
Sifara,  a  kind  of  rice. 
Sifu  hu-,  to  praise.     Pass,  husifiwa. 
Kujisifu,  to  magnify  oneself,  to 

boast. 
Kusifu'mno,     to    overpraise,     to 
flatter. 
Siftde  (a  term  of  reproach),  a  med- 
dlesome fool. 
Si/uru,  a  cypher,  a  figure  of  nought. 
Sigizia  few-,  to  tack  (in  needlework). 
Sihi  hu-,  to  entreat. 
Sijafu,    the  cuff,    the    hem.      See 
Kanzu. 

>bo,I  am  well.    The  invariable 
answer  to  hu  jwrribo  ?  how  are 
you? 
Si  jarribo  punde,  I   am    a   little 
better. 

imo   or    Sihamoo,  for    Nashilea 
iwjuu,  the  salutation  of  a  slave- 
to  a  master. 
Wei,  vinegar. 

Sikia  hu-,  to  hear,  to  obey,  to  under- 
stand. 
Bikilia  hu-,  to  listen  to,  to  attend  to. 
liana    hu-,  to  be   heard,  to   be 
audible. 
Sihiliza  hu-,  to  listen,  to  listen  to. 


Sihilizana  hu-,  to  hear  one  another. 

Sikio  or  Sliihio,  plur.  masihio,  the 
ear. 

Sihilika  hu-,  to  be  sorry. 

Sikitikia  hu-,  to  be  sorry  for.  to  pity. 

Sikitiko,    plur.    masihitiho,   sorrow, 
grief. 

Sil.itisha  hu-,  to  make  sorry. 

Sihiza  hu-,  to  make  to  hear,  under- 
stand, &c. 

Sihizana  hu-,  to  be  mutually  intel- 
ligible, to  make  one  another  heir. 

Sihu,  a  day  of  twenty-four  hours, 
from  sunset  to  sunset,  days. 
Sihu  huu,  a  great  day,  a  feast. 
The  two  great  feasts  are  the 
three  days  at  the  end  of  the 
Ramathan,  when  every  one 
makes  presents,  and  three  days 
after  the  tenth  of  Thil  hajj  or 
M/unguo  wa  tatu,  when  every 
one  ought  to  slaughter  some 
animal,  and  feast  the  poor. 
Sihu  a  mwaha  (see  Mwongo, 
K/'junzi),  the  Nairuz,  about  the 
23rd  of  August,  the  beginning 
of  the  Swahili  and  nautical 
year.  The  old  custom  is  for 
every  one,  but  especially  the 
women,  to  bathe  in  the  sea 
in  the  night  or  morning  :  then 
they  cook  a  great  mess  of  grain 
and  pulse,  which  is  eaten  about 
noon  by  all  who  like  to  come. 
The  fires  are  all  extinguished 
and  lighted  again  by  rubbing 
two  pieces  of  wood  together. 
Formerly  no  inquiry  was  made 
as  to  any  murder  or  violence 
committed  on  this  day,  and  old 
quarrels  used  regularly  to  bo 
fought  out  upon  it. 
Sihu jsote,  alv 


— £ 


SIL 


S  IT 


385 


Silihi  ku-,  to  improve,  to  reform. 

Silihisha  ku-,  to  make  to  improve, 
to  reform. 

Silimu  ku-,  to  become  a  Moham- 
medan. 

Simama  ku-,  to  stand  up,  to  come 
to  a  stand,  to  stop,  to  be  erect, 
to  stand  in,  to  cost. 

Simamia  ku-,  to  stand  by,  to  over- 
look workmen,  to  cost  to. 

Simamisha  ku-,  to  make  to  stand. 

Simanga  ku-,  to  crow  over,  boast 
against. 

Simanzi,  grief,  heaviness. 

Simba,  a  lion,  lions. 

Simba  uranga,  a  well-known  man- 
grove swamp  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Lufiji. 

Simbali,  a  kind  of  wood  brought 
from  near  Cape  Delgado. 

Sime,  a  short  straight  sword  used 
on  the  mainland. 

Simika  ku-,  to  be  erect,  to  be  set 
up,  to  stand  (often  used  in  an 
obscene  sense). 

Simikia  ku-. 

Kusimikia  mlango,  to  set  up  and 
build  in  a  door. 

Simikisha  ku-,  to  set  up. 

Similla,  Simille,  Simileni,  probably 

for  Bismillah,  the  common  cry 

in    Zanzibar,    meaning,   make 

way,  out  of  the  way. 

Similla  punda,  make  way  for  a 

donkey. 
Similla  ubau,    make  way   for  a 
plank. 

Simo,  I  am  not  in  it,  am  not  con- 
cerned, have  nothing  to  do  with 
it. 

Simo. 

Simo  Mi  si  njema,  this  event  is 
not  good. 


Imeingia  simo  mpya,  something 
new  has  turned  up. 
Simu,  the  electric  telegraph. 
Sindano,  a  needle  (or  shindano). 
Sindano,  a  kind  of  rice. 
Sindi,  a  long-tailed  weasel. 
Sindikia  ku-,  to  crush. 
Sindikiza  ku-,  to  accompany  part  of 

the  way. 
Sindua  ku-,  to  open,  to  set  open. 
Singa,  hair  of  an  animal. 

Nyele    za   singa,    straight    hair, 
European  hair. 
Singa  ku-,  to  scent,  to  put  scent.  -P^r- 
Singizia  ku-,  to  slander,  to  spread 

false  reports  about. 
Sini,  China. 
Sini,  no  matter. 
Sinia,  plur.  masinia,  a  circular  tray 

used   to  carry  and  set  out  food 

upon,  generally  of  copper  tinned. 
Sinikiza  ku-,  to  press. 
Sinzia  ku-,  to  doze,  to  nod,  to  flicker. 
-sipo-,  sign  of  the  tense  signifying 

the  case  of  the  thing  mentioned 

not  being. 
Siri,  secrecy. 

Mambo    ya    siri,    secret    affairs, 
secrets. 

Kwa  siri,  secretly. 
Sisi,  we,  us.    Sometimes  pronounced 
swiswi,  suisui,  or  siswi. 

Sisi  sole,  all  of  us. 

Sisi  wote,  both  of  us. 
Si*imia  ku-,  to  sigh  (?). 
Sisimizi,  ants  (?). 
Sisitiza  ku-  (M.),  to  charge  strictly, 

to  charge  to  keep  secret. 
Sita,  six. 

Ya  sita,  sixth. 
Sita  ku-,  to  halt,  to  go  lame  (A.),  to 

hide. 
Sitaha,  the  deck. 


3 


SIT 


STA 


•    ishara,  Bixteen. 
Sitawi  ku-.  to  flourish. 
Ngoma  ipi  inn  ritawi,  which  dance 
is  goiug  best? 
Sitawuha  hu-,  to  make  to  flourish. 

whistle    (of    a     steamer     or 
Sitti,  my  lady,  lady.  [engine). 

Stttina,  our  lady.    Applied  by  the 
Arabs  to  St.  Mary. 
mnja,  different. 
Sivyo,  it  is  not  thus.     See  Si-. 
Siwa,  an  ivory  horn  only  used  on 

great  occasions. 
Siwezi,  I  am  not  well.  See  Wezakur. 

i,  that  is  not  it,  no.     See  Si-. 
Siyu  or  Sin,  Siwi,  the  chief  town 
of  the  district  near  Lamoo,  the 
chief  seat  of  old  Swahili  learning. 
.  lunacy. 
Sodo,  a  woman's  napkin. 
,  wool. 

.  Sogi,  Sot,  =  Shogi. 
a  hu-,  to  approach  affectionately, 
to  come  near  to. 

la  ku-,  to  lift  to  the  lips  and 
kiss,  to  bring  near  to. 
Sogezea  ku-,   to   put  ready   for,   to 
bring  for  use. 
.   plur.    matolto,    a  market,  a 
bazaar. 
Kwenda  sokoni,  to  go  marketing. 
Sokota  ku-,  to  twist,  to  plait,  to  spin. 
Soma  ku-,  to  read,  to  perform  de- 
votions. 

i.  plur.  masoma,  a  kind  of  dance. 
Sombela  ku-,  to  work  oneself  along 
on  one's  hands  and  seat  without 
using  the  legs. 

tha  ku-,  to  teach  to  read,  to 
lead  devotions. 

•.  plur.  masomo,  something  read, 
used  as  a  title  of  friendship,  a 
namesake. 


Sonda  hu-,  to  suck  out. 

'  >,  swelled  (?)  glands. 
Songa  ku-,  to  strangle,  to  squeeze, 

to  stir  together. 
Songanasongana  hu-,  to  press  against 

one  another  like  sheep  in  a  flock. 
Songca    ku-,   to   push    through,    to 

shoulder    your    way    through    a 
Sonjoa  ku-,  to  wring.  [crowd. 

Sonya  ku-  =  Kvfijonya. 
Somali,  trousers. 
Sosoneka  ku-,  to  be  hurt  or  ache,  so 

as  to  writhe  with  pain. 
Sosonesha   ku-,  to  make  to  writhe 

with  pain. 
Sote,  all ;  agreeing  with  sisi,  we  or 
us.     See  -ote. 

Tu  sote,  we  are  together. 

Tivende  sote,  let  us  go  together. 
Soza  ku-,  to  beach  a  boat  or  vessel. 
Ssafi  or  Safi,  pure,  clean. 
Staajdbu  ku-,  to  wonder  much,  to  bo 

greatly  astonished. 
Staamani  hu-,  to  have  confidence, 

to  rest  trustfully. 
Stahabu  ku-,  to  be  pleased,  to  prefer. 
Stahamili  or  Stahimili,  jtatiently. 
Stahi  ku-,  to  honour,  to  have  respect 

for. 
Stahiba  ku-    (?),    to  prefer.      See 

Stahabu. 
Stahiki  ku-,  to  resemble,  to  be  of 

one  sort  with. 
Stahili  hu-,  to  deserve,  to  be  worthy 
of,  to  be  proper,  to  be  right  and 
fitting. 

Astahili,  serves  him  right. 
Stahimili  hu-,   to  bear,   to  endure, 

tolerate. 
Stakabathi,  earnest,  fastening  penny. 
Stambuli,  Constantinople. 
Starehe  ku-,  to  sit  still,  to  be  at  rest, 
to  remain  quiet. 


STE 


SUM 


3S7 


Starehe  !  Don't  disturb  yourself ! 
don't  get  up ! 

Sterehisha  ku-,  to  give   rest  to,  to 
refresh.     Also  Starehisha. 

Stirika  ku-,  to  be  covered,  to  be  con- 
cealed. 

Stusha  ku-,  to  startle,  to  sprain,  to 
put  out  of  joint. 

Subana,  small  pieces  of  meat  roasted 
on  two  parallel  sticks. 

Subana,  a  thimble. 

Subiri,  patience. 

Subiri,  aloes. 

Subiri  ku-,  to  wait. 

Subii  ku-,  to  cast  in  a  mould. 

Subu  ku-  or  Sibu  ku-,  to  happen  to. 

Subui,  morning. 

Subulkheiri,  good  morning. 

Suburi,  patience. 

Subutu  ku-  =  Tliubutu  ku-. 

Suduku  hu-,  to  ascertain,  to  know 
the  truth. 

Suff,  wool. 

Suffi,  a  devotee,  a  hermit. 

Suffuf,  a  great  variety  or  number. 

Sufi,  woollen. 

Sufuria,  copper. 

Sufuria,  plur.  sufuria  or  masufuria, 
a  metal  pot. 
Sufuria  ya  chuma,  an  iron  pot. 

Sugu,  amark,  a  callous  place.    Also, 
obstinate,  insensate. 

Suaua    ku-,  to  rub,    to   scrub,   to 
brush,  to  scour. 

Suheli,  south. 

Sui,  an    irrepressible,  unconquer- 
able man. 

Sujudia  ku-,  to  prostrate  oneself  to, 
to  adore. 

Sujudu  ku-,  to  prostrate  oneself,  to 
bow  down. 

Suka  ku-,  to  plait,  to  clean. 

Sukari,  sugar. 


Sukari  guru,  half-made  sugar. 
Sukasuka  ku,  to  shake,  to  agitate. 
Suke,  plur.  masuke  (or  shuke),  an 
ear  of  corn,  a  head  of  mtama,  &c. 
Sukua  ku-,  to  slacken,  to  loose. 
Sukuma  ku-,  to  push,  to  urge. 
Sukumi,    a     steersman,     quarter- 
master. 
Sukumiza  ku-,  to  put  upon  another 
person,  to  say  it  is  his  business, 
to  throw  off  from  oneself,  to  push 
away  in  anger,  to  throw  (a  thing) 
at  a  person  who  wants  it.    Also, 
to  avert  (by  sacrifice,  &c). 
Sukutua  ku-,  to  rinse  out  the  mouth, 

to  wash  one's  mouth. 
Sulibi  ku-,  to  crucify. 
Sulibisha  ku-,  to  crucify. 
SuiiM  ku-,  to  become,  to  be  fitting 

for. 
Sulika  ku-,  to  turn  about,  become 

giddy. 
Suliinu  ku-,  to  salute. 
Sultani,  plur.  masultani,  a  sultan, 
a  chief  man.     Sultani  at  Zanzi- 
bar does  not  mean  a  king ;  it  is 
used  of  the  head  men  of  a  vil- 
lage. 
Sultan  Rum,  the  Sultan  of  Turkey. 
Sulubika  ku-,  to  be  strong. 
Sulubu,  strength,  firmness. 
Suluhisha  ku-,  to  bring  to  accord, 

to  make  peace  between. 
Suluhu,  concord. 
Sululu,  a  curlew. 
Sumba  ku-,  to  sway  away,  to  twist 

and  turn  oneself. 
Sumbua  ku-,  to  worry,  to  annoy,  to 

give  trouble. 
Sumbuana  ku-,  to  worry  one  an- 
other. 
Sumbuka  ku-,  to  be  put  to  trouble, 
to  be  harassed,  to  be  annoyed. 


38 


SUM 


Sumbulia  feu-,  to  speak  sharply  to. 
Sumbutha     kit-,    to     vex,    harass, 

trouble,  worry,  annoy. 
Sumu,  poison. 
Sumugh,  gum-arabic. 
Sungura,  a  rabbit  (?),  a  hare  (?). 
Sunni,  advisable,  recommended,  a 

tradition,   what   is  advisable   or 

recommended,   but  not  compul- 
se/r/,  deal  wood,  [soiy. 
Sunza  ku-,  to  search  for  anything 

with  a  lighted  brand  at  night. 
Supaa  ku-,  to  be  very  hard  or  dry. 
Supana  =  Supaa. 
Sura,  a  likeness,  a  resemblance,  a 

chapter  of  the  Koran. 
Suria,  plur.  masuria,  a  concubine, 

a  female  slave. 
Suriyama,  born  of  a  concubine. 
Sururu,    an    insect   that    lives   in 

cocoa-nut  trees. 
>>iricali,  trousers.     See  Somali. 
Sus,  liquorice. 
Suso,   a  kind  of  hanging  shelf,  a 

hammock. 
S>!*upaa  =  Supaa. 
Suta  ku-,  to  reproach,  to  charge  a 

man  with  slander,  to  slander,  to 

seek  out  a  man  and  ask  whether 

he  has  said  sucli  and  such  things. 
Su'udi,  or  Suudi  njetna,  salvation, 

felicity. 
Suza   ku-,  to    stir  up.      Also,    to 

rinse. 
Suzia  ku-,  to  turn  with  (?). 
Swafi  =  Safi. 
Sicali,  a  question. 


T. 

Tis  pronounced  as  in  English. 
There  are  two  f's  in  Arabic,  one 
much  thicker  than  the  English  t, 


but  only  very  careful  speaki.  \  dis- 
tinguish them  in  Swahili. 

T  at  the  beginniug  of  a  word  has 
sometimes  an  explosive  sound,  as  in 
t'aka,  dirt.  It  is  probable  that  this 
represents  a  suppressed  n. 

There  is  a  slight  difference  in 
sound  between  the  i's  of  tatu,  three, 
and  tano,  five,  the  former  being  the 
smoother,  but  natives  do  not  seem 
conscious  of  the  difference. 

T  in  northern  Swahili  frequently 
becomes  ch  in  the  dialect  of  Zanzi- 
bar. 

Kuteka,  to  laugh  (M.)  kueheha 
(Zanz.).  Hutkuteka,to plunder, 
or  to  draw  water,  does  not 
change. 

Kutinda,  to  slaughter  (M.)  ku- 
chinja  (Zanz.). 

There  is  no  sound  similar  to  that 
of  the  English  th  in  the  original 
language  of  Zanzibar.  It  occurs  in 
some  dialects  of  Swahili  in  place  of 
v  or  z.  There  are  however  in 
Arabic  four  th's.  1.  Tha,  pro- 
nounced like  the  English  th  in 
thing.  9.  Thai,  pronounced  like 
the  English  th  in  this.  3  and  4. 
Tliad  and  Tha1  or  Dthau,  which 
are  scarcely  distinguished  by  the 
Arabs  themselves,  and  have  a  very 
thick  variety  of  the  thai  sound. 
Practically  the  two  English  tt'sare 
quite  sufficient,  and  the  ear  soon 
catches  the  right  method  of  employ- 
ing them. 

The  Indians  and  many  Africans 
pronounce  all  these  as  z.  Some 
Swahili  confuse  the  various  th's  with 
z,  and  employ  the  thai  sound  for 
words  properly  written  with  a  z,  as 
wathiri  for  waziri,  a  vizir. 


-TA- 


TAG 


3S9 


-ta-,  the  sign  of  the  future  tense. 
When  the  relative  or  the  par- 
ticles denoting  time  and  place 
are  inserted  in  the  future,  the 
prefix  regularly  becomes  -taka-. 
It  is  possible  however  to  retain 
-ta-  to  express  a  more  definite 
eense. 

Atakuja,  he  will  come. 
Atakayekuja,  who  will  come. 
Atakapokuja,  when  he  shall 

come. 
Atapokuja,  when  he   come, 
or,  if  he  shall  come. 
In  the  first  person  singular  the 
ni-,  which  is  the  sign  of  the 
person,  is  often  dropped. 

Takuja  =  Nitakuja,  I  shall 
come. 
Ta-  at  the  beginning  of  Arabic 
verbs  is  the  mark  of  the  fourth 
or  fifth  conjugations  or  derived 
forms. 
Taa,  a  lamp,  especially  the  small 
open  earthen  lamps  made  in  Zan- 
zibar. 
Taa,  a  large  kind  of  flat  fish. 
Taa,  beneath  one's  feet. 
Taabika  ku-,  to  be  troubled. 
Taabisha  ku-,  to  trouble,  to  annoy. 
Taabu,  trouble. 

Taadabu  ku-,  to  learn  manners. 
Taajabisha  ku-,  to  make  to  wonder, 

to  astonish. 
Taajabu  ku-,  to  wonder,  to  be  as- 
tonished.    See  Staajabu. 
Taajazi  ku-,  to  tire. 
Ta"ali  ku-,  to  study. 
Taandu,  a  centipede. 
Taataa  ku-,  to  throw  oneself  about. 
Tabaka,  lining. 
Tabakelo,  a  snuff-box. 
Tabanja,  a  pistol  (Ar.). 


Tabdssam  ku-,  to  smile. 
Tabia,  constitution,  temper,  temper- 
ament, climate. 
Tabibia  ku-,  to  doctor. 
Tabibu,  a  physician. 
Tabiki  ku-,  to  Hue,  to  close  to  or 
upon,  to  cling  to  as  a  fast  friend. 
Tabikiza,  to  make  to  cling. 
Tabiri  ku-,  to  foretell,  to  prophesy. 
Taburudu  ku-,  to  refresh. 
Tadariki  ku-,  to  accept  the  respon- 
sibility of,  to  guarantee  the  result 
of. 
Tadi,  violence,  hurry. 
Kwenda  kwa  tadi,  to  rush,  to  go 
tumultuously. 
Tadi  ku-,  to  fight  with. 
Tafakari  ku-,   to  consider,  ponder, 

think. 
Tafdthal  or  Tafathali,  please,  I  beg 

of  you. 
Tafiti    ku-,    to   seek    out    matters 

secretly,  to  be  over-inquisitive. 
Tafsiri  ku-,  to  explain,  to  interpret. 
Tafsiri,  interpretation. 
Tafsiria  ku-,  to  explain  to,  to  inter- 
pret to. 
Tafu  (M.)  =  Chafu,  cheek. 
Tafu,  gastrocnemic  muscles. 

Tafu  ya  mkono,  the  biceps  muscle. 
Tafuna  ku-,  to  chew,  to  nibble. 
Tafuta  ku-,  to  look  for,  seek,  search 

for. 
Tafutatafuta    ku-,    to    search    all 

about. 
Tafutia  ku-  or  Taftia,  to  seek  out 

for  some  one,  to  look  for. 
Tagaa   ku-,   to   straddle,    to   walk 

with  one's  legs  far  apart. 
Tage,  plur.  matage,  bow  legs,  crook- 
edness. 
Taghafali  ku-,  to  be  off  one's  guard, 
to  forget  to  take  notice. 


'    ' 


:;!H) 


TAG 


TAM 


Taghaiari  /.?<-,  to  be  changed. 

Taghi  ku-,  to  rebel. 

•../,  branches,  main  branches. 

Tdhafifu,    gently,    in     good   time, 
light.  Una. 
Nguo  tdhafifu,  thin  calico. 

Tahamaka  ku-,  to  look  up  to  sec 
\\  hat  is  going  on. 

Taharaki  leu-,  to  be  troubled,  to 
be  thrown  into  confusion. 

Taharalcisha  ku-,  to  put  iutoa  state 
of  auxiety,  to  excite,  stimulate. 

Taharizi.     See  Kanzu. 

Taharuki  lm-,  to  be  troubled,  to  be 
anxious,  to  be  thrown  into  con- 
fusion.    Also,  Taharaki. 

Tahassa  ku-,  to  go  on  board  a  ship 
with  a  view  to  sailing. 

Tahathari  ku-,  to  beware,  to  be  on 
one's  guard. 

Tahatharisha  ku-,  to  warn. 

Tahayari  ku-,  to  become  ashamed. 

Tdhayarisha  ku-,  to  shame,  to  make 
ashamed. 

Tahidiku-.       »>,.^*^*^VV/      <£? 

Kujitahidi,  to  exert  oneself,   to 
try  hard. 
Tahirikn-,  to  circumcise. 
TahsUa,  farewell,  leavu-taking. 
Tai,  a  large  bird  of  prey,  a  vulture. 
Taif a,   plur.    mataifa,   a    tribe,  a 

nation. 
Taja,  hire. 
Taja  ku-,  to  name. 
Taji,  a  crown. 
Tajiri,  plur.  matajiri,  a  merchant, 

a  rich  man,  a  capitalist,  a  prin- 
-taka-.    See  -to-.  [cipal. 

Tcika,  dirt. 
Takataka,  rubbish,  sundries,  small 

articles. 
Taka  ku-,  to  want,  to  wish  for,  to 
ask  for. 


Kutaka  shauri,  to  seek  advice. 
Takahali  ku-,  to   accept;    used   of 

God's  hearing  prayer. 
Takabathi  ku-,  to  carry  on  freight. 
Takabathisha  ku-,   to   pay   freight 

for. 
Takdddam  ku-,  to  be  in  advance  of, 

to  get  before. 
Takalika  ku-,  to  be  very  faint  or 

tired. 
Takarimu,  gift,  largess. 
Talcasa  ku-,  to  clean,  to  make  clean 

and  clear. 
Takaaika  ku-,  to  become  cleansed. 
Takata  ku-,  to  become   clean  and 
clear. 

Uwingu    umetakata,   the   sky   is 
clear. 
-takatifu,  holy,  cleansed. 
Takhari  ku-,  to  stay. 
Taki  =  Chicha. 
Takia,     plur.     matakia,     a     large 

cushion. 
Tako,  plur.  matako,  the  buttock. 
Taksiri,  a  crime. 
Takura  ku-,  to  scratch,  to  dig  with 

claws  or  fingers. 
Talakq,  divorce. 
Taldssim  or  Talasimu,  plur.  matala- 

simu,  a    talisman,    a    charm,  a 

figure   divided   into  squares  and 

marked   with   magic  words  and 

s\  mbols. 
Tali  ku-  or  Ta'ali  ku-,  to  study. 
Talik  =  Tarik. 
Taliza  ku-,  to  smooth  off,  to  smooth 

up,  plaster,  &c. 
Tama,  out  and  out,  final. 
Tama  ku-  (M.)  =  Hama  ku-,  to  re- 
move. 
Tama  ku-,  to  sit,  crouch  (Yao.). 
Tama. 
Kuslrika  tama,  to  lean  the  head 


T  AM 


TAN 


391 


on  the  hand,  reckoned  unlucky 
in  Zanzibar. 

Tamaa,    longing,   avarice,   greedi- 
ness. 
Kuhaia  tamaa,  to  despair. 

Tamdldki  ku-,  to  be  master  of. 
Kuj itamdlahi    mwenyewe,   to    be 
one's  own  master. 

Tamani  ku-,  to  long  for,  to  lust 
after. 

Tamanika  ku-,  to  be  liked,  to  be  an 
object  of  liking. 

Tamba  ku-,  to  swagger. 

fainbaa  ku-,  to  creep,  to  crawl. 

Tambi,  vermicelli. 

Tambo,  a  tall  man. 

Tamboa,  testicles. 

Tambua  ku-,  to  recognize. 

Tambulia  ku-,  to  understand. 

TambuUkana  ku-,  to  be  recogniz- 
able. 

Tambulisha  ku-,  to  make  to  recog- 
nize, to  explain. 

Tambuu,  betel  leaf  chewed  with 
areca  nut,  lime  and  tobacco. 

Tambuza  ku-,  to  put  a  new  point  or 
edge,  to  weld  on  fresh  iron  or 
steel. 

Tamisha  ku-  (M.)  =  Hamisha  ku-. 

Ta'mka  ku-,  to  pronounce. 

Tamu,  sweetness,  flavour,  taste. 

-tamu,  sweet,  pleasant.  It  makes 
tamu  with  nouns  like  nyumba. 

Tamuka  ku-  =  Ta'mka  ku-. 

Tamvua,  ends  or  corners  of  turban 
cloth,  &c. 

Tana  ku-,  to  divide,  to  slit,  to  comb, 
to  part. 

Tanatana  ku-,  to  divide  up  into 
little  bits. 

Tana,  a  bunchlet  of  bananas,  &c. 
Bananas  and  plantains  grow 
spirally  in  a  large  bmch,  not  con- 


tinuously,  but  in  little  groups : 
each  group  is  a  tana. 
Tanabahi    ku-,   to  make  up  one's 

mind,  to  know  what  to  do. 
Tanafusi  ku-,  to  draw  breath. 
Tanda  ku-,  to  spread,  to  be  spread 
out,  to  be  overcast,  to  put  ropes 
to  a  native  bedstead. 
Kujitanda,     to     stretch     oneself 
across. 
Tandama  ku-  (?),  to  surround. 
Tandawaa  ku-,  to  recline,  to  loll  at 

one's  ease. 
Tandaza  ku-,  to  make  flat. 
Tandika  ku-,  to  spread,  to  lay  out, 

to  saddle. 
Tandu,  long  slashes  made  on  their 

faces  by  Makuas  and  others. 
Tandua  ku-,  to  unsaddle,  to  take  off 

harness. 
Tanga,  plur.  ma tanga  or  majitanga, 
a  sail.     The  sails  of  mitepe  aud 
madau  are  made  of  matting. 
Tanga     mbili,    the     seasons     of 

changeable  winds. 
Matanga  kati,  wind  abeam. 
Kukaa  matanga,  to  sit  at  home 
in  sign  of  mourning,  to  mourn. 
Tangaa  ku-,  to  come  to  be  known. 
Tangamana  ku-,  to  adjoin. 
Tangamuka  ku-,  to  be  cheerful. 
Tangamusha  ku-,  to  cheer  up. 
Tanganya,  &c.  (M.)  =  Changanya, 

&c,  to  mix,  to  shuffle  cards. 
Tangatanga  ku-,  to  go  backwards 

and  forwards,  to  wave. 
Tangawizi,  ginger. 
Tangaza  ku-,  to  spread  news,  to  cir- 
culate intelligence. 
Tange,  the  trees  and  rubbish  cleared 

off"  a  new  plantation. 
Tangisha  ku-,  to  make  evident. 
Tango,    plur.   matango,    a   sort    of 


:v.)2 


T  A  N 


gonrd   eaten  raw,  resembling  in 
taste  :i  eiicumlxT. 
Tangu,  Bince,  from. 

/V;)i;;»  Knt?    Since  when?    How 
long  ago  ? 
Tangua  ku-,  to  annul,  to  abolish,  to 
separate,  untwist,  unplait,  with- 
draw a  promise,  &c. 
Kutangua  ndoa,  to  annul  a  mar- 
riage, to  divorce. 
Tnnguka  leu-,  to  be  anmdled. 
Tangukana  leu-,  to  separate. 
Tangulia  leu-,  to  precede,  to  go  be- 
fore, to  go  first. 
Nimetangulia  kuleuarabia,  I  told 
you  beforehand. 
Tangulifu  advanced. 
Tani,  Othmau. 

Tani. 

Kwa  tani,  backward,  on  his  back. 
Tano  or  Tanv.  five. 

Ya  tano,  fifth. 
-tano,  five. 
Tantanbelwa,    a    great     bother,     a 

worry. 
Tanua  leu,  to  expand,  to  spread  out, 

to  fend  off  a  boat. 
Tanuka  leu-,  to  lie  on  one's  back  and 

spread  oneself  out,  to  sprawl. 
Tanuru  or  Tanuu,  a  clamp  for  burn- 
ing lime,  an  oven. 
Tanzi,  plur.  matanzi,  a  noose. 
Tanzia,  news  of  a  death. 
Too,    plur.    matao,    an     arch,    an 

arched  opening,  a  bay. 
Tapa  leu-,  to  shiver. 

Kiijitapa,  to  magnify  oneself,  to 
make  a  great  man  of  oneself. 
Tapatapa  leu-,  to  jump  about  like  a 

fish  when  taken  out  of  the  water, 

to  shiver,  to  tremble. 
T'ljKinya  ku-,  to  scatter,  to  throw 

about. 


T  AS 

Tapanyatapanya  hu-,  to  dissipate.. 

to  waste. 
Tapilea  leu-,  to  vomit. 
Tapisha  leu-,  to  make  to  vomit. 
Tapisho,  plur.  matapislio,  an  emetic. 
Tapo,  plur.  matapo,  a  detachment, 
a    division,   a  part  of  an  army 
larger  than  leileozi. 
Tarabe,   side  piece  of    a  window, 

door  of  planks. 
Tarafu,  on  the  part  of. 

Tarafu  yalee,  on  his  part. 
Taraja  ku-,  to  hope. 
Tarathia    leu-,    to    persuade   in    a 

friendly  way. 
Taratibu,  carefully,  gently,  orderly. 
Taratibu,  orderliness,  an  order  or 

form. 
Taraza,  an  edging,  a  narrow  silken 
border  usually  woven  on  to  tur- 
ban and  loin-cloths  in  Zanzibar. 
Tarazalee,  business  on  a  small  scale. 
Tarazaki  ku-,  to  trade  in  a  small 

way. 
Tarile,  a  date,  year,  &c,  the  clew- 
line or  bunt-line  of  a  dhow-sail. 
Kitabu  cka  tarile,  a  chronicle. 
Tarirnbo  =  Mtaimbo,  an  iron  bar. 
Tarizi  leu-,  to  weave  on  an  edging. 
Tartibu  —  Taratibu. 
Tasa,  a  brass  basin. 
Tasa,  a  game  of  touch. 
Tasa,  a  barren  animal. 
Tasaivari  leu-,  to  do  with  certainty, 
to  be  fully  able. 
Hatasawari,  it  is  certain  that  he 
does  not  do  it. 
Tasbihi,  Mohammedan  beads. 
Tasfida,  good  manners. 
Taxhwishi,  doubt. 
Tasihili,  quickness,  quickly. 
j  Taslimu,  ready  cash. 
I  Tassa  —  Tasa. 


TAT 


TEK 


303 


Tata.     See  Matata. 

Kicenda  tatatata,  to  toddle. 
Tataga  ku-,  to  go  above  or  over,  to 

cross  a  stream  on  a  tree. 
Tatana  ku-,  to  be  in  a  tangle,  to  be 

puzzled. 
Tatanisha  ku-,  to  tangle,  to  puzzle. 
Tatanya    ku-,   to    unravel,    disen- 
tangle, solve  a  riddle. 
Tatazana  ku-,  to  be  tangled. 
Tathbiri,  a  mercbant. 
Tatia  ku-,  to  wind,   to  tangle,   to 

complicate. 
Tatiza  ku-,  to  wind. 
tatu,  three. 

Ya  tatu,  tbird. 
Tatua  ku-,  to  tear. 
Tatuka  ku-,  to  be  torn. 
Taumka  ku-  =  Ta'mka  ku-. 
Taunt,  plague,  cholera. 
Tausi,  peacock. 
Tavu  (A.),  the  cheek. 
Tawa,  plur.  matawa,  a  frying-pan. 
Tawa,  plur.  tawa,  a  louse. 
Tawa  ku-,  to  live  secluded  (Yao.),  to 

tie. 
Tawafa,  a  candle,  candles. 
Tawakali  ku-,  to  trust  in  God  and 

take  courage. 
Tawakdwakatha,  many. 
Tawala  ku-,  to  govern,  to  rule. 
Tawanya  ku-,  to  scatter. 
Tawanyika  ku-,  to  become  scattered. 
Tawashi,  a  eunuch. 
Tawassuf,  temperance. 
Tawaza  ku-,  to  make  to  rule. 
Tawaza  ku-,  to  wash  the  feet,  to 

perform  the  ablutions. 
Tawi,   plur.   matawi.   a  branch,   a 

bough,  a  bunch,  an  ear  of  millet. 
Taya,  jaw,  jawbone. 
Taya  ku-,  to  reproach. 
Tayari,  ready. 


Tayi,  obedient. 

Tayo,  plur.  matayo,  a  reproach,  re- 
viling. 
Tazama  ku-,  to  look. 
Tazamia  ku-,  to  look  out  for. 
Tazwi,  forgery. 
Teende   la   viguu,    Barbadoes    leg, 

elephantiasis  (?). 
Tefna  ku-,  to  reason,  to  searcb,  fco 

throw  about. 
Tega  ku-,  to  set  a  trap  or  snare,  to 

snare.     See  Kitendawili. 
Tegea  ku-,  to  be  lame. 
Tegemea   ku-,  to  lean   upon,  to  be 

propped  up. 
Tegemeza  ku-,  to  support. 
Tego,  a  virulent   kind   of   syphilis 

supposed  to  be  the  effect  of  a 

cbarm. 
Tegu,  plur.  mategu,  a  tape-worm. 
Tegua  ku-,  to  take  a  pot  off  the  fire, 

to  remove  a  spell. 
Teka  ku-  (M.)  =  Cheka  ku-. 
Teka  ku-,  to  plunder,  to   take  as 
spoil,  to  draw  water. 

Kuteka  'mji,  to  plunder  a  town. 

Kuteka  ng'ombe,  to  carry  off  an  ox. 

Kuteka  maji,  to  draw  water  from 
a  well. 
Teke,  plur.  mateke,  a  kick. 

Kupiga  teke,  to  kick. 
Tekelea  ku-,  to  prove  true,  to  come  to. 
Tekeleza  ku-,  to  perform  a  promise, 

restore  a  pledge. 
Tekenya  ku-,  to  tickle  in  the  ribs. 
Teketea  ku-,  to  be  consumed,  to  be 

burnt  away. 
Teketeke,  the  soft,  something  soft. 
Teketeza  ku-,  to  consume,  to  cause 

to  be  burnt  down. 
Tekewa  ku-,  to  become  bewildered. 
Tekeza  ku-,  to  run  ashore,  to  come 

to  an  end,  to  die. 


394 


TE  K 


T  E  T 


Tt  kua  J:u;  to  prize  up,  to  toss,  to 

throw  up  out  of  a  noie. 
T<  le,  plenty,  abundantly,  abundant. 

Tt  le,  gold  luce  or  braid. 

Telea  ku-,  to  come  down,  descend, 

laud  from. 
Tfleka  ku-,  to  put  a  pot  on  the  fire. 
Telemua  ku-,  to  pull  down,  to  cause 

to  slip  down. 
Telemuka  ku-  or   Tdcmka   ku-,  to 

go   down   a   steep    place,   to   go 

quickly   down  in   spite   of  one's 

self,  to  slither  down. 
T'lemuko,  the  bed  of  a  river. 
'!'■  Jeza  ku-,  to  slip. 
Tema  ku-,  to  slash  as  with  a  sword. 
Tema  ku-. 

Kutema  mate,  to  spit. 
Tenxbe,  a  hen  full  grown  but  which 

has  not  yet  laid. 
Tembea  ku-,  to  walk  about,  to  take 
a  walk. 

Moyo     wangu     umetcmbea,      my 
thoughts  are  wandering. 
Tembelea  ku-,  to  walk  about. 
Ternbeza  ku-,  to   offer   for  sale  by 

auction,  to  hawk  about. 
Tembo,  palm  wine,  wine. 
Tembo,  an  elephant. 
TJmka  =  Ta'mka. 
Temsi,  filigree  work. 
Tena,  afterwards,  again,  further. 
Tenda  ku-,  to  do,  to  apply  oneself  to, 
to  act. 

Kutenda  zema  or  vema,  to  behave 
well. 

Tenda  kani,  a  pole  across  a  dhow  to 

fasten  the  sheet  to. 
Tendawala,  a  kind  of  bird. 
Tende,  a  date,  dates. 

Tenda  halwa  or  halua,  Arabs 
from  the  Persian  Gulf,  who 
steal  slaves  by  tempting  them 


into  their  houses   with  dates 
and  sweetstuff. 
Tendea  ku-,  to  do  to,  to  behave  to, 

to  treat. 
Tendcgu,  plur.  matendegu,  the  li  s 

of  a  bedstead. 
Tendeka    ku-,  to    be  done,   to   be 

doable. 
Tenga,  a  sun-fish. 
Tenga  ku-,  to  separate,  to  remove. 

Kujitenga,  to  get  out  of  the  way. 
Tengea  ku-,   to    be   ready   and   in 
order. 

Duka  limetengea,  the  shop  is  all 
ready  and  open. 
Tengeka  ku-,  to  be  put  on  one  side. 
Tengelea  and  Tengeleza  =  Tengeneza 

and  Tengenea. 
Tengenea  ku-,  to  be  comfortable,  to 

be  as  it  should  be. 
Tengeneza  ku-,  to  finish  off,  to  put 

to  rights,  to  touch  up. 
Tengezeka   ku-,   to  be  established, 

made  right. 
Tengua  ku-,  to  put  aside. 
Tepukua  ku-,  to  cut  away  young 

shoots. 
Tepukuzi,  plur.  Matepukuzi,  shoots 

from  the  root  of  a  tree. 
Terema  ku-,  to  be  at  ease. 
Tesa  ku-,  to  afflict. 

Kuteswa,  to  suffer,  to  be  afflicted. 
Teso,  plur.  mateso,  afflictions,  adver- 
sities. 
Tela  ku-,  to  oppose,  to  strive  against, 

to  be  adverse  to,  to  go  to  law 

with,  to  mention  disparagingly. 
Tetea  ku-,  to  cackle  like  a  hen.  - 
Tetea  ku-  (M.)  =  Chechea   ku-,   to 

walk  lame. 
Tete  ya  kwanga,  rubeola. 
Tetema  ku-,  to  tremble,  to  quiver. 
Tetemea  =  Chechemea. 


TE  T 


TH  U 


395 


Tetemeka  ku-,  to  tremble,  to  shake. 

to  shiver,  to  quake  (as  the  earth), 

to  chatter  (of  the  teeth). 
Teteri,  a  small  kind  of  dove. 
Tett  za  ku-,  to  rattle.     Also,  to  lead 

a  sick  person  by  the  hand. 
Teua  ku-,   to   choose,   select,   pick 

out  =  Cliagua  ku-. 
Teuka  ku-,  to  dislocate,  to  sprain. 
•teule,  choice,  chosen. 
Tezama  and  Tezamia  =  Tazama  and 

Tazamia. 
Tezi,  a  fibrous  tumour,  goitre. 
Tliabihu,  an  offering,  a  sacrifice. 
Thabit,  plur.  mathabit,  firm,  brave, 
Thahabu,  gold.  [steadfast. 

Thahiri,  evident,  plain. 
Thahiri    ku-,    to    make    plain,    to 

express. 
Thaifu,  weak,  infirm,  bad. 
Thalatha,  three.   Also  Tlielatha,  &c. 
Thalathatashara,  thirteen. 
Tlialathini,  thirty. 
Thalimu,   a    fraudulent    person,   a 

swindler. 
Tlialimu  ku-,  to  wrong,  to  defraud. 
TJtaliH,  very  low,  very  poor. 
Thamana  (th  in  this),  a  surety. 
Tliamani  (th  in  thing),  a  price. 

Ya  thamani,  of  price,  valuable. 
Thambi,  sin. 
Tlidmin,  surety. 
Thamini  ku,  to  become  surety. 
Thamiri,  conscience,  thought. 
Thani  ku-,  to  think,  to  suppose. 
Thania  ku-,  to  think  of  a  person,  to 

suppose  him,  to  suspect. 
Tharau,  scorn. 
'Tharau  ku-,  to  scorn. 
Thdruba,  (Ax.  a  stroke),  a  storm, 
(in  arithmetic)  multiplication. 

Tlidruba    moja,    at    one    stroke, 
suddenly. 


Thathu,  a  kind  of  jay  brought  down 

from  Unyanyembe. 
Thawabu,  a  reward ;  especially  re- 
wards from  God. 
Tlielatha,  &c.     See  TJialatha,  &c. 
Tlielimu  ku-,  to  oppress. 
Thelth,  a  donkey's  canter. 
Tlieluth,  a  third. 
Themanini,  eighty. 
Themanini,  a  linen  fabric. 
Tliemantashara,  eighteen. 
Themanya,  eight. 
Themuni,  an  eighth. 
Thenashara,  twelve. 
Theneen,  two. 

Thihaka,  ridicule,  derision. 
Thihaki  ku-,  to  ridicule,  to  make 

game  of. 
Titihirisha  ku-,  to  make   clear,  to 

declare. 
Thii  ku-,  to  be  in  distress. 
Thiiki  ku-,  to  be  put  to  straits. 
Thili  ku-,  to  abase. 
Tliiraa,  a  measure  of  about  half  a 
yard,   from   the   point  of    the 
elbow  to  the  tips  of  the  fingers. 

Thiraa  konde,  from  the  point  of 
the  elbow  to  the  knuckles   of 
the  clenched  fist. 
Thoofika  ku-,  to  be  made  weak,  to 

become  weak. 
Thoqfisha  ku-,  to  weaken,  to  make 

weak. 
Thoumu,  garlic. 
Tlmbutisha  ku-,  to  give  courage  to, 

to  make  certain,  to  convince,  to 

prove. 
Thubutu    ku-,    to    dare,    to     have 
courage  for,  to  be  proved. 

Sithubutu,  I  dare  not. 
Tliuku  ku-,  to  taste. 
Thukuru  ku-,  to  invoke. 
Thulli,  distress,  misery. 


896 


THU 


TIT 


Tlnilumu,  wrong. 

Thulumu  l;u-,  to  do  wrong,  to  per- 
secute. 
Thtduru,  a  kind  of  sandpiper. 
Tliuluth,  a  third.     Also  Thduth. 
Thumu  ku-,  to  slander. 
Thurea,  a  chandelier. 
Thuru  ku-,  to  barm. 
Haithuru,  no  harm,  it  does  not 
matter. 
Tia  ku-,  to  put,  to  put  into. 
Kutia  nanga,  to  anchor. 
Kutia  chuoni,  to  put  to  school. 
Tiara,  a  boy's  kite. 
Tiba,  a  term  of  endearment. 
Tibika  ku-,  to  be  cured. 
Tibu  ku-,  to  cure. 
Tibu,  a  kind  of  scent. 
Tibua  ku-,  to  stir   up   and   knock 

about. 
Tifua  hu-,  to  cause  to  rise  like  dust 

or  a  mist. 
Tifulta  ku-,  to  rise  in  a  cloud. 
Tit  ku-,  to  obey. 
Tiisha  ku-,  to  make   to  obey,   to 

subdue. 
Tika  ku-,  or  tonka,  to  put  a  burden 

on  a  man's  head  for  him. 
Tiki,  just  like,  exactly  as. 
Tikia  ku-,  to  reply.     See  Itikia. 
Tikisa  ku-,  to  shake. 
Tikiti,  plur.  matihiti,  a  sort  of  water 

melon. 
Tihitika  ku-,  to  be  shaken. 
Tikitiki,  utterly  and  entirely,  to  the 
last  mite.     Also,  (M.)  into  little 
bits. 
Tikiza  ku-,  to  have  patience  with. 
Tilia  ku-,  to  put  to,  for,  &c. 
Tilifika  ku-,  to  waste,  to  grow  less. 
Tilifisha  ku-,  to  diminish,  to  make 

to  dwindle  away. 
Tilifu  ku-,  to  ruin,  to  waste. 


Tililia  ku-,  to  daru. 

Timazi,  a  stone  hung  by  a  line,  used 

as  a  plummet  by  masons. 
Timbi,  bracelets. 
Timbuza  ku-,  to  begin  to  show  itself, 

like  the  sun  in  rising. 
Timia  ku-,  to  be  complete. 
Timilia  ku-,  to  become  complete. 
-timilifu,  complete,  perfect. 
Timiliza  ku-,  to  make  completeyjk'-'M 
Timiza  ku-,  to  complete,  to  make 

perfect. 
Time,  a  woman's  name. 
Timvi,  an  ill-omened  child. 
Tinda  ku-  (M.)  =   Chinja  ku-,  t<> 
cut,  to  cut  the  throat,  to  slaughter. 
Tindika  ku-  (A.),  to  fall  6hort. 
Tindikia  ku-,  to  cease  to. 
Imenitindikia,  I  am  out  of  it,  I 
have  no  more. 
Tindikiana  ku-,  to  be  separated,  to 
be  severed,  as  friends  or  relations 
at  a  distance  from  one  another. 
Tinge,  a  game  consisting  in  imitating 

all  the  motions  of  a  leader. 
Tint,  a  fig,  figs. 
Tint  (M.)  =  Chini,  down. 
Tij.itipi,  a  brown  bird,  a  mocking 

bird. 
Tipua,  ku-,  to  scoop  out,  to  dig  out, 

to  dip  out. 
Tiririka  ku-,  to  glide,  to  trickle. 
Tig' a  =  Tissia,  nine. 
Tisaini,  ninety. 
Tisatashara,  nineteen. 
Tisha  ku-,  to  frighten,  alarm,  make 

afraid. 
Tissia,  nine. 

Tita  ku-,  to  tie  up  together. 
Tita,  plur.  matita,  a  faggot,  a  bundle 

of  firewood. 
Titi,  the  nipple.        j 
Tilia   hu-,  to  shake,   to    sink    in 


TIT 


TOM 


397 


Also  (?)  of  the  sea,  when   deep 
and  rough,  to  boil. 
Titika  ku-,  to  carry   a  bundle    of 

sticks,  &c. 
Titima  ku-,  to  roar  and  roll  like 

thunder. 
Titiwanga,  chicken-pox.    See  Kiti- 

wanga. 
Tiwo  (?),  paralysis. 
•to,  a  suffix,  denoting  goodness  or 
propriety,  rarely  used  in  Zan- 
zibar. 
Kuweka,  to  put ; 

Kuwekato,  to  put  properly. 
Manuka,  smells ; 
,  Manukato,  scents. 
Toa  ku-,  to  put  out,  to  take  away, 
give,  expel,  to  deliver,  to  except, 
to  choose  out. 
Kutoa  meno,  to  grin,  to  show  the 
teeth,  to  snarl. 
Toazi,  plur.  matoazi,  cymbals. 
Tola,  repentance. 
Toboa  ku-,  to  break    through,   to 

break  a  hole  in  a  wall. 
Tobwe,  a  simpleton,  ignoramus. 
Tofaa,  plur.  mafofaa,  a  fruit  shaped 
like  a  codling  with  rosy-coloured 
streaks,  =  Tomondo.      See   Mto- 
mondo. 
Tofali,  plur.  matofali,  a  brick. 
Tofauti,  difference,  dispute. 
Nimeingia  tofauti  kwa  kuwa  wee 
umeniibia  fttha  yangu,  I  have 
a  quarrel  with  you  for  stealing 

my  money. 
Tofaa' ku-,  to  hurt  or  put  out  an 

eye. 
Tofuka  ku-,  to  have  an  eye  hurt  or 

put  out. 
Toga  ku-,  to  pierce  the  ears. 
Togwa,  unfermented  beer. 
Tohara,  circumcision. 


Tohara  ku-,  to  purify  by  ablutions, 

to    perform    the    Mohammedan 

ablutions. 
Toi,  a  kind  of  wild  goat. 
Toja  ku-,  to  slash,  cut  gashes,  as  a 

means  of  bleeding,  &c. 
Tojo,  a  cut  made  for  ornament,  &c. 
Toka  or  Tokea,  from,  since. 
Toka  ku-,  to  go  or  come  out  or  away 
from,   to   be  acquitted,   to   go 
free. 

Kutoka  damu,  to  bleed. 

Kutoka  hari,  to  sweat. 
Tokana  ku-,  to  go  forth  from   one 

another,  to  divorce,  to  be  set  free. 
Tokea,  from,  since.     See  Toka. 
Tokea  hapo,  in  old  time,  from  old 

time. 
Tokea  ku-,  to  come  out  to,  or  from, 

to  appear. 
Tokcza  ku-,  to  ooze  out,  to  project. 
Tokomea  ku-,  to   get  out  of  one's 
Tokoni,  the  pelvis.  [sight. 

Tokono  (A.),  the  hips. 
Tokora  ku-,  to  pick  one's  teeth. 
Tokosa    ku-,   to    boil,   to  cook    by 

boiling. 
ToJcoseka  ku-,  to  be  well  boiled,  to 

be  done. 
Tokota  ku-,  to  become  boiled,  to  be 

cooked  by  boiling. 
Tolea  ku-,  to  put  out  for,  to  offer  to. 

Kutolewa,   to  have   put   out   for 
one,  or  to  be  put  out,  to   be 
dismissed. 
Toma,  orchitis,  hydrocele. 
Tomasa  ku-,  to  poke  with  the  fingers, 

to    feel,    used   of    examining    a 

living  creature,  as  Bonyesha,  of 

inanimate  objects. 
Tomba  ku-,  to  have  sexual  connec- 
tion with. 
Tombo,  a  quail. 

2  D 


3 


TO  M 


TU  A 


Tomea  ku-  (M.)  =  <  '  ku-. 

ea  fcu-,  to  point  by  plastering 
over  and  putting  small  stones  in 
in  ike  the  work  firm. 
Tomesha  fcu-,  to  set  on  (a  dog,  &c). 
Junto,  dross  of  iron,  &o. 
Tomiee  =  Zbmo. 

wdo,  a  hippopotamus. 
Tomondo,  plur.  umlciiionilo  —  Tofaa. 
Tona  feu-,  to  drop. 
i  /.-«-. 
Kutona  /una,  to  lay  and  hind  on 
a  plaster  of  henna  until   the 
part  us  dyed  red. 
Kutona  godoro,  to  sow  through  a 
mattress  here  and  there  to  con- 
fine the  stuffing. 
Tondoo,   a   small    brown   nut   con- 
taining oil. 

■  /.'«-,  to  strike  against,  to 
touch  a  sore  place,  to  make  a  sore 
run. 

.  plur.  matone,  a  drop. 
Toneza  ku-,  to  cause  to  dr  »p. 
Tonga  ku-  (M.)  =  Chonga  ku-,  to 

cut. 
Tongea  ku-  =  Chongea. 
Tongosimba,   a    small    bird    black 
with    white    neck ;    it   makes    a 
it  noise  in  flj  i 
Tongoza  ku-,  to  seduce. 
rope,  mud,  plur.  matope,  much  mud. 
ropea  /.-"-.  to  sink   in  mire,   to  be 

'        _id. 

a  custard  apple. 
Topeza  ku-,  to  be  to  i  heavy  for  one. 
Topoa  ku-,  to  take  out,  to  break  a 
BpelL  to  clear  for  cultivation. 
■.  plur.  matora,  a  small  spear. 
Torati,  the  law  of  Moses,  the  Pen- 
tateuch. 
Twdka    ku-,  to   run   away   from   a 
. .  fn  >ra  home,  &c. 


Toroiha  ku-,  to  abduct,  to  induce  U 

run  away. 
Tom  hu-,  tu  cause  to  sink,  to  drown 

Kutona  macho,  to  spoil  the  <  v.  .- 
To8d,  plur.   matosa,  fruit  just   be- 
ginning to  ripen,  all  but  ripe. 
Tosha  ku-,  to  suffice,  to  be  enough 

for,  to  cause  to  come  out. 
Toiltea  ku-,  to  be  astonished,  to  be 

staggered. 
Toshdeza  ku-,  to  suffice. 
Toihewa  ku-,  to  be  astonished. 
Tota  ku-,  to  sink. 
Totea  ku-  (M.)  =  Choehea  ku-. 
Toteza  maclw  ku-,  to  spoil  the  eyes. 
Totoma  ku-,  to  be  lost,  to  wander. 
Totora  ha-,  to  pick  one's  teeth.  Also,  ■ 

Tokora. 
Tooya  =  Cho'iya. 
'loir,  a  ku-,  to  eat   as  a  relish   or 

kitoweo. 
Toweka  ku-,  to  vanish.    At  Lamoo 

tliis  word  is  us  d  for  to  die. 
Towelea  ku-,  to  eat  by  mouthfuls. 
Towesha  ku-,  to  ruin,  to  put  out  of 

the  way. 
Toweza  ku-,  to  pour  gravy,  &c,  over 

the  rice. 
Tozi,  plur.  matozi  (Ml),  a  tear. 
Trufu,  trump  (in  cards). 
Tu,  only,   nothing    but  this,   only 

just.     The  -«  of  tu  is  very  short ; 

it   always   follows    the   word    or 

phrase  which  it  qualities. 
Tu,  we  are  or  were. 
Tu  or   Tit)-,  the   sign  of  the   first 

person  plural,  we. 
-tu-  or  -tw-,  the  objective  prefix  de- 
noting the  first  person  plural,  u 
Tua  ku-,  to  put  down,  to  put  down 
loads,  to  nst.  to  halt,  to  encamp, 
to  set  (of  the  sun). 

Jua  likitua,  at  sunset 


TUA 


TUM 


399 


Tua  hu-,  to   grind  by  pushing  a 

stone  backwards  and  forwards. 
Tuama  hu-,  to  settle,  to  clear  itself. 
Tuana  hu-,  to  settle. 
Tuhia  hu-,  to  repent  of. 
Tubu  hu-,  to  repent. 
Tufanu,  a  storm,  a  tempest. 
Tufe,  a  ball. 
Tuhumu  hu-,  to  accuse  of,  to  lay  to 

his  charge,  to  suspect. 
Tui  (M.)  =  Chui,  a  leopard. 
Tui,  the  oily  juice  squeezed  out  of 

the  scraped  cocoa-nut. 
Tuiliza  hu-,  to  prolong. 
Tuja  hu-  (M.)  =  Chuja  hu-,  to  strain. 
Tulca,  posts  of  a  verandah  or  long 

eaves. 
Tuhana  hu-,  to  use  bad  language 

to,  to  abuse,  to  address  with  in- 
sulting or  iudecent  expressions. 
Tuhano,  plur.  matuhano,  bad  words, 

insulting  or  filthy  language. 
2Wftafcu-,&c.(M.)  =  Chuhiahu-,&c. 
Tuhia  hu-,  to  happen. 
Tuhio,  plur.  matuhio,  a  thing  which 

happens,  an  accident. 
Tuhiza  hu-,  to  project. 
Tuhua    hu-,    &c.    (M.)  =   Chuhua 
•tuhufu,  glorious,  great.      [few-,  &c. 
Tukuka  hu-,  to  become  exalted,  to 

grow  great. 
Tuhusa  hu-,  to  move,  to  shake. 
Tuhuta  hu-,  to  move  about  restlessly, 

to  shake  nervously. 
Tukutiza  hu-  (obscene). 
Tuhuza  hu-,  to  exalt,  to  make  great. 
Tulia  hu-,  to  become  quiet,  to  settle 

down,  to   amend  from  a  riotous 

life. 
Tulia,  don't  make  a  noise. 
Tulia  leu-,  to  grind  with.     See  Tua. 

Jiwe  la  hutulia,  a  stoue  to  grind 
with. 


Tuliha  hu-,  to  be  serene  and  tranquil. 
Tulilia  hu-,  to  settle  down  tor  or  in 
regard  to. 

Yamehutulilia  ?  have  you  under- 
stood me  ? 

Yamenitulilia,  I  have. 
Tuliliana  hu-,  to  come  to  an  agree- 
ment. 
Tuliza  hu-,  to  calm,  to  still. 
Tulizia  hu-,  to  calm  for. 

Kutulizia  roho,  to  calm,  to  console. 
Tuma  hu-,  to  <  mploy,  to  send  about 

some  business. 
Tuma  hu-  (M.)  =  Chuma  hu-,  to 
Tumaa  hu-,  to  hope.  [profit. 

Tumai  hu-  =  Tumaa. 

Roho  yatumai,  I  hope. 
Tumaini  hu-,  to  be  confident,  to 

hope. 
Tumainisha  hu-,  to  make  confident, 

to  make  to  hope. 
Tumania  hu-,  to  hope  in,  confide  in. 
Tumba,  a  long  rice-bag. 
Tumbaho,  tobacco. 

K acuta  tumbaho,  to  smoke. 

Tumbaho  ya  hunuha  or   hunusa, 
Tumbasi,  an  abscess.  [snuff. 

Tumbili,  a  small    kind    of    light- 
coloured  monkey. 
Tumbo,  plur.  matumbo,  gut,  belly, 
viscera,  womb. 

Tumbo  la  huenenda,  diarrhoea. 

Tumbo  la  huharadamu,  dysentery. 
Tumbua   hu-,   to    disembowel,   cut 

open,  pick  a  hole  in,  open   (an 

abscess). 
Tumbuiza  hu-,  to  soothe,  to  sing  to, 

to  sing  by  turns. 
Tumbuha  hu-,  to  burst,  to  be  burst, 

&c.     See  Tumbua. 
Tumbuhia  hu-,  to  fall  into. 

Ametumbuhia,  hisimani,   he   has 
got  into  a  scrape. 

2  d  2 


too 


TUM 


TUT 


Tumbukita   feti-,  to  throw   into,  to 

oauee  to  fall  into,  to  get  a  person 

into  :i  Bcrape. 
Twnbulia  l;u-. 

Kutumbulia  macho,  to  stare  at. 
Tumbuu,  a  Btaple. 
Tumbuza   ku-,    to    disembowel,  to 

penetrate,  to  j^et  through. 
Turne,  a  messenger. 
Tumia  feu-,  to  employ,  to  spend,  to 

use. 
ilea  feu-,  to  be    employed,   to 

serve. 
Tumikia  feu-,  t^>  be  employed  by,  to 

serve,  to  obey. 
I'mait,  taste,  tasting. 

'/,  the  month  Rama  than. 
Tuna  ku-,  &c.  (M.)  =  CItunaku,&c. 
Tuna  ];u-,  to  swell,  to  get  cross. 
Tunda,  plnr.  matunda,  a  fruit. 
Tvndama  few-,  to  gather,  to  settle  at 

the  bottom. 
Tundika   feu-,   to  hang   up,   to  be 

suspended. 
Tundu,  plur.  tundu  or  matundu,  a 
hole,  a  cage,  a  nest. 

Tundu  yapua,  a  nostril. 

'''ma  feu-,  to  stand  stockstill  in 

wonder  at,  &c. 
Tunga,  a  round  open  basket. 
Tunga  feu-,  to  suppurate. 
Tunga  feu-,  to  put  together  in  order, 

to  string  beads,  to  make  verses. 
Tungama  feu-,  to  clot,  to  congeal. 
Twngamana  feu-,  to  be  steady. 
Tungia  feu-,  to  thread  a  needle. 
Tungua  ku-,   to  let  down,  to  pull 

down,  to  hook  down. 
Tunguka  ku-,  to  be   pulled  or    let 

down. 
Tungika   ku-,  to   depend   upon,  to 

bang  from. 
Tungn  (M.j  =  Chungu,  ants. 


Tunguja,  a  common  weed,  a  species 

of  solatium. 
Tungulia  ku-  (M.)  =  Chungulia  ku-, 

to  peep 
Tit  a  ika  ku-  (M.),  to  lose  the  skin,  to 

be  flayed. 
Tumi,   a   rarity,   a  choice    gift,   a 

present. 
Tiinnl;a  ku-,  to  love  excessively,  to 

long  fur. 
Tn  n  a  I.  ia  ku,  to  make  a  present  to. 
Tunza,  plur.  matunza,  care. 
Tunza  ku-,  to  take  care  of,  to  look 

after,  to  make  gifts  to. 
Tuna,  a  tile. 

Tu mi,  plur.  matupa  (M.),  a  bottle. 
Tupa  feu-,  to  throw,  to  throw  away. 

Kutupa  nathari,  or  macho,  to  cast 
a  glance,  to  cast  the  eyes. 

Kutupa  mkono,  to  break  olf  friend- 
ship. 
Tn j, ia  ku-,  to  throw  at,  to  pelt  with. 
Tiijiiza  ku-,  to  pass  its  proper  mea- 
sure or  time. 
-tupu,  bare,  empty.    It  makes  tupu 

with   nouns    like   nyumba.     See 

t'hijiii. 

Tupua  feu-,  to  root  out,  to  pull  up. 

Turuhani,  tare,  allowance  for  pack- 
age, &c,  in  weighing. 

Tururna.     See  Maturuma. 

Turupuka  ku-,  to  slip  out  of  one's 
hand. 

Tusbiih,  ascriptions  of  praise,  a 
rosary,  the  beads  used  by  Mo- 
hammedans in  praying.  See 
Tasbih. 

Tusha  ku-,  to  lower,  to  make  mean 
or  low. 

Tuehi,  plur.  matwlri,  abuse,  bad 
language.     See  Matusu. 

Tuswira,  a  picture. 

Tula,  plur.  matuta,  a  heap  of  earth. 


T  UT 


U 


401 


a  raised  bed  for  planting  sweet 
potatoes. 
Tutu!  Leave  it  alone !  Don't  touch ! 

Used  to  little  children. 
Tutuka  ku-,  or  Tutu'mha  or  Tutu- 
siJca,  to  rise  in  little  swellings,  to 
come  out  in  a  rash. 
Tutuma  leu-,  to  make   a   noise   of 

bubbling,  to  boil  up. 
Tutumua  ku-. 
Kujitutumua,   to   gather  oneself 
up  for  an  effort. 
Tuza  ku-,  or  Tuuza  ku-,  to  weep  (of 
a  wound). 
Kutnza  damu  (M.),  to  run  down 
with    blood,  to    bleed    exces- 
sively. 
Tuza  ku-  =  Tunza  ku-. 
Kujituza,  to  make  oneself  mean 
or  low. 
Tuzanya  ku-,  to  come  to  an  agree- 
ment (A.). 

-tw-  =  -tu-. 

Twa  ku  (M.)  =  Chwa  ku-. 
Twaa  ku-,  to  take. 

Kutwaa  nyara,  to  take  as  spoil. 
Twalia  ku-,  to  take  from. 
Twaliwa  ku-,  to  be  deprived  of,  to 

have  had  taken  from  one.     Used 

also  in  the  sense  of,  to  be  taken. 
Tirana  ku-  or  Tuana  ku-,  to  settle. 
Twana  ku-  =  Twazana. 
Twanga  ku-,  to  clean  corn  from  the 

husk  by  pounding  it  in  a  wooden 

mortar. 
Twangia   ku-,  to    clean    corn    for, 

with,  etc. 
Twazana  ku-,  to  resemble  in  face, 

to  be  like. 
Tweka  ku-,  to  hoist,   to  raise,  to 

take  up. 
Twesha  ku-,  to  go  by  night  to  see 

any  one. 


Tweta  ku-,  to  pant,  to  strive  for 

breath. 
Tweza  ku-,  to  despise,   to  hold  in 

contempt. 
Twiga,  a  giraffe,  a  camelopard. 
Twika  ku-,  to  put  a  load  on  a  man's 

head.     Also  Tika. 


U. 

U  is  pronounced  like  oo  in  food. 

U  before  a  vowel  takes  a  conso- 
nantal sound,  and  may  be  written 
w.  This  change  is  not  so  marked 
before  a  u  as  before  the  other  vowels. 
Sometimes  both  it's  keep  their  vowel 
sound.  U  before  o  is  frequently 
dropped  : 

Moyo  =  Muoyo. 

The  syllable  mu-  is  seldom  so 
pronounced  in  Zanzibar;  it  becomes 
mw-  or  'm,  or  a  simple  m. 

L  and  u  are  sometimes  appa- 
rently interchanged,  as, 

Ufalme  or  TJfaume,  a  kingdom. 

Mlango  or  Mwango,  a  door. 

Nouns  in  u-  or  w-  generally  lose 
their  u-  in  the  plural,  most  of  them 
substituting  n-  or  ny-  for  it,  but 
dissyllable  nouns  keep  the  w-  and 
prefix  ny-.     See  N. 

The  insertion  of  a  -u-  before  tin: 
final  -a  of  a  verb  reverses  its  mean- 
ing. 

Kiifunga,  to  fasten. 

Kufungua,  to  unfasten. 

There  is  a  suppressed  I  between 
the  u  and  the  a  (as  always  in 
Swahili  between  two  consecutive 
vowels),  which  appears  in  the  ap- 
plied forms. 

Kufungulia,  to  unfasten  for. 

The  passive  of  the  applied  forms 


UCII 


.   \i  rbs  in  -ua  is  used  also  as  tho 
passive  of  the  Bimple  form. 
Kufungidiina,to  be  unfastened,  or 

to  have  unfastened  for  one. 
K  ma,  to  kill,  is   irregular,  and 
makes  its  passive  by  adding  -wa, 
.tea,  to  be  killed. 

I      Ar.),  and. 

U,  thou  art,  it  is,  of  nouns  in  u-, 
1  of  those  which  make  tl  eir 
plural  in  mi-. 
U-  or  ?/:-,  the  sign  of  the  second 

I    rson  singular. 
V  •  r  ;/•-,  the  personal  prefix  of  the 
third  person  singular  denoting  a 
substantive  in  u-,  or  one  which 
makes  its  plural  in  mi-. 
-u-,  or  -ic-,  the  objective  prefix  de- 
noting  a  substantive  in  «-,  or  one 
that  makes  its  plural  in  mi-. 
U-  as  a  substantive  prefix  is  used 
to  form  abstract  nouns,  and  also 
to  form  the  names  of  countries, 
as, 
Unyika,    the     Nyika    country  ; 
Uqala,    the    Galla    country  ; 
Uzungu,   the  country  of  Eu- 
r  |  eans. 
I  a  ku-,  to  kill. 

Passive,  kuuawa,  to  be  killed. 
f'n,  plur.  maua,  a  flower. 
Ua,  plur.  nyua,  a  yard,  an  enclosure, 
a  fence. 
Ua  voa  mabua,&n  enclosure  fenced 

with  mtama  .-talks. 
Ua  tea  makuti,an  enclosure  fenced 
with  plaited  cocoa-nut  leaves. 
Uai  hi,  a  court,  a  yard. 
I  anda  =  Wanda. 
JJanja  =  Uanda. 
I  apo,  plur.  nyapo,  an  oath. 
Uaica  ku-,  to  be  killed. 


Uaya,  plur.  nyayo,  the  solo  of  tho 

In. >t,  a  footprint. 
Ubabvoa,  pap,  a  6oft  food  for  chil- 
dren. 
/  hiifu  or  UImvu,  plur.  mliavu,  a  rib. 

Mbavtini,  in  or  at  its  side. 
Ubani,  incense,  galbauum. 
Ubatili,  nullity. 
Ubau,  plur.  mbau,  a  plnnk. 
['liium,  plur.  mbawa,a  wing  feather. 
Ubazazi. 
Kufanya  ubazazi,  to  make  a  bar- 
gain. 
Ubeleko,  a  cloth  worn  by  women,  a 
customary  present  to  the  bride's 
mother    on    the    occasion    of   a 
wedding. 
Ubishi,  a  joke. 
Ubuyu,  the  inside  of  the  calabash 

fruit. 
Uchafu  or  Uchavu,  filthiness. 
Uchiujaa  =  Utagaa. 
Uchala,  a  raised  stage  to  put  corn 

&c.  upon. 
Uchawi,  witchcraft,  black  magic. 
Kufanya     uchawi,    to     practise 
witchcraft. 
Uchi,  nakedness. 
/  chipuka,  plur.  chipuka,  a  shoot,  a 

blade  of  grass. 
Uehoehoro,  a  passage,  opening  be- 
tween. 
Uchovu,  tediousnesa. 
Uchu,  a  longing. 
Uchukuti,  the  leafstalk  of  the  ;ocoa- 

nut  leaf. 
Uchukuzi,  carriage,  cost  of  carry- 
ing. 
Uchuhwi,  a  kind  of  rice. 
Uchumi  =  Utumi. 
Uchungu,  bitterness,  pain,  poison, 
Uchungu,  bitter.     See  -chungu. 
Dawa  uchungu,  bitter  medicine. 


UD  A 


U  K  A 


403 


Udaka,  babbling,  telling  secrets. 
Udevu,  plur.  ndevu,  one  hair  of  the 

beard. 
Udogo,  smallness,  youth. 
Udongo,  clay,  a  kind  of  earth  used 

to  mix  with  the  lime  and  sand  in 

making  mortar. 
Ufa  ku-y  to  become  cracked. 
Ufa,  plur.  nytifa,  a  crack. 

Kutia  u/a,  to  crack. 
Ufagio,  plur.  /agio,  a  brush,  a  broom, 

a  bundle  of  the  leaves  of  a  palm 

used  to  sweep  with. 
Vfahamu,  memory. 
Ufajiri  =  Alfajiri. 
Vfalmeoi  U/aume,luugdom,  royalty. 
Ufidiwa,  a  ransom. 
Ufisadi,  vice. 
Ufiski,  vice. 
Ufito,  plur.  fito,  a  thin  stick,  sticks 

such  as  those  which  are  used  as 

laths  to  tie  the  makuti  thatch  to. 
Ufizi,  plur.  Jizi,  the  gums. 
I  'r'u,  death,  the  state  of  being  dead. 
Ufufulio  or  U/n/u-o,    resurrection, 

revival. 
Ufukara,  destitution. 
Ufukwe,  absolute  destitution. 
Ufumbi,  valley,  bottom. 
Ufunga,  stone  bench,  =  Kibaraza. 
Ufungu,  relatives. 
Ufunguo,  plur.  fungtio,  a  key. 
Ufuo,  sandy  beach. 
Ufuta,  semsem. 
Ufulhuli,  officiousnesa. 
Uga,  an  open  space  in  a  town  wl  ere 

a  house  has  been  pulled  down,  or 

where  a  dance  could  be  held. 
Ugali,  porridge. 

Uganga,  white  magic,  medicine. 
Ughaibu,  the  little  packet  of  betel 

leaf,  areca  nut,  lime,  and  tobacco 

made  up  for  chewing. 


Ugo,  enclosure,  close. 

Ugomvi,  a  quarrel,  quarrel  soniem  ss. 

Vgonjwa,  sickness,  a  sickness. 

Ugrani,  a  general  collection  of  debts. 

Ugua  ku-,  to  fall  sick,  to  groan. 

Ugumu,  hardness,  difficulty. 

Uguza  hu-,  to  nurse,  to  take  care  of 

Ugive,  string.  [a  sick  person. 

Uharabu,  mischief. 

Uharara,  warmth. 

Uliaribivu,  destruction,  destructive  - 
ness. 

Ulttaji,  want,  thing  wanting. 

Ulturu,  freedom. 

Vimbo, plur.  nyimbo,&  song,a  ballad. 

Uirari  (in  arithmetic),  proportion, 
division  of  profits.     See  Worari. 

Vizi,  theft,  thieving. 

Ujahili,  boldness. 

Ujalifu,  fulness. 

Ujana,  youth. 

Vjari,  tiller-ropes. 

Ujenzi,  building. 

Uji,  gruel. 

Ujima,  help  of  neighbours,  assist- 
ance in  work. 

Ujivga,  rawness,  dulness,  ignorance. 

Vjio,  coming. 

Ujira,  hire,  reward. 

Ujumbe,  chiefship,  headship. 

Ujuvi,    knowingness,   officiousness, 
pretended  knowledge. 

Ujusi,  defilement,  whatever   is   re- 
moved by  ablutions. 

Ukaango,  plur.  kaango,  an  earthen 
pot  for  cooking  with  oil  or  fat. 

Ukafu. 
Ukafu    wa    maji,  a    bubble    on 
water. 

Ukali,  fierceness,  sharpness. 
Ku/anya  ukali,  to  scold. 

Ukambaa,  plur.  kambaa  (M.),  cord 
line. 


I"| 


D  K  A 


U  KU 


Ukamdifu,  perfectness,  perfection. 
UJtanda,  a  Btrap. 
Ukao.  Btay,  Btoppi 
UkarimU)  generosity,  liberality. 
Ukaim.  delay. 

Ukaya,  a  long  piece  of  blue  calico, 
often  ornamented  with  Bpangles, 
worn  by  slaves  and  poor  women 
in  Zanzibar  over  their  heads: 
it  bas  two  long  ends,  reaching 
nearly  to  the  ground. 

le,  I'lur.  /.-•  tele,  a  cry,  a  noise. 
Akapigiwa  ukelele,  and  a  cry  was 
made  at  him. 
Ukemi,  a  call  (Men). 

Nipigie  ukemi.  give  me  a  call. 
Ukengele,  a  sort  of  knife  made  in 

Zanzibar. 
Uketo,  depth. 
Ukingo,  the  brink,  a  screen,  an  en- 

tre  mad'-  with  cloths. 
JJhiri,  plur.    kiri,  a   strip   of  fine 
matting  about  an  inch  broad,  out 
of  which  mikeka  are  made. 
Ukiwa,  desolation,  solitude  where 
people  once  were. 
or  Huko,  there. 
Vkoa,  pi  nr.  k'oa,  a  plate  of  metal, 
one  of  the  rings  on  the  scabbard 
of  a  sword.  &c. 
Ukoga,  the  tartar  and  dirt  on  the 

•     th. 
JJkohozi,  phthisis. 
Ukoka,  grass  cut  for  fodder. 
Ukoko,  the  rice  on  the  top  of  the 
pot,    which    is    often     dry    and 
scorched  through  the  custom  of 
pouring  away  the  water  when  the 
rice  is  done  and   heaping   live 
embers  on  the  lid  of  the  pot. 
Ukoko  CA.).  a  cough. 
Ukdlogefu,  decay. 
!      ma,  lepr 


Vkomba,  a  scraper,  a  curved  knife 

for  hollowing  out  mortars,  &c. 
Ukombolewa,  a  ransom. 
Ukombozi  or  Ukomboo,  a  ransom 
Ukonilr  (}r,i  f,  nde  ,  a  (date)  stone. 
Ukongwe,  oldneas,  extreme  old  age. 
Ukonyezo,  plur.  konyi  to,  a  sign  made 

by  lifting  tin-  eyi  brow. 
Ukoo,  nastiness,  uncleanness  (?). 
Ukoo,   ancestry,    pedigree,    family 

origin  and  connections. 
Ukope,  plur.  kope,&  hair  from  the 

eyelash. 
Ukosi,  the  nape  of  the  neck. 
Ulcubali,  acceptance. 

'lira,  greatness,  bigness. 
Ukucha,  plur.  kucha,  a  nail,  a  claw, 

a  hoof. 
Ukufi,  plur.  k»fi,  a  handful,  what 

will  lie  upon  the  hand. 
Ukumbi,  an  apartment  at  the  en- 
trance,  a    hall,   a    porch.      The 
ukumbi  is  within  a  stone  bouse 
and  outside  a  mud  house. 
Ukumbuka,  recollection. 
Ukumbueho,  memorial,  a  reminder. 
Ukumbuu,  plur.  kumbuu,  a  girdle 
made  of  a  narrow  cloth,  a  turban 
cloth  twisted  tightly  into  a  sort 
of  rope  such  as  the  turbans  of 
the  Hindis  are  made  of. 

dufu,     pleasingness,    comino- 
diousness,  liberality. 
Ukungu,  mould,  mouldiness. 

Kufanya  ukungu,  to  get  mouldy. 
Ukungu,  the  first  light  of  dawn. 
Ukuni,  plur.  kuni,  a  piece  of  firo 

wood. 
Ukurasa,  plur.  kuram,  a  leaf  of  a 

book,  a  sheet  of  paper. 
Ukuia,  plur.  kuta,  a  stone  wall. 
Ukuti,  plur.  kuti,  a  leaflet  of  the 
cocoa-nut  tree. 


UKU 


UMK 


405 


Uluiu,  greatness,  size. 
Ukwaju,  a  tamarind. 
£77iM;ase/w,necessity,having  nothing. 
Ukwasi,  wealth,  riches. 
Ukicato,  plur.  kicato,  a  hoof. 
TJlalo,  a  tree  or  trees  cut  down  so 

as  to  fall  across  a  river  and  make 

a  bridge  over  it. 
Ulaji,  gluttony. 

Ulambiyambi,  a  very  young:  dafu. 
Ulanisi,  a  faul-mouthed  person. 
Ula  na  or    W'h' '%    liome ;  applied 

especially  to  the  home  of  Euro- 
peans, Europe. 
Ulayiti,  European,  inferior  calico. 

Kamba  ulayiti,  hempen  rope. 
Tile,  that,  yonder. 
Uledi,  a  dhow  boy,  a  cabin  boy. 
Ulegevu,  relaxation,   the    state    of 

being  slack. 
Ulia  ku-,  to  kill  for,  with,  &c. 

Tumulie  rnbali,  let  us   kill  him 
out  of  the  way. 
Ulili,  a  couch  or  bedstead  (Kianz- 

wani). 
Ulimbo,  birdlime,  gum,  resin. 
Ulimbwende,  dandyism. 
Ulimi,  plur.  ndimi,  the  tongue,  a 

tenon,  the  heel  of  a  mast. 
Ulimicengu,  the  world,  the  universe, 
a  man's  own  world  or  circle  of 
duties  and  pleasures. 

Kuwalto  ulimwenguni,  to  be  alive. 
Ulingo,  a  raised  platform  to  scare 
Ulio,  which  is.  [birds  from. 

Ulitima,  the  last  three  cards  of  the 

pack. 
Vliza  ku-,  to  ask,  to  inquire  of  a 
person. 

Kumuliza  Jiali,  to   ask   how   he 
does. 

Siwezi  kuulizwa  uiccngo,  I  cannot 
tell  a  lie. 


Ulizia  ku-,  to  make  inquiries  on 

behalf  of. 
TJlongo,  falsehood.     See  TJwongo. 
Uma,  plur.  nyuma,  a  spit,  a  large 
fork,  an  awl. 

Umawa  kuokeanyama,  a  gridiron. 
Uma  ku-,  to  bite,  to  sting,  to  hurt, 

to  give  pain  to,  to  ache. 
Umaheli,  ingenuity. 
Umalidadi,  dandyism. 
Umande,  dew,  morning    air,  mist, 

the  west  wind. 
Umasikini,  poverty. 
Umati,  a  multitude,  people. 
Umati  lea,  Christians. 
Umati  Musa,  Jews. 
Umati  Muhammad,  Mohammedans. 
Umba  ku-,  to  create,  to  shape. 
Umba  ku-,  to  bale  out  a  boat.     For 

Kumba. 
Umbaumba  hu-,  to  sway  about  like 

a  drunken  man. 
Umbo,  plur.  maumbo,  form,  outward 
likeness,  appearance,  character, 
species. 

Najiona  umbo  la  huwa  hiziwi,  I 
feel  getting  deaf. 
Umbu,  plur.  maumbu,  a  sister. 
Umbua  hu-,  to  allege  a  defect,  to 

depreciate. 
Umbwa,  or  better  Hlbica,  a  clog. 
-ume  (or  -lume),  male,  strong.     It 
makes  ndume  with  nouns  like 
nyumba. 

Mkono  wa  kuume,  the  right  hand. 
Umeme,  lightning. 
Umia  ku-,  to  give  pain  to«    '  V* 
Umika  ku;  to  cup. 
Umio,  the  oesophagus. 
Umito,  heaviness,  feeling  heavy. 
Umiza  ku-,  to  hurt. 
Umha  hit-,  to  swell,  to  rise  when 

leavened. 


406 


UM  K 


V  P  A 


Umku  (?)  feu-,  to  call. 

Umo  or  Humo,  there  insido. 

/./,  oneness. 
r»ir«,  ago. 
I7mrt  wake  apatajef    How   old 
is  he? 
Umua  ku-,  to  take  honey  from  the 
liive. 

you  have,  thou  bast. 
17na   nt'ntf   What  is  the  matter 
vrith  you? 

ozitaka,  which  you  are  asking 
for. 
Undo  ku-,  to  build  ships  or  boats. 
Undu,  the  comb  of  a  cock. 
Unene,  6toutncss,  thickness. 
Unenyekeo,    humility,    abasement, 

reverence. 
Unga,  Hour,  powder. 

I  inja  wa  ndere,  a  magic  poison. 
Unga  feu-,  to  unite,  to  splice,  to  join. 
Ungama,  a    place    near    Melinda, 
.-wallowed  up  by  the  sea. 

una   ku-,  to    acknowledge,   to 
confess  of  one's  own  accord. 
Ungamana  ku-,  to  bring  together, 

connect. 
Ungamo,  a    yellow  dye  used    for 

dyeing  malting. 
Ungana  feu-,  to  unite,  tojoin  together. 
[      re-,  the  Bign  of  the  second  person 
conditional. 
Ungedumu,  you  would  continue. 
Ungekutca,  you  would  be. 
I'ntji,  much,  plenty. 
.  the  hymen  (?). 
Euvunja  ungo,  to  be  deflowered, 
to  begin  to  menstruate. 
Virgo,   plur.  maungo,  a  round  flat 

basket  used  in  sifting. 
I  'ufjun  ku-,  to  be  scorched  or  scalded. 
Ujiguja,  Zanzibar. 
Vngulia  ku-,  to  scorch  or  scald. 


Unguza  ku-,  to  scorch  or  scald,  to 

burn. 
Ungwana,  the  state  of  being  a  free 

and  civilized  man,  civilization. 
-ungwana,  civilized,  as  opposed  to 
•shenzi;  free,    as    opposed    to 
•tumwa. 

Kiungwana,  of  a  civilized  kind. 
Unuele,  or  Unwele,  or  Unyele,  plur. 

nyele,  a  hair. 
Vnyago.     See  Kinyago* 

Kuchezea   unyago,  to  teach  wo- 
manho  >d. 
Unyasi,  reed,  grass. 
Unyayo,  plur.  nyayo,  the  solo  of  the 

foot,  a  footprint. 
Unyele.     See  Unuele. 
Unyende. 

Kupiga  unyende,  to  cry  with  a 
f  .hie  thin  voice. 
Unyflca,  the  Nyika  country. 
Uinjna,  plur.  nyoct,  a  feather 
Unyo/u,  straightness,  uprightness. 
Unyogovu,  idleness. 
Unyonge,  vileness,  meanness. 
I  rnyungu. 

Kupiga  unyungu,  to  strut  about, 
to  show  oneself  off. 
Unyushi,  plur.  nyushi,  a  hair  from 

the  eyebrow. 
Uo,  plur.  maun,  a  sheath. 
Uoga  or  Woga,  fear. 

.  rot teiii icss,  badness,  corrup- 
tion, malice,  evil. 
Uozi,  marriage. 
Upaa,  baldness. 

U/iaa  tea  kitwa,  crown   of   the 
head,  baldness. 
Upaja,  plur.  paja,  the  thigh. 
Upaji,  liberality. 
Upamba,  plur.  partiba,  a  bill,  a  small 

hatchet. 
Upana,  width,  breadth. 


UP  A 


URA 


407 


Upawle,  plur.  pande,  a  side,  part. 
Upande  wa  Mvita,  near  or  about 

Mombas. 
Upaiide  wa  chini,  the  under  side, 

the  lee  side. 
Upande  wa  juu,  the  upper  side, 

the  weather  side. 
Upande  wa  goshini,  the  side  where 
the  tack  of  the  sail  is  fastened, 
the  weather  side. 
Upanga,  a  cock's  comb. 
Upanga,  plur.  panga,  a  sword. 
Upanga  wafelegi,&  long  straight 
two-edged  sword  carried  by  the 
Arabs. 
Upanga  wa  imani,  a  short  sword 

with  a  kind  of  cross  hilt. 
Kuweka    upanga,   to    set    up    a 
sword  on  its  edge. 
Upao,  plur.  pao,  one  of  the  small 
sticks  used  as  laths  to  tie  the 
thatch  to. 
Upapi,  the  outer  beading  of  a  door 

frame. 
Upataji,  value. 
Upato,  a   round    plate  of   copper 

beaten  as  a  musical  instrument. 
Upawa,  plur.  pawa,  a  flat  ladle  made 
out  of  a  cocoa-nut  shell,  used 
for  serving  out  curry,  gravy,  &c. 
An  upawa  differs  from  a  l<ata  in 
being  very   much  flatter  and 
shallower :  more      than     two- 
thirds  of  the  shell  are  cut  away 
to  make  an  upawa ;  scarcely  a 
quarter  is  cut  off  in  making  a 
kata. 
Upekecha,  the  piece  of  wood  used 

to  make  fire  by  rubbing. 
Upeketevu,  destruction,  harm,  quar- 
relling. 
Upele,  plur.  pele,  a  large  pimple. 
Pele,  the  itch. 


Upembo,  curved  end,  hook,  a  stick 

to  hook  down  fruit  with. 
Upendaji,  the  habit  of  liking. 
Upendavyo,  as  you  please. 
Upendtlto,  favour. 
Upenzi,  love,  affection,  liking. 
Upeo,  plur.  peo  (M.),   a  sweeping 

brush. 
Upeo,  the  extremest  point  visible, 

the    extreme    limit,    something 

which  cannot  be  surpassed. 
Upepeo,  plur.  pepeo,  a  fan. 
Upepo,   plur.  pepo,   a    wind,   cold. 

See  Pepo.     The  plural  is  used  to 

denote  much  wind. 
Upesi,  quickly,  lightly. 
Upia  =  Upya,  newness. 
Upindi,  plur.  pindi,  a  bow. 

Upindi  wa  mvua,  the  rainbow. 
Upindo,  a  fold,  a  hem. 
Upo,  a  water-dipper  for  a  boat  or 

dhow. 
Upofu,  blindness. 
Upogo,  a  squint. 
Upogoupogo,  zigzag. 
Upole,  gentleness,  meekness. 
Upondo,  plur.  pondo,  a  pole  used  to 

propel  canoes  and  small  vessels. 
Upongoe,  plur.  pongoe,  the  leaf  stem 

of  a  palm  tree. 
Upooza,  paralysis. 
Upote,  striug,  bowstring. 
Upotevu,     waste,     destiuctiveness, 

wastefulness. 
Upumbafu,  folly. 
Upungu,  plur.  punga,  a  flower  or 

embryo  nut  of  the  cocoa-nut  tree. 
Upungufu,  defect,  defectiveness. 
Upupu,  cow-itch. 

Upuzi,  nonsense,  chatter,  silly  talk. 
Upweke,  singleness,  independence. 
Upya,  newness. 
Uruthi,  contentment. 


108 


URE 


UTE 


Urefu,  length. 

I'n nihil,  ornament,  applied  espe- 
cially to  the  black  lines  painted 
on  their  faces  by  the  woniun  of 
Zauzibai  by  way  of  ornament. 

J'rilhi,  inheritance. 

Urongo  =  Uwongo. 

Urotfia,  invoice. 

Cm,  diamonds  (in  cards). 

Usafit  Bhavinga  and  chips. 

Usaha,  matter,  pus. 

Usemi,  talk,  conversation. 

Ushadi,  plur.  nyushadi,  verses. 

I'xhuhidi,  or  Ushukuda,  testimony. 

Ushambilio,  haste,  suddenly. 

Ushanga,  plur.  shanga,  a  bead. 

Usharika,  partnership,  sharing. 

Ushaufu,  deo  it. 

rati,  dissipation.  A\bo  Asherati. 

Ushi,  a  string-course. 

/    hujaa,  heroism,  great  courage. 

JJshukura,  thank's. 

Ushungu,&  vegetable  poison,  used 
to  poison  arrows. 

Ushupafu,  perversity,  crookedness. 

Ushuru,  tax,  duty,  customs. 

TJ*ia   leu-,   to   leave    directions    or 
"Tilers,  by  will,  &c.     See  Wasia. 

Usikizi,  bearing,  attention,  under- 
standing. 

Usiku,  night.  The  plur.  sihu  is  used 
to  denote  days  of  24  hours.  Four 
whole  nights  must  be  roudere  1 
nihil  nne  u>-iku  hucha.  Four  days 
and  nights,  sihu  nne  mchana  na 
iku. 

r  imanga,  mockery. 

!'  imeme,  firmness. 

r  inga,  plur.  einga,  a  (straight,  not 
woolly)  hair.     See  Singa. 

!i  i .  plur.  eingizi,  sleep.     See 
Zingi 

Ihiri,  delay. 


Usiwa,  on  the  high  seas. 

plur.  nyuso,  face,  countenance. 
Ussubui,  for  Astvbui,  in  the  morning, 

the  morning. 
Usubi,  a  sandfly,  a  midge. 
/  sufi,  silk   cotton   from   the  msufi 

tree. 
Usultani,  plur.  sukani,  a  rudder. 
Usvltani,  sultanship. 
Usumba,  sec  Makwmbi. 
Via,  plur.  nyuta  or  mata,  a   bow, 
('In.  [bow  and  arrows. 

Mafuta  ya  uta,  semsem  oil. 

Utaa,  a  raised  stage  to  put   corn, 
K^&c,>on. 
Utabibu,  medical   science,  being  a 

doctor. 
Utagaa,  n,  branch  of  a  tree. 
Utaji,  a  veil. 
Utajiri,  wealth. 
Utakaoho,  what  you  wish. 
Utakatifu,  holiness,  purity. 
Utako  (Mer.),  keel  of  a  dhow. 
Utambaa,  plur.  tambaa,  a  bandage, 

a  rag. 
Utambi,  plur.  Iambi,  a  lamp- wick,  a 

piece  of  stuff  for  a  turban. 
Utambo  {wa  sufuria,  &c),  a  swing- 
ing handle  like  that  of  a  pail. 
Utamvua,  end  or  coruer  of  a  turban, 

of  a  cloth,  &c. 
Utandu  (A.)  =  Ukoko. 
I'hi mini  hymen. 
Utani,  a  kindred  race,  the  belonging 

to  a  kindred  tribe,  familiarity. 
r/niizH,  plur.  tanzu,  a  brand). 
Utashi,  desire. 
Utasi,  tongueticdness. 
Utawi. 

Kupiga  utawi,  to  drink  grog  to- 

Ute. 

Ute  wa  yayi,  the  white  of  an  egg. 


UTE 


U  WA 


409 


Utelezi,  slipperiness. 

Utembe,  the  chewed  refuse  of  betel 
leaf,  &c. 

Vtenzi,  a  poem,  especially  a  reli- 
gious poem. 

Uteo,  plur.  teo  (M.),  a  sifting  bas- 
ket. 

Utepe,  plur.  tepe,  a  tape,  a  baud,  a 
fillet,  a  stripe. 

Utepetefu,  languor. 

Uteei,  strife. 

1'ihabiti,  bravery,  firmness. 

Uthaifu,  weakness,  infirmity. 
'Uthani,  weight. 

Uthiku-,  to  harass,  trouble,  *w**y-A 

Uthia,  bother,  noise,  uproar. 

Uthia  ku-,  to  harass. 

Uthibaji,  cheat,  deceit,  stratagem. 

Uthika  ku-,  to  be  harassed. 

TJtMUfu,  calamity,  great  trouble. 

Uthuru  ku-,  to  excuse. 

Uti. 

JJti  ica  maungo,  the  backbone. 

Utiko,  the  roof-ridge  of  a  thatched 
house. 

JJtiriri,  a  provoking  trick. 

Vtofu,  dull,  without  amusement. 

Utofu,  thinness,  weakness. 

Utoko,  mucus  from  the  vagina. 

Uto. 

Uto  wa  nyama,  fat  cooked  out  of 
meat,  dripping. 

Utonwa,  thick  white  sap. 

Utondm,  small  dhows  trading  about 
Zanzibar,  coasters. 

Utosi,  the  top  of  the  head. 

Utoto,  childhood. 

Utufu,  fatigue. 

Utukufu,     greatness,      exaltation, 
glory. 

Utule,  wretchedness,  weakness,  un- 
fitness. 

Utulivu,  quietness,  patience. 


Utumbavu,      thickness,      swelling, 

rising. 
Utumbuizo,  a  soothing  thing,  verses 

sung  during  a  dance. 
Utume,  sending  people  about. 
Utumi,  use,  usage. 
Utumo,  business,  place  of  business. 
Utumiva,  slavery,  employment,  en- 
gagement. 
Kutia  utumwani,  to  enslave. 
Utungu  (M.)  =  Uchungu. 

TJtungu,  is  used  in  the  dialect  of 
Zanzibar  only  for  the  pains  of 
childbirth,  TJtungu  wa  uzazi. 
Utupa,  a  species  of  euphorbia  used 

as  a  fish  poison. 
Utupu,  naked  (vulgar). 
Mtu  utupu,  a  naked  man. 
Mtu  mtupu,  a  mere  man. 
Uuaji,  murderousness. 
TJudi,  aloes  wood. 
Uuza  ku.     See  Uza  ku: 
Uvi,  a  door  [Tumbatu]. 
Uvivu,  idleness,  sloth. 
Uvuguvugu,  lukewarmness. 
Maji  yana  uvuguvugu,  the  water 
is  lukewarm. 
Uvuli,  shade. 

Uvumba,  incense,  galbanum. 
Uvundo,  a  smell  of  corruption. 
Uvurujika,  tendency  to  crumble,  a 

being  spoilt  and  decayed. 
Uvurungu,  hollowness. 

Jiwe  la  uvurungu,  a  hollow  stone. 
Uvyazi,  birth. 
Uwanda,  a  plain. 
Uwanga,  arrowroot. 
Uwanga,  a    sweet    dish    made   of 

wheat,  flour,  sugar,  and  ghee. 
Uwanja,  a  courtyard,  an  enclosure. 
Uwashi,  masonry. 

Uwati,  a  vesicular  eruption  on  the 
skin. 


no 


U  W  A 


VAL 


>,'.  tin'  vizirship. 
Uueli,  sickness,  disi  ise. 

Vuili  wa  riungo,  rheumatism.  * 
-■>,  power,  ubility. 
Uiriu'la. 

Kwpiga  uwinda,  to  pass  the  ends 
of  the  loin-cloth  between   the 
legs   and  tuck  them  in,  as  is 
done  loosely  by  the  Banyans, 
and  tightly  by  men  at  work. 
Uwingu,  plnr.  rnbingu,  heaven,  sky. 
The  plural  is  the  form  more  com- 
monly used. 
I'/rivu,  jealousy. 
Vvxmgo,  falsehood. 
Manenoye  yamekuwa  uwongo,  he 
has  become  a  teller  of  lies. 
J'liajuapo,  if  you  know  them. 
l~!i'><ja,  a  mushroom. 
Uyuzi,  ingenuity. 
Vijuzi  ku-,  to  ascertain. 
I':n  leu-,  to  ask,  to  ask  questions. 
/  :  ■  feu-  or  Za  ku-,  to  sell. 
The  u  in  kuuza,  or  rather  kuza, 
to  sell,  is  very  short  and  insig- 
nificant :   it  is  possibly  only  a 
partial    retention   of  the   ku-, 
which  bears  the  accent  and  is 
retained   entire    in   the   usual 
tenses.     The  w-  in   kuuza,   to 
ask,  is  much  more  important, 
as  is  shown  clearly  in  the  ap- 
plied forms. 

Kuuliza,  to  ask  of  a  person  ; 

pres.  pcrf.  ameuliza, 
Kuliza,  to  sell  to  a  person ; 
prea  pcrf.  ameliza. 
J'zanya  ku-,  to  be  ordinarily  sold, 

t  ,  he  for  sale. 
V    tzt,  birth. 
Uzee,  old  age. 

I  indifference,  apathy,  slow- 

ness. 


T;;'.  plnr.  nyuzi,  thread,  string,  a 
stripe. 

Uziki,  poverty. 

Uzima,  health,  heartiness,  complete- 
ness, life. 

Izi.    Pee  Zinrjizi  an<\  Udngizi. 

Uzinguo,  disenchantment,  as  from 
tho  power  of  the  evil  eye. 

Uzini  or  Uzinzi,  adultery,  fornica- 
tion. 

Uzio,  plnr.  nyuzio,  a  hedge  made  in 
the  sea  to  catch  fish. 

Uzulia  ku-,  to  depose. 

Uzulu  ku-,  to  depose,  to  remove  from 
an  office. 
Kujiuzulu,  to  resign,  to  give  up  a 
place  or  office,  to  abdicate. 

Uzuri,  beauty,  fineness,  ornament 
Kufanya  vzuri,  to  adorn  oneself. 

Uzushi,  raising  from  the  bottom,  at- 
in  fishing  for  pearls. 

TJzuzu,    rawness,   greenness    (of  a 
simpleton). 


V. 

V  is  pronounced  as  in  English. 
V,f,  and  b,  are  sometimes  a  little 

difficult  to  distinguish  accurately  in 
the  dialect  of  Zanzibar.  This  i> 
probably  owing  to  the  want  of  ■*  i 
in  Arahic. 

V  and  vy  change  in  some  dialects 
into  2-,  in  others  into  tit-. 

Mirivi,  a  thief,  becomes  mwizi  at 
Lamoo,  and  mwithi  at  Patta. 
Vaa  ku-,  to  put  on,  to  dress  in. 
The  past  tenses  arc  used  in  the 

sense  of,  to  wear. 
Am<raa,  he  wears. 
Alivaa,  he  wore. 
Yalta  ku-. 


VAO 


VIT 


411 


Mshipi  tea  huvalia  nguo,  a  girdle 
to  gird  up  one's  clothes  with. 

Vao,  plur.  mavao,  dress. 

Yaranga,  interrupting  and  bother- 
ing talk. 

Yazi,  plur.  mavazi,  a  dress,  a  gar- 
ment. 

Vema,  well,  very  well. 

Vema  or  Vyema,  good.     See  -ema. 

Ft-  or  Vy-,  the  plural  prefix  of  sub- 
stantives (and  of  adjectives  and 
pronouns  agreeing  with  them) 
which  make  their  singular  in  ki- 
or  ch-. 

Yi-  or  Vy-,  sign  of  the  third  person 
plural  prefixed  to  verbs  governed 
by  nouns  in  vi-  or  vy-. 

Vi-  or  Vy-  prefixed  to  adjectives 
often  gives  them  an  adverbial 
sense. 

•vi-,  the  objective  prefix  represent- 
ing nouns  in  vi-  or  vy-. 

Via  ku-,  to  stop  short  of  perfection, 
to  be  stunted  in  its  growth,  to 
remain  ouly  half  cooked  for  want 
of  fire,  &c,  &c. 

Yiaa  ku-  =  Vyaa  ku-. 

Viatu  (plural  of  Kia(u),  shoes,  san- 
dals. 
Yiatu    vya    Kizungu,    European 

shoes. 
Viatu  vya  ngozi,  leather  sandals. 
Yiatu  vya  mti.  wooden  clo^s. 

Viazi  (plur.  of  Kiazi),  sweet  pota- 
toes. 
Yiazi  vya  Kizungu,  potatoes. 
Viazi  vikuu,  yams. 

Viberiti  (plur.  of  Kiberiti),  matches, 
lucifers. 

Yidani,  collars  of  gold,  &c 

Viembe  or  Yyembe,  arrows. 

Yifaa,  necessaries,  useful  things. 

]~>jice,  braid,  reins. 


Yijinmn,  little  words,  prattle. 
1  'iha  ku-,  to  clothe,  to  dress. 
Vile,  those  yonder. 
Vileviie,    just    those    things,    like 

tilings,  in  like  manner. 
Vilia  ku-,  to  stop  and  stagnate,  as 

the  blood  does  in  a  bruise. 
Vilio,  a  stagnation,  a  stoppage. 
Ma  vilio  ya  damu,  bruises,  effusion 
of  blood. 
Yimba  ku-,  to  swell,  to  thatch. 
I  'imbisha  ku-,  to  overfeed  a  person. 
Vimbiwa  ku-,  to  be  overstuffed,  to 

overeat  oneself. 
Yimo,  all  of  one  size. 
Yinga  vya  molo,   firebrands,    sing. 

hinga  cha  moto. 
Vinyi,  many.     See  -ingi. 
Vingine,  others.     See  -ugine. 
Vinjari  ku-,  to  cruise  about,  to  go 
looking  out    for    something,   to 
watch. 
Yinyavinya  ku-,  to  press  and  crush 
food  for  children  and  sick  people. 
Vinyi.     See  Muoenyi. 
Vinyu  =  Mvinyo. 
Vioga  ku-  (M.),  to  tread. 
Viombo  =  Vyornbo. 
Yiote  or  Vyote,  all.     See  -ote. 
Vipande  vya  kupimia,  nautical  in- 
struments, sextants,  &c. 
Vipele    (plur.    of    Kipele),    small 
pimples,  a  rash. 
Vipele  vya  harara,  prickly  heat. 
Viringa  ku-,  to  become  round. 

Imeviringa,  it  is  round. 
Viringana  ku-,  to  become  spherical. 
Visha  ku-,  to  give  clothes  to. 
Vita,  war. 

Vitanga  vya  mizaui,   scales,  scale- 
pans. 
Vitindi  vya  shaba,  brass  wire. 
Vitica  vitwa,  topsy-turvy. 


U2 


v  IV 


VUN 


r.v/.i  i;u-,  to  Bmoulder. 

Vivi  hiii.  common,  just  there,  just 

60,  anyhow. 
-tint,  idle,  dull,  slow. 

Kisu  ni  hivivu,  the  knife  is  blunl 
(A.). 

o,  thus,  in  the  way  mentioned. 
Vivyohivyo,  in  like  manner. 
Viirintl.i  (plur.  of  Kiwimbi),  wave- 
lets, a  ripple. 
Viza  ku-,  to  stunt,  to  prevent  its 

attaining  perfi  ction,  to  interrupt, 

to  stop  or  hinder  in  work. 
Vizia  ku-,  to  watch,  to  spoil  one's 

work  for  one,  to  hinder  one  from 

working. 
Vizuri,  fine,  finely.    See  -zuri. 
Vua  ku-,  to  take  off  clothes. 
Vua  ku-,  to  save,  to  deliver,  to  take 

across. 
Vua  ku-,  to  fi  li.  tn  catch  fish. 
Vuuta  /.''<-or  Vwata  In-,  to  press  with 

the  teeth,  tohold  in  the  mouth. 
Vuaza  kit-,  to  wound  by  striking  or 

running  into  unawares,  to  cut. 
Vugaza  ku-,  to  put  to  (a  door). 
Vugo,  a  horn  played  upon  by  beat- 
Vuja  ku-,  to  leak,  to  let  Water.  Ling. 

•  ku-,  to  ooze  out. 
I  uka  ku-,  to  cross,  to  go  over,  to 

pass  a  liwr,  to  be  Bared. 
- .  sti  am,  vapour,  sweat. 
Vukielca  ku-,  to  take  across,  to  ferry 

over. 
Vukiza  ku-,  to  cause   to  fume,   to 

give  off  vapour. 
Vultuta  ku-,  to  blow  bellows. 
Vukulo,  sweat. 
• 

JJwJu   rule,  an  insect  living  in 
wood,  a  carpenter  bee  (?). 
Vuli,  Bhade. 

Mluyito  wa  kuvuli,  the  right  hana. 


Vulia   ku-,   to  catch   fish    for,  or 

with. 
Vuma  ku-,  to  blow  as  the  wind,  to 

buzz  like  a  bee. 
Vuma  Am-,  to  lose  (in  card-playing). 
Vumbi,  plur.  mavumbi,  dust,  flue, 

muddiness  in  water. 
1  mribika  hu-,to  put  in  under  some- 
thing, to  stick  into  the  embers,  to 

cover  with  a  heap  of  leaves,  &c. 
Vumbikia  ku-,  to  put  seeds  or  plants 

in  the  ground  before  rain,  to  get 

them  into  the  ground. 
Vumbilia  ku-. 

Kuvumbilia  vita,  to  get  into  a 
quarrel. 
Vumbu,  plur.   mavvmbu,  lumps  in 

flour,  &c. 
Vumbua  ku-,  to  find  after  a  search, 

to  discover. 
Vurai,    a   noise  as  of  blowing  or 

bellowing,    often    made    with   a 

dr>un. 
Vumilia  ku-,  to  endure,  to  tolerate, 

to  bear. 
Vumisha  ku-,  to  win  (in  card-play- 
ing). 
Vuna  leu-,  to  reap. 
Vuna  ku-. 

Kujivuna,    to    swell   up,   to    be 
puffed  up. 
Vunda,  &c.  =  Vunja,  &c. 
Vunda  ku-,  to  rot. 
-vuwju,  hollow. 

Vunja  ku-,  to  break,  to  ruin,  to 
spoil,  to  change  a  piece  of 
money. 

Kuvunja  jungo,  to  have  a  fina  I 
feast,  as  before  Eamathan. 
Vunja  jungo  or  chungu,  a  ma; 
(Mantis  religiosa),  so  called  from 
the    superstition    that  a  persoi 
touching  it  will  break  the  neH 


VUN 


-W  A- 


41: 


piece    of   crockery  or    glass  he 

handles. 
Vunjia  Jtu-,  to  hreak  for,  with,  &c. 
Vunjika  Jcu-,  to  become  broken. 
Vuruga  ku-,  to  stir. 
Vurujika  ku-,  to  break  up  into  frag- 
ments, crumble. 
Vurumisha  ku-,  to  throw  a  stone,  &c. 
Vusha  ku-,  to  put  acros3,  to  ferry 

over,  to  put  into  the  right  way. 
Vuta  ku-,  to  draw,  to  pull. 

Kuvuta  maji,  to  bale  out  water. 

Kuvuta  makasia,  to  row. 

Kuvuta    tumbako,  to  smoke  to- 
bacco. 
Vuvia  ku-,  to  blow. 
Vuvumka  ku-,  to  grow  up  quickly. 
Vuzi,  plur.  mavuzi,  a  hair  of  the 

pubes.     Also,  (A.)  hair  in  gene- 
ral. 
Vy-  =  Vi-. 
Vya,  of. 
Vyaa  ku-,  to  bear  children,  or  fruit. 

Pass,  vyawa  or  vyaliwa. 
Vyake  or  Vyakwe,  his,  her,  its. 
Vyako,  thy. 
Vyakula  (plur.  of  Chakula),  things 

to  eat,  victuals,  meals,  provisions. 
Vyaliwa  ku-,  to  be  born. 
Vyangu,  my,  of  me.     See  -angu. 
Vyao,  their,  of  them.     See  -ao. 
Yyetu,  our,  of  us.     See  -etu. 
Vyenu,  your,  of  you.     See  -enu. 
-vyo  or  -vyo-,  as. 

Upendavyo,  as  you  please. 

Unipendavyo,  as  you  love  me,  for 
my  sake. 

Alivyoagiza,  as  he  directed.     See 
gin  si. 
Vyo,  -vyo,  -vyo-,  which.     See  -o. 

Vyo  vyote,  whatsoever. 
Vyomljo  (plur.  of  Chombo),  vessels, 

household  utensils,  baggage. 


W. 

W  is  pronounced  as  in  English. 

W  is  commonly  in  Swahili  a  con- 
sonantal m,  and  in  many  words  w 
or  u  may  be  written  indifferently. 
There  are  other  cases,  as  in  the 
passive  termination  -wa,  where  the 
sound  can  only  be  expressed  by  an 
English  w. 

W-  =  JJ-,  which  see. 
W-,  the  prefix  proper  to  possessive 
pronouns   governed  by   substan- 
tives   either   singular    or  plural 
which  denote  animate  beings. 
Wa,  of.     See  -a. 
Wa  nini,  why. 

Hamisi  wa  Tani,  Tani's  Hamisi, 
i.e.  Hamisi,  the  son  of  Tani. 
Wa  or  U,  the  Arabic  and. 
Wa  !  an  Arabic  exclamation. 
Wa-,  the  plural  prefix  of  substan- 
tives in  m-,  'm-,  or  mw-  which 
denote  animate  beings. 
Wa-,  the  plural  prefix  of  adjectives 
and  pronouns  agreeing  with  sub- 
stantives which  denote  animate 
beings. 
Wa-,  the  prefix  marking  the  third 
person  plural  of  verbs  governed 
by  nouns  denoting  animate  be- 
ings. 
Where  the  tense   prefix  begina 
with  an  -a-  that  of  the  personal 
prefix  coalesces  with  it,  so  that 
there  is  no  difference  between 
the  second  person  singular  and 
the  third  plural. 
•wa-    the  objective    plural     prefix 
referring  to  substantives  which 
denote  animate  being" 
2   E 


•U4 


MA 


W  A  L 


It'.i  kit-,  to  be,  to  1"  oome  (?) :  the 
feu-  beare  seat  and  is  re- 

tained  in  the  usual  cases. 
The  presenl  tense  of  the  substan- 
tive  verb  is  generally  repre- 
sented by  ntor  by  (lie  personal 
prefix  standing  aloue. 
The  present  tense  with  the  rela- 
tive  is  represented  by  the  syl- 
lable -U-.     Aliije,  he  who  is. 
The  present  perfect  amekuwu,  &c. 
has  the  sense  of,   to  have  be- 
come.    TJ 'as  is  represented  by 
the  past  perfoct  tense  alihuwa, 
&c. 

Kuica  na,  to  have. 
6li)K  Luica  mwongo  ?  should  I 
not  be  a  liar  ? 
Woo.  ku-,  to  shine  much,  like  the 

sun  or  the  moon. 
Waa,  plur.  mawaa,  a  spot,  a  blotch, 

a  stain. 
Wdbba,  cholera. 

Waboondei,  the  people  living  in  the 
low  country  between  the  sea  and 
the  Shambala  mountains. 
Wadi,  son  of. 
Wadi  Mohammed,  Mohammed's 
son. 
Wadi  ku-,  to  complete  a  term. 
Watu  wa  "  London"  wamewadi, 
the  (H.M.S.)  "  London's  "  com- 
mission has  expired. 
Wadia  ku-,  to  be  fully  come,  to  be 

quite  time  for  anything. 
Wadinan  for    Walad  ennas,   born 
of   people,    that    is,    of    decent 
family. 
Wadui,  enmity,  hostility. 
Wafikama  ku-,  to  conspire  together. 
Wafiki  ku-,  to  suit,  to  be  suitable 

to. 
Wayn  ku-  (Met.),  to  kill. 


Wagunya,  the  Swahili  living  north 

of  !Si\vi. 
Wahadi,    plur.    nyahadi    (?),    for 

Ahadi,  a  promise. 
Wdhid,  one. 
Wai  I: it-,  to  be  in  time. 
Wainua,  verily. 
Wdjib,  rightness,  it  ought. 
Wiijilii  ku-,  to  visit,  to  see  face  to 

face. 
Wajihiana  ku-,  to  meet  face  to  face, 

to  see  one  another. 
Waka  ku-,  to  blaze,  to  burn  up,  to 

burn. 
Wakati,  time,  season. 

Wakati  huu,  now. 
Wake  or   Wakwe,  his,  her,  or  its. 
Wakf.  [See-./,, 

Kufanya  wakf,  to  dedicate,  to  si  t 
apart  for  holy  uses. 
Wakia,  the  weight  of  a  silver  dollar, 

about  an  ounce. 
Wakifu  ku-,  to  cost. 
Wakifia  ku-,  to  cost  to. 
Wakili,  an  agent,  a  representative. 
Wako,  thy. 
Wakti  =  Wakati. 

Wakti  gani  nijef  at  what  time 
am  I  to  come  ? 
Wala,  nor,  and  not. 

Wala — wala — ,  neither — nor — . 
Where  or  would   be   used  in 

English  after  a  negative  wala  is 

used  in  Swahili. 
Walai  or   Wallaye,  the  most  com- 
mon Swahili  oath. 
Walakini,  but,  and  however. 
Walao,  not  even. 
Wale,  those  yonder. 
Wali,  cooked  grain,  especially  rice. 

Wall  wa  mwikuu,  what  is  left 
from  some  meal  overnight. to  bo 
eaten  in  the  morning. 


WAL 


WAT 


415 


Wait,  a  governor. 
Liwali  for  Al  Wall,  the  governor, 
is  more  commonly  used  in  Zan- 
zibar. 
Walio.    See  Nyalio. 
Walio,  they  who  are. 
Walimwengu,  the  people    of   this 

world. 
Walli,  a  saint. 

Wama  Jcu-,  to  lie  on  the  face. 
Wamba  ku-,  to  lace  in  the  ropes 
upon  the  frame  of  a  kitanda,  to 
fill  up. 
Warribiso,  attachment. 
Wana,  they  have. 

Hawana,  they  have  not. 
Wanda  Jcu-,  to  get  very  fat  and 

strong. 
Wanda,  plur.  nyanda,  a  finger,  a 

finger's-breadth. 
Wanga  ku-    (Mer.),    to    count,  to 

reckon. 
Wanga,   one  who  uses  witchcraft 

against  another. 
Wanga,  arrowroot.     Also  Uanga. 
Wanga  or  Wangwa,  a  cliff. 
Wangine,  others,  other  people. 
Wangine  —  wangine — ,  some  — 
others — . 
Wangu,  my.     See  -angu. 
Wangua  ku-,  to  scoop  up. 
Wangwa,  a  desert,  a  bare    waste 

place. 
Wongwana  or  Waungwana,  gentry, 

free  and  civilized  men. 
Wanja. 

Wanja  wa  manga,  antimony. 
Wano,  plur.  mawano,  the  shaft  of 

an  arrow  or  harpoon. 
Wao,  they. 
Wao,  their.     See  -ao. 
Wapi  ?  which  people  ? 
Wapi  ?  or  apt  ?  where  ? 


Commonly  joined  with  the  per- 
sonal sign  of  the  noun. 
Yu  wapi  or  Yuko  wapi  ?  where  is 

[he]? 
Zi  wapi  or  Ziko  wapi  ?  where  are 
[they]? 
Wapilia  ku-,  to  be  laden  with  scent, 

highly  perfumed. 
Wapo,  a  gift. 
Waradi,  or  Waredi,  or   Waridi,  a 

rose. 
Waraka,  plur.  nyaraka,  a  letter. 
Waria,   a    clever  dhow-builder,  a 

clever  man  at  any  business. 
Warr,  a  yard  (measure). 
Wasa,  plur.  nyasa,  small  sticks  to 
fill  up  between  larger  ones  in  a 
wall  or  roof. 
Wasa  ku-,  to  contradict. 
Washa  ku-,  to  light,  to  set  fire  to. 

Kuwasha  moto,  to  light  up  a  fire. 
Washarati,  great  dissipation,  licen- 
tiousness. 
Washenzi,  wild  people,  uncivilized 

men. 
Wasi,  rebellion.     Also  Vagi. 
Wasia,    sentence,     will,    declared 

opinion.    Also  Wosia. 
Wasia  ku-,  to  bequeath,  to  make  a 

will. 
Wasili  ku-,  to  arrive,  to  come  close 

to,  to  reach. 
Wasili,  receipt,  credit  side  of  ac- 
count, i.e.  the  left-hand  column. 
Wasilia  ku-,  to  reach  a  person,  es- 
pecially of  letters. 
Wasilisha  ku-,  to  cause  to  reach. 
Wasio,  who  are  not. 
Wasio  =  Wasia  and  Wosia. 
Wastani,  middling,  in  the  middle 
Waswas,  doubt. 
Wathahisha  ku-,  to  solve. 
Wathiki.  narrow. 

2  e  2 


tic 


W  A  T 


-WIL 


Watia  Lit-,  to  sit  upon  eggs. 
Watu,  f<  nugn 

Watu  (plur.  of  Mln),  poople. 
-a  watu,  othet  people's. 

Han/,  plur.  »yaru,a  net  to  catch 

■_'fl7('llt  3,  &C 

)r,((o7(,  two.  two  persons. 

Woti  wawili,  both. 
FPiaya,   an   earthen    dish   to   bake 

cakes  on. 
Wayaumya  J:n-,  to  sway  like  a  bough 

loadcil  with  fruit,  to  swagger,  to 

be  bent  down  and  burdened. 
Wayo,  plur.  nyayo,  sole  of  the  foot, 

footprint.     Also  Uayo. 

Waza  hu-,  to  think,  consider,  reflect. 

Wazao,  progeny,  offspring,  posterity. 

■icazi,    open,   clear,    manifest.     It 

makes  tcazi  with   nouns   like 

n  yumba. 

Kitwa  kiimzi,  bareheaded. 

Panalia  wazi,  it  sounds  hollow. 

Waziwazi,  manifest. 
Wazimu. 

Ana  wazimu,  he  is  mad. 
Waziri,  plur.  mawaziri,  a  vizier,  a 

secretary  of  state,  a  chief  officer. 
Wazo,  plur.  maicazo,  thoughts, 
-ice,  his,  hers,  its,  for  wake. 

,  thee,  for  wewe. 
Wea  hu-,  to  become  the  property  of. 
Wt  ha  ku-,  to  place,  to  lay,  to  put 
away,  to  keep,  to  delay. 

Nywriba  hainiweki,  I  have  no  rest 
in  the  house,  I  cannot  remain 
in  the  house. 
Wekea  hu-,  to  put  away  for. 

Kuwehea  omenta,  to  entrust  to. 

Kuwehea  wahf,  to  dedicate. 
Weko. 

K'/iia  weko,  to  weld. 
Wekua  ku-,  to  break  up,  to  remove. 
Weleko,  a  cloth  worn  by  women. 


Weli,  sickness. 

II'  li.  wa  macho,  ophthalmia. 
Welti,  saintly,  a  saint. 
II '«  ma,  goodness. 
Wembe,  plur.  nyembe  (?),  a  razor. 
Wenga  ku-,  to  cause  to  break  out 

into  sores. 
Wengi,  many.    See  -ingi. 
II-  ngo,  the  spleen. 
Wenu,  your.     See  -enu. 
Wenzangu,  my  companions  =  Wa- 

enzi  wangu. 
Werevu,  cunning,  shrewdness. 
Weu,  a  place_clcared  for  planting. 
Weupe,  whiteness,  clearness,  light. 
Weupe,  white.     See  -eupe. 
Wevi  or  Wezi,  thieves.    See  Mwiri. 
Wewe,  thou,  thee. 
Weweseka  ku-,  to  talk  and  murmur 

in  one's  sleep.     Also  Weweteka. 
Weye,  you  !  it  is  you. 
Weza  ku-,  to  be  able,  to  be  a  match 
for,  to  have  power  over,  to  be 
equal  to. 

Siwezi,  I  cannot,  or,  I  am  sick. 

Nalikuwa  siwezi,  I  was  ill. 

Sikuweza,  I  was  not  able. 

Amehaicezi,  he  has  fallen  sick. 
-weza.     See  mweza. 
Wezekana  ku-,  to  be  possible. 
Wezesha  ku-,  to  enable. 
-wi,  bad  (old  Swahili  and  Nyam- 
Wia  ku-,  to  be  to.  [wezi). 

Niwie   rathi,  don't  be   offended 
with  me. 

2.  to  have  in  one's  debt. 
Kuwiwa,  to  be  indebted. 
Wibo,  Ibo. 

117//,  husband's  sister. 
Wiha  ku-,  to  crow  like  a  cock. 
Wilaya  =  Ulaya,  home,  Europe 
-wili,   two.      It  makes  mbili   with 

nouns  like  nyumba. 


W  I  M 


YAK 


41: 


Wirnbi,  plur.  mawimbi,  a  wave. 

Mawimbi,  surf. 
Wimbi,  a  very  small  kind  of  grain. 
Winda  ku-  or  Witiga  ku-,  to  chase, 

to  hunt. 
Wingi  =   TJngi,    plenty,    a    great 

TI  mgu,  plur.  mawingu,  a  cloud. 

PFino,  ink. 

Wishwa,  chaff,  the  husks  of  rice,  the 

flour  sifted  off  along  with  the 

husks. 
Witiru,  odd,  not  even. 
Witiva    (=    Kwitwa  ?),  the    being 

called. 
TTiuo  ku-  =  Jot  &M-. 
-wivu,  jealous. 
-wivu  =  -bivu,  ripe. 
Wiwa  ku-,  to  owe,  to  be  indebted 

to. 
Wiza. 

Mayayi     maiciza,      eggs     with 
chickens  formed  in  them,  hard 
set. 
Wo,  -wo,  -wo-,  which,  who,  whom. 

Wo  wote,  whatsoever,  whosoever. 
-wo,  thy,  =  Wako. 
Wogofya,  plur.  nyogofya,  a  threat. 
Wokovu,  deliverance,  salvation. 
Wongo,  falsehood.    Also  Uwongo. 
Wonyesho,  showing,  display. 
Worari,  rateable  division,  sharing. 

Ar.  Wora,  to  cast  pebbles. 
Wosia,  injunction,  sentence,  charge, 

wise  saying.    Also  Wasia. 
Wote,  all,  both. 

Twende  wote,  let  us  both  go. 

Wote  waicili,  both. 
Wovisi,  cool. 
Woweka  ku-,  to  soak. 


Y  is  pronounced  as  in  English. 

Y  is  in  Swahili  a  consonantal  i, 
and  it  is  often  indifferent  whether  it 
be  written  i  or  y.  The  use  of  y 
is  however  important  to  distinguish 
such  words  as  kimia,  a  cast-net, 
and  kimya,  silence. 

The  insertion  of  a  y  sound  before 
the  final  -a  of  a  verb  has  in  many 
cases  the  effect  of  giving  it  a  causa- 
tive meaning.     See  P. 
Kupona,  to  get  well. 
Kuponya,  to  cure. 
Kuogopa,  to  fear. 
Kuogofya,  to  frighten 

Y  =  1. 

Y-,  the  prefix  proper  to  possessive 
pronouns  governed  by  singular 
substantives  of  the  class  which 
does  not  change  to  form  the 
plural,  by  plural  substantives  in 
mi-,  or  by  plural  substantives  in 

Ya,  of.    See  -a.  [ma-. 

Ya  kitovu,  in  the  naveL 
Ya  kwamba,  that. 
Yaninit  Why? 

Ya-,  sign  of  the  third  person  plural 
prefixed  to  verbs  governed  by  a 
plural  substantive  in  ma-. 

-ya-,  objective  prefix  denoting 
plural  nouns  in  ma-. 

Yaa  ku-,  to  sow  seeds. 

Ydbis,  or  Yabisi,  dry,  solid. 

Yai  =  Yayi. 

Yaika  ku-,  to  melt. 

Yake  or  Yakwe,  his,  hers,  its.  See 
-ake. 

Yakini,  certainly,  certainty,  it  is 
certain. 

Ydkinia  ku-,  to  determine,  to  set 
one's  mind  upon. 


118 


Y  A  K 


Yakinisha  lu-,  to  make  certain. 
YaJco,  thy,  your.     Sec  -al;o. 
Yakowapi,  where  arc  they? 
Ydkuti,  emerald  (?). 
Yalr,  those  yonder. 
Yuliomo,  which  are  within. 
Yambo  =  Jairibo. 
Yamini,  an  oath. 

hint,  possibly,  possibility. 

Kira  yamkini,  possibly. 
Yamkini  lu-  (?),  to  be  possible. 

Haiyamkini,  it  is  not  possible. 
Ynmur,  deer. 
Yange,     See  -nge-. 

Yangedumu,  they  would  remain. 
Yangu,  my,  of  me.    See  -angu. 
Yani  =  Ya  ntnt'f  for  what?  why? 
Yao,  their,  of  them.     See  -ao. 
Yasi,  a  yellow  powder  brought  from 

India,  and  used  as  a  cosmetic. 
Yntima,  an  orphan. 
Yavuyavu,  lights,  lungs. 
Yaya,  a  nurse,  an  ayah. 
Yayi,  plur.  mayayi,  an  egg. 

Yayi  ya  pumbu,  testicles. 
Y«!  =  Je!  Hullo  1     Weill     What 

now? 
Ye,  -ye,  or  -ye-,  sign  of  the  relative, 
referring    to  animate    beiugs, 
who,  which,  whom. 

Ye  yote,  whosoever. 

Yeekwayee,  common-place  people. 
■ye,  Mb,  hers,  or  its,  =  Yake. 
Yee  or  Ye.ye,  he  or  she,  him  or  her. 
Yet,  a  child's  good-bye,  "  ta-ta." 
Yemkini  =  Yamkini. 
i^J*     Yenu,  your,  of  you.     See  -enu. 
Yenyi,  having.    See  -enyi. 

a,  our,  of  us.     See  -etu. 
Yeyvka  lew-,  to  melt,  to  deliquesce. 
uiha  ku-,  to  cause  to  melt,  to 

melt. 
Yinyi  =  Y'utyi. 


-yo,  thy,  =  Ynko. 
Yo,  -yo,  -yo-,  sign  of  the  relative, 
which. 
Yo  yote,  whatsoever. 
Yoe  =  Yowe. 
Yonga  ku-,  to  sway. 
Yote,  all.     See  -ote. 

Kwa  yote,  altogether,  wholly. 
Yoice,  a  cry  for  help. 

Kupiga  yowe,  to  cry  for  help. 
Yu,  he  or  she  is. 

Yu-,  sign  of  the  third  person  sin- 
gular, referring  to  an  animate 
being.    It  is  used  chiefly  before 
monosyllabic  verbs  and  in  the 
Mombas  dialect. 
Yuaja,  he  comes. 
Yuko,  yumo,  &c,    he    is  there, 
within,  &c. 
Yule,  yonder  person,  that  person. 
Yuma  ku-,  to  sway  in  the  wind. 
Yuna,  he  has. 

Yungiyungi,  the  blue  water-lily. 
Yuza  ku-,  to  declare,  to  make  clear. 


Z. 

Z  is  pronounced  as  in  zany,  the 
German  8.  Zin  some  dialects  takes 
the  place  of  v  or  vy  in  that  of  Zan- 
zibar. 

Z  is  used  by  people  who  cannot 
pronounce  th,  for  the  Arabic  thai, 
thod,  and  dtha.    See  T. 

Z-  or  zi-,  the  sign  of  the  third  person 
plural  prefixed  to  verbs  which 
are  governed  by  plural  substan- 
tives of  the  class  which  does  not 
change  to  form  the  plural,  or  of 
that  which  makes  its  singular 
in  u-. 

Z-,  the  prefix  proper  to  prom 


Z  A 


ZID 


419 


governed  by  plural  nouns  of  the 
class  -which  does  not  change  to 
form  the  plural,  or  of  that  which 
makes  its  singular  in  u. 

Za,  of.     See  -a. 

Za  ku-.    See  Uza  ku-,  to  sell. 

Zaa  ku-,  to  bear,  to  breed,  to  beget, 
to  bear  fruit. 

Zabadi,  civet. 

Zabibu,  plur.  mazabibu  (?),  grapes, 
raisins. 

Zabidi  ku-,  to  take  civet  from  the 
ngawa. 

Zabuni  ku-,  to  buy. 

Zaburi,  the  psalter,  a  psalm. 

Zafarani  or  Zafrani,  saffron,  a  wo- 
man's name. 

Zagaa  ku-,  to  shine,  to  glisten. 

Zaidi  or  Zayidi,  more. 

Zaka,  tithes. 

Zake  or  Zakwe,  his,  hers,  its.  See 
-tike. 

Zako,  thy,  your.    See  -ako. 

Zakula  (AO  =  Vyakula,  victuals. 

Zalia  ku-,  to  bear  to. 

Zalisha  ku-,  to  beget,  cause  to  bear. 

Zaliwa  ku-,  to  be  born. 

Zama  ku-,  to  sink,  to  dive. 

Zamani,  times,  long  ago. 
Zamani  za  kale,  old  times,  long 

ago,  anciently. 
Zamani  za  Shanga,  when  Shanga 

flourished. 
Zamani  hizi,  nowadays. 
Zamani  zetu,  our  times. 

Zambarau,  a  kind  of  fruit,  in  ap- 
pearance not  unlike  a  large  dam- 
son. 

Zamisha  ku-,  to  make  to  sink. 

Zamu,  a  turn,  turns. 
Kica  zamu,  by  turns. 

Zangefuri,  cinnabar. 

Zangu,  my,  of  me.     See  -angu. 


Zani,  adultery. 

Zao,  plur.  mazao,  fruit,  produce. 

Zao,  their.     See  -ao. 

Zarambo,  a  spirit  distilled  from  palm 
wine. 

Zari,  a  precious  kind  of  stuff,  gold 
thread,  gold  brocade. 

Zatiti  ku-,  to  set  in  order,  arrange, 
prepare  for. 

Zawa  ku-,  to  be  born. 

Zawadi,  a  present,  a  keepsake,  a 
rarity. 

Zaicaridi,  a  Java  sparrow. 

Zayidi,  more. 

Zazi  (?),  afterbirth. 

-ze,  his,  her,  or  its,  =  Zake, 

•zee,  old,  aged. 

Zebakh,  mercury. 

Zege,  a  dome. 

Zelabia,  a  kind  of  sweetmeat  con- 
taining syrup. 

Zengea  ku-,  to  seek  for. 

Zenu,  your.    See  -enu. 

Zenyi.     See  -enyi. 

Zetu,  our,  of  us.     See  -etu. 

Zeze,  a  sort  of  lute  with  three 
strings. 

Zi-    =   Z-. 

-zi-,  the  objective  prefix  denoting  a 
plural  substantive  either  of  that 
class  which  doe3  not  change  to' 
form  the  plural  or  of  that  which 
makes  its  singular  in  u-. 

Ziba  ku-,  to  fill  up  a  hole  in  a  wall, 
&c,  to  plug  up,  to  stop. 

Zibana  ku-,  to  be  stopped  up,  to  stop 
itself  up. 

Zibo,  plur.  mazibo,  a  plug,  a  stopper. 

Zibua  ku-,  to  unstop,  to  bore 
through. 

Zidi  ku-,  to  increase,  to  do  more 
than  before. 
Kuzidi  kujua,  to  know  more. 


•420 


z  i  n 


ZU  A 


Zididha  hit-,  to  make  greater,  to 
add  to. 

Zii'uri,  a  cipher,  a  figure  of  nought. 

Zika  ku-,  to  bury,  to  inter. 

Zikerezwazo,  turnery,  turned  goods. 
See  Kereza. 

/.tin'. 

Kanzu  ya  zilti,  worked  with 
white  cotton  round  the  neck 
instead  of  silk.     See  Kanzu. 

ZOtika  ku-,  to  be  impoverished. 

Zikuri,  plur.  pifcu»(N.),  a  thousand. 

ZUe,  those  yonder. 

-  ima,  sound,  whole,  healthy,  com- 
plete. 

Zima  ku-,  to  extinguish,  to  put  out. 
Euzima  roho,  to  faint. 

Zimia  ku-,  to  put  out. 

Ziiuiha  ku-,  to  go  out,  to  be  extin- 
guished. 

Zimiliza  ku-,  to  rub  out. 

Zimu.  See  Wazimu,  'Mzimu,  Ku- 
zirnu,  Zimvoi. 

Zim.ua  ku-,  to  cool  hot  water  by 
adding  cold  to  it. 

Zimwi,  plur.  mazimwi,  an  ogre, 
a  ghoul,  an  evil  being  which 
devours  men,  &c 
Nazi  ina  zimwi,  i.e.  the  cocoa-nut 
has  grown  without  anything 
inside  the  shell. 

Zina  ku-,  to  commit  adultery.  See 
Zini. 

Zindika  ku-,  to  hold  an  opening 
ceremony  in,  to  open  for  use. 

Zindiko,  an  opening  ceremony. 

Zinduka  ku-,  to  wake  up  suddenly 
from  a  doze  with  a  nod  and  a 
start. 

nhana  ku-,    to   wake   up   sud- 
denly. 

Zinga  ku-,  to  commit  adultery  (?;. 
■I  ku-,  to  Mil  up. 


Zimjizi,   sleep,   great  sleep.     Also 
\gizi. 

Zingizi  /<<  ku'mkom&ika  mzazi,  a 
sleep  which  is  supposed  to  put 
an   end  to  all  further  child- 
bearing. 
Zingulia  ku-,  to  relieve  from  the 

evil  eye. 
Zini  ku-,  to  commit  adultery  or  for- 
nication. 
Zira  ku-,  to  hate  (M.). 
Ziriki  (M.)  =  lliziki. 
-zito,  heavy,  difficult,   severe,   sad, 
clumsy,  thick. 

Asali  nzito,  thick  syrup. 
Zituo. 

liana  zituo,  he  never  rests. 
Ziwa,  plur.  maziwa,  a  lake,  a  pond, 

the  breasts. 
Zizi,  plur.  mazizi,  a  cow-yard,  a 

cattle-fold,  a  stable,  palisading. 
Zizi  hizi,  just  these,  common. 
Zizima  ku-,  to  become  very  calm, 

very  still,  or  very  cold. 
Zizimia  ku-,  to  sink  to  the  bottom. 
Zo,  -zo,  -zo-,  sign  of  the  relative, 
which. 

Zo  zole,  whatsoever. 
-20,  thy,  =  Zako. 
Zoa  ku-,  to  gather  into  little  heaps, 

to  sweep  together. 
Zoea  ku-,  to  become  accustomed,  to 

become  used  to. 
Zoeza  leu-,  to  accustom  to,  to  make 
used  to. 

Kujizoeza,  to  practise. 
Zomari,  a  kind  of  clarionet,  a  pipe. 
Zomea  ku-,  to  groan  at. 
Zongazonga  ku-,  to  wind. 
Zote,  all.     See  -ote. 
Zua  ku-,  to  pierce,  to  bore  through, 
to  innovate,  to  invent. 

Niiiicmzua,  I  have   sucked   him 


ZUI 


zuz 


421 


dry,  I  have  got  all  the  informa- 
tion I  can  from  him. 
Zuia  ku-,  to  hold  in,  to  restrain,  to 
hinder. 

Kuzuia  pumzi,  to  stifle. 
Zuilia  ku-,  to  hold  for,  to  keep  off, 

to  hold  in  its  place. 
Zuka  ku-,  to  emerge,  to  rise. 
Zuli,  perjury. 
Zulia,  a  carpet. 
Zulia  ku-,  to  invent  to,  to  make  a 

false  excuse  to,  to  say  falsely  that 

one  has  such  and  such  a  message. 
Zulisha    ku-y    to    make    crazy,    to 

flurry. 
Zulu  ku-,  to  be  crazy. 
Zumarid,  an  emerald. 
Zumbili,  consolation. 
Zumbua  ku-,  to  find. 

Kuzumbua  paa  (A.),  to  take  off 
thatch. 
Zumbukana  ku,  to  be  to  be  found. 


Zumgu'mza  ku-,  to  amuse,  converse 
with. 
Kujizumgu'mza,  to   converse,   to 
amuse  oneself. 

Zunguka  ku-,  to  go  round,  to  sur- 
round, to  wind  round,  to  revolve, 
to  wander. 

Zungukazunguka  ku-,  to  stroll  about. 

Zungusha  ku-,  to  make  to  go  round, 
to  turn. 

Zuri  ku-,  to  lie,  to  swear  falsely. 

-zuri,  fine,  beautiful,  handsome. 

Zuru  ku-,  to  visit. 

Kwenda  kuzuru,  to  go  to  visit. 
Kuzuru  kaburi,  to  visit  a  grave. 

Zurungi  =  Huthurungi,  the  brown 
material  of  which  kanzus  are 
made. 

Zuzua  ku-,  to  puzzle  a  stranger,  or 
a  greenhorn. 

Zuzuka  ku-,  to  be  puzzled  or  be- 
wildered, not  to  know  what  to  do. 


APPENDICES. 


(    425    ) 


Appknwx  I. 


Specimen  of  Kinynme,  as  written  out  by  Johari,  a  native  of  the 
Bwahili  coast  a  little  south  of  Zanzibar.  The  Swahili  is  in  the  Merima 
dialect. 


Swahili. 

KlNYUUB, 

English. 

Ng'ombe 

Mbeng'o 

An  ox. 

Mbuzi 

Zimbu 

A  goat. 

Punda 

Ndapu 

A  donkey. 

Nyamiya 

Yangami 

A  camel. 

Nyumba 

Mbanyu 

A  house. 

Mkeka 

Kamke 

A  sleeping  mat. 

Kitanda 

Kdakita 

A  bedstead. 

Mlango 

Ngomla 

A  door. 

Mijengo 

Ngomije 

Buildings  (?). 

Udongo 

Ngoudo 

Red  earth. 

Ngazi 

Zinga 

A  ladder. 

Darqja 

Jadara 

A  staircase. 

Maneno 

Nomane 

Words. 

Basi 

Siba 

That  will  do. 

Mwanamuke 

Kemwanamu 

A  woman. 

Uzingizi 

Ziuzingi 

Sleep. 

Samaki 

Kisama 

Fish. 

Kweli 

Likwe 

Truth. 

Nazima 

Manazi 

I  lend. 

Sikupi 

Pisiku 

I  will  not  give  you. 

Ntakupa 

Pantaku 

I  will  give  you. 

Ntakunyima 

Mantakunyi 

I  shall  withhold  from  yau. 

Macho 

Choma 

Eyes. 

Mguru 

Rumgu 

A  leg. 

Rungu 

Nguru 

A  club. 

Nakuomba 

Mbanakuo 

I  pray  you. 

126 


APr/xnjx  J. 


8«  A1III.L. 

\    n-.i  iiiiiniuma 

Yidole 

Shingo 

Si  I:  in  li 

Fundi 

Sivyo 

Karatasi 

Kulamu 
Wino 
Pakura 

I'll;  nil      .'hi 

Senendi 
Chakula 
Utakio.nda 
Mchanga 
Samauati  (Ar.) 
Aruthi    Ai.j 

Mungwana 
Mtumwa 

-    iki 
Meza 
1  :n:eta 
Sanduku 

Kit  id,  a 
Msahafu 


Knnri  ui 

Raiijn  mainaniu 

/,.  riiln 

Ngoshi 
Id&ikvoe 

iu 
Vyosi 

Sikw,  ata 
Mukala 
Novri 
Jtapuku 

Tut  m  mleze 

Ndisene 

Lachiku 

Ndautakwe 

Ngamcha 

Tisiimiiwit 

Thiaru 

Tumu 

Namungwa 

Mi'  nnitu 

Kisita 

Zame 

Tabice 

Kv&andu 

Bukita 

Fumsulta 


English. 
I  ache  with  hunger. 
Fingers. 
The  neck. 
It  is  not  true. 
A  master  workman. 
Not  thus. 
Paper. 
A  pen. 
Ink. 

Disli  up. 
Let  us  be  off. 
I  am  not  going. 
Food. 

You  will  go. 
Sand. 
Heaven. 
Earth. 
Man. 

A  free  man. 
A  slave. 
I  dislike  it. 
A  table. 
A  box. 
A  chest. 
A  book. 
A  Koran. 


C    427    ) 


Appendix  II. 


Specimens  of  Swahili  correspondence  in  prose  and  verse,  containing : 
— 1.  Two  Swahili  letters,  the  one  on  giving,  the  other  on  receiving  a 
small  present.  The  forms  of  address,  &c,  are  those  used  in  all  letters, 
whatever  their  subject  may  be.  2.  Two  specimens  of  verses  sent  as 
letters,  the  first  to  excuse  breaking  an  appointment,  the  second  sent 
from  Pemba  by  a  Mombas  man  to  his  friends  at  home,  who  upbraided 
him  for  not  returning.     This  form  of  writing  is  a  very  favourite  one. 


Ilia  jenab  il  moheb  rafiki  yangu,  bwana  wangu,  bwana  mkubwa, 
D.  S.,  salamu  sana,  ama  baada  ya  salamu,  nalikuwa  siwezi  siku 
nyingi,  lakini  sasa  sijanibo  kidogo,  ama  baadahu,  nimekuletea  kitoweo 
kidogo  tafathali  upokee,  nao  k'uku  saba'a,  wa  salamu,  wa  katabahu 
rafiki  yako  H.  bin  A. 

To  the  honourable  the  beloved,  my  friend,  my  master,  the  great,  sir, 
D.  S.,many  compliments,  but  after  compliments,  I  was  unwell  for  many 
days,  but  now  I  am  a  little  recovered,  and  after  this,  I  have  sent  you  a 
little  kitoweo  [i.e.  something  to  be  eaten  with  the  rice  or  grain,  which 
forms  the  bulk  of  all  meals],  and  I  beg  your  acceptance,  they  are  seven 
fowls  and  compliments,  and  he  who  wrote  this  is  H.  son  of  A, 


Ilia  jenab,  il  mohel),  il  akram,  in  nasih,  D.  S.,  il  Mwingrezi,  insha' 
Allah  salaam  aleik  wa  rehmet  Allah  wa  barakatahu;  wa  baada, 
nakuarifu  hali  zangu  njema  wa  thama  nawe  kathalik  ya  afia,  wa 
zayidi  amana  yako  ulioniletea  imefika  kwangu,  ahsanta,  Mwenyiezi 
Muungu  atakujazi  kheiri  ukae  ukitukumbuka,  nasi  nyoyo  zetu  zinaku- 


428  APPENDIX  II. 

kumbuka  ?ana.  tunapenda  uje  'nti  ya  T'nguja,  wewe  na  bibi,  naye  nje 
tumwangalie,  naye  aje  atazame 'nti  ya  Dnguja,  nasi  kulla  siku  tukilala 
tukia'mka  tunakuombea  Muungu  uje  'nti  ya  Unguja,  tuonane  kwa 
afia  na  nguvu,  nasi  twapenda  macho  yetn  yakuone  wewe  nssubui  na 
jioni,  na  nsipoknja  wewe,  usitusahau  kwa  nyaraka  allah  allah. 
N  9alimie  bibi  mke  wako  salamu  sana.  Nasi  tunakutamani,  kama 
tungalikuwa  ndege  tungaliruka  tukija  tukaonane  nawe  mara  moja 
tukiisha  tukarudi.  Nyumbani  kwangu  mke  wangu  salamu  sana.  M. 
bin  A.  akusalimu  sana,  wa  katabaliu  M.  wadi  S.  26  mwezi  wa  mfunguo 
kenda. 

To  the  honourable,  the  beloved,  the  noble,  the  sincere  D.  S.,  the 
Englishman,  please  God,  peace  be  with  you  and  the  mercy  of  God  ami 
1  lis  blessing ;  and  afterwards,  I  inform  you  that  my  health  is  good,  and 
may  you  be  the  same  as  to  health,  and  further,  your  pledge  which  you 
Bent  me  has  reached  me,  I  thank  you.  Almighty  God  will  satisfy  you 
with  good  that  you  may  continue  to  remember  us,  and  as  for  us,  our 
hearts  think  much  of  you ;  we  wish  you  to  come  to  the  land  of  Zanzibar, 
you  and  the  mistress,  and  let  her  pome  that  we  may  behold  her,  and 
let  her  come  that  she  may  look  upon  the  land  of  Zanzibar ;  and  we 
every  day  when  we  sleep  and  when  we  wake  pray  for  you  to  God  that 
you  come  to  the  land  of  Zanzibar,  that  we  may  meet  in  health  and 
strength,  and  we,  we  wish  that  our  eyes  should  see  you  morning  and 
evening,  and  if  you  come  not  yourself,  forget  us  not  by  letters,  we 
adjure  you.  Salute  for  me  the  mistress  your  wife  with  many  compli- 
ments. And  wtc  are  longing  for  you,  and  if  we  had  been  birds  we 
would  have  come  flying  to  see  you  once  and  then  return.  At  home  my 
wife  sends  many  compliments.  M.  son  of  A.  salutes  you  much,  and 
he  who  wrote  this  is  M.  the  eon  of  S.  26  of  the  month  Jemad  al 
akhr. 


ir. 

Kala  es  sha'iri.  The  Verse  says. 

Risala  enda  kwa  hima  Go,  message,  qub-kly 

Kwa  Edward  Istira  To  Edward  Steere, 

Umpe  yangu  salama  Give  him  health, 

Pamwe  na  kumkhubira,  Together  with  telling  him, 

Siwezi  yangu  jisima  I  am  ill  in  my  body, 

Ningekwenda  tesira  I  would  have  gone  readily 

Kumtazama  padira  To  see  the  Padre, 

Pamwe  na  Edward  Stira.  Together  with  Edward  Steere. 


APPENDIX  II.  429 

Pamwe  na  Edward  Stira.  Together  with  Edward  Steere. 

Ilimu  ya  Injili  The  doctrine  of  the  Gospel— 

Yuaijua  habara  He  knows  how  its  news 

Pia  yote  kufasili.  To  explain,— all  of  it. 

Ni  muhebbi  akhyara  He  is  a  choice  friend, 

Kwetu  sisi  afthali.  Especially  in  our  house ; 

Edi  ni  mtu  wa  kweli.  He  is  a  man  of  truth. 

Eabbi,  nipe  tesira.  O  Lord,  give  me  prosperity. 


Hatukiati  kisiwa  kwa  uvambume  na  upembe 

Tukaifuasa  bawa  kulewalewa  na  ombe 
Ni  mpunga  na  maziwa  na  kulla  siku  ni  ngombe 

Twalalia  kwa  jivumbe,  lipangine  kwa  rihani. 

We  shall  not  leave  the  island  for  tale-bearing  and  plotting, 
And  follow  the  fancy  to  be  tossed  on  the  sea. 

Here  are  rice,  and  milk,  and  every  day  an  ox; 

We  sleep  among  perf ames,  and  strings  of  sweet  basil. 


Swahili  letters  are  always  written  with  a  string  of  Arabic  compli- 
ments at  the  beginning,  and  Arabic  words  are  freely  introduced 
throughout.  In  letter-writing  kuarifu  is  used  for  to  inform,  and 
kuwasilia  (not  kufikia)  for  to  reach,  as  in  the  phrase  your  letter  has 
reached  me — waraka  icako  vmeniwasilia.  Swahili  verses  are  written  in 
an  obsolete  dialect  full  of  Arabic  words  and  foreign  words  generally, 
called  Kingozi.  It  has  not  yet  been  studied  by  any  European.  Among 
its  more  remarkable  peculiarities  is  the  use  of  a  present  perfect  made 
by  a  change  in  the  termination  of  the  Verb,  similar  to  those  in  use  in 
the  Yao  and  in  other  languages  of  the  Interior.  Thus  a  poet  may 
write  mbwene  for  nimeona,  and  nikomile  for  nimekoma.  Some  speci- 
mens of  this  dialect  will  be  found  in  the  poetry  at  the  end  of  the 
"  Swahili  Tales."  • 

1<K     *U'*^        ^T*rJ«t     -£*rWM.       £*W.Y~t        /V.v5,Sa»,,ru  Uy,n     4*J*n 

3^;?     ,n^     n^h,f,U     0*Z,  ^  Zcrtr„ 


2  r 


(    431     ) 


Appendix  III. 


Part  of  a  Swahili  tale  with  the  prefixes  marked  and  explained.  It 
is  printed  first  as  in  the  main  it  would  be  written  by  a  native ;  next 
the  compound  forms  are  marked  by  hyphens  and  explained ;  and  last 
comes  an  English  translation. 


Yule  kijana  akafuta  upanga  wake,  akanena,  mimi  nitaingia  humo  I. 


The  tale,  of  which  this  is  a  part,  is  called  the  Hadithi  ya  Waridi,  II. 
na  Ureda,  na  Jindi,  na  Sinebar.  The  portion  of  it  here  printed  begins 
with  a  verb  in  the  ka  tense,  because  it  is  carrying  on  a  narration 
already  commenced.  The  first  words  of  the  story  are — Aliondokea  mtu 
tajiri.  After  this  first  verb  in  the  li  tense  the  rest  are  formed  with  ka, 
unless  they  are  constructed  with  a  relative  or  particle  of  time  or  place, 
which  cannot  be  joined  with  ka  but  only  with  li. 

Yule,  that;  demonstrative  (p.  115)  referring  to  a  singular  sub- 
stantive of  the  first  class,  kijana  being  regarded  as  the  name  of  a 
person.  Ki-jana,  a  young  man  or  woman,  here  a  man.  A-ka-futa, 
and  he  drew ;  a-,  sign  of  third  person  sing.,  appropriate  to  a  noun 
of  the  first  class  or  to  any  word  denoting  a  living  being;  -ka-, 
sign  of  the  narrative  past  tense ;  -futa,  draw.  U-panga,  a  sword ; 
a  sing,  substantive  of  the  sixth  class.  W-ake,  his;  possessive 
pronoun,  third  person  sing.;  w-,  prefix  proper  to  a  pronoun  agree- 
ing with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  sixth  class.  A-ka-nena,  and 
he  said  ;  a-  and  -ka-,  as  before  ;  -nena,  speak  or  say  out.  Mimi,  I.  Ni- 
ta-ingia,  I  will  go  in ;  ni-,  sign  of  the  first  person  sing.  ;  -ta-,  sign  of  the 
future  tense ;  -ingia,  go  into,  enter.     Humo,  in  here ;  a  demonstrative 


The  youth  drew  his  sword,  and  said, "  I  will  go  into  this  pit,  whether  III. 

2  f  2 


r  2  APPENDIX  III. 

I.  shinioni,  nikafe  no  nikapone.  Akaingia, akamwona  mtoto  amefungwa, 
aaye  mwanamume.  Akamwambia,  nifungue  nikupe  khabari  ya 
humo  Bhimoni.     Akamfungua,  akaona  vichwa  vingi  vya  watu.    Aka- 


II.  proper  to  the  -ni  case,  when  it  denotes  being,  &c.,  within.  Shimo-ni, 
into  the  pit;  shimo-,a  singular  noun  of  the  fifth  class;  -ni,  sign  of 
the  Locative  case.  Ni-ka-fe,  and  let  me  die;  ni-,  sign  of  first  person 
sing.;  -ha-  and  (p.  141) ;  -fe,  subjunctive  form  of  fa,  die.  An,  or.  Ni- 
ka-pone,  and  let  me  live ;  ni-  and  -ha-,  as  before ;  -pone,  subjunctive 
:n  of  pona,  be  saved.  A-ha-ingia,  and  he  went  in;  third  sing., 
narrative  past  of  ingia,  go  in.  A-ka-mw-ona,  and  saw  him  ;  a-ka-,  and 
he  did ;  -mic-,  objective  prefix  proper  to  a  substantive  of  the  first  class 
(mtoto);  -ona,  see.  M-toto,  child ;  sing,  substantive  of  the  first  class. 
A-me-fungwa,  bound;  a-,  sign  of  third  person  sing.,  governed  by  a 
substantive  of  the  first  class  (mtoto) ;  -me-,  sign  of  the  present  perfect, 
which  is  here  used  as  a  sort  of  past  participle:  -fungwa,  passive  of 
funga,  bind.  Na-ye,  and  he  (p.  103).  Mw-ana-m-ume,  a  male;  mu- 
sing, prefix  of  a  noun  of  the  first  class;  m-  (for  mu-),  prefix  agreeing 
with  a  substantive  of  the  first  class;  -time,  male;  the  whole  word, 
mwanamume,  is  used  for  a  man,  or  auy  human  being  of  the  male  sex. 
A-ka-mw-ambia,  and  he  said  to  him;  a-ka-,  third  sing,  narrative  past ; 
-mic-,  subjective  prefix  denoting  a  person  (kijana) ;  -ambia,  say  to.  Ni- 
fungue,  unbind  me;  ni-,  objective  prefix,  first  person  ;  -fungue,  impera- 
tive sing,  of  fungua,  unbind.  Ni-ku-pe,  that  I  may  give  you;  ni-, 
subjective  prefix  first  person ;  -7m-,  objective  prefix,  second  person ;  -pe, 
subjunctive  of  pa,  give  to.  Kliabari,  news ;  sing,  substantive  of  the 
third  class.  Y-a,  of;  y-,  sign  of  agreement  with  a  sing,  substantive  of 
the  third  class  (khabari).  Humo,  here  in ;  a  demonstrative  agreeing 
with  the  -ni  case  when  denoting  within.  Shimo-ni,  in  the  pit ;  -ni,  sign 
of  the  locative  case.  A-ka-m-fungua,  and  he  loosed  him  ;  a-,  ka-,  third 
sing,  narrative  past ;  -m-,  objective  prefix  referring  to  a  substantive  of 
the  first  class  (mtoto);  -fungua, unbind.  A-ha-ona,  and  he  saw,  third 
sing.,  narrative  past.  Vi-chwa,  heads  or  skulls ;  vi-,  sign  of  a  plural 
substantive  of  the  fourth  class ;  vichwa  is  in  more  elegant  Swabili  vitwa. 
V-ingi,  many;  v-  or  vi-,  adjectival  plural  prefix,  marking  agreement 
with  a  plural  substantive  of  the  fourth  class  (vichwa);  -ingi  or  -ngi, 
many.     Vy-a,  of;  vy-,  marking  the  agreement  with  a  plural  noun  of 


III.  I  die  or  live."  And  he  went  in  and  saw  a  boy,  and  he  was  bound.  And 
'the  boy]  said,  "Unl  ind  me,  that  I  may  tell  you  about  what  there  is  in 
this  pit."    And  he  unbound  hiin,  and  saw  many  human  skulls.    And  he 


APPENDIX  III.  433 

mwuliza,   habari  gani  hii?    Akamwambia,  mna  nyoka  humo,  kazi  I. 
yake  kula  watu,  na  mimi  angalinila,  lakini  amenifanya  mtoto  wake, 
miaka  mingi  nimetoka  kwetu.     Akamwuliza,  sasa  yuko  wapi  nyoka? 


the  fourth  class  (vichwa).    Wa-tu,  people ;  wo-,  plural  prefix  first  class.  II- 
Akamwuliza,  and  he  asked  him ;  a-,  ha-,  third  sing,  narrative  past ; 
-mw-,  objective  prefix  referring  to  a  person  (mtoto)  ;  -uliza,  ask  or  ask 
of.     Habari  or  khabari,  news,  sing,  substantive  third  class.     Gani, 
what  sort  ?    Hii,  this ;  demonstrative  denoting  a  sing,  substantive  of 
the  third  class  {habari).     A-ha-mw-ambia,  and  he  said  to  him;   this 
word  is  of  constant  occurrence,  it  means  that  one  person  told  or  said  to 
another ;  there  is  no  mark  of  sex  or  means  of  distinguishing  which 
person  of  several  mentioned  before  was  the  speaker,  these  points  must 
be  gathered  from  the  context.     M-na,  there  is  inside ;  m-na  is  part  of 
the  verb  huwa  na,  to  be  with  or  to  have,  used  as  it  often  is  to  denote 
mere  being  (p.  153)  ;  it  answers  to  the  English  there  is;  there  may  be 
represented  by  ku-,  pa-,  or  m- ;  the  last  is  used  where  the  place  suggested 
is  within  something,  it  refers  here  to  shimoni,  in  the  pit.    Ny-oka,  a 
snake,  a  sing,  substantive  in  the  form  of  the  third  class,  denoting  an 
animate  being.     Humo,  there  within,  referring  to  shimoni.    Kazi,  work 
or  employment,  sing,  substantive,  third  class.     Y-ake,  his ;  y-,  prefix 
agreeing  with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  third  class ;  -ake,  possessive 
pronoun,  third  person  sing.     Ku-la,  to  eat;  ku-,  sign  of  the  infinitive  ; 
-la,  eat.     Wa-tu,  people;   wa-,  plural   prefix  first  class.     Na,  and. 
Mimi,  I  or  me.    A-ngali-ni-la,  he  would  have  eaten  me ;  o-,  third  sing., 
agreeing  with  the  name  of  an  animal  (nyoka) ;    -ngali-,  sign  of  the 
past  conditional  tense;   -ni-,  objective  prefix  referring  to  the  first 
person ;  -la,  eat ;  the  tense  prefix  -ngali-  cannot  bear  any  accent,  the 
word  is  therefore  pronounced  angalinila.     Lakini,  but.    A-me-ni-fanya, 
he  has  made  me ;  a-,  referring  to  nyoka ;  -me-,  sign  of  present  perfect ; 
ni-,  objective  prefix,  first  person;  -fanya,  make.     M-toto,  child;  m-, 
sing,  prefix,  first  class.     W-ake,  his;   w-,  prefix  agreeing  with  sing. 
substantive  of  the  first  class  (mtoto).     Mi-aka,  years  ;  plural  substan- 
tive of  the  second  class  (sing,  mwaka) ;  mi-,  plural  prefix.     M-ingi, 
many  ;  m-  or  mi-,  prefix,  denoting  agreement  with  a  plural  substantive 
of  the  second  class  (miaka).     Ni-me-toka,  I  have  left ;  ni-,  first  person 
subjective ;  -me-,  present  perfect ;   -toka,  go  out  of.     Kw-etu,  home ; 


asked,  "  What  is  this  ?  "    And  he  said,  "  There  is  a  snake  in  it,  that  eats  HL 
men,  and  would  have  eaten  me,  but  that  it  took  me  for  its  own  son.     It 
is  many  years  since  I  left  home."    And  he  asked,  "  Where  is  the  snake 


.|  APPENDIX  III. 

I  Akamwambia,  twende,  nikakuonye  mahala  amelala.  Akamwambia, 
twende.  Walipofika,  yule  kijana  akamkata  kichwa  kirnoja,  akatoacha 
j'ili,  akamkata,  hatta  vikatiniu  saba.     Wakarudi,  wakaenda  zao. 


II.  ^M  »  prefix  agreeing  with  a  substantive  (perhaps  nyumha)  in  the  case 
in  -n»;  -du  (our).     A-ka-miv-uliza,  and  he  asked  him  ;  a-,  third  sing. 
(kijana);   -ha-,  narrative  past;   -mw-,  third  sing,  objective  (mtoto); 
-uliza,  ask.     Sasa,   now.     Yu-ko,   he   is;    yu-,  sign   of  third   person 
sing.,  referring  to  a  substantive  of  the  second  class  (nyoka);   -ko, 
denoting  existence  in  space  (p.  154).     Wapi,  where?    Ny-oka,  snake; 
Bing.  substantive.     A-ka-mw-ambia,  and  he  said  to  him.    (See  above.) 
Twende,  let    us    go ;    tw-,   sign    of   the   first   person    plural ;    -ende, 
subjunctive  of    enda,  go.     Ni-ka-ku-onye,  and  let  me  show  you;  ni-, 
sign  of  first  person  sing. ;  -ka-,  and  (p.  211);  -ku-,  objective  second 
person  sing.;  -onye,  subjunctive  of  onya,  show.     Mahala,  the  place, 
the  place  where.    A-me-lala,  he  is  asleep;   a-,  third  sing,  animate 
(  nyoka);  -me-,  present  perfect;  -lain,  lie  down  to  sleep,  to  go  to  sleep. 
A-ka  mw-ambia.     (See  above.)      Tw-ende,  let  us  go;  tw-,  first  person 
jilur. ;    -ende,   subjunctive    of  enda,   go.       Wa-li-po-fika,   when   they 
irrived;  tea-,  sign  of  third  person  plural  agreeing  with  substantives 
ileuoting  persons  (kijana  and  mtoto) ;    -li-  or  -ali-,  sign  of  the  past 
perfect,  or  of  past  time  generally  when  joined   with  a  particle   of 
I   kition;  -po-,  sign  of  time  when;  -fika,  arrive.     Yule,  that;  demon- 
stral  Lve  denoting  a  person  (kijana).     Ki-jana,  youth  ;  sing,  substantive 
fourth  class,  but  denoting  a   person,   and   therefore  joined  as  here 
with  pronouns  and  verbs  in  forms  proper  to  the  first  class.      A-ka- 
mkata,  he  cut  him;  a-,  third  sing,  of  a  person  (kijana);  -ka-,  narra- 
tive past;  -m-,  objective  prefix,  referring  to  the  name  of  an  animal 
'  nyoka)  (see  p.  112);  -kata,  cut  or  cut  off.     Ki-chwa,  head,  sing,  sub- 
ative  fourth  class.     Ki-moja,  one ;  ki-,  prefix  denoting  agreement 
with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  fourth  class  (kichwa  or  kitwa);  -moja, 
rne.     A-ka-toa,  and  he  put  forth  ;  a-,  third  sing.,  referring  to,  a  sub- 
ntive  denoting  an  animal  (nyoka);  -ka-,  narrative  past;  -toa,  put 
rh.     Cha  pili,  a  second  (p.  92) ;  ch-,  referring  to  a  sing,  substantive 
lurth  class  (kichwa).    A-ka-m-kata,  and  he  cut  him.    (See  above.) 
Hatta,  until.      Vi-ka-timu,  they  were  complete ;  vi-,  third,  plural  refer- 


Ill,  now?"    He  said,  "  Let  us  go  and  let  me  show  you  where  it  is  sleeping." 
1 1-  6aid,  "  Let  u-  go."    When  they  got  there  the  youth  cut  off  one  of  it- 
heads  ;  it  put  forth  a  second,  and  he  cut  it  off,  until  he  had  cut  off 
n.     And  they  returned,  and  went  on  their  way. 


APPENDIX  III.  435 

Akainwanibia  sasa    twenne    zetu    kwetu,    lakini    tukifika  kwetu  I. 
wenende  wewe  kwanza  kwa  baba  yangu,  ukamwambie   kana  mtoto 
wako  nikikuletea  utauipa  nini  ?     Akikwambia,  nitakupa  rnali  yangu 


ring  to  nouns  of  the  fourth  class,  here  to  vichwa,  heads,  plural  ofkichica ;  II. 
-ka-,  narrative  past;  -timu,  be  complete.  Saba,  seven.  Wa-ka-rudi, 
and  they  returned  ;  tea-,  third  plural  referring  to  persons  (kijana 
and  mtoto) ;  -ha-,  narrative  past ;  -rudi,  return.  Wa-ka-enda  z-ao,  and 
they  went  away ;  wa-,  third  plural  (kijana  and  mtoto) ;  -ka-,  narrative 
past ;  -enda,  go ;  z-ao,  their  (ways) ;  z-,  a  prefix  denoting  agreement 
with  a  plural  noun  of  the  third  or  sixth,  or  in  the  dialect  of  Lamoo 
of  the  fourth  class ;  -ao,  their.  Possibly  zao  agrees  with  njia,  ways. 
(See  p.  112.) 

A-ka-mw-ambia,  and  he  said  to  him.  Sasa,  now.  Tw-ende  z-etu. 
let  us  go  away  ;  tic-,  sign  of  first  person  plural ;  -ende,  subjunctive  of 
enda,  go ;  z-,  sign  of  agreement  with  a  plural  noun  of  the  third  or  the 
sixth  class;  -etu,  our.  (See  above.)  Kw-etu,  home ;  to-,  sign  of  agree- 
ment with  the  case  in  -ni-;  -etu,  our.  Lakini,  but.  Tu-ki-jika,  when 
we  arrive ;  tu-,  sign  of  the  first  person  plural ;  -hi-,  sign  of  the  partici- 
pial tense  (p.  136) ;  -fika,  arrive.  Kw-etu,  home.  W-enende,  go ;  w-, 
sign  of  the  second  person  singular ;  -enende,  subjunctive  of  enenda,  go, 
or  go  on.  Wewe,  thou.  Kwanza,  first ;  originally  the  infinitive  of  the 
verb  anza,  begin ;  kwanza,  to  begin,  beginning,  and  therefore  first. 
Kwa,  to  a  person,  or  to  his  house.  Baba,  father.  Y-angu,  my ;  y-, 
sign  of  an  agreement  with  a  singular  noun  of  the  third  class,  used  here 
©  Uoquially  with  one  denoting  a  person  (baba);  -angu,  my  (p.  109).  U- 
ka-mic-ambie,  and  say  to  him ;  u-,  sign  of  the  second  person  singular ; 
-ka-,  and ;  -mw-,  objective  sign  referring  to  a  noun  denoting  a  person 
(baba);  -ambie,  subjunctive  of  ambia,  tell.  Kana,  if.  M-toto,  child. 
W-ako,  thy ;  tc-,  sign  of  agreement  with  a  singular  substantive  of  the 
first  class  (mtoto).  Ni-ki-ku-letea,  if  I  bring  to  you ;  ni-,  sign  of  the 
first  person  singular ;  -ki-,  sign  of  the  participial  tense  (p.  136) ; 
-ku-,  objective  prefix  referring  to  the  second  person  singular;  -letea, 
bring  to.  U-ta-ni-pa,  you  will  give  me ;  u-,  sign  of  second  person  sing.  ; 
-ta-,  sign  of  the  future  tense ;  -ni-,  objective  prefix  referring  to  the 
first  person  singular;  -pa,  give  to.  Nini,  what?  A-kt-kw-ambia,  if 
he  tells  you;    a-,  sign  of  the  third  person  singular  referring  to  a 


And  [the  boy]  said,  "  Now  let  us  go  to  my  home ;  but  when  we  are  III. 
getting  near  to  it  do  you  go  first  to  my  father  and  say  to  him,  '  If  I  bring 
your  son  to  you,  what  will  you  give  me  ? '     If  he  says  to  you, '  I  will  give 


■1.  APPENDIX  III. 

I.  nib.-u  kwa  nussu,  usikubali,  mwambie  nataka  koila  yako  uliyo  ukivaa 
ujanani  mwako.    Atakupa  kofia  ya  thahabu,  u&ikubali,  ela  akupe 


II.  person  (baba) ;  -W-,  sign  of  the  participial  tense;  -kw-,  objective  prefix 
r.  ferring  to  the  second  person  singular;  -avibia,  say  to.  Ni-ta-ku~pa, 
1  will  give  you;  ui-,  sign  of  the  first  person  sing. ;  -ta-,  sign  of  the 
futtnv  tense ;  -Tat;  objective  prefix  referring  to  the  second  person 
singular ;  -pa,  give  to.  Mall,  possessions  ;  treated  sometimes  as  a  noun 
of  the  third  class,  sometimes  as  a  plural  noun  of  the  fifth  class. 
T-angu,  my;  y-,  sign  of  an  tent  with  a  singular  noun  of  the 

third  or  with  a  plural  noun  of  the  fifth  class.  Nussu,  half.  Kwa, 
by.  Nussu,  half.  U-si-kuhali,  do  not  accept ;  w-,  sign  of  second  person 
singular ;  -at-,  sign  of  negative  subjunctive  (p.  147);  -kubali,  sub- 
junctive of  kuhall,  accept.  Mw-ambie,  tell  him;  mw-,  objective 
prefix  referring  to  a  person  (baba);  -ambie,  imperative  of  ambm, 
tell;  mw-  is  known  to  be  the  objective  third  person,  and  not  the 
subjective  second  plural,  by  the  form  of  the  word  ambia ;  being  an 
applied  form  it  must  have  the  object  expressed.  N-a-taka,  I  want ;  n-, 
sign  of  the  first  person  singular  ;  -a-,  sign  of  the  present  tense  ;  -taka, 
want.  Kofia,  cap ;  sing,  substantive  of  the  third  class.  Y-ako,  thy  ; 
y-,  6ign  of  agreement  with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the 'third  els 
U-li-yo,  which  you,  or  which  you  are,  or  were ;  u-,  sign  of  the  second 
person  sing. :  -U-,  used  for  the  substantive  verb ;  -yo,  relative  sign 
referring  to  a  singular  substantive  of  the  third  class  (kofia).  TJ-ki- 
raa,  putting  on  ;  u-,  sign  of  the  second  person  singular  ;  -ki-,  sign  of 
the  participial  tense ;  -vaa,  put  on.  U-jand-ni,  in  youth  ;  u-,  sign  of  a 
sing,  substantive  of  the  sixth  clas3 ;  -nl-,  sign  of  the  locative  case. 
Mic-ako,  thy;  mw-,  sign  of  agreement  with  a  substantive  in  the 
locative  case  with  the  meaning  of  in.  A-ta-ku-pa,  he  will  give  you  ; 
-  a-,  sign  of  third  person  sing,  of  a  person  ;  -ta-,  sign  of  the  future ;  -ku-, 
objective  prefix  referring  to  the  second  person  sing. ;  -pa,  give  to. 
Kofia,  cap;  sing,  substantive  of  the  third  class.  Y-a,  of;  y-,  sign  of 
Agreement  with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  third  class.  Thahabu, 
gold ;  substantive  of  the  third  class.  U-si-kubali,  do  not  accept ;  «-, 
sign  of  the  second  person  sing.  ;  si-,  sign  of  the  negative  subjunctive; 
-kubali,  subjunctive  of  kuball,  accept.  Ela,  except.  A-ku-pe,  let  him 
give  you;   a-,  6igu  of  the  third  person  sing.,  referring  to  a  person; 


III.  you  half  of  all  I  have,'  do  not  accept  that,  but  say, '  I  want  the  cap  which 
you  used  to  wear  in  your  youth.'  He  will  give  you  a  cap  of  gold  ;  do 
not  accept  it,  unless  he  give  you  a  cap  quite  worn  out,  take  that.    And 


APPENDIX  III.  437 

kofia  mbovu  kabisa,  hiyo  pokea.     Na  mama  yangu  mwambie  nataka  I. 
taa  uliyo  ukiwasha  ujanani  mwako.     Atakupa  taa  nyingi  za  thahabu, 
uoikubali,  ela  akupe  taa  mbovumbovu  ya  chuma,  hiyo  pokea. 


-ku-,  objective  prefix,  referring  to  the  second  person  sing. ;  -pe,  sub-  II. 
junctive  of  pa,  give  to.  Kofia,  sing,  substantive  third  class.  M-bovu, 
rotten ;  m-,  being  n-  converted  into  m-  by  standing  before  -b  (p.  85), 
sign  of  an  agreement  with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  third  class  (kofia). 
Kabisa,  utterly.  Hiyo,  this  one;  demonstrative  denoting  a  thing 
mentioned  before,  and  agreeing  with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  third 
class  (kofia).  Pokea,  receive :  imperative  sing,  of  pokea,  receive. 
Na,  and.  Mama,  mother :  sing,  substantive  in  the  form  of  the  third 
class  denoting  a  person.  Y-angu,  my ;  y-,  sign  of  an  agreement  with 
a  sing,  substantive  of  the  third  class,  here  used  colloquially.  Mw-ambie, 
tell  her ;  mw-,  objective  prefix  referring  to  a  person ;  -ambie,  imperative 
sing,  of  ambia,  tell.  N-a-taka,  I  want ;  «-,  sign  of  first  person  sing.  ; 
-a-,  sign  of  present  tense ;  -taka,  want.  Taa,  sing,  substantive  third 
class.  U-li-yo,  which  you,  which  you  were  or  are ;  -u,  sign  of  the 
second  person  sing. :  -U-,  used  for  the  substantive  verb  (p.  151) ;  -yo, 
relative  particle  referring  to  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  third  class 
(tao).  U-ki-washa,  lighting;  u-,  sign  of  second  person  sing.;  -M-, 
sign  of  the  participial  tense  ;  -washa,  light.  U-jand-ni,  in  youth  ;  u-, 
sign  of  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  sixth  class ;  -ni,  sign  of  the  locative 
case.  Mw-ako,  thy ;  mw-,  sign  of  agreement  with  a  substantive  in  the 
locative  case  with  the  meaning  in.  A-ta-  ku-pa,  she  will  give  you ; 
a-,  sign  of  third  person  sing.,  referring  to  a  person ;  -ta-,  sign  of  the 
future  tense ;  -ku-,  objective  prefix  referring  to  the  second  person  sing. ; 
■pa,  give  to.  Taa,  lamps ;  plural  substantive  of  the  third  class  (shown 
to  be  plural  by  the  context).  Ny-ingi,  many ;  ny-,  sign  of  agreement 
with  a  plural  substantive  of  the  third  class  (taa).  Z-a,  of;  z-,  sign  of 
agreement  with  a  plural  noun  of  the  third  class.  Thahabu,  gold. 
U-si-kubali,  do  not  accept ;  second  person  sing,  negative  subjunctive  of 
kubali.  Ma,  except.  A-ku-pe,  let  her  give  you ;  a-,  sign  of  third 
person  sing.,  referring  to  mama;  -ku-,  objective  prefix  referring  to 
second  person  sing. ;  -pe,  subjunctive  of  pa,  give  to.  Taa,  sing, 
substantive  third  class.  M-bovu-m-bovu,  all  spoilt;  m- (for  n-  before 
•b),  sign  of  agreement  with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  third  class  (taa) ; 


§ay  to  my  mother,  '  I  want  the  lamp  you  used  to  burn  in  your  youth.'  ni. 
She  will  give  you  many  lamps  of  gold ;  do  not  accept  them,  unless  she 
give  you  an  old  worn  iron  lamp,  take  that," 


•l:  v  APPENDIX   III. 

I.  Wakaenda  zao  hatta  walipofika  karibu  ya  mji,  yule  kijana  aka- 
mwambia,  mimi  'takaa  hapa,  aa  wewe  enende  mjini  kwetu,  ukafanye 
shuruti  na  baba  yangu  kamnia  hiyo  niliokwambia.  Akaenenda. 
Alipofika  akaoua  mjiui  watu  hawaneni,  wana  insiba  inkuu,  akauliza, 


J I  the  adjective  is  doubled  to  sbow  thoroughness.  Y-a,  of;  y-,  sign  of 
witb  a  siug.  substantive  of  the  third  class.  Ch-uma,  iron  ; 
a  sing,  substantive  of  the  fourth  class  ;  it  is  used  in  the  singular  of  iron 
as  a  metal,  and  in  both  sing,  and  plur.  with  the  meaning  of  a  piece  or 
pieces  of  iron.  ffiijo,  this  one ;  demonstrative  referring  to  something 
mentioned  before,  and  agreeing  with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  third 
class  (taa).     Fukea,  receive ;  imperative  sing,  of  pokea. 

II u  ka  endaz-ao,  and  they  went  their  way.  (See  above).  Ilatta,  until. 
Wa-li-po-fika,  when  they  arrived.  (See  above).  Karibu  ya,  near  to- 
il/-//, town  ;  m-,  sign  of  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  second  class.  Yule, 
that.  (See  above).  Ki-jana,  youth.  (See  above).  A-ka-mw-ambia,  said  to 
him.  (See  above).  Mimi,  I.  'Ta-l:aa,  will  stay ;  ta-,  6ign  of  the  future, 
the  prefix  of  the  first  person  sing,  being  elided  before  it ;  the  sign  of  no 
other  person  can  be  so  elided.  Hapa,  here.  Na,  aud.  Wewe,  thou. 
I.ik  nde,  imperative  sing,  of  enenda,  go,  go  on.  M-ji-ni,  to  the  town  ; 
in-,  sign  of  a  6ing.  substantive  second  class;  -ni,  sign  of  the  locative 
case.  Kw-etu,  our  ;  lew-,  sign  of  an  agreement  with  a  substantive  in  the 
locative  case.  TJ-ka-fa.nye,  and  make ;  u-,  sign  of  second  person  sing. ; 
-ka-,  and ;  -fanye,  subjunctive  of  fanya,  make.  Shuruti,  a  covenant ; 
sing,  substantive  third  class.  Na,  with.  Baba,  father.  Y-anrju, 
my.  (See  above,  and  p.  112).  Kamma,  as.  Hiyo,  that ;  demonstrative 
•rring  to  something  mentioned  before,  and  agreeing  with  a  sing, 
substantive  of  the  third  class  (shuruti).  Xi-li-o-kw-ambia,  which  I 
told  you ;  ni;  sign  of  the  first  person  sing. ;  -U-,  signToT  thepast  tense 
which  must  be  used  with  a  relative  ;  -o-  (for  yo),  relative  particle 
referring  to  shuruti  (p.  117);  -lew-,  objective  prefix  referring  to  the 
second  person  sing.  A-ka-enenda,  and  he  went  on.  A-li-po-jika,  when 
he  arrived.  A-ka-ona,  he  saw.  M-ji-ni,  in  the  town ;  m-,  sign  of  a 
«ing.  substantive  of  the  second  class;  -ni,  sign  of  the  locative  case. 
Wa-tv,  people ;  wa-,  sign  of  a  plural  noun  of  the  first  class.  Hawa- 
neni, they  speak  not;  hawa-,  sign  of  the  third  person  plural  negative 


III.  And  they  went  on  till  they  arrived  near  the  town,  when  the  boy  said, 
"I  will  stay  here,  and  you  go  on  into  the  town,  to  our  house, and  make 
the  agreement  with  my  father  a°  I  told  you."  And  he  went  on  and 
arrived  in  the  city,  where  he  saw  the  people  not  talking  [but]  in  great 


APPENDIX  III.  439 

msiba  kuu  wa  nini?     Wakamwambia,  mtoto  wa  Sultani  amepote  siku  I. 
uyingi.     Akauliza,  nyumba  ya  Sultani  ni  ipi,  nipelekeni.     Wakampe- 
leka  watu.     Alipofika  akamwuliza  baba  yake,  una  nitri  ?    Akamwa- 
inbia,  mtoto  wangu  amepotea.     Akamwambia,  nikikuletea  utanipa 


agreeing  with  a  plural  noun  of  the  first  class  (watu)  ;  -neni,  negative  II. 
present  form  of  nena,  speak.  Wa-na,  they  have ;  third  person  plur. 
present  of  kuwa  na,  to  have,  governed  by  watu.  Msiba,  grief ;  m-, 
sign  of  a  sing,  noun  of  the  second  class.  M-kuu,  great ;  m-,  sign  of 
agreement  with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  second  class  (msiba). 
A-ka-uliza,  and  he  asked.  Msiba,  grief.  Huu,  this ;  demonstrative 
agreeing  with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  second  class  (msiba).  W-a, 
of;  w-,  sign  of  agremeent  with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  second  class 
(msiba).  Nini,  what?  Wa-lca-mw-ambia,  and  they  said  to  him. 
M-toto,  the  child.  W-a,  of;  w-,  sign  of  agreement  with  a  sing,  sub- 
stantive of  the  first  class  (mtoto).  Sultani,  the  sultan ;  a  sing,  sub- 
stantive of  the  fifth  class,  but  when  viewed  as  denoting  a  person 
constructed  with  adjectives  and  pronouns  as  of  the  first.  A-me-potea, 
is  lost ;  third  sing,  present  perfect  of  kupotea,  to  become  lost ;  he  has 
become  lost,  i.e.,  he  is  lost.  Siku,  days;  plural  substautive  of  the 
third  class.  Ny-ingi,  many;  ny-,  sign  of  agreement  with  a  plural 
substantive  of  the  third  class  (siku).  A-ka-uliza,  and  he  asked. 
\i/-umba,  house ;  ny-,  sign  of  substantive  of  the  third  class.  Y-a,  of ; 
y-,  sign  of  agreement  with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  third  class 
(nyumba).  Sultani,  sultan.  Ni,  is  (p.  152).  I-pi,  which?  i-,  sign 
of  reference  to  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  third  class  (nyumba).  Ni- 
pelekeni,  take  me;  ni-,  objective  prefix  referring  to  the  first  person 
sing. ;  pelekeni,  plural  imperative  of  peleka,  take.  Wa-ka-m-peleka, 
and  they  took  him.  Watu,  people.  A-li-po-fika,  when  he  arrived. 
A-ka-mw-uliza,  he  asked  him  ;  observe  here  and  elsewhere  the  use  of 
the  ka  tense  to  carry  on  the  narration,  even  where  there  would  be  no 
connective  employed  in  English.  Baba,  father.  Y-ake,  his.  (See 
above).  U-na  nini,  what  is  the  matter  with  you  ?  u-na,  second  person 
sing,  of  the  present  tense  of  kti-wa  na,  to  have ;  nini  ?  what  ?  A-ka- 
mw-ambia,  and  he  said  to  him.     M-toto,  child.     W-angu,  my.     A-me- 


nmurning,  and  he  asked,  "  What  is  this  mourning  for  ?  "  They  told  him,  III. 
"  The  Sultan's  son  has  been  a  long  time  lost."  He  asked, "  Which  is  the 
Sultan's  house?  Take  me  there."  And  the  people  took  him  there.  When 
he  reached  it  he  asked  the  boy's  father,  "  What  troubles  you  ?  "  He  said, 
"  My  son  is  lost."  And  he  said  to  him,  "  If  I  bring  him  to  you  what  will 


I  |0  Apr  KM >  IX  TIL 

nini  ?  Akamwarabia,  nitakupa  mali  yangu  nussu  kwa  nussu.  Aka- 
mwambia,  marahaba.  Akaenda  akamtwaa,  akaja  naye.  Alipomwona 
babaye  na  mamaye,  Lkawa  furaha  kubwa  mjini.  Wakapouda  Bana 
yule  kijana  kama  mtoto  wao. 

Halt. i  alipotaka  kwenda   zakc,  yulo  kijana  akamwambia,  enendn 
kamwage  baba  na  mama,  mwambio  akupe  kofia  na  mama  akupe  taa. 


II,  potea,  is  lost.  (Seep.  132.)  A-ha-mw-amlria, and  he  said  tobim.  Ni-ki- 
hu-letea,  if  I  bring  to  you.  (See  above).  U-ta-ni-pa,  you  will  give  me. 
(See  above).  Nini,  what?  A-ka-mw-ambia,  and  be  said  to  bim.  Ni- 
ta-ku-pa,  I  will  give  you.  Mali,  goods.  (See  above).  Y-angu,  my.  ( 
uliove.)  Nussu,  half.  Kwa,  by.  Nussu,  half.  A-ka-mw-ambia,  aud  ho 
said  to  him.  Marahaba,  very  good.  A-ka-enda,  and  he  went.  A-ka- 
m-twaa,  and  took  him.  A-ka-ja,  and  came.  Na-ye,  with  him.  A-li- 
po-mw-ona,  when  he  saw  him.  Baba-ye,  his  father;  -ye,  enclitic  form 
of  the  possessive  pronoun  proper  to  tho  third  person ;  y-,  sign  of 
agreement  with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  third  class,  used  here  with 
one  denoting  a  person  (p.  111).  Na,  and.  Mama-ye,  his  mother ;  -ye. 
(See  above).  I-ka-wa,  it  was;  i-,  sign  of  agreement  with  a  sing,  sub- 
stantive of  the  third  class  (furaha).  Furaha,  joy;  sing,  substantive 
third  clac-s.  Kubwa,  great;  agreeing  with  furaha ;  as  «-,  which  would 
be  the  regular  sign  of  agreement  with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  third 
class,  cannot  stand  before  k,  it  is  omitted  altogether  (p.  85).  M-ji- 
ni,  in  the  town  ;  m-,  sign  of  sing,  substantive  second  class;  -ni,  Bign 
of  the  locative  case.  Wa-ka-penda,  and  they  (the  father  and  mother) 
loved.  Sana,  much.  Yule,  that.  Ki-jana,  youth.  Kama,  like. 
M-Uito,  child.     W-ao,  their. 

If'itta,  at  last.  A-li-po-taka,  when  he  wanted.  Kw-enda  z-ake,  to  go 
away.  (See  above  and  p.  112).  Yule,  that.  Ki-jana,  youth.  A-ka-mw- 
ambia,  he  said  to  him.  Enende,  go;  sing,  imperative  of  enenda,  go. 
Ka-mw-age,  and  take  leave  of  him ;  ka-,  and ;  -mw-,  objective  prefix 
referring  to  a  person  ;  if  mw  had  been  the  subjective  second  plur.  the 
ka  would  have  followed  it ;  m-ka-age  =  and  do  ye  take  leave ;  -aget 


j  ]  ]  you  give  me  ?  "  He  said,  "  I  will  give  you  half  of  all  I  have."  He  said, 
"  I  am  content."  And  be  went  and  took  the  boy  and  brought  him. 
When  his  father  and  mother  saw  him,  there  was  great  joy  throughout 
the  town.  And  they  loved  that  youth  as  though  he  had  been  their 
own  son. 

When  at  last  he  wished  to  go  away,  the  boy  said  to  him,  "Go  and 
take  leave  of  my  father  and  mother;  tell  him  t<  give  you  the  cap  and 


APPENDIX  III.  441 

Akaenda,  akawaambia,  wakampa  kofia  nyingi,  akakataa  akainwambia,  I. 
nataka  hiyo  mbovu,  wakampa,  na  mauiaye  akampa  taa.     Akawauliza, 
kofia  hii  maana  yake  nini  ?    Wakamwambia,  mtu  akivaa,  baonekani 
na  mtu.      Akavaa  asionekane   akafurahi   sana.      Akauliza,   taa  hii 
maana  yake  nini  ?     Wakamwambia,  ukiwasha  batta  bapa  watatoka 


imperative  sing,  of  aga,  take  leave  of.  Baba,  father.  Na,  and.  II. 
Mama,  mother.  Mw-ambie,  tell  him;  mw-,  objective  prefix  referring 
to  a  person ;  -ambie,  imperative  sing,  of  ambia,  tell.  A-ku-pe,  that  he 
may  give  you.  Kofia,  cap.  Na,  and.  Mama,  mother.  A-ku-pe,  that 
she  may  give  you.  Taa,  lamp.  A-ka-enda,  and  he  went.  A-ka-wa- 
ambia,  and  he  told  them  (the  fatber  and  mother).  Wa-ka-m-pa,  and 
they  gave  him.  Kofia,  caps.  Ny-ingi,  many.  A-ka-kataa,  and  he 
refused.  A-ka-mtv-ambia,  and  he  said  to  him.  N-a-taka,  I  want. 
Hiyo,  this  one.  (See  above.)  M-bovu,  rotten.  (See  above).  Wa-ka-m-pa, 
and  they  gave  him.  Na,  and.  Mama-ye,  his  mother.  (See  above, 
uuder  babaye).  A-ka-m-pa,  she  gave  him.  Taa,  lamp.  A-ka-ica-uliza, 
and  he  asked  them.  Kofia,  cap.  Hii,  this  ;  demonstrative  referring 
to  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  third  class  (kofia).  Maana,  meaning, 
purpose ;  sing,  substantive  third  class.  Y-ake,  its ;  y-,  sign  of 
agreement  with  a  sing,  substantive  of  the  third  class  (maana).  Nini, 
what  ?  Wa-ka-mw-ambia,  and  they  said  to  him.  M-tu,  person,  any 
one  (p.  16) ;  m-,  sign  of  sing,  substantive  of  first  class.  A-ki-vaa,  if 
he  puts  on.  Ha-onekani,  he  is  not  to  be  seen ;  ha-,  negative  prefix  of 
the  third  person  sing,  referring  to  a  person ;  onekani,  negative  present 
form  of  onekana.  Na,  by.  M-tu,  any  one  (p.  16).  A-ka-vaa,  and  he 
put  on.  A-si-onekane,  that  he  might  not  be  seen  :  a-,  prefix  of  third 
person  sing,  referring  to  a  person  (kijana);  -si-,  sign  of  negative 
subjunctive ;  -onekane,  subjunctive  form  of  onekana.  A-ka-furald,  and 
he  rejoiced.  Sana,  much.  A-ka-uliza,  and  he  asked.  Taa,  lamp. 
Hii,  this.  Maana,  purpose.  Y-ake,  its.  Nini,  what?  Wa-ka-mw- 
ambia,  and  they  told  him.  U-ki-washa,  if  you  light.  Hatta,  as  far  as. 
Hapa,  here.     Wa-ta-toka,  they  will  come  out ;  wa-,  sign  of  third  person 


my  mother  to  give  you  the  lamp."  He  went  and  told  them,  and  they  III. 
gave  him  many  capst  but  he  refused  and  said,  "  I  want  that  worn-out 
one  ; "  and  they  gave  it  to  him,  and  the  boy's  mother  gave  him  the 
lamp.  Then  he  asked,  "What  is  the  object  of  this  cap?"  And  they  told 
him,  "  When  a  man  puts  it  on,  no  one  can  see  him."  He  put  it  on  so  as 
to  become  invisible,  and  was  very  glad.  "  And  he  asked,  What  is  the 
object  of  this  lamp  ?  "   And  they  told  him, "  If  you  light  it  as  far  as  this, 


i  12  APPENDIX  III. 

watu  wawili  wakutilie  thahabu  nyumbani  mwako  usiku  kucha,  na 
ukiwasha  hatta  bapa  watatoka  watu  wawili  wakupige  kwa  vigo- 
Dgo  usiku  kuoha.  Akauena,  inarahaba.  Akafurahi  eaua,  akaenda 
zake. 


II.  I'lur.  referring  to  a  plural  substantive  of  the  first  class  (watu).  Wa-tu, 
people.  Wa-wili,  two  ;  ica-,  sign  of  agreement  with  a  plur.  substantive 
of  the  first  class  (watu).  Wa-ku-tilie,  that  they  may  put  for  you ;  wa- 
sigu  of  third  person  plur.  referring  to  a  plur.  substantive  of  the  first 
class  (watu) ;  -ku-,  objective  prefix  referring  to  the  second  person  sing. ; 
-tilie,  subjunctive  form  of  tilia,  put  for.  Thahabu,  gold.  Ny-umbd-ni, 
in  house;  ny-,  sign  of  substantive  of  the  third  class;  -m,  sign  of 
locative  case.  Mw-alw,  thy ;  mw-,  sign  of  agreement  with  a  noun  iu 
the  locative  case  denoting  within.  Usiku,  night.  Ku-cha,  dawning  or 
sun-rising;  used  after  usiku,  it  means  all  night  until  the  morning 
comes.  Na,  and.  UJci-washa,  if  you  light.  Hatta,  as  far  as.  Hapa, 
here.  Wa-ta-toka,  they  will  come  out.  Wa-tu,  people.  Wa-wili,  two. 
Wa-ku-pige,  that  they  may  beat  you;  -pige,  subjunctive  form  of  piga. 
Kwa,  with.  Vi-gongo,  cudgels:  vi-,  sign  of  a  plural  substantive  of 
the  fourth  class;  ki-gongo  is  a  diminutive  (p.  19)  of  gongo,  a  staff. 
Usiku,  night.  Ku-cha,  till  morning.  A-ka-nena,  and  he  said. 
Marahaba,  thank  you.  A-ka-furahi,  and  he  rejoiced.  Sana,  much. 
A-ka-enda  z-ake,  and  he  went  away. 


HI.  two  men  will  come  out  and  bring  you  gold  into  your  house  all  night 
long;  but  if  you  light  it  as  far  as  this,  two  men  will  come  out  and  beat 
you  with  cudgels  all  night  long."  And  he  thanked  them,  and  rejoiced 
very  much,  and  went  hia  way. 


(     443    ) 


Appendix  IV. 


USEFUL    AND    IDIOMATIC    PHRASES. 

The  first  fifty-four  were  collected  towards  a  book  of  conversations, 
which  was  begun  with  the  help  of  our  lamented  friend,  Mrs.  G.  E. 
Drayton;  the  rest,  which  are  arranged  in  alphabetical  order,  were 
noted  from  time  to  time,  either  as  likely  to  be  useful  in  conversation, 
or  as  illustrating  some  special  rule  or  idiom. 

1.  How  many  fowls  have  you  there  ? 

TJnao  k'uku  ngapi  ? 

2.  What  do  you  want  for  them  ? 

Kiad  gani  unakuza  (At  how  much  do  you  sell)  ? 

3.  Have  you  any  eggs  ? 

Unayo  mayayi ? 

4.  I  will  not  give  more  than  a  pice  apiece  for  the  eggs. 

Nitakupa  peso,  moja  tu  kununua  yayi,  sitaloa  zayidi  (I  will 
give  you  one  pice  only  to  buy  an  egg,  I  will  not  give  more). 

5.  I  don't  understand  you,  say  it  again. 

Sema  mora  ya  pili,  sikusikia. 

6.  Let  me  hear  it  again. 

Sema  mara  ya  pili,  nipate  kusikia  (Say  it  a  second  time, 
that  I  may  get  to  understand). 

7.  Fetch  me  a  basin  for  the  eggs. 

Letee  bakuli  nitie  mayayi. 

8.  Bring  the  basin  with  the  eggs  in  it. 

Letee  bakuli  lenyi  mayayi. 

9.  I  don't  want  any  to-day,  come  to-morrow. 

Leo  sitaki,  njoo  kesho. 
10.  Are  lemons  cheap  now  ? 

Malimao  rahisi  sasa  f 


\  I  I  APPENDIX   IV. 

11.  I  won't  bay  them,  they  are  too  dear. 

Sitaki  kumrnua,  ni  ghali. 

12.  What  <1<>  you  want  ? 

ir,i/((/,(i  ntntf 

13.  I  don't  know  what  you  want. 

i  ulitakalo. 

14.  Where  do  you  come  from? 

Watoka  icapil 

15.  Don't  wait;  I  will  send  an  answer  immediately. 

Etu  nda  zako,  usingoje,  majibu  yatakuja  sasa  hivi  (Go  your 
way  ;  do  not  wait  for  an  answer,  it  will  come  immediately ). 
]  6.  Is  your  master  at  home  ? 
JJwana  ynpo  ? 

17.  Master  is  not  at  home ;  he  is  pone  out. 

Bwana  hako  (or  hayuko)  nynmbani ;  ametoka. 

18.  Where  are  you  going? 

Unakicenda  wapi  1 

19.  I  have  lost  my  way. 

Nimepotea,  njia  sijui  (I  am  lost;  the  way  I  don't  know). 
'20.  Will  you  guide  me  to  the  English  mission  ? 
Nataka  unionyeshe  mosketini  Ingreza  t 

21.  Can  you  understand  English  ? 

1!  i  we  unajua  maneno  ya  Kiingreza  1 

22.  I  cannot  speak  Swahili  [of  Zanzibar]. 

Sijui  kusema  Kiunguja. 

23.  Did  the  water  boil  ? 

Maji  yameche'mka  ? 

24.  Does  the  water  boil? 

Maji  yanache'mka  ? 
2fj.  These  plates  are  not  clean. 

Sahani  hizi  zina  taka. 
2»J.  Wipe  them  carefully. 

Futa  vema  kica  kitambaa. 

27.  Sweep  this  room  well. 

Fagia  vema  katika  chumha  hiki. 

28.  Dust  the  furniture. 

Pangusa  vumbi  katika  vyomho. 

29.  You  have  cracked  that  cup. 

Umekitia  ufa  kikombe  kite. 
Throw  it  away. 
Katupa. 
31.  Fetch  me  the  vinegar,  the  pepper,  and  the  Bait 
Niletee  tiki,  na  pilipili,  na  chumvi. 


APPENDIX  IV.  445 

32.  Don't  make  so  much  noise. 

Usifanye  uthia. 

33.  Put  a  fresh  wick  in  my  lamp. 

Tia  katika  taa  yangu  utambi. 
M.  Fold  up  the  table-cloth  smoothly. 

Kunja  vema  kitambaa  cha  meza,  usikivunje  (Fold  well  the 
cloth  of  the  table  ;  spoil  it  not). 

35.  When  you  have  swept  the  room  put  on  clean  clothes. 

Kamma  urnekwisha  kufagia,  vaa  nguo  safi. 

36.  Take  this  to  Miss  T. 

Chukua,  upeleke  kwa  bibi  T. 

37.  You  have  put  all  these  books  upside  down ;  turn  them. 

Umepindua  vyuo  hivi  vyote,  uviweke  upande  mgine. 

38.  Leave  that  alone  ! 

Acha  ! 

39.  Come  here,  I  want  to  speak  to  you. 

Njoo  hapa,  'nna  maneno  nitakwambia  (I  have  words  J  will 
say  to  you). 

40.  Get  ready  to  go  for  a  walk. 

Fanya  tayari  upate  kwenda  kutembecu 

41.  Are  you  ready  ? 

Umekuwa  tayari? 

42.  Which  way  shall  you  like  to  go  ? 

Njia  gani  utakao  kupita  ? 

43.  How  far  is  it  to  your  shamba  ? 

Kadri  gani  mbali  ya  shamba  lako  hatta  kufika  (How  much 
farness  of  your  shamba  till  getting  there)  ? 
4.4.  Not  very  far ;  perhaps  an  hour's  walk. 

Si  mbali  sana,  labuda  ikipata  saa  moja. 

45.  Shall  you  walk,  or  ride  your  donkey,  or  sail  ? 

Utakwenda  kwa  miguu,  ao  utapanda  punda,  ao  utukwenda 
kwa  mashua  ? 

46.  We  will  go  round  the  town  and  home  by  the  bridge. 

Tutazunguka  katika  mji,  halafu  turudie  darajani  (Then  let. 
us  return  by  the  bridge). 

47.  Bring  me  some  hot  water  after  breakfast. 

Niletee  maji  ya  moto,  nikiisha  kula. 

48.  Half  a  bucket  full. 

Nuss  ya  ndoo. 
t9.  Turn  the  mattress  over  every  morning. 

Geuza  killa  siku  godoro,  chini  juu. 
50.  Turn  it  top  to  bottom. 

Vpande  huu  uweke  upande  wa  pili. 

2  o 


446  APPENDIX   IV. 

51.  I  am  very  glad  to  see  you. 

Umependa  moyo  wangu  kukutazama. 

52.  What  ship  is  that  ? 

Marikebu  gani  hii  ? 
Has  she  cast  anchor  yet  ? 
Imetia  nanga  ? 
5 1 .  No,  she  will  come  nearer  the  shore. 

Bado,  inakuja  karibu  ya  pioani. 

55.  A  good  man  does  not  desert  his  friends  when  they  fall   into 

difficulties. 
Mtu  mwema  hawaachi  rafiki  zake  wakipatika  na  thidda. 

56.  Are  you  idle  ? 

Ati  mvinu  ? 

57.  At  what  time  shall  I  come  ? 

Wakti  gani  nijs ; 

58.  Did  he  stay  long  ? 

Alikaa  sana  ? 

59.  No,  he  went  away  directly. 

Hda,  alikwenda  zake  mara. 

60.  Does  he  drink  wine  ? 

Hunywa  divai  f 

61.  He  does  not. 

Hanywi. 

62.  Does  this  boat  leak  ? 

Mashua  hii  yavuja  ? 

63.  Do  not  draw  water  from  the  well,  the  owner  forbids  it. 

Usiteke  maji  kisimani,  mwenyewe  agombeza. 

64.  Don't  jerk  this  rope  ;  if  you  do  it  will  break. 

Kamba  hii  usiikutue,  ukikutua  itakatika. 

65.  Eat  as  much  as  you  like. 

Kula  kadri  utakavyo. 

66.  Find  me  a  large  hen. 

Kanitaftia  koo  la  k'uku. 

67.  Follow  this  road. 

Fuata  [or  andama']  njia  hii. 

68.  I  want  you  to  follow  me. 

Nataka  unifuate  [or  uniandame]. 

69.  Give  it  only  to  me  and  not  to  them. 

Nipe  mimi  tu,  usiwape  wale. 

70.  Go  and  see  if  the  people  have  collected. 

Kaangalia  watu  wamekutana. 

71.  Go  and  stop  that  talking. 

Enenda  kakomeslia  maneno  haya. 


APPENDIX  IV.  447 

72.  Stop  this  outcry. 

Makelele  haya  yakome  (Let  these  cries  cease). 

73.  Go  away,  whoever  you  are. 

Enda  zaho,  kadri  utakaokuwa. 

74.  Guard  yourself,  I  am  going  to  hit  you. 

Einga,  takupiga. 

75.  Has  he  a  large  box  ? 

Ana  kasha  ? 

76.  He  has. 

Analo  kasha. 

77.  Have  you  a  pipe  at  home  ? 

Eiko  kicako  kiko  ? 

78.  He  built  a  bridge  across  the  river. 

Alijenga  bonth  katikati  ya  mto. 

79.  He  built  a  mosque  by  the  river,  aud  endowed  it  with  a  shamba 

near  ours. 
Alijenga  moskiti  ng'ambo,  akawekea  tcakf  shamba  karibu 
shamba  letu. 
SO.  He  described  Mombas  as  it  was  in  early  times,  as  it  is  now,  and 
as  it  will  be  a  hundred  years  hence. 
Aliandika  Mvita  ilivyokuwa  kwanza,  ilivyo  sasa,  na  itaka* 
vyokuwa  kwa  miaka  mia. 

81.  He  does  not  believe  me  though  I  saw  it. 

Hanisadiki  ningawa  nimeiona. 

82.  He  had  the  toothache. 

Alikuwa  na  jino  likimwuma. 

83.  He  has  been  abroad  many  years. 

Alikuwa  safarini  miaka  mingi. 

84.  He  has  presence  of  mind. 

Moyo  wake  uwapo. 

85.  His  mind  is  absent.  Hapo  ati. 

86.  He  is  a  troublesome  fellow  to  deal  with. 

Ana  taabu  kuingiana  naye. 

87.  He  is  absorbed  in  his  own  thoughts ;  even  if  you  speak  to  him  he 

takes  no  notice. 
Tu  katikafikara  zakwe ;  ujaponena  naye  hawepo. 

88.  He  is  here. 

Yupo  hapa. 

89.  He  i3  not  here. 

Hapo  hapa. 

90.  He  is  yonder. 

Yuko  kule. 

2  g  2 


448  APPENDIX  IV. 

91.  II>  is  no!  there. 

Hako  hull'. 

I  [<  is  no!  yel  dressed. 

Rajavaa. 
He  left  us  about  ten  days  ac;o. 

Alittraeha  kadri  ya  (or  kama)  siku  kumi. 
:<i.  He  ought  to  be  beaten. 
Aihtaji  kupigwa. 

95.  He  pretends  to  be  satisfied,  but  do  not  trust  him. 

Ajifanya  kuwa  rutin',  usimwamini. 

96.  He  rose  up  from  bis  chair. 

Aliondoka  kitini  ku-ake. 

97.  He  runs  as  fast  as  he  can. 

Anakvx  nda  mbio  kama  awezavyo. 
-.  He  says  he  will  walk  on  the  water  ! 

Ati  atakwenda  mtoni  kwa  miguu! 
99.  He  that  hateth  suretyship  is  sure. 

Mtu  asiyekubali  kuthamini  ui  katika  amani. 

100.  He  that  is  not  against  us  is  with  us. 

Mtu  asiyekuvHijuu  ijetu,  bassi  yee  pamoja  nasi. 

101.  He  that  is  not  with  us  is  against  us. 

Asiytkuwa  pamoja  nasi,  bassi  huyujuu  yetu. 

102.  He  tried  to  make  himself  agreeable,  and  he  succeeded. 

Alijipendekeza  ndipo  akapendeza. 

103.  He  was  changed  from  a  man  into  a  horse. 

Alibadiliwa  mtu  kuwa  frasi. 
in).  He  was  more  energetic  than  his  father. 

Huyu  alikuwa  akiweza  zayidi  ya  baba  yoke. 
105.  His  non-appearance  is  unaccountable. 

Kutowekana  kwake  haitambulikani. 
His  self-conceit  is  no  good  to  him. 

Majivuno  yake  hayamfai  neno. 
]"7.  How  are  your  household  (i.e.  your  wife,  daughters,  &c.)? 

U  hali  gani  nyumbani  kwako. 

I I  iw  far  is  it  across  the  island  ? 

Kupataji  rribali  wake  hapa  haita  pwani  i/a  pili  ' 
A  fast  walkerwould  tike  fromsunrise  to  the  middle  of  the  afternoon 
Akiondoka  mtu  assubui  hatta  alasiii,  uliu  hodari  kwenda, 
kufika. 

110.  How  lone:  has  he  been  ill  ? 

Tangu  Uni  hawt 

111.  How  long  aero  was  his  illness? 

Tangu  lini  alikuwa  liavn  zit 


APPENDIX  IV.  449 

112.  How  pleasant ! 

Iititpendeza. 
H3.  How  glad  you  must  have  been  to  hear  that  you  were  to  go  home. 

Furaha  ipi  mwaliposikia  mioende  zenu  hwenu. 

114.  I  am  amusiug  myself  with  a  book. 

Najizumgumza  na  chuo. 

1 1 5.  I  am  here.  Nipo  liapa. 
lltj.  I  am  never  without  pimples. 

Vipele  havinitoka  kabisa. 

117.  I  am  sleepy. 

yinao  usingizi. 

118.  1  cannot  hold  in  this  horse. 

Siwezi  kuzuiafrasi  huyu. 

1 19.  I  cannot  see  so  far  as  you  can. 

Sioni  mbali,  kama  waonavyo  iceice. 
120   I  don't  like  his  way  of  tying  it. 
Sipendi  ginsi  afungavyo. 

121.  I  don't  see  what  you  show  me. 

Sioni  ulionyalo. 

122.  I  don't  see  it,  though  he  does. 

Siioni  angawa  aona. 

123.  Take  care,  though  you  don't  see  it. 

Kaangalia,  ujapo  hukioni- 

124.  I  feel  myself  at  home. 

Hujiona  niko  kicetu. 

125.  Make  yourself  at  home. 

Usifanye  haya,  hapa  kama  kvoako  (Feel  no  modesty,  here  is 
like  your  home). 
12G.  I  gave  him  good  advice,  though  he  would  not  take  it. 

Nimemwonya  illakini  liakuonyeka. 
]  27.  I  had  almost  left  off  expecting  you. 

Nalikaribia  kukata  tamaa  ya  kukuona. 

128.  I  had  lost  my  way,  and  I  came  out  close  to  your  shamba. 

Nalipotea  njia  nikatokea  shambani  kwako. 

129.  I  have  asked  him  again  and  again,  but  he  will  not  tell  me. 

Nimemwuliza  mara  kwa  mara  lakini  hanambii. 

130.  I  have  gained  a  hundred  dollars. 

Nalipata  fayida  reale  mia. 

131.  I  have  made  you  my  mark,  if  you  step  over  it,  look  out  (a  common 

defiance). 
Nimekupigia  mfuo  wangu  kiuka  wangalie. 

132.  I  know  where  he  is. 

Namjua  mahali  alipo. 


150  APPEXDIX  IV. 

138.  I  pray  God  no!  to  visit  it  upon  me. 

Vi  M  i   Wuungu  asinipatilize, 

134.  I  saw  the  flash  of  the  gun,  but  did  not  hoar  the  report. 

Nimeona  mwanga,  lakini  sikusihia  mzinga  India. 

135.  I  shall  go  by  sea  as  far  as  I  can. 

Nitaktcenda  kwa  bahari,  hatta  itnkaponifikisha. 

136.  I  shall  go  for  a  walk  to  stretch  my  legs. 

A  itahwenda  It  rribea  kiikunjua  miguu. 

137.  I  thought  myself  a  king. 

Nalikuwa  7tiliiicaza  nimchuwa  Sultani. 

138.  I  will  .-hut  the  door  that  he  may  not  go  out. 

Nitafunga  mlango  atipate  kupiia. 

139.  If  be  strikes  you,  hit  him  again. 

Akikupiga,  nawe  mjriga  tena. 

140.  If  you  had  been  here  he  would  not  have  been  beaten. 

Kama  ungalikuwapo  hapa,  haiiyalipigwa. 

141.  Tt  depends  upon  his  coming. 

Kima  at'tkapokuja. 
1 12,  It  is  bad  weather. 

Kumekaa  vibaya. 

Halcweiuh  1;  i. 

Hatokeki. 
I  !:;.  It  is  being  hawked  about  by  a  salesman. 

Kinatembezwa  kwa  dalali. 
141.  It  is  not  there,  though  you  say  it  is. 

Hakipo,  ungawa  wasema  kipo. 
1  to.  It  is  time  for  us  to  go. 

Imekuwa  wakati  ica  siei  kwenda  zetu. 
146.   I*  is  quite  time  for  us  to  go. 

Imevoadia  wakati  wetu  wa  kwenda  zetu. 
1 17.  It  was  a  secret,  but  it  oozed  out. 

Yalikutca  habari  ya  siri,  iJtatokeza, 
Let  him  go. 

Mivachent  enende. 
1  id.  Moslems  are  forbidden  wine. 

Waslimu  wameepuzhwa  divai 

150.  Much  self-exaltation  ruins  a  man's  position  in  the  world. 

Majivwno  yakiwa  mengi  ya'mvunjia  mtu  cheo. 

151.  Nothing  I  do  phases  him. 

Killa    na/anyalo    halimpendezi    (everything   which   I    do 
pleases  him  not). 

152.  Whatever  I  do  he  finds  fault  with  me. 

Killa  na/anyalo  hunitia  khatiyani. 


APPENDIX  IV.  451 

153.  Put  the  water  on  the  fire. 

Kateleka  maji. 

154.  Sit  down. 

Kaa  kitako. 

155.  Don't  get  up. 

Starehe. 

156.  The  baobabs  are  now  coming  into  leaf. 

Siku  hizi  mibuyu  inaclmnua  majani. 

157.  The  fields  are  flourishing. 

Koonde  imesitawi. 

158.  The  music  is  first-rate. 

Ngoma  inafana. 

159.  The  news  has  spread. 

Khabari  zimeenea. 

160.  Spread  the  news. 

Zieneza  khabari. 

161.  The  people  who  went  to  Bardera  are  come  back. 

Watu  icaliokivenda  Baradera,  wamekuja  zoo. 

162.  The  room  wants  darkening. 

Chumba  chataka  kutiica  giza. 

163.  The  top  of  this  mountain  is  inaccessible. 

Juu  ya  mlima  huu  haupandiki. 

164.  They  [the  trees]  are  almost  all  dead. 

Kama  kwamba  iliokufa  yote. 

165.  They  are  badly  stowed. 

Mapakizo  yao  mabaya. 

166.  They  cut  the  boat  adrift. 

Wakakata  kamba  ya  mashua  ikachukuliwa  na  maji. 

167.  They  like  giving  and  receiving  presents. 

Hupendelea  kupana  vitii. 

168.  They  shut  themselves  up  in  the  fort. 

Wakajizuia  gerezani. 

169.  They  told  me  what  he  had  done. 

Walinambia  alivyofanya. 

170.  They  were  fighting,  and  I  passed  by  and  separated  them. 

Walikuwa  wakipigana,  hapita  mimi  nikawaamua. 

171.  This  chest  must-be  taken  care  of. 

Kasha  hili  la  kutunzwa. 

172.  This  has  been  worn. 

Nguo  hii  imevaliwa. 

173.  This  tree  is  not  so  tall  as  that. 

Mti  huu  si  mrefu  kama  ule. 


152  APPENDIX  IV. 

171.   Upon  your  oath  ! 

Utaapa  .' 
I  T.">.  Wash  me  these  clothes. 

Nioshee  nguo  hi  i. 
1  ~G.    The  clothes  have  been  washed. 

Nguo  zimeosheka. 
177.   I  have  washed  myself. 

X  i  menawika. 
1  7>    W rash  ine  !  Noslie! 

179.  We  attacked  them  and  they  fell  into  confusion. 

TwaliwashambvXia,  icakafazaiha. 
1  — « *    We  like  his  company. 

Kikao  chake  chema  (his  sitting  is  good). 

181.  What  do  you  earn  by  the  month  ? 

Upataje  killa  mwezi  ? 

182.  What  is  become  of  him  ? 

Amekuwaje  f 

183.  What  is  this  news  about  Ali  ? 

Habari  gani  tuzisikiazo  za  Ali  f 

184.  What  are  you  talking  about  ? 

Mnneno  gani  mnenayot  • 

Muktatha  gani  ? 
Mnenani  ? 

185.  What  will  yon  ferry  meajver  for? 

1  *  Utanivu&ha  kwa  kiasigani  f 

186.  When  I  have  seen  Mohammed,  I  will  give  you  an  answer. 

Nikiisha  mwona  Mohamadi,  nitakupa  jaicabu. 

187.  Where  is  the  knife  I  saw  you  with  yesterday? 

Kiko  wapi  kisu  nalichokuona  nacho  jana  t 
188   Where  is  the  pain  ? 

Mahali  gani  panapouma  1 
1 89.  Where  is  your  pain  ? 

Wauma  wapi  ? 
L90.  Who  is  in  there? 

Mna  nani  ? 

191.  Yon  cannot  teach  him  anyhow. 

Kadri  u'mfunzavyo  hajui. 

192.  We  do  not  know  whether  he  will  not  learn,  or  whether  he  cannot. 

Hatujui  ya  kwamba  hataki   hujifunza   ao  hana  akili  za 
kuji/unza. 

193.  You  have  made  this  thread  too  tight. 

Uzi  huu  umeutia  kassi  mno. 


APPENDIX  IV.  |-53 

194.  You  ought  to  love  him  very  much. 
Wnstahili  kumpenda  sana. 

19f>.  Kuamtxt  na  kusengenya.  To  talk  of  a  person  behind  his  back,  and 
secretly  to  make  contemptuous  signs  about  him  when 
present.  This  phrase  is  often  used  as  a  test  of  a  stranger's 
knowledge  of  Swahili ;  what  it  describes  is  counted  as  a 
special  sin. 

196.  To  ask  a  man  his  name. 

Oh !  Rajiki  yangu  nambie  jina  lako  (Oh !  my  friend,  tell 
me  your  name).  Wajua,  bwana  wee,  tumeonana  mimi 
nawe,  jina  lako  nimelisahau,  tafdthal  nambie  jina  lako 
(You  know,  sir,  you  and  I  have  met  [before],  but  I  have 
forgotten  your  name,  please  to  tell  me  your  name). 

When  you  have  heard  it,  say — Inshallah,  sitalisahau  tena 
(Please  God,  I  shall  not  forget  it  again). 

197.  A  polite  question  and  answer  at  leave-taking. 

Unayo  haja  tena  ?  (Have  you  any  further  desire  ?) 
Eaja  yangu  ya  kuishi  wewe  sana  na  fur  aha  (My  desire  is 
that  you  may  live  loDg  and  happily). 


(    455    ) 


Appendix  V. 


ON  MONEY,   WEIGHTS,   AND   MEASURES   IN   ZANZIBAR. 

The  following  account  is  based  on  scattered  notices  in  the  late  Bishop 
Steere's  collections,  and  on  some  tables  furnished  to  the  Rev.  P.  L. 
Jones-Bateman  by  a  well-informed  servant  of  the  Mission  in 
Zanzibar. 

1.  Money. 

The  only  copper  coin  in  common  use  in  Zanzibar  is  the  Anglo- 
Indian  quarter-anna,  or  pice,  in  Swahili  pesa,  plur.  peso,  or  mapesa ; 
but  the  robo  pesa,  or  quarter-pice  (of  which,  however,  three  are  equal  to 
one  pice),  is  also  current. 

The  silver  coins  current  are  the  Anglo-Indian  rupee  and,  less  com- 
monly, the  Austrian  dollar.  The  eight-anna  (half-rupee),  four-anna 
(quarter-rupee),  and  two-anna  pieces  are  also  met  with. 

The  relative  values  of  these  coins  and  their  equivalent  in  English 
money  fluctuate  considerably.  For  practical  purposes,  it  is  sufficient 
to  remember  that  an  English  sovereign  may  be  generally  exchanged 
for  12  rupees,  English  bank-notes,  cheques,  drafts,  &c,  being  subject 
to  a  small  discount ;  that  an  Austrian  dollar  is  reckoned  as  equal  to  2 
rupees  and  8  pice,  and  that  a  rupee  is  worth  usually  from  60  to  64 
pice.  It  follows  that,  though  accounts  are  usually  kept  in  dollars 
and  cents,  and  5  dollars  reckoned  as  equal  to  one  pound  English,  it  is 
more  exact  to  consider — 


8. 

d. 

1  dollar 

=      3 

7 

1  rupee 

=      1 

8 

1  pice 

= 

a. 

3 

In  larger 

sums, 

the  scale  of  legal  tender  is 

to  reckon— 

47  dollars 

=      100 

rupees 

94 

jj 

=      200 

>i 

141 

>i 

=      300 

y> 

and  so  on. 

456  APPENDIX    V. 

On  the  mainland,  dollars  and  pice  are  taken  freely  on  the  coast  and 
main  lines  of  traffic,  and  rupees  are  met  with;  but  elsewhere,  silver 
dollars  only,  and  such  objects  of  barter  as  calico,  brass-wire,  beads,  &c. 

2.  Measures  of  Lmijth. 

There  is  no  exact  standard  or  relationship  of  measures  of  length. 
Those  in  common  use  are  merely  taken  from  parts  of  the  human  body, 
viz. : — 

II  anda.  plur.  nyanda,  a  finger's  breadth. 

Shibiri,  a  span,  the  distance  between  the  tips  of  the  outstretched 

thumb  and  little  finger. 
Mdrita,  a  slightly  shorter  span,  from  the  tip  of  the  thumb  to  that 

of  the  fore-finger. 
Thiraa  or  Mkono,  a  cubit,  the  distance  from  the  finger-tips  to  the 
elbow  joint.     Of  this  again,  there  are  two  varieties: — 
Thiraa  kamili,  or  full  cubit,  as  just  described,  and — 
Thiraa    konde,  or   fist  cubit,   from   the  elbow-joint  to  the- 
knuckles. 
Wari,  or  yard,  is  one  half  of  the — 

Pima,  a  man's  height,  or  the  distance  he  can  stretch  with  his 
arms,  a  fathom.     A  doti  is  a  measure  of  similar  length. 
The  uayo,  or  length  of  the  foot,  Arab  khatua,  is  also  used  occa- 
sionally, and  the  English  foot,  futi,  regularly  by  Indian  carpenters  and 
in  other  trades.    Approximately,  the  relations  of  these  measures  may 
be  tabulated  thus  : — 

1  wanda  =  1  inch. 

8  or  10  nyanda  =  1  shibiri  kamili     =  1  quarter-yard. 

2  shibiri      =  1  thiraa  or  mkono  ~  1  cubit  or  half-yard. 
2  thiraa      =  1  wari  =  1  yard 

2  wari        =  1  pima  =  1  fathom. 

1  )istance  is  loosely  estimated  by  the  average  length  of  an  hour's  walk- 
ing. Dunga,  which  lies  almost  exactly  halfway  across  the  island  of 
Zanzibar,  at  a  distance  of  perhaps  twelve  miles,  is  described  as  a  walk 
o\  four  h'nirs,  saa  'nne;  and  Kokotoni,  at  the  north  end  of  the  island, 
distant  perhaps  twenty  miles  from  Zanzibar,  as  a  walk  of  at  least 
-ix  hours,  saa  sita.     On  the  mainland,  a  day's  march  is  a  common  but 

gue  measure  of  perhaps  twenty  miles. 

3.  Measures  of  Weight. 

For  gold,  silver,  silk,  scent,  and  other  costly  articles,  the  unit  is  the 
wakia,  or  weight  of  an  Austrian  silver  dollar,  almost  exactly  an  ounce. 
I    r  the  names  of  fractional  parts  of  any  unit,  see  "  Handbook,"  p.  i)o  ■ 


APPENDIX   V.  457 

but  the  weight  of  a  pice  is  often  used  as  a  convenient  though  inexact 
measure  of  small  quantities. 

For  heavy  articles,  the  usual  unit  is  a  rdtel,  or  rattli,  equal  to  16 
icaJiia,  and  corresponding  to  one  pound. 
16  wakia   =  1  rdlel. 
3  rdtel     =  1  mani. 
6  rdtel     =  1  pishi. 

6  pishi     =  1  frasila,  about  35  lbs.  avoirdupois. 
10  frasila  =  1  mzo. 
Hence,  64  frasila  or  6|  mizo  may  be  regarded  as  =  1  ton. 

4.  Measures  of  Capacity. 

No  fixed  liquid  measure  is  used  by  the  poorer  classes.  Shopkeepers 
sell  their  oil,  treacle,  &c,  by  tin-ladlefuls  (kikombe),  or  by  the  bottle 
(chupa),  or  by  the  tin,  i.e.  the  tins  in  which  American  oil  is  imported 
to  Zanzibar  (Jtanaki,  tini,  also  debe). 

Corn  (nafaka)  or  dry  measure  is,  of  course,  of  great  importance  in  a 
country  where  grain  is  the  staple  of  food  and  chief  article  of  commerce. 

The  smallest  unit  is  the — 

Kibaba,  a  measure  of  perhaps  a  pint. 
Kibaba  cha  tele,  if  the  measure  is  heaped  up — the  usual  pro- 
ceeding. 
Kibaba  cha  mfuto,  if  cut  off  flat. 
2  vibaba  (vya  tele)  =  1  kisaga. 
2  visaga  =  1  pishi,  about  half  a  gallon. 

The  pishi  connects  the  measures  of  capacity  and  weight,  and  for 
som  of  the  common  dry  commodities,  such  as  chiroko  and  kundi,  the 
pishi  may  be  regarded  as  equivalent  either  in  capacity  to  4  vibaba,  or 
in  weight  to  6  rattli. 

Grain  is  sold  wholesale  by  the  kanda,  or  sack  of  grass-matting,  or  (if 
from  India)  by  the  gunia,  a  wide  sack.  The  gunia  often  weighs  about 
168  lbs.  The  kanda  varies,  both  with  the  kind  of  grain  and  the  place 
from  which  it  is  imported.  For  instance,  while  at  Kwale,  Mgao,  and 
Mvita,  towns  on  the  Swahili  coast,  the  kanda  of  rice  at  times  contains 
10,  11,  or  12  pishi,  and  the  kanda  of  Indian  corn  10  pishi,  at  Pangani, 
Tanga,  and  Mtang'ata  the  kanda  of  rice  will  contain  15,  16,  or  17 
pishi,  and  the  kanda  of  Indian  corn  13  or  13|  pishi. 

Various  other  terms  are  in  use  for  different  commodities,  e.g.  poles 
are  sold  by  the  korja,  or  score ;  stone  for  building  by  the  boma,  a  heap 
which  may  weigh  4  cwt.  to  5  cwt. ;  lime  by  the  tanuu  (clamp)  or  kikapo ; 
calico  by  the  jura,  35  yards  ;  and  various  other  things  by  the  "  mzigo  " 
or  load. 


4;>s 


AVPKXDIX    V. 


5.   Vointz  of  the  Compass. 


North 

Jaa. 

X.  by  E. 

Faragadi  MatlaL 

X  X.E. 

Nash  Matlai. 

N.E.  by  N. 

Nagr  Matlai. 

X.E. 

Luagr  Matlai. 

N.E.  by  E. 

Dayabu  Matlai. 

E.X.E. 

Sernak  Matlai. 

E.  by  N. 

Seria  Matlai. 

East 

Matlai. 

E.  by  S. 

Sosa  Matlai. 

E.S.E. 

Tiri  Matlai. 

S.E.  by  E. 

Lakadiri  Matlai. 

S.E. 

Lakarabu  Matlai. 

S.E.  by  S. 

Ilamarcni  Matlai. 

S.S.E. 

Seheli  Matlai. 

S.  by  E. 

Sonoobari  Matlai. 

South 

Kutubu. 

S.  by  W. 

Sonoobari  MagaribL 

S.S.W. 

Seheli  Magaribi. 

S.W.  by  S. 

Hamareni  MagaribL 

S.W. 

Lakarabu  MagaribL 

S.W.  by  W. 

Lakadiri  MagaribL 

w.s.w. 

Tiri  Magaribi. 

W.  by  S. 

Sosa  MagaribL 

West 

Magaribi. 

W.  by  N. 

Seria  Magaribi. 

W.N.W. 

Semak  Magaribi. 

X.W.  by  W. 

Dayabu  MagaribL 

X.W. 

Lnagr  Magaribi. 

X.W.  by  N. 

Nagr  Magaribi. 

N.N.w" 

Nash  Magaribi. 

N.  by  W. 

Faragadi  MagaribL 

WIXTED    BV    WILLIAM    CLOWES    AND   SONS,    LIMITED,    LONDON    AND    T.FXCLKS. 


^ 


PL  Steere,  Edward 

8702       A  handbook  of  the  Swahili 

S724  language 

1894 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY